20-33-00-02 - Wire Bundles - Description and Operation (Airbus)

REVISION REVISION
CUSTOMIZATION AIRCRAFT TYPES DOCTYPES TITLE

DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-00-02 - WIRE BUNDLES - DESCRIPTION AND
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 OPERATION (AIRBUS)
TAIL NUMBER - MSN - FSN:
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:09
20-33-00-02 - WIRE BUNDLES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION (AIRBUS)

1. General
The sections that follow give the general design, description and requirements related to the installation of ele
ctrical wire harnesses on aircraft.
2. Structure of the chapters that follow:
A. Wire harnesses - Wiring (Ref.20-33-1X)
B. Wire harnesses - Separation/Routing (Ref.20-33-2X)
C. Wire harnesses - Protection (Ref.20-33-3X)
D. Wire harnesses - Attachment (Ref.20-33-4X)
© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

CUSTOMIZATION AIRCRAFT TYPES DOCTYPES REVISION DATE REVISION NUMBER TITLE
A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-10-02 - Wiring - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:22
20-33-10-02 - Wiring - Description (AIRBUS)

1. General
The chapters that follow give the general design requirements related to the (re)installation of electrical wire
harnesses on aircraft.
2. Structure of the chapters that follow:
A. Manufacture and (re)installation of wiring

Ref. ESPM 20-33-11-02 (for all programs except A350)
Ref. ESPM 20-33-12-02 (for A350 only)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-11-02 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring -
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
20-33-11-02 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Description (AIRBUS)

Standard Part Numbers
ABS0054 ABS0731 ABS0887

ABS1020 ABS1111 ABS1144
ABS1339 ABS1425 ABS1526
ABS1575 ABS1576 ABS1867
ABS5330 ASNA2679 ASNA4049
ASNA5107 DAN269 E0160
E0163 E0165 E0248
E0688 E0807WX26 EN2997
EN3646 EN3660 EN6049
EN6049-006 EN6049-007 NSA360002
NSA5516 NSA5527 NSA5539
NSA5586 NSA8420 NSA935401
NSA935504 NSA935510 NSA936501
NSA937210 NSA939510
1. Definitions
A. Cable or Wire
A cable is an assembly that as a conductor, insulation and, where applicable, a sheath, screen or jacke
t.
B. Conductor
The conductor is the conducting element of the cable made of one or more strands.
C. Core
Assembly of a conductor and insulation which are part of a full single or multi conductor cable.
D. Harness or Bundle
A harness is made of a set of electrical wires.
Each harness has a special route.
E. Circuit
Assembly of components that are in the same ATA/Sub ATA chapter.
F. Section
Cable or assembly of cables installed between:
- Two electrical components
- Or two items of equipment
- Or an electrical component and an item of equipment.
G. Electrical Line
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Assembly of sections electrically connected.
H. Wiring
Electrical wiring is an electrical connection between two or more points that does not include the relate
d termination devices and the necessary devices for its installation and identification.
J. Electrical Items
Electrical items are all the connecting items (splices, connectors, terminal blocks, pressure seals, etc.)
and end elements such as terminals, contacts, etc., for which Airbus is responsible (these do not includ
e Buyer Furnished Equipment (BFE) items).
K. EWIS (Electrical Wiring Interconnection System)

According to 14 CFR 25.1701 and CS 25.1701 Regulations, EWIS is:
Any wire, wiring device or combination of these, including termination devices, installed in any area of t
he aircraft for the purpose of transmitting electrical energy , including data and signals, between two a
nd more intended termination points. This typically includes, but is not limited to:
(1) Wires and cables,
(2) Busbars,
(3) The termination point on electrical devices, including those on relays, interrupters, switches, con
tactors, terminal blocks and circuit breakers, and other circuit protection devices.
(4) Connectors, including feedthrough connectors,
(5) Connector accessories,
(6) Electrical grounding and bonding devices and their related connections,
(7) Electrical splices,
(8) Materials used to add protection on cables, including cable insulation, cable sleeving, and conduit
s that have electrical termination for bonding,
(9) Shield or braids,
(10) Clamps and other devices used to route and hold the wire harnesses,
(11) Cable tie devices,
(12) Labels or other means of identification,
(13) Pressure seals,
(14) EWIS components in shelves, panels, racks, junction boxes, distribution panels, and backplanes
of equipment racks, including, but not limited to, circuit board backplanes, cable integration unit
s, and external wiring of equipments.
EWIS components in electrical equipment or avionics that are approved for environmental conditi
ons, and the external connectors that are part of that equipment, are not included in EWIS defini
tion. Optical fibers are also not included in the EWIS definition.
L. Wiring Attachment
All items used to attach, tie or make up the wiring and used to obey the routing and separation rules.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Clamps, raceways, sheaths or conduits used for an electrical function are included in this definition.
(For more data, Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02 and Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02)
M. Routing and Separation

Design and installation rules obeyed for sufficient separation and electrical isolation from other systems
and structure.
2. General Requirements
A. General Rules
Manufacturing and installation of cables harnesses must be in accordance with the definition dossier.
(1) To make the installation and the maintenance easier for the bundles:
- The cables that go through the bundle must be avoided,

- The tangled or crossed cables must be avoided,
- The cables that protrude from the bundle are not permitted.
When one or more small gauge cables go into the main harness of a large gauge cable (for exam
ple a VOC cable (AD24 or DR24) that goes into a P route), it is necessary to prevent movement
of the small gauge cable(s). To do this, you must attach the cable(s) with special ties at intervals
of 200 mm (7.87 in.). A protection installed on the cables will prevent rubbing damage to the ca
bles.
- Do the equivalent installation for small cables with a label (for example E0248).
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of VOC Cable (AD24 or DR24) that
goes into a P Route
NOTE: It is not permitted to repair cables while the power is on.
(2) It is not permitted to cause tension on the wiring:

For example:
- Do not pull on cables or harnesses when the cable ties or attachment items are tightened,
- Do not put or hang objects or tools on cables or harnesses,
- Do not walk or sit or lie on harnesses.
(3) You must use components, or their approved alternatives (list in the applicable manual), for mai
ntenance, repair or modification of the aircraft. The design and installation of EWIS modifications
to the original type design must be to the same standards as used in the original design.
(4) Be careful when you use cutting or abrasive tools, corrosive products or heating devices in any w
iring area.
(5) You must put protection on all the disconnected cables and end fittings (Ref. ESPM 20-54-00-0
2).
(6) If the connector is not connected after the aircraft delivery, keep the protective cap on the conne
ctor.
(7) You must adjust the cable tie installation tools to prevent damage to the cable insulation because
of overtightening (this requirement is very important for coaxial cables, optical fiber cable). (Ref.
ESPM 20-56-51-03 and Ref. ESPM 20-33-44-01).
(8) The head of a cable tie NSA935401 must not touch an adjacent harness.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(9) A minimum of 20 mm (0.79 in.) is necessary between a clamp and its nearest cable ties when op
tical harnesses are routed.
(10) It is not permitted to use cable ties NSA935401 in tubing, conduits, or raceways (except for race
ways in A350 in pressurized areas).
(11) The diameter variation of an attached harness (made of the same number of cables) must not be
more than 20% of its minimum diameter. This diameter variation is also known as swelling. It is
the difference between the minimum and the maximum diameter.
(12) During installation, you must remove the cable ties that you use to adjust and to hold the harnes
ses. You must not remove the cable ties that you use to attach the harness.
(13) When you move harnesses, you must hold them and not pull them. Move them manually or with
an applicable handling system.
(14) Use foam or non-abrasive fittings as a protection on edges and through-holes when you route ha
rnesses near or through holes during installation.
(15) Try not to let harnesses touch sharp edges. If, during installation, you must pull the harnesses al
ong sharp edges, they must have plastic parts/section.
(16) It is not permitted to attach cables or conduits directly or not directly to pipes.
(17) It is not permitted to cut studs of the insulating blankets.
(18) If it is possible for cables to touch plastic insulating-blankets studs, contact AIRBUS support to fi
nd a solution before to cut the studs.
NOTE: After cutting, the pin must have a sufficient minimum length.
NOTE: Routes P, M, D, S, R, T, U and V can touch the blankets.
NOTE: A smooth contact between cables of the E and G routes and the blankets is permitted if
thermal barrier is provided over it.
NOTE: It is not permitted to cut fire-resistant studs. You can replace them with shorter studs.
(19) You must not attach cables/wires without protection directly to metal surfaces (structure, overbr
aiding).
(20) Use precautions to keep electric cables as far as possible from high-temperature sources.
(21) Do not put cables or connections below fluid unions.
CAUTION: ALWAYS OBEY THE PRECAUTIONS THAT FOLLOW TO KEEP WIRING IN A SATISF
ACTORY CONDITION (ELECTRICALLY AND MECHANICALLY SERVICEABLE).
WHEN YOU DO MAINTENANCE WORK, REPAIRS OR MODIFICATIONS, ALWAYS K
EEP WIRING, COMPONENTS AND THE WORK AREA AS CLEAN AS POSSIBLE. TO D
O THIS:
- PUT PROTECTION, SUCH AS PLASTIC SHEETING, CLOTHS, ETC. AS NECESS
ARY ON WIRING AND COMPONENTS
- REGULARLY REMOVE ALL SHAVINGS, UNWANTED MATERIAL AND OTHER C
ONTAMINATION.
THESE PRECAUTIONS WILL DECREASE THE RISK OF CONTAMINATION AND DAM
AGE TO THE WIRING INSTALLATION.
IF THERE IS CONTAMINATION, REFER TO ESPM CHAPTER 20-55-00, CLEANING.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(22) You must always keep the wiring clean. You must remove loose objects or fluids (hydraulic or cle
aning fluids, chips, cutting oils, blood, etc.) before installation.
(23) If an EWIS failure occurs, the routing and separation is important to keep the hazardous effects
of the failure in limits. To do this, you must keep the routing and separation in accordance with t
he aircraft basic design for the life of the aircraft (Ref. ESPM 20-33-20-02).
WARNING: DO NOT REPAIR UNSATISFACTORY CABLES IN FUEL TANKS. SUCH REPAIR IS NO

T PERMITTED (REFER TO SFAR 88 REQUIREMENTS FOR FUEL IGNITION PREVEN
TION). IF YOU FIND AN UNSATISFACTORY CABLE IN A FUEL TANK, YOU MUST R
EPLACE IT WITH A NEW ONE THAT HAS THE SAME P/N.
(24) In fuel tanks
- In fuel tanks you must attach cables with red cable ties for the A380. This is recommende
d for other AIRBUS families. They are easier to find.
- Electrical harnesses and connectors installed in fuel tanks must have a mechanical protecti
on.
- It is not permitted to use components (black tape ASNA5107-B, lockwire, etc.) that could
clog pump filters in fuel tanks.
(25) In landing gear bay and hydraulic compartment
- Electrical harnesses and connectors must have a mechanical protection.

- You must use conduits as a protection on dynamic harness ends with connectors between
the last attachment point and the connector backshell.
(26) In the engines, the cables connected must have a cable gauge smaller than 20.
- If a 20 cable gauge cable is installed, it must be a high strength alloy conductor and the c
onnector must have a support (for example backshell).
(27) At hinge points

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of Harness and an Open Sleeve at
Hinge Points
- When a harness and an open sleeve follow the movement of a component, you must twist
them 3 or 4 turns each meter to get the correct travel when the movable component oper
ates in approval with the hinge kinematic.
(28) Installation of in-line standard electrical items

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - Installation of In-li
ne Standard Items
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - Installation of In-li
ne Standard Items
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - In-line Standard Electrical Item Installed on Ha
rness
(a) You must put standard electrical items (diodes, butt or parallel splices, resistors, etc.) inst
alled in-line on cables on the outer side of the harnesses. You must do this to make acces
s, identification, inspection or replacement easier.
These items must not be in the locations that follows:
- In a part of the harness that can move

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- In dynamic harnesses (types A, B and C) (for example: Harnesses at hinges during

the opening or closing of the doors in the VU’s)
- In a harness routing with a curve (small bend radius)
- In connector backshells
- Below clamps or other types of cable support
- Below cable ties
- In rigid convoluted conduits
- Below galleys and/or toilet areas, unless a special device gives good protection from
the infiltration of liquids. This special device can be an umbrella or a drip loop at ea
ch end of the splice to prevent this type of infiltration.
NOTE: In unusual conditions, it is permitted to install the solder sleeve in the closed bac
kshell.
Make sure that the standard electrical items are installed at a sufficient distance from the
connectors. Make sure that it is possible to connect and disconnect the contacts.
The distance between the rear of the connection and the electrical standard item must be
sufficient to remove the backshell for contact disconnection.
(b) When they are in the same area, they must, when possible, be staggered in families along
the harness. There must be a minimum distance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) between two items o
f the same family or two items of different families.
All in-line standard electrical items must be at a minimum distance of 30 mm (1.18 in.) be
hind the item or the equipment.
NOTE: In areas where you cannot stagger splices separately, you can make groups of th
e same family.
(c) You must put the shielding termination must be positioned approximately 70 mm (2.76 i
n.) behind the connector (to make the removal and possible repairs of the contact easier).
(d) Repair by splice
NOTE: For EFCS routes and safety cables, only one temporary repair is permitted with a
greement from the specialist.
- Splices must be staggered in family along the harness with a maximum of four splic
es in parallel. There must be a minimum distance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) between eac
h item or family.
- When splices are installed for a repair inside an open conduit (for example EN6049-
006/007), a label E0248 with the indication "SPLICE INSIDE" must be installed on t
he conduit with cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420.
When splices are used, they must be at a distance of 100 mm (3.94 in.) to 300 mm (11.8
1 in.) from the connection.
(29) You must put a mechanical protection on electrical and optical cables that are hidden by remova
ble mechanical items to prevent possible damage during installation or maintenance.
(30) Unprotected cables must not be attached on non protected metallic surface (structure, overbraidi
ng, ETC).
(31) Before you engage connectors, make sure that the two sides (plug and receptacle) of the optical
connectors are clean with a microscope.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
NOTE: It is not permitted to remove the optical contact from the connector to do the cleaning
procedure.
(32) EFCS (Electrical Flight Control System) wiring
- The installation of more non-EFCS cables in EFCS harnesses is not permitted.

- Make and tie EFCS harnesses (digit F) separately, then, where necessary, attach them to t
he related harness.
- For shielded harnesses, you can include EFCS cables directly in the main harness.
- When you install the EFCS harnesses in a harness, attach them independently. This is not
necessary if you install the harness in a closed conduit.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - EFCS Harnes
s with Another Harness
NOTE: It is permitted to protect EFCS harnesses with an electrical protection (for example EN6
049-007). In this condition, it is not necessary to attach the EFCS harness.
NOTE: The installation of any EFCS cable on the outside of the EFCS harness is not permitted.
You must correct all defects that you find on an EFCS harness or cable installed on the aircraft: r
eplace or temporarily repair cable(s).
(Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02).
(33) You must not install diodes, blocks, relays, circuit breakers and resistors out of VUs.
(34) You must route harnesses so that you can clearly see the identification and connection labels.
(35) You must install temporary protections on the harness to prevent contact or chafing with the stru
cture.
(36) You must install harness after you complete all mechanical procedures in the related areas.
(37) You must remove the temporary protections during the last attachment on the aircraft.
(38) In closed areas, you must protect the harness during the installation.
(39) During installation and manufacturing, you must obey the minimum cable bend radius.
(40) You must not twist the harnesses in straight sections.
- When cable twisting is possible at the connection (for example because of incorrect lug ins
tallation), be careful to prevent:
- Strain on the cables when you twist them during connection.
- Force on the connection.
(41) Added cable ties (and all temporary cable ties) necessary for handling, movement and other wor
k must have a special color. It is necessary to remove these ties during installation. You must not
pull the harness behind the connections. If you do, you can cause damage to the contacts and ca
bles.
(42) Put black tape (for example ASNA5107-B) on the harnesses which are routed together to make s
ure that they keep a circular shape and are held at the attachment device. It is not permitted to
remove of black tape from the existing harnesses.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(43) You must prevent as much relative movement between the cables as possible. In the areas wher
e it is not possible to prevent such movement, you must attach the cables with applicable tying d
evices.
(44) Make sure that the tying devices do not damage the attached harness or the adjacent harnesses.
You must make sure that there is no mechanical stress on the contact. You must use non-aggres
sive tying devices (lacing tape) in the areas that follow:
- The areas where a cable touches a cable tie head (for example in small interface plate are
as).
- Inside the split conduits where necessary (digit F).
- Where cable tie head can decrease the equipment /VU removal.
(45) Be very careful when you install the harness.
(46) Protect end fitting items and stow them on harnesses. After you attach the stowed harness, it m
ust not move in relation to fixed harnesses or touch the structure.
(47) During harness installation on the aircraft, obey the precautions to prevent damage of the adjace
nt items (for example, attach the insulation blanket).
B. Installation Distances
(1) Distance from the environment

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Bend Ra
dii and Minimum Distances
(a) Distance from structure and equipment
The electrical cables routes must not, even intermittently, come into contact with the adja
cent structure or fixed or movable items of equipment (flight controls, bellcranks, etc.).
- When the distance between the attachment point and the nearest edge of the struct
ure (edge to edge) is more than 10 mm (0.39 in.), refer to case B.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requirements
- When the thickness of the structure to go through is more than 10 mm (0.39 in.), t
o case B.Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requi
rements
- When the distance between the attachment point and the nearest edge of the struct
ure (edge to edge) is less than or equal to 10 mm (0.39 in.) and the thickness of th
e structure to go through is less than 10 mm (0.39 in.), refer to case C.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requirements
- If there is no relative movement between structure and conduit (except for G and P
routes), the distance can be 0 mm (0.00 in.) between the harness with protection a
nd the structure (metal or non-conductive).
If you cannot obey these requirements, you must add special protection:
- PTFE adhesive tape DAN269 on the structure.
- Convoluted conduit ABS0887 on the harness.
- or harnesses without protection (except G route), if you cannot get the minimum di
stance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) between the harness and the structure, apply Teflon tap
e to the structure or the adjacent equipment or system. This tape must extend 25
mm (0.98 in.) on each side of the applicable zone.
- If it is not possible to install the Teflon tape, install EN6049-006 or EN6049-007.
This conduit must extend 25 mm (0.98 in.) on each side of the applicable zone. Use
cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420 to attach the conduit. Change the cla
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
mp dimension if necessary. Change the fixing screws to make sure that at least thre
e threads protrude through the nut.
NOTE: For a better clearance, it is possible to add or increase the height of the spacers
(up to3.6 mm (0.14 in.)max.) to the electrical brackets and the secondary struct
ure. You must not add or increase the number of spacers when they are directly
attached to the primary structure.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO ELECTRICAL INJECTIONS IN CONDUCTIV

E COMPOSITE SURFACES. ELECTRICAL INJECTIONS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE T
O THE COMPOSITE MATERIAL.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT WIRES AND HARNESSES DO NOT TOUCH CONDUCTIVE C
OMPOSITE SURFACES.
(b) Distance from conductive composite surface
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Conductive Composite Sur
face
- For all categories of routes, a minimum secured distance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) betwe
en electrical harnesses and composite conductive surfaces is necessary.
- Installation of added protection:
- For all routes, a secured distance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) is permitted with added
protection between the conductive composite surface and cables, and if the st
ructure thickness is more than 10 mm (0.39 in.).Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Ins
tallation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Additional Protecti
on Installation
- The thickness of this protection must be 3 mm (0.12 in.) minimum in PEEK m
aterial for G routes.
- The thickness of this protection must be 2 mm (0.08 in.) minimum in PA6.6 m
aterial for other routes.
(c) Distance from fuel tank boundary or a part of the structure in fuel vapour areas
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Fuel Tank Boundary or any
Part of Structure in Fuel Vapour Areas
- These rules are applicable for harness routing in fuel boundaries or adjacent structu
res in fuel vapour areas (pipes, structure, equipment, etc.).
(d) Distance from piping

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - D
istance from Piping
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - D
istance from Piping
- Usually, harness routes must be above or adjacent to piping and as far as possible
(a minimum of 50 mm (1.97 in.)) from pipes that contain flammable fluids (such as
fuel, oxygen and hydraulic fluids).
- This minimum distance can be decreased to 15 mm (0.59 in.) if the pipes do not co
ntain flammable or very hot fluids (air, water, etc.).
- The distance between an oxygen line and coaxial cable must be more than 15 mm
(0.59 in.).
- Do not attach the harnesses directly to the piping.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- Do not use separators between the piping and the harnesses.

- Separators must not be used for overlengths or to prevent contact with the structur
e. They must not be used as an attachment point.
(e) Distance from other harnesses

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - S
pacers and Separators
pacers and Separators
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - O
verlength of Wiring
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Separators Application Table
NOTE: You must not use NSA5527 as a harness separator on the A380 and subsequent
programs.
NOTE: For G, P, X routes and only for the A350 program, AIRBUS support must approve
additional separators.
NOTE: For all the programs, AIRBUS support must approve additional separators on EFC
S routes.
- There must be at least 25 mm (0.98 in.) between routes of different aircraft networ
ks (for example ROUTE 1 & ROUTE 2).
- There must be at least 25 mm (0.98 in.) between Commercial/Non-Essential & Tech
nical/Essential Routes of the same category (for example 25 mm (0.98 in.) between
1M & 2M COM, 1M & 3M...).
- To keep the electrical wiring isolated, you can use separators and spacers (ABS005
4, ABS0731, ABS1144, ABS1526, NSA5527, E0688 or equivalent).
- When it is mandatory to use spacers or separators, they are shown on the installati
on drawings.
- Make sure that harnesses are not attached (directly or not directly) to the other ATA
systems. Do not use separators between other non-electrical ATA systems and elect
rical harnesses.
- Make sure that there is a minimum clearance of 10 mm (0.39 in.). You must also do
this when a separator is missing.
- If the attached distance between two harnesses at two attachment points is the su
m of the mechanical distance or segregation and sagging, an attachment device is n
ot necessary.
- Attachment device (not the recommended solution):
- Add an attachment device only for distances between attachment points that
are less than or equal to 75 mm (2.95 in.). You can attach the distance betwe
en two harnesses with:
- More attachment points
- A separator (type ABS1144)
- Ramps (ABS1576).
NOTE: It is not permitted to use separators on dynamic harnesses.
NOTE: You must use ABS1526 and E0688 separators only in pressurized areas.
NOTE: You must not use ABS0054 and ABS0731 separators:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- in SWAMP areas
- in hot areas
- on G, P routes, and for A350 only on X routes.
NOTE: When separators are necessary to attach P routes, you must use two ABS1339 cl
amps in butterfly configuration. (This requirement is not applicable in SWAMP an
d hot areas).
NOTE: Separators are used for segregation only.
NOTE: During maintenance, if necessary (because of sagging, to get a correct clearance

between harnesses or with the structure), you can add separators or spacers but
it is mandatory to keep them to a minimum.
- You cannot use separators and spacers in hot areas. In these areas for route P, G an
d E, use lacing tape NSA8420 as a separator (noose-type knot).
NOTE: For EFCS harnesses, you can use spacers or separators as a temporary repair onl
y. This repair cannot stay on the aircraft for more than 20 months. Route the har
ness again (refer to the segregation rules) at the subsequent maintenance chec
k.
NOTE: In panels and boxes:

- You can use separators E0688, ABS1144 and ABS1526 to make sure that t
here is segregation near to the connectors (for example VUs with ARINC 6
00 connectors).
- It is mandatory to use clamps ABS1339 or NSA5516CND (for attachment o
f tensioned and large harnesses).
- To prevent short circuits because of Foreign Object Damage (FOD), it is ne
cessary to use non-removable and non-losable captive items in the power
centers.
- It is not permitted to use ABS0054 in panels.
- For more data about the distances necessary between routes, Ref. ESPM 20-33-22-
02.
- For more data about description and installation of the separators and spacers, Ref.
ESPM 20-33-41-01.
(f) Loss of segregation
- This can occur when there is extra length on the cable. In case of loss of segregatio
n, do the following steps:
- Measure the distance between the two routes. The distance must be 25 mm
(0.98 in.) or more at all locations; this includes areas where there is cable defl
ection.
- If the distance is less than 25 mm (0.98 in.):
- Distribute the extra length along the harness, or
- Install the applicable separator or spacer at the level of the non-conform
ity.
(g) Distance between connection and first attachment point
- It is recommended to put the first attachment point at 300 mm (11.81 in.) maximu
m from the connection.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- This distance must accommodate length for connection and disconnection of connec
tors with no tension on the connection.
- This distance can include when appropriate:
- Drip loop,
- Overlength for repair and stowage.
(h) Distances applicable to terminal lugs

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Conduits, Terminals and Bonding Interfac
es
- The distance between the terminal lug and the structure (conductive or not) must b
e a minimum of 5 mm (0.20 in.). Obey this distance also when the terminal lug orie
ntation is in the opposite direction. The distance between the active part of the ter
minal lug barrels must be a minimum of 5 mm (0.20 in.). The distance between the
terminal lug and the terminal-block chamber partition must be a minimum of 2 mm
(0.08 in.).
- If you cannot obey these rules, change the direction of the terminal or bend it.
(i) Loose conduits that touch the structure or another component

es
- Measure the distance between the conduit and the structure. The distance must be
more than or equal to 10 mm (0.39 in.).
- If the distance is less than 10 mm (0.39 in.), attach the conduits together with a ca
ble tie NSA935401 and install a spacer NSA5586 to prevent rubbing.
(j) Bonding braid and wiring

es
- Make sure that the bonding braid does not touch the wiring. If it does, turn the brai
d terminal to prevent interference between the bonding braid and the wiring.
NOTE: Do not use this repair procedure for braids that move.
- If you cannot do this step, add a PTFE heat-shrink sleeve NSA937210 to the bondin
g braid.
(2) Distance from the Environment for the New Routes

This paragraph is applicable for the installation of the new routes.
For the modification or the repairs installed on existing routings, the existing distances are applic
able as defined in the definition dossier.
The distances given in Ref. table title, Ref. table title, Ref. table title and Ref. table title are applic
able to the installation of the new routes.
For the installation of the optical and electrical harnesses, you must give a clearance (D) () betw
een the harnesses and the adjacent systems or structure. For this, you must refer to Ref. table ti
tle, Ref. table title, Ref. table title and Ref. table title.Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wir
ing - Minimum Required Clearance (D)
You must apply the distances given in Ref. table title, Ref. table title, Ref. table title and Ref. tabl
e title when the "permitted tolerances" are implemented on the aircraft.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
The distances that are not given in paragraph 2.B.(2) must be agreed by Airbus.
Feeder wires and power cables (X routes, G routes, P routes and E routes that are routed separa
tely) must be at a minimum distance of 50 mm (1.97 in.) from the aircraft metallic skin and 75
mm (2.95 in.) from the aircraft Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP) skin.
(a) Distance from the conductive composite surfaces
75 mm 50 mm 37 mm 25 mm 20 mm 10 mm
(2.95 i (1.97 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.79 i (0.39 i
D ≥ 75
ROUTE n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D
AREA mm (2.
TYPE ≥ 50 m ≥ 37 m ≥ 25 m ≥ 20 m ≥ 10 m ≥0m
95 in.)
m (1.9 m (1.4 m (0.9 m (0.7 m (0.3 m (0.0
7 in.) 6 in.) 8 in.) 9 in.) 9 in.) 0 in.)
All area Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per Not per Not per
G routes
except i d d mitted mitted mitted mitted mitted
nside fu Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per Not per
el tank P routes
d d d mitted mitted mitted mitted
and fuel
vapour 1D and
area / Fl 2D rout
Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per
ammabl es (see
d d d d mitted mitted mitted
e Fluid L Note
eakage (1))
Zone (F Other ro Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per
FLZ) utes d d d d d mitted mitted
Note (1): Only on A380.
Table - Minimum distances that are agreed between the bundles and the conductive comp
osite surfaces
(b) Distance from the fuel tank boundaries or a part of the structure in the fuel vapour area /
FFLZ
75 mm 50 mm 25 mm 10 mm
D ≥ 75 m (2.95 in.) (1.97 in.) (0.98 in.) (0.39 in.)
ROUTE TY
AREA m (2.95 i > D ≥ 50 > D ≥ 25 > D ≥ 10 > D ≥ 0 m
PE
n.) mm (1.97 mm (0.98 mm (0.39 m (0.00 i
in.) in.) in.) n.)
Other G ro
Fuel vapou utes Not permit Not permit Not permit
Permitted Permitted
r area / FF Other rout ted ted ted
LZ except i es
nside fuel t 4S / 5S ro
ank Not permit Not permit
utes (see Permitted Permitted Permitted
ted ted
Note (1))
4S / 5S ro
Inside fuel Not permit
utes (see Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted
tank ted
Note (1))
Note (1): Only on SA programs.
Table - Minimum distances that are agreed between the bundles and the fuel tank boundar
ies or a part of the structure in the fuel vapour area / FFLZ
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(c) Distance from the metallic or non-conductive surfaces
37 mm 25 mm 20 mm 10 mm
D ≥ 37 m (1.46 in.) (0.98 in.) (0.79 in.) (0.39 in.)
ROUTE TY
AREA m (1.46 i > D ≥ 25 > D ≥ 20 > D ≥ 10 > D ≥ 0 m
PE
n.) mm (0.98 mm (0.79 mm (0.39 m (0.00 i
in.) in.) in.) n.)
P routes
G routes e Not permit Not permit Not permit Not permit
Permitted
xcept (see ted ted ted ted
Note (2))
All area ex
cept inside G routes (s
fuel tank a ee Note
nd fuel vap (2)) Not permit Not permit Not permit
Permitted Permitted
our area / 1D and 2D ted ted ted
FFLZ routes (see
Note (1))
Other rout Not permit
Permitted Permitted Permitted Permitted
es ted
Note (2): G routes on A380 (1G to 6G), SA programs (1G, 2G and 3G) and LR progra
ms (1G, 2G, 3G, 7G and 8G).
Table - Minimum distances that are agreed between the bundles and the metallic or non-c
onductive surfaces
(d) Distance from the other systems

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
150 m 50 mm 37 mm 25 mm 10 mm
D ≥ 15 m (5.9 (1.97 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.39 i
SURFA
ROUTE 0 mm 1 in.) > n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D n.) > D
AREA CE TYP
TYPE (5.91 i D ≥ 50 ≥ 37 m ≥ 25 m ≥ 10 m ≥0m
E
n.) mm (1. m (1.4 m (0.9 m (0.3 m (0.0
97 in.) 6 in.) 8 in.) 9 in.) 0 in.)
P routes
G routes
Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per
except
d d d mitted mitted mitted
(see Not
e (2))
Cabin fu
G routes
rnishing
(see Not
equipme
e (2))
nt (see
1D and Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per
Note
2D rout d d d d mitted mitted
(3))
es (see
Note
(1))
Other ro Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per
utes d d d d d mitted
Flamma
All route Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per Not per
ble fluid
s d d mitted mitted mitted mitted
All areas s
except i
Moving All route Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per Not per
nside fu
parts s d d mitted mitted mitted mitted
el tank
P routes
G routes
Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per Not per
except
d d d mitted mitted mitted
(see Not
e (2))
Non-fla
mmable G routes
fluids or (see Not
gases e (2))
(air, wat 1D and Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per Not per
er and n 2D rout d d d d mitted mitted
itrogen) es (see
Note
(1))
Other ro Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per
utes d d d d d mitted
Gaseous All route Permitte Not per Not per Not per Not per Not per
oxygen s d mitted mitted mitted mitted mitted
Inside f Any syst Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Permitte Not per
Q routes
uel tank ems d d d d d mitted
Note (2): G routes on A380 (1G to 6G), SA programs (1G, 2G and 3G) and LR program
s (1G, 2G, 3G, 7G and 8G).
Note (3): Cabin furnishing equipment must be considered as movable part.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Table - Minimum distances that are agreed between the bundles and the other systems
(3) Permitted Tolerances

Tolerances configuration not given in this paragraph must be agreed by Airbus.
This "permitted tolerances on electrical installation" does not change the electrical routing archit
ecture and does not change the shape of the harness.
The permitted tolerances with their related ATA chapters are listed in Ref. table title.
PERMITTED TOLERANCES ATA REFERENCE

Spacer Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
Rotation of the mobile support Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
20-33-11
Separator for G routes Paragraph 2.B.(3)(a)
Ref. table title
20-33-11
Bundles tying Paragraph 2.B.(3)(b)
Ref. table title
V-support installation Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
Clamp size Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
Screw or axe length Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
20-33-11
Harness overlength management Paragraph 2.B.(3)(c)
Ref. table title
20-33-11
Tolerance for the derivation of the branches Paragraph 2.B.(3)(d)
Ref. table title
20-33-11
Orientation of the terminal lug during the man
Paragraph 2.B.(3)(e)
ufacturing
Ref. table title
Mechanical protection with ASNA51072503 tap
Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02
e
Protection with conduit EN6049 Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02
20-33-11
Bonding lugs orientation Paragraph 2.B.(3)(f)
Ref. table title
Replacement of the lose nuts-clip Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
Adaptation of the grommet size Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02
VC backshell orientation Ref. ESPM 20-33-45-01
Table - Permitted tolerances

(a) Separator for G routes

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PERMITTED TOLERANCES
You can add additional bobbins and lacing tape separators
on G routes feeder to safety the distance between the feed
Description er cables or to safety the segregations.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted
Tolerances for the Separator for G Routes
- After the modification, the harness must not be too t
ense or must not be too loose.
- Obey the distances between the bundles and the stru
cture or the other systems. For this, you must refer t
Requirements / precautions
o paragraph 2.B.(2).
- The bobbin standard must be in accordance with the
definition dossier (for example, ABS0678).
- Obey the bend radius (refer to Ref. table title).
- It is permitted to add a maximum of two additional b
obbins between the two attachment points on the str
Technical limitations ucture (for example, frames, stringers, etc.).
- You must install lacing tape NSA8420-5 knot Ref. ES
PM 20-33-44-01.
Table - Separator for G routes
(b) Bundles tying
During the installation of the harnesses on the aircraft:
- You can add a cable tie or a lacing tape on the harne
sses to make the shape of the bundle better or to lim
it the crossings of the bundle cables.
Description
- You can recoil the harness to make the shape of the
bundles better.
Tolerances for the Bundles Tying
- After the modification, the harness must not be too t
ense or must not be too loose.
- You can add mechanical protections for the tying dev
Requirements / precautions ices as per the definition dossier and Ref. 20-33-11 S
tandard Harnesses.
- You must not add the tying devices near the connecti
ons to prevent mechanical stress at the contact level.
Technical limitations For tying devices Ref. ESPM 20-33-44-01.
Table - Bundles tying
(c) Harness overlength management

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
If there are no dedicated bundle stowage areas, you can d
o the bundle overlength management:
- In the bundle curves,
- In the drip loops,
- On the ramps (for example, near the VC interfaces pl
Description ates),
- Between the attachment points,
- On the bundle only for the cables connected to VG an
d VN.
Tolerances for the Harness Overlength Management
- The distance between the VC and the first attachmen
t of the bundle must be in accordance with the defini
tion dossier.
- The re-routing procedure of the harness must not te
nse the harness. The re-routing procedure must obe
Requirements / precautions y the drip loop and the repair capabilities of the harn
ess.
- Obey the distances between the bundles and the stru
- You must safety the overlength of the bundle.
- A complete loop is not permitted for G routes, Electri
cal Flight Control System (EFCS) and coaxial cables.
Technical limitations
- A mechanical stress is not permitted on the connecti
ons.
- Additional standard is not permitted.
Table - Harness overlength management
(d) Tolerance for the derivation of the branches

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
If there is no other obstacle, the derivations of a bundle br
anch out can be moved in a tolerance between 25 mm (0.
98 in.) and -25 mm (- 0.98 in.) along the bundle. You mus
t keep the original bundle protection.
Condition A: For asymmetrical derivations, cable ties / laci
ng tapes can be removed or added and adapted on one sid
Description
e of the derivation.
Condition B: For star derivations, cable ties / lacing tapes c
an be removed but replaced on the both sides of the deriv
ation.
Tolerances for the Derivation of the Branches
- The distance between the VC and the first attachmen
t point of the bundle must be in accordance with the
definition dossier.
Requirements / precautions - Obey the distances between the bundles and the stru
- You must safety the overlength of the bundle.
Technical limitations - A mechanical stress is not permitted on the connecti
ons.
Table - Tolerance for the derivation of the branches
(e) Orientation of the terminal lug during the manufacturing
During the manufacturing, the terminal lug orientation can
be as per the definition dossier and Ref. ESPM 20-48-12-0
1.
Description
Tolerances for the Orientation of the Terminal Lug During t
he Manufacturing
During the manufacturing, the terminal lug orientation can
be as per the definition dossier with the angle tolerances
(refer to Ref. table title) in relation to the wire gauge and t
he wire length.
Technical limitations No limitations (applicable for all terminal lugs and wires).
Table - Orientation of the terminal lug during the manufacturing

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Gauge 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 3 2 1 0 00
Wire length <
The tolerance angle from theoretical position is between +15 degrees ang
300 mm (11.
le and -15 degrees angle.
81 in.)
The tolera
nce angle f
rom theore
tical positi
Wire length >
The tolerance angle from theoretical position is between +30 on is betw
300 mm (11.
degrees angle and -30 degrees angle. een +15 d
81 in.)
egrees ang
le and -15
degrees an
gle.
Table - Terminal lug angle tolerance in relation to the wire gauge and the wire length
(f) Bonding lugs orientation
You can adjust the direction of the bonding point or the ter
minal plug connected on the plates to a more applicable ro
Description uting of the bundle or to prevent chaffing.
Tolerances for the Bonding Lugs Orientation
- The length of the bundle between the last attachmen
t and the lug must not be more than 300 mm (11.81
Requirements / precautions in.).
- Obey the distances given in paragraph 2.B.(2).
- The sagging and the drip loops must be respected.
- The bonding points must be protected as per Ref. ES
Technical limitations PM 20-51-20-02.
- A mechanical stress is not permitted on the connecti
ons.
Table - Bonding lugs orientation
C. Cable Replacement/Addition
(1) Cable Addition Principles
NOTE: When you add electrical cables in harnesses, you must not change the basic principles
(manufacturing and installation) of the initial electrical installation.
- The added cable(s) must be included in the basic initial harness (normal or EFCS).
- You must obey route separation for the added cables.
- As much as possible, use existing conduits of the basic installation.
NOTE: There must be no tension between the initial cables and the added cables.
NOTE: It is not permitted to use metallic tools to add or remove cables in harness.
(2) Installation
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
NOTE: This operation is done step by step and not on the full length of the harness.
- Open the clamps and attachment devices.

- Remove the harness and split conduit ties and the identification label attachments.
- Install new cables. Use the existing harness for the routing of these new cables.
- Install again the harness and split conduit ties.
NOTE: When the number of new cables is high, the size of the clamps and conduits must
be changed.
- Close the clamps and attachment devices.
NOTE: You can route the added cables below or above the flag datum markers. These m
arkers must stay in view.
(3) Removal
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Insulating of the Cable Ends
- It is necessary to remove each cable separately after removal of the end fittings.
- For one or two cables smaller than or equal to gauge 16 or smaller than or equal to gauge
22 twisted with two cables, you can remove the cable(s) without untying and retying of th
e harness.
- For other cables, you must do the tying of the harness before you remove the initial ties.
REMOVE WITHOUT REMOVE THE EXISTI

GAUGE CABLE QUANTITY
UNTYING/RETYING NG TIES
26 OR 24 OR 22 OR 2
1 OR 2 YES POSSIBLE
0 OR 18 OR 16
26 OR 24 OR 22 TWIS
1 YES POSSIBLE
TED TWO WIRE CABLE
FOR THE OTHER GAUG
NO YES
ES
- For a cable that goes through a pressure seal (not applicable for dismountable pressure se
als for example, ABS1571), cut the cable at 100 mm (3.94 in.) before the last harness att
achment on the two sides of the pressure seal.
- You must use end caps (for example, NSA936601 or NSA936604) or a temporary sleeve t
o protect the cable ends that are not crimped with a contact.
- After you remove the cables, make sure that you refer to all the rules necessary to do the
installation (for example, clamp size, cable ties).
D. Spare Conduits and Spare Wires in Overbraided Conduits

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of Cable Ends with Caps
(1) For modification and maintenance work on added cables (for example in areas where you cannot
get access easily), you can use a spare convoluted-type conduit (PTFE or equivalent) with the ha
rness. The conduit dimension must be 20% minimum of the harness section with a minimum dia
meter of 9. Make sure that the draw cable is installed in the spare conduit before installation in t
he harness.
(2) Sometimes, it is necessary to have provisions for added spare wires in the protection.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- The number of spare wires (of the same gauge as the functional wires) must be 20% mini
mum of the number of functional wires in the harness.
- You must identify the spare wires with a sleeve marked with a "spare wire" label and an in
sulating end cap (for example NSA936601 and NSA936604) at each end. In a harness pro
tection, you must wind Teflon tape ABS5330 on the end cap to prevent it chafing on the wi
re.
- Before you use a spare wire, make sure that there is full compatibility between:
- The spare wire type and gauge and the system it is connected to.
- The spare wire route and the related system (obey the segregation rules).
- Attach spare wire to the harness with the non-aggressive tying device ( lacing tape).
The spare wire must agree with the bend radius of the cable.
- There must be an overlength of 100 mm (3.94 in.). This will make it possible to attach the
cable on the harness and to obey the minimum bend radius of the cables.
- Install caps in the EN6049-007 sleeve.
(3) Draw wire

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Draw Wire
- A draw wire is an gauge DR18 cooper wire installed in all conduits in which it is not easy t
o engage one more cable directly. It is recommended when the conduit length is more tha
n 500 mm (19.69 in.) (except for conduits where all the cables have a disconnectable ter
mination such as connectors, terminal blocks, etc.).
- The draw wire must extend 100 -10 mm or +10 mm (3.94 -0.39 in. or +0.39 in.) on each
side of the conduit.
- Each end of the draw wire must be insulated with a heat shrinkable sleeve or a crimped in
sulating end cap (for example NSA936601) to prevent damage the other cables.
- You must install a sleeve marked "DRAW WIRE" at each end to identify it from the other c
ables.
- You must use the gunset to attach the ends of the draw wire with cable tie NSA935401 or
lacing tape NSA8420. This will prevent damage caused by the ties to the conduit.
- You must fold each end of the draw wire on the conduit and attach it with a minimum of 2
cable ties.
(a) Addition of 1 single-core cable:
- To add a single-core cable (cable gauge 16 and more), you must route it below the
ties (lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401). The standard procedure is to n
ot remove the tie(s), but you can remove it (them) to avoid damages on the cable c
oating or other damages on the harness (if necessary).
To tie again, it is mandatory to use ties of the same type as the ties you removed.
(b) Addition of more than 2 single-core cables (cable gauge 24 to 18) or 1 twisted two-core ca
ble:
- You must untie and tie the harness again pitch by pitch (a maximum of 5 ties).
(c) Addition of cables other than those of para. (a) and (b):
- It is mandatory to untie/tie again pitch by pitch.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(4) Cable removal principles
- It is necessary to do the removal cable by cable after removal of the end fittings.
- For more than 2 single-core cables (cable gauge 16) or 1 two-core cable (cable gauge 20),
you must tie the loom again in the same conditions.
- Remove the cables installed through compounded pressure seals (not applicable for dismo
untable pressure seals for example ABS1571), cut the cable at 100 mm (3.94 in.) before e
ach side of the pressure seal are attached.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE HEAD OF THE CABLE TIE DOES NOT TOUCH THE INSULATION O
F THE WATER PIPE. THIS WILL PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE INSULATION.
E. Special Condition for the Connection of Heaters of Water Pipes
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Special Condition for the Connection of Heaters of Wat
er Pipes
- Make sure that the connecting lines of the heating conductors and the temperature sensors are c
onnected to the related cables.
- Externally put the splices next to each other on the polyethylene insulation and attach them with
cable ties NSA935401.
- After the installation, identify the insulated pipes.
- Attach the identification labels to the polyethylene insulation with cable ties NSA935401.
3. Standard Harnesses
A. Constitution
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendations - Distribution and Ty
ing Pitch
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendations - Lacing Tape and Ca
ble Ties
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Tying of Routes Including Two or More Harnesses
(1) To make installation and maintenance easier, the harnesses are not combed along their full lengt
h, but:
- Cables must not go through the harness.

- Cables must not extend from the harness (correct tying pitch helps to prevent this conditi
on).
Prevent any stress at the connection levels (the bundle tying or attachments could be reworked
after connection over the last 500 mm (19.69 in.)).
For overbraided harnesses attached together, the tying pitch must be between 75 mm (2.95 in.)
and 100 mm (3.94 in.).
- There must be a minimum quantity of tangled or crossed cables.
- For harnesses with split conduit protection (EMI) (for example EN6049-008) attached toge
ther, the tying pitch must be between 75 mm (2.95 in.) and 100 mm (3.94 in.).
In areas of tension (curves, high wiring density, derivation level, in VUs and on ramps), it is nece
ssary to decrease the tying pitch to 50 mm (1.97 in.).
For harnesses on which end fitting (connector, ground or connecting module), the volume of the
harness must be within the maximum of these end fitting.
There must be no mechanical force between the head of a cable tie and the open split conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(2) Attachment of harnesses with line tyings

You must attach the harness along its length at specified intervals as follows:
- Usually, the maximum pitch of a tying device is 150 mm (5.91 in.).
- For adjacent connections of more than 500 mm (19.69 in.), the maximum pitch of a tying
device must be 100 mm (3.94 in.). You must install the first tying device in a position that
will prevent mechanical force on the connector contacts.
- For harnesses installed on ramps, the minimum pitch of a tying device must be 75 mm (2.
95 in.).
- In a harness, it is not permitted to make the distances between the tying devices smaller t
o get the correct tension.
- For high density routing areas, lacing tape NSA8420 maximum pitch must be 50 mm (1.9
7 in.).
NOTE: In line tying can also be insured by fishnet sleeve.
NOTE: In the general pitch of a harness take into account the use of the tying device to secure
the marker tape and placards (not applicable for FIN labels at ends).
NOTE: Do not use the tying pitch to manage harness slack.

In routes with some cables or harnesses, attach each harness independently with lacing tape NS
A8420 with a pitch of 300 mm (11.81 in.). Attach the full-harness with a regular pitch of a maxi
mum of 150 mm (5.91 in.).
For co-routing harnesses, tie each harness separately with lacing tape NSA8420 with a 150 mm
(5.91 in.) maximum pitch. The complete result harness must be tied between attachment points
with a pitch of 300 mm (11.81 in.) maximum.
(3) Tools and tooling
- Tools are necessary to do the wiring. Make sure these tools are applicable for use and do a
periodic check (refer to the applicable maintenance regulation).
(4) The maximum harness diameter must not be more than:
- 50 mm (1.97 in.) when the distance between the supports is less than 535 mm (21.06 i
n.) ( 580 mm (22.83 in.) for the A380 program).
- 45 mm (1.77 in.) when the distance between the supports is greater than 535 mm (21.06
in.) (less than 660 mm (25.98 in.) for the A380 program).
NOTE: In special conditions (for example quantity of cables, not sufficient space), AIRBUS can
give its approval for the installation of harnesses with a diameter larger than specified.
For this, you must refer to AIRBUS support and give a correct and full justification.
NOTE: The tying device must let the harness keep its circular shape.
(5) Usually, in a harness that has different groups of cables, you must tie each group of cables with l
acing tape NSA8420 or flexible Fishnet sleeves ABS1867. For tying harnesses with open sleeve u
se tape NSA8420 only (enclosed cable tie NSA935401 is not permitted, but it is permitted for opt
ical cables. Refer Ref. 20-33-11 Optical Cables and Harnesses).
Cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420 on the outer side of harnesses attach the groups
of cables together.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendations - Lacing Tape
and Cable Ties
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(6) The harness must include at minimum:
- 1 cable of 20, 22 or 24 gauge (not permitted for 26 gauge)

- Or 1 bifilar cable of 22, 24 or 26 gauge
- Or 2 cables of 22, 24 or 26 gauge
- Or 1 cable of 20 gauge and 1 cable of 22, 24 or 26 gauge.
The cables must be correctly supported and protected by a mechanical protection. The area
s where electrical installation is not protected by:
- Lining
- Structure
- Conduit
- Or other protection methods.
NOTE: This mechanical protection does not apply to:

- Cables connected to grounding/bonding points (VN or VG or VH).
- Cables connected at interface connectors (VC) between the last attachment
and the connector.
(For installation on aircraft of a smaller number of cables and if these cables are attached t
o a cable support NSA935504 or equivalent, apply protection tape ASNA5107 or equivalent
around the harness).
(7) At branches
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendations - At Branches
- To make sure that harnesses are not twisted when installed, it is necessary to know the po
sition and direction of the branches on the aircraft before you tie the harnesses and branc
hes.
- Crossed tying is only permitted with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
NOTE: It is not permitted to use cable tie NSA935401.
(8) Twisted cables

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - Twisted Cables
(a) Pre-twisted cables (2, 3, 4... wires) made to design specifications are installed on the aircr
aft. Cables are twisted to remove the voltages induced by electrical and magnetic fields. T
hese measures are specified in the design documents. Cables are twisted manually or with
a machine during manufacture.
- You must untwist twisted cables on a length of 60 +10 mm or +10 mm (2.36 +0.39
in. or +0.39 in.) before you connect them to connectors or modules (this is not appl
icable for quadrax cables) to make the installation:
- Of contacts easier
- Keep the same cable bend radii
- Prevent stress at connection level
- Have a better check of the locking of each contact.
It is necessary to pull on each cable to make sure that the contacts are locked correctly.
(b) Cable lay
- The cable lay is given by the number of pitches on a specified length (1 m (3.28 f
t.)). The pitch of the cable is the distance between two similar adjacent points on o
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
ne wire in the formed wrap.
(c) Lay forming process
NOTE: This process is only used for cables twisted during manufacture and untwisted to
o much for connection.
NOTE: It is important to make sure that the cables are not damaged. If they are damag
ed, it is mandatory to replace them.
- You must twist the wires until they fit tightly together.
- You must twist the wires in the same direction as at initial manufacture.
- The lay forming procedure is related to the number of cables that you must twist:
- You can twist 2, 3 and 4 wires directly.
- If you must twist 5 wires, twist 4 wires around 1 wire with the final pitch.
- If you must twist 6 wires, twist 4 wires around 2 wires twisted together with t
he final pitch.
B. Protection
- The routing of cable harnesses must not let them touch the structure or adjacent equipment.
- Harness protections are installed in locations where the cable harnesses could touch the structur
e or to make sure that the segregation rules are obeyed.
- When the harness is installed on movable mechanical parts, it must have a mechanical protectio
n between two attachment points and it must be attached with cable ties NSA935401 every 50
mm (1.97 in.).
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Installation on
Moving Mechanical Parts
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Installation on
Moving Mechanical Parts
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of EFCS Harnesses
NOTE: A short distance or the contact between a harness with protection and the structure is permitt
ed if this harness does not have a relative movement against this part of the structure.
- Each cable identified with the digit G, V or Y (for example 1MG, 1MV, 2MY etc.) must have an ele
ctrical protection (for example a convoluted conduit or an open sleeve) on all their length (for ex
ample from one FIN to the next FIN).
- For more data, refer to 20-33-3x - Harness protection.
DIGIT LEGACY A380 A350

ELECTRICALLY PR ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED WITH
G and Y ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED
OTECTED ATA/Sub ATA PARTITION
ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED WITH
V N/A N/A
ATA/Sub ATA PARTITION
(1) Structure feedthroughs
(a) Harness that go through structural feedthroughs without contact
- The distance clearances are the same as those between harness and structure or eq
uipment (Refer Ref. 20-33-11 General Requirements).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- In unusual conditions, the edge through which the harness goes can have protectio
n (grommet ABS1020). You cannot use this protection only.
- To prevent contact between the harness and the protection, it is necessary for the h
arness to have an attachment on a minimum of one side of the structure.
- When you cannot obey the distance clearances of (Refer Ref. 20-33-11 General Req
uirements), if it is possible, install a protection ABS1020 or similar protection aroun
d the hole in the structure. After installation, it is mandatory to get a clearance of 2
mm (0.08 in.) between the harness and the protection.
- When it is not possible to install a protection ABS1020 and when the harness does n
ot have another protection, do these steps:
- Put split conduit EN6049-006/007 as a protection on the harness. After install
ation of the conduit, it is mandatory to get a clearance of 2 mm (0.08 in.) bet
ween the harness and the edge of the hole.
- The conduit must extend 25 mm (0.98 in.) on each side of the applicable zon
e. Use cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420 to attach the conduit. Ch
ange the clamp dimensions if necessary. Change the fixing screw if necessary
to make sure that a minimum of 3 threads protrude through the nut.
For a better clearance, it is possible to add or increase the height of the spacers (up to 3.6
mm (0.14 in.) max.) to the electrical brackets and the secondary structure. You must not
add or increase the number of spacers when they are directly attached to the primary stru
cture.
(b) Harness that go through structural feedthroughs with contact

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - Wiring
Installation Recommendations - Structure Feedthrough Protection
tructure Feedthrough Protection
Where harnesses go through holes in the structure, use a clamp to attach the harness a m
inimum of 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the edge of the hole.
1 Solution 1:
- Add a silicone extrusion such as NSA360002, NSA939510, ASNA2679 or equi

valent on the structure. The wiring must not touch this protection.
2 Solution 2:
- Add a mounting plate on the structure.

- To install a harness through a mounting plate, you must attach it on one side
as near as possible from protection ABS1020. The harness must be at a maxi
mum distance of 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the protection.
- Install protection ABS1020 to prevent direct contact between the harnesses a
nd the hole in the structure.
- Wind black tape ASNA5107-B on the harness and attach with a cable tie at th
e two wound ends.
The routing of the harness must be straight at the exits to prevent tension on
the grommet.
NOTE: When you install a harness through a mounting plate, it is necessary to ins
tall a spare wire:
- With a new mounting plate (recommended solution)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- As an alternative to silicone tape ASNA5107-B wound during basic i

nstallation.
3 Solution 3 (for special grommets only):
- Install the harness with a minimum straight part of 10 mm (0.39 in.) on each
side of the structure feedthrough.
- Install flags to show the correct position of the harness on the attachment po
ints.
NOTE: Each shielded harness must go through its related hole.
NOTE: Some types of structure feedthrough must be installed by bonding (Refer t

o SRM chapter 51).
(c) Procedure to bond the profile on the structure
- Use sandpaper with a maximum grain size of 180 to manually abrade the bonded s
urface.
- Clean these surfaces.
- Apply a thin layer of adhesive paste ASNA4049 or Material No. Epoxy Adhesive_- -
Legacy 3 (Material Ref. 05EML7) (thickness about 0.1 mm (0.00 in.)) on the profile.
- You must use the resin quickly, not more than 30 min after you prepare it.
- Install the profile on the structure.
- Remove unwanted resin with a soft cloth and solvent.
- Polymerize the resin for 4 hours at 40 deg.C (104.00 deg.F).
C. Installation
Before you install a harness, make sure that:
- The installation and routing areas are clean.
- The harness and the insulation are in the correct condition.
- The through holes in the structure have a protection.
- The raceways are clipped and tied (if applicable).
(1) Breakouts for terminal blocks

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - Breakouts at
Terminal Blocks and Monitoring Cables on Circuit Breakers
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - General Tying Recommendations
- When there are wiring breakouts to terminal blocks, make groups of cables that go to 2 to
4 modules or terminals. You must do this to decrease the number of ties.
NOTE: Installation of cable tie near a connection must not cause tension to the contacts or ma
ke the cavities oval.
(2) Monitoring cables on adjacent circuit breakers

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - Breakouts at
Terminal Blocks and Monitoring Cables on Circuit Breakers
- It is necessary to attach monitoring cables with cable ties. These cables must not touch m
etal parts (for example cable connecting items on circuit breakers or electrical distribution
shunts).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- The monitoring cables between adjacent circuit breakers must be held opposite each other
on each item (one cable on each of the related circuit breakers). The two cables of each ci
rcuit breaker must be attached to its supply cable.
(3) Attachment items (cable supports)

At each end of the convoluted conduit and split conduit, you must supply a minimum length betw
een the attachment device and the conduit end.
For more data about the description and installation procedure, Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02.
10 mm (0.39 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.) for A318/319/320/321/330/340.
15 mm (0.59 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.) for A380.
D. Manufacturing Dimension Tolerances

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Manufacturing Dimension Tolerances of Cable Harness
es
E. Overlength
(1) Overlength of wiring

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Overlen
gth of Wiring
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Length - Datum Location
For the permitted tolerances of the harness overlength management, you must refer to Ref. tabl
e title.
- Make sure that the harness bend radii and distances in relation to the structure, the other
systems and harnesses agree with the installation rules.
- The length of the harness is calculated to agree with the installation rules (minimum dista
nce from the structure, normal harness shape, etc.).
- For each type of installation, the harness length is related to the datum location.
- An overlength of approximately 50 mm (1.97 in.) maximum is included in the length of ha
rnesses to keep to a minimum the effects of vibrations on devices and loads on wires, atta
chments and junctions.
- This overlength must be distributed at each end of the harness (make sure that you obey
this during the (re)installation of the harness).
- When necessary, do a check of the harness length in each interface area.
- Extra length must never be managed between the last attachment point and connection in
SWAMP areas. The bundle segment must not be more than 300 mm (11.81 in.).
(2) Overlength at ends

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Overlen
gth at Ends
NOTE: It is permitted to include a repair overlength in a drip loop.
- Add approximately 50 mm (1.97 in.) of overlength to the length of the harness in these ca
ses:
- To help the installation and removal of connectors and the locking and unlocking of c
ontacts.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- To make the removal of equipment (for example small VUs) from a rack possible:
There must be an overlength of 100 mm (3.94 in.) + equipment length on the harnes
s connected.
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendation
s - Harness Overlength
- To make end fitting replacement repairs possible (contacts, lugs) (but not optical cab
les):
- 2 repairs for 26 to 12 cable gauge at each end. Overlength is a minimum of 14
mm (0.55 in.) at each end.
- 1 repair for 10 to 04 cable gauge at each end. Overlength is a minimum of 20
mm (0.79 in.) at each end for copper cables, 35 mm (1.38 in.) at each end for
aluminum cables.
- 1 repair for 03 to 0000 cable gauge at each end. Overlength is a minimum of 3
0 mm (1.18 in.) at each end for copper cables, 60 mm (2.36 in.) at each end f
or aluminum cables.
- For coaxial cables (for number of repairs permitted, Ref. ESPM 20-53-23-02).
- To decrease the effects of vibrations on cables, brackets and junctions.
- To prevents liquid contamination of the contacts, when you make a drip loop.
An overlength of 30 mm (1.18 in.) for one repair is given at each end of the Avionic F
ull Duplex Ethernet Switched (AFDX) cables.
- There must be no tension at the connection points during installation of cables. Cabl
es must not be in tension after connection.
F. Bend Radii
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Bend Radii and
Minimum Distances
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bend Radius and Kinked Cables
(1) The bend radius of a harness or branch is the radius of the circle of the inner curve of the harnes
s or branch.
(2) The minimum bend radius for a harness that has no optical or coaxial cables attached must be e
qual to 6 times the external diameter of the largest group of cables included in the harness.
NOTE: If a harness has two single cables (not twisted), the minimum bend radius applicable to
this harness is the minimum bend radius of the largest cable.
Example: for a harness with 2 CF18, the minimum bend radius is10 mm (0.39 in.).
(3) For harness installed on movable mechanical parts, obey the minimum bend radius in the worst
position of the harness.
(4) The minimum harness bend radius must not be less than the minimum permitted radius of each
cable of the harness.
(5) For a branch derivated from an harness, the bend radius shall not be lower than the minimum au
thorized bend radius of the most constraining cable of the branch.
(6) 26 to 12 gauge copper and aluminum cables

The minimum bend radius must be equal to 6 times the outside diameter of the cable/wire.
(7) 10 to 0000 gauge copper and aluminium cables the minimum bend radius must be equal to 10 ti
mes the outside diameter of the cable/wire.
In unusual conditions, you can decrease this value to 6 times the diameter (not for the A350).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(8) BE or BF flexible cables

The minimum bend radius is 3 times the external diameter of the cable.
(9) Special case: when G-routes are attached with bobbin, the internal minimum bend radius must b
e equal to 6 times the bobbin diameter.
You must obey the bend radius specified in the table that follows for each harness in relation to t
he route:
OUTER DIAMETER OF T ROUTE

HE HARNESS/CABLE G Ref. (2) P M, S D X R T, U, V Q
11 10
< 5 mm (0.20 in.) 10X
X X
11 10X Ref.
11X
< 7 mm (0.28 in.) 8X 8X X 8X (1)
6X
< 10 mm (0.39 in.) 6
WITH BO
X
< 13 mm (0.51 in.) BBIN 11X 8X 8X
6X 6X 6X
< 20 mm (0.79 in.) 9X
6X 6X
≥ 20 mm (0.79 in.) 6X
Note 1: (1)
10X tells you that the minimum bend radius must be 10 times the outer diameter of t
he harness/cable.
Note 2: (2)
For G-routes in harness configuration (without bobbin), the minimum bend radius mu
st be:
- For harness diameter <24 mm (0.94 in.): 11 times the harness diameter.
- For harness diameter>24 mm (0.94 in.)and <31 mm (1.22 in.): 8 times the harnes
s diameter.
- For harness diameter ≥31 mm (1.22 in.): 6 times the harness diameter.
Table - Bend radius
If you cannot obey the bend radius given in the Ref. table title then:
- For each single cable, the minimum bend radii must agree with the table that follows, and
- The minimum bend radius of the harness must be 6 times the outer harness diameter (or
a specific value according to installation drawings (only for A380 in LH Center Trailing Edg
e Fixed Structure RIBS 15-35, LH Outer Trailing Edge Fixed Structure RIBS 35-48 and RH
Outer Trailing Edge Fixed Structure RIBS 35-48)).
WIRES/CABLES MINIMUM BEND RADII

SINGLE CABLES 26 TO 10 6X
SINGLE CABLES 8 TO 4 8X
SINGLES CABLES 3 TO 0000 11X
FOR CABLES WITH HIGH VOLTAGE (≥ 230VAC O
11X
R 270VDC)
DATABUS CABLES 10X Ref. (1)
Note 1: (1)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
10X tells you that the minimum bend radius must be 10 times the outer diameter of t
he wire/cable.
G. Drip Loop for Fluids

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Overlength at
Ends and Drip Loops
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Overlength an
d Drip Loops
NOTE: The drip loops must be made at the same time as the routing of the harness.
- A wire, cable or harness that can possibly touch fluids or which can have contamination must incl
ude a drip loop to prevent fluid penetration into the rear of the connectors or end terminations.
- It is not necessary to use the drip loop principle when:
- The last attachment point is lower than the connector or terminations.
- Wires/cables are connected to a grounding point.
- Connections that are installed on a plate have a down angle of 15 degrees minimum to pre
vent fluid ingress.
- Connections and the last attachment point have protection covers (umbrella) larger than th
e item that must have protection. In this condition, the last attachment point must not be l
ower than the VU/connectors.
- The cover/umbrella must be a protection for the connections and the terminations in all flig
ht configurations and the drainage channel must point away from the equipment.
NOTE: It is necessary to use the minimum bend radius when you make the drip loops.
- The ideal shape of the drip loop is defined by L1, L2 and L3 lengths.
- The length of the drip-loop neutral axis must not be more than 300 mm (11.81 in.) between the
rear of the connector and the last attachment point. The L1 length is in relation with this limitati
on.
- The L2 length is defined by the cable bend radius, in relation with the cable diameter and the cab
le type.
- The minimum L3 length is 5 mm (0.20 in.).
NOTE: Drip loops must not cause mechanical tension on the connections.
H. Put Harnesses in Position on Aircraft
- To put the harness in position, use the installation flags on the harness head to show the start of
the uncoiling direction. Before harness removal/installation, and if there are no initial flags, ident
ify the harness attachment points with new flags (for example curve, hinge, etc.).
- Be careful when you put harnesses in position. It is recommended to install a temporary protecti
ve tubing on the harness to do this.
- Usually, it is not permitted to twist the harness. But, it is permitted to lightly twist the harness (3
or 4 turns each meter) without tension on the cables. You can do this to put the branches in the
correct direction at hinged movable parts.
- Do not bend the harness more than the minimum bend radius during handling and installation in
the aircraft (Refer Para 3.C. (2) (a)).
- It is not permitted to make full loops to remove tension in harnesses, but it is permitted in the st
owage areas.
- You must obey the attachment rules (Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02). Always use the fasteners specifie
d in the related documents (for example non-magnetic fasteners near ADF antennas or in magne
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
tic compass areas).

- When it is necessary to put the harness in position on the various supports, untightened ties hol
d the harness to put it in position.
- It is not permitted to let the harness hang, even temporarily (for attachment to an attachment d
evice or work on the structure). The harness must have protection and support so that it will not
touch items that can cause damage to it because of fretting.
- Unconnected connectors must have a protection (caps /stowage connector), (Ref. ESPM 20-54-5
2-02).
J. Inspection Procedure
After installation of the wiring, it is necessary to do periodic checks. Ref. ESPM 20-52-10-02.
4. Optical Cables and Harnesses
WARNING: DO NOT LOOK INTO THE END OF A FIBER-OPTIC CABLE. THERE IS A RISK OF LASER R
ADIATION, WHICH YOU WILL NOT SEE. LASER RADIATION IS DANGEROUS FOR YOUR
EYES.
A. General Requirements
- You must not let optical cables stay on the floor or in passageways.
- It is possible to install an optical fiber cable in R and S route harnesses in all areas.
- You must keep optical cables in dry areas.
- It is possible to install an optical fiber cable in M route harnesses only in non-pressurized areas.
- It is not permitted to mix the electrical and optical fiber cables in the same connector. It is permi
tted for ARINC 404/600 connectors to prevent dust contamination.
- You cannot install an optical fiber cable in P and G routes.
- All optical contacts and connectors of cables that are not connected must be given protection unt
il connection.
- You must put protective caps on optical end faces immediately after disconnection. You must re
move these caps immediately before connection. You must use plastic bags with the dust caps. D
uring installation, you must not touch the optical end faces.
- It is not permitted to:
- Pull the cables from the rear of the connectors because this causes damage to the contacts
and optical cables.
- Let the optical cables or harnesses hang without protection or attachments (during the atta
chment to supports or when you do work on the structure).
- Use the optical cables or harnesses as handholds or supports for tools or equipment.
- Wind the cables around your fingers or your hand to make it easier to hold them.
- If there is contamination, do a cleaning operation (Ref. ESPM 20-55-60-02).
B. Precautions
- The length of the harnesses is accurately calculated. A flag at the head of the harness is used for
pre-positioning. It shows the start of the unwinding direction. This flag is specified in the manufa
cturing documents and the installation drawings.
- Be careful when you put the assemblies in position and move cables and harnesses to prevent i
mpact and crushing. Do not pull optical fibers on the ground. Move them manually or with an ap
plicable handling system.
- Be careful when you unwind the cables and harnesses to prevent possible twisting and knots.
- During the installation, you must attach optical cables or harnesses that you did not install at thi
s time to the adjacent harnesses or structure. This is to prevent damage to the optical cables.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- During installation, it is necessary to keep the connectors aligned with the optical cable as much
as possible to prevent tension on the cable.
- During the installation, you must put optical harnesses in position on the supports or on the elect
rical harnesses.
- During installation, optical cables or harnesses must be held by loosened ties that let you adjust
the position before the last tightening.
- Added cable ties (and all temporary cable ties) necessary for handling, movement and other wor
k must be colored. It is necessary to remove these ties during installation. The heads of the cabl
e ties must not touch an adjacent harness.
- During installation and maintenance work, if you obey the minimum bend radius requirement, thi
s will prevent possible damage of the optical cable.
- If you do not obey the bend radius (this does not mean that the optical cable is broken), you mu
st do a test of the optical cable links. The test helps you to make the decision to replace the cabl
e or not. Use approved mechanical bend-limiting components or tools to get the applicable bend
radius.
NOTE: Macrobending can decrease the optical signal.
- If possible, do not twist optical cables to decrease torsion effects on the optical fiber. Light twisti
ng without tension on cables is permitted for a change of direction of the optical cables.
- If necessary, do the cleaning and an inspection of the optical end faces before each connection.
- It is not permitted to touch the optical end faces. If there is contamination or if you touch optical
end faces, you must clean them (Ref. ESPM 20-55-60-02).
NOTE: Optical cables must be installed with other harnesses when they are routed through pressure
seals.
- Optical connectors can be stowed on applicable dummy receptacle (for example ABS1213-005) f
ound near the equipment immediately after disconnection.
- In small areas, if you cannot install dummy receptacle you must use other recommended protect
ions.
NOTE: The dummy receptacles have ABS0724 label "Caution: Use of dummy receptacle after disconn
ection of optical fibers".
C. Check Before Installation

Make sure that:
- It is not permitted to let the optical cables hang without attachment and/or protection. The speci
fied attachment points are available and made.
- Cable run and routing areas are clean.
- Harnesses and sharp edges of the structure do not touch each other.
- The harness and insulators are in good condition.
- Cable runs through the structures (for example cross-beam holes) have protection.
- Optical cables are routed to prevent tension on the connection points.
- Optical cables or harnesses are not damaged or do not have contamination.
- Optical end faces have protective caps.
- Routing raceways are clipped and tied.
- Optical cables are not entangled. If there are tangles in the harnesses or cables, be careful while
you remove the tangles.
- There is no plan to do rework on the structure.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
D. Installation in Pressurized Areas
NOTE: Optical fiber cables must not be wired with a harness that has a high operating temperature (f
or example power and generator cables).
(1) Optical Fiber Cables Installed in an Electrical Harness
- You can install optical cables in an electrical harness. You must attach the cable or harness
derivation at two points to prevent tension and to obey bend radius requirements.
(2) Optical Cables Installed Out of an Electrical Harness
NOTE: The optical cables must not touch the attachment clamps.
When you install an optical cable or a harness on an electrical harness which is installed and atta
ched with cable ties NSA935401, the heads of the cables ties must not touch the optical cable or
the adjacent harnesses. In this installation configuration, an optical cable touch the flat surface o
f the main harness cable ties.
- The tightening pitch must be between 150 mm (5.91 in.) and 200 mm (7.87 in.).
- You must not install a cable tie immediately adjacent to a different cable tie or an attachm
ent point. A minimum of 20 mm (0.79 in.) is necessary to prevent tension on the optical fi
ber cable.
(3) Optical Cables Installed With Clamp NSA5516 or ABS1339 and V-Supports
Permitted installations:
NUMBER OF OPTICA MAIN ELECTRICAL HARNESS ATTACHED BY:

L FIBER CABLES NSA5516 ABS1339 V-SUPPORT
1 TO 4 IN OR OUT IN IN OR OUT
MORE THAN 4 IN IN IN
NOTE: When the two installations (inside or outside) are permitted, the outside installation is r
ecommended.
- When you install an optical harness out of an electrical harness, you can remove clamps to
install the optical cables in them. It can be necessary to change the size of the clamps.
- In this installation configuration, an optical cable can touch the flat surface of the main har
ness cable ties.
NOTE: The V-clamp and the heads of the cable ties installed in the V-clamp must not touch the
optical harness or the adjacent harnesses.
E. Tying
NOTE: It is not permitted to use size 03 of cable tie NSA935401 for optical cables. The minimum per
mitted size is 04.
- It is necessary to use lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 to attach optical cables or ha
rnesses to the adjacent harnesses or structure.
- Tying makes the harness shape and applies the mechanical loads along all cables.
NOTE: For optical cables or harnesses, the last attachment must be between200 mm (7.87 in.)and30
0 mm (11.81 in.)from the connection.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
NOTE: There are different types of lacing tape NSA8420 available. For a given harness diameter, use
the largest one to decrease the pressure on the cable.
NOTE: You must not tighten too much when you install optical fiber cables. This can cause cable crus
hing and optical fiber failures or damage on adjacent harnesses.
F. Attachment of Optical Harnesses with Line Tyings

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Attachment of Optical Harnesses with Line Tyings
- You must always install optical cables without protection (around the harness or on the inner sid
e of the harness which contains different types of cables). You must attach it along its length at s
pecified intervals as follows:
- Usually, the maximum pitch of a tying device must be 150 mm (5.91 in.).
- For adjacent connections of more than 500 mm (19.69 in.), the maximum pitch of a tying
device must be 100 mm (3.94 in.). You must install the first tying device to prevent mecha
nical force on the connector contacts.
- For areas where access is not easy, you must use lacing tape NSA8420 with a maximum pit
ch of 50 mm (1.97 in.).
- In a harness, it is not permitted to make the distances between the tying devices smaller t
o get the correct tension.
G. Overlength
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Harness Overl
ength
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Fiber Overlength Management
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Harness Overlength Management
- It is necessary to have a maximum overlength of 50 mm (1.97 in.) at each end of the optical cab
le to make connection/disconnection and maintenance of the connectors easier.
- You can install a ladder ABS0054 to manage the overlength.
- This 50 mm (1.97 in.) overlength must include a drip loop.
H. Bend Radius
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bending Radius Definition - Optical Cables.
The bend radius of an installed optical cable or an optical harness must be:
- 10 times more than the outer diameter of the harness
- Not less than 20 mm (0.79 in.) for one optical cable.
The bend radius must not be less than the minimum permitted radius of the largest cable include
d in the harness. For transportation, the minimum bend radius must be 40 mm (1.57 in.).
J. Drip Loop
- The drip loop is not applicable to the optical cable because it causes tension (bend radius). The o
ptical connector is sealed. But you can install the drip loop if possible. This is to prevent contami
nation or penetration of humidity (this is applicable to all connectors).
- Make a low point on the optical cable at the rear of the connectors that obeys the bend radius.
- You must install the optical connectors above the cable to prevent contamination.
- The drip loop must not prevent the displacement (spring effect) of optical contacts when you ma
ke connection to prevent mechanical tension on contacts.
K. Tightening
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- In vibration areas, you must tighten and lock all optical items. You must obey special precautions
during tightening operations because a tightening that is not sufficient can cause signal transmis
sion that is not sufficient.
NOTE: You cannot use glue.
5. Coaxial Cables and Harnesses
A. Installation
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Harness
- Some coaxial cables have a specified calculated length. This length is given in the AWL.
- During connection, make sure that there is no crushing of the cable and no tension at the contac
t.
- Make sure that coaxial cables are mechanically protected in the attachment device and that they
do not slide in it.
NOTE: If a repair decreases the cable length to below the minimum tolerance, you must replace the f
ull cable.
(Ref. ESPM 20-53-23-02)
(1) Coaxial cables (or harnesses) attached on ramp
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Cables or Harnesses Attached on Ramp
NOTE: For the installation, it is necessary to use cable ties tightened with the tool set to minim
um tension. The cable tie heads must point to the ramp (away from the coaxial cable).
(a) Single coaxial cable on ramp

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Cables or Harnesses Attached on
Ramp
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable with Protection Slee
ve on Ramp
- If the ramp includes V-brackets, the coaxial cable must be protected with bobbins.
- If the ramp does not includes V-brackets, the coaxial cable must be protected with
2 layers of self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107 wound around the cable and the ra
mp.
(b) Coaxial harness on ramp
- Coaxial harnesses must be installed on ramps without V-supports.

- Coaxial harnesses must be protected with 2 layers of self-adhesive silicone tape AS
NA5107.
- Self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107 must be wound around the cable and the ram
p.
(2) Coaxial cables wired in an electrical harness:

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - Coaxial Cabl
es
NOTE: The head of the cable ties must be in the half of the harness circumference opposite th
e coaxial cable.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
(a) Solution 1:
- Set the cable tie installation tools to minimum tension. Cross the cable tie to apply t
he pressure equally.
(b) Solution 2:
- Wind 2 or 3 turns of silicone tape ASNA5107 or equivalent around the harness and t
he coaxial cable. Tie the coaxial cable on the harness with cable tie NSA935401.
(c) Solution 3:
- Wind 2 or 3 turns of silicon tape ASNA5107 or equivalent around the coaxial cable.
Tie the coaxial cable on the harness with cable tie NSA935401.
(3) Coaxial cables wired alone:

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying Recommendations -
Coaxial Cables
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying Recommendations -
Coaxial Cables
(a) Solutions 1 and 2 (for 3 coaxial cables or more):
1 Solution 1:
NOTE: You must add 2 or 3 turns of silicone tape ASNA5107 around the coaxial c
able before installation of the clamp (only for WD, WN, WL or WZ coaxial c
able).
- Install a plastic clamp ABS1339 on the coaxial cable.
2 Solution 2:
- Wind 2 or 3 turns of silicone tape ASNA5107 around the coaxial cable and ins
tall clamp NSA5516.
(b) Solutions 3, 4 and 5 (only for 1 or 2 SW, XF, WB, WA or XE coaxial cables):
1 Solution 3:
- Install a plastic clamp ABS1339.
2 Solution 4:
tall clamp NSA5516.
3 Solution 5:
- Tighten the coaxial cable on the V support NSA935504 (or equivalent) with c
able tie NSA935401.
(c) Solutions 6, 7 and 8 (only for 1 or 2 WD, WN, WL or WZ coaxial cables):
1 Solution 6:
tall plastic clamp ABS1339.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
2 Solution 7:
tall clamp NSA5516.
3 Solution 8:
- Install a protection on the coaxial cable (bobbin NSA935510 for WD, WN and
WZ coaxial cable or sleeve NSA5539 for WL coaxial cable).
- Tighten the coaxial cable on the V-support NSA935504 (or equivalent) with c
able tie NSA935401.
(4) Installation of a coaxial cable or harness in a clamp

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Cable or Harness in a C
lamp
NOTE: For the installation, it is necessary to use cable ties tightened with the tool set to minim
um tension.
Coaxial harnesses and single coaxial cables must be attached with plastic clamp ABS1339 or met
allic clamp NSA5516 with additional protection (if necessary).
Prevent any stress on the contact at the connection level.
On the last 500 mm (19.69 in.) the coaxial cables must be routed with untightened attachments
points and without tying devices, and then connected without effort at contact/connector level.
The connector must be disconnected before any change or routing.
For more information, (Ref. ESPM 20-33-42-01).
(5) Installation of a coaxial cable or harness on a ramp and on the other harness
(a) Single coaxial cable installed on a ramp and on the other harness
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable Installed on a Ramp
and on the Other Harness
(b) Coaxial harness installed on a ramp and on the other harness

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Harness Installed on a Ramp and
on the Other Harness
(6) For BUS CAN E0807WX26 cables:

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations - E0807WX26
Cable and Harness
NOTE: Do not tighten the cables too much when you install the BUS CAN. It can cause cable cr
ushing.
- If possible, install WX cables in the electrical harness. If this is not possible, use lacing tap
e NSA8420-7 to attach them out of the harness.
- Harnesses that have WX cables must have 2 turns of tape ASNA5107-B as a protection at
each attachment point, when they are attached with clamps NSA5516 or ABS1339 on V- s
upports (for example NSA935504) or tubular supports.
NOTE: You can attach WX harnesses directly on the support without ASNA5107-B tape if cable
WX has the protection of a conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- You must connect the BUS CAN on equipment with connectors:
NOTE: The maximum length to bond a BUS CAN cable is 150 mm (5.91 in.) for an EMI cl
osed backshell and more than 100 mm (3.94 in.) for an open backshell.
- E0163 or E0165 + ABS1575 ground module (1 or 2 modules as necessary)
- E0163 or E0165 with twinax ABS1111
- EN3646 + backshell EN3660
- EN2997 + backshell EN3660.
- Derivations must be made on the connector:
- With a solder sleeve E0160 + bonding wire on shunted connector ABS1425 with bac
kshell EN3660. The bonding wire must be a DR24 cable with a length of 100 mm (3.
94 in.) maximum with a lug NSA936501 on the end and connected on a backshell EN
3660.
- With a solder sleeve E0160 + bonding wire on shunted connector ABS1425 with bac
kshell EN3660. The bonding wire must be a DR24 cable with a length of 100 mm (3.
94 in.) maximum with a lug NSA936501 on the end and connected on a backshell EN
3660.
NOTE: Chaining of solder sleeves is not permitted on BUS CAN cables.
B. Bend Radii
- With coaxial cables attached, the minimum bend radius must be equal to 10 times the external d
iameter of the largest coaxial cable.
- The bend radius must not be less than the minimum permitted radius of the largest cable include
d in the harness.
- In unusual conditions, you can decrease this value to 6 times the diameter (not for the A350).
NOTE: These bend radius requirements are not applicable to the leaky line.
C. Addition of Coaxial Cable
- Install the coaxial cable directly on the harness but not untie it.
- You must attach the coaxial cable to the related harness with crossed clamps NSA935401.
- There must be compliance with routes.
NOTE: Make sure that there is no interference between the heads of the ties and the coaxial cable.
- You can add more cables below or on the positioning markers.

- Make sure that you can see the indications on these markers.
6. Quadrax Cables and Harnesses

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Continuity and Identification - Quadrax Wire
A. Installation
(1) General requirements
- Quadrax cables have a strictly calculated length. This length is specified in the AWL.
- You can install quadrax cables in electrical harnesses as other cables but you must be very
careful to prevent:
- Cable pinching/damage.
- Straining of the cable when you twist it during the connection.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- Twisting and stress on the contact.

- The overlength for contact repairs is distributed along the quad cable run.
- You must install this type of cable in harnesses in a specific direction. The installation draw
ing and the marking "A-B" on the cable sheath show the correct direction.
- Correct direction is important during the connection of the contact in the connector to pre
vent damage to the contact positioning key and prevent twisting of the ends.
- To avoid confusion when wiring, the manufacturer has marked the letters "A-B" every 300
mm (11.81 in.).
- The "A" side is related to the end where the red conductor is on the top right side. At the
"A" end, the conductor colors are, in a clockwise direction: red, green, blue and yellow.
- It is necessary to keep color continuity on the two sides of the cut-off connectors (if applic
able). Thus, the cable is always in the same direction in a connection.
- AFDX Data bus cables:
NOTE: AFDX cables must not be bonded to a bonding bracket. They must only be bonded
to an EMI closed backshell.
- The maximum length of an AFDX data bus cable is 85 m (278.87 ft.) with 6 cuts at 1
00 Mbits (1 repair included).
- The maximum length of an AFDX Data bus cable is 150 m (492.13 ft.) with 7 cuts at
10 Mbits (1 repair included).
- Do not apply twisting forces at ends. 400 mm (15.75 in.) must be the minimum dist
ance of an AFDX data bus cable between two computers to prevent cable twisting du
ring plug-in except for small VUs.
- You can install an AFDX data bus cable in the electrical harness like the other cables
but with a minimum of 250 mm (9.84 in.) free at ends to prevent cable twisting duri
ng plug in.
- For all harnesses, it is necessary to tie ends after plug-in, after connection of connec
tors.
- You can install AFDX data bus cables in M and S routes only.
- You must include an overlength of 30 mm (1.18 in.) for contact repairs on AFDX dat
a bus cable- links.
B. Bend Radii
(1) Quadrax, AFDX and 10 to 0000 gauge copper and aluminum cables
- In unusual conditions (for example when the space is small), you can decrease this value:
- To 6 times the diameter for static AFDX configurations.
- To 11 times the diameter for dynamic AFDX configurations.
- Or to a specific value according to installation drawings (for A380 eBay and Cargo 1
only).
C. Quadrax Cables without Solder Sleeve
(1) Cable Twisting

Connect one end of the cable.
Put the cable in position on the route. Tie the cable and let the last 250 mm (9.84 in.) free.
Prepare the connection at the other end of the cable. Put the contact in the insertion position op
posite the related cavity in the connector. It can be necessary to twist the contact moderately.
To prevent direct application of twisting force on the contact, do these steps:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
- Record the twisting force to apply on the contact to align the quadrax polarization key and
the connector cavity foolproofing-key (for example approximately 30 degree angle to the r
ight).
- Pull the contact back 50 mm (1.97 in.) from the rear of connector and make a curve with t
he cable.
- At the same time, use the hand with which you hold the contact to push the contacts in th
e direction of the connector. This will make the cable straight. Do not fully connect at this
step.
- With the other hand, hold the cable tightly between your thumb and forefinger and apply t
he rotation on the last 250 mm (9.84 in.) of cable.
NOTE: This will remove the loop and apply the twisting tension equally on the last 250 m
m (9.84 in.).
CAUTION: REMOVE THE TYING DEVICE OVER THE LAST 500 MM. THIS WILL PREVENT STRE
SS ON THE QUADRAX CABLES AND DAMAGE TO THEM.
(2) Quadrax tying
Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Tying
Route and connect the cables.
Install the new tying device.
D. Quadrax Cables with Solder Sleeves

Ref. Fig. Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Cables with Solder Sleeves
- Step 1:
- After the stripping of the external insulation of the quadrax cable, the wires must be twiste
d in the same way as in the protected part of the cable.
- The wires must be untwisted at the rear of the contacts. The untwisted length must be cho
sen as short as possible and obey the following conditions:
- It must permit the use of the insertion and extraction tool of the contacts.
- It must not induce any stress at the contacts level.
- It must not induce any deformation on the grommet layout.
- Connect the cables.
NOTE: Cables must be twisted in pairs. Blue cable with red cable and yellow cable with green c
able.
- Step 2:
- Attach the cables with cable tie NSA935401.
- Prevent crossing of cables when there are more than one quadrax cable installed.
- Use a lacing tape NSA8420 to group the cables as close as possible to their connectio
n zone on the connector.
Figure 20-33-11-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - I
nstallation of In-line Standard Items
Figure 20-33-11-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - I
nstallation of In-line Standard Items
Figure 20-33-11-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendatio
ns - EFCS Harness with Another Harness

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Figure 20-33-11-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation Recommen
dations - Bend Radii and Minimum Distances
Figure 20-33-11-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requireme
nts
Figure 20-33-11-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requireme
nts
Figure 20-33-11-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Conductive Com
posite Surface
dations - Additional Protection Installation
Figure 20-33-11-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Fuel Tank Boun
dary or any Part of Structure in Fuel Vapour Areas
dations - Distance from Piping
dations - Distance from Piping
dations - Spacers and Separators
dations - Spacers and Separators
dations - Overlength of Wiring
Figure 20-33-11-0016-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Separators Application Table
Figure 20-33-11-0017-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Conduits, Terminals and Bondi
ng Interfaces
Figure 20-33-11-0018-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Insulating of the Cable Ends
Figure 20-33-11-0019-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Draw Wire
Figure 20-33-11-0020-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendatio
ns - Distribution and Tying Pitch
ns - Lacing Tape and Cable Ties
ns - At Branches
Figure 20-33-11-0023-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations - T
wisted Cables
dations - Installation on Moving Mechanical Parts
dations - Installation on Moving Mechanical Parts
ns - Wiring Installation Recommendations - Structure Feedthrough Protection
dations - Structure Feedthrough Protection
ns - Breakouts at Terminal Blocks and Monitoring Cables on Circuit Breakers
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Figure 20-33-11-0029-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - General Tying Recommendatio
ns
Figure 20-33-11-0030-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Manufacturing Dimension Toler
ances of Cable Harnesses
dations - Overlength of Wiring
Figure 20-33-11-0032-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Length - Datum Locat
ion
ion
ion
dations - Overlength at Ends
dations - Harness Overlength
dations - Overlength at Ends and Drip Loops
dations - Overlength and Drip Loops
Figure 20-33-11-0048-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Fiber Overlength Mana
gement
Figure 20-33-11-0049-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Harness Overlength Ma
nagement
Figure 20-33-11-0050-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bending Radius Definition - Op
tical Cables.
Figure 20-33-11-0051-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Cables or Harnesses A
ttached on Ramp
ns - Coaxial Cables
Figure 20-33-11-0053-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying Rec
ommendations - Coaxial Cables
Figure 20-33-11-0054-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying Rec
ommendations - Coaxial Cables
ns - E0807WX26 Cable and Harness
Figure 20-33-11-0056-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Continuity and Identific
ation - Quadrax Wire
Figure 20-33-11-0057-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Attachment of Optical Harness
es with Line Tyings
Figure 20-33-11-0058-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bend Radius and Kinked Cable
s
Figure 20-33-11-0059-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - In-line Standard Electrical Ite
m Installed on Harness
Figure 20-33-11-0060-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable Installed
on a Ramp and on the Other Harness
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
Figure 20-33-11-0061-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Harness Installed on a
Ramp and on the Other Harness
Figure 20-33-11-0062-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of Cable Ends with
Caps
Figure 20-33-11-0063-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of VOC Cable (AD2
4 or DR24) that goes into a P Route
Figure 20-33-11-0064-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of Harness and an
Open Sleeve at Hinge Points
Figure 20-33-11-0065-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Special Condition for the Conn
ection of Heaters of Water Pipes
Figure 20-33-11-0066-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Harne
ss
Figure 20-33-11-0067-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Cable
or Harness in a Clamp
Figure 20-33-11-0069-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable with Prot
ection Sleeve on Ramp
Figure 20-33-11-0070-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Cables with Solder Sl
eeves
Figure 20-33-11-0071-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Tying of Routes Including Two
or More Harnesses
Figure 20-33-11-0072-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Tying
Figure 20-33-11-0073-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of EFCS Harnesses
Figure 20-33-11-0074-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the B
undles Tying
Figure 20-33-11-0075-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the H
arness Overlength Management
Figure 20-33-11-0076-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the O
rientation of the Terminal Lug During the Manufacturing
Figure 20-33-11-0077-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the S
eparator for G Routes
Figure 20-33-11-0078-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the D
erivation of the Branches
Figure 20-33-11-0134-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Required Clearance
(D)
Figure 20-33-11-0164-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the
Bonding Lugs Orientation

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF VOC CABLE (AD24 OR DR24) THAT GOES INTO A P ROUTE
VOC CABLE IN FLEXIBLE FISHNET
EXAMPLE: INSTALLATION OF VOC CABLE (AD24 OR DR24 WIRE) INTO P ROUTE.
STEP 1: MAKE A KNOT ON THE VOC CABLE (AD24 OR DR24).

LACING TAPE NSA8420
STEP 2: THEN MAKE A KNOT ON THE HARNESS. VOC CABLE

(AD24 OR DR24)
LACING TAPE NSA8420
P ROUTE
VOC CABLE
VOC CABLE CABLE TIE (AD24 OR DR24)
(AD24 OR DR24) NSA935401
LACING TAPE NSA8420
200 mm
(7.87 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00630001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0063-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of VOC Cable (AD24 or
DR24) that goes into a P Route
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF HARNESS AND AN OPEN SLEEVE AT HINGE POINTS
P_SP_203311_D2_00640001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0064-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of Harness and an
Open Sleeve at Hinge Points
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE STANDARD ITEMS
STANDARD ITEM
STANDARD ITEM
30 mm
MIN
(1.18 in)
BACKSHELL (IF INSTALLED)

STANDARD ELECTRICAL ITEM OR CONNECTOR
(IF NO BACKSHELL INSTALLED)
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
CONVOLUTED
CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
NOT RECOMMENDED SOLUTION:
STANDARD ELECTRICAL
ITEMS QTY 4 PER FAMILY MAX
FAMILY NO. 1
VS1
VS2
10 mm
MIN
(0.39 in)
FAMILY NO. 2
P_SP_203311_D2_00020001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Recommendations -

Installation of In-line Standard Items
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF IN-LINE STANDARD ITEMS
10 mm
(0.39 in)
TYING DEVICES 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
NOTE:
FAMILY NO. 1
FAMILY NO. 2 P_SP_203311_D2_00030001_01_02

Installation of In-line Standard Items
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
IN-LINE STANDARD ELECTRICAL ITEM INSTALLED ON HARNESS
CABLE TIE
SELF-ADHESIVE IN-LINE STANDARD ELECTRICAL ITEM NSA935401
SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107
40 mm ± 5 mm 40 mm ± 5 mm
(1.57 in ± 0.20 in) (1.57 in ± 0.20 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00590001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0059-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - In-line Standard Electrical Item
Installed on Harness
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
EFCS HARNESS IN A CLOSED CONDUIT
EFCS CABLES TIED WITH

NON-AGGRESSIVE TYING DEVICE
MAIN ROUTING TIED/PROTECTED
1M
EFCS HARNESSES IN A HARNESS
1MF
(EFCS
LACING TAPE HARNESS)
NSA8420
CABLE TIENSA935401*
OR
LACING TAPE NSA8420
LACING TAPE
NSA8420
* YOU CAN USE CABLE TIE NSA935401 ONLY IN SOME AIRCRAFT ZONES.
P_SP_203311_D2_00040001_01_03
Figure 20-33-11-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Tying Recommendations -
EFCS Harness with Another Harness
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
CASE A:
CORRECT INCORRECT
CLAMP
R HARNESS
10 mm MIN
(0.39 in)
R = BEND RADIUS
OF HARNESS STRUCTURE STRUCTURE
(R = N x HARNESS/CABLE DIAMETER)
N = NUMBER OF TIMES THE OUTER DIAMETER
OF THE HARNESS/CABLE
P_SP_203311_D2_00050001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Installation

Recommendations - Bend Radii and Minimum Distances
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
OBSTACLE ATTACHMENT DEVICE

(e.g. STRUCTURE) (e.g. CLAMP)
REQUIRED DISTANCE = D
BUNDLE
FIXED BRACKET
IF L > 10 mm OR t > 10 mm, THEN

THE REQUIRED DISTANCE D IS 20 OR 25 mm
CASE B:
STRUCTURE
20 mm
(0.7874 in)
20 m 20 mm
(0.7 m
874 (0.7874 in)
in)
25 mm
(0.9842 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00060001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requirements
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
OBSTACLE ATTACHMENT DEVICE

(e.g. STRUCTURE) (e.g. CLAMP)
REQUIRED DISTANCE = D
BUNDLE
FIXED BRACKET
IF L 10 mm AND t 10 mm, THEN

THE REQUIRED DISTANCE D IS 10 mm
CASE C:
ATTACHMENT POINT
10 mm MIN.
(0.3937 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00070001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Distances Requirements
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
DISTANCES (D) IN mm (in)

ROUTE D 50 50 > D 25 25 > D 20 20 > D 10 10 > D 0
(D 1.968 (1.968 > D 0.984) (0.984 > D 0.787) (0.787 > D 0.393) (0.393 > D 0)
WITH A PTFE
WITH A PTFE PROTECTION ON THE
PROTECTION ON THE
G ROUTES ACCEPTABLE COMPOSITE CONDUCTIVE PART AND A FORBIDDEN
COMPOSITE
SECURED ATTACHMENT POINT*
CONDUCTIVE PART
WITH AN ELECTRICAL WITH AN ELECTRICAL
PROTECTION AND A PROTECTION AND A
P ROUTES ACCEPTABLE FORBIDDEN
SECURED SECURED ATTACHMENT
ATTACHMENT POINT POINT*
WITH AN ELECTRICAL
OTHER PROTECTION AND A
ACCEPTABLE FORBIDDEN
ROUTES SECURED ATTACHMENT
POINT
* NOT APPLICABLE IN PRESSURIZED AREAS FOR A380 PROGRAM
P_SP_203311_D2_00080001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Conductive
Composite Surface
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
ADDITIONAL PROTECTION INSTALLATION
STRUCTURE THICKNESS > 10 mm
COMPOSITE CONDUCTIVE
CROSS BEAM
G ROUTE ADDITIONAL PROTECTION

10 mm SECURATED INSULATED
ATTACHMENT POINT
P_SP_203311_D2_00090001_01_01

Recommendations - Additional Protection Installation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31

ROUTE D 50 50 > D 25 25 > D 10
(D 1.968 (1.968 > D 0.984) (0.984 > D 0.393)
G ROUTES ACCEPTABLE FORBIDDEN FORBIDDEN
FOR LOCALISED AREA ONLY

EXCEPTIONAL CASES WITH
SECURED POSITION WITH AN
OTHER ROUTES ACCEPTABLE SPECIFIC DESIGN
ELECTRICAL PROTECTION
(CONTACT AIRBUS SUPPORT)
e.g. EN6049-007
FOR LOCALISED AREA ONLY

SECURED POSITION WITH AN
Q ROUTES ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE ELECTRICAL PROTECTION
e.g. EN6049-007
P_SP_203311_D2_00100001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Distance from Fuel Tank Boundary
or any Part of Structure in Fuel Vapour Areas
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
CUSTOMIZATION AIRCRAFT TYPES DOCTYPES
PIPES ROUTE 150 D 50 10

50 D 25 25 D 13 13 D 10
(5.905 D 1.968) (1.968 D 0.984) (0.984 D 0.512) (0.512 D 0.394) ( 0.394)
DATE
G ROUTES ACCEPTABLE FORBIDDEN

REVISION
01-May-2024
FLAMMABLE ACCEPTABLE
ONLY WITH
LIQUIDS OTHER
ACCEPTABLE CONDUITS OR FORBIDDEN
ROUTES SECURED
ATTACHMENT
POINT*
P AND G
ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE FORBIDDEN
ROUTES
NON-FLAMMABLE
LIQUIDS OR
49
GASES (AIR, ACCEPTABLE

WATER, ONLY WITH
OTHER CONDUITS OR
** ON A/C ALL
NITROGEN)
NUMBER
ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE SECURED FORBIDDEN

REVISION
ROUTES
ATTACHMENT
POINT*
* NOT APPLICABLE IN PRESSURIZED AREA FOR A380 PROGRAM
Recommendations - Distance from Piping

P_SP_203311_D2_00110001_01_01

TITLE
Description (AIRBUS)

20-33-11-02 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring -
A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
PIPES ROUTE 150 D 50 50 D 25 25 D 13 13 D 10 10

(5.905 D 1.968) (1.968 D 0.984) (0.984 D 0.512) (0.512 D 0.394) ( 0.394)
DATE
ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE
ONLY WITH ONLY WITH
REVISION
P AND G CONDUITS OR CONDUITS OR FORBIDDEN

01-May-2024
ROUTES SECURED SECURED

ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT
POINT* POINT*
GASEOUS
OXYGEN ACCEPTABLE
ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE
ONLY WITH ONLY WITH ONLY WITH
OTHER CONDUITS OR CONDUITS OR CONDUITS AND
SECURED FORBIDDEN
ROUTES SECURED SECURED
ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT ATTACHMENT
POINT* POINT* POINT*
49
ACCEPTABLE
ONLY WITH
** ON A/C ALL
NUMBER
MECHANICAL PARTS ACCEPTABLE CONDUITS OR FORBIDDEN FORBIDDEN

REVISION
AND MOVING PARTS SECURED

ATTACHMENT
POINT*
* NOT APPLICABLE IN PRESSURIZED AREAS FOR A380 PROGRAM
Recommendations - Distance from Piping

P_SP_203311_D2_00120001_01_01

TITLE
Description (AIRBUS)

20-33-11-02 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring -
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
FOR PARALLEL HARNESSES:
ABS0054* ABS0731 (RECOMMENDED) OR NSA5527
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ABS1144* ABS1526* OR E0688*
CABLE TIE NSA935401-05
HARNESS CABLE TIE NSA935401-05
ABS1339**
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
CABLE TIE NSA935401
* ONLY USED IN PRESSURIZED AREAS.
** CAN BE USED IN NON PRESSURIZED AREAS.
P_SP_203311_D2_00130001_01_01

Recommendations - Spacers and Separators
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
FOR PERPENDICULAR HARNESSES
ABS0731 (RECOMMENDED)
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 2 O R
CABLE TIE
NSA935401 NSA5527 (NOT PERMITTED
FOR A380 AND
SUBSEQUENT PROGRAMS)
CABLE TIE NSA935401

OR
LACING TAPE NSA8420-2
ABS1144*
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ONLY USED FOR HIGH TEMPERATURE AREAS ON P, G, X AND E ROUTES:
NSA8420-2 LACING TAPE.

(NOOSE TYPE KNOT)
CABLE TIE NSA935401

* ONLY USED IN PRESSURIZED AREAS. OR
P_SP_203311_D2_00140001_01_01

Recommendations - Spacers and Separators
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BASIC LINE INSTALLATION

FRAME
SAGGING/SWELLING
SEGREGATION HARNESSES L
DISTANCE
ATTACHMENT POINT
SECURING DEVICE NEEDED

FRAME
DISTANCE SECURED HARNESSES

L DEVICE
DISTANCE BETWEEN TWO ATTACHMENT POINT

ATTACHMENT POINTS (e.g.: FRAMES)
= =
P_SP_203311_D2_00150001_01_01

Recommendations - Overlength of Wiring
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
ROUTES P FOR ALL PROGRAMS

OTHER
AREA ROUTES G AND
ROUTES X FOR A350 PROGRAM ROUTES
KNOT NSA8420-5
NSA5516CB ORABS2195 IN
BUTTERFLY CONFIGURATION
BRACKETABS1088
HOT AREAS
KNOT NSA8420-5
NSA5516CB IN BUTTERFLY
CONFIGURATION
KNOT NSA8420-5
ABS1339 ABS1144
IN BUTTERFLY CONFIGURATION
NON-PRESSURIZED
AREAS
BRACKET ABS1088
NSA5516CB OR ABS2195 IN ABS1339

KNOT NSA8420-5 IN BUTTERFLY
BUTTERFLY CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
PRESSURIZED
AREAS
OUTSIDE VU
ABS1526 ORE0688
PRESSURIZED
AREAS NOT PERMITTED
INSIDE VU
P_SP_203311_D2_00160001_01_03
Figure 20-33-11-0016-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Separators Application Table
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
LOOSE CONDUITS IN CONTACT WITH THE STRUCTURE OR OTHER COMPONENTS

DEFECT REPAIR SCHEME
CABLE CONNECTED TO A TERMINAL

NOTE: THE MAXIMUM BEND ANGLE ( ) OF THE TERMINAL

IS 45° FOR GAUGE 12 TO 24 TERMINALS WITH A MINIMUM
BEND RADIUS OF 2 mm (0.08 in) (YOU CAN ONLY BEND ONE TIME)
BONDING BRAID AND WIRING

REPAIR SCHEME
WIRING 50 mm
50 mm (1.97 in)
(1.97 in)
PTFE SLEEVE
BONDING BRAID BONDING BRAID
P_SP_203311_D2_00170001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0017-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Conduits, Terminals and Bonding
Interfaces
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BUNDLE
D
D D
NOTE: DISTANCE D IS THE NECESSARY CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE BUNDLE AND THE OTHER OBJECTS.
P_SP_203311_D2_01340001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0134-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Minimum Required Clearance (D)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
ADDITIONAL BOBBIN ADDED ADDITIONAL LACING TAPE ADDED
P_SP_203311_D2_00770001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0077-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Permitted Tolerances for the
Separator for G Routes
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BEFORE AFTER
ADDITIONAL TYING DEVICE
P_SP_203311_D2_00740001_01_00
Bundles Tying
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BEFORE AFTER
NOT PERMITTED: PERMITTED

- NO DRIP LOOP
- REPAIR NOT POSSIBLE
- CABLE INSTALLED WITH TENSION.
P_SP_203311_D2_00750001_01_01
Harness Overlength Management
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
CONDITION A
25 mm
(0.98 in)
25 mm
(0.98 in)
TYING DEVICES CAN BE REMOVED / ADDED
CONDITION B
25 mm
25 mm
(0.98 in)
(0.98 in)
TYING DEVICES CAN BE REMOVED AND

INSTALLED AGAIN
P_SP_203311_D2_00780001_01_01
Derivation of the Branches
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
TOLERANCE ANGLE FROM

TERMINAL LUG B THEORETICAL POSITION
TERMINAL LUG A TERMINAL
LUG A
WIRE LENGTH
TERMINAL
LUG B
P_SP_203311_D2_00760001_01_00
Orientation of the Terminal Lug During the Manufacturing
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
45 DEGREES ARE FOR EXAMPLE
P_SP_203311_D2_01640001_01_00
Bonding Lugs Orientation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSULATING OF THE CABLE ENDS
CORRECT
INCORRECT
P_SP_203311_D2_00180001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0018-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Insulating of the Cable Ends
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PROTECTION OF CABLE ENDS WITH CAPS
PROTECTION OF QUADRAX CABLE ENDS WITH CAPS
CORRECT INCORRECT
P_SP_203311_D2_00620001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0062-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of Cable Ends with Caps
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PUT A DRAW WIRE

IN THESE CONDUITS
SLEEVES MARKED "DRAW WIRE"
DRAW WIRE DRAW WIRE

INSULATING END CAPS NSA936601
OR NSA936603
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT CABLE TIES NSA935401 HARNESS

OR
LACING TAPES NSA8420
P_SP_203311_D2_00190001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0019-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Draw Wire

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SPECIAL CONDITION FOR THE CONNECTION OF HEATERS OF WATER PIPES
POLYETHYLENE INSULATION
CABLE TIES NSA935401 SPLICES IDENTIFICATION LABELS
P_SP_203311_D2_00650001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0065-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Special Condition for the
Connection of Heaters of Water Pipes
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
DISTRIBUTION
RECOMMENDED PROHIBITED
CABLE TIES NSA935401
LACING TAPES
NSA8420 CABLE TIES
NSA935401
ELECTRICAL ITEM
ELECTRICAL
TYING PITCH ITEM
CABLE TIES NSA935401 OR
- FOR HARNESS: LACING TAPES NSA8420
150 mm 150 mm A A A A A
MAX (5.91 in) MAX (5.91 in)
500 mm
(19.69 in)
- FOR OVERBRAIDED HARNESS:
OVERBRAIDED HARNESS CABLE TIES NSA935401
P P P
300 mm 300 mm 300 mm

MAX (11.81 in) MAX (11.81 in) MAX (11.81 in)
150 mm
MAX (5.91 in)
ADD CO-ROUTING TYING
NOTE:
A = 100 mm (3.94 in) MAX
P = 75 mm (2.95 in) TO 100 mm (3.94 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00200001_01_03
Figure 20-33-11-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Tying Recommendations -
Distribution and Tying Pitch
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PERMITTED NOT PERMITTED
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
OR CABLE TIE
LACING TAPE NSA935401
NSA8420
D = 50 mm MAX
(1.97 in)
DIA
LACING TAPE
NSA8420
HARNESS
D = 50 mm MAX CABLE TIE NSA935401

(1.97 in)
HARNESS LACING TAPE NSA8420 GROUPS

OF
CABLES
P_SP_203311_D2_00210001_01_02
Lacing Tape and Cable Ties
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
TYING OF TWO OR MORE HARNESSES
CABLE TIE NSA935401* OR

LACING TAPE NSA8420
LACING TAPES NSA8420 LACING TAPE NSA8420
OR FLEXIBLE FISHNETS OR FLEXIBLE FISHNET
ABS1867 ABS1867
MAIN HARNESS
HARNESS NOT PROTECTED
TYING OF HARNESSES WITH OPEN SPLIT CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401* OR

LACING TAPE NSA8420
CABLE TIES NSA935401* OR HARNESS WITH MECHANICAL
LACING TAPES NSA8420 AND/OR ELECTRICAL PROTECTION
(WITH OPEN SPLIT CONDUIT)
LACING TAPE
NSA8420 ONLY
MAIN HARNESS
EFCS HARNESS LACING TAPES
HARNESS WITH MECHANICAL
NOT PROTECTED NSA8420 ONLY
AND/OR ELECTRICAL PROTECTION
(WITH OPEN SPLIT CONDUIT)
* YOU CAN USE CABLE TIE NSA935401 ONLY IN SOME AIRCRAFT ZONES.
P_SP_203311_D2_00710001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0071-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Tying of Routes Including Two or
More Harnesses
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
STANDARD BRANCH TYING:
FOR VU HARNESS OR FOR HARNESS DIA. > 25 mm (0.9842 in)

HARNESS DIA. < 25 mm (0.9842 in)
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
CABLE TIE CABLE TIE
HEADS ON OUTER SIDE NSA935401
CROSSED BRANCH TYING:
LACING TAPE NSA8420 - 7
P_SP_203311_D2_00220001_01_01
At Branches
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
TWISTED WIRES:
AMERICAN WIRE GAUGE 24 22 20 18 16 14 12 10 8 6 4 2
NUMBER OF TWISTS
PER METER* (LAY) 25 25 20 20 16 14 8-10 6 4 3 2 2
* TOLERANCE: + 20%
PITCH
LAY
1 m (3.28 ft)
CONNECTION OF TWISTED WIRES:

60 mm ± 10 mm
(2.36 in ± 0.39 in)
IDENTIFICATION SLEEVE ELECTRICAL ITEM
TWISTED UNTWISTED
WIRE WIRE
P_SP_203311_D2_00230001_01_01

Twisted Cables
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION WITH CONTROL ACTUATOR :
HARNESS
LAST ATTACHMENT POINT
ACTUATOR BEND RADIUS
INSTALLATION WITH MOVING FRAME :
MOVEMENT
CABLE SUPPORT :
CLAMP NSA5516 + SILICON TAPE ASNA5107
OR
FIXED FRAME CLAMP ABS1339
BEND RADIUS HARNESS
MOVING FRAME
P_SP_203311_D2_00240001_01_01

Recommendations - Installation on Moving Mechanical Parts
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION AT HINGE:
HARNESS
SILICON TAPE ASNA5107
2 CLAMPS NSA5516 FOR DIA. > 25 mm

1 CLAMP NSA5516 FOR DIA. 25 mm
HARNESS PROTECTION EN6049 -006/007
DYNAMIC HARNESS INSTALLATION :
OVERBRAIDED HARNESS
10° CONE
CABLE SUPPORT
P_SP_203311_D2_00250001_01_01

Recommendations - Installation on Moving Mechanical Parts
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BASIC PARTITION
CABLES ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED, TIED

WITH NON-AGGRESSIVE TYING DEVICE
ATA/SUB ATA PARTITION
ATAAA/SUB ATAZZ CABLES ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED,

TIED WITH NON-AGGRESSIVE TYING DEVICE
ATAAA/SUB ATAYY CABLES ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED,

ATABB/SUB ATAZZ CABLES ELECTRICALLY PROTECTED,

P_SP_203311_D2_00730001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0073-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Protection of EFCS Harnesses
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SOLUTION 1:
PROTECTION (SILICON EXTRUSION

NSA939510, NSA360002 OR EQUIVALENT)
HARNESS
CLAMP STRUCTURE
P_SP_203311_D2_00260001_01_01
Wiring Installation Recommendations - Structure Feedthrough Protection
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SOLUTION 2 :
STRUCTURE 100 mm
(3.937 in)
MOUNTING PLATE
PROTECTION ABS1020 CABLE ATTACHMENT
SILICON TAPE ASNA5107- B

HARNESS
CABLE TIE
50 mm 50 mm
(1.968 in) (1.968 in)
SOLUTION 3 :
STRUCTURE LABEL
CABLE ATTACHMENT
HARNESS
SPECIFIC GROMMET
10 mm 10 mm
(0.393 in) (0.393 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00270001_01_01

Recommendations - Structure Feedthrough Protection
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
BREAKOUTS AT TERMINAL BLOCKS:

HARNESS
TERMINAL BLOCKS
MONITORING CABLES ON CIRCUIT BREAKERS:

CABLE TIES
NSA935401
POWER SUPPLY CABLE
MONITORING
CABLE
PANEL
P_SP_203311_D2_00280001_01_02
Breakouts at Terminal Blocks and Monitoring Cables on Circuit Breakers
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF A CABLE TIE NEAR TO A CONNECTION
CORRECT
INCORRECT
P_SP_203311_D2_00290001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0029-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - General Tying Recommendations
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
GENERAL SPECIFIED
PERMITTED TOLERANCES FOR
DESCRIPTION COMMENTS
TOLERANCES OVERBRAIDING*
mm (in) mm (in)
FOR + 30 (+ 1.18)
VCs - 10 (- 0.39)
LENGTH OF BRANCHES
BETWEEN 2 ENDS
OTHER + 20 (+ 0.79)
THE LENGTH GIVEN ON
CASES 0 (0.00)
DRAWINGS ALREADY INCLUDES
- THE OVERLENGTH NECESSARY TO
REPAIR CABLES AND TO MAKE
DRIP LOOPS WITH A LOW POINT.
LENGTH OF BRANCHES
BETWEEN 1 REFERENCE ± 10 (± 0.39)
AND 1 DERIVATION
POSITION OF THE
FLAG DATUM MARKER ± 10 (± 0.39) ± 10 (± 0.39) -
REFERENCE
* TO GET THESE TOLERANCES, ADD A MANUFACTURING OVERLENGTH

TO INCLUDE THE CABLE CLOSE-UP BECAUSE OF THE OVERBRAIDING TECHNOLOGY.
FOR EXAMPLE: 2 mm (0.08 in) AT INTERVALS OF 2 m (6.56 ft).
NOTE:
WHEN A HARNESS HAS MORE THAN ONE BRANCH, THE TOLERANCE LENGTH OF EACH BRANCH HAS NO
EFFECT ON THE TOLERANCE LENGTH BETWEEN THE TWO ENDS. THERE MUST BE ONE REFERENCE
FOR EACH HARNESS. THIS CAN BE ONE OF THE TWO ENDS OR ONE FLAG DATUM MARKER.
FOR THE POSITIONING OF THE FLAG DATUM MARKER, YOU CAN REFER TO ATA 20-32-23.
P_SP_203311_D2_00300001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0030-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Manufacturing Dimension

Tolerances of Cable Harnesses
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PREFERRED SOLUTIONS:
MOVING ATTACHMENT POINT
HARNESS
MOVING ATTACHMENT POINTS
HARNESS
ATTACHMENT POINTS
SOLUTION NOT PREFERRED: (RESTRICTED USE FOR COAXIAL CABLES, FORBIDDEN FOR FEEDER)
MOVING ATTACHMENT POINTS
COMPLETE LOOP
OF HARNESS
P_SP_203311_D2_00310001_01_02

Recommendations - Overlength of Wiring
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL CONNECTORS :

THE DATUM USED IS THE REAR FACE OF THE CONNECTOR.
DATUM
DATUM
ELBOW BACKSHELL CONNECTORS :

THE DATUM USED IS THE INTERSECTION POINT BETWEEN THE CONNECTOR AXIS AND THE HARNESS
AXIS AT THE BACKSHELL.
DATUM
DATUM
STRAIGHT COAXIAL CONNECTORS :

THE DATUM USED IS THE FRONT FACE OF THE CONNECTOR.
DATUM
P_SP_203311_D2_00320001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0032-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Harness Length - Datum Location
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
TERMINALS:
THE DATUM USED IS THE CENTERLINE OF THE HOLE PERPENDICULAR TO THE BARREL
OF THE TERMINAL.
DATUM
CONTACTS:
THE DATUM USED IS THE REAR FACE OF THE SHOULDER OF THE CONTACT.
FEMALE CONTACT DATUM MALE CONTACT DATUM
CABLE CABLE
BRANCHES:
THE DATUM USED IS THE CENTER POINT OF THE BRANCH.
MAIN HARNESS
CENTRE LINE
OF THE FLAG
CENTRE POINT
OF BRANCH
BRANCH
P_SP_203311_D2_00330001_01_03
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
ELBOW COAXIAL CONNECTORS:
THE DATUM USED IS THE CENTERLINE OF THE CONNECTOR.
DATUM
RACK CONNECTORS:
THE DATUMS USED ARE THE REAR FACES OF THE MODULES OR CONNECTORS.
DATUM 2 DATUM 1
TERMINAL BLOCK MODULE:
THE DATUM USED IS THE CONTACT INSERTION FACE OF A BLOCK OF THE SAME MODULES (4 MAX.)
AND AT THE CENTER POINT.
CENTER CENTER
POINT 1 POINT 2
DATUM 2
DATUM 1
P_SP_203311_D2_00340001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
CORRECT: INCORRECT:
CONNECTOR
PROTECTIVE PAD
OR
SILICON TAPE
CLAMP CLAMP
EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT
P_SP_203311_D2_00350001_01_01

Recommendations - Overlength at Ends
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
OVERLENGTH FOR EQUIPMENT REMOVAL (e.g. SMALL VU)
100 mm EQUIPMENT LENGTH

(3.937 in)
RACK
EQUIPMENT
HARNESS
OVERLENGTH FOR OPTICAL CABLE:
OPTICAL CABLE HARNESS

OVERLENGTH 50 mm
(1.937 in)
CABLE SUPPORT CABLE SUPPORT
OPTICAL CONNECTOR
P_SP_203311_D2_00360001_01_01

Recommendations - Harness Overlength
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
CORRECT BEND RADIUS INCORRECT BEND RADIUS
BEND RADIUS TOOL CMSST00217032
KINKED CABLES
P_SP_203311_D2_00580001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0058-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bend Radius and Kinked Cables
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
EXAMPLES OF DRIP LOOP WIRING
CORRECT: INCORRECT:
P_SP_203311_D2_00370001_01_01

Recommendations - Overlength at Ends and Drip Loops
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
EXAMPLES OF DRIP LOOP WIRING
CORRECT: INCORRECT:
LAST ATTACHMENT POINT

DRAINED UMBRELLA
HARNESS WITHOUT DRIP LOOP
ATTACHMENT POINT
HARNESS WITH DRIP LOOP

VU
LENGTHS TO DEFINE THE BEST DRIP LOOP SHAPE:
L1
L2
15° 300 mm MAX.

(11.81 in)
L3
5 mm MIN.
(0.20 in)
LOWER POINT
P_SP_203311_D2_00380001_01_01

Recommendations - Overlength and Drip Loops
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
OPTICAL CABLES AROUND THE HARNESS (WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF CABLES)
TYING DEVICE OPTICAL CABLES
HARNESS
(WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF CABLES)
OPTICAL CABLES ON THE INNER SIDE OF THE HARNESS (WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF CABLES)
TYING DEVICE
OPTICAL CABLES
HARNESS
(WITH DIFFERENT TYPES OF CABLES)
P_SP_203311_D2_00570001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0057-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Attachment of Optical Harnesses
with Line Tyings
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
EXAMPLES OF SOLUTIONS FOR OVERLENGTH MANAGEMENT WITH LADDER ABS0054
EXAMPLE 1: HARNESSES A & B COMPATIBLE RELATED TO SEGREGATION
HARNESS B
HARNESS A
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ABS0054
EXAMPLE 2: HARNESSES A & B NOT COMPATIBLE RELATED TO SEGREGATION
HARNESS B
OBEY
THE MINIMUM
BEND RADIUS
HARNESS A
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ABS0054
P_SP_203311_D2_00480001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0048-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Fiber Overlength
Management
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
OPTICAL HARNESS OVERLENGTH MANAGEMENT
CORRECT
INCORRECT
P_SP_203311_D2_00490001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0049-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Optical Harness Overlength
Management
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
PERMITTED
NOT PERMITTED
P_SP_203311_D2_00500001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0050-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Bending Radius Definition - Optical
Cables.
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
INSTALLATION OF A COAXIAL HARNESS
TYING DEVICE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
OR
LACING TAPE NSA8420
COAXIAL HARNESS
P_SP_203311_D2_00660001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0066-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Harness
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
COAXIAL CABLE ATTACHED ON RAMP:
2 LAYERS OF SELF-ADHESIVE SILICONE TAPE

ASNA5107
COAXIAL CABLE
RAMP
CABLE TIENSA935401
COAXIAL HARNESS ATTACHED ON RAMP:
2 LAYERS OF SELF-ADHESIVE SILICONE TAPE

ASNA5107 COAXIAL HARNESS
RAMP
CABLE TIE NSA935401
COAXIAL CABLE ATTACHED ON RAMP WITH V-BRACKET:
BOBBIN (FOR EXAMPLE NSA935510)
RAMP COAXIAL CABLE
V-BRACKET CABLE TIE NSA935401
P_SP_203311_D2_00510001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0051-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Cables or Harnesses
Attached on Ramp
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SINGLE COAXIAL CABLE WITH PROTECTION SLEEVE ON RAMP
COAXIAL CABLE/
HARNESS SLEEVE
RAMP
CABLE TIE
SLEEVE
RAMP
COAXIAL CABLE CONDUCTOR
BOBBIN OR TAPE CABLE TIE

RAMP
COAXIAL CABLE
P_SP_203311_D2_00690001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0069-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable with
Protection Sleeve on Ramp
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
COAXIAL CABLE ON HARNESS
SOLUTION 1: COAXIAL CABLE
HARNESS
HEAD OF CABLE TIE CROSSED CABLE TIE
ON SIDE OPPOSITE NSA935401
THE COAXIAL CABLE
SOLUTION 2:
2 LAYERS OF SELF-ADHESIVE
COAXIAL CABLE
20 mm MIN 20 mm MIN
HARNESS (0.79 in) (0.79 in)
150 TO 200 mm
CABLE TIE LACING TAPE
(5.91 TO 7.87 in)
NSA935401 NSA8420
SOLUTION 3: SELF-ADHESIVE
SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107-B
CABLE TIE OR NSA935403
NSA935401
COAXIAL CABLE
HARNESS
LACING TAPE NSA8420
P_SP_203311_D2_00520001_01_01
Coaxial Cables
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
COAXIAL CABLES WIRED ALONE
SOLUTION 1:
ONLY FOR WD, WN, WL AND WZ COAXIAL CABLES:
SILICON TAPE
COAXIAL CABLE ASNA5107
OR
CLAMP CLAMP
ABS1339 ABS1339
SOLUTION 2:
SILICON TAPE
ASNA5107
CLAMP
NSA5516
ONLY FOR SW, XF, WB, WA AND XE COAXIAL CABLES:
SOLUTION 3: SOLUTION 4:
SILICON TAPE
COAXIAL CABLE ASNA5107
COAXIAL CABLE CLAMP
CLAMP
ABS1339 NSA5516
SOLUTION 5:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
COAXIAL CABLE
V SUPPORT
NSA935504
P_SP_203311_D2_00530001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0053-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying
Recommendations - Coaxial Cables
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
COAXIAL CABLES WIRED ALONE
ONLY FOR WD, WN, WL AND WZ COAXIAL CABLES:
SOLUTION 6:
SILICON TAPE
ASNA5107
CLAMP
ABS1339
SOLUTION 7:
SILICON TAPE
ASNA5107
COAXIAL CABLE CLAMP
NSA5516
SOLUTION 8:
ONLY FOR WD, WN, AND WZ COAXIAL CABLES:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
BOBBIN
NSA935510
COAXIAL CABLE
V SUPPORT
NSA935504
ONLY FOR WL COAXIAL CABLES:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
SLEEVE
NSA5539
V SUPPORT
NSA935504
P_SP_203311_D2_00540001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0054-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Specific Clamping or Tying
Recommendations - Coaxial Cables
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SINGLE COAXIAL CABLE INSTALLED IN A CLAMP
CABLE TIE NSA935401
COAXIAL CABLE
PLASTIC OR METALLIC CLAMP
(FOR EXAMPLE ABS1339 OR NSA5516)
COAXIAL HARNESS INSTALLED IN A CLAMP
CABLE TIE NSA935401
COAXIAL HARNESS
TYING DEVICE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
OR
LACING TAPE NSA8420
PLASTIC OR METALLIC CLAMP
(FOR EXAMPLE ABS1339 OR NSA5516)
P_SP_203311_D2_00670001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0067-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Installation of a Coaxial Cable or
Harness in a Clamp
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
SINGLE COAXIAL CABLE INSTALLED ON A RAMP AND ON THE OTHER HARNESS
COAXIAL CABLE/BUNDLE
ELECTRICAL BUNDLE LACING TAPES NSA8420
20 mm 20 mm
MIN MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
CABLE TIES 150 TO 200 mm
NSA935401 (5.91 TO 7.87 in)
COAXIAL CABLE SILICONE TAPESASNA5107
HARNESS LACING TAPESNSA8420
20 mm 20 mm
MIN MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
150 TO 200 mm RAMP
CABLE TIES
NSA935401 (5.91 TO 7.87 in)
COAXIAL CABLE SILICONE TAPES ASNA5107
HARNESS LACING TAPES NSA8420
20 mm 20 mm
MIN MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
150 TO 200 mm RAMP
CABLE TIES
NSA935401 (5.91 TO 7.87 in)
P_SP_203311_D2_00600001_01_01
Figure 20-33-11-0060-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Single Coaxial Cable Installed on a
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
COAXIAL HARNESS INSTALLED ON A RAMP AND ON THE OTHER HARNESS
COAXIAL HARNESS SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107
20 mm MIN 20 mm MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
LACING TAPE
HARNESS 150 TO 200 mm RAMP NSA8420
CABLE TIE (5.91 TO 7.87 in)
NSA935401
20 mm MIN 20 mm MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
LACING TAPE
NSA935401
20 mm MIN 20 mm MIN
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
LACING TAPE
NSA935401
P_SP_203311_D2_00610001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0061-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Coaxial Harness Installed on a
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
WX CABLE INSTALLATION:
WX CABLE
2 TURNS OF
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 7 TAPE ASNA5107- B
CABLE SUPPORT HARNESS

OR CLAMP
WX HARNESS INSTALLATION:
CLAMP NSA5516 OR ABS1339
CABLE TIENSA935401 WX HARNESS
V SUPPORT
NSA935504
TUBULAR SUPPORT
TAPE ASNA5107-B
P_SP_203311_D2_00550001_01_00
E0807WX26 Cable and Harness
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
WIRE IDENTIFICATION CODE
WIRE
A-B
CONDUCTOR 2 1 1 2
3 4 1 = RED 4 3
2 = YELLOW
3 = BLUE
SIDE "A" 4 = GREEN SIDE "B"
NOTE: ON THE "A" SIDE, THE RED CONDUCTOR IS IN THE TOP RIGHT-HAND POSITION
EXAMPLE OF QUADRAX WIRING
IDENTIFICATION OF WIRING DIRECTION
AC AC
A B A B A B A B
AA1 R AA1 R DD2 R DD2 R BB2
AA2 392 Y AA2 393 Y DD1 394 Y DD1 395 Y BB1
AA3 KB24 B AA3 KB24 B DD4 KB24 B DD4 KB24 B BB4
AA4 G AA4 G DD3 G DD3 G BB3
1VC A A 2VC A 3VC

811VU 121 121 811VU 121 811VU
1WV 2WV
FUNCTION FUNCTION
121 811VU 121 811VU
TEXT TEXT
P_SP_203311_D2_00560001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0056-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Wiring Continuity and
Identification - Quadrax Wire
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
CABLE TYING
P_SP_203311_D2_00720001_01_00
Figure 20-33-11-0072-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Tying

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:31
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
NSA8420
P_SP_203311_D2_00700001_01_02
Figure 20-33-11-0070-0001 (SHEET 1) - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Quadrax Cables with Solder
Sleeves
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-20-02 - Separation/Routing (EWIS) - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:47:45
20-33-20-02 - Separation/Routing (EWIS) - Description (AIRBUS)

WARNING: THE CORRECT SEPARATION BETWEEN SENSITIVE WIRING AND WIRING OF OTHER SYSTEM
S IS NECESSARY TO PRESERVE THE CRITICAL IGNITION SOURCE PREVENTION FEATURES O
F THE SYSTEM DESIGN AND IS THEREFORE CLASSIFIED AS A CRITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURA
TION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL). A CDCCL MUST BE KEPT IN THE APPROVED CONFIGU
RATION TO MAKE SURE THAT UNSAFE CONDITIONS DO NOT DEVELOP AS A RESULT OF MOD
IFICATION, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR.
1. General
General wiring designs used on transport aircraft vary significantly between manufacturers and models. The c
ontinuing safe operation of aircraft during their expected service life depends on the safe transfer of electrical
energy by the Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS).
The EWIS is designed and installed in aircraft:
- To prevent the propagation of the effects of electrical faults to other independent power sources,
- To prevent the possibility that the failure of a component in a redundant system could cause the failure
of another related redundant system,
- To avoid Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) between Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) circuits that
are not compatible.
The chapters that follow give the definition and requirements related to the EWIS separation/routing applied o
n aircraft.
2. Structure of the Chapters that follow:
A. Routes Definition (EWIS)

Ref. ESPM 20-33-21-02
B. Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS)

Ref. ESPM 20-33-22-02
NOTE: For more information about actual wire routing, refer to:
- AWM chapter 91 for the A300/A310/A300-600 family.
- AWM chapter 94 for the A320 family.
- AWM chapter 91 for the A330/A340 family.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-21-02 - Routes Definition (EWIS) - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
20-33-21-02 - Routes Definition (EWIS) - Description (AIRBUS)

1. Overview
For safety reasons and to prevent possible Electromagnetic Interference (EMI), the electrical and optical cable
s are installed in physically separated routes.
These routes consist of cables grouped together according to the nature of the cables and the type of signal.
The routes are identified by a letter code.
2. Route Designation
CODE DIGITS FOR SEGREGATIO

ROUTE NUMBER ROUTE CATEGORY
N AND/OR PROTECTION
1 X XXX
3. Allocation of Electrical Cables to Routes
A. Generation: G
Route G includes cables (for example AD, YV or DG) linked to electrical power services such as Integrat
ed Drive Generator (IDG) (for A300 to A340 family) or Variable Frequency Generator (VFG) (for A380 a
nd A350 families), Auxiliary Power Unit (APU), battery, external power and RAT feeders.
B. Generator Excitation Route: E

This group of cables is installed together with route G.
C. Power Supply Route: P

Route P includes power lines with protection from a circuit breaker with a rating of more than 15A.
For the A350, the C/B rating must be more than 15A and less than or equal to 50A.
D. Miscellaneous Route: M
Route M includes AC or DC supply cables protected by a circuit breaker with a rating less than or equal
to 15A, high-level analog signals (greater than 12V), maximum voltage permissible: 115V for AC and 2
8V for DC.
This category includes passive cables (non-sensitive cables and cables which do not have special separ
ation requirements).
NOTE: As a general rule, data bus cables (i.e. ARINC 429) shall be in route M, but, if necessary for s
eparation purposes, some ARINC 429 cables can be routed in route S.
NOTE: Safety cables have an 'S' in the FIN. The identification is given directly on the cable or with bl
ack print on a pink sleeve. Safety cables can route in Miscellaneous routes.
For more data on Safety cables Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02.
E. Sensitive Route: S
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
Route S includes cables sensitive to interference such as low level analog signals, etc.
Maximum permitted voltage: 28VDC.
For the A350, the C/B rating must be less than or equal to 3A.
NOTE: When a route has an 'S' in its FIN, the 'S' means 'Sensitive'.
When a cable has an 'S' in its FIN, the 'S' means 'Safety'.
NOTE: Safety cables have an 'S' in the FIN. The identification is given directly on the cable or with bl
ack print on a pink sleeve. Safety cables can route in Sensitive routes.
For more data on Safety cables, Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02.
NOTE: Auto flight and EFCS control cables shall be included in this route for segregation purposes.
They shall not cause interference with other sensitive cables in this route.
F. EFCS Routes
An EFCS route includes EFCS cables. It can also include cables from ATA numbers such as those that fol
low and in special cases, from other systems:
For A320 family: 22-65/85 partial + other systems.
For A340 family: 22-85 partial + other system.
For A380 family: other systems.
EFCS routes do not have a special letter for their identification.
Usually, EFCS routes are tied to their related Sensitive or Miscellaneous Routes, but in some cases, the
y can be alone. For more data on EFCS cables, Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02.
NOTE: Some cables are part of EFCS but their identification does not obey the EFCS AIRBUS rules.
G. Audio and Video Route: R

Route R includes analog audio and video lines and specific routings in order to avoid interference (for e
xample sensitive to 400HZ).
This category includes ADF lines between transmitters/receivers and antennas.
H. Routes for Coaxial Cables: T, U, V

These routes are reserved for coaxial cables.
J. Fuel Quantity System Route (For A330, A340, A350 and A380 Families): Q
Route designed to prevent electrical interference and short circuits with other categories of routes.
K. Specific Routes
(1) For A300 only:
(a) Auto-flight route: A

Route A includes cables for the control and monitoring of the automatic flight systems.
(b) Radio COM and NAV control: C

Route C includes power supply lines for analog systems and control lines for radio commu
nication (COM) and navigation (NAV).
(c) Provision for special circuit (system 1 and 2): H

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
Route reserved for special system.
(d) Traffic alert and Collision Avoidance System (TCAS): SG

Route reserved for cables related to the TCAS system.
(e) Navigation system (coaxial cable): U

Route reserved for the OMEGA 1 and 2 systems with coaxial cables.
(2) For A350 only:
(a) Power supply routes: D

This route transmits a special voltage (230V/50HZ or 110V/60HZ) to the systems. The po
wer rating of its protection device (for example the circuit breaker) is less than or equal to
15A.
(b) Route X (high-voltage supply route)

This route has cables for the power supply to systems with very high voltage (more than o
r equal to 230V). The maximum power rating of its protection device (for example the circ
uit breaker) is 35A.
4. Routes by Program
The tables that follow give the route codes used to identify the harnesses
- On the different types of aircraft (except A350)
Ref. Fig. Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs (except A350)
Ref. Fig. Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs
- On A350
Ref. Fig. Routes Definition - Classification and Characteristics of Routes (For A350)
Ref. Fig. Routes Definition (EWIS) - Harness Identification (For A350)
Figure 20-33-21-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Routes Definition - Classification and Characteristics of Routes (For A35
0)
Figure 20-33-21-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs (except A35
0)
0)
0)
Figure 20-33-21-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs
0)
0)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
Figure 20-33-21-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Routes Definition (EWIS) - Harness Identification (For A350)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
ROUTES DEFINITION A310 A320 A330 A340 A380
A300-600
ROUTE G AND E:
GENERATOR 1 FEEDERS 1G 1G 1G 7G 3G
GENERATOR 1 ENERGIZATION 1E 1E 1E 7G 3E
GENERATOR 2 FEEDERS 2G 2G 2G 1G 1G
GENERATOR 2 ENERGIZATION 2E 2E 2E 1E 1E
GENERATOR 3 FEEDERS - - - 2G 2G
GENERATOR 3 ENERGIZATION - - - 2E 2E
GENERATOR 4 FEEDERS - - - 8G 4G
GENERATOR 4 ENERGIZATION - - - 8E 4E
APU GENERATOR 1 FEEDERS 3G 3G 3G 3G 5G
APU GENERATOR 1 ENERGIZATION 3E 3E 3E 3E 5E
APU GENERATOR 2 FEEDERS - - - - 6G
APU GENERATOR 2 ENERGIZATION - - - - 6E
BATTERY FEEDERS 4G 4G 4G 4G -
EXTERNAL POWER FEEDERS 5G 5G 5G 5G -
EMERGENCY AC - 6G 6G 6G 7G
EMERGENCY AC ENERGIZATION - 6E 6E 6E 7E
BATTERY APU - - - - 8G
BATTERY 1 - - - - 9G
BATTERY 2 - - - - 10G
BATTERY ESS - - - - 11G
EXTERNAL POWER 1 - - - - 15G
P_SP_203321_D2_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-21-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs (except A350)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
A300-600
ROUTE A, M AND S:
AUTO-FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM 1 1A - - -
AUTO-FLIGHT CONTROL SYSTEM 2 2A - - -
AUTO-FLIGHT MONITORING SYSTEM 1 3A - - -
AUTO-FLIGHT MONITORING SYSTEM 2 4A - - -
SYSTEM 1 NOT SENSITIVE 1M - - -
SYSTEM 1 ON BUS1 - 1M 1M 1M
SYSTEM 2 NOT SENSITIVE 2M - - -
SYSTEM 2 ON BUS2 - 2M 2M 2M
APU SYSTEM NOT SENSITIVE 3M - - -
POWER SUPPLY FROM/FOR SECONDARY - - -
6M
ESSENTIAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS
EFCS SYSTEM1 - 7M 1MF 1MF
EFCS SYSTEM2 - 8M 2MF 2MF
SENSITIVE SYSTEM 1 1S - - -
SENSITIVE SYSTEM 1 ON BUS 1 - 1S 1S 1S
SENSITIVE SYSTEM BY ESSENTUIAL BUS (AC/DC) - - - 1SE
SENSITIVE SYSTEM 2 2S - - -
SENSITIVE SYSTEM 2 ON BUS 2 - 2S 2S 2S
SENSITIVE APU SYSTEM 3S - -- --
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM 1 - 4S -- --
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATION SYSTEM 2 - 5S - -
CONTROL AND MONITORING FOR EMERGENCY GENERATOR - 6S - -
EFCS SYSTEM 1 - 7S 1SF 1SF
EFCS SYSTEM 2 - 8S 2SF 2SF
ESSENTIAL BUS (AC/DC) - - - 1ME
HOT BUS - - - 1MH
NON ESSENTIAL SYSTEM POWERED BY NORMAL BUS - - - 3M
AC1-1/AC1-2 OR DC1
NON ESSENTIAL SYSTEM POWERED BY NORMAL BUS - - - 4M
AC2-3/AC2-4 OR DC2
ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE BY SYSTEM 1 - - - 21M
ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE BY SYSTEM 2 - - - 22M
NON ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE BY SYSTEM 1 - - - 23M
NON ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE BY SYSTEM 2 - - - 24M
EFCS SYSTEM 1 - - - 1PF
EFCS SYSTEM 2 - - - 2PF
P_SP_203321_D2_00030001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
A300-600
ROUTE P:
POWER SUPPLY FROM AC AND DC BUS 1 1P 1P 1P 1P
POWER SUPPLY FROM AC BUS 2 2P 2P 2P 2P
APU START SUPPLY 3P 3P 3P 6P
POWER SUPPLY FROM AC AND DC ESSENTIAL BUS 4P - - 1PE
POWER SUPPLY FROM ANTI-SMOKE BUS 5P - - -
POWER SUPPLY FOR ESSENTIAL - 6P - -
ESSENTIAL SUPPLY FUNCTIONS: ENERGENCY POWER CENTRE - - - 7P
TO MAIN POWER CENTRE
HOT BUS (SYSTEM POWERED BY) - - - 1PH
NON ESSENTIAL SYSTEM POWERED BY NORMAL
- - - 3P
BUS AC1-1/AC1-2 OR DC1
NON ESSENTIAL SYSTEM POWERED BY - - -
NORMAL BUS AC2-3/AC2-4 OR DC2 4P
ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE SYSTEM 1 - - - 21P

ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE SYSTEM 2 - - - 22P
NON ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE SYSTEM 1 - - - 23P
NON ESSENTIAL CUSTOMIZED ROUTE SYSTEM 2 - - - 24P
GALLEYS POWERED BY BUS AC1-1 - - - 9P
P_SP_203321_D2_00040001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
A300-600
ROUTE H:
PROVISION FOR SYSTEM 1 SPECIAL CIRCUIT 1H - - -
PROVISION FOR SYSTEM 2 SPECIAL CIRCUIT 2H - - -
ROUTE C AND R:
SYSTEM 1 RADIO COMMUNICATION AND NAVIGATION CONTROL,
1C - - -
POWER SUPPLY FOR ANALOG SYSTEM
SYSTEM 2 RADIO COMMUNICATION AND NAVIGATION CONTROL,
2C - - -
POWER SUPPLY FOR ANALOG SYSTEM
SYSTEM 1 RADIO COMMUNICATION AND RADIO NAVIGATION 1R - - -
SYSTEM 2 RADIO COMMUNICATION AND RADIO NAVIGATION 2R - - -
INTERPHONE WIRING 3R - - -
PUBLIC ADDRESS 4R - - -
INTERPHONE PUBLIC ADDRESS 1 - 1R 1R 1R
INTERPHONE PUBLIC ADDRESS 2 - - - 2R
TV - 3R 3R 3R
ADF1 AND 2 BETWEEN AVIONICS COMPARTMENT AND RECEIVERS -
5R - -
(ANALOG SYSTEMS) OR ANTENNAS (DIGITAL SYSTEMS)
AIRPHONE - - 4R 4R
ADF 1 - - 5R 5R
ADF 2 - - - 6R
COMMERCIAL (VIDEO AND AUDIO ELECTRICAL SUPPORT) - 9RCOM 9RCOM 9R
TECHNICAL (ESSENTIAL FOR A380)
(VIDEO AND AUDIO OPTICAL SUPPORT) - 10R - 10R* 11R
* ONLY FOR A340-500 OR -600
COMMERCIAL (NON ESSENTIAL FOR A380)
(VIDEO AND AUDIO OPTICAL SUPPORT) - 10RCOM - 10RCOM* 10R
* ONLY FOR A340-500 OR -600
ROUTES DEFINITION A330 A340 A350 A380
FUEL QUANTITY SYSTEM 1 1Q

FUEL QUANTITY SYSTEM 2 2Q
P_SP_203321_D2_00050001_01_02
Figure 20-33-21-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Routes Definition - Harness Identification for all Programs
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
A300-600
ROUTE T, U & V (COAXIAL CABLES):
FLUX VALVE 1 CIRCUIT 1V - - -
UHF 1 (ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY) - 1V 1V 1V
FLUX VALVE 2 CIRCUIT 2V - - -
VHF1 (VERY HIGH FREQUENCY) 1T 1T 1T 1T
VHF4 (VERY HIGH FREQUENCY) - - - 17T
VHF4' (VERY HIGH FREQUENCY) - - - 18T
ATC1 AND 2 (COAXIAL CABLES) AND TCAS * ( *NOT FOR A300) 3T 3T 3T 3T
TCAS (TRAFFIC ALERT AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE SYSTEM)
1SG - - -
(ONLY FOR A300)
DME1 AND 2 (DISTANCE MEASURING EQUIPMENT) 4T 4T 4T 4T
RADIO ALTIMETER 1 (R. ALTI 1) 5T 5T 5T 5T
RADIO ALTIMETER 2 (R. ALTI 2) 6T 6T 6T 6T
RADIO ALTIMETER 3 (R. ALTI 3) - - - 23T
HF1 (HIGH FREQUENCY) 7T 7T 7T 7T
HF2 (HIGH FREQUENCY) 8T 8T 8T 8T
EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (ELT) - 10T 10T 10T
GPS 1 (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM) - 11T 11T 11T
GPS 2 (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM) - 12T 12T 12T
AIRBORNE RECEIVER (BBC) - 13T 13T 13T
TACS (TAXIING AID CAMERA SYSTEM) - 14T - 14T
AINS (AIRCRAFT INFORMATION NETWORK SYSTEM) - 15T - 15T
CINS (CABIN INFORMATION NETWORK SYSTEM) - 16T - 16T
OMEGA 1 (ONLY FOR A300) 1U-A - - -
OMEGA 2 (ONLY FOR A300) 1U-B - - -
P_SP_203321_D2_00060001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
A300
A300-600
ROUTE T, U & V (COAXIAL CABLES):
VOR1 (VHF OMNI DIRECTIONAL RANGE) 1U 1U 1U 1U
VOR2 (VHF OMNI DIRECTIONAL RANGE) 2U 2U 2U 2U
GLIDE 3U 3U 3U 3U
LOC (LOCALIZER) 4U 4U 4U 4U
MARKER 5U 5U 5U 5U
MLS 1 (MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM) - 7U 7U 7U
MLS 2 (MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM) - 6U 6U 6U
MLS 3 (MICROWAVE LANDING SYSTEM) - 17T/18T - -
ADF1 (AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER) 7U - - -
ADF2 (AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDER) 8U - - -
SATCOM 1 (TX) 3V 3V 3V 3V
SATCOM 2 (TX) - - - 4V
AIRPHONE - 4V 4V -
SATCOM 1 (RX) (SATELLITE COMMUNICATION) 5V 5V 5V 5V
SATCOM 2 (RX) - - - 6V
SATCOM LEO/MEO (TX) - - - 7V
SATCOM LEO/MEO (RX) - - - 9V
RADAR 1 - - - 19T
RADAR 2 - - - 20T
WIRELESS FLIGHT INTERPHONE - - - 21T
P_SP_203321_D2_00070001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
ROUTE CATEGORY
G, E
WITH THE MOST
POWER X
P
D
M
T, U, V
WITH THE LEAST S
POWER R
Q
ESSENTIAL/ 220VAC
ROUTE CATEGORY ROUTE NUMBERS
NON-ESSENTIAL OR 270VDC
1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, 5G, 6G ESSENTIAL YES
11G, 12G, 13G, 14G, 15G, 16G, 17G, 18G, 21G,
G
22G, 23G, 24G, 25G, 26G, 31G, 32G, 33G, 34G, ESSENTIAL NO
35G, 36G
1X, 2X, 3X, 4X, 5X, 6X, 13X, 14X, 15X, 16X, 20X, 21X ESSENTIAL YES
X
11X, 12X NON-ESSENTIAL YES
1P, 2P, 5P, 6P, 9P, 21P ESSENTIAL NO
P
11P, 12P NON-ESSENTIAL NO
1D, 2D NON-ESSENTIAL YES
D
3D, 4D NON-ESSENTIAL NO
1M, 2M, 5M, 6M ESSENTIAL NO
M
11M, 12M NON-ESSENTIAL NO
E 1E, 2E, 3E, 4E, 5E, 6E ESSENTIAL YES
1T, 2T, 9T, 3TA, 3TB, 3TC, 3TD, 4TA, 4TB, 5T, 6T,
ESSENTIAL NO
T 23T, 7T, 8T, 10T, 11T, 12T, 19T, 20T, 24T
15T, 16T, 21T NON-ESSENTIAL NO
U 1U, 2U, 3UA, 3UB, 4UA, 4UB, 5U, 7U, 6U ESSENTIAL NO
3V, 5V ESSENTIAL NO
V
12V, 13V, 16V NON-ESSENTIAL NO
1S, 2S ESSENTIAL NO
S
11S, 12S NON-ESSENTIAL NO
R 1R, 2R, 5R, 6R ESSENTIAL NO
11R, 12R ESSENTIAL NO
R OPTICAL
13R, 14R NON-ESSENTIAL NO
Q 1Q, 2Q ESSENTIAL NO
P_SP_203321_D2_00010001_01_02
Figure 20-33-21-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Routes Definition - Classification and Characteristics of Routes (For A350)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
ROUTE G AND E:
SYSTEMS ROUTES CLASSIFICATION
GENERATOR 1A 1G
GENERATOR 1A ENERGIZATION 1E
GENERATOR 2A 2G
GENERATOR 2A ENERGIZATION 2E
GENERATOR 1B 3G
GENERATOR 1B ENERGIZATION 3E
GENERATOR 2B 4G
GENERATOR 2B ENERGIZATION 4E
APU GENERATOR 5G
APU GENERATOR ENERGIZATION 5E
EMERGENCY AC (RAT) 6G
EMERGENCY AC (RAT) ENERGIZATION 6E
EXTERNAL POWER 1 11G
EXTERNAL POWER 2 12G
BATTERY 1/SPU 15G
ESSENTIAL
BATTERY 2/SPU 16G
BATTERY EMER 1 17G
BATTERY EMER 2 18G
TRU 1 21G
TRU 2 22G
TRU EMER 1 23G
TRU EMER 2 24G
STATIC INVERTER 1 25G
STATIC INVERTER 2 26G
ATU1A 31G
ATU2A 32G
ATU1B 33G
ATU2B 34G
ATU EMER 1 35G
ATU EMER 2 36G
P_SP_203321_D2_00130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-21-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Routes Definition (EWIS) - Harness Identification (For A350)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
ROUTE P:
SYSTEM POWERED
1P
BY NETWORK 1
SYSTEM POWERED
2P
BY NETWORK 2
EPDC1 TO STATIC INVERTER 1 5P ESSENTIAL
EPDC2 TO STATIC INVERTER 2 6P
MAIN POWER CENTER

INTERCONNECTIONS: 9P
EPDC1/EPDC2 AC/DC NORMAL
SYSTEM POWERED
11P
BY NETWORK 1
NON-ESSENTIAL
SYSTEM POWERED
12P
BY NETWORK 2
EPDC1/EPDC2 DC EMER 21P ESSENTIAL
ROUTE S:
NETWORK 1 - NORMAL BUS AC1 OR DC1 1S

ESSENTIAL
NON-ESSENTIAL
ROUTE M:
NETWORK 1 - NORMAL BUS AC1 OR DC1 1M

EMERGENCY LINK BETWEEN ATA 24
5M ESSENTIAL
EQUIPT NETWORK 1 AND EPDC1
EMERGENCY LINK BETWEEN ATA 24

6M
EQUIPT NETWORK 2 AND EPDC2
NON-ESSENTIAL
P_SP_203321_D2_00140001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
ROUTE R:

INTERPHONE SYSTEM 1 1R
INTERPHONE SYSTEM 2 2R
ADF1 5R
ESSENTIAL
ADF2 6R
CIRCUIT SYSTEM 1 11R
CIRCUIT SYSTEM 2 12R
CIRCUIT SIDE 1 13R NON-ESSENTIAL
ROUTE X:

SYSTEM POWERED BY NETWORK 1 1X
MAIN POWER CENTER INTERCONNECTIONS:
3X
NORMAL BARS ESSENTIAL
EMERGENCY BARS 4X
EMERGENCY BUSBAR 1 TO ATU/TR EMER 1 5X
EMERGENCY BUSBAR 2 TO ATU/TR EMER 2 6X
NON-ESSENTIAL
ETRAC1 TO ENGINE 1 - ROUTE 1 13X
SPU (270VDC LINK) 20X ESSENTIAL
MAIN BUS BAR TO ATU-1A AND TR1 21X
MAIN BUS BAR TO ATU-1B 23X
MAIN BUS BAR TO ATU-2A AND TR2 22X
MAIN BUS BAR TO ATU-2B 24X
ROUTE D:

SYSTEM POWERED BY NETWORK 1 (220V/50HZ) 1D
NON-ESSENTIAL
P_SP_203321_D2_00150001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:03
ROUTE T COAXIAL:
VDR1 1T
VDR2 2T
VDR3 9T
VDR4 24T
TCAS/ATC 3T
TCAS/ATC 1 3TA
TCAS/ATC 1 3TB
TCAS/ATC 2 3TC
TCAS/ATC 2 3TD
DME 4T
ESSENTIAL
DME1 4TA
DME2 4TB
RADIO ALTIMETER 1 5T
HFDR1 7T
HFDR2 8T
ELT 10T
GPS 1 11T
GPS 2 12T
WACS 15T
NON-ESSENTIAL
CINS (CWLU TO ANTENNA) 16T
RADAR 1 19T
ESSENTIAL
RADAR 2 20T
ROUTE U COAXIAL:
VOR1 1U
VOR2 2U
3UA
GLIDE TRACK/CAPTURE (LANDING)
3UB ESSENTIAL
4UA
LOC
4UB
MARKER 5U
ROUTE V COAXIAL:
SATCOM 1 (TX) 3V
ESSENTIAL
SATCOM 1 (RX) 5V
LEAKY LINE CENTER CEILING 10V
LEAKY LINE RIGHT SIDE CEILING 12V
LEAKY LINE LEFT SIDE CEILING 13V NON-ESSENTIAL
TV CONNEXION (FOR EXAMPLE
IDTV PANASONIC TV/TW560) 16V
P_SP_203321_D2_00160001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-22-02 - Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS) -
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
20-33-22-02 - Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS) - Description (AIRBUS)

1. Overview
The main purpose of the separation/routing rules is to prevent:
- Electro-magnetic interference between cables,
- Physical damage to the Electrical Wiring Installation System (EWIS),
- Simultaneous failure of redundant systems.
There are two types of separation:
- Physical distance:
- Between the wiring of redundant systems (systems 1 and 2),
- Between independent power sources and routes,
- Between the harnesses and adjacent Non-electrical systems. (For more information, Ref. ESPM 20
-33-10-02)
- Physical barrier:
If it is not possible to comply with the required physical distance, a barrier or other means that gives pr
otection equivalent to the physical distance can be used. (For more information, Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-0
2)
NOTE: Modification to the original Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS) must be installed to the
same standards as used by AIRBUS.
2. Separation between Systems 1 and 2

No single electrical failure should simultaneously affect electrical supplies of aircraft systems 1 and 2.
Thus, two different electrical routings are defined for the two channels of a redundant system in routes G, P,
M, S and Q:
e.g: 1M and 2M.
The two routes of the same category are kept as far apart as possible. Generally routes are installed on each
side of the fuselage (looking forward: system 1 (odd numbers) on the left and system 2 (even numbers) on t
he right).
In specific areas where the two channels are in proximity, the minimum distance between them must not be l
ess than 25 mm (0.98 in.) and a physical barrier (protection) must be installed.
NOTE: Mixing of systems 1 and 2 is strictly forbidden, including in racks, boxes and panels.
CAUTION: CONTACT BETWEEN CABLES AND CONDUCTIVE COMPOSITE SURFACES IS STRICTLY PROHIB
ITED. A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 10 MM (0.394 IN.) IS REQUIRED.
3. Route Separation
NOTE: Separation of routes obey the same rules for systems 1 and 2.
NOTE: Different routes arriving at the interface plate must be separated by a maximum distance.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules - Routing for Interface Plate

- On the A320 and A340 programs, the routing is based on a segregation between "Technical" and "Com
mercial (mainly in cabin area)" routes in accordance with the applicable drawing sets and the related la
beling.
- On the A380 program and subsequent Airbus civil programs, the routing is based on a segregation bet
ween "Essential" and "Non-essential" routes in accordance with the applicable drawing sets and the rela
ted labeling. (Essential routes are used to carry circuit cables that are requested for aircraft type certifi
cation. The other cables are installed on Non-essential routes)
- On the A350 program for the minimum separations, refer to paragraph 3.A.
- After maintenance operations, you must install electrical harnesses in accordance with the initial design
and applicable drawing sets.
- If you add cables, we recommend that you:
- Use the Commercial/Non-essential routes as a preferred solution in accordance with the aircraft p
rogram specificity.
- Create new Commercial/Non-essential routes in accordance with the electrical installation rules an
d program specificity.
The minimum distances between the electrical routes that follow are given for customer applicatio
n design. You must obey them during the aircraft life. They take into account possible electro-mag
netic interference coupling and short circuit hazard between harnesses:
Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules - Minimum Recommended Distances Between Routes (For All Pr
ogrammes Except For A350)
On the A350 program for the minimum separations, refer to paragraph 3.A.
When you cannot obey these segregation distances for customer application design, you must do a
case-by-case analysis with the Airbus Design Office.
NOTE: On Airbus design, there can be smaller segregation distances validated through special analysis whe
re there is no sufficient room for physical segregation in some local areas.
A. Clearances Values Between Bundles (For A350 only)

Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS) - Definition of Criteria - Facing and Not Facing (For A350 onl
y)
Terms used in the tables that follow:
- Open: means that the bundle is not protected by any mean.
- EMI-OS: means that the bundle is protected by EMI Open Sleeve (for example, EN4674, ABS241
8).
- NE: means that all current return wires (or neutral wires) of this bundle, are routed inside the co
ncerned bundle.
- DRAIN: means that the bundle is routed together with a drain cable.
- P-RW: means that the bundle is routed inside a P-raceway.
- U-RW: means that the bundle is inside a U-raceway.
(1) Minimum Distance Between Two Crossing Bundles

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
COAX
ROUT
R OPT ROUT
E TYP G E X P D M S R
ICAL ES (T,
E
U, V)
50 mm
G (1.97 i - - - - - - - - -
n.)
50 mm 25 mm
E (1.97 i (0.98 i - - - - - - - -
n.) n.)
63 mm 63 mm 63 mm
X (2.48 i (2.48 i (2.48 i - - - - - - -
n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 37 mm 63 mm 37 mm
P (1.97 i (1.46 i (2.48 i (1.46 i - - - - - -
n.) n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm
D (1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i - - - - -
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm
M (1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i - - - -
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
S (1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i - - -
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
R (1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i - -
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
R OPTI
(1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i -
CAL
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
COAX
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
ROUTE
(1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i
S (T, U,
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
V)
50 mm 25 mm 63 mm 37 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm 25 mm
LEAKY
(1.97 i (0.98 i (2.48 i (1.46 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i (0.98 i
LINE
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
(2) Minimum Distances Between Essential Parallel Running Bundles (General Rule)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
E TYP G R E RO M-ROUTES CONT
E ESS - OUT UTE X ROUTES P ROUTES AINING 115V WI
ENTIA ES S RING
L
P-R R U-R
P-R
W - EM W- W - EM
INSTALLA W-
EMI- BDL I- DR BD BDL I-
TION CON OPE OPE BDL OP
- ALL ALL OS E N OS AI LE E N OS
FIGURATI N N E FA EN
+ NE OF + N FA O F +
ON CIN
ACI NE CI ACI NE
G
NG NG NG
50 m
G ROU m
ALL - - - - - - - - - - - -
TES (1.97
in.)
50 m 25 m
E ROU m m
ALL - - - - - - - - - - -
TES (1.97 (0.98
in.) in.)
63 m 63 m 250 250
m m mm mm
ALL - - - - - - - - -
(2.48 (2.48 (9.84 (9.84
X ROU in.) in.) in.) in.)
TES 63 m 63 m 250 250
m m mm mm
EMI-OS - - - - - - - - -
(2.48 (2.48 (9.84 (9.84
in.) in.) in.) in.)
200
50 m 37 m 250 250
OPEN OR E mm
m m mm mm
MI-OS + N (7.8 - - - - - - - -
(1.97 (1.46 (9.84 (9.84
E 7i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.)
200
50 m 37 m 100 100 75 m
mm
P-RW - BD m m mm mm m
(7.8 - - - - - - -
LE FACING (1.97 (1.46 (3.94 (3.94 (2.95
7i
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.)
P ROU 50 25
TES 37 m 10 m 50 m 50 m 50 m
P-RW - BD mm mm
m m m m m
LE NO FAC (1.9 (0.9 - - - - - -
(1.46 (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.97
ING 7i 8i
n.) n.)
20 20
200 50 0 0
50 m 37 m 200 200 200
mm mm m m
m m mm mm mm
DRAIN (7.8 (1.9 m m - - - -
(1.97 (1.46 (7.87 (7.87 (7.87
7i 7 i (7. (7.
n.) n.) 87 87
in.) in.)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
ENTIA ES S RING
L
P-R R U-R
P-R
W - EM W- W - EM
INSTALLA W-
ON CIN
ACI NE CI ACI NE
G
NG NG NG
20 20 15
200 50 0 0 0
100 25 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m
mm m mm mm mm
OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m - - -
(3.94 (0.98 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91
in.) in.) in.)
20 20 10
75
200 50 0 0 0
50 m 25 m 150 150 150 m
mm mm m m m
RW - BDLE m m mm mm mm m
(7.8 (1.9 m m m - -
M-ROU FACING (1.97 (0.98 (5.91 (5.91 (5.91 (2.
7i 7 i (7. (7. (3.
TES C in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 95
n.) n.) 87 87 94
ONTAI in.)
in.) in.) in.)
NING 1
15V WI 50 50 37 37
50 50 37
RING RW - BDLE 37 m 10 m 50 m 50 m mm 50 m mm m m m m
mm
m m m m m m m m m
NO FACIN (1.9 (1.9 (1.4 -
(1.46 (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.97 (1. (1. (1. (1.
G 7i 7i 6i
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 97 97 46 46
n.) n.) n.)
in.) in.) in.) in.)
20 20 15 10 15
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
50 m 25 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
EMI-OS + m m mm mm mm
(7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
NE (1.97 (0.98 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (3. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 94 n.) 91

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
ENTIA ES S RING
L
P-R R U-R
P-R
W - EM W- W - EM
INSTALLA W-
ON CIN
ACI NE CI ACI NE
G
NG NG NG
20 20 15 15 15
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
100 25 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
mm m mm mm mm
OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(3.94 (0.98 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (5. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 91 n.) 91
20 20 10 10
75
200 50 0 0 0 37 0
50 m 25 m 150 150 150 m
mm mm m m m mm m
M-ROU (7.8 (1.9 m m m (1.4 m
FACING (1.97 (0.98 (5.91 (5.91 (5.91 (2.
TES N 7 i 7 i (7. (7. (3. 6 i (3.
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 95
OT CO n.) n.) 87 87 94 n.) 94
in.)
NTAINI in.) in.) in.) in.)
NG 11 50 50 37 37 37
5V WI 50 50 37
37 m 10 m 50 m 50 m 50 m m m m m m
RING RW - BDLE m m m m
mm
m
mm
m m m m
mm
m
NO FACIN (1.9 (1.9 (1.4
(1.46 (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.97 (1. (1. (1. (1. (1.
G 7i 7i 6i
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 97 97 46 46 46
n.) n.) n.)
20 20 15 15 15
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
50 m 25 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
m m mm mm mm
EMI-OS (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(1.97 (0.98 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (5. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 91 n.) 91

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
ENTIA ES S RING
L
P-R R U-R
P-R
W - EM W- W - EM
INSTALLA W-
ON CIN
ACI NE CI ACI NE
G
NG NG NG
20 20 15 10 10
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
150 75 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
mm m mm mm mm
OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(5.91 (2.95 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (3. 6 i (3.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 94 n.) 94
20 20 10 10
75
200 50 0 0 0 37 0
50 m 25 m 150 150 150 m
mm mm m m m mm m
(7.8 (1.9 m m m (1.4 m
FACING (1.97 (0.98 (5.91 (5.91 (5.91 (2.
7i 7 i (7. (7. (3. 6 i (3.
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 95
n.) n.) 87 87 94 n.) 94
S ROU in.)
in.) in.) in.) in.)
TES
50 50 37 37 37
50 50 37
37 m 10 m 50 m 50 m 50 m m m m m m
RW - BDLE mm mm mm
m m m m m m m m m m
NO FACIN (1.9 (1.9 (1.4
(1.46 (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.97 (1. (1. (1. (1. (1.
G 7i 7i 6i
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 97 97 46 46 46
n.) n.) n.)
20 20 15 10 10
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
50 m 25 m 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
m m mm mm mm
EMI-OS (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(1.97 (0.98 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (3. 6 i (3.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 94 n.) 94

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
ENTIA ES S RING
L
P-R R U-R
P-R
W - EM W- W - EM
INSTALLA W-
ON CIN
ACI NE CI ACI NE
G
NG NG NG
20 20 15 10 15
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
200 100 300 300 200
mm mm m m m m mm m
mm mm mm mm mm
OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(7.87 (3.94 (11.8 (11.8 (7.87
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (3. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 94 n.) 91
R ROU in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
TES 20 20 15 10 15
200 50 0 0 0 0 37 0
200 100 300 300 150
mm mm m m m m mm m
mm mm mm mm mm
EMI-OS (7.8 (1.9 m m m m (1.4 m
(7.87 (3.94 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. (3. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.)
n.) n.) 87 87 91 94 n.) 91
37 37
37 10
50 m 25 m 63 m 63 m 37 m m m
mm mm
R OPTI m m m m m m m Ref. ESPM 20-33-1
OPEN (1.4 (0.3
CAL (1.97 (0.98 (2.48 (2.48 (1.46 (1. (1. 2-02
6i 9i
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) 46 46
n.) n.)
in.) in.)
20 20 15 15
75
200 50 0 0 0 37 0
150 75 m 300 300 150 m
T, U, V mm mm m m m mm m
mm m mm mm mm m
ROUTE OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m (1.4 m
(5.91 (2.95 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91 (2.
S 7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.) 95
n.) n.) 87 87 91 n.) 91
in.)
in.) in.) in.) in.)
20 20 15 15
75
200 50 0 0 0 37 0
75 m 75 m 300 300 150 m
mm mm m m m mm m
17V R m m mm mm mm m
OPEN (7.8 (1.9 m m m (1.4 m
OUTE (2.95 (2.95 (11.8 (11.8 (5.91 (2.
7i 7 i (7. (7. (5. 6 i (5.
in.) in.) 1 in.) 1 in.) in.) 95
n.) n.) 87 87 91 n.) 91
in.)
in.) in.) in.) in.)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
T, U,
E TYP M-ROUTES NOT CO R OP
R ROUTE V R 17
E ESS - NTAINING 115V W S ROUTES TIC
S OUT V
ENTIA IRING AL
ES
L
RW RW
RW RW
INSTALLA -B -B
-B -B
TION CO OP DLE EMI OP DLE EMI OP EMI OPE OPE OP
- DLE DLE
NFIGURA EN NO -OS EN NO -OS EN -OS N N EN
FAC FAC
TION FAC FAC
ING ING
ING ING
25
mm
OPEN OR E
(0.9 - - - - - - - - - - - -
MI-OS
8i
n.)
M-ROU
TES N 25 25
OT CO mm mm
RW - BDLE
NTAINI (0.9 (0.9 - - - - - - - - - - -
FACING
NG 11 8i 8i
5V WI n.) n.)
RING
10 10 10
RW - BDLE mm mm mm
NO FACIN (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 - - - - - - - - - -
G 9i 9i 9i
n.) n.) n.)
75 25 10 25 25
mm mm mm mm mm
OPEN (2.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (0.9 - - - - - - - -
5i 8i 9i 8i 8i
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
25 25 10 25 25 25
mm mm mm mm mm mm
RW - BDLE
(0.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (0.9 (0.9 - - - - - - -
FACING
8i 8i 9i 8i 8i 8i
S ROU n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
TES 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
RW - BDLE mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
NO FACIN (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 (0.3 - - - - - -
G 9i 9i 9i 9i 9i 9i 9i
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
25 25 10 25 25 25 10 25
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
EMI-OS (0.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (0.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 - - - - -
8i 8i 9i 8i 8i 8i 9i 8i
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
T, U,
E TYP M-ROUTES NOT CO R OP
R ROUTE V R 17
E ESS - NTAINING 115V W S ROUTES TIC
S OUT V
ENTIA IRING AL
ES
L
RW RW
RW RW
INSTALLA -B -B
-B -B
TION CO OP DLE EMI OP DLE EMI OP EMI OPE OPE OP
- DLE DLE
NFIGURA EN NO -OS EN NO -OS EN -OS N N EN
FAC FAC
TION FAC FAC
ING ING
ING ING
100 100 10 100 50 50 25 50 25
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
OPEN (3.9 (3.9 (0.3 (3.9 (1.9 (1.9 (0.9 (1.9 (0.9 - - - -
4i 4i 9i 4i 7i 7i 8i 7i 8i
R ROU n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
TES 100 100 10 100 50 25 25 25 25 25
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
EMI-OS (3.9 (3.9 (0.3 (3.9 (1.9 (0.9 (0.9 (0.9 (0.9 (0.9 - - -
4i 4i 9i 4i 7i 8i 8i 8i 8i 8i
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
R OPTI
OPEN Ref. ESPM 20-33-12-02 - -
CAL
75 25 10 25 75 25 10 25 100 100
25 m 100
T, U, V mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m mm
ROUTE OPEN (2.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (2.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (3.9 (3.9 -
(0.98 (3.94
S 5i 8i 9i 8i 5i 8i 9i 8i 4i 4i
in.) in.)
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
25
50 25 10 25 50 25 10 25 100 100
25 m 100 m
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m mm m
17V OPEN (1.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (1.9 (0.9 (0.3 (0.9 (3.9 (3.9
(0.98 (3.94 (0.
7i 8i 9i 8i 7i 8i 9i 8i 4i 4i
in.) in.) 98
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
in.)
(3) Minimum Distances Between Parallel Running Bundles (Minimum One Non-Essential)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT ESSE G R E RO M ROUTES CONTAINI

E TYP NTIA OU UTE X ROUTES P ROUTES NG 115V WIRING (se
E L TES S e Note (3))
INST
P-R
ALLA P-R RW - RW -
W B EMI EMI
NON-E TION EMI WB BDL BDL
OPE OPE DLE OS DR OPE OS
SSENT CONF ALL ALL OS DLE E FA E NO
N N NO + N AIN N +N
IAL IGUR + NE FAC CIN FACI
FAC E E
ATIO ING G NG
ING
N
37 m
50 m 75 75 37 75 75 100 75
75 m 75 m 100 50 m
mm (1.46 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m m mm m
Open (1.9 in.) (2.9 (2.9 (1.4 (2.9 (2.9 (3.9 (2.9
(2.95 (2.95 (3.94 (1.97
7 i (see 5i 5i 6i 5i 5i 4i 5i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.) Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
(1))
37 m
50 m 75 75 37 75 75 100 75
75 m 75 m 100 50 m
P-RW mm (1.46 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m m mm m
- Bdle (1.9 in.) (2.9 (2.9 (1.4 (2.9 (2.9 (3.9 (2.9
(2.95 (2.95 (3.94 (1.97
facing 7 i (see 5i 5i 6i 5i 5i 4i 5i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.) Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
(1))
37 37 37 25 37 37 50 37
P-RW 10 m 50 m 50 m 50 m 37 m
P route - Bdle m m m m m
(1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (0.9 (1.4 (1.4 (1.9 (1.4
s no fac (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.97 (1.46
6i 6i 6i 8i 6i 6i 7i 6i
ing in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
37 m
50 m 75 75 37 75 75 75 75
75 m 75 m 75 m 37 m
EMI O mm (1.46 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m m m m
S + N (1.9 in.) (2.9 (2.9 (1.4 (2.9 (2.9 (2.9 (2.9
(2.95 (2.95 (2.95 (1.46
E 7 i (see 5i 5i 6i 5i 5i 5i 5i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.) Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
(1))
37 m
50 m 75 75 37 75 75 100 75
75 m 75 m 100 50 m
mm (1.46 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m m mm m
Drain (1.9 in.) (2.9 (2.9 (1.4 (2.9 (2.9 (3.9 (2.9
(2.95 (2.95 (3.94 (1.97
7 i (see 5i 5i 6i 5i 5i 4i 5i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
n.) Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
(1))

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT ESSE G R E RO M ROUTES CONTAINI

E TYP NTIA OU UTE X ROUTES P ROUTES NG 115V WIRING (se
E L TES S e Note (3))
INST
P-R
ALLA P-R RW - RW -
W B EMI EMI
NON-E TION EMI WB BDL BDL
OPE OPE DLE OS DR OPE OS
SSENT CONF ALL ALL OS DLE E FA E NO
N N NO + N AIN N +N
IAL IGUR + NE FAC CIN FACI
FAC E E
ATIO ING G NG
ING
N
100 100 100 50 50 100 50 50
25 m 100 63 m 50 m 37 m
m mm m m m
Open (3.9 (3.9 (3.9 (1.9 (1.9 (3.9 (1.9 (1.9
(0.98 (3.94 (2.48 (1.97 (1.46
4i 4i 4i 7i 7i 4i 7i 7i
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
50
mm 25 m
(1.9 m 100 100 50 50 100 50 50
100 63 m 50 m 37 m
RW - 7 i (0.98 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
mm m m m
Bdle f n.) in.) (3.9 (3.9 (1.9 (1.9 (3.9 (1.9 (1.9
(3.94 (2.48 (1.97 (1.46
acing (see (see 4i 4i 7i 7i 4i 7i 7i
in.) in.) in.) in.)
Not Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
M rout e (1))
es cont (1))
aining 37
115V mm 25 m
wiring (1.4 50 50 37 50 50 37 m 37
(see N RW - 6i
10 m 50 m 50 m
mm mm mm mm mm mm
37 m
(0.98 mm
ote Bdle n m m m m
n.) (1.9 (1.9 (1.4 (1.9 (1.9 (1.4 in.) (1.4
(3)) o faci (0.39 (1.97 (1.97 (1.46
(see 7i 7i 6i 7i 7i 6i (see 6 i
ng in.) in.) in.) in.)
Not n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) Note n.)
e (1))
(1))
50
mm 25 m 63 m 63 m
(1.9 m m m 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
50 m 37 m
EMI O 7 i (0.98 (2.48 (2.48 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
m m
S + N n.) in.) in.) in.) (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9
(1.97 (1.46
E (see (see (see (see 7 i 7i 7i 7i 7i 7i 7i
in.) in.)
Not Note Note Note n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
e (1)) (2)) (2))
(1))
Note (1): The clearance values can be reduced. For more information, please contact Airbus.
Note (2): The clearance values can be reduced to 25 mm (0.98 in.) when you use electrical pro
tection.
Note (3): M-routes containing 115V wiring are potentially all M-routes except:
- M-routes with second digit F (for example, 1MF)
- Essential M-routes in the fuselage without the second digit (for example, 1M) if AC/DC segreg
ation is applied (digits P and T are used to identify 115VAC wiring)
- Essential M-routes in the fuselage with second digit D (for example, 1MD) if AC/DC segregatio
n is applied (digits P and T are used to identify 115VAC wiring).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
T, 17
RO
ESS M ROUTES NOT CON RO U, V
UTE R ROUTE Q ROUT
ENT TAINING 115V WIR S ROUTES PTIC V R RO
TYP S ES
IAL ING (see Note (2)) AL OU UT
E
TES E
INS
TAL
LAT RW RW
NO RW RW
IO - BD EMI - B EMI
N-E -B -B EM
NC OP LE N OS OP DLE OS OP EMI OPE OP OP OP
SSE DLE DLE I
ON EN O FA + N EN NO + N EN OS N EN EN EN
NTI FAC FAC OS
FIG CIN E FAC E
AL ING ING
UR G ING
ATI
ON

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
37 m
20 10
m
100 100 50 m 75 200 200 50 200 150 150 200 0 150 0
(1.4
mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm m
Ope 6i
(3.9 (3.9 (1.9 (2.9 (7.8 (7.8 (1.9 (7.8 (5.9 (5.9 (7.8 m (5.9 m
n n.)
4i 4i 7i 5i 7i 7i 7i 7i 1i 1i 7 i (7. 1 i (3.
(see
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 87 n.) 94
Note
in.) in.)
(1))
37 m
15 10
m
P-R 100 100 50 m 75 150 150 50 150 150 150 150 0 150 0
(1.4
W - mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm m
6i
Bdle (3.9 (3.9 (1.9 (2.9 (5.9 (5.9 (1.9 (5.9 (5.9 (5.9 (5.9 m (5.9 m
n.)
faci 4 i 4i 7i 5i 1i 1i 7i 1i 1i 1i 1 i (5. 1 i (3.
(see
ng n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 91 n.) 94
Note
in.) in.)
(1))
P-R 50 50
50 50 37 m 37 50 50 50 50 50 50 10 m 50 50
W- m m
mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm mm
P ro Bdle m m
(1.9 (1.9 (1.4 (1.4 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (1.9 (0.3 (1.9 (1.9
utes no f (1. (1.
7i 7i 6i 6i 7i 7i 7i 7i 7i 7i 9i 7i 7i
acin 97 97
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
g in.) in.)
37 m
20 10
m
75 75 37 m 75 200 200 50 200 150 150 200 0 100 0
EMI (1.4
OS 6i
(2.9 (2.9 (1.4 (2.9 (7.8 (7.8 (1.9 (7.8 (5.9 (5.9 (7.8 m (3.9 m
+N n.)
5i 5i 6i 5i 7i 7i 7i 7i 1i 1i 7 i (7. 4 i (3.
E (see
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 87 n.) 94
Note
in.) in.)
(1))
37 m
20 10
m
100 100 50 m 75 200 200 50 200 150 150 200 0 150 0
(1.4
Drai 6i
(3.9 (3.9 (1.9 (2.9 (7.8 (7.8 (1.9 (7.8 (5.9 (5.9 (7.8 m (5.9 m
n n.)
4i 4i 7i 5i 7i 7i 7i 7i 1i 1i 7 i (7. 1 i (3.
(see
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 87 n.) 94
Note
in.) in.)
(1))

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
15
75
50 50 37 m 50 150 100 37 150 100 100 25 m 150 0 75
m
mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm m mm
Ope m
(1.9 (1.9 (1.4 (1.9 (5.9 (3.9 (1.4 (5.9 (3.9 (3.9 (0.9 (5.9 m (2.9
n (2.
7i 7i 6i 7i 1i 4i 6i 1i 4i 4i 8i 1 i (5. 5 i
95
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 91 n.)
in.)
in.)
10
75
Mr 50 50 37 m 50 100 75 37 100 100 100 25 m 100 0 75
RW m
out mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm m mm
- Bd m
es c (1.9 (1.9 (1.4 (1.9 (3.9 (2.9 (1.4 (3.9 (3.9 (3.9 (0.9 (3.9 m (2.9
le fa (2.
ont 7i 7i 6i 7i 4i 5i 6i 4i 4i 4i 8i 4 i (3. 5 i
cing 95
aini n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 94 n.)
in.)
ng in.)
115 25 m
V wi m 37 37
ring RW 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 37 25 m 37 37
(0.9 m m
(see - Bd mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm mm
8i m m
Not le n (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (1.4 (0.9 (1.4 (1.4
n.) (1. (1.
e o fa 6 i 6i 6i 6i 6i 6i 6i 6i 6i 8i 6i 6i
(see 46 46
(2)) cing n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
Note in.) in.)
(1))
15
75
50 50 37 m 50 150 100 37 150 100 100 25 m 150 0 75
EMI m
mm mm m mm mm mm mm mm mm mm m mm m mm
OS m
(1.9 (1.9 (1.4 (1.9 (5.9 (3.9 (1.4 (5.9 (3.9 (3.9 (0.9 (5.9 m (2.9
+N (2.
7i 7i 6i 7i 1i 4i 6i 1i 4i 4i 8i 1 i (5. 5 i
E 95
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) 91 n.)
in.)
in.)
Note (2): M-routes containing 115V wiring are potentially all M-routes except:
- M-routes with second digit F (for example, 1MF)
- Essential M-routes in the fuselage without the second digit (for example, 1M) if AC/DC segreg
ation is applied (digits P and T are used to identify 115VAC wiring)
- Essential M-routes in the fuselage with second digit D (for example, 1MD) if AC/DC segregatio
n is applied (digits P and T are used to identify 115VAC wiring).
(4) Minimum Distances Between Parallel-Running Non-Essential Bundles

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
E TYP - P D M
E
U-R U-R
INSTAL P-RW
P-RW OPE W- W-
LATION - BDL OS
- BDL N (+ OPE BDL BDL I-R OS +
- CONFIG E NO +N OS OPEN
E FAC DRA N E FA E NO W NE
URATIO FACI E
ING IN) CIN FACI
N NG
G NG
37 mm
P-RW - B (1.46 i
dle facin n.) (se - - - - - - - - - -
g e Note
(1))
25 m
37 mm m (0.
P-RW - B (1.46 i 98 i
dle no fa n.) (se n.) (s - - - - - - - - -
cing e Note ee No
(1)) te
(1))
P 37 m 37 m
37 mm m (1. m
(1.46 i 46 i (1.46
Open (+
n.) (se n.) (s in.) - - - - - - - -
Drain)
e Note ee No (see
(1)) te Note
(1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 37 m
37 mm m (1. m m
(1.46 i 46 i (1.46 (1.46
OS + NE n.) (se n.) (s in.) in.) - - - - - - -
e Note ee No (see (see
(1)) te Note Note
(1)) (1)) (1))

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
E TYP - P D M
E
U-R U-R
INSTAL P-RW
P-RW OPE W- W-
LATION - BDL OS
URATIO FACI E
ING IN) CIN FACI
N NG
G NG
25 m
m
25 m 37 m
(0.98
37 mm m (0. m
100 in.)
(1.46 i 98 i (1.46
mm (see
Open n.) (se n.) (s in.) - - - - - -
(3.94 Note
e Note ee No (see
in.) (1))
(1)) te Note
(see
(1)) (1))
Note
(2))
D
25 m 25 m
m m
25 m 37 m 37 m
(0.98 (0.98
37 mm m (0. m m
in.) in.)
(1.46 i 98 i (1.46 (1.46
(see (see
OS n.) (se n.) (s in.) in.) - - - - -
Note Note
e Note ee No (see (see
(1)) (1))
(1)) te Note Note
(see (see
(1)) (1)) (1))
Note Note
(2)) (2))

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
E TYP - P D M
E
U-R U-R
INSTAL P-RW
P-RW OPE W- W-
LATION - BDL OS
URATIO FACI E
ING IN) CIN FACI
N NG
G NG
37 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m (0.
10 m 100 25 m
(1.46 i (1.46 (0.98 98 i
m (0. mm m
Open n.) (se in.) in.) n.) (s - - - -
39 i (3.94 (0.98
e Note (see (see ee No
n.) in.) in.)
(1)) Note Note te
(1)) (1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m m m (0. m
10 m
U-RW - (1.46 i (1.46 (1.46 (0.98 (0.98 98 i (0.98
m (0.
Bdle faci n.) (se in.) in.) in.) in.) n.) (s in.) - - -
39 i
ng e Note (see (see (see (see ee No (see
n.)
(1)) Note Note Note Note te Note
(1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m m
10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m
U-RW - (1.46 i (1.46 (1.46 (0.98 (0.98
m (0. m (0. m m
M Bdle no f n.) (se in.) in.) in.) in.) - -
39 i 39 i (0.39 (0.39
acing e Note (see (see (see (see
n.) n.) in.) in.)
(1)) Note Note Note Note
(1)) (1)) (1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m m m (0. m m
10 m 10 m
(1.46 i (1.46 (1.46 (0.98 (0.98 98 i (0.98 (0.98
m (0. m
I-RW n.) (se in.) in.) in.) in.) n.) (s in.) in.) -
39 i (0.39
e Note (see (see (see (see ee No (see (see
n.) in.)
(1)) Note Note Note Note te Note Note
(1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m m m (0. m m m (0.
10 m 10 m
(1.46 i (1.46 (1.46 (0.98 (0.98 98 i (0.98 (0.98 98 i
m (0. m
OS + NE n.) (se in.) in.) in.) in.) n.) (s in.) in.) n.) (s
39 i (0.39
e Note (see (see (see (see ee No (see (see ee No
n.) in.)
(1)) Note Note Note Note te Note Note te
(1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1))
37 m 37 m 25 m 25 m 25 m 25 m
37 mm m m m m m m (0.
10 m 35 m 35 m 10 m
(1.46 i (1.46 (1.46 (0.98 (0.98 (0.98 98 i
Leaky m (0. m m (1. m
Open n.) (se in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) n.) (s
line 39 i (1.38 38 i (0.39
e Note (see (see (see (see (see ee No
n.) in.) n.) in.)
(1)) Note Note Note Note Note te
(3)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1)) (1))
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUT
E TYP - P D M
E
U-R U-R
INSTAL P-RW
P-RW OPE W- W-
LATION - BDL OS
URATIO FACI E
ING IN) CIN FACI
N NG
G NG
Note (2): Routes 3D/4D can be co-routed with routes 1D/2D if both bundles are electrically pro
tected. If co-routing is not possible, the bundles are segregated by a minimum of 10 mm (0.39
in.) when you use electrical protection on both bundles.
Note (3): Clearance values can be reduced to 35 mm (1.38 in.) when you use electrical protecti
on.
(5) Minimum Distances Between Q Routes and the Other Bundles
PARALLE
R OPTIC
L ROUTI X (EMI-O P (EMI-O M (EMI- S (EMI-O R (EMI-O
G (OPEN) E (OPEN) AL (OPE
NG BUN S) S) OS) S) S)
N)
DLES
300 mm 150 mm
150 mm 200 mm 50 mm 50 mm 25 mm
Q (EMI-O 150 mm (11.81 i (5.91 i
(5.91 i (7.87 i (1.97 i (1.97 i (0.98 i
S) (5.91 in.) n.) (see n.) (see
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
Note (1)) Note (1))
Note (1): For local areas where the distance is lower than the value given in the table, the insta
llation is compliant to the drawing.
CROSSIN R OPTIC
G (OPE X (EMI-O P (EMI-O M (EMI-O S (EMI-O R (EMI-O
G BUNDL E (OPEN) AL (OPE
N) S) S) S) S) S)
ES N)
50 mm
50 mm 50 mm 63 mm 50 mm 50 mm 50 mm 25 mm
Q (EMI-O (1.97 i
(1.97 i (1.97 i (2.48 i (1.97 i (1.97 i (1.97 i (0.98 i
S) n.) (see
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
Note (1))
Note (1): For local areas where the distance is lower than the value given in the table, the insta
llation is compliant to the drawing.
4. Separation on Fuel System Wiring (A340-500, -600 and A380 only)

For intrinsic safety reasons, wiring associated with the fuel quantity system must be included in the specific Q
route with associated connectors.
5. EFCS Separation
A. EFCS Cables Definition

Electrical Flight Control System (EFCS) cables are cables related to the primary flight control system an
d have one of the following ATA numbers that follow in their Functional Item Number (FIN):
(1) A300, A300-600 and A310:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
Not applicable.
(2) A320 Family:

ATA chapter 27-92/-93/-94/-95.
(3) A330/A340 Family:

ATA chapter 27-92/-97/-98.
(4) A350:
ATA chapter 27-14/-24/-34/-44/-64/-91/-92/-97/-99.
(5) A380:
- AIRBUS PART:
ATA chapter 27-14/-24/-34/-44/-64/-92/-97/-99.
- For SEPDC (HONEYWELL PART):
The items and the related cables listed below are part of EFCS:
3XZJ3, 3XZK5, 4XZJ4, 4XZK6.
- For PEPDC (ECE PART):
The items and the related cables listed below are part of EFCS:
RCCBs: 994CY, 994CL1, 994CL2, 996CR1, 996CR2, 994CT2, 992CT1, 995CL1, 995CL2, 991
CH, 992CY.
Discretes: 994CY, 994CL1, 994CL2, 996CR1, 996CR2, 994CT2, 992CT1, 995CL1, 995CL2,
991CH, 992CY, 980PC.
CBs: 991CE3, 992CE3, 991CE2, 992CE2, 995CE2, 916CE2, 917CE2, 996CE2, 921CE2, 914
CE2, 984CE2, 986CR1, 982CT1, 985CL1, 986CR2, 984CT2, 985CL2, 982CY.
EFCS cables are installed in special EFCS routes.
(6) Identification
Usually, EFCS cables identification is by printing directly on the cable. When it is not possible, the
identification is with black print on white sleeves at each end of the cable.
NOTE: For Safety EFCS cables, the identification is with black print on pink sleeves.
B. EFCS routes
(1) Definition
- An EFCS route includes EFCS cables. It can also include cables from ATA numbers such as
those that follow and in special cases, from other systems:
- For A320 family: 22-65/85 partial + other systems in specific cases.
- For A340 family: 22-85 partial + other systems in specific cases.
- For A380: other systems in specific cases.
(2) Identification
- For A300, A300-600 and A310:

- Not applicable
- For the A320 family, there are dedicated routes:
- 7M: EFCS system 1 cables routed with 1M routes
- 8M: EFCS system 2 cables routed with 2M routes
- 7S: EFCS system 1 cables routed with 1S routes
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
- 8S: EFCS system 2 cables routed with 2S routes

- For the A330/A340 family: this type of route is identified by a third digit F:
- 1MF: EFCS system 1 cables routed with 1M routes
- 1SF: EFCS system 1 cables routed with 1S routes
- For A350: this type of route is identified by a third digit F:
- For A380: this type of route is identified by a third digit F:
- 1PF: EFCS system 1 cables routed with 1P routes
- 2PF: EFCS system 2 cables routed with 2P routes
For all aircraft families, EFCS routes are identified with black print on pink sleeves.
C. Dedicated standard items

The EFCS harnesses are equipped with dedicated connectors (VC).
These connectors provide the interface:
- Between the various EFCS harnesses,
- Between the EFCS harnesses and equipment,
- Between the EFCS harnesses and the various VUs to which they are connected.
The EFCS installation uses dedicated ground modules (VG) and ground points (VN).
All items of equipment and standard electrical items dedicated to the EFCS system (connectors, termin
al blocks, ground modules, ground points) are identified clearly and permanently. (Clearly visible, indeli
ble pink or red labels with black or white printing affixed to the structure adjacent to the equipment an
d standard electrical items concerned). (Ref. ESPM 20-32-51-02).
6. Separation of Electrical Items

Generally, the electrical item separation is the same as the electrical route and system separation (dedicated
electrical items depending on the system).
A. Contact between Bundles and Insulating Blankets
Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules - Contact between Bundles and Insulating Blankets
Bundle contact with insulation blanket (with or without thermal protection) can occur.
7. Separation of Commercial Systems (A320 to A340 family only)

Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules - Addition of Optional Wire(s) - Example
In all cases, technical and commercial circuits must be segregated. (Except for A300, where there is no specifi
c route for commercial systems).
In fuselage area, optional commercial P or M routes must be wired along basic commercial routes.
In crossbeam area, optional commercial P or M routes must be wired separately.
8. Separation of Essential/Non-Essential Routes (For A350 and A380 only)

Ref. Fig. Separation/Routing Rules - Addition of Optional Wire(s) - Example
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
In all cases, Essential and Non-essential circuits must be segregated.

- Circuits that are required for type certification or by operating rules are classified "Essential" and must
be located in essential routes.
- Other circuits are classified "Non-essential" and must be located in Non-essential routes.
9. Separation of Terminal Blocks/Modules (For A350 and A380 only)

When you install terminal blocks/modules, you must use dedicated rails for the separations that follow:
- Route category separation (for example: M/S)
- Network separation (for example: 1M/2M)
- Essential/Non-essential separation (for example: 1M/11M)
- Separation of EFCS from others (for example: 1M/1MF).
If it is not possible to make the Essential/Non-Essential separation or the route category separation (oth
er than for X, P, Q and EFCS routes), you can install the terminal blocks/modules on the same rail in the
se conditions:
- You must install two end modules between modules of different routes.
- You must install a dedicated ramp for each route.
Figure 20-33-22-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Separation/Routing Rules - Routing for Interface Plate
Figure 20-33-22-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Separation/Routing Rules - Minimum Recommended Distances Betwee
n Routes (For All Programmes Except For A350)
Figure 20-33-22-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Separation/Routing Rules - Addition of Optional Wire(s) - Example
Figure 20-33-22-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Separation/Routing Rules - Contact between Bundles and Insulating Bl
ankets
Figure 20-33-22-0039-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS) - Definition of Criteria - Facing and N
ot Facing (For A350 only)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
ROUTING PRINCIPLE FOR INTERFACE PLATE IN FUSELAGE
RECOMMENDED NOT RECOMMENDED
ROUTE 1 ROUTE 2 ROUTE 1 ROUTE 2
INTERFACE PLATE
P_SP_203322_D2_00010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-22-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Separation/Routing Rules - Routing for Interface Plate

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
MINIMUM RECOMMENDED DISTANCES BETWEEN

COMMERCIAL / NON-ESSENTIAL ROUTES INSTALLED BY
AIRLINE & OTHER EXISTING COMMERCIAL / NON-ESSENTIAL
OR TECHNICAL / ESSENTIAL ROUTES (in mm).
CATEGORIES
M COM / NON-ESS
R COM / NON-ESS
P COM / NON-ESS
INSTALLED BY
R OPTIC COM /
AIRLINE
NON-ESS
COAX
CATEGORIES
G, E 25 100 200 100 100
P NOTE 2 100 150 100 100
M 100 NOTE 2 100 25 100
S 150 75 50 25 100
Q 150 150 150 150 150
R 150 100 NOTE 2 NOTE 2 & 3 100
R OPTICAL 100 25 NOTE 2 NOTE 2 25
COAX 150 75 100 25 NOTE 2
NOTE 1 : THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 25 mm BETWEEN ROUTES OF DIFFERENT AIRCRAFT NETWORKS

(e.g. ROUTE 1 & ROUTE 2).
NOTE 2 : THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 25 mm BETWEEN COMMERCIAL / NON-ESSENTIAL & TECHNICAL /

ESSENTIAL ROUTES OF THE SAME CATEGORIE (e.g. 25 mm BETWEEN 1M & 2M COM, 1M & 3M...)
NOTE 3 : YOU CAN INSTALL R OPTICAL COMMERCIAL / NON-ESSENTIAL ROUTES ON R COMMERCIAL /

NON-ESSENTIAL ROUTES.
P_SP_203322_D2_00020001_01_00
Figure 20-33-22-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Separation/Routing Rules - Minimum Recommended Distances Between

Routes (For All Programmes Except For A350)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
BUNDLES FACING
THE RACEWAY
BUNDLES NOT FACING

THE RACEWAY
BUNDLE FACING
THE RACEWAY
P_SP_203322_D2_00390001_01_00
Figure 20-33-22-0039-0001 (SHEET 1) - Separation/Routing Rules (EWIS) - Definition of Criteria - Facing and Not
Facing (For A350 only)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
P ROUTE
THERMAL BARRIERABS5429
P_SP_203322_D2_00090001_01_00
Figure 20-33-22-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Separation/Routing Rules - Contact between Bundles and Insulating
Blankets
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:14
E. G. FOR A320 AND A340 FAMILY
1M COM (BASIC OR /+ OPTIONAL) 1M (TECHNICAL ONLY)
CROSSBEAM AREA
1M (TECHNICAL)
+
1M COM (BASIC) 1M COM (OPTIONAL)
E. G. FOR A380 FAMILY
ESSENTIAL BASIC ROUTE (PHASE A*): 1M / 2M
NON ESSENTIAL BASIC ROUTE (PHASE A*): 3M / 4M
NON ESSENTIAL CUSTOMISED ROUTE (PHASE B**): 23M / 24M
ESSENTIAL CUSTOMISED ROUTE (PHASE B**): 21M / 22M
CABIN
CARGO
* PHASE A: CIRCUITS INSTALLED DURING THE MANUFACTURING OF THE AIRCRAFT

** PHASE B: CIRCUITS INSTALLED ON FINAL ASSEMBLY (OR IN AIRLINES)
P_SP_203322_D2_00030001_01_00
Figure 20-33-22-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Separation/Routing Rules - Addition of Optional Wire(s) - Example

** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-30-02 - Protection - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
20-33-30-02 - Protection - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0596 ABS0887 ABS0916

ABS1339 ABS2195 ABS2418
ASNA0182 ASNA5107 E0126
E0432 EN4674 EN6049
EN6049-006 EN6049-007 NSA5515
NSA5516 NSA8420 NSA935401
NSA935504 NSA935805 NSA935806
NSA935807 NSA935808 NSA935809
NSA935813 NSA935829 NSA936601
NSA936603
1. Overview
The routing of cable harnesses makes sure that they cannot even temporarily, touch the structure or adjacent
equipment.
Harness protections are used where it is possible for cable harnesses to touch the structure or to obey segreg
ation rules.
Harness protections can be:
- Convoluted conduit type, insulating material (Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01)
- Metallic conduit type, rigid metal tube with an internal insulating coating, overbraided metal with insula
ting interior (Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01)
- Miscellaneous conduit type, split (open) or closed, textile or elastomer, removable or not (Ref. ESPM 20
-33-33-01)
- Heat shrink conduit (Ref. ESPM 20-33-34-02)
- Tapes. (Ref. ESPM 20-33-35-01)
The chapters that follow give the description and requirements related to each type of electrical harness prote
ction installed on aircraft.
2. Main Rules and Instructions
A. General
Ref. Fig. Cable Protection - Main Rules
All electrical routes inside pylons except G routes must have protection:
- A split conduit EN6049-006 or EN6049-007 for mechanical protection.
- A split conduit EN6049-007 for electrical protection.
If you use shielded or non-shielded convoluted conduits, it is necessary to attach with screws the backs
hell on the conduits. If this is not possible, it is necessary to install a heat-shrinkable sleeve ABS0916.
NOTE: It is permitted to have a distance that is not sufficient or contact between a protected harness
and the structure if this protected harness does not have relative movement against this part
of the structure. (Except for G and P routes)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
NOTE: It is necessary to protect the cable or small harness at the structural fastener points for route
s with:
- 1 cable of 20, 22 or 24 gauge (not permitted for 26 gauge)
- Or 1 bifilar cable of 22, 24 or 26 gauge
- Or 2 cables of 22, 24 or 26 gauge
- Or 1 cable of 20 gauge and 1 cable of 22, 24 or 26 gauge.
For the permitted tolerances of protection with conduit EN6049, you must refer to Ref. table title.
NOTE: For the A380 program:

- In the same conduit for ”xxxG” and ”xxxY” routes, it is necessary to install only cables
of the same system and sub-system together.
When you install electrical cables in a conduit, you must obey the rules that follow:
- You cannot use cable ties and lacing tape in conduits.
- You must install split conduit with three turns per meter.
- Conduit protection must have a minimum length of 150 mm (5.91 in.).
- You cannot screw two different size convoluted-conduits (for example NSA935805) together.
- Protection is not necessary on wires that are connected to grounding/bonding points.
- For shielded harnesses that go through bulkheads, you must mechanically protect the cables at t
he bulkhead.
- The convoluted conduit must be only one piece. You cannot put two conduits together to get the
necessary length.
- In high vibrations areas, it is recommended to use open textile conduits or heat-shrink tubings.
(not flexible electrical conduits)
- You must make sure that there is a draw wire in all conduits that have a length of more than 500
mm (19.69 in.) and in those where all the cables have a disconnectable termination such as con
nectors, terminal blocks, etc.
- You must make sure that the bend radius (R) of the cable outlet at the conduit ends is correct. T
he bend radius must be a minimum of 6 times the outer diameter of the cable. (This rule is not a
pplicable to the draw wires installed in the conduits)
- You must make sure that there is a drain hole in:
- Conduits with a diameter of more than 10 mm (0.39 in.).
- Conduits that have low points.
Drain holes are not necessary:
- For textile conduits
- For conduits with an external diameter of less than 10 mm (0.39 in.)
-For conduits on sealed harnesses.
Also, drain loops are used to prevent fluid contamination of the connectors (in lavatori
es and galleys, by leaks from water or hydraulic systems, etc.). The same rule is appli
cable to protected or unprotected harnesses.
- When you add cables on aircraft, you can use conduits on routes but you must obey segregation
rules.
NOTE: You must install the harness identification label on the harness protection.
- External protection is mandatory on over-braided 'P' routes in all areas. For all other routes in S
WAMP areas, if a rework occurs, harnesses shall be mechanically protected.
- xxxG, xxxY and xxxV routing (for example 1MG, 2MY...) must have electrical protection (convolu
ted conduit NSA935805 or open sleeve EN6049-007). You must install the sleeve on the full leng
th of the harness, up to the connector backshell.
B. Selection
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
Usually, conduit P/Ns are given in the IPC. You must contact AIRBUS support for all modifications to the
original requirements.
You can select the conduit type in relation to the items that follow:
(1) You must install split (open) conduits on the aircraft in areas with easy access to the harness fast
ener attachments. (Support, clamps, cable ties, etc.)
(2) Convoluted conduit is not the recommended protection in vibration areas. You must use these co
nduits for sealed harness.
(3) You must use split conduit EN6049-008 for punctual Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI) protecti
on on harnesses without derivation for over braiding repairs and for modification kit. You must n
ot install EN6049-008 on dynamic harnesses.
(4) You must use split conduit ABS0596 for local protection without derivation.
(5) You must use split conduit EN6049-009 to give protection to specific cable in harnesses, in fire ar
eas.
(6) You must use conduit NSA935805 for harnesses in movement on A/C doors, related to angle and
cycling rate.
(7) Use split conduit EN6049-007 for segregation of harness. On segregation of P routes, you must i
nstall EN6049-007 on both P routes.
(8) Protection selection on non over-braided harness.

Ref. Fig. Protection Selection For Non Overbraided Harness
Ref. Fig. Protection selection For Non Overbraided Harness
(9) Protection selection on over-braided harness.

Ref. Fig. Protection selection For Overbraided Harness
C. Size Of Conduit
Ref. Fig. Cable Protection - Conduit size selection depending the harness diameter - NSA935805 and AB
S0887
The selection of the size of the conduit is related to the harness diameter and the conduit length.
To prevent chafing, you must calculate the size of the conduit to get the maximum permitted fill factor.
You can use this spare space for modifications.
- You must not fully fill convoluted, screened and closed conduits.
- Select the size of the conduit so that the external diameter of the cable harness is:
(1) For conduits with a length less than 2 m (6.56 ft.):

The filling factor must not be more than 80 percent of the conduit section at the time of aircraft
delivery. Twenty percent of the section is spare space available for the customer.
NOTE: For "xxG" routes (sensitive systems protection), convoluted conduits give electrical prot
ection. You can adapt the section of the convoluted conduit to the inner diameter of the
route, while as near as possible to the cables. Thus, the rule found above (80 percent o
f the inner section) is not mandatory for "xxG" routes.
(2) For conduits with a length more than 2 m (6.56 ft.):

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
The filling factor must not be more than 60 percent of the conduit section at the time of aircraft
delivery. Forty percent of the section is spare space available for the customer.
- For split conduits, a minimum overlap of a 45 deg. angle is mandatory (maximum 135 de
g. angle). A larger overlap is used to add cables.
- For heat-shrink conduits, the size is related to the harness diameter.
D. Length
- It is not necessary for conduit length to be the same as the harness length. It must only be the l
ength that the harness can be damaged.
- It is not recommended to use convoluted conduits (for example NSA935805) longer than 3.5 m
(11.48 ft.).
- You must keep sufficient slack between the conduit end and the electrical equipment to prevent s
train on the connection and to keep rubbing on shock-mounted equipment to a minimum. You m
ust also do this so that insulation characteristics do not decrease because of liquid accumulation i
n the conduit at the rear of the connector.
- You must keep a conduit length of 10 mm (0.39 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.) minimum from the last
attachment at each end for all programs except for A380. For the A380 program, the overlength
must be 15 mm (0.59 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.) minimum.
E. Attachment
NOTE: It is necessary to electrically protect ”xxxG”, ”xxxY” and ”xxxV” routes. To do this, install conv
oluted conduits or open sleeves on the full harness length to the backshell.
Cable supports must hold the conduit along the conduit run. Usually, attachment P/Ns are given in the I
PC. But you must examine the installation type in relation to the items that follow:
- You must attach the conduit with an attachment device or a ramp or a backshell.
- When convoluted conduits ABS0887/ NSA935805 have the same routing or are installed in a har
ness, you must attach them with lacing tape NSA8420.
- When the routing of a convoluted conduit ABS0887/NSA935805 is along a harness, you must att
ach it with cable tie NSA935401.
- When a conduit is put into the harness, you can use cable tie NSA935401.
NOTE: The conduit must be in view after you put it into the harness.
NOTE: Attachment selection is also related to the cable support selection which is related to the area.
For more information, refer to chapter 20-33-4X - Bundle Attachments.
- For harnesses protected with convoluted conduit ABS0887, E0432, NSA935805 or NSA935806, a
ttachment on the structure is done with "P" clamps NSA935807 and at the rear of the connector
with cable tie NSA935401. (Make sure that the cable tie, when tightened, does not crush the con
duit too much)
- You must always install end caps NSA935829 on each end of convoluted conduit ABS0887 to pre
vent harness damage.
- The clamp must make sure the harness is correctly tightened to prevent fretting by chafing of th
e conduit. It must not let the harness move through the clamp when light axial pull is applied.
- Make sure that the conduit attachment is correct.
NOTE: If you cannot get a clamp of the correct size, you must select a clamp with a slightly larger di
ameter than that of the cable harness you will attach. To get a correct grip of the clamp in all
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
areas, wind self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107 around the conduit.
NOTE: You must not pull on the harness to try to distribute the overlength when the clamps or other
cable attachments are gripped.
In same cases you can decrease the distance between the metallic structure and the harness protected
with convoluted conduit ABS0887 to 0 mm (0.0 in.) if there is no relative movement between the struct
ure and conduit. This is not applicable to G and P routes. (Ref. ESPM 20-33-11-02)
NOTE: Before installation of the cable tie on the conduit ABS0887, to give protection against crushin
g, you must wind tape ASNA5107 around it. (Two layers minimum)
NOTE: For the same system and compatible route category, between two attachment points, you mu
st attach shielded conduits or overbraided harnesses together with cable ties NSA935401. Thi
s is to prevent relative movement and possible damage to the braid.
When two or more harnesses protected with an EMI split conduit (for example EN4674 or ABS2418) or
with a convoluted conduit NSA935805T are installed parallel to each other, it is necessary to attach the
m together with cable ties NSA935401 (for A350 only).
Ref. Fig. Protection - Attachment of Harness with EMI Split Conduit Routed Together
(1) Attachment selection

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
USE CONDUIT TYPE PROCEDURE

<< P>> clamp NSA935807 wit
h washer NSA935808
Along conduit run Only conduit size greater than

24: Cable support NSA935504
with cable tie NSA935401 (inst
allation not recommended)
Only carbon fuel tank: Clamp
NSA5515+ bobbin NSA935809
Conduit end (last attachment) Clamp NSA935813+ bobbin N
SA935809
Convoluted conduit
Clamp type NSA5516
Harness hinge Clamp type NSA5516
Only carbon fuel tank: Clamp
NSA5515 + bobbin NSA93580
9
Last attachment point before c
Clamp NSA935813 + bobbin N
onnection
SA935809
Clamp type NSA5516 (installat
ion recommended)
All areas but not:
- Pylons
- High temperature areas
Clamp type ABS1339
- Inaccessible pressurized
areas
- Moving parts
- Pylons Convoluted conduit ABS0887
- High temperature areas
- Large diameter harnesse Clamp type NSA5516
s
- Moving parts
V support NSA935504 + tape
Inaccessible pressurized areas
ASNA5107
Metallic structure Clamp type NSA5516
Wiring of M and S routes in no
Clamp type NSA5516
n-metallic structure (carbon) Metallic conduit
Clamp type NSA5516 + ASNA0
For intermediate bonding
182
Clamp type NSA5516 or V cabl
Flexible conduit (split or close
All areas e support (for example NSA93
d)
5504)
Clamp type ABS1339 or NSA5
For vibration areas: Convoluted conduit NSA93580
516CBD or ABS2195 (for A350
- Pylon 5
only)
F. Permitted Tolerances
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
This "permitted tolerances on electrical installation" does not change the electrical routing architecture
and does not change the shape of the harness.
For more information related to the permitted tolerances, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
(1) Mechanical Protection with ASNA51072503
You can add a mechanical protection on the bundle at the level
of the attachment point:
- To make the shape of the bundle better.
- To adapt the diameter of the bundle with the size of the at
tachment point.
Description - When there is a mechanical stress at the level of the attac
hment device in the confined areas or in the curves.
- For the bundle installed in the V-support that has the diam
eter of more than 35 mm (1.38 in.).
Ref. Fig. Protection - Permitted Tolerances for the Mechanical Pr
otection with ASNA51072503
Requirements / precautions You must not use the tape inside the fuel tanks.
You can install three layers of tape ASNA51072503 at the level
Technical limitations of the attachment points. For this, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-4
0-02.
(2) Protection with Conduit EN6049
Split conduit EN6049 can be extended on the bundle (except Q,
P and G routes), when there is no sufficient distance with the m
Description etallic structure or between the bundles.
Ref. Fig. Protection - Permitted Tolerances for Protection with Co
nduit EN6049
- The tolerance must be used only for a localized loss of seg
regation between the bundles and the flat surface or on th
e perpendicular bundles.
- The tolerance is applicable only if the distance between th
e bundles and the metallic structure is less than 10 mm
(0.39 in.).
- The tolerance is not applicable for Q, P and G routes.
- Only the extension of sleeve EN6049 is permitted.
- For the installation of sleeve EN6049, you must Ref. ESPM
20-33-33-01.
- The maximum extension of each conduit is 500 mm (19.6
9 in.).
- The extension of the conduit must be done with a longer c
Technical limitations onduit of the same standard. For this, you must contact Ai
rbus for the agreement.
- The conduit must be attached to a minimum of one bundle
attachment point.
Table - Protection with conduit EN6049
3. Procedure

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
A. Protection, Insulation and Sealing of Connections
(1) Insulation and Protection of Contacts

When crimped end fittings are not inserted into the connection, they must be protected.
Connection items in full provision must be sealed and protected.
(2) Unused Connectors/Stowage Connectors

When connectors are unused, they must be protected (for example, protective cap or stowage co
nnector) in accordance with definition dossier.
If the connector is non-connected after aircraft delivery, the protective cap must be left on the co
nnector.
The connector must be fully protected with sleeves ABS0916 or E0126 or equivalent.
For this example, cut 250 mm (9.84 in.) of sleeve.
Turn back the sleeve and install cable ties NSA935401. For this, you must , and .Ref. Fig. Protecti
on - Protective Sleeve ABS0916 or E0126 or EquivalentRef. Fig. Protection - Protective Cap on th
e ConnectorRef. Fig. Protection - Installation of Cable Ties NSA935401
B. Protection for Unconnected Cables

Ref. Fig. Protection - Protection for Unconnected Cables
You can use a sleeve (for example, NSA937502 Ref. ESPM 20-42-12-01) as an end insulator on one or
more unconnected cables. In this condition, install the applicable sleeve given in the definition dossier.
Shrink and pinch (when the sleeve stays hot) the free end of the sleeve with the flat nose pliers FACOM
or equivalent.
C. Draw Wire
(1) Installation
Ref. Fig. Cable Protection - Draw Wire
A draw wire is an 18 gauge electric cable put in all conduits in which you cannot easily engage a
n added cable directly. This is recommended when the conduit length is more than 500 mm (19.
69 in.). (This is not applicable to conduits where all the cables have a termination that you can di
sconnect, such as connectors, terminal blocks, etc.)
The draw wire must protrude by a minimum of 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the two ends of the cond
uit.
You must insulate each end of the draw wire with a heat shrink sleeve or a crimped insulating ca
p (for example NSA936601 or NSA936603) to prevent damage to the other cables.
It is necessary to use NSA936601 in high temperature areas and NSA936603 in low temperature
areas.
You must install a sleeve with the indication "DRAW WIRE" at each end to identify it.
You must attach the ends of the draw wire with cable tie NSA935401. Set the gun correctly to m
ake sure that the ties do not crush the conduit.
You must fold each end of the draw wire on the conduit and tie.
NOTE: When you use a draw wire, it is necessary to install a new draw wire with the cable you
add. Thus, the new draw wire will be available for the next modification.
NOTE: In the pylons, it is necessary to use the draw wire bend-back principle as a general rul
e.
(2) Addition of a new cable with a draw wire

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
Ref. Fig. Cable Protection Cable Addition with a Draw Wire
D. Drain Hole
A drain hole gives protection to the electrical harness from liquid accumulation in the conduit. You must
put drain holes in all locations where water can collect.
Hole diameters must be 3 mm (0.12 in.) for conduit diameters of less than 16 mm (0.63 in.) and 6 mm
(0.24 in.) for conduit diameters of more than 16 mm (0.63 in.).
You must put drain holes in all convoluted conduits (for example ABS0887, E0432, NSA935805, NSA93
5806) with low points, but not for:
- Conduits on sealed harnesses
- Conduits in a pressurized compartment
- Movable conduits which let moisture drain
- Small conduits, where the inner diameter is less than 10 mm (0.39 in.)
- Small conduits used in overbraided harnesses.
(1) For shielded and overbraided conduits

For shielded conduits made of convoluted conduit, drain holes are made during manufacture with
a special tool before delivery and installation.
The holes must be made at regular intervals on the full periphery of the conduit.
NOTE: It is not permitted to make holes on the shield.
NOTE: It is not permitted to make additional holes to drain the braided conduits.
Yellow sleeves identify drain holes or drain hole zones on the two sides.
(2) For non-shielded conduits

Drain holes will be made at the lowest point after installation of the conduit. (Ref. ESPM 20-56-5
2-03 for detailed process)
WARNING: BE CAREFUL NOT TO CUT YOUR FINGERS. FLAKES OF NICKEL ARE SHARP.
E. Temporary Corrosion Protection (TCP) (Only For Metallic Conduits)
You must apply protection on the metallic end fittings and backshell of the braided conduits and overbr
aided harnesses after each replacement, disassembly or reconnection, to give protection from corrosio
n.
NOTE: You must apply the TCP (or Temporary Protection System (TPS)) after connection and after th
e bonding check is completed.
NOTE: Before application of TCP, you must put a cover on all unconnected items (connectors, module
s, lugs, contacts...), cables and unsealed connected items (connectors, terminal blocks...). Thi
s is to prevent damage to these items.
NOTE: Drain holes of convoluted conduits and equipped shielded conduits must not be blocked by the
TCP.
NOTE: Do not apply the TCP on the inner sides of the racks (VU).
NOTE: Do not apply the TCP to the non metallic sheath (except for composite nickel-plated backshell
s). You can cause damage.
- Use cleaning agents (Non Aqueous Cleaner_Non structural use - - (Material Ref. 08BPA1) or Non
Aqueous Cleaner_General - - (Material Ref. 08BAA9) or Non Aqueous Cleaner_Wing - Legacy (Ma
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
terial Ref. 08BLA9)) and a lint-free cloth to remove all contamination from the fitting.
- Remove all flakes or blisters (with a non-specific tool) and make sure that you do not cause dam
age to the base metal while you do this task.
NOTE: A dental or a seal tool (non-metallic tool) is recommended for the removal of flakes and bliste
rs.
- Use a brush or an airless spray to apply a continuous thin and smooth layer of storage preservati
on (Corrosion Preventive Compound_Heavy Duty Hard Film - (Material Ref. 12ACB1)) on all the fi
ttings.
F. Special Protection (Only for the A350 program)

Ref. Fig. Protection - Electrical Protection Installed on Harnesses
Ref. Fig. Protection - Harness Protection
Ref. Fig. Protection - Fire Protection of XM24 Cables Installed in Raceways in Wings
” In the wings, if the M and S routes are in raceways, you must apply the protection that follows. This i
s to make sure that there is fire protection of XM24 cables in 2D fire areas:
- You must protect the outer sides of the raceways with intumescent paint.
- You must protect the inner sides of the raceways, as a minimum, from the tips to the maximum f
illing height with intumescent paint.
- You must protect XM24 cables 2M, 2S and 1S and other wires identified with the digit ”W” with fi
re protection sleeve EN6049–009.
- You must install cables 2M and 2S in EN6049–009 on the bottom of the raceway channels.
- If cables 2M and 2S are not protected with EN6049–009: You must install them on the top of the
fire protected cables and attach them with lacing tape at intervals of 50 mm (1.97 in.).
- You must install 1S wires protected with EN6049–009 on the top of the wires that are not protect
ed with EN6049–009 and attach them with lacing tape at intervals of 50 mm (1.97 in.).”
Figure 20-33-30-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Protection - Main Rules

Figure 20-33-30-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Protection - Main Rules
Figure 20-33-30-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection Selection For Non Overbraided Harness
Figure 20-33-30-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection selection For Non Overbraided Harness
Figure 20-33-30-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection selection For Overbraided Harness
Figure 20-33-30-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Protection - Conduit size selection depending the harness diamet
er - NSA935805 and ABS0887
Figure 20-33-30-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Protection - Draw Wire
Figure 20-33-30-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Protection Cable Addition with a Draw Wire
Figure 20-33-30-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Electrical Protection Installed on Harnesses
Figure 20-33-30-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Harness Protection
Figure 20-33-30-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Attachment of Harness with EMI Split Conduit Routed Toge
ther
Figure 20-33-30-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Fire Protection of XM24 Cables Installed in Raceways in Wi
ngs
Figure 20-33-30-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Protection for Unconnected Cables
Figure 20-33-30-0044-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Protective Sleeve ABS0916 or E0126 or Equivalent
Figure 20-33-30-0045-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Protective Cap on the Connector
Figure 20-33-30-0046-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Installation of Cable Ties NSA935401
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
Figure 20-33-30-0047-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Permitted Tolerances for the Mechanical Protection with AS
NA51072503
Figure 20-33-30-0048-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Protection - Permitted Tolerances for Protection with Conduit EN6049

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
CABLE OUTLET AT CONDUIT ENDS:
50 mm
(1.969 in)
20 mm ± 5 mm
(0.787 in ± 0.197 in)
BRANCHES PROTECTED BY CONDUIT:
CORRECT INCORRECT
50 mm
(1.969 in)
30 mm
(1.181 in)
20 mm ± 5 mm
(0.787 in ± 0.197 in)
P_SP_203330_D2_00010001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Protection - Main Rules

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
ATTACHMENT OF CONDUIT ENDS:
20 mm CABLE TIE
NSA935401
(0.787 in)
CLAMP SPLIT CONDUIT

EN6049-006/007
INSTALLATION WHEN CONVOLUTED CONDUIT

STRAIGHT BACKSHELL: CANNOT BE SCREWED ON SCREWABLE
5 mm MIN. BACKSHELL:
(0.197 in)
5 TO 10 mm 20 mm 20 mm
(0.197 TO 0.394 in) CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(e.g. NSA935805) (0.787 in) (0.787 in)
SPLIT CONDUIT
EN6049 OR ABS2413
CONNECTOR
IDENTIFICATION SHRINKED SLEEVE
SLEEVE ABS0916
CABLE TIE 50 mm
NSA935401
OR LACING TAPE NSA8420 (1.969 in)
FOR BACKSHELL
E0080 OR EQUIVALENT AND
CLAMP FOR BACKSHELL CLOSED BACKSHELL
EN3660 (e.g. ABS1359)
RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELLS:
CONDUIT ABS0887 METALLIC CLAMPING

NSA935805 OR EN6049 OR ABS2413 STRIP E0805
5 TO 10 mm
(0.197 TO 0.394 in) CONDUIT
EN6049 OR ABS2413
CABLE TIE
NSA935401 CLOSED
BACKSHELL
OPEN
BACKSHELL
P_SP_203330_D2_00020001_01_02
Figure 20-33-30-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Protection - Main Rules

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
AREA
USE
UNPRESSURIZED PRESSURIZED
NO ACCESS MODIFICATION
ABS0887
(SPARE CONDUIT)
E0432
NSA935805 (WITH AIRBUS SUPPORT AGREEMENT)
NSA935806
ABS0887 (NOT RECOMMENDED SOLUTION)
ASNA5107- B
GENERAL USE
E0469 E0502
E0560 E0507
NSA935805T E0559
NSA935806T EN6049- 0 0 3
ABS0510 EN6049-004
ABS0511 EN6049-005
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
<200°C (392°F) EN6049-006
OPERATING TEMPERATURE
EN6049-007
260°C (500°F)
SEALING (EXCEPT FUEL AND
ABS0916
EXTREMITIES)
INSIDE FUEL TANK ABS0125
FUEL VAPOR AREA DAN132
E0432
MECHANICAL NSA935805
PROTECTION NSA935806
ABS0887
FLUID PROTECTION E0469

E0560
NSA935805T
NSA93806T
ABS0510
ABS0511
ABS0916 EN6049-006
HIGH BUNDLE DENSITY NSA937210MB EN6049-007
ASNA5107
OPTICAL CABLE EN6049-006
EN6049-007
ABS0916
VIBRATION AREA NSA937210
E0469
E0560
DYNAMIC EXPOSED AREA NSA935805T
(e.g.: LANDING GEAR) NSA935806T
ABS0510
ABS0511
ABS0887
P_SP_203330_D2_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection Selection For Non Overbraided Harness

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
BUNDLE IN MOVEMENT NSA935805

EN6049-007 (EXCEPT FOR P ROUTES)
ABS0596 (FOR P ROUTES)
E0432
NSA935805
NSA935806
ARC TRACKING
E0469
E0560
NSA935805T
NSA935806T -
ABS0510
ABS0511
ELECTRICAL
PROTECTION EN6048- 0 0 8
E0469
LOCAL EMI BUNDLE E0560
WITHOUT DERIVATION NSA935805T -
NSA935806T
ABS0510
ABS0511
ACTIVE ELEMENTS
TERMINATION (DIODES,
RESISTORS...) - ABS0916
TERMINAL LUG (AFTER
CRIMPING)
MODIFICATION EN6049-006
EN6049-007
REPAIR
EN6049-008
PROTECTION
ABS0596
EN6049-007
SEGREGATION
IN CONFINED AREA NSA937210 (NOT SHRINKED AND ON BOTH HARNESS)
FIRE PROTECTION FIRE AREA EN6049-009
P_SP_203330_D2_00050001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection selection For Non Overbraided Harness

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
OPERATING RANGE
USE AREA PROTECTION -55°C TO 175°C -55°C TO 260°C

TYPE
(-67°F TO 347°F) (-67°F TO 500°F)
END TAPE ABS5330/ABS5334
PEEK CONDUIT ABS0887
NSA937210
SHRINK SLEEVE ABS0916 NSA937210
INTERNAL -
PROTECTION
ADHESIVE ABS5330
PTFE TAPE -
NON ADHESIVE
PTFE TAPE ABS0294
PROTECTED - NONE EN6049- 0 0 7

AREAS
FLUID - ABS5334
AREAS
EXTERNAL LOCAL
PROTECTION MECHANICAL - EN6049-006
ABS1552 EN6049-007
PROTECTION
SWAMP ABS0890
AREAS ECTFE BRAID ABS0894 EN6049-007
ABS1552
FIRE - EN6049-008/009
AREAS
ASNE0805-01 FOR CONNECTORS

METALLIC
ASNE0462/63 AND
- BANDING
ASNE0805-02 FOR OTHERS
CLAMP
END CONNECTORS
FITTING
PROTECTION LOCAL
PROTECTION
(GROUNDING - ABS5334/NSA937210
CABLE AND
OPTICAL)
P_SP_203330_D2_00060001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection selection For Overbraided Harness

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
NSA935805 MAXIMUM HARNESS DIAMETER mm (in)

SIZE CODE CONDUIT LENGTH < 2 m (6.56 ft) CONDUIT LENGTH > 2 m (6.56 ft)
02 1.2 (0.047) 1.1 (0.043)
03 2.0 (0.078) 1.7 (0.067)
04 2.7 (0.106) 2.3 (0.090)
06 4.2 (0.165) 3.6 (0.141)
09 6.3 (0.248) 5.4 (0.212)
10 6.8 (0.267) 5.9 (0.232)
12 8.2 (0.323) 7.1 (0.279)
14 9.6 (0.378) 8.4 (0.330)
16 11.0 (0.433) 9.5 (0.374)
20 13.9 (0.547) 12.1 (0.476)
24 17.0 (0.669) 14.7 (0.578)
28 19.5 (0.767) 16.9 (0.665)
32 21.9 (0.862) 19.0 (0.748)
40 28.3 (1.114) 24.6 (0.968)
48 34.0 (1.338) 29.6 (1.165)
ABS0887 MAXIMUM HARNESS DIAMETER mm (in)

SIZE CODE CONDUIT LENGTH < 2 m (6.56 ft) CONDUIT LENGTH > 2 m (6.56 ft)
04 2.3 (0.090) 2.0 (0.078)
06 3.3 (0.130) 2.9 (0.114)
09 5.5 (0.216) 4.7 (0.185)
10 6.0 (0.236) 5.2 (0.204)
12 7.2 (0.283) 6.3 (0.248)
14 8.6 (0.338) 7.5 (0.295)
16 9.8 (0.389) 8.5 (0.334)
20 12.6 (0.496) 10.9 (0.429)
24 15.2 (0.598) 13.2 (0.519)
28 17.5 (0.689) 15.2 (0.598)
32 20.0 (0.787) 17.3 (0.681)
40 25.7 (1.012) 22.2 (0.874)
P_SP_203330_D2_00070001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Protection - Conduit size selection depending the harness diameter -
NSA935805 and ABS0887
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
EMI SPLIT CONDUIT

EN4674, ABS2418
OR
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
NSA935805T ATTACHMENT DEVICE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
HARNESS
150 mm
(5.91 in)
150 mm
(5.91 in)
P_SP_203330_D2_00120001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Attachment of Harness with EMI Split Conduit Routed Together
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
BEFORE
AFTER
P_SP_203330_D2_00470001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0047-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Permitted Tolerances for the Mechanical Protection with
ASNA51072503
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
BEFORE
SLEEVE LENGTH
NOT CORRECT
AFTER
CORRECT SLEEVE
LENGTH
P_SP_203330_D2_00480001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0048-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Permitted Tolerances for Protection with Conduit EN6049
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE ABS0916 OR E0126 OR EQUIVALENT
P_SP_203330_D2_00440001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0044-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Protective Sleeve ABS0916 or E0126 or Equivalent

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
PROTECTIVE CAP ON THE CONNECTOR
P_SP_203330_D2_00450001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0045-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Protective Cap on the Connector

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
INSTALLATION OF CABLE TIESNSA935401
P_SP_203330_D2_00460001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0046-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Installation of Cable Ties NSA935401

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
40 mm
(1.57 in)
PINCH THE SLEEVE
25 TO 30 mm
CABLES (0.98 TO 1.18 in)
SLEEVE NSA937502
P_SP_203330_D2_00140001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Protection for Unconnected Cables

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
PLACE A DRAW WIRE

IN THESE CONDUITS
SLEEVES MARKED "DRAW WIRE"
DRAW WIRE DRAW WIRE

INSULATING CAPS NSA936601
OR NSA936603
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT CABLE TIES HARNESS
P_SP_203330_D2_00080001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Protection - Draw Wire

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
1- STRIP THE CABLE AND THE DRAW WIRE AND SLIDE A SHRINKING SLEEVE
ON THE DRAW WIRE:
DRAW WIRE
CABLE THAT YOU WILL ADD
40 TO 50 mm 40 TO 50 mm
(1.575 TO 1.969 in) (1.575 TO 1.969 in)
SHRINKING SLEEVE
(e.g. ABS0916)
2 - PUT ONE CONDUCTOR ON THE TOP OF THE OTHER CONDUCTOR.
DRAW WIRE
CABLE
3 - TWIST THE CONDUCTORS TO DO A SPLICE:
CABLE DRAW WIRE
4 - INSTALL THE SLEEVE* ON THE SPLICE AND SHRINK IT:

SHRINKING SLEEVE
(e.g. ABS0916)
20 mm MIN. 20 mm MIN.
(0.787 in) (0.787 in)
5 - PULL THE DRAW WIRE TO PUT THE CABLE INTO THE CONDUIT.
6 - USE CUTTING PLIERS TO CUT THE ASSEMBLY AT 10 mm (0.394 in) ± 5 mm (0.197 in)
FROM THE AIRCRAFT SIDE.
10 ± 5 mm
NEW CABLE (0.394 ± 0.197 in)
DRAW WIRE
SHRINKING
CONDUIT CUT HERE SLEEVE
7 - CONNECT THE CABLE ON THE AIRCRAFT SIDE (WITH THE APPLICABLE CONNECTION FOR
THE END FITTING). THEN DISCARD THE REMAINING PART OF THE CABLE.
* YOU CAN USE TAPE AS AN ALTERNATIVE. P_SP_203330_D2_00090001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Protection Cable Addition with a Draw Wire
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
ELECTRICAL PROTECTION INSTALLED ON HARNESSES
ROUTE OTHER THAN G, X,

G X P, 1D, 2D
CATEGORY P, 1D AND 2D
G NOT APPLICABLE - - -
EN6049- 0 0 7
X NOT APPLICABLE INSTALLED ON THE - -
TWO HARNESSES
EN6049-007
EN6049-007 EN6049-007
P, 1D, 2D INSTALLED ON THE -
INSTALLED ON THE INSTALLED ON THE
P, 1D OR 2D
TWO HARNESSES TWO HARNESSES
ROUTE
EN6049-007
INSTALLED ON THE
HARNESS THAT HAS
EN6049-007 OR EN6049-007
EN6049-007 THE SMALLEST RISK
ABS2418 OR ABS2418
OTHER THAN INSTALLED ON THE OF MODIFICATION
INSTALLED ON THE INSTALLED ON THE
G, X, P, 1D HARNESS THAT IS HARNESS THAT IS DURING AIRCRAFT
HARNESS THAT IS
AND 2D NOT ON THE G NOT ON THE P, 1D OPERATION
NOT ON THE X
ROUTE OR 2D ROUTE OR
ROUTE
ABS2418 INSTALLED
ON THE TWO
HARNESSES
P_SP_203330_D2_00100001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Electrical Protection Installed on Harnesses

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
HARNESS PROTECTION (THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE THE ELECTRICAL PROTECTION)
TYPE OF PROTECTION PROTECTION ITEMS

MECHANICAL PROTECTION
FOR AREA WITH T 150°C (302.00°F), OTHER THAN TEXTILE WOVEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 6 / ABS2413 /
FUEL TANK ABS2418
FOR AREA WITH 150°C (302.00°F) T 250°C (482.00°F),
TEXTILE WOVEN CONDUIT EN6049-007
OTHER THAN FUEL TANK
1st PRIORITY: PLASTIC WOVEN CONDUIT ABS0125
INSIDE OF FUEL TANKS
2nd PRIORITY: HEAT-SHRINK CONDUIT DAN132
DYNAMIC HARNESSES (TYPE A) PTFE CONVOLUTED CONDUIT NSA935805 (FOR

PASSENGER AND CARGO DOORS, ACTUATORS)
DYNAMIC HARNESSES (TYPES B AND C) EN6049-007 (FOR EXAMPLE: ACTUATORS)
11G, 12G, 15G, 16G, 17G, 18G, 21G, 22G, 23G, 24G TEXTILE WOVEN CONDUIT EN6049-006 /
AND 20X ABS2413 / ABS2418
AT METALLIC CLAMP LEVEL (FOR EXAMPLE: NSA5516) EN6049-006 / ABS2413 / ABS2418

ASNA5107
1st PRIORITY: ECTFE BRAID ABS0890 / ABS0894 /
OVERBRAIDED HARNESSES WITH T 175°C (347.00°F) ABS1552
2nd PRIORITY: TEXTILE WOVEN CONDUIT
EN6049-006 / ABS2413 / ABS2418
OVERBRAIDED HARNESSES WITH 175°C (347.00°F)
T 260°C (500.00°F) TEXTILE WOVEN CONDUIT EN6049-007
ADHESIVE PTFE TAPE ABS5330 WITH T 175°C

(347.00°F)
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF OVERBRAIDED OR
HARNESSES NON-ADHESIVE PTFE TAPE ABS0294 WITH T 260°C
(500.00°F)
FIRE PROTECTION
ALL TYPES OF CABLES, OTHER THAN XM24 CABLES TEXTILE SPLIT CONDUIT EN6049-009
1st LAYER: EN6049-009

XM24 CABLES 2nd LAYER: EN4674- 0 0 4
3rd LAYER: EN6049-007
SEALING AGAINST FLUIDS
FOR AREA WITH T 150°C (302.00°F), ALL TYPES
HEAT-SHRINK CONDUIT ABS0916
OF FLUIDS OTHER THAN FUEL
FOR AREA WITH 150°C (302.00°F) T 250°C (482.00°F),
HEAT-SHRINK CONDUIT NSA937210MB
ALL TYPES OF FLUIDS OTHER THAN FUEL
FUEL HEAT-SHRINK CONDUIT DAN132
OVERBRAIDED HARNESSES SILICONE TAPE ABS5334
ELECTRICAL INSULATION*
FOR AREA WITH T 150°C (302.00°F) ABS0916
FOR AREA WITH 150°C (302.00°F) T 250°C (482.00°F) NSA937210MB
* EN6049-007, NSA935805 AND ABS0596 ALSO GIVE ELECTRICAL INSULATION.

IF THESE CONDUITS ARE ALREADY USED, NO OTHER ELECTRICAL INSULATION IS NECESSARY.
P_SP_203330_D2_00110001_01_01
Figure 20-33-30-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Harness Protection

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:48:54
INTUMESCENT PAINT
MAX. FILLING HEIGHT
1M
1S
FIRE PROTECTED WIRES ON TOP
OF RACEWAY CHANNEL
2S
FIRE PROTECTED WIRES AT

BOTTOM OF RACEWAY CHANNEL
2M
P_SP_203330_D2_00130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-30-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Protection - Fire Protection of XM24 Cables Installed in Raceways in Wings
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-31-01 - Convoluted Conduit - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
20-33-31-01 - Convoluted Conduit - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0746 ABS0887 ABS0916

ABS1339 ABS1358 ABS1359
ABS1360 ABS1361 ABS1362
ABS1363 ABS1365 ABS1366
ASNA5107 E0074 E0109
E0115 E0432 E0759
MS21103 NSA5515 NSA5516
NSA8420 NSA935401 NSA935504
NSA935805 NSA935806 NSA935807
NSA935809 NSA935811 NSA935813
NSA935829
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation for convoluted conduits. Convoluted conduits are items used
for segregation (arc-tracking protection), electrical, mechanical or fluid protection. (For more information abo
ut conduit selection, Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02)
The main convoluted conduits installed on aircraft have the codes that follow:
- ABS0887A
- E0432
- NSA935805
- NSA935806.
2. P/N Information
This type of conduit is convoluted with a larger bend radius than a flexible conduit.
They are made with PTFE and some sizes can be supplied with a braided metal (rustproof steel) external shea
th.
In most cases, they are a regular black color.
Conduit delivery with continuous drain holes is only with metallic braiding. For example NSA935805T and NSA
935806T. (Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01)
A. ABS0887
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduits - Description ABS0887
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Draining table for convoluted conduits
NOTE: You must use conduit ABS0887 for electrical and fiber optic cables only.
The use of conduits greater than3.5 m (11.48 ft.)is not recommended.
Convoluted conduit ABS0887 must be installed:
- For dynamic harnesses.
- In inaccessible areas.
- In exposed areas. (for example Landing gear)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
Convoluted conduit ABS0887 is not the preferred protection used in vibration areas.
- Spare provision.
(1) P/N identification

You can use P/N NSA935401 (F6198) cable tie or P/N NSA8420 (F6198) lacing tape to attach con
duit P/N ABS0887.
Type code
A = Peek conduit (Lightweight)
Standard P/N B = Peek conduit + braid (Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01) Size code
C = Peek conduit + braid + halar (E-CTFE) sheath
(Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01)
ABS0887 A 06
(2) P/N characteristics
(a) Temperature
- Conduit code A and B

- Minimum operating temperature is -55 deg.C (-67.0 deg.F).
- Maximum operating temperature is 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F).
- Conduit code C
(b) Size code

Conduit code A
SIZE CODE INNER DIA D MAX BEND RADIUS

04 3.4 mm (0.13 in.) 18 mm (0.71 in.)
06 4.6 mm (0.18 in.) 28 mm (1.1 in.)
09 7 mm (0.28 in.) 32 mm (1.26 in.)
10 7.6 mm (0.3 in.) 35 mm (1.38 in.)
12 9.2 mm (0.36 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.)
14 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 45 mm (1.77 in.)
16 12.3 mm (0.48 in.) 51 mm (2.01 in.)
20 15.6 mm (0.61 in.) 55 mm (2.17 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 76 mm (2.99 in.)
28 21.8 mm (0.86 in.) 83 mm (3.27 in.)
32 25 mm (0.98 in.) 89 mm (3.5 in.)
40 31.4 mm (1.24 in.) 102 mm (4.02 in.)
Conduit code B (with NiCu braid)

Conduit code C (with NiCu braid + E-CTFE braid)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
SIZE CODE INNER DIA D MAX BEND RADIUS

06 4.6 mm (0.18 in.) 28 mm (1.1 in.)
09 7 mm (0.28 in.) 32 mm (1.26 in.)
10 7.6 mm (0.3 in.) 35 mm (1.38 in.)
12 9.6 mm (0.38 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.)
14 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 45 mm (1.77 in.)
16 12.3 mm (0.48 in.) 51 mm (2.01 in.)
20 15.6 mm (0.61 in.) 55 mm (2.17 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 76 mm (2.99 in.)
28 21.8 mm (0.86 in.) 83 mm (3.27 in.)
32 25 mm (0.98 in.) 89 mm (3.5 in.)
40 31.4 mm (1.24 in.) 102 mm (4.02 in.)
B. E0432 (F6198)
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduits - Description E0432, NSA935805 and NSA935806
Type code
A code = Specific
ation ABS0746 (FA
PE3) (Conduit wit
h drain hole)
Standard P/N Material code (A code = PTFE) Size code
Without code = S
pecification E075
9 (F6198) (Condui
t without drain h
ole)
E0432 A 10 A
(a) Temperature

(b) Size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
SIZE CODE INNER DIA D MIN BEND RADIUS

04 Ref. (1) 3 mm (0.12 in.) 13 mm (0.51 in.)
06 4.6 mm (0.18 in.) 16 mm (0.63 in.)
07 5.1 mm (0.2 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.)
09 7 mm (0.28 in.) 28 mm (1.1 in.)
10 7.6 mm (0.3 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.)
11 8.2 mm (0.32 in.) 32 mm (1.26 in.)
12 9.2 mm (0.36 in.) 33 mm (1.3 in.)
14 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 39 mm (1.54 in.)
16 12.3 mm (0.48 in.) 43 mm (1.69 in.)
20 15.6 mm (0.61 in.) 54 mm (2.13 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 65 mm (2.56 in.)
28 21.8 mm (0.86 in.) 71 mm (2.8 in.)
32 24.5 mm (0.96 in.) 76 mm (2.99 in.)
40 31.7 mm (1.25 in.) 98 mm (3.86 in.)
Note 1: (1)
Convoluted conduit without drain holes
C. NSA935805 (F6198)
NOTE: The end of the sleeve must not touch the connector grommet.
NOTE: Conduit NSA935805 can be crushed, but only at the backshell for correct tightening.
NOTE: Conduit NSA935805 must be used for harnesses in movement on A/C doors, in relation to the
angle and cycling rate.
NOTE: To prevent mechanical stress at the rear of a connector with an elbow backshell and to center
the cable, add tape ASNA5107 or equivalent under NSA935805.
You can use cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) or lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) to attach conduit NSA93580
5.
Type code
Conduit code A code Ref. (1) = Spe
S code = With metallic braid cification ABS0746 (F
(20/100) APE3) (Conduit with
Standard P/N T code = With metallic braid Size code drain hole)
(25/100) Without code = Speci
Dash (-) code = Without brai fication E0759 (F619
d 8) (Conduit without
drain hole)
NSA935805 T 10 A
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
Note 1: (1)
Type code A (conduit with drain hole) not applicable for size codes 02, 03 and 04.
(a) Temperature

(b) Size code
MAX BEND RADIUS

SIZE CODE INNER DIA D
WITHOUT SHEATH WITH SHEATH
02 1.4 mm (0.06 in.) 10 mm (0.39 in.) -
03 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) 13 mm (0.51 in.) -
04 3 mm (0.12 in.) 16 mm (0.63 in.) -
06 4.6 mm (0.18 in.) 19 mm (0.75 in.) 22 mm (0.87 in.)
09 7 mm (0.28 in.) 32 mm (1.26 in.) 35 mm (1.38 in.)
10 7.6 mm (0.3 in.) 35 mm (1.38 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.)
12 9.2 mm (0.36 in.) 38 mm (1.5 in.) 41 mm (1.61 in.)
14 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 45 mm (1.77 in.) 48 mm (1.89 in.)
16 12.3 mm (0.48 in.) 51 mm (2.01 in.) 54 mm (2.13 in.)
20 15.6 mm (0.61 in.) 64 mm (2.52 in.) 68 mm (2.68 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 76 mm (2.99 in.) 80 mm (3.15 in.)
28 21.8 mm (0.86 in.) 83 mm (3.27 in.) 90 mm (3.54 in.)
32 24.5 mm (0.96 in.) 89 mm (3.5 in.) 100 mm (3.94 in.)
40 31.7 mm (1.25 in.) 102 mm (4.02 in.) 115 mm (4.53 in.)
48 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) 127 mm (5.0 in.) 180 mm (7.09 in.)
D. NSA935806 (F6198)
Conduit code
S code = With metallic brai
d (20/100)
Standard P/N T code = With metallic brai Size code
d (25/100)
Dash (-) code = Without br
aid
NSA935806 T 10

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
(a) Temperature

(b) Size code
MAX BEND RADIUS

SIZE CODE INNER DIA D
WITHOUT SHEATH WITH STEATH
03 2.2 mm (0.09 in.) 10 mm (0.39 in.) -
04 3 mm (0.12 in.) 12 mm (0.47 in.) -
06 4.8 mm (0.19 in.) 15 mm (0.59 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.)
09 7.1 mm (0.28 in.) 22 mm (0.87 in.) 13 mm (0.51 in.)
10 7.9 mm (0.31 in.) 24 mm (0.94 in.) 14 mm (0.55 in.)
12 9.5 mm (0.37 in.) 27 mm (1.06 in.) 16 mm (0.63 in.)
14 11 mm (0.43 in.) 30 mm (1.18 in.) 18 mm (0.71 in.)
16 12.5 mm (0.49 in.) 33 mm (1.3 in.) 20 mm (0.79 in.)
20 16 mm (0.63 in.) 45 mm (1.77 in.) 27 mm (1.06 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 51 mm (2.01 in.) 31 mm (1.22 in.)
28 22 mm (0.87 in.) 68 mm (2.68 in.) 35 mm (1.38 in.)
32 25 mm (0.98 in.) 85 mm (3.35 in.) 45 mm (1.77 in.)
3. Installation Requirements
(Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02 for main installation rules)
(Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01 for conduit codes S and T)
Convoluted conduits ABS0887 (FAPE3) /NSA935805 (F6198) must not be connected together by screwing diff
erent sizes together.
When system requirements specify a protection (for example 1MG), the protection is necessarily interrupted
when passing through a pressure seal. The protection (conduit ABS0887) must be terminated as close as pos
sible (5 mm (0.2 in.) MAX.) to the pressure seal but contact with the pressure seal must be avoided.
NOTE: The two ends of the PEEK convoluted conduit must not cause damage to the harness.
A. Drain Hole
A drain hole protects the electrical harness from liquid accumulated in the conduit.
Drain holes must be provided in all convoluted conduits (for example ABS0887, E0432, NSA935805, NS
A935806) with low points, except for:
- Conduits located on sealed harnesses.
- Conduits located in a pressurized compartment.
- Moving conduits which allow moisture to drain.
- Small conduits whose inside diameter is less than 10 mm (0.39 in.).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
- Small conduits used inside overbraided harnesses.

(Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03 for the detailed drain hole procedure).
(1) For shielded conduits
For shielded conduits which are made of convoluted conduit, the drain hole is made during manu
facture with a specific tool before delivery and installation.
Drain holes or drain hole zones are identified on either side by yellow sleeves.
(2) For non-shielded conduits

Drain holes will be made after installation of the conduit at the lowest point.
NOTE: In addition, drain loops are provided to prevent fluid contamination of the connectors (i
n lavatories and galleys, by leaks from water or hydraulic systems, etc.). Same rule for
protected or unprotected harnesses.
B. Attachment On The Structure
NOTE: For A380 only, at the end of the conduit, attachment points must be at a minimum of15 mm
(0.59 in.)to20 mm (0.79 in.)from the end of the conduit.
NOTE: PEEK conduits ABS0887 must not be crushed, unless there are no tears on the conduit.
It is necessary to install end caps NSA935829 (F6198) near to the tying devices.
(1) By clamps and V supports
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Attachment by clamps
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Attachment on the Structure
- NSA935807 (F6198) for conduit NSA935805 only.
- MS21103 (96906) with bobbin NSA935809 (F6198) for conduit NSA935805 only.
- ABS1339 (FAPE3) for conduits NSA935805 or ABS0887 (FAPE3) .
- NSA5515 (F6198) .
- NSA5516 (F6198) for conduits NSA935805 or ABS0887.
- NSA935813 (F6198) .
- Not recommended solution: V support (example NSA935504) + cable tie NSA935401 (F61
98) . You must use a minimum of two layers of tape ASNA5107 (F6198) to give protection
to the conduit ABS0887 and prevent crushing.
Tape ASNA5107 must protrude on the two sides of the V-mount support NSA935504 (F6198) by
a minimum of 10 mm (0.39 in.).
(2) Installation on an harness

Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Installation on an Harness
- When the conduit is in the harness, you must see it. Make sure that the head of the cable
tie does not touch the harness.
- When several conduits are routed together, you must attach them with a cable tie (for exa
mple NSA935401) with minimum tension of the gun.
- When the convoluted conduit is in a harness with a protection sleeve (for example EN604
9), you must install it with the main harness.
You must use lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) to attach the convoluted conduit to the harnes
s. Make sure that you do not crush the conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
C. Connection
Attachment at the rear of the connector, on the backshell, is done directly or indirectly:
(1) Type 1 attachment (Directly) on open end piece
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Attachment at the Rear of the Connector E0432, NSA935805 and
NSA935806
It is done with cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) .
Make sure that the cable tie, when tightened, does not crush the conduit too much.
Type 1 attachment must be used in the conditions that follow:
- For a conduit external diameter of less than 10 mm (0.39 in.) or size code 6.
- For sealed harnesses.
After installation, you must make sure that the installation of the end conduit on the backshell is
correct.
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Before installation of the cable tie on the ABS0887 (FAPE3) conduit, you must wind ASNA5107 (F
6198) tape around it (2 layers minimum). This will give protection to the conduit from crushing.
NOTE: End piece NSA935829 must be installed in the ABS0887 conduit at the level of the cabl
e tie when it is attached on the backshell.
WARNING: ALWAYS USE GLOVES WHEN YOU TOUCH VITON MATERIAL. THIS MATERIAL CA
N CAUSE INJURY TO YOUR SKIN.
(2) Type 2 attachment (Indirectly) on closed end piece
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Attachment at the Rear of the Connector E0432, NSA935805 and
NSA935806
It is made with the end pieces that follow:
- E0074 (F6198) and E0109 (F6198) , straight.
- E0115 (F6198) , right angle.
- NSA935829 (F6198) .
(a) With E0074 or E0115

Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03 for the detailed procedure.
Two procedures are used to install convoluted conduits for waterproof harnesses, small dia
meter.
(b) With E0109

Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure E0109
- Cut the convoluted conduit to the necessary length.
- Slide the connector nut, the outer sleeve and the cable clip NSA935811 (F6198) ont
o the conduit.
- Slide the Viton inner sleeve onto the nipple.
- Smooth the conduit end in the heating furnace, pre-heated to approx. 350 deg.C (6
62.0 deg.F), when the correct temperature is reached.
- Engage the conduit end into the heating bush, wait until it is flared and slide it onto
the nipple with the Viton inner sleeve (STEP 1).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
- Slide the cable clip onto the flared conduit end and install it with a pair of pliers. Th
e pre-tension valve is correct when the cables tightly wrap the conduit end (STEP
2).
- Bend the cable loop in the opposite direction.
- Cut off the protruding cable loop with a side cutter (STEP 2) and push or carefully t
ap down the remaining cable ends (approx. 5 mm (0.2 in.)) with the bottom side of
the pliers (STEP 3).
- Slide the Viton outer sleeve over the cable clip (STEP 4), pull the connector forward
and tighten it onto the connector or angle piece.
(c) With NSA935829

Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure NSA935829
Turn the end pieces to engage them in the protective conduit (Tools are not necessary).
NOTE: NSA935829 end piece must always be installed on each end of the ABS0887 con
duit to prevent crushing of the conduit.
NOTE: The dimension code of the end piece must be the same as that of the conduit (en
d piece -04 for conduit -04).
(d) With ABS1358 (FAPE3) , ABS1359 (FAPE3) , ABS1360 (FAPE3) , ABS1361 (FAPE3) , ABS1
362 (FAPE3) , ABS1363 (FAPE3) , ABS1365 (FAPE3) , ABS1366 (FAPE3)
Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure with ABS1358 to ABS1363, ABS136
5, ABS1366 and with End Piece that has no Thread
- Engage the conduit end into the end piece.
- Tighten the end piece on the conduit.
(e) With end piece that has no thread

Ref. Fig. Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure with ABS1358 to ABS1363, ABS136
5, ABS1366 and with End Piece that has no Thread
- It is made when the convoluted conduit cannot be tightened on the end piece.
- Add a shrinkable sleeve ABS0916 (FAPE3) between the conduit and the end piece.
- Shrink the sleeve with the applicable tool.
Figure 20-33-31-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduits - Description ABS0887

Figure 20-33-31-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Draining table for convoluted conduits
Figure 20-33-31-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduits - Description E0432, NSA935805 and NSA935806
Figure 20-33-31-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment by clamps
Figure 20-33-31-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment on the Structure
Figure 20-33-31-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Installation on an Harness
Figure 20-33-31-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment at the Rear of the Connector E0432,
NSA935805 and NSA935806
Figure 20-33-31-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Figure 20-33-31-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure E0109
Figure 20-33-31-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure NSA935829
Figure 20-33-31-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure with ABS1358 to ABS136
3, ABS1365, ABS1366 and with End Piece that has no Thread
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
ABS0887 CONDUIT CODE A (WITHOUT DRAIN HOLES)
INNER DIA D
BEND RADIUS
ABS0887 CONDUIT CODES B AND C (WITH DRAIN HOLES)
DRAIN HOLE BRAID
INNER DIA D
BEND RADIUS
ABS0887 PEEK CONDUIT ON OPEN BACKSHELL
P_SP_203331_D1_00010001_01_02
Figure 20-33-31-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduits - Description ABS0887

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
SIZE / DIAMETER CODE

CONDUIT
02 03 04 06 07 09 10 11 12 14 16 20 24 28 32 40 48
NSA935805 N N N Y - Y Y - Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
NSA935806 - N N Y - Y Y - Y Y Y Y Y Y Y - -
E0432 - - N Y - Y Y - Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y -
ABS0887 - - N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y -
Y: TO BE DRAINED
N: NOT TO BE DRAINED
SIZE / DIAMETER CODE

CONDUIT
02 03 04 06 07 09 10 11 12 14 16 20 24 28 32 40 48
NSA935805 N N N S - S S - S S S S S S L L L
NSA935806 - N N S - S S - S S S S S S L - -
E0432 - - N S - S S - S S S S S S L L -
ABS0887 - - N S S S S S S S S S S S L L -
N: NOT TO BE DRAINED
S: SMALL HOLE
L: LARGE HOLE
P_SP_203331_D1_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Draining table for convoluted conduits
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
E0432:
INNER DIA D
BEND RADIUS
STEP
EXTERNAL DIA
NSA935805 OR NSA935806:
WITHOUT CONDUIT CODE: CONDUIT CODE T OR S:
INNER DIA D
BEND RADIUS
BRAID SHEATH
25/100 OR 20/100
STRAND DIA.
STEP
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
WITH BRAIDED SHEATH
(REFER TO CHAPTER 20-33-32
"METALLIC CONDUIT")
PTFE SLEEVES NSA935805
P_SP_203331_D1_00030001_01_02
Figure 20-33-31-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduits - Description E0432, NSA935805 and NSA935806
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
10 mm (0.3936 in) TO 20 mm (0.7873 in)

FOR A380 AND A400M ONLY: 15 mm (0.5905 in) TO 20 mm (0.7873 in)
PEEK CONDUIT
ABS0887 CLAMP
DEVIATION
END CAP NSA935829
P_SP_203331_D1_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment by clamps

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
CABLE TIE NSA935401
ABS0887
PEEK CONDUITABS0887 MINIMUM 2 LAYERS
OF TAPE ASNA5107
V SUPPORT
ASNA5107
CABLE TIE NSA935401 10 mm

(0.393 in)
V SUPPORT
CABLE TIE NSA935401

V SUPPORT
MINIMUM 2 LAYERS
OF TAPE ASNA5107 ABS0887
PEEK CONDUIT ABS0887
ASNA5107
V SUPPORT
PEEK CONDUIT ABS0887 10 mm

(0.393 in)
CABLE TIE NSA935401
CABLE TIE NSA935401 CABLE TIE

NSA935401
V-SUPPORT MAIN HARNESS
MINIMUM 2 LAYERS
OF TAPE ASNA5107
MAIN HARNESS
ASNA5107
10 mm
10 mm (0.393 in) ABS0887
(0.393 in) V SUPPORT
BUNDLE PROTECTED
WITH CONDUIT
ABS0887
P_SP_203331_D1_00050001_01_02
Figure 20-33-31-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment on the Structure

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
TYING OF A CONVOLUTED CONDUIT TO A BUNDLE:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
MAIN HARNESS
TYING OF THE ASSEMBLY IN A PROTECTIVE SLEEVE:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT LACING TAPE NSA8420
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
MAIN HARNESS
TYING OF SEVERAL CONVOLUTED CONDUITS:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
P_SP_203331_D1_00060001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Installation on an Harness

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
TYPE 1 ATTACHMENT:
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL: RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELL:
5 TO 10 mm 5 mm MIN. 5 TO 10 mm
(0.197 TO 0.394 in) (0.197 in) (0.197 TO 0.394 in)
BACKSHELL
E0080-01
CABLE TIE CABLE TIE BACKSHELL
NSA935401 NSA935401 E0080-02
TYPE 2 ATTACHMENT:
MANUFACTURER A
MANUFACTURER B
BACKSHELL E0074
P_SP_203331_D1_00070001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Attachment at the Rear of the Connector E0432,
NSA935805 and NSA935806
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
ILLUSTRATION DESCRIPTION DECISION
CONDUIT PROTRUSION OF 5 mm (0.197 in)

TO 10 mm (0.394 in) FROM THE CLAMP AND
ACCEPTED
DISTANCE OF MORE THAN 5 mm (0.197 in)
BETWEEN GROMMET AND CONDUIT.
THE PEEK CONDUIT IS NOT

COMPRESSED, THE TY-RAP TIE IS
CORRECTLY TIGHTENED (IT HOLDS ACCEPTED
THE SLEEVE. BUT DOES NOT CAUSE
DAMAGES TO IT.
CONDUIT PROTRUSION OF MORE THAN

10 mm (0.394 in) FROM THE CLAMP. REJECTED
THE PEEK CONDUIT IS COMPRESSED,

REJECTED
THE TY-RAP TIE IS TOO TIGHT.
P_SP_203331_D1_00080001_01_00
Figure 20-33-31-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
STEP 1 VITON INNER SLEEVE VITON OUTER SLEEVE
WIRE CLIP
E0109 NSA935811
STEP 2
CUT-OFF
STEP 3 PRESS OR
CAREFULLY
TAP DOWN THE
REMAINING WIRE ENDS
STEP 4
P_SP_203331_D1_00090001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure E0109

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
STEP 1:
MATERIAL CODE C CONVOLUTED CONDUIT

ABS0887
STEP 2:
P_SP_203331_D1_00100001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure NSA935829

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:03
ATTACHMENT WITHABS1358, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1365 OR ABS1366:
ABS1358
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
ATTACHMENT WITH END PIECE THAT HAS NO THREAD:
50 mm
(1.968 in)
20 mm
20 mm (0.787 in)
(0.787 in)
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE e.g. NSA935805
ABS0916
P_SP_203331_D1_00110001_01_01
Figure 20-33-31-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Convoluted Conduit - Installation Procedure with ABS1358 to ABS1363,
ABS1365, ABS1366 and with End Piece that has no Thread
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-32-01 - Metallic Conduit - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
20-33-32-01 - Metallic Conduit - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0294 ABS0327 ABS0330

ABS0332 ABS0492 ABS0510
ABS0511 ABS0513 ABS0519
ABS0581 ABS0582 ABS0584
ABS0631 ABS0746 ABS0885
ABS0886 ABS0887 ABS0890
ABS0894 ABS0916 ABS0940
ABS1023 ABS1339 ABS1353
ABS2195 ABS2413 ABS5315
ABS5330 ABS5332 ABS5334
ASNA5107 DAN416 E0432
E0469 E0560 E0718
E0759 E0805 EN6049
NSA3625 NSA5516 NSA8420
NSA935401 NSA935403 NSA935805
NSA935806 NSA935829 NSA936507
NSA936601 NSA937210
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and procedures for the installation of metallic conduits.
Metallic tubes:
- These are used for cable routing when mechanical protection of the cables is necessary, when the cond
uit must be rigid or to get over areas that you cannot access.
Screened, convoluted and overbraided conduits:
- The metallic braid parts are used to give electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) between all the electrical
equipment of the aircraft and to prevent electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interfe
rence (RFI).
- The other parts (convoluted, textile and halar (E-CTFE) conduits) are used to give mechanical protectio
n to the harness.
- The metallic conduits installed on the aircraft are divided into 3 sub-families and have the codes that fo
llow:
A. Metallic Tubes:
- NSA3625.
B. Screened, Convoluted Conduits:
(1) Without halar sheath:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
- ABS0330
- ABS0332
- ABS0492
- ABS0631
- ABS0887B
- E0469
- E0560
- NSA935805T
- NSA935806T or S.
(2) With halar (E-CTFE) sheath:
- ABS0510
- ABS0511
- ABS0887C.
C. Overbraided Conduits:
- ABS1353-003
- ABS5315 (for example used for F00030090 or F00730606).
2. P/N Information
A. Metallic Tube NSA3625 (F6198)
Standard P/N Diameter code Length code

NSA3625 - 8 - 24
(2) Procedure
(a) General
This type of harness protection has a different size and geometry which are in relation to t
he aircraft type and the area where it is installed.
Before installation of the metallic conduits, the procedures that follow are necessary:
- Flaring at the ends and forming to adapt them to the necessary route.
- External and internal treatment for corrosion protection and cable harness protectio
n.
- When specified on the drawing, a drain hole at the lowest point of the conduit.
- It gives mechanical and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection to the harne

ss.
(b) Drain hole procedure

Ref. Fig. Metallic Tube - Drain Holes and Tube Preparation NSA3625
If necessary, make drain holes.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
NOTE: For metallic conduits, the drain hole will be made with a specific tool, and in the
workshop, before installation on the cable harness.
- Drill a hole with an applicable tool at the lowest point of the tube.
- Put the point of tool TOOL (59-3-02-24799) or TOOL (59-3-02-25151) into this hole
for a curved tube or equivalent.
- Install and lock the tube in position with the supports.

With a portable drill, turn the dimpling tool and pull it out.
NOTE: The bend radius must be 6D. As much as possible, if a pipe is bent in many locati
ons, you must use the same bend radius.
NOTE: To prevent damage to the cables, the metallic tubes must have an internal protec
tion. (for example PEEK, FEP, etc.)
B. Screened, Convoluted Conduits

ABS0511, ABS0631, ABS0887B, E0469, E0560, NSA935805S/T and NSA935806S/T gives the electrical
and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection to the harness.
ABS0887C gives the mechanical, electrical and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection to the ha
rness.
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - P/N Identification ABS0332
Type code
No code = Without
Standard P/N Size code
drain hole
A = With drain hole
ABS0330 (FAPE3) - 05
ABS0332 (FAPE3) - 05
ABS0492 (FAPE3) 06 A
- A
ABS0510 (FAPE3) - 05
ABS0511 06 A
-
ABS0631 06
Metal type code

A = Nickel-plated copper
E0469 (F6198) A 09
E0560 (F6198) A 09
Conduit type code

Type code
S = With braid (20/
No code = E0759 (F6
100) Ref. (1)
Standard P/N Diameter type code 198) specification
T = With braid (25/
A = ABS0746 (FAPE3)
100) Ref. (1)
specification
- = Without braid
NSA935805 T 12 A
NSA935806 T 12
Note 1: (1)
Diameter of strands
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Type code
A = Peek conduit (lightwei
ght) Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01
B = Peek conduit + braid
C = Peek conduit + braid +
halar (E-CTFE) sheath
ABS0887 B 06

Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Description ABS0330/0492/05
10/0511/0631/887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
For the characteristics of NSA935805 and NSA935806, Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01.
(a) Temperature
- For ABS0492, ABS0510, ABS0511, ABS0887B and C, E0469, E0560, NSA935805T a

nd NSA935806T:
- For ABS0330, ABS0332 and ABS0631:

- For ABS0492, ABS0510, ABS0511 and ABS0887C:

- For ABS0330, ABS0332, ABS0631, ABS0887B, E0469, E0560, NSA935805T and NS

A935806T:
(b) Size code
1 Only for ABS0887B and ABS0887C, E0469 and E0560

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
INTERNAL DIAMETER
SIZE CODE ABS0887B and ABS088
E0469 and E0560
7C
04 - 3 mm (0.12 in.)
06 4.6 mm (0.18 in.) 4.6 mm (0.18 in.)
09 7 mm (0.28 in.) 7 mm (0.28 in.)
10 7.6 mm (0.3 in.) 7.6 mm (0.3 in.)
12 9.6 mm (0.38 in.) 8.2 mm (0.32 in.)
14 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 10.8 mm (0.43 in.)
16 12.3 mm (0.48 in.) 12.3 mm (0.48 in.)
20 15.6 mm (0.61 in.) 15.6 mm (0.61 in.)
24 19 mm (0.75 in.) 19 mm (0.75 in.)
28 21.8 mm (0.86 in.) 21.8 mm (0.86 in.)
32 25 mm (0.98 in.) 24.5 mm (0.96 in.)
40 31.4 mm (1.24 in.) -
2 Only for ABS0332

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - P/N Identification ABS0332
RELATED NSA935805 C
SIZE CODE INTERNAL DIAMETER
ONDUIT NUMBER
05 02 4.39 mm (0.17 in.)
RELATED E0432 (F6198)

SIZE CODE INTERNAL DIAMETER
CONDUIT NUMBER
10 06 8.31 mm (0.33 in.)
11 07 9.07 mm (0.36 in.)
13 09 10.69 mm (0.42 in.)
14 10 11.51 mm (0.45 in.)
15 11 12.31 mm (0.48 in.)
16 12 13.10 mm (0.52 in.)
18 14 14.71 mm (0.58 in.)
20 16 16.32 mm (0.64 in.)
24 20 19.41 mm (0.76 in.)
30 24 24.20 mm (0.95 in.)
39 32 31.39 mm (1.24 in.)
49 40 40.10 mm (1.58 in.)
(3) Procedures
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
(a) Drain holes

Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Drain Holes ABS0330, ABS0492, ABS0510, ABS
0511, ABS0631, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
NOTE: You can only make drain holes before installation of the conduit on the harness a
nd before installation of the end assembly.
NOTE: In unpressurized areas and pressurized hazardous areas, conduits ABS0887 (scr
eened or not) and conduits NSA935805 without a low point must be drained. Thi
s is not applicable for:
- Sealed harnesses.
- Moving conduits, which let moisture drain freely at one end.
- Small conduits, sizes 02, 03 and 04.
NOTE: For screened conduits, drain holes must be put in position around the conduit per
iphery during manufacturing (no hole in the screen).
- Only for conduits with halar sheath (step 1):

- Use a soldering iron to cut a 20 mm (0.79 in.) long window in the E-CTFE brai
d.
- The window width must not be more than 30% of the protective conduit circu
mference.
- Engage a plastic rod in the conduit until it is behind the hole position.
- In the necessary hole position, use a blunt needle to put the braid aside with c
ircular movements. (Step 2)
- Make sure that you find a "crest" of the convoluted hose below.
- Punch a hole in the convoluted hose with punch pliers or equivalent. (Step 3)
- To make sure that the hole in the braid cannot move in relation to the holes in the c
onvoluted hose, use cable ties to prevent braid movement. Put them on each side a
nd at a distance of approximately 10 mm (0.39 in.) to 15 mm (0.59 in.) from the h
ole (step 4).
- Engage an applicable mandrel in the hole and solder the braid around the hole alon
g a width of approximately 2 mm (0.08 in.) to 3 mm (0.12 in.). (Step 4)
- Only for conduits with halar sheath (step 5):

- Slide a heat-shrinkable sleeve E0718 (F6198) over the drain hole. The heat-sh
rinkable sleeve must also have a drain hole.
- Shrink the heat-shrinkable sleeve.
(b) Cable protection at conduit end

Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Cable Protection at Conduit End ABS0330/0492/
0510/0511/0631/0887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - screened, cable Protection at Conduit End
At the end of the conduit and in the area of connecting parts or transitions, the cables and
metal parts must not touch.
You must thus give protection to the harness with a protection heat-shrinkable sleeve NSA
937210 (F6198) MB (except for A350), EN6049-006/007, ABS2413 or tape ABS5330 (FAP

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
E3) , ABS0294, ASNA5107 (F6198) , NSA935403 or equivalent which you must divide and
wind a minimum of two times around the cable harness.
At conduit end, you must hold the full harness to prevent all movement and thus chafing:
- With ABS0513 and cable tie attachment (recommended solution).
- Or with clamp NSA5516BD, ABS2195 or ABS1339 (alternative solution).
NOTE: Use heat-shrinkable sleeve NSA937210 without shrinking when conduit cannot b
e used.
(c) Assembly procedure for conduit end with backshell or end fitting
NOTE: If necessary, you must do the locking procedure after you tighten the backshell.
1 For conduits without halar sheath (ABS0330, ABS0492, ABS0631, ABS0887B, E046
9, E0560, NSA935805T and NSA935806T)
Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Without Halar Sheath-Conduit End Assem
bly ABS0513, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887B and ABS1023
With backshell (ABS0581 (FAPE3) ) or with end piece and conduit fitting (ABS0513,
ABS0519 (FAPE3) , ABS0582 (FAPE3) , ABS0584 (FAPE3) and ABS1023 (FAPE3) ):
- Select the conduit end-fitting size in relation to the size of the screened, conv
oluted conduit.
- Put the related crimping sleeve on the end of the conduit.
- Put the braid back on the convoluted conduit.
- Decrease the length of the conduit by length "A".
- Select the applicable size for the expansion tool ICORE EXPANSION TO
OL (16-0987) (Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03).
This tool is used to expand the convoluted conduit for easy assembly wit
h the connecting part.
- Engage the convoluted conduit until it touches the shoulder, on the con
necting part.
- Put the braid on the shoulder (cut all frayed material at the braid edge).
- Put the crimping sleeve on the braid until it touches the stop on the con
necting part.
- Select the applicable size for the hydraulic/pneumatic crimping tool ICO
RE HYDRAULIC/PNEUMATICCRIMPING TOOL (16-0803) or ICORE CRIMP
TOOL - BOLSTER SET (19600) (K0685) or REMA CRIMPING TOOL, HP 5
0 (58006-00) (D9157) or THOMAS & BETTS CRIMPING PLIERS (WT317
6G) (56501) or IZUMI CRIMPING TOOL (404062) (model 15) (Ref. ESP
M 20-56-52-03).
- Crimp the sleeve with this applicable tool.
- A space of 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) maximum between the sleeve and connec
ting part is permitted after crimping.
- Apply corrosion protection on the space: ARDROX AV30 (ARDROX 3313
(Material Ref. 176900)) or equivalent (For detailed procedure, Ref. ESP
M 20-33-30-02).
2 For conduits with halar (E-CTFE) sheath (ABS0510, ABS0511 and ABS0887C)
Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - With Halar Sheath-Conduit End Assembly
ABS0327, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887C and ABS1023
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
With backshell (ABS0327 (FAPE3) , ABS0581) or with end piece and conduit fitting
(ABS0519, ABS0582, ABS0584 and ABS1023):
- Engage the related crimping sleeve on the end of the conduit.
- Decrease the length of the E-CTFE braid by 10 mm (0.39 in.).
- Engage the braid and E-CTFE braid back on the convoluted conduit.
- Decrease the length of the convoluted conduit by 5 mm (0.2 in.).
- Select the applicable size for the expansion tool ICORE 16-0987 (Ref. ESPM 2
0-56-52-03).
This tool is used to expand the convoluted conduit for easy assembly with the
connecting part.
- Engage the convoluted conduit until it touches the shoulder, on the connectin
g part.
- Engage the braid on the shoulder and against the E-CTFE. (Cut all frayed mat
erial at the braid edge)
- Engage the crimping sleeve on the braid until it touches the stop on the conn
ecting part.
- Select the applicable size for the hydraulic/pneumatic crimping tool ICORE 16
-0803 or ICORE 19600 or REMA 58006-00 or THOMAS & BETTS WT3176G or
IZUMI 404062. (Model 15) (Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03)
NOTE: The crimping procedure is in two steps. The dies have two crimp cavi
ties, identified "1" and "2", for each step.
- Install the correct dies on the tool.
- Put the connecting part in the tool with crimp cavity "1" until the stop si
de of the sleeve is aligned with the edge.
- Make sure that the parts which stay loose are held in the correct positio
n.
- Operate the foot switch to start the crimping process.
- Hold the foot switch down until the dies move together and the pressur
e of the tool hydraulics increases.
- When step "1" of the procedure is completed, remove the connecting pa
rt from crimp cavity "1", turn it 90 degrees and put it in position in die c
rimp cavity "2" as for cavity "1".
- Do the same procedure as for cavity "1".
- Crimp the sleeve with this applicable tool.
- A space of 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) maximum between the sleeve and connec
ting part is permitted after crimping.
- Apply corrosion protection on the space: ARDROX AV30 (Material No. 1
5-008) or equivalent. (For detailed procedure, Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02)
(4) Spare conduit

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Spare Conduit
The installation procedure for spare conduit is the same as for other conduits.
You can install spare conduit ABS0887 in the pressure seal to make the installation of cables easi
er during the lifetime of the aircraft.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
The spare conduit must be installed on harnesses. The conduit length that is not in the pressure
seal must be 60 mm (2.36 in.) to give two repairs.
The section of the spare conduit must be at least 20% of the harness section.
When the spare conduit is routed with a harness, it is attached with the main harness or on the i
nside of the main harness attachment-device.
Mechanical protection ASNA5107 tape must be added on the harness at the spare conduit extre
mities level. On the last 50 mm (1.97 in.) of conduit, dedicated tying device must be used to tie
the bundle.
In unusual case (when you cannot attach the spare conduit on the inside of the attachment-devi
ce), you can stop it in front of the attachment device and attach it to the harness directly.
In this case, the ends of the conduit must be attached on the bundle and the mechanical protecti
on ASNA5107 tape must be added on the harness at the spare conduit extremity level.
A distance of 50 mm (1.97 in.) minimum must be between the end of the conduit and the next cl
amp.
On A350 only, attach the spare conduit together with the main routing. If this is not possible, yo
u must attach the spare conduit adjacent to the main routing with a plastic clamp (ABS1339 or A
BS2195) or clamp NSA5516CBD.
C. Overbraided Conduits
(1) Principle
This type of protection is made of metal strands (ABS5315 (FAPE3) ) machine woven around the
electrical harness during its manufacture.
(for example this method is used for F00030090 or F00730606 or ABS1353 (FAPE3) -003)
Several layers are installed:
- An internal protection (ABS0887 (FAPE3) or ABS0916 (FAPE3) or ABS5330 (FAPE3) or ABS
0294 (FAPE3) ) between the electrical harness and the metal braid layer.
- An external protection (ABS0894 (FAPE3) or ABS0890 (FAPE3) or ABS5334 (FAPE3) or EN

6049 (I9005) -006/-007) around the metal braid.
NOTE: ABS0890 and ABS0894 are made of E-CTFE (HALAR) and give protection to the metallic
overbraid.
ABS0894 has E-CTFE strands which are machine woven during manufacture of the harn
ess.
ABS0890 is used for repair or when it is not possible to weave ABS0894 during manufa
cture.
NOTE: More overbraided harnesses must be added out of the harnesses for modifications and r
epairs.
There is no specified limit on the number of modification kits you can install. The only li
mit is the capacity of the backshell.
(2) Assembly procedure for conduit end with backshell

Ref. Fig. Overbraided Conduits - Conduit End Assembly ABS1353-003 and ABS5315
(a) Example of installation:
- Install the braid on the cables (if necessary, first install an internal protection with t
eflon tape ABS5330 or ABS0294, convoluted conduit ABS0887 or shrink sleeve NSA

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
937210 (F6198) and then the backshell (for example backshells ABS0280 or ABS02
81) before you connect them to the connector).
- Identify the metal-overbraid start-stop points with red vinyl adhesive tape ABS5332
(FAPE3) .
- Make a bonding pigtail at each conduit end of the metal overbraid, on the internal p
rotection when the length is less than 3 m (9.84 ft.). For lengths of more than 3 m
(9.84 ft.), there must be intermediate points with a maximum pitch of 3 m (9.84 f
t.).
This bonding pigtail must have a length of 100 mm (3.94 in.) to 250 mm (9.84 in.).
100 mm (3.94 in.) is the recommended length.
- If necessary, you can install an external protection. (Self-welding tape ABS5334, spl
it textile conduit EN6049-006 or 007, or halar (E-CTFE) braid ABS0890)
1 Screw the backshell on the connector. (Step 1)
2 If necessary, install the grounding pigtail around the internal protection and attach i
t with internal lacing tape. (Step2)
- Put the overbraid end on the backshell.
- You must fold the overbraid end to length "L" and cut it to keep sharp protrud
ing strands to a minimum.
- Attach the bonding pigtail area with external lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) -
7.
NOTE: Strand ends must not extend onto the backshell end.
3 Install a metallic clamping strip E0805 (F6198) -02. (Step 3)
- Wrap the overbraid with self-welding tape ABS5334 at pigtail area.
4 Tighten the clamp with tool GLENAIR HAND BANDING TOOL - STANDARD CLAMPIN
G BAND (600-058) (06324), BAND-IT MECHANICAL PLIERS (A30199) (70847) or P
NEUMATIC PLIERS (A40199) (70847) or equivalent.
- Wind spirals of self-welding tape in each direction, with a 51% overlap.

- At the end of the spirals, install overlaps of tape. (Step 4)
(b) Crimping end attachment with self-welding tape ABS5334, external protection (case A)
Ref. Fig. Overbraided Conduits - Crimping End Attachment with Backshell ABS1353-003 an
d ABS5315
(c) Crimping end attachment with external protection ABS0890, ABS0894, EN6049-006 or 00
7 (case B)
d ABS5315
(d) Crimping end attachment without external protection (case C)

d ABS5315
(e) Crimping protection

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
d ABS5315
When a metallic clamping strip is used, it is necessary to use 5 layers of self-welding tape
ABS5334, to give protection to the harness. (From the cutting edge)
(3) Spare conduits and spare cables

Ref. Fig. Overbraided Conduits - Spare Conduit and Cable ABS5315
(a) To do modification and maintenance operations on more cables, a spare convoluted-type c
onduit (PTFE or equivalent) can be related to the harness.
The conduit size must be a minimum of 20% of the harness section with a minimum diam
eter of 9 mm (0.35 in.).
Make sure that the draw cable is installed in the spare conduit before installation in the ha
rness.
On A350 only, attach the spare conduit together with the main routing. If this is not possi
ble, you must attach the spare conduit adjacent to the main routing with a plastic clamp
(ABS1339 (FAPE3) ) or ABS2195 or clamp NSA5516 (F6198) CBD.
(b) It can be necessary to prepare for more spare cables in the protection.
- The number of spare cables (of the same gauge as the functional cables) must be a
minimum of 20% of the number of functional cables in the harness.
- You must identify the spare cables with a sleeve that has a "spare wire" label and a
n insulating end cap NSA936601 (F6198) at each end. In a harness protection, you
must wind teflon tape ABS5330 around the end cap to prevent chafing on the cable.
(c) Examples of installation

Ref. Fig. Overbraided Conduits - Spare Conduit and Cable ABS5315
Installation with:
- Backshell and connector
- End fitting
- Pressure seal.
3. Installation Requirements
(Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02) for main installation rules.
A. Conduit Attachments on the Structure
Ref. Fig. Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Attachments and Bonding ABS0330/0492/0510/0511/0631/0
887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
- Conduits are attached with clamps along the conduit run and at the conduit ends.
- If a lightning protection conduit is connected to a non-conductive connector or not electrically co

nnected at the end fitting, you can install a bonding clamp on the crimping sleeve. This gives ele
ctrical bonding between the conduit and the main aircraft structure.
After installation, you must make sure that the installation of the end conduit on the backshell is
correct.
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
B. Protection at the End of Conduits

This procedure is used to hold a conduit on wires.
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits
- Put black self-adhesive tape ABS5334 (FAPE3) A01B at each end of the conduit. There must be a
minimum overlap of 50%.
C. Protection of the Active Electrical Items on Shielded Harnesses

You must tighten and lock the active electrical items on shielded harnesses with lock wire or a self locki
ng device. This is to make sure that the braid has the correct electrical bonding.
D. Use of Shielded Conduit
(1) Shielded conduit links with other EMI protection
(a) With a split support sleeve (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection - With a Split
Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness. Start the w
inding at the change of protection (50 mm (1.97 in.) minimum).
- Put the convoluted conduit in position on the tape.
- Step 2: Put split support sleeve ABS0940 in position on the harness.

- Put the metallic braid on the other side of the split support and attach it with l
acing tape NSA8420-7.
- Put the EMI sleeve in position and remove the PTFE protection to have a metal
-to-metal contact.
- Step 3: Attach the EMI sleeve on the other side of the split support sleeve with lacin
g tape NSA8420-7.
- Attach the sleeve with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
- Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the metallic clamping st
rip.
- Step 4: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly until no m
etallic strands are exposed to the environment. The overlap must be 50%.
(b) With a split support sleeve (with external protection)

Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness. Start the w
inding at the change of protection (50 mm (1.97 in.) minimum).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
- Put the metallic braid on the other side of the split support sleeve and attach i
t with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Put the EMI sleeve in position and remove the PTFE protection to have a metal
-to-metal contact.
- Step 3: Attach the EMI sleeve on the other side of the split support sleeve with lacin
g tape NSA8420-7.
- Attach the sleeve with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
- Attach the external protection with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
rip.
(c) With joiner ABS0886 (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection - With Joiner
ABS0886 (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330
around the zone.
- Engage the cables in joiner ABS0886.
- Step 2: Push back the metallic braid of the conduit to tighten the joiner in the conv
oluted conduit.
- Unfold the metallic braid of the conduit on the joiner.
- Step 3: Attach the metallic braid with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
(d) With joiner ABS0886 (with external protection)

ABS0886 (With External Protection)
- Do the first 3 steps of the above procedure and then do as follows:
- Step 4: Unfold the external protection on joiner ABS0886 above the metallic clampi
ng strip.
(e) With transition ABS0885 (without external protection)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection - With Transiti
on ABS0885 (Without External Protection)
around the zone.
- Engage the cables in the Type 1 adaptor of transition ABS0885.
- Step 2: Push back the metallic braid of the conduit to tighten the convoluted condui
t in the Type 1 adaptor.
- Unfold the metallic braid of the conduit on the Type 1 adaptor of transition AB
S0885.
- Step 3: Attach the metallic braid with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
- Step 4: Install transition ABS0885 on the harness and put the adaptor in position in
the transition notch.
- Step 5: Attach the transition with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
(f) With transition ABS0885 (with external protection)

on ABS0885 (With External Protection)
on ABS0885 (With External Protection)
- Step 4: Unfold the external protection and stop it before the metallic clamping strip.
Attach the external protection with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Attach the metallic braid with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
the transition notch.
- Step 6: Attach the transition with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
(2) Shielded conduit termination at ends without harnesses
(a) With a split support sleeve (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination at Ends Without Harnesses - With
a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness.
- Put split support sleeve ABS0940 in position on the harness.
- Step 2: Put the metallic braid on the other side of the split support sleeve and attac
h it with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Attach the external protection with lacing tape NSA8420–7.
- Step 3: Cut bonding braid DAN416GN to 250 mm (9.84 in.) maximum and crimp te
rminal lug NSA936507TG1010.
- Attach the bonding braid with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
(b) With a split support sleeve (with external protection)

a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)

- Put the metallic braid on the other side of the split support sleeve and attach i
t with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Attach the metallic braid with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
rip.
(c) Shielded conduit termination at ends without harnesses

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination at Ends Without Harnesses
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination at Ends Without Harnesses
- Step 1: It is necessary to install end cap NSA935829 of applicable size with a PEEK
conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
- Stop bonding braid DAN416GN with cable tie NSA935401.

- Make 3 turns around the harness on a length of 100 mm (3.94 in.) and attach
it with a cable tie.
- Step 2: Make 4 flat knots with lacing tape NSA8420-7 to hold bonding braid DAN41
6GN.
- Step 3: Protect the lead-out of bonding braid DAN416GN with PTFE adhesive tape A
BS5330.
- Remove the cable ties.
(d) Shielded conduit termination with external protection at ends without harnesses
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protection at Ends
Without Harnesses
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protection at Ends
Without Harnesses
- Step 1: It is necessary to install end cap NSA935829 of applicable size with a PEEK
conduit.
- Attach external protection with lacing tape NSA8420-7 at a distance of 120 m
m (4.72 in.) from the side. Cut the external protection upto lacing tape.
- Step 2: Stop bonding braid DAN416GN with cable tie NSA935401.

- Step 3: Make 3 turns around the harness on a length of 100 mm (3.94 in.) and atta
ch it with cable tie.
- Make 4 flat knots with lacing tape NSA8420-7 to hold bonding braid DAN416G
N.
BS5330.
- Remove the cable ties.
(3) Connection of the shielded conduit to the backshell
(a) To a closed backshell (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Connection of the Shielded Conduit to the Backshell - To a Clos
ed Backshell (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive ABS5330 arou
nd the zone.
- Step 2: Push the metallic braid of the conduit back to attach the conduit (PEEK or P
TFE) to the backshell with screws.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
- Put the metallic braid of the conduit on the backshell to prepare the positionin
g of metallic clamping strip E0805–02.
- Step 3: Attach the metallic braid of the conduit with metallic clamping strip E0805-0
2.
rip.
- Step 4: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly. This is to
make sure that no metallic strands are exposed to the environment. The overlap m
ust be 50%.
(b) To a closed backshell (with external protection)

ed Backshell (With External Protection)
- Step 4: Put an external protection as a full cover on the rear of the backshell.
ust be 50%.
(c) To an open backshell (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Connection of the Shielded Conduit to the Backshell - To an Op
en Backshell (Without External Protection)
en Backshell (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Install end cap NSA935829 of the applicable size with a PEEK conduit.
- Stop bonding braid DAN416GN with cable ties NSA935401.
it with cable tie NSA935401.
6GN.
BS5330.
- Remove cable ties NSA935401.
- Step 4: Cut bonding braid DAN416GN to a maximum of 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crim
p terminal lug NSA936507TG1010.
- Step 5: Attach bonding braids DAN416GN with screws to the backshell and wind the
harness with black self-adhesive silicone-tape ASNA5107.
ust be 50%.
(d) To an open backshell (with external protection)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
en Backshell (With External Protection)
en Backshell (With External Protection)
- Step 1: Install an end cap NSA935829 of the applicable size with a PEEK conduit.
- Attach an external protection (mechanical) to the conduit from the side with la
cing tape NSA8420-7 at 120 mm (4.72 in.).
- Cut the external protection (mechanical) of the conduit until lacing tape NSA8
420-7.
- Step 2: Stop bonding braid DAN416GN with cable ties NSA935401.

it with cable tie NSA935401.
6GN.
BS5330.
p the terminal lug NSA936507TG1010.
- Step 6: Attach bonding braids DAN416GN with screws to the backshell and wind the
harness with black self-adhesive silicone-tape ASNA5107.
ust be 50%.
(e) Connection of a shielded conduit (with or without external protection) when it is not possib
le to implement on backshell or a connector (not recommended)
- For this assembly, do the steps in para Shielded conduit termination at ends without
harnesses (max. 100 mm (3.94 in.)) for unshielded cables.
(4) Intermediary grounding of a shielded conduit
(a) With a split support (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With a Split Su
pport (Without External Protection)
pport (Without External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness. Start from
the grounding when you do this.
- Put the convoluted conduit in position on black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A0
1.
- Step 2: Put the metallic braid of the conduit in position on the two sides of split sup
port sleeve ABS0940. Then attach it with lacing tapes NSA8420-7.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
2.
- Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around metallic clamping strip
E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(b) With a split support (with external protection)

pport (With External Protection)
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness. Start from
the grounding when you do this.
- Put the convoluted conduit in position on black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A0
1.
- Attach an external protection (mechanical) to the conduit with lacing tape NSA
8420-7.
- Attach the metallic braid of the conduit with metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
- Step 5: Attach an external protection (mechanical) to the conduit with lacing tape N
SA8420-7.
- Step 6: Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around metallic clamping stri
p E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(c) With joiner ABS0886 (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With Joiner AB
S0886 (Without External Protection)
- Before you do a step, it is necessary to install the 2 joiner extremities, refer to the
Para Shielded conduit links with other EMI protection with joiner ABS0886 (without
external protection).
2.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
p E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(d) With joiner ABS0886 (with external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With Joiner AB
S0886 (With External Protection)
- Before you do a step, it is necessary to install the 2 joiner extremities, refer to the
Para Shielded conduit links with other EMI protection with joiner ABS0886 (with ext
ernal protection).
- Step 1: Cut the bonding braid DAN416GN to a maximum of 250 mm (9.84 in.) and
crimp terminal lug NSA936507TG1010.
2.
p E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(e) With transition ABS0885 (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With Transition
- Before you do a step, it is necessary to install the 3 transition extremities, refer to t
he Para Shielded conduit links with other EMI protection with a transition ABS0885
(without external protection).
2.
p E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(f) With transition ABS0885 (with external protection)

- Before you do a step, it is necessary to install the 3 transition extremities, refer to t
he Para Shielded conduit links with other EMI protection with a transition ABS0885
(with external protection).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
2.
p E0805-02.
ust be 50%.
(g) Intermediary grounding of the shielded conduit (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (Without Exter
nal Protection)
it with a cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 2: Make 4 flat knots with lacing tape NSA8420-7 to hold the bonding braid DA
N416GN.
ust be 50%.
(h) Intermediary grounding of the shielded conduit (with external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (With External
Protection)
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (With External
Protection)
- Step 1: Attach an external protection (mechanical) to the conduit from the side with
lacing tape NSA8420-7 at 120 mm (4.72 in.).
- Cut the external protection (mechanical) of the conduit until lacing tape NSA8
420-7.

it with a cable tie.
6GN.
ust be 50%.
(5) Lead-out of a cable without protection of a shielded conduit

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
(a) With transition ABS0885 (without external protection)

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of a Cable Without Protection of a Shielded Conduit -
With Transition ABS0885 (Without External Protection)
around the zone.
- Put the cables in the Type 1 adaptor.
- Step 2: Push the metallic braid of the conduit back to attach the convoluted conduit
(PEEK or PTFE) to the Type 1 adaptor with screws.
- Unfold the metallic braid of the conduit on the Type 1 adaptor.
2.
E0805-02.
the notch of transition ABS0885.
- Do the same procedure again on the other branch.
- Step 5: Attach the metallic braid of the conduit and transition ABS0885 with metalli
c clamping strip E0805-02.
E0805-02.
- Step 6: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly and the le
ad-out of the cable without protection. This is to make sure that no metallic strands
are exposed to the environment. The overlap must be 50%.
(b) With transition ABS0885 (with external protection)

With Transition ABS0885 (With External Protection)
- Step 4: Unfold the external protection (mechanical) of the conduit until just before t
he metallic clamping strip.
- Attach the external protection (mechanical) of the conduit with lacing tape NS
A8420-7.
the notch of transition ABS0885.
- Do the same procedure again on the other branch.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
- Step 6: Attach the metallic braid of the conduit and transition ABS0885 with metalli
c clamping strip E0805-02.
E0805-02.
- Step 6: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly and the le
ad-out of the cable without protection. This is to make sure that no metallic strands
are exposed to the environment. The overlap must be 50%.
(c) Lead-out of the cable without protection of the shielded conduit with an external protectio
n in the middle of the harness (not recommended)
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of the Cable Without Protection of the Shielded Condu
it with an External Protection in the Middle of the Harness and Behind a Backshell (Not Rec
ommended)
- For this type of assembly, you must do one of the procedures from Para Shielded co
nduit links with other EMI protection with a maximum of 200 mm (7.87 in.) betwee
n the 2 assemblies and the cable protection.
(d) Lead-out of the cable without protection of the shielded conduit with an external protectio
n near the backshell (not recommended)
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of the Cable Without Protection of the Shielded Condu
it with an External Protection in the Middle of the Harness and Behind a Backshell (Not Rec
ommended)
nduit links with other EMI protection with a maximum of 200 mm (7.87 in.) betwee
n the cable protection and the backshell.
(6) Bonding of the shielded cable on the shielded conduit
(a) With a connector pin

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Conduit - With a
Connector Pin
- For this type of assembly, you must do one of the procedures from Para Connection
of the shielded conduit to the backshell.
(b) With an other EMI protection on the backshell

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Conduit - With a
n other EMI Protection on the Backshell and Without an EMI Protection on the Backshell
nduit links with an other EMI protection with a maximum of 200 mm (7.87 in.) betw
een the cable protection and the backshell.
(c) Without an EMI protection on the backshell
nduit termination at ends without harnesses with a maximum of 100 mm (3.94 in.)
for a cable without protection.Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Ca
ble on the Shielded Conduit - With an other EMI Protection on the Backshell and Wit
hout an EMI Protection on the Backshell
(7) Special conditions

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
(a) Adaptation procedure for the flap track connectors

Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Flap Track Co
nnectors
Ref. Fig. Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Flap Track Co
nnectors
- Step 1: If necessary, accurately cut the convoluted PEEK conduit ABS0887C06 with
a cutter but to not more than 1 mm (0.04 in.).
- Move the backshell along the cables.
- Take one heat-shrinkable sleeve E0718-02-40 and move it along the cables.
- Step 2: Strip the cables then crimp the electrical contacts on the two cables and put
the contacts into the connector.
- Step 3: Move heat-shrinkable sleeve E0718-02-40 to stop the thermo sleeve agains
t the grommet of the connector.
- Shrink heat-shrinkable sleeve E0718-02-40 for 10 mm (0.39 in.) on the oppos
ite side of the grommet.
- Step 4: Make a line at 15 mm (0.59 in.) of the edge of convoluted PEEK conduit AB
S0887C06.
- Put convoluted peek conduit ABS0887C06 in the backshell. When you do this,
make sure that only the body of the backshell is on the line on convoluted pee
k conduit ABS0887C06.
- If you cannot put convoluted peek conduit ABS0887C06 easily in the body of t
he backshell, you can attach the conduit with screws.
NOTE: It is not permitted to put convoluted peek conduit ABS0887C06 in the

body of the backshell when you cannot see the line. This is to prevent
damage to convoluted peek conduit ABS0887C06.
- Step 5: Do the procedure from Para Connection of the shielded conduit to a closed
backshell (with external protection) and TORQUE the backshell onto the connector a
s follows:
- Lock the backshell with lockwire.
Figure 20-33-32-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Tube - Drain Holes and Tube Preparation NSA3625
Figure 20-33-32-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - P/N Identification ABS0332
Figure 20-33-32-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Description A
BS0330/0492/0510/0511/0631/887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
Figure 20-33-32-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Drain Holes ABS0330, ABS0492, ABS
0510, ABS0511, ABS0631, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
Figure 20-33-32-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Cable Protection at Conduit End ABS0
330/0492/0510/0511/0631/0887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
Figure 20-33-32-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - screened, cable Protection at Conduit End
Figure 20-33-32-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Without Halar Sheath-Conduit End As
sembly ABS0513, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887B and ABS1023
Figure 20-33-32-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - With Halar Sheath-Conduit End Asse
mbly ABS0327, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887C and ABS1023
Figure 20-33-32-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Overbraided Conduits - Conduit End Assembly ABS1353-003 and ABS5
315
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Figure 20-33-32-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Overbraided Conduits - Crimping End Attachment with Backshell ABS1
353-003 and ABS5315
Figure 20-33-32-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Overbraided Conduits - Spare Conduit and Cable ABS5315
Figure 20-33-32-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Attachments and Bonding ABS0330/0
492/0510/0511/0631/0887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
Figure 20-33-32-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Figure 20-33-32-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits
Figure 20-33-32-0015-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits
Figure 20-33-32-0016-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection -
With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
With Joiner ABS0886 (Without External Protection)
With Joiner ABS0886 (Without External Protection)
With Joiner ABS0886 (With External Protection)
Figure 20-33-32-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination at Ends Without Harne
sses - With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
sses - With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
sses - With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
sses - With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
sses
sses

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Figure 20-33-32-0034-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protectio
n at Ends Without Harnesses
Figure 20-33-32-0035-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protectio
n at Ends Without Harnesses
Figure 20-33-32-0036-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Connection of the Shielded Conduit to the Backshell
- To a Closed Backshell (Without External Protection)
- To a Closed Backshell (Without External Protection)
- To a Closed Backshell (With External Protection)
- To an Open Backshell (Without External Protection)
- To an Open Backshell (Without External Protection)
- To an Open Backshell (With External Protection)
- To an Open Backshell (With External Protection)
Figure 20-33-32-0044-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With
a Split Support (Without External Protection)
a Split Support (Without External Protection)
a Split Support (With External Protection)
Joiner ABS0886 (Without External Protection)
Joiner ABS0886 (With External Protection)
Transition ABS0885 (Without External Protection)
Transition ABS0885 (With External Protection)
Figure 20-33-32-0055-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (Wit
hout External Protection)
h External Protection)
h External Protection)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Figure 20-33-32-0058-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of a Cable Without Protection of a Shielded
Conduit - With Transition ABS0885 (Without External Protection)
Conduit - With Transition ABS0885 (With External Protection)
Figure 20-33-32-0063-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Fla
p Track Connectors
Figure 20-33-32-0064-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Fla
p Track Connectors
Figure 20-33-32-0065-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of the Cable Without Protection of the Shiel
ded Conduit with an External Protection in the Middle of the Harness and Behind a Backshell (Not Recommended)
Figure 20-33-32-0066-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Cond
uit - With a Connector Pin
Figure 20-33-32-0067-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Cond
uit - With an other EMI Protection on the Backshell and Without an EMI Protection on the Backshell
Figure 20-33-32-0068-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Metallic Conduit - Spare Conduit

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
MINIMUM BEND RADIUS:
6D D
DRAIN HOLE:
CONDUIT
TOOL 5 9 - 3 - 0 2 - 2 4 7 9 9
OR
59-3-02-25151
TUBE END AFTER PREPARATION:
R: 1.5 mm (0.0590 in) ± 0.5 mm (0.0196 in)
INTERNAL PROTECTION
DRAIN HOLE
2 mm (0.0787 in) ± 0.5 mm (0.0196 in)

P_SP_203332_D1_00010001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Tube - Drain Holes and Tube Preparation NSA3625
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
ABS0332 - 05
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
DIA. D
P_SP_203332_D1_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - P/N Identification ABS0332

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
ABS0330 - 05 E0469 A 09
ABS0492 - 06 E0560 A 09
ABS0510 - 05 A
ABS0511 - 06 A
ABS0631 - 06 A
SIZE CODE
METAL TYPE CODE:
TYPE CODE: A = NICKEL-PLATED COPPER
NO CODE = WITHOUT DRAIN HOLE
A = WITH DRAIN HOLE STANDARD P/N
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
NSA935805 T 12 A
NSA935806 T 12 ABS0887 B 06
TYPE CODE: SIZE CODE

NO CODE = E0759 SPECIFICATION
TYPE CODE:
A = ABS0746 SPECIFICATION
A = PEEK CONDUIT
(LIGHTWEIGHT)
DIAMETER TYPE CODE B = PEEK CONDUIT + BRAID
CONDUIT TYPE CODE: C = PEEK CONDUIT + BRAID
S = WITH BRAID (20/100) + HALAR (E-CTFE) SHEATH
T = WITH BRAID (25/100)
- = WITHOUT BRAID STANDARD P/N
STANDARD P/N
SCREENED, CONVOLUTED CONDUITS WITHOUT HALAR SHEATH:

ABS0330, ABS0492, ABS0631, ABS0887B, E0469, E0560, NSA935805T AND NSA935806T
CABLES CONVOLUTED CONDUIT BRAID
SCREENED, CONVOLUTED CONDUITS WITH HALAR SHEATH:

(ABS0510, ABS0511 AND ABS0887C)
CABLES CONVOLUTED CONDUIT BRAID E-CTFE BRAID

(HALAR)
P_SP_203332_D1_00030001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Description
ABS0330/0492/0510/0511/0631/887B and C, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1: (ONLY FOR CONDUITS WITH HALAR SHEATH)

E-CTFE BRAID BRAID
MAX. 0.3 x CIRCUMFERENCE 20 mm

(0.7874 in)
STEP 2:
HOLE POSITION
NEEDLE
PLASTIC ROD
STEP 3: PUNCH PLIER
SOLDER WIDTH
STEP 4:
2 TO 3 mm
MANDREL (0.0787 in TO
0.1181 in)
CABLE
TIE
10 TO 15 mm 10 TO 15 mm
(0.3937 in TO (0.3937 in TO
0.5905 in) 0.5905 in)
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
E0718
STEP 5: (ONLY FOR CONDUITS
WITH HALAR SHEATH) DRAIN HOLE
APPROX.
30 mm (1.1811 in)
AFTER SHRINKING
P_SP_203332_D1_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Drain Holes ABS0330, ABS0492, ABS0510,
ABS0511, ABS0631, E0469, E0560 and NSA935805T/806T
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE WITH STRAIGHT BACKSHELL:
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE MUST BE NEAR THE

GROMMET BUT MUST NOT TOUCH IT
CONNECTOR
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL CONNECTOR GROMMET
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE WITH ELBOW BACKSHELL:

HEAT-SHRINKABLE
SLEEVE MUST BE
NEAR THE END FITTING
GROMMET BUT MUST
NOT TOUCH IT
ELBOW BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR GROMMET
CONNECTOR
P_SP_203332_D1_00050001_01_02
Figure 20-33-32-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Cable Protection at Conduit End
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
RECOMMENDED SOLUTION:
STRUCTURE
BULKHEADABS0519 OR ABS1361 LOCKWIRE
CONDUIT CABLE PROTECTION

CABLE TIE AT CONDUIT END
LACING TAPE NSA8420
CABLES
SHIELDED BUNDLE
10 ± 5 mm
30 mm (0.394 ± 0.197 in)
MIN (1.181 in) ABS0513
ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION:
LOCKWIRE
STRUCTURE ATTACHMENT DEVICE

(NSA5516 BD, ABS2195 OR ABS1339)
LACING TAPE
SHIELDED BUNDLE CABLE PROTECTION
NSA8420
AT CONDUIT END
CONDUIT
30 mm CABLES
MIN (1.181 in)
10 mm
MIN (0.394 in)
MECHANICAL
ATTACHMENT
AREA OF THE BUNDLE
P_SP_203332_D1_00060001_01_03
Figure 20-33-32-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - screened, cable Protection at Conduit End
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
A A
ABS0581 SHOULDER CONVOLUTED BRAID CRIMPING SLEEVE

CONDUIT
CUT ANY FRAYED

MATERIAL
CRIMPING SLEEVE
UPPER DIE TOOL 16-0803
LOWER DIE TOOL 16-0803

CRIMPING OF THE SLEEVE
THIS AREA TO BE TREATED WITH ARDROX

AV30 (MAT No15-008) OR EQUIVALENT
MAX. 0.4 mm (0.0157 in) GAP

P_SP_203332_D1_00070001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Without Halar Sheath-Conduit End
Assembly ABS0513, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887B and ABS1023
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
5 mm
(0.1968 in) CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
10 mm
(0.3937 in)
ABS0581 SHOULDER BRAID E-CTFE BRAID CRIMPING
(HALAR) SLEEVE
CUT ANY FRAYED

MATERIAL
CRIMPING SLEEVE
UPPER DIE TOOL 16-0803
LOWER DIE TOOL 16-0803

CRIMPING OF THE SLEEVE
THIS AREA TO BE TREATED WITH ARDROX

AV30 (MAT No15-008) OR EQUIVALENT
MAX. 0.4 mm (0.0157 in) GAP

P_SP_203332_D1_00080001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - With Halar Sheath-Conduit End Assembly
ABS0327, ABS0519, ABS0581, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0887C and ABS1023
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
SPARE CONDUIT
2 TURNS MINIMUM OF
ASNA5107 TAPE
CLAMP
BUNDLE TYING DEVICES
50 mm
(1.97 in)
15 TO 20 mm
SPARE CONDUIT (0.59 TO 0.79 in)
SPARE CONDUIT - UNUSUAL CASE
2 TURNS MINIMUM OF
ASNA5107 TAPE CLAMP
BUNDLE
TYING DEVICES
> 50 mm
50 mm (1.97 in)
SPARE CONDUIT (1.97 in)
P_SP_203332_D1_00680001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0068-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Spare Conduit

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
E0052 ABS0280
STEP 1:
CABLES
STEP 2:
BONDING PIGTAIL
(DAN416) (DAN416)
10 ± 3mm L
(0.3937 ± 0.1181in.) INTERNAL
OVERBRAID PROTECTION
INTERNAL LACING TAPE

INTERNAL LACING TAPE NSA8420-7
NSA8420- 7
EXTERNAL LACING TAPE
BACKSHELL NSA8420-7
STEP 3:
BONDING OVERBRAID
PIGTAIL (DAN416)
SELF-WELDING TAPE INTERNAL PROTECTION

METALLIC CLAMPING ABS5334 TEFLON TAPE ABS5330 OR ABS0294
STRIP E0805- 0 2 OR CONVOLUTED CONDUIT ABS0887
OR SHRINK SLEEVE NSA937210
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
SELF-WELDING TAPE ABS5334
STEP 4: OR E-CTFE(HALAR) ABS0890
OR SPLIT TEXTILE CONDUIT
EN6049-006 OR 007
P_SP_203332_D1_00090001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Overbraided Conduits - Conduit End Assembly ABS1353-003 and ABS5315
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
CASE A:
=
OVERBRAID
INTERNAL PROTECTION
BACKSHELL
METALLIC
CLAMPING STRIP E0805- 0 2
1 mm MIN.
(0.039 in)
CASE B:
=
EXTERNAL PROTECTION E-CTFE (HALAR) ABS0890/894
OR SPLIT TEXTILE CONDUITEN6049-006 OR EN6049-007
OVERBRAID
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7 INTERNAL PROTECTION
METALLIC
BACKSHELL
CLAMPING STRIP E0805-02
1 mm MIN.
(0.039 in) CRIMPING PROTECTION WITH
=
CASE C:
CRIMPING PROTECTION WITH
INTERNAL PROTECTION
BACKSHELL
OVERBRAID
1 mm MIN. METALLIC
(0.039 in) CLAMPING STRIP E0805-02
CRIMPING PROTECTION DETAIL:
5 LAYERS OF SELF-WELDING TAPE SELF-WELDING TAPE

ABS5334 ON THE CUTTING EDGE OF THE CLAMP ABS5334
METALLIC
CLAMPING STRIP E0805-02
HARNESS
P_SP_203332_D1_00100001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Overbraided Conduits - Crimping End Attachment with Backshell ABS1353-
003 and ABS5315
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
INSTALLATION WITH CONNECTOR:
CRIMPING CLAMP BACKSHELL

(FREE RING)
OVERBRAID
CONNECTOR
HARNESS
CONTACTS
CF18 DRAW CABLE WITH

INSULATING CAPS
SPARE CONDUIT PROTECTION
INSTALLATION WITH END FITTING:

INSULATING
PROTECTION
CRIMPING CLAMP
HARNESS OVERBRAID
PROTRUSION OF SPARE
CONDUIT = 10 mm MIN.
(0.3937 in)
CF18 DRAW CABLE WITH SPARE CONDUIT
INSULATING CAPS + PROTECTION
AT THE END
END FITTING
INSTALLATION WITH PRESSURE SEAL:
CRIMPING CLAMP SEALING

COMPOUND
HARNESS OVERBRAID
CF18 DRAW CABLE WITH CONDUIT

INSULATING CAPS
SEALING
PRESSURE SEAL UNDRAINED

SPARE CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00110001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Overbraided Conduits - Spare Conduit and Cable ABS5315
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
BONDING CLAMP CLAMP
P_SP_203332_D1_00120001_01_01
Figure 20-33-32-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Screened, Convoluted Conduits - Attachments and Bonding

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
Figure 20-33-32-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
EXISTING NEW
WIRES WIRES 200 mm
(7.87 in)
SPLICES LACING TAPE SHRINKABLE HALAR CONDUIT

TUBING
SELF-WELDING
TAPE (ABS5334A01B)
P_SP_203332_D1_00140001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
100 mm
(3.94 in)
50 mm 25 mm 5 mm
(1.97 in) (0.98 in) (0.197 in)
HALAR CONDUIT LACING TAPE SHRINKABLE END OF

TUBING THE WIRES
SELF-WELDING
TAPE (ABS5334A01B)
P_SP_203332_D1_00150001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0015-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Protection at the End of Conduits

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1: BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

TAPE ABS5334A01
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE

STEP 2: ABS0940
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID NSA8420- 7
EMI SLEEVE
P_SP_203332_D1_00160001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0016-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection - With a
Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3: LACING TAPE METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP

NSA8420- 7 E0805- 0 2
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
STEP 4: SPLIT SUPPORT

2 LAYERS OF PTFE SLEEVE ABS0940
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5334A01
EMI PROTECTION
HARNESS
METALLIC CLAMPING
METALLIC BRAID LACING TAPE STRIP E0805-02
OF CONDUIT NSA8420-7 LACING TAPE
NSA8420-7
P_SP_203332_D1_00170001_01_00
Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
STEP 1:

METALLIC BRAID ABS0940
STEP 2:
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
EMI SLEEVE
P_SP_203332_D1_00180001_01_00
Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3: LACING TAPE METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP

NSA8420- 7 E0805- 0 2
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
STEP 4: SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE

2 LAYERS OF PTFE ABS0940
METALLIC BRAID ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
OF CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5334A01
EMI PROTECTION
HARNESS METALLIC CLAMPING

STRIP E0805-02
LACING TAPES LACING TAPE
EXTERNAL PROTECTION NSA8420-7 NSA8420-7
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00190001_01_00
Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
BLACK SELF ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
JOINER ABS0886
STEP 2:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Links with Other EMI Protection - With
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP 2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE

STEP 3: E0805- 0 2 TAPE ABS5330
STEP 4:

(PEEK OR PTFE) 2 LAYERS OF PTFE TAPE ABS5334A01 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS
METALLIC CLAMPING EMI PROTECTION
METALLIC BRIAD
STRIP E0805-02 JOINER
OF CONDUIT
ABS0886
P_SP_203332_D1_00210001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
EXTERNAL PROTECTION ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT JOINER ABS0886
(PEEK OR PTFE) METALLIC CLAMPING
S T R I PE0805- 0 2
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7

TAPE ABS5334A01
EMI PROTECTION
P_SP_203332_D1_00220001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1: BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS
ADAPTOR
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00230001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
METALLIC BRAID BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
OF CONDUIT ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE

TAPE ABS5330
STEP 4:
TRANSITION ABS0885
P_SP_203332_D1_00240001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 5:
METALLIC BRAID METALLIC CLAMPING

OF CONDUIT STRIP E0805- 0 2
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
TRANSITION ABS0885
2 LAYERS OF
PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
TAPE ABS5330 ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
STEP 6:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE EMI PROTECTION

TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00250001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
METALLIC CLAMPING
EXTERNAL PROTECTION STRIP E0805- 0 2
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
HARNESS 2 LAYERS OF PTFE

ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
(PEEK OR PTFE) ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 7
STEP 5:
TRANSITION ABS0885
P_SP_203332_D1_00260001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 6:
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
LACING TAPE HARNESS
NSA8420- 7
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
CONVOLUTED
CONDUIT 2 LAYERS OF
(PEEK OR PTFE) PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330 TRANSITION ABS0885
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334 OR PTFE
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
STEP 7:
EMI PROTECTION
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00270001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
STEP 2: SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
STEP 3:
TERMINAL LUG BONDING BRAID DAN416 GN

NSA936507 TG1010
METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP 2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

E0805- 0 2 ABS5330
P_SP_203332_D1_00280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination at Ends Without Harnesses
- With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TERMINAL LUG

METALLIC BRAID TAPE ABS5330 NSA936507 TG1010
OF CONDUIT
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT BONDING BRAID
(PEEK OR PTFE) DAN416 GN
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPES ABS5334A01
METALLIC CLAMPING
HARNESS STRIP E0805- 0 2
SPLIT SUPPORT
SLEEVE ABS0940
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00290001_01_00
- With a Split Support Sleeve (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21

TAPE ABS5334A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
STEP 2: SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE

ABS0940
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID OF CONDUIT NSA8420- 7
P_SP_203332_D1_00300001_01_00
- With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507 TG1010 BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP

E0805-02

2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
STEP 4:
2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TERMINAL LUG
TAPE ABS5330 NSA936507TG1010
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT CONVOLUTED CONDUIT BONDING BRAID
(PEEK OR PTFE) DAN416 GN
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
SPLIT SUPPORT
SLEEVE ABS0940
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPES ABS5334A01
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT HARNESS
LACING TAPES NSA8420- 7
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00310001_01_00
- With a Split Support Sleeve (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
END CAP
NSA935829
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
STEP 2:
LACING TAPES NSA8420 - 7

STEP 3:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 4:
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG1010
P_SP_203332_D1_00320001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 5:
TERMINAL LUG
3 LAPS ON 100 mm (3.94 in) NSA936507TG1010
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
HARNESS
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
METALLIC BRAID OF CONDUIT
END CAP NSA935829 FOR
PEEK CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00330001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
END CAP
NSA935829
EXTERNAL PROTECTION (MECHANICAL)

OF CONDUIT
STEP 2:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
STEP 3:
P_SP_203332_D1_00340001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0034-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protection at
Ends Without Harnesses
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010 BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
STEP 5:
TERMINAL LUG
3 LAPS ON 100 mm (3.54 in)
NSA936507TG1010
METAL BRAID CONVOLUTED CONDUIT

OF CONDUIT (PEEK OR PTFE)
HARNESS BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT LACING TAPES END CAP NSA935829 FOR
NSA8420- 7 PEEK CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0035-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Shielded Conduit Termination With External Protection at
Ends Without Harnesses
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
BACKSHELL
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID OF CONDUIT CONVOLUTED CONDUIT

(PEEK OR PTFE)
STEP 3:
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
P_SP_203332_D1_00360001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0036-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Connection of the Shielded Conduit to the Backshell - To a
Closed Backshell (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:

ABS5334A01
STEP 5:

ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT TAPE ABS5330 BACKSHELL
(PEEK OR PTFE)
CONNECTOR
HARNESS
METALLIC BRAID OF CONDUIT ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
P_SP_203332_D1_00370001_01_00
Closed Backshell (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION LACING TAPE NSA8420- 7

STEP 5:

ABS5334A01
STEP 6:
LACING TAPE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT NSA8420-7
(PEEK OR PTFE) BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
PTFE ADHESIVE ABS5334A01
METALLIC BRAID TAPE ABS5330
OF CONDUIT BACKSHELL
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
CONDUIT ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
P_SP_203332_D1_00380001_01_00
Closed Backshell (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
END CAP
NSA935829
BONDING BRAID
DAN416 GN
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
P_SP_203332_D1_00390001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0039-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Connection of the Shielded Conduit to the Backshell - To
an Open Backshell (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
STEP 6:
3 LAPS ON 100 mm END CAP NSA935829

(3.94 in) FOR PEEK CONDUIT
METALLIC BRAID BONDING BRAID

OF CONDUIT LACING TAPES DAN416GN
NSA8420- 7
CONNECTOR
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE OPEN BACKSHELL
TAPE ABS5334 A01
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
P_SP_203332_D1_00400001_01_00
an Open Backshell (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
END CAP NSA935829
EXTERNAL PROTECTION (MECHANICAL)

OF CONDUIT
STEP 2:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
STEP 3:
P_SP_203332_D1_00410001_01_00
an Open Backshell (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
STEP 7:
BONDING BRAID
3 LAPS ON 100 mm DAN416GN
(3.94 in)
END CAP NSA935829
LACING TAPES FOR PEEK CONDUIT
NSA8420-7
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
METALLIC BRAID BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

OF CONDUIT TAPE ABS5334 A01 OPEN BACKSHELL
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
P_SP_203332_D1_00420001_01_00
an Open Backshell (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:

ABS5334 A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT (PEEK OR PTFE)

ABS0940
STEP 2:
P_SP_203332_D1_00440001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0044-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With a
Split Support (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507 TG1010 BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
STEP 4:
METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP 2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

E0805- 0 2
ABS5330
STEP 5:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01

TERMINAL LUG
TAPE ABS5330
NSA936507TG1010
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805-02
BONDING BRAID
METALLIC BRAID DAN416GN
OF CONDUIT
HARNESS SPLIT SUPPORT ABS0940
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) LACING TAPES NSA8420- 7
P_SP_203332_D1_00450001_01_00
Split Support (Without External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
STEP 2:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
P_SP_203332_D1_00460001_01_00
Split Support (With External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP E0805- 0 2
STEP 5:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
P_SP_203332_D1_00470001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 6:

TAPE ABS5330
STEP 7:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01

TERMINAL LUG
TAPE ABS5330
NSA936507 TG1010
METALLIC CLAMPING
S T R I PE0805- 0 2
METALLIC BRAID BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
OF CONDUIT
HARNESS BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

TAPES ABS5334A01
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) LACING TAPES NSA8420- 7
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
P_SP_203332_D1_00480001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
STEP 2, 3 AND 4:

TAPE ABS5330 TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG1010
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 JOINER BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT METALLIC BRAID

(PEEK OR PTFE) OF CONDUIT
METALLIC CLAMPING BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

STRIPS E0805- 0 2 TAPES ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00490001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0049-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of a Shielded Conduit - With
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
STEP 2, 3 AND 4:
LACING TAPES TERMINAL LUG

NSA8420 - 7 NSA936507TG1010
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPES ABS5334A01 BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
JOINER
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
METALLIC CLAMPING TAPE ABS5330
STRIPS E0805- 0 2
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE (MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
P_SP_203332_D1_00500001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010

METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2 BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
METALLIC BRAID TRANSITION ABS0885
OF CONDUIT
HARNESS
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
CONVOLUTED TAPE ABS5334A01 OR
CONDUIT 2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
TAPE ABS5330
STEP 2:
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPS E0805-02
P_SP_203332_D1_00510001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
METALLIC CLAMPING TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010

STRIPS E0805- 0 2
CONVOLUTED BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) TRANSITION ABS0885
HARNESS BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

METALLIC BRAID 2 LAYERS OF TAPE ABS5334A01 OR
OF CONDUIT PTFE ADHESIVE PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
TAPE ABS5330
STEP 4:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00520001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010

METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
EXTERNAL PROTECTION BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
TRANSITION ABS0885
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
CONVOLUTED 2 LAYERS OF TAPE ABS5334A01 OR
CONDUIT PTFE ADHESIVE PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5330
ABS5330
METALLIC BRAID LACING TAPES
OF CONDUIT NSA8420 - 7
HARNESS
STEP 2:
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPS E0805-02
P_SP_203332_D1_00530001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
METALLIC CLAMPING TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010

STRIPS E0805- 0 2
BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT TRANSITION ABS0885
CONVOLUTED BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

CONDUIT 2 LAYERS OF TAPE ABS5334A01 OR
TAPE ABS5330
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
METALLIC BRAID LACING TAPES
OF CONDUIT NSA8420 - 7
HARNESS
STEP 4:

ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00540001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416 GN

STEP 2:
STEP 3:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507 TG1010
STEP 4:
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG1010
3 LAPS ON 100 mm (3.94 in)
BONDING BRAID
HARNESS DAN416GN
METALLIC BRAID
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT LACING TAPES OF CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE) NSA8420-7 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00550001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0055-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (Without
External Protection)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
STEP 2:
BONDING BRAID DAN416 GN
STEP 3:
P_SP_203332_D1_00560001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0056-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (With
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
BONDING BRAID
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG1010 DAN416 GN
STEP 5:
TERMINAL LUG
3 LAPS ON 100 mm (3.94 in) NSA936507TG1010
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT BONDING BRAID
HARNESS DAN416GN
LACING TAPES BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

EXTERNAL PROTECTION NSA8420 - 7
(MECHANICAL) OF TAPE ABS5334 A01
CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00570001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0057-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Intermediary Grounding of the Shielded Conduit (With
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
HARNESS
ADAPTOR
STEP 2:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(PEEK OR PTFE)
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
P_SP_203332_D1_00580001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0058-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of a Cable Without Protection of a Shielded
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 3:
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
HARNESS

ABS5334 A01 OR PTFE
CONVOLUTED ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
CONDUIT METALLIC BRAID
(PEEK OR PTFE) OF CONDUIT
2 LAYERS OF PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
STEP 4:
TRANSITION ABS0885
P_SP_203332_D1_00590001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 5:
METALLIC CLAMPING
METALLIC BRAID STRIPS E0805- 0 2
OF CONDUIT
HARNESS
TRANSITION ABS0885
CONVOLUTED 2 LAYERS OF
CONDUIT PTFE ADHESIVE
(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5330 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
2 LAYERS OF
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
STEP 6:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00600001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 4:
METALLIC CLAMPING
EXTERNAL PROTECTION STRIP E0805- 0 2
CONVOLUTED 2 LAYERS OF PTFE HARNESS

CONDUIT ADHESIVE TAPE
(PEEK OR PTFE) ABS5330
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
STEP 5:
TRANSITION ABS0885
P_SP_203332_D1_00610001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 6:
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPS E0805- 0 2
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT LACING TAPE EXTERNAL PROTECTION
NSA8420 - 7 (MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT
HARNESS
TRANSITION ABS0885
CONVOLUTED 2 LAYERS OF
CONDUIT PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5330 ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
2 LAYERS OF
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
STEP 7:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203332_D1_00620001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
LEADOUT OF UNPROTECTED CABLE OF SHIELDED CONDUIT WITH

EXTERNAL PROTECTION IN THE MIDDLE OF A HARNESS
ASSEMBLY 1 ASSEMBLY 2
200 mm
EXTERNAL PROTECTION (7.87 in) METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT OF CONDUIT
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT EMI PROTECTION

(PEEK OR PTFE)
UNPROTECTED CABLE
MECHANICAL PROTECTION
LEADOUT OF UNPROTECTED CABLE OF SHIELDED CONDUIT WITH

EXTERNAL PROTECTION BEHIND A BACKSHELL
200 mm
(7.87 in)
CONNECTOR
BACKSHELL
ASSEMBLY 1
P_SP_203332_D1_00650001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0065-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Lead-out of the Cable Without Protection of the Shielded
Conduit with an External Protection in the Middle of the Harness and Behind a Backshell (Not Recommended)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
BONDING OF SHIELDED CABLE ON SHIELDED CONDUIT WITH CONNECTOR PIN
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE

(PEEK OR PTFE) TAPE ABS5330 ABS5334 A01
METALLIC BRAID LACING TAPE

OF CONDUIT NSA8420 - 7 BACKSHELL
BONDING
CABLE
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
SHIELDED CABLE SOLDER SLEEVE

EXTERNAL PROTECTION ABS5334 OR PTFE
(MECHANICAL) OF CONDUIT ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIP E0805- 0 2
P_SP_203332_D1_00660001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0066-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Conduit -
With a Connector Pin
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
BONDING OF SHIELDED CABLE ON SHIELDED CONDUIT WITH OTHER EMI PROTECTION ON BACKSHELL
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT 200 mm
(7.87 in)
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
HARNESS
BONDING CABLE
CONNECTOR
SOLDER SLEEVE
SHIELDED CABLE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
BACKSHELL
(PEEK OR PTFE)
BONDING OF SHIELDED CABLE ON SHIELDED CONDUIT WITHOUT EMI PROTECTION ON BACKSHELL
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG1010
BONDING BRAID DAN416 GN
(UNPROTECTED CABLE) 100 mm

(3.94 in) MAX
P_SP_203332_D1_00670001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0067-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Bonding of the Shielded Cable on the Shielded Conduit -
With an other EMI Protection on the Backshell and Without an EMI Protection on the Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 1:
CUTTER
STEP 3:
E0718- 0 2 - 4 0
CONNECTOR
10 mm SHRINKING ZONE
(0.39 in)
STEP 4:
15 mm
(0.59 in)
BACKSHELL
CONVOLUTED PEEK
CONDUIT ABS0887C06
P_SP_203332_D1_00630001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0063-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Flap
Track Connectors
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:21
STEP 5:

ABS5334A01
EXTERNAL PROTECTION LACING TAPE
PTFE ADHESIVE NSA8420 - 7
TAPE ABS5330
BACKSHELL
HARNESS
HEAT-SHRINKABLE
SLEEVE E0718- 0 2 - 0 4
CONNECTOR
METALLIC BRAID
OF CONDUIT
METALLIC
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT CLAMPING GROMMET
(PEEK OR PTFE) STRIP
E0805- 0 2
SHRINKING ZONE 10 mm
(0.39 in)
40 mm
(1.57 in)
LOCKWIRE
P_SP_203332_D1_00640001_01_00
Figure 20-33-32-0064-0001 (SHEET 1) - Metallic Conduit - Special Conditions - Adaptation Procedure for the Flap
Track Connectors
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-33-01 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
20-33-33-01 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0125 ABS0127 ABS0514

ABS0596 ABS0885 ABS0890
ABS0932 ABS0935 ABS0940
ABS1552 ABS2216 ABS2413
ABS2418 ABS533 ABS5330
ABS5334 ABS5334A01 ASNA5107
ASNA5107B DAN416 DAN416GN
E0389 E0502 E0507
E0559 E0805 EN4165
EN4674 EN6049 EN6049-006/007
NSA8420 NSA935401 NSA935403
NSA936507 NSA936507TG NSA937201
NSA937212
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation for flexible conduits. As a general rule, flexible conduits are it
ems used for mechanical protection of harnesses with more flexibility (hinges) or segregation (arc-tracking pr
otection), but this is related to the types of flexible conduits and the areas. For more information Ref. ESPM 2
0-33-30-02 (conduit selection paragraph).
This family of conduits is flexible with a larger bend radius than convoluted conduits.
The main flexible conduits installed on aircraft are divided into 2 sub-families and have the codes that follow:
A. Open (split) Conduits:
- ABS0514 - Split PTFE conduit

- ABS0596 - Split elastomer conduit
- ABS1552 - Split textile conduit
- ABS2413 - Split textile conduit
- ABS2418 - Split shielded textile conduit
- E0507 - Split textile conduit
- EN4674-003 - Split shielded textile conduit
- EN6049-005 - Split textile conduit
- EN6049-009 - Split textile conduit.
B. Closed Conduits:
- ABS0125 - Fuel immersion conduit

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- ABS0890 - Braided conduit

- E0389 - High temperature conduit
- EN6049-003 - Expandable conduit
- EN6049-004 - Expandable conduit
- NSA937212 - High temperature conduit.
NOTE: You must not install split conduits in:

- Fire areas
- Inaccessible areas
- Fluid immersion areas.
2. P/N Information
A. ABS0514 (FAPE3)
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Identification - ABS0514
(1) P/N Identification
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE

ABS0514 03
(2) P/N Characteristics
(a) Material code
MATERIAL COLOR
POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE (PTFE) NATURAL
(b) Temperature
- Minimum operating temperature is -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F).

(3) Installation Procedure

If access to raceway is limited due to installation behind structure, the fairleads, which are provi
ded for spare wire provision, must be replaced with PTFE conduits ABS0514 within this zone.
These conduits are installed into the channels and on top of any wires, and secured by a retainer
(e.g. ABS0127) or cable ties NSA935401.
If cable ties are used, the raceway design must incorporate design features to prevent their later
al movement (e.g. slots on raceway top edge).
B. ABS0596 (FAPE3)
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - ABS0596

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE SIZE CODE

ABS0596 M 001
(a) Material code
- This type of conduit is made of woven aramid and moulded in silicone elastomer.
- It gives mechanical and electrical protection to the harness.
- The conduit material can be of red or brown color.
(b) Temperature

- Maximum operating temperature is 255 deg.C (491.00 deg.F) and 260 deg.C (500.
00 deg.F) for 168 operating hours maximum.
(c) Type code
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION

M DOUBLE CHANNEL SECTION
S SPLIT TUBE SECTION
U SINGLE CHANNEL SECTION
(d) Size code
SIZE CODE DIMENSION D DIMENSION F SUPPLY LENGTH

001 8 mm (0.31 in.) 8 mm (0.31 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
002 18 mm (0.71 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
Table - M code
CONDUIT TH
ICKNESS (± INNER DIAMETER B ± 1
SIZE CODE SUPPLY LENGTH
0.25 mm (0. mm (0.04 in.)
01 in.))
001 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
002 9 mm (0.35 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
003 18 mm (0.71 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
004 1.95 mm (0.0 6.5 mm (0.26 in.) 1000 mm (39.37 in.)
005 8 in.) 9 mm (0.35 in.) 1000 mm (39.37 in.)
006 18 mm (0.71 in.) 1000 mm (39.37 in.)
007 25 mm (0.98 in.) 1000 mm (39.37 in.)
008 38 mm (1.5 in.) 1000 mm (39.37 in.)
Table - S code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SIZE CODE DIMENSION D SUPPLY LENGTH

001 18 mm (0.71 in.) 300 mm (11.81 in.)
Table - U code

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - ABS0596
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation on Backshell - ABS0596S, ABS1552, E0559, EN604
9-003/004/005/006/007
- Step 1: Measure the size of the harness with a diameter tape measure.
- Select the conduit size code in relation to the diameter of the harness and the overla
p length.
- Step 2: Cut the conduit to the applicable length with Kitcofo SCISSORS (0700-3315) (08R
C6) or equivalent.
- Step 3: Install an open conduit ABS0596 on the harness.
- Step 4: Attach the open conduit ABS0596 with cable ties NSA935401 (F6198) or lacing ta
pes NSA8420-7 with the applicable dimensions.
- Step 5: Put the harness into the conduit and safety with NSA935401 (F6198) cable Attach
along its length at approximately intervals.
NOTE: After installation, it is necessary for the overlap angle of the conduit to be 90 deg.
minimum. If not, replace it with the subsequent larger size.
C. ABS1552 (FAPE3)


ABS1552 - 05
(a) Material code
- This type of conduit is made of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) monofilament.

- It gives mechanical protection to the harness.
- The conduit material can be black with white line.
(b) Temperature

(c) Size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SIZE CODE INNER DIAMETER SUPPLY LENGTH L

1 mm (0.04 in.) TO 5 mm (0.2 i
05 150 m (492.13 ft.)
n.)
5 mm (0.2 in.) TO 8 mm (0.31 i
08 100 m (328.08 ft.)
n.)
8 mm (0.31 in.) TO 13 mm (0.51
13 50 m (164.04 ft.)
in.)
13 mm (0.51 in.) TO 19 mm (0.7
19
5 in.)
19 mm (0.75 in.) TO 25 mm (0.9
25
8 in.)
25 m (82.02 ft.)
25 mm (0.98 in.) TO 32 mm (1.2
32
6 in.)
32 mm (1.26 in.) TO 38 mm (1.5
38
in.)

9-003/004/005/006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Procedure - ABS1552
NOTE: It is only permitted to use open conduit ABS1552 in some conditions. This conduit is us
ed for the protection of overbraided harnesses to replace overbraided halar (external pr
otection).
NOTE: Open conduit ABS1552 must be installed only on the straight parts of the harness when
the external protection given by the machine is not possible.
- Step 1: Measure the size of the overbraided harness with a diameter tape measure and se
lect the conduit size in relation to the overbraided diameter at the rear of the backshell an
d the overlap length.
- Cut the conduit to the applicable length with conduit cutting scissors Kitcofo SCISSO
RS (0700-3315) (08RC6) or equivalent.
- Install the open conduit ABS1552 on the overbraided harness where the backshell st
arts.
- Step 2: Protect the metallic harness.
NOTE: After installation, it is necessary for the overlap angle of the conduit to be 90 deg.
minimum. If not, replace it with the subsequent larger size.
- Step 3: Attach the open conduit ABS1552 onto the backshell with a cable tie NSA935401
or lacing tape NSA8420-7.
D. ABS2413 and EN6049-006/007

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-006 and EN6049-007

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
TRACER LINE IDE

STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE SIZE CODE NTIFICATION COD COLOR CODE
E
ABS2413 A 05 Y 5
TRACER LINE IDENT

STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE COLOR CODE
IFICATION CODE
EN6049-006 R
05 5
EN6049-007 -
(a) Material code
- For ABS2413
- This type of conduit is made of multi-filament meta-aramid fibers and polyphe
nylene sulfide (PPS) monofilament.
- For EN6049–006/007
This type of conduit is made of meta-aramid and:
- Polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) monofilament fibers (for EN6049-006).
- Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) multifilament fibers (for EN6049-007).
- EN6049-006 is used to give mechanical protection to the harness.
- EN6049-007 is used to give mechanical and electrical protection to the harnes
s.
(b) Temperature
- For ABS2413 and EN6049-006:

- For EN6049-007:
- Maximum operating temperature is 260 deg.C (500 deg.F).
(c) Size code
- For ABS2413 and EN6049-006/007

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SIZE COD
INNER DIAMETER OVERLAP ANGLE SUPPLY LENGTH L
E
1 mm (0.04 in.) TO 5 mm
05 150 m (492.13 ft.)
(0.20 in.)
5 mm (0.20 in.) TO 8 mm
08 100 m (328.08 ft.)
(0.31 in.) MINIMUM 65 deg.
8 mm (0.31 in.) TO 13 m MAXIMUM 130 deg.
13 50 m (164.04 ft.)
m (0.51 in.)
13 mm (0.51 in.) TO 16 m
16
m (0.63 in.)
16 mm (0.63 in.) TO 19 m
19
m (0.75 in.)
19 mm (0.75 in.) TO 25 m
25 25 mm (0.98 in.)
m (0.98 in.) MINIMUM 70 deg.
25 mm (0.98 in.) to 32 m MAXIMUM 110 deg.
32
m (1.26 in.)
32 mm (1.26 in.) TO 40 m
40
m (1.57 in.)
(d) Tracer line identification code
- There are two tracer lines on conduit ABS2413:

- The outer tracer line (yellow color) for identification.
- The inner tracer line (yellow or other light color) to show the minimum overlap
and the maximum permitted harness diameter for which the conduit can oper
ate.
- This line is used to identify the EN6049-006/007 conduit type:
- Red tracer line (R): Arm systems.
- Pink tracer line (P): Fuel systems.
- Dash (-): No tracer line.
(e) Color code
- For ABS2413
- 5 = Olive
- For EN6049-006/007
- 2 = Red
- 3 = Orange
- 5 = Olive green.
(a) Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 on a harness (applicable whe

n the harness has no protection)
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Harness (Applicable
when the Harness has No Protection) - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

- Step 1: Measure the size of the harness with a diameter tape measure.
- Select the conduit size code in relation to the diameter of the harness and the
overlap length.
- Cut the conduit to the applicable length (X + 60 mm (2.36 in.)) with conduit c
utting scissors Kitcofo SCISSORS (0700-3315) (08RC6) or equivalent. The mi
nimum recommended over length is 60 mm (2.36 in.).
NOTE: The cuts must be perpendicular to the length of the conduit.

- Step 2: Open the conduit and put it around the harness. Install the applicable identi
fication label(s). Make sure that the conduit overlap is correct.
- It must not be possible to see the tracer line.
- Step 3: Twist the conduit (3 twists in each 1 m (3.28 ft.) interval).
NOTE: If it is not physically feasible to twist the conduit, for example to local prote
ction (short distance, no fixation on backshells), the tying pitch can be redu
ced locally to make sure that the tracerline is not visible.
- Step 4: Attach cable ties NSA935401 (if possible) or lacing tape NSA8420-7. Start a
t a backshell, and obey the applicable intervals.
- If the harness diameter is more than 40 mm (1.57 in.), you must select the a
pplicable number of conduits and the conduit size as follows:
NOTE: In this condition, it is not necessary to twist the conduit.
DIAMETER OF HARNESS SIZE OF CONDUIT QUANTITY OF CONDUIT

40 mm (1.57 in.) 40 1
50 mm (1.97 in.) 25 2
60 mm (2.36 in.) 32 2
40 2
70 mm (2.76 in.)
25 3
80 mm (3.15 in.) 40 2
90 mm (3.54 in.) 32 3
100 mm (3.94 in.) 40 3
(b) End of conduit
- Step 1: Put the conduit on the harness.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - End of Co
nduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Step 2: Attach the harness with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 at a d
istance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the edge of the conduit.
- Step 3: The pieces of lacing tape NSA8420 must be a distance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) f
rom each other.
NOTE: If the cables are connected to a connector without backshell, the conduit m
ust cover as long as possible the cables. The conduit must not stress the wi
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
res.
(c) Installation of a conduit to an open backshell with strain relief clamp

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell with strain
relief clamp
relief clamp
This process must be applied only to connect the open conduit to a backshell. For each co
nduit, check the dimensions aspect and apply the appropriate method.
NOTE: No direct contact between the cables and the strain relief clamp.
(d) Installation of a conduit to an open backshell with strain relief

relief
- Step 1: Cut the conduit to the correct length according to the backshell.
- Step 2: In order to improve the center and the attachment on the strain relief, appl
y the tape NSA935403, ASNA5107 or ABS5334 inside the open conduit and NSA935
403 or ASNA5107 above the open conduit to reach the appropriate diameter.
(e) Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 conduit to ABS2216 backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 conduit to A
BS2216 backshell
(f) Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell
- Step 1:
- Measure the size of the harness with a diameter tape measure.
- Select the conduit size code in relation to the diameter of the harness and the
overlap length.
- Cut the conduit to required length with scissors.
- Install the conduit on rear of backshell and fix it by crimping a metallic clampi
ng strip E0805.
When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. The metallic
clamping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip slips, repeat st
ep 1.
- Step 2: Wrap the metallic clamping strip with PTFE adhesive tape on 2 layers.
- Step 3: Wrap the rear of the backshell with black self-adhering tape ABS5334.
NOTE: Overlap must be 50%.
(g) Attaching open sleeve to ABS1069 and ABS0699 backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching open sleeve to ABS1069 and ABS0699 backsh
ell
- To get the applicable diameter, wrap the wires with tape NSA935403, ASNA5107 or
ABS5334.
- Install the open sleeve on the tape inside the backshell.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Attach the conduit with a cable tie NSA935401. The cable tie head must be inside th
e backshell in order to avoid clash.
(h) Installation of conduit ABS2413 to conduit EN6049-006/007

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS2413 to conduit EN6049-006/
007
(i) Particular case for OHDS connecting cable

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Particular case for OHDS connecting cable
If at the end of the rear connector is enough space, attach the open conduit with a metalli
c clamping strip (refer to (g) Installation of an open sleeve to ABS1069 and ABS0699 back
shells).
If not:
- Step 1: Install a first layer of tape ASNA5107 to adapt the difference in diameter be
tween the wire and crimped piece. Then install a second layer as near as possible to
the connector and above the first layer.
- Step 2: Install the open sleeve and attach it with two lacing tape NSA8420 or cable
tie NSA935401.
(j) Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 on coaxial connector

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Coaxial Connector -
ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Install the open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049–006/007 as near as possible to the co
nnector and attach it with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
NOTE: If you can see the tracer line, the conduit must be replaced with a larger co
nduit.
(k) Installation of a larger conduit
- If you can see the tracer line of an open conduit that covers a components (for exa
mple backshell, connector, etc.):
- Step 1: Install the conduit on the harness. Make sure that the distances are c
orrect.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a larger conduit - ABS2
413 and EN6049-006/007
- Step 2: Cut the conduit to a minimum of 15 mm (0.59 in.) from the second pi
ece of lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 3: Attach the conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
NOTE: If the cables are connected to a connector without backshell, the cond
uit must cover as long as possible the cables. It must not stress the w
ires (no effort/constraints on wires).
(l) Installation of symmetrical derivation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Condu
it - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Step 1: Install a cover on the branches and attach them with lacing tape NSA8420-
7.
- Obey the applicable intervals.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of
Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 2: Install the open conduit on the main harness and attach it with lacing tape
NSA8420-7.
- Obey the applicable intervals.
- Step 3: Cut the open conduit to the applicable length with conduit cutting scissors K
itcofo SCISSORS (0700-3315) (08RC6) or equivalent and install it on derivation.
- Make sure that the dimensions are correct.
- Attach the open conduit with cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tapes NSA8420-7
in the appropriate locations.
(m) Installation of asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 to

make a derivation with 2 branches
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Cond
uit to Make a Derivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Step 1: Install a cover on the branches and the main harness.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneou
s Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit to Make a D
erivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Step 2: Put the derivation(s) with sheathed into the open conduit of the main harne
ss.
- Attach the open conduit with lacing tape NSA8420 in the appropriate location
s.
- Step 3: Attach the branch to the main harness.
(n) Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 with main harness without pr
otection and secondary harness with protection
- The derivation lets you remove a harness quickly with opening of the open conduit.
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Main Harness
without Protection and Secondary Harness with Protection - ABS2413 or EN6049-00
6/007
- Step 1: Put a open conduit on the secondary harness but keep the main harness wit
hout protection.
- Step 2: Attach the open conduit with cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tapes NSA842
0-7 in the appropriate locations.
(o) Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 with star derivation cables th
at are fully protected
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Star Derivation Cab
les that are Fully Protected - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Star Derivation Cab
les that are Fully Protected - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Step 1: Put the open conduit fully on the T derivation.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Condui
ts - Installation of an Open Conduit with Star Derivation Cables that are Fully Protec
ted - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- Obey the given locations.
- Step 3: Put the open conduit on the junction and the harness.
- Obey the applicable distances.
- Step 4: Attach the open conduit with cable cable ties NSA935401 or lacing tape NS
A8420-7.
- Obey the given locations.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 5: Do the same procedure for the other two junctions.
(p) Special installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
1 Overlap tolerance
- If you can see the tracer line on an open conduit installed on electrical standa
rd items (for example splices, diodes, etc.) or on cables without protection (w
hich includes the bonding lead):
- You can install an additional open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/-00
7of a larger size.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Special Installation o
f an Open Conduit - Overlap Tolerance - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
- The length of the piece of open conduit that you add must not be more
than 150 mm (5.91 in.).
2 Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 and an open conduit E

N4674-003/004 on a closed backshell
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN60
49-006/007 and an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
- The tying for mechanical protection must be installed between the backshell
nut and the metallic clamping strip E0805. You must select an applicable tyin
g device for the area as in Ref. ESPM 20-56-51-03.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Co
nduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 and an
Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
- Step 1: Install the open conduit above the backshell with lacing tape NSA842
0.
- Step 2: Fold back the open conduit and wind 2 turns of black self-adhesive ta
pe NSA935401 around it.
3 Installation of EN6049-006/007 or ABS2413 and EN4674-003/004 conduit on backs

hell EN4165 multi or mono module
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 + EN
4674-003004 conduit on backshell EN4165 multi or mono module
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 + EN
4674-003004 conduit on backshell EN4165 multi or mono module
- Step 1: Tie the conduit at 30 mm (1.18 in.) from the end of the chimney.
- Step 2: Tie the conduit at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the first knot.
- Step 3: Install the conduit on the harness and tie it with a cable tie NSA9354
01 or lacing tape NSA8420 to maintain the conduit closed on the chimney.
NOTE: The cable tie NSA935401 is the tying device used by default and the
lacing tape NSA8420 is used only if it is specified by the Definition D
ossier.
- Step 4: Tie the conduit at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the end of the chimney with
lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 5: Tie the conduit at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the last knot and do the sa
me on each branch of the connector.
- Step 6: Repeat steps 1 to 5 for each branch of the multi-module EN4165.
4 Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 on an open backshell

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on an Open Backs

hell - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
5 Intermediate bonding lead of an open conduit EN4674 that goes through an open c
onduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
- The bonding lead length must be more than 250 mm (9.84 in.) when you inst
all mechanical protection (for example EN6049-006) on an open conduit EN4
674. The bonding lead DAN416GN must go through this mechanical protectio
n.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead of an Open C
onduit EN4674 that Goes Through an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-00
6/007 Protection
6 Symmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit A

BS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit EN46
74-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit EN46
7 Asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit

ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit EN4
- Step 1: Install the EMI conduit on the harness between 2 asymmetrical deriv
ations that are 120 mm (4.72 in.) from each other.
- Step 2: The flags on the picture show where to install split support conduits A
BS0940. Do not add flags on the harness. Install the open conduit ABS2413
or EN6049-006/007 on the branch and make 2 knots:
- One at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the end of the conduit and the other at 1
0 mm (0.39 in.) from the first knot.
- Step 3: You must make sure that the distances are correct. The knots of the
branch on the right can be on top of the black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A0
1.
8 Installation of a double opposite symmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-

003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Symmetrical Der
ivation of an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6
049-006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Symmetrical Der
ivation of an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6
049-006/007
- Step 1: Do the first knot and attach the conduit with lacing NSA8420-7.
- Step 2: Attach the conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7 at 10 mm (0.39 in.) fr
om the first knot.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 3: Do steps 1 and 2 again for all the branches of the derivation.
- Step 4: Cut a piece of open conduit ABS2413 between 160 mm (6.30 in.) an
d 260 mm (10.24 in.). Install it on the derivation and then attach it with lacin
g tape.
- Step 5: Attach the conduit with lacing tape 10 mm (0.39 in.) the knot you m
ade before.
9 Installation of a double opposite asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN467

4-003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Asymmetrical D
erivation of an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN
6049-006/007
6049-006/007
6049-006/007
6049-006/007
6049-006/007
- Step 1: Do the first knot and attach the conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 2: Attach the conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7 at 10 mm (0.39 in.) fr
om the first knot.
- Step 3: Do steps 1 and 2 again for the opposite branches of the derivation.
- Step 4: Install the conduit on the other branches of the derivation.
- Step 6: Attach the two branches of the derivation together.
- Step 7: Attach the branches of the derivation separately.
- Step 8: Attach the conduit on the middle of the derivation, and do step 5 aga
in.
- Step 9: Attach the two branches of the derivation together.
- Step 10: Attach the branches of the derivation separately.
(q) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-006/007 across a feed-through bulkhead
1 General case
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Across a Feed-thr
ough Bulkhead - One Branch - EN6049-006/007
- Install this type of conduit for a harness protected with a open conduit EN604
9-006/007 or ABS2413 across a feed-through bulkhead (for example ABS093
2 with nut ABS0935) with or without EMI protection (EN4674/overbraiding).
- TORQUE the nut ABS0935 on the adaptor bulkhead ABS0932.
2 Non continuous open conduit installation

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Install this type of conduit for a harness protected with a open conduit EN604
9-006/007 or ABS2413 across a feed-through bulkhead (for example ABS093
2 with nut ABS0935) with or without EMI protection (EN4674/overbraiding).R
ef. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Across a Fee
d-through Bulkhead - One Continuous Branch - EN6049-006/007
3 Continuous open conduit installation
- Install this type of conduit for a harness with 2 branches protected with an op
en conduit EN6049-006/007 or ABS2413 across a feed-through bulkhead (for
example ABS0932 with nut ABS0935) with or without EMI protection (EN467
4/overbraiding).Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Con
duit Across a Feed-through Bulkhead - Two Branches - EN6049-006/007
(4) Specific Installations (at Branches)
(a) Simple connection (open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 or rigid conduit NSA93580
5)
- On the main harness, a rigid conduit NSA935805 is connected to an open conduit A

BS2413 or EN6049-006/007.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation -
EN6049-006 and EN6049-007
E. ABS2418 (FAPE3)
TRACER LINE I
MATERIAL COD
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE DENTIFICATIO COLOR CODE
E
N CODE
ABS2418 A 05 - 5
(a) Material code
- This type of conduit is made of:

- Meta-aramid multifilament fibers
- Polyetheretherketone (PEEK) monofilament fibers (for a conduit with two layer
s or more, the monofilament of the internal layer can be polyphenylene sulfide
(PPS))
- Nickel-plated copper metallic thread
- PTFE internal protection.
- It gives mechanical protection, EMI shielding and electrical protection to the harnes
s.
(b) Temperature

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Maximum operating temperature is 200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F) and 260 deg.C (500.
00 deg.F) for 100 operating hours maximum.
(c) Size code

SIZE CABLE HARNESS OVERLAP ANGLE (see Note (1)) LENGTH (L) (see
CODE DIAMETER MINIMUM MAXIMUM Note (2))
0 mm (0.00 in.) T
05 100 -0.10 m or +
O 5 mm (0.20 in.)
0.10 m (328.08 -0.
5 mm (0.20 in.) T 33 ft. or +0.33 ft.)
08
O 8 mm (0.31 in.) 65 DEGREES 130 DEGREES
8 mm (0.31 in.) T 50 -0.10 m or +0.
13 O 13 mm (0.51 i 10 m (164.04 -0.3
n.) 3 ft. or +0.33 ft.)
13 mm (0.51 in.) T
16 O 16 mm (0.63 i
n.)
16 mm (0.63 in.) T
19 O 19 mm (0.75 i
n.)
19 mm (0.75 in.) T
25 O 25 mm (0.98 i
n.) 25 -0.10 m or +0.
70 DEGREES 110 DEGREES 10 m (82.02 -0.33
25 mm (0.98 in.) T ft. or +0.33 ft.)
32 O 32 mm (1.26 i
n.)
32 mm (1.26 in.) T
38 O 38 mm (1.50 i
n.)
38 mm (1.50 in.) T
45 O 45 mm (1.77 i
n.)
Note (1): The overlap angle must be measured on the textile layer.
Note (2): The length is given only for procurement.
(d) Tracer line identification code
- There are three tracer lines on conduit ABS2418:

- The first and the second tracer lines identify the applicable conduit.
- The third tracer line shows the minimum overlap and gives the maximum per
mitted bundle diameter for which the conduit can operate.
(e) Color code
- 5 = Olive
(3) Special installation procedure of ABS2418

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- You must twist the conduit to prevent opening of the conduit in the bends.
- You must twist the conduit minimum 2 times and maximum 3 times in each 1 m (3.28 ft.)
interval.
(a) Removal of the internal protection of an open conduit ABS2418

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of an Open Conduit -
ABS2418
- Step 1: It is necessary to remove the PTFE internal protection (with your hands) to
do an electrical continuity check on a minimum of 60 mm (2.36 in.).
- Step 2: Use tweezers to remove the PTFE internal protection.
NOTE: It is necessary to make sure that you do not cause damage to the seam or
the conduit with the tweezers.
- Step 3: It is permitted to use some pieces of PTFE on the textile conduit (but not on
the EMI conduit).
(b) Installation of a higher open sleeve

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve
This process is provided when tracer line of the open sleeve is visible while covering an ite
m (backshell, connector, etc.).
NOTE: This process can be used if the conduit ABS2418 Size 2 is replaced by the condui
ts EN4674-04 and EN6049.
- Step 1:
- Install the open sleeve Size 1 and fold back the textile sleeve.
- Install the lacing tape NSA8420 on the open sleeve Size 1.
- Step 2: Cut the conduits of the branches to the necessary length.
- Step 3:
- Install the sleeve ABS2418 Size 2 on the harness and fold back the textile slee
ve.
- Attach the two EMI sleeves together with a temporary cable tie NSA935401 or
lacing tape NSA8420.
- Step 4:
- Install a metallic clamping strip E0805 at the middle of the split support.
ep 4.
- Remove the temporary cable tie NSA935401 or the lacing tape NSA8420 from
the assembly.
If you do not use the "Total" measurement method, do an electrical measurem
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 5: Pull back the textile part of the sleeve ABS2418 Size 1 and cover the assem
bly. The tracer line of the conduit can be visible only over the split support.
- Step 6: Pull back the textile part of the sleeve ABS2418 Size 2 and cover the assem
bly.
- Step 7: Install two lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 with a distance bet
ween of 50 mm (1.97 in.).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(c) Installation of the split support between ABS2418, EN4674-003/004, EN6049-006/007 an

d bonding braid
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between ABS2418, EN46
74-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between ABS2418, EN46
74-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
- Step 1:
- Measure the diameter "D" of the harness. Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5
334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the harness from the saddle b
ars to the split support position.
NOTE: This step is important because it protects the cable and safeties the s
plit support conduit ABS0940 when the metallic clamp tightens.
- Cut a piece of ABS2418 (same size than the harness) on a length of 80 mm
(3.15 in.) maximum and remove the textile part of the conduit.
- Step 2: Install the conduit on the split support and tie it on each side in order to mi
nimize the size of the hole onto the split support. Temporary cable tie NSA935401 o
r lacing tape NSA8420 can be used.
- Step 3:
- Cut the PTFE protection to the necessary length.
- Install the conduit ABS2418 on the harness and foldback the textile part of th
e conduit.
- Step 4: Install the EMI conduits together with a temporary lacing tape NSA8420 or
cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 5: Cut a braid DAN416GN to 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crimp a lug NSA936507T
G.
- Step 6:
- Install a metallic clamping strip E0805 to the open conduit at the middle of th
e split support. Remove the temporary cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape NS
A8420 from the assembly.
When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. Systematical
ly check that the metallic clamping strip does not slip. If the clamping strip slip
s, repeat step 6.
- If you do not use the "Total" measurement method, do an electrical measurem
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Install the textile part of the conduit ABS2418, then the conduit EN6049-006/
007, and attach the two textile conduits with lacing tape NSA8420.
- Step 7: Wrap the assembly with self-adhering tape ABS5334.
(d) Symmetrical derivation of an open conduit ABS2418 with a split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit with a Split
Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: To give internal protection at the transition between the conduits, wind blac
k self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the cable
s as far as the main harness.
- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness. Select the dimension of the split s
upport conduit ABS0940.
NOTE: The overlap must be 50%.

- Step 3: Install the split support conduit on the harness where the open conduit ABS
2418 of the main harness stops.
NOTE: If the split support moves along the harness, it is necessary to wind black s
elf-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
- Select the dimension of the conduit (for the main harness) in relation to the h
arness diameter.
- Cut the open conduit ABS2418 of the main harness to the necessary length. O
bey the position of the derivation point and the overlap.
- Fold the textile conduit to a length of approximately 60 mm (2.36 in.).
- Step 4: Attach the EMI conduit 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the split support conduit.
- Step 5: Select the dimension of the conduit (for the branches) in relation to the har
ness diameter.
- Cut the conduits of the branches to the necessary length.
- Remove the internal protection and cut the EMI conduit (refer to 2.D.(3).(a).
Removal of the internal protection of the open conduit ABS2418).
- Step 6: Install all the conduits on the branches and attach them as close as possible
to the split support conduit.
- Step 7: Attach the conduits of the branches together on the other side of the split s
upport with a temporary lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 8: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit at the center of the split
support. Remove the temporary lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 from
the assembly. When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. Th
e metallic clamping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip slips, rep
eat step 8.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 9: Put the cover first on the main harness and then on the branches with the t
extile conduits.
- Step 10: Attach the branches as near as possible to the split support conduit.
- You can use a temporary cable tie NSA935401 on the main harness.
- Step 11:
- Attach all the branches together.
- Attach all the conduits together and remove the temporary cable tie and repla
ce it with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
(e) Symmetrical derivation of open conduit ABS2418 at closed backshell level

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical derivation at closed backshell level
Tie the metallic layer as close as possible to the backshell and then install the metallic cla
mping strip.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
NOTE: The metallic clamping strip must be installed before tying the metallic layer as cl
ose as possible to the backshell (without creating constrains on wires).
NOTE: This process is also applicable for a bulkhead. In this case, the lacing tape NSA84
20 or cable tie NSA935401 installed on the backshell by a self-adhering tape ABS
5334 must be replaced.
(f) Asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit ABS2418 with split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit with a Split
- Step 2: Wind self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 arou
nd the harness.
- This step gives protection to the cable and make sure that the split support co
nduit is tightly in position.
- Step 3: Install the split support conduit on the harness.
NOTE: If the split support conduit moves along the harness, it is necessary to wind
self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
- Step 4: Select the dimension of conduit in relation to the harness diameter. Install t
he open conduit ABS2418 on the main harness.
- The textile and the EMI open conduit must be separated on 100 mm (3.94 i
n.).
- Step 5: Select the dimension of the conduit (for the branches) in relation to the har
ness diameter. Remove the internal protection (refer to 2.D.(3).(a). Removal of the
internal protection of the open conduit ABS2418) and then pull back the textile con
duit.
- Install the open conduit ABS2418 on the branch and then attach the metallic b
raid with lacing tape NSA8420 at 60 mm (2.36 in.) from the end of the condui
t.
- Use temporary cable ties to connect the metallic braids around the split suppo
rt conduit ABS0940. The braid of the branch must be on the braid of the main
harness.
- Step 6: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit in the center of the split
support conduit.
When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. The metallic clam
ping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip slips, repeat step 6.
- Step 7: Remove the temporary cable ties from the assembly.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 8: Put the cover on the assembly with the textile part of the open conduit ABS
2418. The branch must be on the main harness.
- Then, attach the conduit with lacing tapes NSA8420 or cable ties NSA935401:
- One on each side of the split support conduit

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- One at 50 in. (1270.00 mm) from the split support conduit to attach the
harness and the branch together.
(g) Double opposite symmetrical derivation with split support

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite symmetrical derivation with split suppo
rt
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivation with Split Supp
ort - Installation
upport sleeve ABS0940.

- Step 3: Install the split support sleeve on the harness where the open conduit ABS2
elf-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
arness diameter.
- Install the conduits ABS2418 on one side of the split support (main harness a
nd branch) and foldback the textile and EMI parts of the conduits located on t
he split support. Attach the metallic part of each conduit with a lacing tape NS
A8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 4: First, install on the split support the EMI conduit of the branch, then the EM
I conduit of the main harness.
- Step 5: Attach the two EMI conduits together at 60 mm (2.36 in.) from the attach o
n the branches.
- Step 6: Install the conduits ABS2418 on the other side of the split support (main ha
rness and branch) and foldback the textile and EMI parts of the conduits located on
the split support. Attach the metallic part of each conduit with a lacing tape NSA842
0 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 7: First, install the EMI conduit of the branch, then the EMI conduit of the mai
n harness.
- Step 8:
- Attach the two EMI conduits together at 60 mm (2.36 in.) from the attach on t
he branches.
- Attach a metallic clamping strip E0805 to the open conduit at the middle of th
e split support. Remove the temporary lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA9
35401 from the assembly.
ep 8.
- If you do not use the "total" measurement method, do an electrical measurem
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 9:
- Pullback the textile parts of the ABS2418 open conduits and attach the textile
conduits of each side of the main harness and the branch with lacing tape NSA
8420.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Attach the two textile conduits on each side together with lacing tape NSA842
0 or cable tie NSA935401.
(h) Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with split support

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with split supp
ort
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with split supp
ort - Installation
- Step 1:
- To give internal protection at the transition between the conduits, wind black s
elf-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the ca
bles as far as the main harness.
- Measure the diameter "D" of the harness. Select the dimension of the split sup
port sleeve ABS0940.

- Step 2: Install the split support sleeve on the harness where the open conduit ABS2
elf-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables. Install the conduits ABS2
418 on the main harness.
arness diameter.
- Step 3: Install the conduits ABS2418 on the main harness. The textile and the EMI
open conduit can be separated on 160 mm (6.30 in.).
- Step 4: Install the EMI conduit on the main harness and attach it with 2 lacing tape
NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401(one on each side of the split support) separated b
y a distance of 60 mm (2.36 in.).
- Step 5: Install the conduits ABS2418 on each branch and foldback the textile and E
MI parts of the conduits located on the split support.
- Step 6: Install one EMI conduit of a branch on the split support, then attach it with
a lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 7:
- Install the other branch EMI conduit and attach it with a lacing tape NSA8420
or cable tie NSA935401.
e split support. Remove the temporary lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA9
35401 from the assembly.
ep 8.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 8: Pullback the textile part of the open conduit of the main harness and attach
it with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 9: Pullback the textile part of the open conduit of one branch.
- Step 10: Pullback the textile part of the open conduit of the other branch and attac
h the assembly with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(i) Installation of intermediary bonding braid on an open conduit ABS2418 with a split suppor
t conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Bonding Braid on an Open C
onduit with a Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
- Step 2: Wind self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 arou
nd the harness. Remove the internal protection and cut the EMI conduit (refer to 2.
D.(3).(a). Removal of the internal protection of the open conduit ABS2418).
- This procedure is important because it protects the cable and safeties the split
support conduit.
- Step 3: Install the split support conduit on the harness.
NOTE: If the split support conduit moves along on the harness, it is necessary to
wind self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
- Step 4: Cut a piece of conduit ABS2418 (maximum length 80 mm (3.15 in.)) and th
en remove the textile part of the conduit.
- Step 5: Install the conduit on the split support conduit and then attach it on each si
de. The hole on the split support conduit must be as small as possible. You can use
a temporary cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420.
- If temporary lacing tapes are used, they can be kept. Be careful the lacing tap
es can have an impact on the tracer line visibility on the main conduit.
- Step 6: Use a permanent marker to identify the location of the split support conduit
on the conduit of the main harness.
- Remove the PTFE protection inside the open conduit ABS2418 on minimum 30
mm (0.10 ft.) to maximum 50 mm (1.97 in.).
- The textile and the EMI open conduit must be separated on 100 mm (3.94 i
n.).
- Step 7: Cut a bonding braid DAN416GN to 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crimp a terminal l
ug NSA936507TG.
- Step 8: Install the harness in the conduit. The metal braid of the conduit must be o
n the hole. The conduit must be fully on the split support conduit.
- Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the metallic braid of the open conduit in the
center of the split support conduit.
- Step 9: Remove the temporary cable ties or lacing tape. If needed kept lacing tape
s.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 10: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the hole.
- Step 11: Attach the harness on each side of the split support conduit with lacing tap
e NSA8420.
- Step 12: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- The length must not be more than 50 mm (1.97 in.) on each side of the bondi
ng lead.
(j) Installation of intermediary bonding braid between open conduit ABS2418 and shielded co
nduit with split support ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid - Installation
- Step 1:
port conduit ABS0940.

- Install the split support sleeve on the harness where the open conduit ABS241
NOTE: If the split support moves along the harness, it is necessary to wind b
lack self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
- Install the convulted conduit, then the metallic conduit of the conduit and atta
ch it with lacing tape NSA8420.
- Step 2: Install the metallic conduit of ABS2418 and attach it with lacing tape NSA84
20.
- Step 3: Install the textile conduit of ABS2418 with lacing tape NSA8420.
- Step 4: Cut a braid DAN416GN to 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crimp a lug NSA936507T
G.
- Step 5:
- Attach a metallic clamping strip E0805 to the metallic braid of the open condui
t at the middle of the split support ABS0940
ep 5.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Install the textile conduit of EN6049 and attach it with lacing tape NSA8420 or
cable tie NSA935401.
(k) Stop of open conduit ABS2418 with bonding braid with split support ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open conduit ABS2418 with bonding braid with s
plit support ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open sleeve ABS2418 with bonding braid with sp
lit support ABS0940 - Installation
NOTE: The extra piece of EMI sleeve is needed only if the main open conduit is not close
d.
NOTE: Bonding braid must not exceed250 mm (9.84 in.).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1:

- Cut a piece of ABS2418 (same size than the harness) on a length of 80 mm
(3.15 in.) maximum and remove the textile part of the conduit. Install it on th
e split support.
- Step 2: Install the conduit on the split support and tie it with temporary lacing tape
NSA8420 on each side in order to minimize the size of the hole onto the split suppo
rt.
- Step 3: Take off the textile conduit and the internal protection of conduit ABS2418 a
nd cut them at the necessary length.
- Step 4: Install the conduit ABS2418 and tie the conduit at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from th
e end of the textile conduit with lacing tape NSA8420.
- Step 5:
- Cut a braid DAN416GN to 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crimp a lug NSA936507TG.
e split support.
ep 5.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 6: Wrap the head of metallic clamping strip with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330
on 2 layers. Wrap both ends of the extra EMI conduit with adhesive tape ABS5330 o
n 2 layers.
- Step 7: Wrap with self-adhering tape ABS5334 so as to have no cut metallic strands
exposed to external environment.
(l) Installation of open conduit ABS2418 to a closed backshell ABS2216 with a bonding wire o
n split support
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418 to a closed
backshell ABS2216
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418 to a closed
backshell ABS2216
NOTE: Installation order between ABS2216 braid sock and ABS2418 open conduit can b
e switched.
- Step 1:
- Install adhesive tape PTFE ABS5330 on all the length of the ABS2216 sock plu
s 35 mm (1.38 in.) minimum.
- Tighten the backshell onto the connector Ref. ESPM 20-33-45-01.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Strip the harness cables at 50 mm (1.97 in.) and tie them on each side of the
split support with lacing tape or PTFE.
- Step 2: Position the sock on the split support.
NOTE: If the diameter of the sock is higher than the diameter of the conduit, the E
MI conduit must be installed first on the split support.
- Step 3: Tie the sock as close as possible to the both sides of the split support with t
emporary lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 4:
- Cut the conduits of the branch at the good length.
- Use a permanent marker to identify the location of the split support.
- Remove the PTFE protection inside the conduit at minimum 60 mm (2.36 in.) f
rom the metallic braid.
NOTE: If temporary lacing tapes are used, they can be kept. Be careful, the l
acing tapes can have an impact on the tracer line visibility on the mai
n conduit.
- Step 5: Install the harness into the open conduit.
- Step 6: Attach the sock and the metallic braid on the split support conduit with a m
etallic clamping strip E0805.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Step 7: Tie the conduit as close as possible to the both sides of the split support wit
h lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401.
- Step 8: If the metallic clamping strip is visible, wrap first the metallic clamping strip
E0805 with ABS5330 and wrap the assembly with ABS5334 on 100 mm (3.94 in.)
maximum.
- If the conduit is not correctly closed on the backshell, it is possible to add a la
rger textile conduit ABS2418 (without EMI conduit) to cover the conduit ABS2
418.
NOTE: Overlap must be 50 %.
(m) Installation of an open conduit ABS2418 on an open backshell with a shield bond cable
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on an Open Backshell wi
th a Shield Bond Cable - ABS2418

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness. Wind black self-adhesive tape AB
S5334A01 or PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the harness from the saddle bars
to the split support position.
- This step is important because it protects the cable and safeties the split supp
ort conduit ABS0940 when the metallic clamp tightens.
- Step 2: Select the size of the split support conduit.
NOTE: If the split support conduit moves along the harness, it is necessary to wind
black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables.
- Step 3: Install the split support conduit on the harness. The length between the spli
t support conduit and the rear of the backshell must not be more than 70 mm (2.76
in.).
- Step 4: Position and attach the shielding cable with lacing tape NSA8420. Select the
dimension of the conduit in relation to the harness diameter.
- Step 5: Cut the open conduit ABS2418 as near as possible to the connector. Remov
e the internal protection of the conduit for 100 mm (3.94 in.) maximum and pull ba
ck the textile part of the conduit.
- Step 6: Install the conduit on the harness. Make sure that the internal protection m
ust end before the split support.
- Step 7: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the end of the metallic braid.
- Step 8: Cut the 2 bonding braids DAN416GN to 100 mm (3.94 in.) and crimp a ter
minal lug NSA936507TG.
NOTE: If the terminal lug is not applicable for the saddle bars, it is necessary to ad
d a spacer (for example NSA937905F).
- Step 9: Make sure that the insulation of the cable does not touch the backshell. Thu
s, you must wind black self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107B around the cables of
the saddle bar of the backshell to get the correct thickness.
For all possible solutions Ref. ESPM 20-33-45-01.
- Wind self-adhesive tape ASNA5107B around the end of the harness.
- Step 10: Install the lugs on the open backshell and tighten the screws of the clamp.
- Step 11: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit in the center of the spli
t support conduit.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. The metallic
clamping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip slips, repeat s
tep 11.
- Step 12: Attach the textile conduit between the saddle bars and the split support co
nduit. Make sure that you do not put too much force on the shield bond cable.
- Step 13: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the terminal lugs.
- Step 14: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the rear of the backsh
ell. No cut strands must be exposed.
(n) Installation of a connecting conduit ABS2418 on a closed backshell with a bond cable
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Closed Backshell wi
th a Bond Cable - ABS2418

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

around the cables give internal protection from the base of the connector and as far
as 10 mm (0.39 in.) minimum after the backshell.
- Install the backshell on the connector.

- Step 2: Attach the bond cable to the blue part of the backshell with PTFE adhesive t
ape ABS5330. Attach the end of the bonding cable with temporary adhesive tape to
make sure that the cable is on the knurled zone during the protection operation.
- Select the dimension of the conduit in relation to the harness diameter.
- Step 3: Cut the open conduit ABS2418 to make sure that the rear of the backshell i
s fully protected 10 mm (0.39 in.). Remove the internal protection of the open cond
uit ABS2418 (refer to 2.D.(3).(a). Removal of the internal protection of the open co
nduit ABS2418).
- Step 4: Install the open conduit on the rear of the backshell to fully protect the knu
rled zone 10 mm (0.39 in.).
- Pull back the textile conduit to install the metallic braid on the backshell.
- Step 5: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 on the open conduit at the rear of the backs
hell and remove the temporary adhesive tape.
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- If necessary, fold the braid onto the EMI conduit.
tep 5.
- Step 6: Put the cover on the assembly with the textile part of the conduit and attac
h it with a lacing tape NSA8420 or a cable tie NSA935401.
- The tracer line of the conduit must be visible only over the backshell.
(o) Installation of open conduit ABS2418 on a bulkhead

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulkhead
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulkhead
This process must be applied when an EMI open conduit ABS2418 is installed on a bulkhea
d.
NOTE: The harness must be centered to the entry of the bulkhead on the support strain
relief.
- Step 1:
- Install a mechanical protection EN6049-006/007, ABS2413 or reinforced tape
ASNA5107 on the harness.
- Fold back the textile part of the conduit ABS2418 and cut the internal PTFE pr
otection.
- Install the metallic layer of ABS2418 onto the bulkhead and attach it with a m
etallic clamping strip E0805.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ep 1.
- Step 2:
ent Ref. ESPM 20-53-32-02.
- Install the textile part of the conduit ABS2418 and attach it with a lacing tape
NSA8420.
- Step 3: Wrap the textile part with black self-adhering tape ABS5334. The black self-
adhering tape ABS5334 must not cover the hexagonal part of the bulkhead.
(4) Acceptance and rejection criteria of an open conduit ABS2418

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open Conduit - ABS24
18
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open Conduit - ABS24
18
F. E0507 (F6198)
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - E0507
Removable split textile conduit E0507 is superseded by EN6049 (I9005) -005.

E0507 B01 V
(a) Material
- This type of conduit is made of aromatic polyamide textile tape.
(b) Temperature

(c) Size code
SIZE CODE INNER DIAMETER D

B01 10 mm (0.39 in.)
B02 15 mm (0.59 in.)
B03 20 mm (0.79 in.)
C04 25 mm (0.98 in.)
C05 30 mm (1.18 in.)
(d) Color code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- V = Olive green

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - E0507
- Step 1: Measure the size of the harness with a diameter tape measure. If the harness is o
verbraided, measure the diameter with the overbraiding.
- Step 2: Select the applicable size. Refer to the IPC manual or to Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02.
- Step 3: Cut the conduit to the applicable length with conduit cutting scissors Kitcofo SCIS
SORS (0700-3315) (08RC6) or equivalent.

- Step 4: Wind the conduit around the harness.
- Step 5: Make sure that the gripping strips are locked. (The male self-gripping must cover t
he female strip as shown).
- Step 6: Safety with a cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) or lacing tape NSA8420- 7 at each en
d of the conduit.
G. EN4674 (I9005) -003/004

EN4674-003 and EN4674-004 are self-winding shielding protection conduits.
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics - EN4674-003 and EN4674-004
STANDARD CONDUIT TYP

SIZE CODE TAPE CODE
P/N E
EN4674 - 003 - 05 P
EN4674 - 004 - 05 P
(a) Material
- This type of conduit is made of polyphenylene sulfide (PPS) monofilaments and nick
el-plated copper cable.
- It gives Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection to the harness.
(b) Temperature

(c) Tracer line identification code

This line is used to identify the conduit type:
- Blue tracer line: Pressurized zone (EN4674-003).
- Red or pink tracer line: Unpressurized zone (EN4674-004).
(d) Size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SIZE CODE HARNESS DIAMETER

05 0 mm (0.0 in.) to 5 mm (0.2 in.)
08 5 mm (0.2 in.) to 8 mm (0.31 in.)
13 8 mm (0.31 in.) to 13 mm (0.51 in.)
16 13 mm (0.51 in.) to 16 mm (0.63 in.)
19 16 mm (0.63 in.) to 19 mm (0.75 in.)
25 19 mm (0.75 in.) to 25 mm (0.98 in.)
32 25 mm (0.98 in.) to 32 mm (1.26 in.)
38 32 mm (1.26 in.) to 38 mm (1.5 in.)
45 38 mm (1.5 in.) to 45 mm (1.77 in.)
(e) Tape code
- P = With internal protective tape

- W = Without internal protective tape.
(3) Special Installation Procedure for EN4674
(a) Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 and an open conduit EN4674
-003/004 on a closed backshell
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).2_ Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or E
N6049-006/007 and an open conduit EN4674-003/004 on a closed backshell.
(b) Installation of an open conduit EN4674 on an open backshell

For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).4_ Installation of an open conduit ABS2413 or E
N6049-006/007 on an open backshell.
(c) Intermediate bonding lead of an open conduit EN4674 that goes through an open conduit
ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).5_ Intermediate bonding lead of an open conduit
EN4674 that goes through an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection.
(d) Symmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS241
3 or EN6049-006/007 protection
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).6_ Symmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN
4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection.
(e) Asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS24
13 or EN6049-006/007 protection
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).7_ Asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit E
N4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection.
(f) Installation of a double opposite symmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/0

04 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).8_ Installation of a double opposite symmetrical
derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-
006/007.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(g) Installation of a double opposite asymmetrical derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/

004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
For more information refer to 2.C.(3).(p).9_ Installation of a double opposite asymmetrica
l derivation of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 and an open conduit ABS2413 or EN6049
-006/007.
(h) Installation of an open conduit EN4674 on cable leadout

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Cable Leadout - EN4
674
- Step 1: Cut and shrink thermo-retractable sheath on cables.
- If you cannot do this, wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 or with PTFE
adhesive tape ABS5330.

- If the cable(s) are already protected by a mechanical conduit then it is not nec
essary to protect the cable(s).
- Step 2: Attach the protected cables with lacing tape NSA8420-7 with applicable dim
ensions.
- Step 3: Make sure that the bend radius of the cables are correct.
- Step 4: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 on 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each si
de of the cable leadout. The overlap must be 50%.
(i) Installation of an open conduit EN4674 in an optical-fiber cable leadout

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit in an Optical-fiber Cable
Leadout - EN4674
- Step 1: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around cables.

- Step 2: Attach the protected optical-fiber cables with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Obey the dimensions.
- Step 3: Make sure that the bend radius of the optical-fiber cables are correct.
- Step 4: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 on 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each si
de of the optical-fiber cable leadout. The overlap must be 50%.
(j) Remove or fold back the internal protection of open conduit EN4674
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Remove or Fold Back the Internal Protection of Open Co
nduit - EN4674
- For the conduit where the internal protection is attached with seams, it is necessary
to remove the PTFE internal protection (manually). You can also fold it back to mak
e sure that the electrical continuity is of minimum of 60 mm (2.36 in.).
- To remove the PTFE internal protection, you can use the tweezers.
NOTE: It is possible to cause damage to the conduit with the tweezers and it is not
recommended to use force to remove the seam.
(k) Installation of a larger open conduit with split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Larger Open Conduit with Split Support
Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness.
- Select the dimension of the split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the ha
rness diameter.
- Step 2: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01
around the cables.
- This step is important because it is used to make sure that the split support co
nduit is in the correct position.
- Step 3: Put the split support conduit on the harness where the open conduit EN467
4 stops.
NOTE: If the split support conduits move along the harness, it is necessary to appl
y black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 4: Select the dimension of open conduit EN4674. Then attach the open conduit
with lacing tape NSA8420-7 to the other side of the split support conduit.
- Step 5: Remove or fold back the internal protection of the other open conduit on its
elf. Then install the conduit above the first open conduit which is on the split suppor
t conduit (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit
EN4674).
- Step 6: Attach 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the metallic braids o
f the open conduit to the other side of the split support conduit.
- Step 7: Install a metallic clamp E0805 on the open conduit in the center of the split
support conduit.
- Do the electrical measurements of R5.
- Put 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 on the cutting edge of the metalli
c clamp.
- Wind the metallic braids of the open conduits with PTFE adhesive tape ABS533
0 on 2 layers.
- Step 8: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly to protect
the cutting strands.
- The overlap must be 50%.
(l) Installation of the intermediary bonding braid on an open conduit EN4674 with split suppo
rt conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Intermediary Bonding Braid on an Op
en Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
Solution 1:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

rness diameter and size of the open conduit in relation to the split support con
duit.
- Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 ar
ound the cables. - This step is important for the protection of the cables. It is
also used to make sure that the split support conduit is in the correct position.
- Step 2: Put the split support conduit on the harness.
- Step 3: Put the open conduit on the split support conduit.
- Cut the bonding braid DAN416GN to a length of 250 mm (9.84 in.) and crimp
a lug NSA936507TG.
- Step 4: Install a metallic clamp E0805 on the open conduit in the center of the split
support conduit.
- Step 5: Wind the metallic braids of the open conduits with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5
330 on 2 layers.
- Step 6: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly. No cut str
ands must be exposed.
Solution 3:
- Do not select the dimension of the open conduit in relation to the split support
conduit. Select the dimension of the open conduit in relation to the harness.
ound the cables. This action is important because it protect the cables and ens
ures the good position of split support conduit.
- Step 3: Put the open conduit onto the split support conduit.
- Step 4: Attach the open conduit at maximum 10 mm (0.39 in.) on the two sides of
the split support conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 5: Put the other piece of the open conduit onto the split support conduit.
NOTE: The diameter of the other piece of the open conduit must be larger than th
e one of the installed conduit. The length must not be more than 80 mm
(3.15 in.) and the internal protection must be removed (metallic braid onl
y).
- Attach the other piece of the open conduit on the two side of the split support
conduit. Make sure it is attached at 20 mm (0.79 in.) and 30 mm (1.18 in.).
- Step 6: Cut the bonding braid DAN416GN to a length of 250 mm (9.84 in.) and cri
mp a lug NSA936507TG.
- Install a metallic clamp E0805 on the open conduit in the center of the split su
pport conduit.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the head of the metallic
clamp. Also wind the tape around the two ends of the other piece of the open
conduit.
- Step 7: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the braid joining. No cut
strands must be exposed.
(m) Stop of an open conduit EN4674 with a bonding braid with split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Braid with Split
Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
Solution 1:
4 stops.
- Do not select the size of the open conduit in relation to the split support condu
it but in relation to the harness.
pport conduit.
- Step 5: Wind the head of metallic clamp with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 on 2 lay
ers.
- Step 6: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the assembly. No cut str
ands must be exposed.
Solution 3:
4 stops.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 4: Attach the open conduit at 10 mm (0.39 in.) maximum on both sides of the
split support conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 5: Position the extra piece of open conduit on the split support conduit.
NOTE: The diameter of the extra piece of open conduit must be higher than the co
vered open conduit below. Length must not exceed 80 mm (3.15 in.) and in
ternal protection must be removed (metallic braid only).
- Step 6: Attach the extra piece of open conduit at 20 mm (0.79 in.) and 30 mm (1.1
8 in.) on the both sides of split support conduit.
pport conduit.
- Wind 2 layers PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the head of the metallic cl
amp. Also wind the tape around the two ends of the other piece of the open c
onduit.
ers.
(n) Installation of symmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674 with split support condu
it ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivations of an Open Cond
uit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
- Measure the diameter "D" of the harness.
rness diameter.
- Step 2: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the cables. This action i
s important because it protect the cables and ensures the good position of split sup
port conduit.
4 stops.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 4: Select the dimension of the open conduit (for the main harness) in relation
to the split support conduit or harness diameter.
- Cut the open conduit EN4674 of the main harness to the necessary length. Ob
ey the position of the derivation point and the overlap.
- Step 5: Attach the open conduit at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the split support conduit.
- Step 6: Select the dimension of the open conduit (for the branches) in relation to th
e harness diameter.
- Cut the conduits of the branches to the necessary length and attach them as n
ear as possible to the split support conduit.
- Step 7: Install all the conduits on the branches and attach them.
- Remove or fold back the internal protection (refer to Remove or fold back the i
nternal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Attach the conduits of the branches together on the other side of the split sup
port conduit.
support conduit.
ers.
- Wind the metallic braids of the open conduits with PTFE adhesive tape ABS533
0 on 2 layers.
- Step 10: Attach the branches together at 40 mm (1.57 in.) from the metallic clamp.
- Attach the branches at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the metallic clamp.
- Step 11: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the braid joining. No c
ut strands must be exposed.
(o) Installation of asymmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674 with split support cond
uit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivations of an Open Con
duit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
Solution 1:
rness diameter.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
port conduit.
4 stops.
- Step 4: Select the dimension of the open conduit (for the main harness) in relation
to the split support conduit or harness diameter.
- Cut the open conduit EN4674 of the branch 1 to the necessary length. Obey t
he position of the derivation point and the overlap.
- Step 5: - Take off or fold back the internal protection of the branch 1 (refer to Remo
ve or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Attach the conduit of the branch.
- Step 6: Install the conduit of the branch on main harness and attach them on the e
ach side of the split support then attach the branch and the main harness together.
support conduit.
- Wind the head of metallic clamp with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 on 2 layer
s.
Solution 2:
- Step 1: Prevent derivation with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive
tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 2: Select the dimension of the split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the
harness diameter.
- Step 3: Install the open conduit on the main harness. The conduit must be adapted
to the harness. The tracer line can be seen on the split support conduit.
- Step 4: Install the open conduit on the branch harness in the conduit. The open con
duit must be adapted to the branch diameter. The metal braid of the conduit must b
e on the hole. The conduit must be fully on the split support conduit.
- Step 5: Remove or fold back the internal protection of the branch (refer to Remove
or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Step 6: Attach the open conduit of the branch in relation to the distances.
- Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit at the center of the split su
pport conduit.
- Step 7: Attach the open conduit on each side of the split support conduit respecting
the distances.
- Step 8: Attach the main harness and open conduit together respecting the distance
s.
s.
- Step 9: Prevent all derivation with self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(p) Installation of a double opposite asymmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674 with
split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Asymmetrical Derivatio
ns of an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
around the cables. This is to give internal protection.
port conduit.
- Put the split support conduit on the harness.
NOTE: If the split support conduits move along the harness, it is necessary t
o apply black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 3: Select the size of the open conduit in relation to the harness and attach the
conduit to the main harness.
- Step 4: Cut the branches to the applicable lengths.
- Remove or fold back the internal protection of the branches (refer to remove o
r fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674) and attach br
anches while opening as much as possible to wind on the junction.
- Step 5: Attach the branches on each side of the split support conduit.
support conduit.
s.
- Step 7: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the complete assembly.
(q) Installation of a double opposite symmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674 with
split support conduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivatio

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
port conduit.
- Select the size of the open conduit in relation to the harness and attach the co
nduit to the main harness.
- Step 4: Attach 2 open conduits together on the other side of the split support condu
it.
- Step 5: Install the 2 other conduits on the last branches and attach them independe
ntly.
- Step 6: Attach 2 open conduits together on the other side of the split support condu
it.
- Step 7: Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the cut metallic braid
s of the open conduits.
support conduit.
s.
(r) Junction of an open conduit on joiner ABS0886

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS0886 - EN467
4
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS0886 - EN467
4
- Select the size of the open conduit in relation to the harness.
- Step 2: Cut the open conduit EN4674 and fold it back, make sure that the rear of th
e joiner is fully covered.
- Step 3: Remove or fold back the internal protection of the open conduit (refer to re
move or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Step 4: Put the open conduit onto the joiner to fully cover it and close the conduit.
- Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit at the joiner.
ers.
- Step 6: Wind the rear of the joiner with black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01. No c
(s) Installation of the derivation of an open conduit EN4674 with rigid transition ABS0885

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Derivation of an Open Conduit with Ri
gid Transition ABS0885 - EN4674
- Step 1: Wind the cables with black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 to make an inte
rnal protection on each side of the transition. If transition has some accessories inst
all them.
- Step 2: Install the transition on the derivation.
- Step 3: Install the transition on the derivation and attach it with cable tie NSA9354
01 on the transition to keep it closed.
- Select the size of the open conduit in relation to the harness.
- Step 4: Cut the open conduit EN4674. Remove or fold back the internal protection o
f the open conduit (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protection of ope
n conduit EN4674).
- Position the open conduit on the joiner to cover it completely and close the co
nduit.
- Step 5: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the open conduit at the joiner.
s.
- Step 6: Wind the rear of the joiner with black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01. No c
(t) Adaptation of size of an open conduit

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Adaptation of Size of an Open Conduit - EN4674-003/00
4
4
4
- Step 1: Wind harness with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330.
- Step 2: Install the open conduit and attach it at 50 mm (1.97 in.) from the end of t
he conduit.
- Step 3: Take off or fold back the internal protection of the branches (refer to remov
e or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Step 4: Cut the conduit at 160 mm (6.30 in.).
- Remove or fold back the internal protection of the open conduit (refer to remo
ve or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674).
- Step 5: Attach the conduit at 30 mm (1.18 in.) from the end.
- Step 6: Attach the conduit at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from knot 1.
- Step 7: Attach the conduit at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the knot 2.
- Step 8: Attach the conduit at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the knot 3.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

- Step 9: Wind the cut metallic braids of the open conduits with PTFE adhesive tape A
BS5330 on 2 layers.
(u) Symmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit - EN4674
- Step 2: Install the open conduit on the harness and attach it.
- Step 3: Take off or fold back the internal protection of the branches (refer to remov
e or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit EN4674) and then attach
it.
- Step 4: To keep the continuity between the sheaths, it is necessary to correctly ope
n the sheath and keep it flat on the harness. Do this until the entire sheath is in con
tact with the other sheaths.
NOTE: Do not roll the open conduit on it-self, it must be flattened.

- Step 5: Attach the derivation.
- Step 6: Wind the metallic braids of the branches with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330
on 2 layers.
- Step 7: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around all the assembly with an
applicable overlap. No cut strands must be exposed.
(v) Asymmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit - EN4674
- Step 2: Install the open conduit on the harness and attach it.
- Step 3: Cut the branch to the applicable length then remove or fold back the intern
al protection of the branch (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protectio
n of open conduit EN4674).
- Step 4: Install the open conduit on the branch and attach it.
- Step 5: Attach the end of the open conduit onto the branch.
- Step 6: Attach at 10 mm (0.39 in.).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
on 2 layers.
No cut strands must be exposed.
(w) Installation of a double opposite an asymmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite an Asymmetrical Deriv
ations of an Open Conduit - EN4674
- Step 1: Protect the harness with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 or black adhesive tap
e ABS5334A01.
- Step 2: Attach the open conduit of the main harness.
- Step 3: Remove or fold back the internal protection of the open conduit at 60 mm
(2.36 in.) (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit
EN4674).
- Step 4: Attach the open conduit of the first branch.
- Step 5: Remove or fold back the internal protection of the open conduit at 60 mm
(2.36 in.) (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit
EN4674).
- Attach the open conduit of the second branch.
- Step 6: Attach the end of open conduit of the first branch.
- Attach the end of open conduit of the second branch.
on 2 layers.
(x) Installation of a double opposite symmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN4674

ns of an Open Conduit - EN4674
- Step 1: Protect the harness with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 and install the condui
t on the main harness.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 2: Install the open conduit on one branch and attach it with lacing tape NSA84
20-7.
- Step 3: Attach the 2 conduits together.
- Step 4: Install the open conduit on other branch and attach it with lacing tape NSA8
420-7.
- Step 5: Install the last open conduit on the last branch and attach it with lacing tap
e NSA8420-7.
- Remove or fold back the internal protection of the open conduit for each branc
h (refer to remove or fold back the internal PTFE protection of open conduit E
N4674).
- Step 6: Attach the 2 conduits together.
on 2 layers.
(y) Intermediate bonding lead on an open conduit EN4674-003/004

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead on an Open Conduit - EN467
4-003/004
4-003/004
4-003/004
- Step 1: Attach the bonding lead with lacing tape at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from the end
of the bonding lead.
- Step 2: Wind the bonding lead 3 times around the harness and attach it at 60 mm
(2.36 in.) from the last knot with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 3: Attach the bonding lead on the harness 2 times with lacing tape at 20 mm
(0.79 in.) from each knot.
- Step 4: Fold the bonding lead back on the knot 1.
- Step 5: Attach the folded back part of the bonding lead with lacing tape at 10 mm
(0.39 in.) from knot 1.
- Step 6: Wind the cut metallic braids of the branches with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5
330 on 2 layers.
(z) Stop of an open conduit EN4674-003/004 with a bonding braid

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Braid - EN4674
-003/004
-003/004
-003/004
- Step 1: Protect the harness with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

- Step 2: Install the open conduit EN4674-003/004.
- Step 3: Attach the bonding lead on the bundle with lacing tape at 70 mm (2.76 in.)
from the end of the open conduit.
- Step 4: Wind the bonding lead 3 times around the harness and attach it with lacing
tape at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the end of the conduit.
- Step 5: Attach the bonding lead 2 times with lacing tape at 20 mm (0.79 in.) from k
nots 1 and 2.
- Step 6: Fold back the bonding lead on the knot 1.
- Step 7: Attach the bonding lead with lacing tape at 10 mm (0.39 in.) from knot 1.
- Step 8: Wind the cut metallic braids of the branches with PTFE adhesive tape ABS5
330 on 2 layers.
H. EN6049 (I9005) -005

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-005

EN6049-005 20 5
(a) Material
- This type of conduit is made of meta-aramid multifilament fibers with a water-repell

ent protection.
(b) Temperature

(c) Size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
WIDTH OF CLOSIN DEVELOPED WIDTH MAXIMUM HARNES

SIZE CODE
G STRIP (a) (b) S DIAMETER
45 +4 mm or -4 mm
10 (1.77 +0.16 in. or -0. 10 mm (0.39 in.)
16 in.)
13 +2 mm or -2 mm 60 +6 mm or -6 mm
15 (0.51 +0.08 in. or -0. (2.36 +0.24 in. or -0. 15 mm (0.59 in.)
08 in.) 24 in.)
75 +7 mm or -7 mm
20 (2.95 +0.28 in. or -0. 20 mm (0.79 in.)
28 in.)
105 +10 mm or -10
25 mm (4.13 +0.39 in. o 25 mm (0.98 in.)
25 +1 mm or -1 mm r -0.39 in.)
(0.98 +0.04 in. or -0.
04 in.) 120 +12 mm or -12
30 mm (4.72 +0.47 in. o 30 mm (1.18 in.)
r -0.47 in.)
(d) Color code

5 = Olive green

9-003/004/005/006/007
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-005
- Step 2: Select the applicable size. Refer to the IPC manual or to Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02.
- Step 3: Cut to the applicable length with scissors.
NOTE: The cut must be perpendicular to the length of the conduit.

- Step 4: Wind the conduit around the harness.
- Step 5: Make sure that the gripping strips are correctly locked.
- Step 6: Safety with a cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) or lacing tape NSA8420-7 at each end
of the conduit.
J. EN6049 (I9005) -008

EN6049-008 is a self-wrapping protection conduit.
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Identification and Description - EN6049-008
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE TAPE TYPE COLOR CODE

EN6049-008 - 06 P 5
(a) Temperature
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

(b) Material
- This type of conduit is made of two layers:

- External layer: made of multi-filament meta-aramid fibers and Polyphenylene
sulfide (PPS) monofilament.
- Internal layer: made of metallic nickel-copper flat braid.
It gives mechanical and EMI protection to the harness.
(c) Size code
HARNESS DIAM OVERLAP ANGL SUPPLY LENGT

SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
ETER MAX E H
1 mm (0.04 in.)
06 TO 6 mm (0.24 i
n.) 50 m (164.04 f
6 mm (0.24 in.) t.)
11 TO 11 mm (0.43
in.) 65 deg.
TO P
11 mm (0.43 in.) 130 deg.
14 TO 14 mm (0.55
in.)
14 mm (0.55 in.)
17 TO 17 mm (0.67
in.)
17 mm (0.67 in.)
23 TO 23 mm (0.91 25 m (82.02 ft.)
in.)
23 mm (0.91 in.) 70 deg.
30 TO 30 mm (1.18 TO W
in.) 110 deg.
30 mm (1.18 in.)
38 TO 38 mm (1.5 i
n.)
TYPE CODE THICKNESS

P 1.59 mm (0.06 in.)
W 1.50 mm (0.06 in.)
(d) Tracer line identification
- A blue tracer line of a width of 9 mm (0.35 in.) along its full length identifies the shi
elding protection.
- The blue tracer line must stay in view when installed on a harness of the minimum
or maximum diameter.
- An ivory tracer line identifies the maximum permitted harness diameter.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(e) Color code

5 = Olive green

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits -Installation on Backshell - EN6049-008
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation - EN6049-008
NOTE: Do not use the EN6049-008 conduit on movable harnesses.
(a) Installation rules for an open conduit EN6049-008
1 Manually close the conduit

- When the conduit is closed, the metal parts must fully touch each other (360
degrees) contact over 360 degrees.
2 Make sure that you cannot see the white seam. If you can see it, you must select a
larger conduit
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN6049-
008
3 Twist the open conduit

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN6049-
008
- You must twist the conduit to make sure that the conduit does not open in th
e bends.
- For size 06, 11, 14 and 17 conduits, you must twist the conduit two tim
es in each 1 m (3.28 ft.) interval.
- For size 23, 30 and 38 conduits, you must twist the conduit one time in
each 1 m (3.28 ft.) interval.
NOTE: It is necessary to obey the maximum number of twists. Too ma

ny twists can cause incorrect transfer impedance.
4 Attach the conduit
- Attach the conduit on the harnesses with cable ties NSA935401 or with lacing
tape NSA8420-7 at 150 mm (5.91 in.) intervals.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Condu
its - Installation - EN6049-008
(b) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-008P on a closed backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Closed Backshell -
EN6049-008P
EN6049-008P
EN6049-008P

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the cables from the base of the connector
to a maximum of 10 mm (0.39 in.) after the backshell. This is to give internal prote
ction.

- Step 2: TORQUE the backshell to the applicable values and select the size of the op
en conduit EN6049-008P.
- Step 3: Cut the open conduit EN6049-008P to fully protect the rear of the backshel
l.
- Step 4: Remove the external protection of the open conduit EN6049-008P (refer to
removal of the external protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 5: Fold back the metallic braid of the open conduit EN6049-008 (refer to fold t
he metallic braid of open conduit EN6049-008).
- Step 6: Put the open conduit on the rear of the backshell to fully protect the knurle
d zone and close the conduit.
- Step 7: Install a metallic clamp E0805-02 on the open conduit at the rear of the bac
kshell.
- Do the electrical measurements of R1* and R2.
tep 7.
- Step 8: Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the metallic clamp.
- Step 9: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the rear of the backshel
l. The overlap must be 50%.
(c) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-008 with bond cable on the backshell
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Bond Cable on the
Backshell - EN6049-008
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the cables from the base of the connector
to a maximum of 10 mm (0.39 in.) after the backshell. This is to give internal prote
ction.

- Step 2: TORQUE the backshell to the applicable values.
- Step 3: Attach the bond cable to the blue part of the backshell with PTFE tape ABS5
330. Then, temporary attach the end of the bond cable with adhesive tape. This is t
o make sure that the wire is on the band-it platform during the protection. Select th
e applicable shielded open conduit EN6049-008P.
- Step 4: Cut the open conduit EN6049-008P to fully protect the rear of the backshel
l.
- Step 5: Remove the external protection of the open conduit EN6049-008 (refer to r
emoval of the external protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 6: Fold back the metallic braid of the open conduit EN6049-008 (refer to fold t
he metallic braid of open conduit EN6049-008).
- Step 7: Put the open conduit on the rear of the backshell so as to fully protect the k
nurled zone and close the conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
NOTE: The bonding cable must not be opposite the opening of the conduit.
- Step 8: Install a metallic clamp E0805 on the open conduit at the rear of the backsh
ell. Remove the temporary adhesive tape that you put on the nut of the backshell.
- Do the electrical measurement of R1* and R2.
- Fold down the bond cable onto the metallic clamp and then cut it at 10 mm
(0.39 in.) from the metallic clamp.
tep 8.
ell. The overlap must be 50%.
(d) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-008P on the right side of the open backshell
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right Side of the
Open Backshell - En6049-008P
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right Side of the
Open Backshell - EN6049-008P
- Connect the conduit to the backshell. The conduit must be below the saddle bar of t
he backshell.
(e) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-008P on an elbowed open backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Elbowed Open Ba
ckshell - EN6049-008P
- Step 1: Put the backshell in the correct position on the harness.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneo
us Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Elbowed Open Backshell - EN6
049-008P
- Step 2: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the cables to give internal protection.

- Step 3: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the harness on the part
where you will install the split support conduit and the strap. Make an overlap to hol
d the split support in position.
- Step 4: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness with a diameter tape measure. Sel
ect the applicable split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the diameter of the h
arness.
- Step 5: Put the split support ABS0940 in position on the harness and on the black s
elf-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 6: Measure the length of the conduit necessary to fold it.
- Step 7: Remove the green swing of the external protection Removal of the external
protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 8: Fold the metallic braid.

- Step 9: Cut the external protection to the length of the metallic braid after folding.
- Step 10: Install the conduit on the harness. This shows you where to cut the extern
al protection.
- Step 11: Cut the 2 bonding braid DAN416GN to a length of 200 mm (7.87 in.) and c
rimp a lug NSA936507TG1010.
- Step 12: Install the bonding braid on the open backshell.
- Step 13: Put the bonding braid in position on the harness and TORQUE the screws.
- Step 14: Cut the bonding braid to the necessary length and put them through the s
plit support conduit.
- Step 15: Install the bonding braid on the split support with a metallic clamp E0805.
- Do the electrical measurements of R1, R2, R1* and R6.
tep 15.
- Step 16: Put 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 on the cutting edge of the me
tallic clamp.
- Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the other strands of the open cond
uit.
ell. The overlap must be 50%.
(f) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-008 on a very small open backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Very Small Open B
ackshell - EN6049-008
This type of conduit connects to the backshell but it is not possible to put it below the sad
dle bar.
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the cables to give internal protection. Mak
e sure that the thickness is sufficient to hold the split support conduit ABS0940 in p
osition.

- Step 2: TORQUE the backshell to the applicable value and then align the teeth of th
e backshell and the connector.
- Step 3: Measure the diameter "D" of the loom with the diameter tape measure. Sel
ect the correct dimension of the split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the loo
m diameter.
- Step 4: Put the split support conduit on the loom where the PTFE tape ABS5330 sto
ps.
- Step 5: Select the dimension of the shielded open conduit EN6049-008P.
- Remove the external protection from the conduit (refer to removal of the exte
rnal protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P). Cut the ground
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
bond cables to the necessary length and remove the 2 sides of the ground bon
d cables.
- Crimp an eye terminal NSA936501TAXX02 on the end of each cable. Put self-a
dhesive tape ABS5334A01 or ABS5334A02R at the clamp to make it thicker.
- Step 6: TORQUE all the eye terminals on the clamps of the backshell to 0.1 m.daN
(8.85 lbf.in).
- Put the ground bond cables along the harness.
- The removed part must be in the center of the metallic clamp on the metallic
braid. Attach the removed part with a metallic clamp E0805.
ep 6.
- Do the electrical measurements of R1* and R2.
- Step 7: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 and self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 aro
und the heads of the metallic clamp E0805.
- Step 8: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the end of the open con
duit. The overlap must be 50%.
(g) Installation of a larger open conduit with split support conduit ABS0940
Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
- This type of assembly is permitted only when the conduit is smaller than the diamet
er of the knurled area of the backshell. You must do the assembly 250 mm (9.84 i
n.) from the backshell.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Larger Ope
n Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 or self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the ca
bles of the conduit to give internal protection.
- The length of this protection must be a minimum of 50 mm (1.97 in.).
- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness with the diameter tape measure.
Select the dimension of the split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the harness
diameter.
9-008 stops.
y PTFE tape ABS5330 or self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 4: Remove the green seam that closes the external protection of the metallic b
raid for a length of 30 mm (1.18 in.).
- Do this for the two conduits.
- Step 5: Install the conduit and fold back the external protection to repair the metalli
c braid.
- Step 6: Cut the folded part which is part of the external protection.
- Fold the metallic braid on the other conduit (refer to fold the metallic braid of
open conduit EN6049-008).
- Step 7: Put the open conduit in the conduit that has the folded metallic braid.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 8: Attach a metallic clamping strip E0805 to the split support conduit to hold t
he open conduits in position.
tep 8.
- Step 9: Put the external protection back on the conduits.
- Step 10: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 for 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each
side of the metallic clamp. The overlap must be 50%.
(h) Installation of intermediary grounding of an open conduit EN6049-008 with split support c
onduit ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Grounding of an Open Cond
uit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Grounding of an Open Cond
- Step 1: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 around the cables at the windows that h
ave a minimum width of 50 mm (1.97 in.)50 mm (1.97 in.). Make sure that the dim
ensions are correct.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary G
rounding of an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008

- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness with the tape measure. Select the
dimension of the split support conduit ABS0940 in relation to the harness diameter.
- Put the split support conduit ABS0940 on the harness and cut the green seam
to connect the external protection with the metallic braid.
NOTE: If the split support conduits move along the harness, it is necessary t
o apply PTFE tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 3: Install the metallic clamp E0805 between the outer protection and the meta
llic strands.
When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. The metallic clam
ping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip slips, repeat step 3.
- Step 4: Install a bonding braid DAN416GN with obeying the dimensions. Attach a m
etallic clamp E0805 to make sure that the split support conduits hold the braid on t
he open conduit.
- Step 5: Turn the bonding braid 90 degree prepare its leadout from the conduit.
- Step 6: Cut the bonding braid DAN416GN to the necessary length. Crimp an eye ter
minal NSA936507TG and do the electrical measurements of R6.
- Step 7: Attach the conduit with cable ties NSA935401.
- Step 8: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 for 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each si
de of the metallic clamp E0805. The overlap must be 50%.
(i) Stop of an open conduit EN6049-008 with a bonding cable with split support conduit ABS0
940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Cable with Split
Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Cable with Split

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the cables of open conduit EN6049-008 to
give internal protection from the point where the conduit stops, for a minimum dist
ance of 50 mm (1.97 in.).Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Condui
t with a Bonding Cable with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008

- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the harness with the tape measure to select th
e size of the split support conduit ABS0940.
- Step 3: Put the split support conduit ABS0940 on the harness at the stop point of th
e open conduit EN6049-008.
- Apply PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 on the conduit to hold the split support co
nduit ABS0940 in position.
- Select the applicable size of the shielded open conduit EN6049-008P.
- Step 4: Remove the external protection from the conduit (refer to removal of the ex
ternal protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 5: Install a bonding braid DAN416GN and obey the dimensions.
- Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the split support conduit to hold the braid on
the open conduit.
- When you crimp, the tool must be perpendicularly to the harness. The m
etallic clamping strip must be checked to not slip. If the clamping strip sl
ips, repeat step 5.
- Step 6: Cut the bonding braid DAN416GN to the necessary length. Crimp an eye ter
minal NSA936507TG and do the electrical measurements of R6.
- Put black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 on 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each side of
the metallic parts that do not have protection. The overlap must be 50%.
(j) Installation of symmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN6049-008 with split support c
onduit ABS0940
- You can use the symmetrical derivation for all derivations, but not derivations with r
ight angles. With this derivation, you can make a maximum of 4 branches.
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the derivation and obey the dimensions.

- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the main harness with the tape measure to sel
ect the size of the split support conduit ABS0940.
- Step 3: Put the split support conduit ABS0940 in position approximately 10 mm (0.
39 in.) from the derivation.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- NOTE: If the split support conduit move along on the harness, it is necessary to app
ly PTFE tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 4: Measure the diameters (D1, D2, D3 and DH) of each branch of the derivatio
n. Select the size of the shielded open conduit EN6049-008P for all the branches an
d the main harness.
- Step 5: Remove the internal protection from the conduit (refer to removal of the int
ernal protection from the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 6: Remove the external protection from all the conduit EN6049-008P but not fr
om the main harness (refer to removal of the external protection at the end of the o
pen conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 7: Attach each conduit EN6049-008P on the main harness.
- Step 8: Attach the conduit EN6049-008P on each side of the split support conduit A
BS0940 with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 9: Fold the metallic braid onto the main harness (refer to fold the metallic brai
d of open conduit EN6049-008).
- Step 10: Install the conduit EN6049-008P on the main harness. It must be on the d
erivation.
- Step 11: Close the conduit EN6049-008P on each branch.
- Step 12: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the split support conduit to hold the mai
n conduit on the derivation.
tep 12.
- Step 14: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 on 30 mm (1.18 in.) on each s
ide of the derivation. The overlap must be 50%.
(k) Installation of symmetrical derivation of open conduit EN6049-008 at closed backshell leve
l
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical derivation at closed backshell level
Replace the lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 installed on the backshell by a s
elf-adhering tape ABS5334.
For installation refer to 2.D.3.(o). Installation of open conduit ABS2418 on a bulkhead.
(l) Installation of asymmetrical derivations of an open conduit EN6049-008 with split support
conduit ABS0940
duit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the derivation and obey the dimensions.R
ef. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivations of an Ope
n Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the main harness with the diameter tape meas
ure to select the size of the split support conduit ABS0940.
- Step 3: Put the split support conduit ABS0940 approximately 10 mm (0.39 in.) fro
m the derivation.
- Measure diameter D1 of the branch. Select the size of the shielded open cond
uit EN6049-008P for the branch and the main harness.
NOTE: If the split support conduit move on the harness, it is necessary to ap

ply PTFE tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 4: Remove the external protection of the conduit EN6049-008P of the branch
(refer to removal of the external protection from the end of the open conduit EN604
9-008P).
- Step 5: Attach the branch with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
- Step 6: Fold the metallic braid (refer to fold the metallic braid of open conduit EN60
49-008).
- Step 7: Remove the green seam that closes the external protection of the metallic b
raid for a length of 60 mm (2.36 in.).
- Step 8: Install the open conduit EN6049-008P. The metallic braid of the branch mus
t be on the metallic braid of the main harness.
- Step 9: Attach the branch on each side of the split support with lacing tape NSA842
0-7.
- Step 10: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the split support conduit to hold the mai
n conduit on the derivation.
tep 10.
- Step 11: Attach the derivation with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
ide of the derivation. The overlap must be 50%.
(m) Installation of a derivation of an open conduit EN6049-008P with rigid transition ABS0885
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Derivations of an Open Conduit with Rig
id Transition ABS0885 - EN6049-008P
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Derivations of an Open Conduit with Rig
id Transition ABS0885 - EN6049-008P
- Step 1: Wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the derivation and obey the dimensions.R
ef. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Derivations of an Open Conduit wit
h Rigid Transition ABS0885 - EN6049-008P

- Step 2: Measure the diameter "D" of the harnesses with the diameter tape measure
to select the size of the rigid transition and the related open conduits. Install the rig
id transition on the harness.
- Step 3: Cut the conduit to the necessary length.
- Fold the metallic braid of the conduit EN6049-008 (refer to fold the metallic br
aid of open conduit EN6049-008).
- Step 4: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to each transition outlet to hold the conduit.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

tep 4.
- Step 5: Wind 2 layers of PTFE adhesive tape around the metallic clamp.
- Step 6: Wind PTFE adhesive tape ABS5330 and black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A
01 around the heads of the metallic clamp.
(n) Installation of a cover on a star derivation conduit

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Cover on a Star Derivation Conduit - EN
6049-008
6049-008
6049-008
6049-008
6049-008
- Step 1: Identify the split support conduits and put them in position on the harness
at the correct length.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Cover on a
Star Derivation Conduit - EN6049-008
- Step 2: Attach the cables with lacing tape NSA8420-7 where you will install the split
support conduit ABS0940.
- Step 3: Remove the split support conduits and wind PTFE tape ABS5330 around the
derivation for 60 mm (2.36 in.) on each side of the split support conduit.
NOTE: If the split support conduit move along the harness, it is necessary to apply
PTFE tape ABS5330 or black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01.
- Step 4: Measure the diameter of the harness with the tape measure to select the si
ze of the split support conduit ABS0940.
- Select the size of the shielded open conduit EN6049-008P for the internal bran
ches.
- Step 5: Measure the length of the open conduit and cut it.
- Step 6: Remove the internal protection from the open conduit EN6049-008 (refer to
removal of the internal protection from the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Step 7: Remove the external protection from the open conduit EN6049-008P of the
branch and attach the conduit with lacing tape NSA8420-7 (refer to removal of the
external protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).
- Remove the internal and external protection from the second conduit and atta
ch it with lacing tape.
- Step 8: Attach the metallic strands to the split support conduit with lacing tape NSA
8420-7.
- Step 9: Remove the internal and external protection from the third conduit and atta
ch it with lacing tape.
- Select the size of the shielded open conduit EN6049-008P for each main harne
ss.
- Step 10: Fold the metallic braid of the open conduit EN6049-008 to put it on the jun
ction (refer to fold the metallic braid of open conduit EN6049-008).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 11: Put the open conduit on the junction of each harness.
- Step 13: Attach a metallic clamp E0805 to the split support conduit to hold the brai
d on the open conduit.
tep 13.
ide of the cable leadout. The overlap must be 50%.
(o) Removal of the internal protection from the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P
NOTE: It is not permitted to break the metallic strands of the open conduit.
- Step 1: Make the metallic braid flat to let you see the internal protection. Remove t
he internal protection.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Pro
tection from the End of the Open Conduit - EN6049-008P
- Step 2: Put a ruler on the conduit and then lightly cut the internal protection with th
e cutter CATROS 31-1-180 from MURE & PEYROT or equivalent.
- Step 3: Fold the metallic braid until you see the small cut on the internal protection.
- Step 4: Use the back of the cutter blade (blunt side) or your fingernails to remove t
he internal protection from the metallic braid.
- Step 5: Fully remove the internal protection and examine the metallic strands to ma
ke sure that they are not broken.
(p) Removal of the internal protection of the conduit to make a window
- Step 1: Put a ruler on the conduit and lightly cut the internal protection with the cut
ter CATROS 31-1-180 from MURE & PEYROT or equivalent.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Co
nduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of the Open Conduit to Make a Window -
EN6049-008P
NOTE: It is not permitted to break the metallic strands of the open conduit.
- Step 2: Removal of the internal protection from the metallic braid.
- Step 3: Make a mark on the external protection of the open conduit EN6049-008 wi
th a marker at the location where you removed the internal protection.
(q) Removal of the external protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the external protection at the end of the ope
n conduit EN6049-008
- Step 1: Cut and pull apart the dark green seam with a cutter CATROS 31-1-180 fro
m MURE & PEYROT or equivalent at the necessary length to remove the metallic bra
id.
- Step 2: Cut the external protection with scissors.
(r) Remove of the external protection of the conduit to make a window
- Step 1: Cut and pull apart the dark green seam with a cutter CATROS 31-1-180 fro
m MURE & PEYROT or equivalent at the necessary length to remove the metallic bra

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
id.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the External Protection of the Open
Conduit to make a Window - EN6049-008
- Step 2: Cut the external protection with scissors.
(s) Fold the metallic braid of the open conduit EN6049-008
- Step 1: Remove the external protection of the end conduit (refer to removal of the
external protection at the end of the open conduit EN6049-008P).Ref. Fig. Miscellan
eous Conduits - Fold the Metallic Braid of the Open Conduit - EN6049-008
- Step 2: Fold the metallic braid as far as the edge of the external protection.
K. EN6049 (I9005) -009

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description - EN6049-009

EN6049-009 - 10
(a) Material
- This multi-layer conduit gives protection against fire to harnesses for five minutes.
Made of three different materials attached edge to edge, it is self-Windping and can
be opened.
- It gives fire, mechanical and electrical protection to the harness.
(b) Temperature

- Resistance to fire is five minutes at 1100 deg.C (2012.00 deg.F).
(c) Size code
SIZE CODE INNER DIAMETER SUPPLY LENGTH L

5 mm (0.2 in.) to 10 mm (0.39 i
10
n.)
25 m (82.02 ft.)
10 mm (0.39 in.) to 16 mm (0.63
16
in.)
16 mm (0.63 in.) to 24 mm (0.94
24
in.)
15 m (49.21 ft.)
24 mm (0.94 in.) to 32 mm (1.26
32
in.)

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Description - EN6049-009
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(a) Installation rules for an open conduit EN6049-009
1 Protection of the conduit
- When you close the conduit, the black part of the conduit must be fully on ap
plicable harness.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an O
pen Conduit - EN6049-009
2 It must not be possible to see the white seam
- Make sure that you cannot see the white seam as it the maximum permitted
conduit diameter. If you can select a larger conduit.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Co
nduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN6049-009
3 Twisting of the conduit
- You must twist the conduit to prevent opening of the conduit in the bends.Re
f. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - Twisti
ng of the Conduit - EN6049-009
- You must twist the conduit 3 times in each 1 m (3.28 ft.) interval.
4 Holding of the conduit
- Attach the conduit on the harness with lacing tape NSA8420-9 one time in ea
ch 100 mm (3.94 in.) interval.
NOTE: It is very important to use lacing tape NSA8420-9:

- On the inside of the open conduit EN6049-009 to install the ha
rness
- On the outside of the conduit to install the open conduit EN60
49-009 on the harness.
(b) Protection of a harness with an open conduit EN6049-009
- Protection of a harness with open conduit EN6049-009.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Cond

uits - Protection of a Harness with an Open Conduit - EN6049-009
- Step 2: Put the white part of the conduit on the harness.
- Step 4: Put the white part of the conduit on the harness again.
- Step 6: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the end of the fire cond
uit EN6049-009.
(c) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-009 connected to a conduit not in a fire zone
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Connected to a Conduit
not in a Fire Zone - EN6049-009

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Step 1: Attach the part of the harness where you will install the fire conduit EN6049
-009 with lacing tape NSA8420-9.
- Attach the part of the harness that is not in a fire zone with lacing tape NSA84
20-7.
- Step 2: Install the open conduit EN6049-007 on the harness.
- Step 3: Do the step 1 again and install the conduit as given in the installation rule
"Protection of the conduit".
- Step 4: Wind black self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01 around the end of the fire cond
uit EN6049-009.
(d) Installation of an open conduit EN6049-009 with a symmetrical derivation

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with a Symmetrical Deri
vation - EN6049-009
- Step 1: Attach the part of the harness where you will install the fire conduit EN6049
-009 with lacing tape NSA8420-9.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a
n Open Conduit with a Symmetrical Derivation - EN6049-009
- Step 2: Install the conduit and cut the RT tape EN6049-009-00 to the correct lengt
h.
- Step 3: Attach the RT tape EN6049-009-00 with lacing tape NSA8420-9.
(e) Installation of an intermediary bonding braid on EN6049-009 with split support ABS0940
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an intermediary bonding braid on EN6049
-009 with split support ABS0940
This method is applied when a bonding braid must be installed on a harness protected by
open sleeve EN6049-009.
(4) End of conduits

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation - EN6049-009-00
- On connector backshells or termination branches, you must attach the conduits on the har
ness with cable ties NSA935401 (F6198) -03 or lacing tape NSA8420-9. You must then ad
d a wrapped layer of EN6049-009-00 to terminate to backshells and breakouts and attach
with lacing tape NSA8420-9.
NOTE: Before installation of EN6049-009-00, you can add silicone self-adhesive tape ABS5334
-01 to complete the ends. This adds local waterproof protection.
L. ABS0125 (FAPE3)

ABS0125 03
(a) Temperature

(b) Size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

03 3 mm (0.12 in.)
04 4 mm (0.16 in.)
05 5 mm (0.2 in.)
06 6 mm (0.24 in.)
08 8 mm (0.31 in.)
10 10 mm (0.39 in.)

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 on bundle
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 when adaptation size diameter
is required
- Step 1:
- Cut the conduit ABS0125 to the appropriate length using scissors or equivalent tool.
NOTE: The conduit ABS0125 must not be cut or melted with a thermal tool.
- Slide the conduit ABS0125 onto the cables at the required position. Fit 25 mm (0.98
in.) of a heat shrinkable conduit NSA937201 ”MR” or ”MT” type over the end of the c
onduit ABS0125.
- Step 2:
- Shrink the heat shrinkable conduit on the length of 10 mm (0.39 in.) after the end of
conduit ABS0125.
NOTE: When the minimum diameter of the maintaining shrinkable conduit after shr
inking (as defined in the standard) is higher than the harness diameter, a sh
rinkable conduit for diameter size adaptation is needed.
- Fit 25 mm (0.98 in.) of a shrinkable conduit NSA937201 ”MR” or ”MT” type under th
e conduit ABS0125.
NOTE: The maintaining shrinkable conduit must not protrude over the diameter siz
e adaptation.
(4) Installation of ABS0125 Conduit to an Open Backshell

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of ABS0125 conduit to an open backshell
Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching the conduit ABS0125 to an open backshell
- Step 1: Position a shrinkable conduit NSA937201 ”MR” or ”MT” type at the end of the cond
uit ABS0125. The shrinkable conduit NSA937201 can protrude on 2 mm (0.08 in.) after th
e end of the conduit ABS0125.
- Step 2: Shrink the shrinkable conduit NSA937201.
Check the dimensions aspect and apply the appropriate method to attach the conduit ABS0125 t
o an open backshell.
M. E0389 (F6198) and E0502 (F6198)

E0389 is superseded by EN6049 (I9005) -003.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
E0502 is superseded by EN6049-004.

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Installation - E0389, E0502, E0559, E
N6049-003 and EN6049-004
COLOR CODE
V=
E0389 V 06
E0502 V 05
(a) Temperature

(b) Size code

05 2 mm (0.08 in.) TO 8 mm (0.31 in.)
10 5 mm (0.2 in.) TO 15 mm (0.59 in.)
15 8 mm (0.31 in.) TO 24 mm (0.94 in.)
25 12 mm (0.47 in.) TO 36 mm (1.42 in.)
40 22 mm (0.87 in.) TO 60 mm (2.36 in.)
Table - For E0502

02 1 mm (0.04 in.) TO 2 mm (0.08 in.)
04 2 mm (0.08 in.) TO 4 mm (0.16 in.)
06 4 mm (0.16 in.) TO 8 mm (0.31 in.)
08 6 mm (0.24 in.) TO 12 mm (0.47 in.)
10 8 mm (0.31 in.) TO 16 mm (0.63 in.)
15 10 mm (0.39 in.) TO 20 mm (0.79 in.)
20 12 mm (0.47 in.) TO 24 mm (0.94 in.)
25 15 mm (0.59 in.) TO 30 mm (1.18 in.)
30 20 mm (0.79 in.) TO 40 mm (1.57 in.)
Table - For E0389

N6049-003 and EN6049-004

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
- Select the applicable size. (The conduit size code is related to the harness diameter which
must correspond to 80% of the size code)
- Cut the conduit to the applicable length. This length is equal to the length of the harness t
o be protected (L), plus 50 mm (1.97 in.) at each end.
- Put the conduit in position on the harness.
- Crease the conduit to bring it to a length of "L" minus 20 mm (0.79 in.) at each end.
- Attach with lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) -1 or -7 10 mm (0.39 in.) from each end of the
conduit.
- Fold the conduit back over each of its ends to get the length "L".
- Attach the conduit end ligature with cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) or lacing tape NSA842
0.
NOTE: If one end must be held in the backshell of a connector, the folded length of the c
onduit must be larger by 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 30 mm (1.18 in.). This additional le
ngth must be allowed for when the conduit is cut to length and when the end is s
haped. The connector backshell grip is sufficient for cable tie NSA935401 to be re
moved.
NOTE: If necessary, to prevent movement of the conduit, transverse movement will be st
opped with lacing tape NSA8420 attached on the harness as near as possible to t
he conduit.
N. E0559 (F6198) , ABS0890, EN6049 (I9005) -003 and EN6049-004

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Installation - E0389, E0502, E0559, EN6049-
003 and EN6049-004
STANDARD P/N COLOR CODE SIZE CODE

ABS0890 A 06
E0559 A 06

EN6049-003 02 5
EN6049-004 02 5
(a) Material code
- For E0559:
- Braided sheath (FEP).
- This gives mechanical protection to the harness.
- For ABS0890:
- Braided ethylene-chlorotrifluoroethylene (E-CTFE) strands.
- For E6049-003:
- Braided polyamide sheath.
- For E6049-004:
- Braided polyamide sheath of large expansion.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(b) Temperature
- For E0559:
- For ABS0890:
- Maximum operating temperature is 165 deg.C (329.00 deg.F) and 200 deg.C
(392.00 deg.F) intermittent.
- For EN6049-003 and EN6049-004:
(c) Size code
SIZE CO
INNER DIAMETER D SUPPLY LENGTH
DE
06 3 mm (0.12 in.) TO 8 mm (0.31 in.) 100 mm (3.94 in.)
12 7 mm (0.28 in.) TO 16 mm (0.63 in.) 60 mm (2.36 in.)
18 14 mm (0.55 in.) TO 28 mm (1.1 in.) 60 mm (2.36 in.)
Table - For E0559

06 3 mm (0.12 in.) TO 6 mm (0.24 in.)
09 5.8 mm (0.23 in.) TO 7 mm (0.28 in.)
10 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) TO 8.5 mm (0.33 in.)
12 8 mm (0.31 in.) TO 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
14 9 mm (0.35 in.) TO 11 mm (0.43 in.)
16 10 mm (0.39 in.) TO 16 mm (0.63 in.)
20 14 mm (0.55 in.) TO 17 mm (0.67 in.)
24 16 mm (0.63 in.) TO 22 mm (0.87 in.)
28 21 mm (0.83 in.) TO 25 mm (0.98 in.)
32 24 mm (0.94 in.) TO 28 mm (1.10 in.)
40 27 mm (1.06 in.) TO 32 mm (1.26 in.)
Table - For ABS0890

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

02 2 mm (0.08 in.)
04 4 mm (0.16 in.)
06 6 mm (0.24 in.)
08 8 mm (0.31 in.)
10 10 mm (0.39 in.)
15 15 mm (0.59 in.)
20 20 mm (0.79 in.)
25 25 mm (0.98 in.)
30 30 mm (1.18 in.)
Table - For EN6049-003

05 5 mm (0.2 in.)
10 10 mm (0.39 in.)
15 15 mm (0.59 in.)
25 25 mm (0.98 in.)
40 40 mm (1.57 in.)
Table - For EN6049-004
(d) Color code
- For E0559:
- A = Natural color
- For EN6049-003/004:
- 5 = Olive green

9-003/004/005/006/007
N6049-003 and EN6049-004
- Step 2: Select the conduit size code in relation to the diameter of the harness and the ove
rlap length.
- The conduit size of conduit is related to the harness diameter which must be lower t
han 80%.
- Step 3: Cut the conduit to the applicable length with conduit cutting scissors Kitcofo SCIS
SORS (0700-3315) (08RC6) or equivalent. This length is equal to the length of the harnes
s to be protected (L), plus 50 mm (1.97 in.) at each end.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
NOTE: If you must put the conduit on a backshell, the length increases from 50 mm (1.9
7 in.) to 75 mm (2.95 in.).
- Step 4: Put the conduit in position on the harness.
- Step 5: Crease the conduit to bring it to a length of "L" minus 20 mm (0.79 in.) at each e
nd.
- Step 6: Attach with lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) -7 10 mm (0.39 in.) from each end of th
e conduit.
- It is usual to see swelling of the conduit because there is a remaining additional leng
th of 60 mm (2.36 in.) or of 110 mm (4.33 in.) for a backshell.
- Step 7: Pull out the conduit in the direction of each end to make the dimensions equal.
- Step 8: Attach the conduit additional lengths or additional thicknesses with lacing tape NS
A8420-7 or cable tie NSA935401 (F6198) .
P. NSA937212 (F6198)
COLOR CODE
A = TRANSLUCENT
NSA937212 A 20
(a) Temperature
(b) Size code
SIZE CODE INNER DIAMETER

0.812 mm (0.03 in.) to 0.990 mm (0.04 i
20
n.)
- Cut to the applicable length.
NOTE: The ends of the legs of the diode or resistor must protrude from the end of the conduit
by a distance of4 +1 mm or -0 mm (0.16 +0.04 in. or -0.0 in.).
You must do this so that you can do the crimping of the legs.
- Slide the conduit on the leg of the diode or resistor.
Figure 20-33-33-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - ABS0596
Figure 20-33-33-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation on Backshell - ABS0596S, ABS15
52, E0559, EN6049-003/004/005/006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Identification - ABS1552
Figure 20-33-33-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - E0507
Figure 20-33-33-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-005
Figure 20-33-33-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-006 an
d EN6049-007
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation - EN6049-006 and EN604
9-007
Figure 20-33-33-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Identification and Description - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits -Installation on Backshell - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0020-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description - EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0023-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation - EN6049-009-00
Figure 20-33-33-0025-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Installation - E0389,
E0502, E0559, EN6049-003 and EN6049-004
Figure 20-33-33-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics - EN4674-003 and EN467
4-004
Figure 20-33-33-0032-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Procedure - ABS1552
Figure 20-33-33-0033-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a larger conduit - ABS2413 and
EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0035-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Harness
(Applicable when the Harness has No Protection) - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0038-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivation of an O
pen Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0039-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an
Open Conduit to Make a Derivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0040-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an
Open Conduit to Make a Derivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0042-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Main Har
ness without Protection and Secondary Harness with Protection - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0043-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Star Deri
vation Cables that are Fully Protected - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0049-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivation of an O
pen Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0052-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Closed B
ackshell - EN6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0055-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Bond Ca
ble on the Backshell - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0058-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - End of Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/00
7
Figure 20-33-33-0060-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right
Side of the Open Backshell - En6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0061-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right
Side of the Open Backshell - EN6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0062-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Elbowe
d Open Backshell - EN6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0067-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Very Sm
all Open Backshell - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0070-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Larger Open Conduit with Spl
it Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0074-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Grounding of an
Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0076-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Cabl
e with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0078-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivations of an
Figure 20-33-33-0083-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivations of an
Figure 20-33-33-0088-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Derivations of an Open Cond
uit with Rigid Transition ABS0885 - EN6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0091-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Cover on a Star Derivation C
onduit - EN6049-008
onduit - EN6049-008
onduit - EN6049-008
onduit - EN6049-008
onduit - EN6049-008
onduit - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0097-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection from the E
nd of the Open Conduit - EN6049-008P
Figure 20-33-33-0098-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of the Ope
n Conduit to Make a Window - EN6049-008P
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0100-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the External Protection of the Ope
n Conduit to make a Window - EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0101-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Fold the Metallic Braid of the Open Conduit -
EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0104-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN60
49-009
Figure 20-33-33-0105-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - Twisti
ng of the Conduit - EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0106-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Protection of a Harness with an Open Conduit
- EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0107-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Connected to
a Conduit not in a Fire Zone - EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0110-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with a Symm
etrical Derivation - EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0111-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0112-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit w
ith a Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0116-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit
with a Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0119-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Bonding Braid on
an Open Conduit with a Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0123-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on an Open B
ackshell with a Shield Bond Cable - ABS2418
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ackshell with a Bond Cable - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0130-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0131-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
Figure 20-33-33-0133-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Special Installation of an Open Conduit - Over
lap Tolerance - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0134-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or E
N6049-006/007 and an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0135-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or E
N6049-006/007 and an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0136-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Coaxial Co
nnector - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
ackshell - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0138-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit E
N4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
Figure 20-33-33-0139-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit E
N4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 protection
Figure 20-33-33-0143-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Symmetrical
Derivation of an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0145-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Asymmetric
al Derivation of an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 and an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0150-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Across a Feed
-through Bulkhead - One Branch - EN6049-006/007
-through Bulkhead - One Continuous Branch - EN6049-006/007
-through Bulkhead - Two Branches - EN6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0153-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead of an Open Condu
it EN4674 that Goes Through an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 Protection
Figure 20-33-33-0154-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN60
49-008
Figure 20-33-33-0158-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with a Symm
etrical Derivation - EN6049-009
Figure 20-33-33-0159-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Cable Lead
out - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0160-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit in an Optical-f
iber Cable Leadout - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0161-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Remove or Fold Back the Internal Protection o
f Open Conduit - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0162-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Intermediary Bonding Braid
on an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0166-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Braid
with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
al Derivations of an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
Derivations of an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0187-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS08
86 - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0188-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS08
86 - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0189-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adaptation of Size of an Open Conduit - EN46
74-003/004
74-003/004
74-003/004
Figure 20-33-33-0192-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit -
EN4674
EN4674
EN4674
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0195-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit
- EN4674
- EN4674
- EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0198-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite an Asymmet
rical Derivations of an Open Conduit - EN4674
Derivations of an Open Conduit - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0206-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead on an Open Cond
uit - EN4674-003/004
uit - EN4674-003/004
uit - EN4674-003/004
- EN4674-003/004
- EN4674-003/004
- EN4674-003/004
it Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
Figure 20-33-33-0216-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Derivation of an Open Cond
uit with Rigid Transition ABS0885 - EN4674
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0219-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve
Figure 20-33-33-0221-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical derivation at closed backshell le
vel
Figure 20-33-33-0222-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of ABS0125 conduit to an open ba
ckshell
Figure 20-33-33-0223-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching open sleeve to ABS1069 and ABS06
99 backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0224-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching the conduit ABS0125 to an open ba
ckshell
Figure 20-33-33-0225-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418
to a closed backshell ABS2216
Figure 20-33-33-0227-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with
split support
split support - Installation
Figure 20-33-33-0229-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite symmetrical derivation with
split support
Figure 20-33-33-0230-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivation with
Split Support - Installation
Figure 20-33-33-0230-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivation with
Figure 20-33-33-0231-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 on bundle
Figure 20-33-33-0232-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 when adaptat
ion size diameter is required
Figure 20-33-33-0233-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulk
head
Figure 20-33-33-0234-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulk
head
Figure 20-33-33-0235-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid
Figure 20-33-33-0236-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid - Installation
Figure 20-33-33-0237-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open conduit ABS2418 with bonding b
raid with split support ABS0940

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
Figure 20-33-33-0238-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open sleeve ABS2418 with bonding br
aid with split support ABS0940 - Installation
Figure 20-33-33-0238-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open sleeve ABS2418 with bonding br
aid with split support ABS0940 - Installation
Figure 20-33-33-0243-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the external protection at the end
of the open conduit EN6049-008
Figure 20-33-33-0245-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell
with strain relief clamp
with strain relief
Figure 20-33-33-0248-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 c
onduit to ABS2216 backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0249-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0250-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell
Figure 20-33-33-0251-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS2413 to conduit EN
6049-006/007
Figure 20-33-33-0252-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 +
EN4674-003004 conduit on backshell EN4165 multi or mono module
Figure 20-33-33-0253-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 +
Figure 20-33-33-0254-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between ABS2
418, EN4674-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
Figure 20-33-33-0256-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an intermediary bonding braid
on EN6049-009 with split support ABS0940
Figure 20-33-33-0257-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Particular case for OHDS connecting cable

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS0514 - 03
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
PTFE CONDUITS ABS0514 FOR SPARE WIRE PROVISION
P_SP_203333_D1_02580001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0258-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Identification - ABS0514

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS0596 M 001
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE M C O D E= DOUBLE CHANNEL SECTION
S CODE = SPLIT TUBE SECTION
U C O D E= SINGLE CHANNEL SECTION
STANDARD P/N
DOUBLE CHANNEL SECTION SPLIT TUBE SECTION SINGLE CHANNEL SECTION

(M CODE) (S CODE) (U CODE)
DIA B
D D
F
TYING OF THE CONDUIT END OVERLAP ANGLE
90°
MINIMUM
50 mm*
(1.97 in)
20 mm OPEN
CONDUIT
(0.79 in)
ABS0596
20 mm
(0.79 in)
STOP MOVE MAXIMUM DIAMETER
CABLE TIES OF HARNESS
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS0596
CABLE TIES
NSA935401
OR LACING TAPES
CONDUIT NSA8420- 7
END
HARNESS
* FOR P ROUTES, THE PITCH MUST BE 25 mm (0.98 in).
NOTE:
OPEN CONDUIT ABS0596 IS TWISTED 3 TIMES EACH METER.
P_SP_203333_D1_00010001_01_02
Figure 20-33-33-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - ABS0596

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION ON CLOSED BACKSHELL
SECURED TIGHTENING ABS0596S, ABS1552, E0559 OR

DEVICE EN6049-003/004/005/006/007
CONNECTOR
TYING DEVICE HARNESS
BACKSHELL
INSTALLATION ON OPEN BACKSHELL
SHEATH TIGHTENED BY
THE BACKSHELL STRAIN ABS0596S, ABS1552, E0559 OR
RELIEF CLAMP EN6049-003/004/005/006/007
CONNECTOR HARNESS
TYING DEVICE
OPEN BACKSHELL
P_SP_203333_D1_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation on Backshell - ABS0596S, ABS1552,

E0559, EN6049-003/004/005/006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS1552 - 05
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
WHITE TRACER LINE
OVERLAP
ANGLE
CONDUIT HARNESS
MANDREL DIA. = MAX. HARNESS DIAMETER
P_SP_203333_D1_00030001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
OPEN SLEEVE ABS1552

90°
MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF HARNESS
0°
STEP 3:
P_SP_203333_D1_00320001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0032-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Procedure - ABS1552

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS2413 A 05 Y 5
COLOR CODE
TRACER LINE CODE
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
OUTSIDE TRACER
LINE
INSIDE TRACER
LINE
OVERLAP
ANGLE
CABLE HARNESS
DIAMETER
P_SP_203333_D1_00300001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
EN6049- 0 0 6 05 R 5
EN6049-007 05 - 5
COLOR CODE 2 = RED

3 = ORANGE
5 = OLIVE GREEN
TRACER LINE IDENTIFICATION CODE P CODE = WITH PINK TRACER LINE

R CODE = WITH RED TRACER LINE
SIZE CODE DASH (-) CODE = WITHOUT TRACER LINE
STANDARD P/N
TRACER LINE
OVERLAP
ANGLE
CONDUIT HARNESS
MANDREL DIA. = MAX. HARNESS DIAMETER
WHEN STANDARD ITEM INSTALLED, AND OVERLAP ANGLE IS LESS THAN 30°:
CABLE TIES NSA935401- 0 5
CONDUIT
OVERLAP
LOWER CONDUITS
THAN 30° EN6049-006/007
20 mm 20 mm
STANDARD ITEM (0.787 in) (0.787 in)
(SPLICE, DIODE, ETC.)
20 mm
(0.787 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00060001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-006 and
EN6049-007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
X mm + OVERLENGTH OF 60 mm (2.36 in)
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 2:
THE TRACER LINE MUST NOT BE IN VIEW
STEP 3:
3 TURNS EACH METER
P_SP_203333_D1_00350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0035-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Harness

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
BACKSHELL
150 mm 150 mm
(5.91 in) (5.91 in)
CABLE TIE NSA935401

OR
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm 150 mm
(0.39 in) (5.91 in)
> 100 mm
(3.94 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00360001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ACCEPTED
REJECTED REJECTED
TRACER LINE
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR HARNESS
EN6049-006/007
WHEN YOU USE 3 SLEEVES EN6049 SIZE 40

OF DIAMETER 100 mm (3.94 in), THE
TRACER LINE MUST NOT BE IN VIEW
P_SP_203333_D1_00370001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUITABS2413 OREN6049-006/007
10mm
STEP 2: (0.39 in)
LACING TAPENSA8420
10mm
STEP 3:
(0.39 in)
10mm
10mm
(0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE FROM CONNECTOR

WITHOUT INDUCING STRESS ON WIRES
P_SP_203333_D1_00580001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0058-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - End of Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
1 OPEN CONDUIT:
THE STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS NO
ARE IN CONTACT AND THE
CONDUIT IS SECURED
THE STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS

YES ARE IN CONTACT BUT THE
CONDUIT IS NOT SECURED
THE SPACE BETWEEN THE
STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS
IS TOO SMALL COMPARED TO
DRAWING 1 THE HARNESS DIAMETER
DRAWING 2
INCREASE THE HARNESS DIAMETER USING
ASNA5107, ABS5334 OR NSA935403 TAPE
UNDER THE OPEN HARNESS AND ASNA5107 OR
NSA935403 TAPE ABOVE THE OPEN HARNESS
USE SPACERSNSA937903F02 BETWEEN

DRAWING 1 DRAWING 2
ASNA5107 OR
NSA935403 TAPE
ASNA5107,ABS5334 OR
NSA935403 TAPE
P_SP_203333_D1_02450001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0245-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell with
strain relief clamp
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
2 OPEN CONDUITS:
THE STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS NO
ARE IN CONTACT AND THE
CONDUITS ARE SECURED
YES
DRAWING 3

ARE IN CONTACT BUT THE
CONDUITS ARE NOT SECURED
THE SPACE BETWEEN THE

STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS IS TOO SMALL
COMPARED TO THE HARNESS DIAMETER
AND THE USE OF SPACERS ALLOWS
THE CONDUIT TO BE INSERTED
BETWEEN THE STRAIN NO
RELIEF CLAMPS
DRAWING 5
1 SHRINKABLE CONDUIT
DRAWING 4 AT LEAST MUST BE
INCREASE THE HARNESS DIAMETER USING INSTALLED IN CASE OF
ASNA5107, ABS5334 OR NSA935403 TAPE ELECTRICAL SEGREGATION*
UNDER THE OPEN CONDUIT AND ASNA5107 OR + SPACERS IF NEEDED
NSA935403 TAPE ABOVE THE OPEN CONDUIT YES
USE SPACERSNSA937903F02 BETWEEN

NOTE:
*ELECTRICAL SEGREGATION:EN6049-007 OPEN CONDUIT USED P_SP_203333_D1_02460001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0246-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
DRAWING 3 DRAWING 4
ASNA5107 OR
NSA935403 TAPE
ASNA5107,ABS5334 OR
NSA935403 TAPE
DRAWING 5
70 mm
MIN
(2.76 in)
ABS0916
LACING TAPENSA8420 OR
CABLE TIENSA935401
EXAMPLE ON SIZE 8:
P_SP_203333_D1_02460001_02_00
Figure 20-33-33-0246-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL
ELBOW BACKSHELL
STEP 2:
BACKSHELL
STRAIN RELIEF
LACING TAPENSA8420
OR CABLE TIENSA935401
OPEN CONDUIT
TAPE NSA935403,
TAPENSA935403 ASNA5107 ORABS5334
ORASNA5107
P_SP_203333_D1_02470001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0247-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to an open backshell with
strain relief
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
THE CONDUIT IS
ADAPTED TO THE NO
HARNESS DIAMETER
YES
DRAWING 1
THE PRINCIPLE IS APPLICABLE WITH OR WITHOUT
BRAID SOCK OR EMI OPEN CONDUIT.
DRAWING 2
USE ASNA5107 TAPE TO ADAPT THE DIAMETER HARNESS.
IT CAN BE INSTALLED ON HARNESS, ON BRAID SOCK
AND ON OPEN CONDUIT.
IF THE TAPE DOES NOT GRIP ON THE WIRES
(LOW QUANTITY OF WIRES):
- ADD A FIRST LAYER OF ABS5334 WITH 50% OVERLAP
- SECOND LAYER ASNA5107
DRAWING 1 DRAWING 2
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR

BRAID SOCK OF THE
CABLE TIE NSA935401 BRAID SOCK OF THE CABLE TIE NSA935401
BACKSHELL ABS2216
BACKSHELL ABS2216
BACKSHELL
BACKSHELL EN6049-006/007
ABS2216 EN6049-006/007 ABS2216 OR ABS2413
ORABS2413
ONLY LACING TAPE TAPE

UNDER THE CONDUIT
5 mm
MIN ASNA5107 ONLY
(0.20 in)
5 mm
MIN
(0.20 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02480001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0248-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413

conduit to ABS2216 backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPEABS5334 OR
CONDUITEN6049-006/007
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPEABS5330
ORABS2413
BACKSHELL
BONDING CABLE
SOLDER CONDUIT
METALLIC CLAMPING E0160
STRIPE0805 LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR
CABLE TIE NSA935401
P_SP_203333_D1_02490001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0249-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
P_SP_203333_D1_02500001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0250-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a conduit to a closed backshell

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ATTACHING OPEN SLEEVE TO ABS1069 AND ABS0699 BACKSHELLS
ABS1069 ABS0699
P_SP_203333_D1_02230001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0223-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching open sleeve to ABS1069 and ABS0699
backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
OPEN CONDUITEN6049-006/007 OPEN CONDUITABS2413
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR CABLE TIENSA935401 P_SP_203333_D1_02510001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0251-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS2413 to conduit

EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
CRIMPED PIECE
STEP 2:
P_SP_203333_D1_02570001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0257-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Particular case for OHDS connecting cable
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 ON A COAXIAL CONNECTOR
END OF
CONNECTOR
10 mm 10 mm OPEN CONDUIT
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007

OR CABLE TIES NSA935401
P_SP_203333_D1_01360001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0136-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Coaxial

Connector - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
100 mm
10 mm (3.94 in)
(0.39 in)
100 mm
MAX (3.94 in) 10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 2:
15 mm
MIN (0.59 in)
STEP 3:
LACING TAPENSA8420-7
10 mm
(0.39 in) 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00330001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0033-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a larger conduit - ABS2413 and
EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
LACING TAPE
NSA8420-7
10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413

OR EN6049-006/007
10 mm
10 mm
(0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
10 mm
10 mm (0.39 in)
(0.39 in) 10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 3: 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
CABLE TIE NSA935401

OR LACING TAPE NSA8420-7
P_SP_203333_D1_00380001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0038-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivation of an Open

Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
EN6049-006/007 ORABS2413
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
CABLES
10 mm
(0.39 in) 10 mm
10 mm (0.39 in)
(0.39 in) 10 mm
(0.39 in)
70 mm
MIN
(2.76 in)
IF THE DIAMETER OF THE MAIN BUNDLE SLEEVE ALLOWS IT, IT IS POSSIBLE TO INSTALL THIS ONE
AS DESCRIBED ON THE DRAWING BELOW.
EN6049-006/007 OR ABS2413
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
CABLES
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPE NSA8420
LACING TAPENSA8420 OR CABLE TIENSA935401 P_SP_203333_D1_00490001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0049-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivation of an Open

Conduit - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 2:
LACING TAPE CABLE TIE
NSA8420- 7 NSA935401
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR
EN6049-006/007
10 mm
(0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
STEP 3:
P_SP_203333_D1_00390001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0039-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open

Conduit to Make a Derivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
35 mm
(1.38 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
CABLES
EN6049-006/007 ORABS2413
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
50 mm
(1.97 in)
NOTE:
NO CABLE TIENSA935401 UNDER AN OPEN CONDUIT.
LACING TAPENSA8420
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR CABLE TIE NSA935401 P_SP_203333_D1_00400001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0040-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open

Conduit to Make a Derivation with 2 Branches - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR
EN6049-006/007
STEP 2:
CABLE TIE NSA935401 OR

10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
> 100 mm
(3.94 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00420001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0042-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Main Harness
without Protection and Secondary Harness with Protection - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR
EN6049-006/007
STEP 2:
10 mm
10 mm (0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
STEP 3:
10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00430001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0043-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Star
Derivation Cables that are Fully Protected - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401 OR
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
10 mm
10 mm (0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_00440001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CROSS-SECTIONAL VIEW OF THE FULLY PROTECTED STAR DERIVATION
SLEEVE EN6049-006/007 OR ABS2413
INNER LACING TAPE NSA8420
SLEEVE EN6049-006/007
OR ABS2413
SLEEVE EN6049-006/007
OR ABS2413
OUTER CABLE TIENSA935401
10 mm
OR LACING TAPENSA8420
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm OUTER CABLE TIE NSA935401
(0.39 in)
OR LACING TAPE NSA8420
3 PIECES OF SLEEVEEN6049-006/007 OR
ABS2413 INSTALLED ON THE HARNESS TO BE
PROTECTED AND HELD BY LACING TAPES
P_SP_203333_D1_00500001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
THE TRACER LINE ON THE ELECTRICAL STANDARD ITEM
CABLE TIENSA935401
UNPROTECTED CABLE
TRACER LINE VISIBLE
EN6049-006/007 PIECE OF EN6049-006/007
ORABS2413 OR ABS2413 EN4674-003/004
CABLES
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
150 mm
MAX
(5.90 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01330001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0133-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Special Installation of an Open Conduit - Overlap
Tolerance - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
CLOSED INTERNAL PROTECTION

BACKSHELL OF SLEEVEEN4674
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR
CONNECTOR 20 mm CABLE TIE NSA935401
MIN
(0.79 in)
BOND CABLE OPEN CONDUIT

EN6049-006/007
30 mm ORABS2413
MAX
(1.18 in)
SOLDER SLEEVE
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE E0160
ABS5334 OR PTFE ADHESIVE METALLIC BRAID OF
TAPE ABS5330 SLEEVE EN4674
P_SP_203333_D1_01340001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0134-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or

EN6049-006/007 and an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OPEN CONDUIT

ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 2:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01 P_SP_203333_D1_01350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0135-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit ABS2413 or

EN6049-006/007 and an Open Conduit EN4674-003/004 on a Closed Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SLEEVEEN6049-006/007
ORABS2413
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
SLEEVEEN4674-003/004
SOLDER SLEEVEE0160
CABLES
20 mm
(0.79 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
40 mm
CONNECTOR+CHIMNEY (1.57 in)
50 mm
(1.97 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420 OR CABLE TIENSA935401
LACING TAPE NSA8420 P_SP_203333_D1_02520001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0252-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 +

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
30 mm
STEP 1: (1.18 in)
END OF THE CHIMNEY

20 mm
30 mm (0.78 in)
STEP 2: (1.18 in)
END OF THE CHIMNEY

STEP 3:
20 mm
STEP 4: (0.78 in)
END OF THE CHIMNEY

20 mm
20 mm (0.78 in)
STEP 5: (0.78 in)
END OF THE CHIMNEY PREVIOUS KNOTS

P_SP_203333_D1_02530001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0253-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of EN6049-006007 or ABS2413 +

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
OF OPEN CONDUITEN4674
INTERNAL PROTECTION
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

METALLIC BRAID OF
HARNESS
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 TO OPEN BACKSHELL
OPEN CONDUITABS2413
OREN6049-006/007
(0.39 in)
(2.76 in)
CABLE TIES NSA935401 OR
10 mm
LACING TAPES NSA8420-7
70 mm
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
(0.39 in)
10 mm
SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107B
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
(1.97 in)
50 mm
CONNECTOR AS POSSIBLE
AS NEAR
OPEN BACKSHELL
P_SP_203333_D1_01370001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0137-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on an Open

Backshell - ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INTERMEDIATE BONDING BRAID OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 THAT GOES THROUGH OPEN
CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
BONDING BRAID TERMINAL LUG

SOLUTION WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940 DAN416GN
OR
SOLUTION WITH LACING TAPE NSA8420
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
HARNESS LACING TAPE NSA8420
10 mm 10 mm EXTERNAL PROTECTION (MECHANICAL

INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION OF
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) OR ELECTRICAL) OF OPEN CONDUIT
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
50 mm MAX
(1.97 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01530001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0153-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead of an Open Conduit
EN4674 that Goes Through an Open Conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006/007 Protection
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004 + OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
ESPM
OPEN CONDUIT
10 mm 10 mm
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
LACING TAPE CABLES

NSA8420 - 7
10 mm 10 mm
DATE
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

REVISION
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) EN4674-003/004

01-May-2024
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
70 mm
(2.76 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
OPEN CONDUIT
49
** ON A/C ALL
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
NUMBER
REVISION
LACING TAPE CABLES

NSA8420-7
10 mm
(0.39 in)
EN4674-003/004
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01380001_01_00

TITLE

(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-33-0138-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit

20-33-33-01 - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description
A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004 + OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
BLACK SELF- ADHESIVE

TAPE ABS5334A01 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413
TAPE (0.39 in) (0.39 in) OR EN6049-006/007
NSA8420- 7 10 mm
10 mm 10 mm OPEN CONDUIT (0.39 in)
DATE
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) EN4674-003/004

REVISION
01-May-2024
CABLES
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
49
** ON A/C ALL
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
NUMBER
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
REVISION
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)

10 mm 10 mm 70 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (2.76 in)
70 mm 120 mm
(2.76 in) (4.72 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01390001_01_00

TITLE

(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-33-0139-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004 + OPEN CONDUIT

ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
10 mm
(0.39 in)
35 mm
LACING TAPE (1.38 in)
NSA8420- 7
CABLES

OR EN6049-006/007
10 mm
(0.39 in) OPEN CONDUIT
10 mm EN4674-003/004
(0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
50 mm
(1.97 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01400001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0140-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CABLES
ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004 + OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 O REN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
EN6049-006/007
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR
(1.38 in)
35 mm
(1.97 in)
50 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
T A P EABS5334 A01
SELF-ADHESIVE
BLACK
EN4674-003/004
OPEN CONDUIT
(4.72 in)
120 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm
(1.38 in)
35 mm
(1.97 in)
50 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
P_SP_203333_D1_01410001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVESABS0940
120 mm
(4.72 in)
120 mm
(4.72 in)
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2413 OREN6049-006/007 10 mm
(0.39 in)
LACING TAPENSA8420- 7
STEP 3:
10 mm
(0.39 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01420001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CABLES
OR EN6049-006/007
(0.79 in)
20 mm
DOUBLE OPPOSITE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
+ OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
(0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
(6.30 in TO 10.24 in)

160 mm TO 260 mm
TAPE ABS5334A01
100 mm MIN
(3.94 in)
ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE CONDUIT
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.79 in)
20 mm
EN4674-003/004
OPEN CONDUIT
P_SP_203333_D1_01430001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0143-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Symmetrical

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUITS
ABS2413 OR
EN6049-006/007
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
STEP 2:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334A01
10 mm
STEP 3: (0.39 in)
STEP 4:
30 mm ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE
(1.18 in) CONDUIT ABS2413
OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 5:
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01440001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:

OR EN6049-006/007 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 2:
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01450001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0145-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite Asymmetrical

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

OR EN6049-006/007 TAPE ABS5334A01
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
STEP 4:

ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 5:
10 mm
(0.39 in)
35 mm
(1.38 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01460001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
LACING TAPE ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE CONDUIT
NSA8420- 7 ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
35 mm
(1.38 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
60 mm 60 mm
(2.36 in) (2.36 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01470001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 9:
LACING TAPES ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE CONDUIT

NSA8420 - 7 ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007
STEP 10:
P_SP_203333_D1_01480001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CABLES
EN4674-003/004
OPEN CONDUIT
(1.18 in)
30 mm
DOUBLE OPPOSITE ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(1.38 in)
35 mm
+ OPEN CONDUIT ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007 PROTECTION
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
(7.87 in TO 11.81 in)

200 mm TO 300 mm
(2.17 in)
55 mm
110 mm MIN
(4.33 in)
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
(2.17 in)
55 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(1.38 in)
35 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
ABS2413 OR EN6049-006/007

OR EN6049-006/007
P_SP_203333_D1_01490001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
OR CABLE TIE NSA935401

EN6049-006/-007 OR ABS2413
LACING TAPE NSA8420
STRAIN RELIEF ABS0513

PROTECTION CONDUIT
TEXTILE ETERNAL
NUT ABS0935
PANEL
ADAPTOR BULKHEAD ABS0932

GENERAL CASE
P_SP_203333_D1_01500001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0150-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Across a Feed-
through Bulkhead - One Branch - EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
NON CONTINUOUS OPEN SLEEVE INSTALLATION

ESPM

PANEL

E0805
NUT ABS0935
PTFE ADHESIVE
ABS5330 ON 2 LAYERS
10 mm TEXTILE EXTERNAL
DATE
MIN (0.39 in)

PROTECTION CONDUIT
30 mm EN6049 -006/-007
MIN (1.18 in) 10 mm
REVISION
(0.39 in) OR ABS2413

01-May-2024
TAPE ASNA5107
01
49
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR
** ON A/C ALL
SELF-ADHERING TAPE CABLE TIE NSA935401
ABS5334
NUMBER
REVISION
IF POSSIBLE, CONTINUE THE

TEXTILE EXTERNAL PROTECTION
BEYOND THE FEED-THROUGH
NOTE:
01 THE END OF THE TAPE ASNA5107 NEED TO BE
P_SP_203333_D1_01510001_01_01
TIED BY LACING TAPE NSA8420
through Bulkhead - One Continuous Branch - EN6049-006/007

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CONTINUOUS OPEN SLEEVE INSTALLATION

NUT ABS0935
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
80 mm
MIN (3.14 in)
10 mm
30 mm (0.39 in)
MIN (1.18 in)
10 mm
10 mm (0.39 in) 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm
TEXTILE EXTERNAL
(0.39 in) 01 PROTECTION
IF POSSIBLE ADD
TAPEASNA5107 CONDUIT
EN6049-006/007
PTFE ADHESIVE ORABS2413
ABS5330 ON 2 LAYERS
SELF-ADHERING TAPEABS5334 LACING TAPENSA8420
PANEL OR CABLE TIENSA935401
NOTE:
01 THE END OF THE TAPE ASNA5107 NEEDS TO BE TIED
BY LACING TAPE NSA8420
P_SP_203333_D1_01520001_01_01
through Bulkhead - Two Branches - EN6049-006/007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
(g) SIMPLE CONNECTION (OPEN CONDUIT/RIGID CONDUIT):
- WHEN THE OPEN CONDUIT CAN GO INTO THE RIGID CONDUIT:
OPEN CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
ABS2413 OR
OR LACING TAPE NSA8420 EN6049-006/007
20 mm
(0.79 in) 10 mm
RIGID CONDUIT (0.39 in)
NSA935805
10 mm
(0.39 in)
- WHEN THE OPEN CONDUIT CANNOT BE ENGAGED INTO THE RIGID CONDUIT:
OPEN CONDUIT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
ABS2413 OR
OR LACING TAPE NSA8420 EN6049-006/007
20 mm 10 mm
(0.79 in) (0.39 in)
RIGID CONDUIT
NSA935805 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00110001_01_02
Figure 20-33-33-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation - EN6049-006 and EN6049-
007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS2418 A 05 - 5
COLOR CODE
TRACER LINE CODE
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
SECOND TRACER
LINE
FIRST TRACER
LINE
THIRD TRACER
LINE
OVERLAP
ANGLE
CABLE HARNESS
DIAMETER
P_SP_203333_D1_00310001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION

OF OPEN CONDUIT ABS2418
STEP 2:
P_SP_203333_D1_01110001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0111-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ADAPTING A HIGHER OPEN SLEEVE
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805 SELF ADHERING TAPEABS5334A01
OR ADHESIVE TAPE PTFEABS5330
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940
30 mm
(1.18 in)
SIZE 1 20 mm SIZE 2
(0.79 in)
50 mm
(1.97 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR CABLE TIENSA935401

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
PTFE PROTECTION
SIZE 1 < SIZE 2 P_SP_203333_D1_02190001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0219-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ADAPTING A HIGHER OPEN SLEEVE - INSTALLATION PROCESS

STEP 1:
TEXTILE
STEP 2:
METALLIC
20mm
(0.78 in) 60mm
(2.36 in) PTFE
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
P_SP_203333_D1_02200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0220-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
P_SP_203333_D1_02200001_02_00
Figure 20-33-33-0220-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adapting a higher open sleeve
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
TERMINAL LUGNSA936507 TG
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF THE
EN4674-003/004
50 mm
MAX (1.97 in) METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
SELF AMALGAMING 40 mm
TAPEABS5334 (1.57 in)
EN4674-003/004
ADHESIVE TAPE
PTFEABS5330
ABS2418
SPLIT SUPPORT 20 mm
ABS0940 (0.79 in) EN6049-006/007
20 mm
(0.79 in)
40 mm
(1.57 in) 50 mm
MAX (1.97 in)
NOTE:
THE EXTRA PIECE OF EMI CONDUIT IS NEEDED ONLY IF THE MAIN OPEN CONDUIT IS NOT CLOSED.
THIS PROCESS CAN BE USED IN THE CASE OF ADAPTING THE CONDUIT ABS2418 WITH THE
CONDUIT EN6049 ONLY.
THIS PROCESS CAN BE USED TO ADAPT A CONDUIT ABS2418 AND EN4674-003/004 AND
EN60490-006/007 WITHOUT BONDING BRAID.
BONDING BRAID SHALL NOT EXCEED 250 mm (9.84 in).
LACING TAPENSA8420
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
PTFE PROTECTION
P_SP_203333_D1_02540001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0254-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between ABS2418,
EN4674-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
100 mm
(3.94 in)
NOTE:
ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
PTFE
P_SP_203333_D1_02550001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0255-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between
ABS2418, EN4674-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4: METALLIC
EN4674-003/004
100 mm
(3.94 in) PTFE
STEP 5:
STEP 6: TERMINAL LUGNSA936507 TG
INTERNAL PROTECTION
OF THE EN4674
EN4674-004
ABS2418
20 mm
20 mm EN6049-006/007
(0.79 in)
STEP 7: (0.79 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
PTFE P_SP_203333_D1_02550001_02_00
Figure 20-33-33-0255-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the split support between
ABS2418, EN4674-003/004, EN6049-006/007 and bonding braid
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SELF ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334 OR

METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805 20 mm
SPLIT SUPPORT (0.79 in) BRANCH 1
ABS0940
MAIN
HARNESS
10 mm
MIN (0.39 in)
BRANCH 2
20 mm //
MAX (0.79 in) // //
90 mm
(3.54 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
PTFE PROTECTION P_SP_203333_D1_01120001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0112-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit with a
Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:

STEP 2:
STEP 3:
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVEABS0940
10 mm 10 mm
MIN (0.39 in) MIN (0.39 in)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01

STEP 4:
LACING TAPENSA8420
20 mm
(0.79 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01130001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5: EXTERNAL TEXTILE PROTECTION
20 mm METALLIC BRAID
(0.79 in) 60 mm
(2.36 in) INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION
20 mm
(0.79 in) 60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 6:
LACING TAPESNSA8420
STEP 7:
CABLE TIENSA935401
STEP 8:
METALLIC CLAMP E0805

P_SP_203333_D1_01140001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 9:
LACING TAPE NSA8420
EXTERNAL TEXTILE PROTECTION

OF OPEN CONDUIT ABS2418
STEP 10:
CABLE TIE NSA935401
STEP 11:
10 mm (0.39 in) MIN

20 mm (0.79 in) MAX
P_SP_203333_D1_01150001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION AT CLOSED BACKSHELL LEVEL
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805 BRANCH 1
ADHESIVE TAPE PTFE
ABS5330 ON THE CABLE
*AS CLOSE AS
POSSIBLE
10 TO 20 mm
(0.39 TO 0.79 in)
BRANCH 2
NOTE:
*WITHOUT CREATING CONSTRAINTS ON CABLES
LACING TAPENSA8420

OPEN SLEEVEABS2418 OREN6049-008
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0221-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical derivation at closed backshell level
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 PTFE ADHESIVE TAPEABS5330 OR
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334
MAIN
HARNESS
MAIN
HARNESS
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940
30 mm
MIN (1.18 in) BRANCH 1
50 mm 50 mm
MAX (1.97 in) (1.97 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0116-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivation of an Open Conduit with a
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
10 mm
10 mm MIN (0.39 in)
MIN (0.39 in)

ABS5334A01
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUITABS2418
STEP 5:
METALLIC BRAID
20 mm INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION
(0.79 in) 60 mm
(2.36 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01170001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5 (CONTINUE):
LACING TAPE NSA8420

STEP 6:

STEP 7:
STEP 8:
LACING TAPES NSA8420 OR

P_SP_203333_D1_01180001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
DOUBLE OPPOSITE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION WITH SPLIT SUPPORT
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940 PTFE ADHESIVE
SELF-ADHERING TAPEABS5330
TAPEABS5334
HARNESS
20 mm
20 mm (0.79 in) 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
20 mm BRANCH
(0.79 in)
40 mm
(1.57 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0229-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite symmetrical derivation with split
support
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
DOUBLE OPPOSITE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION WITH SPLIT SUPPORT
STEP 1:
TEXTILE
METALLIC
20 mm
(0.78 in) 60 mm
(2.36 in) PTFE
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4: MAIN BUNDLE
BRANCH
P_SP_203333_D1_02300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0230-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivation with
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
MAIN BUNDLE
BRANCH
STEP 8: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 9:
P_SP_203333_D1_02300001_02_01
Figure 20-33-33-0230-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double Opposite Symmetrical Derivation with
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
DOUBLE OPPOSITE ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION WITH SPLIT SUPPORT
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940 PTFE ADHESIVE
SELF-ADHERING TAPEABS5330
TAPEABS5334
HARNESS
BRANCH
15 mm
20 mm (0.59 in) 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
15 mm
30 mm (0.59 in)
(1.18 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0227-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with split
support
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
TEXTILE
STEP 2: METALLIC
20 mm
(0.78 in) 60 mm
(2.36 in) PTFE
STEP 3:
P_SP_203333_D1_02280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0228-0001 (SHEET 1/3) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Double opposite asymmetrical derivation with
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
P_SP_203333_D1_02280001_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
P_SP_203333_D1_02280001_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
INSTALLATION OF THE INTERMEDIARY BONDING BRAID ON AN OPEN CONDUIT ABS2418 WITH SPLIT SUPPORT ABS0940
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
METALLIC CLAMP BONDING BRAID
E0805 DAN416GN
ABS0940
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
DATE
ABS5334A01
LACING TAPES METALLIC BRAID
REVISION
NSA8420 INTERNAL
01-May-2024
HARNESS PTFE PROTECTION
OPEN
CONDUIT
ABS2418
49
** ON A/C ALL
NUMBER
REVISION
BLACK SELF-
20 mm 20 mm ADHESIVE TAPE
(0.79 in) (0.79 in) ABS5334A01
40 mm 40 mm EXTERNAL TEXTILE
(1.57 in) (1.57 in) PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT
50 mm MAX 50 mm MAX ABS2418
(1.97 in) (1.97 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01190001_01_00
Open Conduit with a Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - ABS2418

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-33-0119-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Bonding Braid on an

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
STEP 2:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330

STEP 3:
10 mm MAX
10 mm MAX (0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
STEP 4:
METALLIC BRAID
STEP 5:
LACING TAPES NSA8420 OR

P_SP_203333_D1_01200001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
TERMINAL LUG NSA936507TG BONDING BRAID DAN416GN
STEP 8:
10 mm MAX
(0.39 in)
STEP 9:
P_SP_203333_D1_01210001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 10:
STEP 11:
STEP 12:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334 A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01220001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INTERMEDIARY BONDING BRAID
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
25 mm
(0.98 in)
SPLIT
SUPPORT
ABS0940
25 mm 25 mm
(0.98 in) (0.98 in) SELF AMALGAMING
TAPEABS5334
METALLIC CLAMPING
ADHESIVE TAPE STRIPE0805
PTFEABS5330 20 mm
10 mm (0.79 in)
MAX (0.39 in)
10 mm
MAX (0.39 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in) 20 mm
(0.79 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420

CONVULTED CONDUIT (PEEK OR PTFE)
TEXTILEEN6049
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0235-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_02360001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0236-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediary bonding braid - Installation

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
TERMINAL LUGNSA936507TG
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
ADHESIVE TAPE
10 mm PTFEABS5330
(0.39 in)
SPLIT SUPPORT
40 mm SELF AMALGAMING
ABS0940
40 mm (1.58 in) TAPEABS5334
50 mm (1.58 in)
MAX (1.97 in)
50 mm
MAX (1.97 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0237-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open conduit ABS2418 with bonding braid
with split support ABS0940
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3: 10 mm
MIN (0.39 in)
100 mm
(3.93 in)
SPLIT SUPPORT
STEP 4: ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS0940
PTFE ABS5330
10 mm
(0.39 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0238-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open sleeve ABS2418 with bonding braid
with split support ABS0940 - Installation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
METALLIC CLAMPING
SPLIT SUPPORT
STRIPE0805
ABS0940
10 mm
(0.39 in)
ADHESIVE TAPE
PTFE ABS5330
STEP 7:
SELF ADHERING TAPE ABS5334
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0238-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of open sleeve ABS2418 with bonding braid
with split support ABS0940 - Installation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CONNECTING OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418 TO A CLOSED BACKSHELL ABS2216

WITH A BONDING WIRE ON SPLIT SUPPORT
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940
SOLDER SLEEVE
BACKSHELLABS2216 ADHESIVE PTFE
E0160 METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805 TAPEABS5330
SOCK OF BACKSHELL
ABS2216
50 mm
MAX (1.97 in)
115 mm
MIN (4.53 in)
SELF AMALGAMING
TAPEABS5334
150 mm
MIN (5.91 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
LACING TAPE NSA8420 OR PTFE ABS5330

OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0225-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418 to a
closed backshell ABS2216
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
60 mm
MIN
(2.36 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02260001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0226-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418 to
a closed backshell ABS2216
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
P_SP_203333_D1_02260001_02_00
Figure 20-33-33-0226-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation process for open sleeve ABS2418 to
a closed backshell ABS2216
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
STEP 2:
10 mm 10 mm
MIN (0.39 in) MIN (0.39 in)
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
SHIELD BOND CABLE
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPESABS5330 OR

STEP 5: LACING TAPESNSA8420
METALLIC BRAID
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
PROTECTION
P_SP_203333_D1_01230001_01_01

Backshell with a Shield Bond Cable - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
SHIELD BOND CABLE
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPEABS5330 OR

LACING TAPENSA8420
STEP 7:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 METALLIC BRAID

STEP 8:
TERMINAL LUG BONDING BRAID DAN416GN

NSA936507 TG
SPRING WASHER
TERMINAL LUG
WRONG
SPRING WASHER
TERMINAL LUG
SPACER
GOOD
STEP 9:
SELF-ADHESIVE SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107B
P_SP_203333_D1_01240001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 10:
TERMINAL LUGNSA936507TG
STEP 11:
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
STEP 12:
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
PROTECTION
CABLE TIENSA935401
STEP 13:
STEP 14:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01 P_SP_203333_D1_01250001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF THE OPEN CONDUIT ABS2418 ON THE OPEN

BACKSHELL WITH A BONDING BRAID
BONDING BRAID
DAN416 GN
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG SPLIT SUPPORT
SLEEVE ABS0940 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01
OPEN PTFE ADHESIVE SOLDER SLEEVE E0160

BACKSHELL TAPE ABS5330
LACING TAPE NSA8420
OR PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
METALLIC BRAID
PTFE
PROTECTION
CONNECTOR EXTERNAL TEXTILE

70 mm MAXIMUM PROTECTION OF OPEN
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE (2.76 in) CONDUIT ABS2418
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 LACING TAPE
NSA8420
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
SILICONE TAPE ASNA5107 B
P_SP_203333_D1_01260001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF THE CONNECTING OPEN CONDUIT ABS2418 ON

THE CLOSED BACKSHELL WITH A BOND CABLE

OR
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
20 mm MIN INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION OF OPEN
BACKSHELL (0.79 in) PROTECTION CONDUIT ABS2418
LACING TAPE NSA8420

OR SOLDER SLEEVE HARNESS METALLIC BRAID
CABLE TIE NSA935401 E0160
BOND CABLE
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_01270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0127-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Closed

Backshell with a Bond Cable - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01 OR
STEP 2:
BOND CABLE
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
TEMPORARY ADHESIVE TAPE

STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUIT
ABS2418
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION
P_SP_203333_D1_01280001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
EXTERNAL TEXTILE PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUITABS2418
10 mm
(0.39 in)
METALLIC BRAID
STEP 5:
10 mm
(0.39 in)
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
STEP 6:
TRACER LINE
LACING TAPENSA8420 CABLE TIENSA935401
P_SP_203333_D1_01290001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418 ON A BULKHEAD
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
PANEL
SELF-ADHERING
TAPEABS5334
BULKHEAD
10 mm
(0.39 in)
30 mm MECHANICAL PROTECTION
(1.18 in)
SUPPORT STRAIN RELIEF
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420
MECHANICAL PROTECTION:EN6049-006/007,ABS2413 OR REINFORCED TAPE ASNA5107 (THE END OF
THE TAPEASNA5107 NEEDS TO BE TIED)
OPEN SLEEVE ABS2418
TEXTILE
METALLIC
Figure 20-33-33-0233-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulkhead
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
P_SP_203333_D1_02340001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0234-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of open sleeve ABS2418 on a bulkhead
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ILLUSTRATION DESCRIPTION CONDITION DECISION
DEFORMATION OF
THE EMI MESH ON
A STRAIGHT LINE/
MAIN HARNESS: WITHOUT LENGTH LIMIT ACCEPTED
DEFORMATION
WIDTH 3 mm
(0.12 in)
LENGTH
WIDTH
ONLY IF THE TOTAL LENGTH

3 mm (0.12 in )
OF THE DEFORMATION IS
< WIDTH ACCEPTED
200 mm (7.87 in)
5 mm (0.20 in)
TOTAL LENGTH EXAMPLE: EACH METER
30 mm
40 mm
40 mm
80 mm
1m 1m
EMI MESH
DEFORMATION TOO WIDTH > 5 mm (0.20 in) REJECTED
WIDE
P_SP_203333_D1_01300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0130-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ILLUSTRATION DESCRIPTION CONDITION DECISION
3 mm (0.12 in ) < WIDTH

5 mm (0.20 in)
REJECTED
AND
LENGTH > 200 mm (7.87 in)
EMI MESH
30 mm
DEFORMATION
100 mm
TOO WIDE
TOTAL LENGTH OF THE
DEFORMATION IS
REJECTED
100 mm > 200 mm (7.87 in)
1m 1m EACH METER
DEFORMATION OF
MAX WIDTH: 20 mm (0.79 in)
THE EMI MESH ON ACCEPTED
MAX LENGTH: 50 mm (1.97 in)
THE BRANCH AT
DERIVATION LEVEL
P_SP_203333_D1_01310001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0131-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Acceptance and Rejection Criteria of an Open
Conduit - ABS2418
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
E0507 B01 V
COLOR CODE V= OLIVE GREEN

SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
GRIPPING
STRIP
GRIPPING
STRIP
HARNESS CONDUIT
E0507
LOCKING OF THE GRIPPING STRIPS
1 TO 2 mm
(0.039 TO 0.079 in)
CORRECT INCORRECT
P_SP_203333_D1_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - E0507

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
EN4674- 0 0 3 - 05 P
EN4674-004 - 05 P
TAPE CODE P = WITH INTERNAL PROTECTIVE TAPE

W = WITHOUT INTERNAL PROTECTIVE TAPE
SIZE CODE
SLEEVE TYPE
STANDARD P/N
EN4674-003 EN4674-004
P_SP_203333_D1_00280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics - EN4674-003 and EN4674-
004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 ON CABLE LEADOUT
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
MIN 30 mm THERMO RETRACTABLE
MIN 50 mm
(1.18 in) SHEATH OR
(1.97 in)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
LACING TAPES T A P EABS5334A01 OR
NSA8420- 7 PTFE ADHESIVE
T A P EABS5330
HARNESS
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
APPROX APPROX APPROX TAPE ABS5334A01
20 mm 20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in) (0.79 in)
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
- IF THE CABLES COME FROM THE TWO SIDES OF THE LEADOUT OR IF YOU CANNOT OBEY THE
BEND RADIUS, THEN USE THE METHOD THAT FOLLOWS.
CABLE CURVATURE
RADIUS
BREAKOUT
LACING TAPE
NSA8420-7
CABLE LEADOUT
MAIN HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_01590001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0159-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on Cable Leadout -
EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ABS5334A01 OR PTFE ADHESIVE

BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPES
OPTICAL-FIBER
CABLE
HARNESS
TAPES ABS5330
INSTALLATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 IN AN OPTICAL-FIBER CABLE LEADOUT
APPROX 20 mm
(0.79 in)
MIN 30 mm
APPROX 20 mm
(1.18 in)
(0.79 in)
APPROX 20 mm
LACING TAPES
MIN 50 mm
NSA8420- 7
(1.97 in)
(0.79 in)
OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

METALLIC BRAID OF
P_SP_203333_D1_01600001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0160-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit in an Optical-fiber

Cable Leadout - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
REMOVE THE INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 :

LACING TAPENSA8420
FOLD BACK THE INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674:

ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01610001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0161-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Remove or Fold Back the Internal Protection of
Open Conduit - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
INSTALLATION OF A LARGER OPEN CONDUIT WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
EN4674
METALLIC
CLAMP
E0805
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
ABS5334A01
INTERNAL PROTECTION
BLACK
OF OPEN CONDUIT
OR
EN4674
MIN 115 mm
MAX 30 mm
(4.53 in)
(1.18 in)
SPLIT SUPPORT
ABS0940
SLEEVE
METALLIC
CLAMP
E0805
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
MIN 20 mm
(0.79 in)
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_02120001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0212-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Larger Open Conduit with Split
Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
STEP 2:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
T A P EABS5334A01
STEP 3:
10 mm MAX 10 mm MAX
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 5:
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 P_SP_203333_D1_02130001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
P_SP_203333_D1_02140001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
INTERNAL PTFE
INSTALLATION OF THE INTERMEDIARY BONDING BRAID ON AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
HARNESS
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
BONDING BRAID
WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940 (SOLUTION 1)
DAN416GN
MAX 10 mm
(0.39 in)
ADHESIVE TAPE
MAX 50 mm
ABS5330
(1.97 in)
PTFE
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
THE BONDING BRAID MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 250 mm (9.84 in).
SPLIT SUPPORT
MAX 50 mm
ABS0940
SLEEVE
(1.97 in)
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
MAX 10 mm
(0.39 in)
ABS5334A01
BLACK
METALLIC BRAID OF OPEN

CONDUIT EN4674
NOTE:
P_SP_203333_D1_01620001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0162-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Intermediary Bonding Braid on
an Open Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
ABS5334A01
STEP 2:
10 mm MAX 10 mm MAX
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
STEP 4:
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
50 mm MAX
(1.97 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01630001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
INSTALLATION OF THE INTERMEDIARY BONDING BRAID ON AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

ESPM
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
ABS5330
SPLIT SUPPORT
S L E E V EABS0940
DATE
METALLIC CLAMP
BLACK E0805
REVISION
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
01-May-2024
ABS5334A01 METALLIC BRAID OF

INTERNAL PTFE OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
PROTECTION OF OPEN (ADDITIONAL PIECE)
CONDUIT EN4674 HARNESS
49
** ON A/C ALL
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID OF NSA8420- 7
NUMBER
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

REVISION
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
40 mm 40 mm
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
MAX 50 mm MAX 50 mm
(1.97 in) (1.97 in)
NOTE:
P_SP_203333_D1_01640001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
10 mm MAX 10 mm MAX
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
P_SP_203333_D1_01650001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
INTERNAL PTFE PROTECTION TAPE ABS5334A01 SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE
OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 LACING TAPE ABS0940
NSA8420- 7 HARNESS
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID OF 10 mm MAX NSA8420-7
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 (0.39 in) 10 mm MAX
(0.39 in)
STEP 5:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
(ADDITIONAL PIECE)
40 mm 40 mm
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
STEP 6:
TERMINAL LUG BONDING BRAID

NSA936507TG DAN416GN
STEP 7:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
50 mm MAX
(1.97 in) 50 mm MAX
(1.97 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02150001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STOP OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 WITH A BONDING BRAID WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940 (SOLUTION 1)
HARNESS
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
BONDING BRAID
METALLIC CLAMP
DAN416GN
MAX 30 mm
E0805
(1.18 in)
ADHESIVE TAPE
MAX 50 mm
(1.97 in)
ABS5330
PTFE
SPLIT SUPPORT
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS0940
MAX 50 mm
SLEEVE
ABS5334A01
(1.97 in)
BLACK

PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
CONDUIT EN4674
INTERNAL PTFE
NOTE:
P_SP_203333_D1_01660001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0166-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Braid with
Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - Solution 1 - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
ABS5334A01
STEP 2:
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 4:
TERMINAL LUG METALLIC CLAMPE0805
NSA936507TG
STEP 5:
STEP 6:

P_SP_203333_D1_01670001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
STOP OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 WITH A BONDING BRAID WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940 (SOLUTION 3)
ESPM
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
PTFE
ADHESIVE TAPE BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
ABS5330
SPLIT SUPPORT
S L E E V EABS0940
DATE
METALLIC CLAMP
BLACK E0805
REVISION
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
01-May-2024
ABS5334A01 METALLIC BRAID OF

INTERNAL PTFE OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
PROTECTION OF OPEN (ADDITIONAL PIECE)
CONDUIT EN4674 HARNESS
49
** ON A/C ALL
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID OF NSA8420- 7
NUMBER
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

REVISION
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
40 mm 40 mm
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
MAX 50 mm MAX 50 mm
(1.97 in) (1.97 in)
NOTE:
P_SP_203333_D1_01680001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
ABS5334A01
STEP 2:
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

ABS0940
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN4674
STEP 4:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF TAPE ABS5334A01 SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 LACING TAPE ABS0940
NSA8420- 7 HARNESS
LACING TAPE
METALLIC BRAID OF MAX 10 mm NSA8420-7
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 (0.39 in) MAX 10 mm
(0.39 in)
STEP 5:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
(ADDITIONAL PIECE)
40 mm 40 mm
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01690001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
SPLIT SUPPORT METALLIC BRAID OF
LACING TAPES S L E E V EABS0940 OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
NSA8420- 7 (ADDITIONAL PIECE)
BLACK
SELF-ADHESIVE LACING TAPE
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF TAPE ABS5334A01 NSA8420-7
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
HARNESS
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
40 mm 40 mm
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
STEP 7:

NSA936507TG DAN416GN
STEP 8:

T A P EABS5330
STEP 9:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01700001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
BRANCH 1
BRANCH 2
PROTECTION OF OPEN

CONDUIT EN4674
INSTALLATION OF SYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
METALLIC BRAID
INTERNAL
(0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
OR
(1.97 in)
50 mm
(1.57 in)
40 mm
SLEEVE ABS0940
SPLIT SUPPORT
(0.79 in)
20 mm
CLAMP E0805
METALLIC
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
ABS5334A01
(1.18 in)
30 mm
HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_01710001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0171-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Symmetrical Derivations of an Open

Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 5:
20 mm
(0.79 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01720001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
LACING TAPENSA8420- 7 PTFE ADHESIVE

OPEN CONDUITEN4674 T A P EABS5330
STEP 7:
REMOVE THE INTERNAL
PROTECTION OF AN OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674 FOR
EACH BRANCH
STEP 8:
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
P_SP_203333_D1_01730001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 9:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674 LACING TAPENSA8420- 7
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
STEP 10:
40 mm
(1.57 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
STEP 11:

P_SP_203333_D1_01740001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CONDUIT EN4674
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION
BRANCH 1
OF OPEN
OF OPEN CONDUIT
METALLIC BRAID
EN4674
(0.39 in)
10 mm
INSTALLATION OF ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
OR
(1.97 in)
50 mm
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
SLEEVE ABS0940
SPLIT SUPPORT
(1.18 in)
30 mm
HARNESS
MAIN
P_SP_203333_D1_01750001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0175-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Asymmetrical Derivations of an

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
D
STEP 2:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01 OR

STEP 3:
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_01760001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
P_SP_203333_D1_01770001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPEABS5330 OR

STEP 2:
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS0940 ABS5334A01
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674 TRACER LINE
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_01780001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
METALLIC CLAMPE0805
STEP 7:
LACING TAPESNSA8420- 7
STEP 8:

STEP 9:

P_SP_203333_D1_01790001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
INSTALLATION OF A DOUBLE OPPOSITE ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
ESPM

SPLIT SUPPORT OR
SLEEVE ABS0940 PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMP METALLIC BRAID

E0805 OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN4674
DATE
REVISION
01-May-2024
MAIN
HARNESS
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION
OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
49
** ON A/C ALL
10 mm
NUMBER
(0.39 in)
REVISION
BRANCH
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7 10 mm
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE (0.39 in)
TAPE ABS5334A01 PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
50 mm TO 100 mm 50 mm TO 100 mm
(1.97 in TO 3.94 in) (1.97 in TO 3.94 in)
100 mm TO 200 mm
P_SP_203333_D1_01800001_01_00 (3.94 in TO 7.87 in)

TITLE
(AIRBUS)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
P_SP_203333_D1_01810001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
METALLIC CLAMPE0805

STEP 7:
P_SP_203333_D1_01820001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
INSTALLATION OF A DOUBLE OPPOSITE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

ESPM

BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
METALLIC BRAID SPLIT SUPPORT OR
OF OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 SLEEVE ABS0940 PTFE ADHESIVE
BRANCH 2 TAPE ABS5330
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330 BLACK
LACING TAPES METALLIC SELF-ADHESIVE
NSA8420- 7 CLAMP E0805 TAPE ABS5334A01
DATE
REVISION
01-May-2024
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
49
** ON A/C ALL
10 mm MAX 30 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (1.18 in) (0.39 in)
NUMBER
MAX 30 mm
REVISION
(1.18 in)
50 mm TO 100 mm 50 mm TO 100 mm
BRANCH 1 (1.97 in TO 3.94 in) (1.97 in TO 3.94 in)
100 mm TO 200 mm
(3.94 in TO 7.87 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01830001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
STEP 4:
P_SP_203333_D1_01840001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
STEP 6:
P_SP_203333_D1_01850001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
P_SP_203333_D1_01860001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
INTERNAL PTFE
HARNESS
JUNCTION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT ON JOINER ABS0886
METALLIC CLAMP
TAPES ABS5334A01
(2.36 in)
60 mm
SELF-ADHESIVE
E0805
BLACK
ABS0886
JOINER
T A P EABS5334A01
SELF-ADHESIVE
BLACK
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
(2.36 in)
60 mm
ABS5330
OF OPEN CONDUIT
METALLIC BRAID
EN4674
P_SP_203333_D1_01870001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0187-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS0886 -
EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1: BLACK
SELF-ADHESIVE JOINER
T A P EABS5334A01 ABS0886
HARNESS
60 mm 60 mm
(2.36 in) (2.36 in)
STEP 2:
60 mm 60 mm
METALLIC BRAID (2.36 in) (2.36 in) INTERNAL PTFE
OF OPEN CONDUIT PROTECTION OF OPEN
EN4674 CONDUIT EN4674
STEP 3:
60 mm 60 mm
(2.36 in) (2.36 in)
STEP 4: METALLIC CLAMP

E0805
60 mm 60 mm
(2.36 in) (2.36 in)
STEP 5: PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
60 mm 60 mm
(2.36 in) (2.36 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01880001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0188-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Junction of an Open Conduit on Joiner ABS0886 -
EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
HARNESS
INSTALLATION OF THE DERIVATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674 WITH RIGID TRANSITION ABS0885
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
(2.36 in)
60 mm
(2.36 in)
60 mm
RIGID TRANSITION
ABS0885
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
METALLIC BRAID OF
(2.36 in)
60 mm
P_SP_203333_D1_02160001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0216-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of the Derivation of an Open Conduit
with Rigid Transition ABS0885 - EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334 A01 TRANSITION ACCESSORY
STEP 2:
RIGID TRANSITION ABS0885
STEP 3:
CABLE TIE NSA935401
STEP 4:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

P_SP_203333_D1_02170001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4 (CONTINUE):
CABLE TIE NSA935401
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

STEP 5:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 6:
P_SP_203333_D1_02180001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
HARNESS
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
ADHESIVE TAPE
(0.39 in)
10 mm
ABS5330
PTFE
ADOPTATION OF SIZE OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01B
(2.36 in)
60 mm
BLACK
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
MIN 100 mm
(3.94 in)
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
CLOSED BACKSHELL
P_SP_203333_D1_01890001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0189-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Adaptation of Size of an Open Conduit - EN4674-
003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
CLOSED BACKSHELL
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID OF OPEN CONDUIT

EN4674 -003/004
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_01900001_01_00
003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:

EN4674 -003/004
CLOSED BACKSHELL
STEP 7:

STEP 8:
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334A01B
P_SP_203333_D1_01910001_01_00
003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
BRANCH 1
BRANCH 2
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
OF OPEN CONDUIT
INTERNAL
METALLIC BRAID
EN4674
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
(0.39 in)
SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
10 mm
TAPE ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
OR
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(3.15 in)
80 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
TAPE ABS5334A01
SELF-ADHESIVE
BLACK
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
(0.39 in)
10 mm
MAIN
HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_01920001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0192-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Symmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit -

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
> 30 mm
(1.18 in)

OR
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
45 mm
(1.77 in)
STEP 3:
50 mm
(1.97 in)
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
STEP 4:
10 mm
(0.39 in) 40 mm
(1.57 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01930001_01_00

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in)
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) 10 mm
30 mm 20 mm 10 mm
(1.18 in) (0.79 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in) (0.39 in)
STEP 6:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
STEP 7:
P_SP_203333_D1_01940001_01_00

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
BRANCH 1
BRANCH 2
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN4674
OF OPEN CONDUIT
INTERNAL
METALLIC BRAID
EN4674
(0.39 in)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
10 mm
ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
TAPE ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
(0.39 in)
10 mm
OR
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
(0.39 in)
(3.54 in)
10 mm
90 mm
(0.39 in)
TAPE ABS5334A01
10 mm
SELF-ADHESIVE
BLACK
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
(0.39 in)
10 mm
HARNESS
MAIN
P_SP_203333_D1_01950001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0195-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Asymmetrical Derivations of an Open Conduit -

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
> 30 mm
(1.18 in)

OR
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674
80 mm
(3.15 in)
STEP 3:
80 mm
(3.15 in)
WITHOUT INTERNAL
PROTECTION
STEP 4:
30 mm
50 mm (1.18 in)
(1.97 in)
STEP 5:
40 mm
(1.57 in) 30 mm
10 mm (1.18 in)
(0.39 in)
STEP 6:
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01960001_01_00

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6 (CONTINUE):
30 mm
20 mm (1.18 in)
(0.79 in)
10 mm = = =
(0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in) === = =
10 mm === = = =
(0.39 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
10 mm === = = = = =
(0.39 in)
STEP 7:

STEP 8:
P_SP_203333_D1_01970001_01_00

EN4674
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
INSTALLATION OF A DOUBLE OPPOSITE AN ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

110 mm
(4.33 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
DATE
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

10 mm 10 mm
BRANCH 1
REVISION
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)

01-May-2024
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
BRANCH 3 10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
49
** ON A/C ALL
OF OPEN
CONDUIT
EN4674
NUMBER
REVISION
LACING TAPE PTFE ADHESIVE

MAIN NSA8420- 7 TAPE ABS5330
HARNESS OR METALLIC BRAID
PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE OF OPEN CONDUIT
TAPE ABS5330 SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334A01 EN4674
TAPE ABS5334A01
BRANCH 4 BRANCH 2

P_SP_203333_D1_01980001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-33-0198-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Double Opposite an Asymmetrical

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
> 70 mm
(2.76 in)
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330 OR

BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
T A P EABS5334A01
STEP 2:
30 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 7 OPEN CONDUITEN4674

STEP 3:
30 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
STEP 4:
60 mm
30 mm (2.36 in)
(1.18 in)
WITHOUT INTERNAL PROTECTION

STEP 5:
30 mm
(1.18 in)
30 mm 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
WITHOUT INTERNAL PROTECTION P_SP_203333_D1_01990001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
30 mm = =
(1.18 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
20 mm
(0.79 in)
10 mm = = = 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
30 mm
(1.18 in)
10 mm = = =
(0.39 in) = = = 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02000001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6 (CONTINUE):
20 mm
(0.79 in) == = 10 mm
10 mm = = = = (0.39 in)
(0.39 in)
10 mm = = = = = = = = =
(0.39 in)
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
110 mm
(4.33 in)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334 A01
P_SP_203333_D1_02010001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
INSTALLATION OF A DOUBLE OPPOSITE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674

110 mm
(4.33 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
DATE
10 mm 10 mm
BRANCH 3
(0.39 in)
REVISION
(0.39 in)
01-May-2024
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
BRANCH 1 10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
49
** ON A/C ALL
OF OPEN
CONDUIT
EN4674
NUMBER
REVISION
LACING TAPE PTFE ADHESIVE

MAIN NSA8420- 7 TAPE ABS5330
PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK HARNESS METALLIC BRAID
OR OF OPEN CONDUIT
TAPE ABS5330 SELF-ADHESIVE
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE EN4674
TAPE ABS5334A01
BRANCH 2 TAPE ABS5334A01
BRANCH 4

P_SP_203333_D1_02020001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
LACING TAPENSA8420- 7 PTFE ADHESIVE TAPEABS5330

STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_02030001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
LACING TAPESNSA8420- 7 OPEN CONDUITEN4674
P_SP_203333_D1_02040001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6 (CONTINUE):
OPEN CONDUITEN4674
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
T A P EABS5334A01
CABLE TIESNSA935401
P_SP_203333_D1_02050001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
INTERMEDIATE BONDING LEAD OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
MAX 250 mm
(9.84 in)
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.79 in)
20 mm
DAN416GN
BONDING BRAID
3 LAYERS OF
(0.79 in)
20 mm
ADHESIVE TAPE
(0.79 in)
20 mm
(3.15 in)
ABS5330
80 mm
PTFE
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01B
BLACK
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
EN4674-003/004
OPEN CONDUIT
P_SP_203333_D1_02060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0206-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Intermediate Bonding Lead on an Open Conduit -
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
BONDING BRAID
CABLE TIE DAN416GN
NSA935401
OPEN CONDUIT
LACING TAPE
EN4674-003/004
NSA8420- 7
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
P_SP_203333_D1_02070001_01_00
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
LACING TAPES NSA8420- 7 OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
P_SP_203333_D1_02080001_01_00
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
HARNESS
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
STOP OF AN OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004 WITH A BONDING BRAID
LACING TAPE
MAX 250 mm
NSA8420- 7
(9.84 in)
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.79 in)
20 mm
DAN416GN
BONDING BRAID
3 LAYERS OF
(0.79 in)
20 mm
ADHESIVE TAPE
(0.79 in)
20 mm
(3.15 in)
ABS5330
80 mm
PTFE
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01B
BLACK
(0.39 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
10 mm
EN4674-003/004
OPEN CONDUIT
P_SP_203333_D1_02090001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0209-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Braid -
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT EN4674-003/004
STEP 3:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_02100001_01_00
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN4674-003/004
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
P_SP_203333_D1_02110001_01_00
EN4674-003/004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
EN6049-005 20 5
COLOR CODE 5 = OLIVE GREEN

SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION -EN6049-005
GRIPPING STRIP
(HOOK SIDE)
GRIPPING STRIP
(LOOP SIDE)
A
B
CONDUIT END
CABLE TIENSA935401
OR LACING TAPENSA8420-7
CONDUIT END
HARNESS
GRIPPING STRIP
LOCKING OF THE GRIPPING STRIPS
2 mm 2 mm
MAX (0.08 in) MAX (0.08 in)
CORRECT ACCEPTABLE ACCEPTABLE INCORRECT

P_SP_203333_D1_00050001_01_03
Figure 20-33-33-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description and Installation - EN6049-005

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
EN6049- 0 0 8 - 06 P 5
COLOR: 5 = OLIVE GREEN

P = WITH PTFE TAPE
TAPE TYPE
W = WITHOUT PTFE TAPE
SIZE CODE
MANUFACTURER P/N
EN6046- 0 0 8 - 0 6 W 5
EXTERNAL LAYER = META-ARAMID AND

POLYPHENYLENE SULFIDE
INTERNAL LAYER = METALLIC FLAT BRAID

(TYPE P = WITH PTFE LAYER) OVERLAP ANGLE
(TYPE W = WITHOUT PTFE LAYER)
BLUE TRACER LINE IVORY TRACER LINE
IVORY TRACER LINE
BLUE TRACER LINE
P_SP_203333_D1_00120001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Identification and Description - EN6049-008

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION ON CLOSED BACKSHELL (RECOMMENDED SOLUTION)
SECURED TIGHTENING
DEVICE EN6049-008
CONNECTOR
BACKSHELL TYING DEVICE HARNESS
INSTALLATION ON OPEN BACKSHELL (NOT PREFERRED SOLUTION)
BRAID OF THE SHEATH

TIGHTENED BY THE
BACKSHELL STRAIN RELIEF
CLAMP EN6049-008
BONDING LEAD
CONNECTOR
OPEN BACKSHELL TYING DEVICE HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_00130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits -Installation on Backshell - EN6049-008

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
COUPLING OF SHEATHS SECURED TIGHTENING
DEVICE
EN6049- 0 0 8 EN6049-008
60 mm (2.36 in)
HARNESS TYING DEVICE
OVERLAP
BETWEEN SHEATHS
EXIT OF UNPROTECTED BRANCH
UNPROTECTED
BRANCH
EN6049-008

INTERMEDIATE BONDING
SECURED TIGHTENING
DEVICE
EN6049-008
TYING DEVICE
INTERMEDIATE
HARNESS BONDING
BONDING POINT
BONDING THE EXTREMITY SECURED TIGHTENING

OF THE SHEATH DEVICE
EN6049-008 TYING DEVICE
BONDING
HARNESS AT END
BONDING POINT
P_SP_203333_D1_00140001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation - EN6049-008

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION ON SYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS
EN6049-008
BRANCH 1
SECURED TIGHTENING
DEVICE
EN6049- 0 0 8
MAIN HARNESS
TYING DEVICE
EN6049-008
BRANCH 2
HARNESS
60 mm (2.36 in)
OVERLAP
BETWEEN SHEATHS
INSTALLATION ON ASYMMETRICAL DERIVATIONS

EN6049-008
SECURED TIGHTENING BRANCH 1
EN6049-008 DEVICE
MAIN HARNESS

60 mm (2.36 in)
OVERLAP BETWEEN SHEATHS
INSTALLATION ON RIGID TRANSITIONS
EN6049-008
BRANCH 01
EN6049-008 EN6049-008
MAIN HARNESS BRANCH 02
RIGID
TRANSITION
HARNESS
TYING DEVICE SECURED TIGHTENING
DEVICE P_SP_203333_D1_00150001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
OVERLAP OF 90° ANGLE OVERLAP OF 90° ANGLE

OF THE METALLIC LAYER OF THE NOMEX LAYER
OVER THE METALLIC LAYER OVER THE NOMEX LAYER
OVERLAP OF 90° OF METALLIC

NOT ACCEPTABLE LAYER OVER THE NOMEX LAYER
INSTALLATION
MINIMUM OVERLAP ANGLE

65° FOR SIZE 6, 11 AND 17
65° 70° FOR SIZE 23, 30 AND 38
IVORY TRACER LINE = DIA. MAX.
90° NOMINAL OVERLAP ANGLE
130° MAXIMUM OVERLAP ANGLE
P_SP_203333_D1_00170001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
THE CONDUIT IS NOT

REJECTED
SUFFICIENTLY TWISTED.
YOU CAN SEE THE WHITE SEAM WHEN

THE CONDUIT IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY TWISTED
THE BLUE SEAMS HELP TO COUNT THE NUMBER THE CONDUIT IS

ACCEPTED
OF TWISTS YOU MADE SUFFICIENTLY TWISTED.
P_SP_203333_D1_01540001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0154-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN6049-
008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION ON BACKSHELL
BACKSHELL 150 mm 150 mm

(5.91 in) (5.91 in)
META-ARAMID LAYER
METALLIC LAYER
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01 CABLE TIES NSA935401 OR
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE

TAPE ABS5334A01
INSTALLATION ON ACCESSORY DERIVATION
OPEN CONDUIT META-ARAMID LAYER

EN6049-008
TRANSITION ABS0885
HARNESS HARNESS
METALLIC LAYER
AFTER CRIMPING OF METALLIC CLAMP
HARNESS

E0805 COVER WITH BLACK SELF-
ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334A01
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00180001_01_02

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
REAR OF THE
BACKSHELL
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
P_SP_203333_D1_00520001_01_00

Backshell - EN6049-008P
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
STEP 5: 30 mm
(1.18 in)
STEP 6:
KNURLED
ZONE BACKSHELL
STEP 7:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_00530001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 9:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00540001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
BOND CABLE
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
TEMPORARY ADHESIVE
TAPE P_SP_203333_D1_00550001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0055-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with Bond Cable on
the Backshell - EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
REAR OF THE
BACKSHELL
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
STEP 5:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
STEP 6: 30 mm
(1.18 in)
STEP 7:
KNURLED
ZONE BACKSHELL
P_SP_203333_D1_00560001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 9:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 10:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00570001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P ON THE RIGHT OPEN BACKSHELL
70 mm
(2.76 in)
20 mm 65 mm
(0.79 in) (2.56 in)
10 mm
(0.39 in)
TERMINAL LUG SPLIT SUPPORT
NSA936507TG1010 SLEEVE ABS0940 EXTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
BLACK EN6049-008P
OPEN SELF-ADHESIVE
BACKSHELL TAPE ABS5334 A01 100 mm
(3.94 in)
< 5 mm CABLE TIES

BONDING BRAID NSA935401
(0.20 in) DAN416GN
METALLIC BRAID OF METALLIC CLAMPING
OPEN CONDUIT STRIP E0805
EN6049-008P
PTFE ADHESIVE
INTERNAL PROTECTION TAPE ABS5330
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
P_SP_203333_D1_00600001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0060-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right Side
of the Open Backshell - En6049-008P
** ON A/C ALL

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

A318 A320 A319
ESPM
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P ON THE RIGHT OPEN BACKSHELL
BLACK
SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
BONDING BRAID SPLIT SUPPORT
DAN416GN SLEEVE ABS0940
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507 TG1010 BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
EN6049-008P TAPE ABS5334A01
DATE
CABLE TIES
NSA935401
REVISION
01-May-2024
100 mm
(3.94 in)
49
PTFE ADHESIVE
** ON A/C ALL
OPEN BACKSHELL EXTERNAL PROTECTION
SADDLE BAR TAPE ABS5330
OF OPEN CONDUIT
METALLIC CLAMPING EN6049-008
INTERNAL PROTECTION
NUMBER
STRIP E0805
REVISION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
of the Open Backshell - EN6049-008P

NOTE:
IF THE CONDUIT DOES NOT ATTACH THE BACKSHELL, IT IS NECESSARY TO ADD BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01 BELOW THE SADDLE BARS.
P_SP_203333_D1_00610001_01_00

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-33-0061-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Right Side
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P ON THE ELBOWED OPEN BACKSHELL
70 mm
(2.76 in)
25 mm
(0.98 in)
65 mm
(2.56 in)
10 mm SPLIT SUPPORT
TERMINAL LUG (0.39 in) SLEEVE ABS0940
NSA936507TG1010 EXTERNAL PROTECTION
BLACK OF OPEN CONDUIT
SELF-ADHESIVE EN6049-008P
TAPE ABS5334 A01
OPEN 100 mm
BACKSHELL (3.94 in)
< 40 mm CABLE TIES

NSA935401
(1.57 in) BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
METALLIC CLAMPING
METALLIC BRAID OF STRIP E0805
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
INTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
< 40 mm
(1.57 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00620001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0062-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on the Elbowed
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN
BACKSHELL
STEP 2:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330
STEP 3:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
STEP 4:
DIA D
STEP 5:
SPLIT SUPPORT
SLEEVE ABS0940 P_SP_203333_D1_00630001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 6:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
STEP 7:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION OF OPEN

CUTTER FROM MURE & CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8 P
PEYROT CATROS 3 1 - 1 - 1 8 0
OR EQUIVALENT
STEP 8:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
STEP 9:
SCISSOR KITCOFO 0700-3315

OR EQUIVALENT
STEP 10:
SPLIT SUPPORT
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE SLEEVE ABS0940
ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00640001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 11:

NSA936507TG1010 DAN416GN
STEP 12:
STEP 13:
STEP 14:
STEP 15:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_00650001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 16:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 17:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
P_SP_203333_D1_00660001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330A01B
STEP 2:
ALIGN THE TEETH OF THE BACKSHELL AND THE CONNECTOR
STEP 3:
DIA D
P_SP_203333_D1_00670001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0067-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit on a Very Small
Open Backshell - EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330A01B

ABS0940
STEP 5:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8
STEP 6:
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936501TAXX02
SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A02R
P_SP_203333_D1_00680001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 7:
THERE ARE 5 LAYERS OF BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5334A01 AND 2 LAYERS OF PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5330A01B
ON THE CUTTING EDGE OF THE METALLIC CLAMP E0805

ABS5334 A01
HARNESS
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5330 A01B
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 8:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
BACKSHELL
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
CONNECTOR
P_SP_203333_D1_00690001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008 ON THE VERY SMALL OPEN BACKSHELL
40 mm
EXTERNAL PROTECTION (1.57 in)
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008 METALLIC CLAMPING 50 mm
STRIP E0805 (1.97 in)
PTFE ADHESIVE BLACK
METALLIC BRAID TAPE ABS5330 A01B SELF-ADHESIVE
OF OPEN CONDUIT SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ABS5334A02R
EN6049-008 60 mm TAPE ABS5334 A01B
CONNECTOR
(2.36 in)
INTERNAL
PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
PIGTAIL
SOLDER SLEEVE 11 mm 22 mm
E0160 OR (0.43 in) (0.87 in)
ABS0237 19 mm
30 mm
(0.75 in) BACKSHELL
(1.18 in) GROUND
BOND CABLES
SPLIT SUPPORT TERMINAL LUGS

SLEEVE ABS0940 NSA936501TAXX02
(OPEN CONDUIT BONDING
+ PIGTAIL BONDING)
131 mm ± 1 mm
(5.16 in ± 0.04 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01550001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF A LARGER OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008 WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008

OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
CLAMPING STRIP
METALLIC
(9.84 in)
250 mm
E0805
ABS0940

PTFE TAPE ABS5330 OR
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
ABS5334A01
TAPE ABS5334A01
METALLIC BRAID OF
HARNESS
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
P_SP_203333_D1_00700001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330 OR BLACK
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A04
STEP 2:
DIA D
STEP 3:
SPLIT SUPPORT
S L E E V EABS0940
STEP 4:
30 mm
(1.18 in)
CUTTER CATROS GREEN

3 1 - 1 - 1 8 0 FROM META-ARAMID
MURE & PEYROT FIBER
OR EQUIVALENT
P_SP_203333_D1_00710001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
STEP 6:
30 mm
30 mm (1.18 in)
(1.18 in)
STEP 7:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
STEP 8:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_00720001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
> 30 mm > 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00730001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 2:
CONDUIT CUTTING SCISSOR GREEN META-ARAMID FIBER

KITCOFO 0700-3315 OR
EQUIVALENT
ABS0940
STEP 3:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 4:
BONDING BRAID 5 mm MIN

DAN416GN (0.20 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00740001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0074-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of Intermediary Grounding of an Open

Conduit with Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
STEP 6:
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
STEP 7:
40 mm
(1.57 in)
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
40 mm
(1.57 in)
STEP 8:
> 30 mm
(1.18 in)
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
> 30 mm
(1.18 in) P_SP_203333_D1_00750001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF THE INTERMEDIARY GROUNDING OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008 WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008

METALLIC BRAID OF
BONDING BRAID
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG

DAN416GN

ABS0940
THE GROUNDING MUST NOT BE MORE THAN 250 mm (9.84 in).

METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
(1.97 in)
50 mm
TAPE ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330

HARNESS
NOTE:
P_SP_203333_D1_01560001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
STEP 2:
DIA D
STEP 3:
SPLIT SUPPORT PTFE ADHESIVE
SLEEVE ABS0940 TAPE ABS5330
50 mm MINIMUM
(1.97 in)
STEP 4:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
P_SP_203333_D1_00760001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0076-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Stop of an Open Conduit with a Bonding Cable with
Split Support Sleeve ABS0940 - EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
5 mm MINIMUM
(0.20 in)
BONDING BRAID
DAN416GN
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 6:
TERMINAL LUG
NSA936507TG
STEP 7:
> 30 mm
(1.18 in)
> 30 mm
(1.18 in)
ABS5334 A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00770001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
BONDING BRAID
TERMINAL LUG
STOP OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008 WITH BONDING BRAID WITH SPLIT SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
NSA936507TG
DAN416GN
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330

CONDUIT EN6049-008
METALLIC CLAMP

E0805
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS0940
ABS5334A01
BLACK
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN6049-008
INTERNAL PTFE
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN6049-008
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
MAIN HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_01570001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF THE SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008 WITH SPLIT

SUPPORT SLEEVE ABS0940
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01 SPLIT SUPPORT BRANCH 1
SLEEVE ABS0940
MAIN HARNESS
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
PROTECTION OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
BRANCH 2
INTERNAL PTFE
PTFE ADHESIVE LACING TAPES PROTECTION OF
TAPE ABS5330 NSA8420- 7 OPEN CONDUIT
METALIC BRAID OF EN6049-008
OR BLACK SELF-
ADHESIVE TAPE OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00780001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
> 20 mm
(0.79 in)
> 70 mm
(2.76 in)
STEP 2:
DIA D
STEP 3:
APPROXIMATELY 10 mm
(0.39 in)

ABS0940
P_SP_203333_D1_00790001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
D1
D2
D3
D4
STEP 5: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 6:
60 mm
(2.36 in)
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 7:
> 5 mm
(0.20 in)
> 5 mm
(0.20 in)
ABS0940
P_SP_203333_D1_00800001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
STEP 9: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 10:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 11:
P_SP_203333_D1_00810001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 12:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
STEP 13:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 14:

ABS5334A01
> 30 mm > 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00820001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
PROTECTION OF OPEN
CONDUIT EN6049-008
EXTERNAL TEXTILE
BRANCH
INTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
INSTALLATION OF THE ASYMMTERICAL DERIVATIONS OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8
EN6049-008
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
SLEEVE ABS0940
SPLIT SUPPORT
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
TAPE ABS5334A01
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
MAIN
HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_00830001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
> 70 mm
(2.76 in) > 20 mm
(0.79 in)
STEP 2:
DIA D
STEP 3:
OR
DIA D1
ABS0940 APPROXIMATELY 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00840001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 5:
LACING TAPE
NSA8420- 7
STEP 6:

CONDUIT EN6049-008P
STEP 7:
60 mm
(2.36 in)
CUTTER CATROS 3 1 - 1 - 1 8 0 FROM GREEN META-ARAMID FIBER

MURE & PEYROT OR EQUIVALENT
P_SP_203333_D1_00850001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P

EN6049-008P
STEP 9:
STEP 10:
METALLIC CLAMP
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_00860001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 11:
STEP 12:
ABS5334A01
> 30 mm > 30 mm
(1.18 in) (1.18 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_00870001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59

OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
INSTALLATION OF THE DERIVATION OF OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P WITH RIGID TRANSITION ABS0885
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPES ABS5334A01
PTFE ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5330
(2.36 in)
60 mm
(2.36 in)
60 mm
HARNESS
(2.36 in)
60 mm
P_SP_203333_D1_00880001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0088-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Derivations of an Open Conduit

with Rigid Transition ABS0885 - EN6049-008P
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 2:
DIA D
STEP 3:
30 mm
(1.18 in)
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 4:
CONDUIT JUNCTION BODY ABS0885
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
METALLIC CLAMPS
E0805
P_SP_203333_D1_00890001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 6:
CONDUIT JUNCTION BODY ABS0885
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPES ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00900001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF A COVER ON A STAR DERIVATION CONDUIT
STEP 15:
HARNESS
D4 D1 D5
METALLIC CLAMP
D3 D2 E0805
D6
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008

WITH EMI PROTECTION
DISTANCES D1, D2 AND D3 ARE A MINIMUM OF 150 mm (5.91 in).

DISTANCES D4, D5 AND D6 ARE A MINIMUM OF 50 mm (1.97 in).
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
LACING TAPES
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE NSA8420- 7
TAPE ABS5334 A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00910001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0091-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of a Cover on a Star Derivation Conduit
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:

ABS0940
STEP 2:
STEP 3:

STEP 4:
P_SP_203333_D1_00920001_01_00
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 5:
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P
STEP 6: 60 mm
(2.36 in)
INTERNAL PROTECTION OF OPEN

CONDUIT EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 7:
60 mm
(2.36 in)
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-008P LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
P_SP_203333_D1_00930001_01_00
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 8:
LACING TAPES
NSA8420- 7
STEP 9:
P_SP_203333_D1_00940001_01_00
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 10:
60 mm
(2.36 in)
STEP 11:
STEP 12:
P_SP_203333_D1_00950001_01_00
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 13:
STEP 14:
PTFE ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5330
STEP 15:

BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_00960001_01_00
- EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
STEP 2:
CUTTER CATROS 3 1 - 1 - 1 8 0
FROM MURE & PEYROT
OR EQUIVALENT
STEP 3:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203333_D1_00970001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0097-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection from the End of
the Open Conduit - EN6049-008P
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
CUTTER CATROS
31-1-180
FROM MURE &
PEYROT OR
EQUIVALENT
> 15 mm > 15 mm
(0.59 in) (0.59 in)
SPLIT SUPPORT
SLEEVE
ABS0940
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8 P
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
STEP 3:
EXTERNAL PROTECTION
OF OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008P
P_SP_203333_D1_00980001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0098-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the Internal Protection of the Open
Conduit to Make a Window - EN6049-008P
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
P_SP_203333_D1_02430001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0243-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the external protection at the end of
the open conduit EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
CUTTER CATROS 3 1 - 1 - 1 8 0 FROM

MURE & PEYROT OR EQUIVALENT
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
P_SP_203333_D1_01000001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0100-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Removal of the External Protection of the Open
Conduit to make a Window - EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID OF
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049-008
P_SP_203333_D1_01010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0101-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Fold the Metallic Braid of the Open Conduit -
EN6049-008
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
CONDUIT COMPOSITION - SIZE CODES 16, 24 AND 32
2
3
1 = INNER LAYER THERMAL PROTECTION

2 = CENTER LAYER
3 = OUTER LAYER MECHANICAL AND FIRE PROTECTION
CONDUIT INSTALLED ON A HARNESS
3
1
1 INNER LAYER OVERLAP

2 CENTER LAYER OVERLAP
3 OUTER LAYER OVERLAP
4 HARNESS
P_SP_203333_D1_00200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Description - EN6049-009

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
P_SP_203333_D1_00210001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4
ONE TWIST
STEP 5
STEP 6
STEP 7
P_SP_203333_D1_00220001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
RULE 1: PROTECTION OF THE CONDUIT
RULE 2: IT MUST NOT BE POSSIBLE TO SEE THE WHITE SEAM.
THE WHITE SEAM MUST NOT BE VISIBLE
P_SP_203333_D1_01040001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0104-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - EN6049-
009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
RULE 3: TWISTING OF THE CONDUIT
YOU CAN SEE THE WHITE SEAM WHEN THE SLEEVE IS NOT
REJECTED
THE SLEEVE IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY TWISTED. SUFFICIENTELY TWISTED.
THE SLEEVE IS
ACCEPTED
THE BLUE SEAM HELP TO COUNT THE SUFFICIENTELY TWISTED.
NUMBER OF TWISTS YOU MADE.
P_SP_203333_D1_01050001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0105-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation Rules for an Open Conduit - Twisting
of the Conduit - EN6049-009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 9
STEP 2:
STEP 3: LACING TAPE

NSA8420- 9
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:

ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0106-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Protection of a Harness with an Open Conduit -
EN6049-009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
FIRE ZONE
SLEEVE EN6049-009
SLEEVEEN6049-007
100 mm
MIN (3.94 in)
NOTE:
LACING TAPENSA8420-9 P_SP_203333_D1_02440001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0244-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit Connected to a

Conduit not in a Fire Zone - EN6049-009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1: LACING TAPES

NSA8420- 9
LACING TAPES
NSA8420-7
STEP 2:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 7
STEP 3: LACING TAPES

NSA8420-9
LACING TAPES
NSA8420-7
P_SP_203333_D1_01070001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 9

ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01080001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 4:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 9

ABS5334A01
P_SP_203333_D1_01090001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
OPEN CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 9
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01100001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0110-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with a Symmetrical
Derivation - EN6049-009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF THE OPEN CONDUIT EN6049-009 WITH A SYMMETRICAL DERIVATION
180° OVERLAP
30 mm
(1.18 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_01580001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0158-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an Open Conduit with a Symmetrical
Derivation - EN6049-009
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
METALLIC CLAMPING
STRIPE0805
SPLIT BONDING BRAID
SUPPORT DAN416GN
ABS0940
ADHESIVE
TAPE PTFE
ABS5330
75 mm
(2.95 in) 50 mm
MAX (1.97 in)
NOTE:
THE RT TAPEEN6049-009-00 MUST BE CUT AT THE APPROPRIATE LENGTH TO ENSURE THE NEEDED
OVERLAP.
LACING TAPENSA8420-9
EN6049-009
RT TAPE EN6049-009-00
EN4674 P_SP_203333_D1_02560001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0256-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of an intermediary bonding braid on

EN6049-009 with split support ABS0940
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
WITH BACKSHELL
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 9 LACING TAPE NSA8420-9
EN6049- 0 0 9 - 0 0 EN6049-009
CONNECTOR BACKSHELL SILCONE TAPE ABS5334- 0 1
DIRECT MULTIPLE BRANCHES
EN6049-009-00
SILICONE TAPE ABS5334-01
EN6049-009
EN6049-009
LACING TAPE NSA8420-9 LACING TAPE NSA8420-9
SILICONE TAPE ABS5334-01
P_SP_203333_D1_00230001_01_01
Figure 20-33-33-0023-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Specific Installation - EN6049-009-00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
25 mm
STEP 1: (0.98 in)
STEP 2: END OF THE CONDUIT ABS0125
10 ± 2 mm
(0.39 ± 0.08 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02310001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0231-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 on bundle

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
INSTALLATION OF CONDUIT ABS0125 WHEN ADAPTATION SIZE DIAMETER IS REQUIRED
MAINTAINING SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
ABS0125
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE FOR
DIAMETER SIZE ADAPTATION
2 mm
MAX (0.08 in)
10 ± 2 mm
(0.39 ± 0.08 in)
P_SP_203333_D1_02320001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0232-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of conduit ABS0125 when adaptation
size diameter is required
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
STEP 1:
25mm
(0.98 in)
STEP 2:
P_SP_203333_D1_02220001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0222-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Installation of ABS0125 conduit to an open

backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
ATTACHING THE CONDUIT ABS0125 TO AN OPEN BACKSHELL
THE HARNESS IS NO
SECURED
YES
DRAWING 2
DRAWING 1 INCREASE THE HARNESS DIAMETER USING
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE NSA937201 (MA)
TYPE OR OTHER CLOSED SLEEVE*
NSA937201 (MA) TYPE OR OTHER

OPEN BACKSHELL WITH STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
CLOSED SLEEVE CENTRED UNDER
5 ± 2 mm THE STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
ABS0125 (0.20 ± 0.08 in)
ABS0125
CABLE
OPEN BACKSHELL WITH STRAIN RELIEF
CABLE TIENSA935401
ABS0125
ABS0125
STRAIN RELIEF STRAIN RELIEF

THE SHRINKABLE SLEEVE SHALL BE NSA937201 (MA) TYPE OR OTHER
CENTERED AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE CLOSED SLEEVE CENTRED UNDER
AND SHALL NOT STRESS THE WIRES THE CABLE TIE NSA935401
(NO EFFORT/CONSTRAINT ON WIRES) OR LACING TAPE NSA8420
NOTE:
*AS ABS0125 IS MAINLY USED IN FUEL ENVIRONMENT, TAKE CARE TO CHOOSE AN ADAPTED CLOSED
SLEEVE FOR DIAMETER ADAPTATION. P_SP_203333_D1_02240001_01_00
Figure 20-33-33-0224-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - Attaching the conduit ABS0125 to an open
backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:49:59
E0389 V 06
E0502 V 05 EN6049- 0 0 3 02 5
E0559 A 06 EN6049-004 02 5
SIZE CODE COLOR CODE 5 = OLIVE GREEN

COLOR CODE A = NATURAL COLOR SIZE CODE
V = OLIVE GREEN
STANDARD P/N
STANDARD P/N
50 mm HARNESS LENGTH TO BE PROTECTED (L) 50 mm

(1.97 in) (1.97 in)
20 mm 20 mm
(0.79 in) (0.79 in)
10 mm 10 mm
(0.39 in) (0.39 in)
HARNESS
LACING TAPE NSA8420-7 OR CABLE TIE NSA935401

P_SP_203333_D1_00250001_01_02
Figure 20-33-33-0025-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Conduits - P/N Characteristics and Installation - E0389,
E0502, E0559, EN6049-003 and EN6049-004
** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-34-02 - Heat Shrink Conduits (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
20-33-34-02 - Heat Shrink Conduits (AIRBUS)

ABS0266 ABS0271 ABS0312

ABS0791 ABS0916 DAN218
DAN299 DAN301 DAN302)
DAN341) E0056 E0096
NSA937502
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and procedures for the installation of heat-shrinkable sleeves when they ar
e used for the protection of cable harnesses. As a general rule, heat-shrinkable sleeves are conduits used for
mechanical protection in fuel vapor areas or to seal harnesses, but this is in relation to the types of heat-shrin
kable sleeves and the areas. For more information, Ref. ESPM 20-33-30-02. (Conduit selection paragraph)
Heat-shrinkable sleeves for the protection of wire harnesses are divided into two sub-families and have the co
des that follow:
- Shrinkable sleeves:
ABS0061
ABS0836
ABS0916
ABS1247
ABS2159
ABS2294
E0126 (ex NSA937211)
E0484
E0718
DAN132
NSA937210
NSA937493
NSA937502.
- Shrinkable boots:
ABS0266
ABS0312
ABS0791
E0056
E0096 (ex NSA939512)
DAN218
DAN299
DAN301
DAN302
DAN341.
NOTE: The shrinking temperature of the conduit must agree with the cable temperature.
2. Shrinkable Sleeves
A. General
For the description and characteristics of the shrinkable sleeves Ref. ESPM 20-42-12-01.
You can also use these types of shrinkable sleeves:
- For the protection of the terminal (Refer to chapter 20-48-1X)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
- For the protection of the connector cavities behind the contact (Refer to chapter 20-48-2X)
- To repair the wires in some conditions (Refer to chapter 20-53-2X).
(1) Harness Protection

Use shrinkable sleeves 80 mm (3.15 in.) in length for the protection of harnesses in:
Ref. Fig. Shrinkable Sleeves - Installation Procedure - ABS0836/0916, E0126, DAN132 and NSA9
37210/211/493/502
(a) Raceways (only for A330/A340) when the installation is not aligned or when the distance b
etween two raceways is more than:
- 3 mm (0.12 in.). (For CF cables)

- 6 mm (0.24 in.). (For DK, DM and DR cables)
(b) At the end of a convoluted or braided conduit.
(2) Protection of the In-line Items Near the Connectors

When a conduit (convoluted or textile) cannot be attached directly to the backshell because of an
in-line item (for example, solder sleeve), you must install a heat-shrinkable sleeve. For this, you
must refer to the illustration .Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Conduits - Protection of the In-line Items Nea
r the Connectors
The shielding pick-up cable can be below the conduit. But you must not pinch the shielding pick-
up cable between the heat-shrinkable sleeve and the conduit.
B. Procedure
Ref. Fig. Shrinkable Sleeves - Installation Procedure - ABS0836/0916, E0126, DAN132 and NSA93721
0/211/493/502
- Get the applicable shrinkable sleeve.
- Cut to the correct length. (If not supplied to the correct length)
Make sure that the cutting edges are smooth to prevent rupture of the sleeve during shrinking.
- Install the sleeve on the harness.
- Get the applicable shrinking tool.
- Install the applicable reflector on the shrinking tool in relation to the dimensions of the part you
will shrink.
- Shrink the sleeve:
With short sleeves, start in the middle of the sleeve and move continuously to the two ends.
For longer sleeves or if a specified position at one end is necessary, start shrinking at the specifie
d end and move continuously to the other end.
For shrinking rules, refer to 4. Shrinking rules
NOTE: If necessary, remove the unwanted sealant immediately with a clean cloth.
3. Shrinkable Boots
A. General
Shrinkable boots are used for the protection of harnesses when they must be waterproof or dustproof.
They are used as molded backshells at the rear of the connectors or as harness separators when the m
ain bundle has protection.
B. Procedure

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
Ref. Fig. Shrinkable Boots - Installation Procedure - E0096, ABS0266, ABS0312, ABS0791, E0056, DAN
218, DAN299, DAN301, DAN302, DAN341
(1) Molded Backshells (ABS0266, ABS0791, E0096, DAN299 and DAN341)
- Select the applicable shrinkable boot and the correct size.
NOTE: To increase the strength, it is possible to add adhesive sealant or to use shrinkable boot
which already has a layer of adhesive sealant.
(a) When you add adhesive sealant:

Step 1: Make the external side of the heat shrinkable sleeve and the inner side of the heat
shrinkable boot in the bonding area with Abrasive_- Emery cloth - (Material Ref. 14FAE1)
(Grain 320 or smoother).
Step 2: Clean the rough areas with a cleaning agent Careclean AS1 Non Aqueous Cleaner_
General - - (Material Ref. 08BAA9) or similar, Ref. ESPM 20-55-30-02.
Step 3: Prepare and mix two equal part of adhesive sealant components (RAYCHEM S1125
Adhesive Sealant_Electrical Connector Epoxy - (Material Ref. 06FBB1) or equivalent).
Step 4: Apply the sealant with a spatula on the heat shrinkable sleeve and the rear of the
connector bonding areas.
Step 5: Install the heat shrinkable sleeve and the heat shrinkable boot at the rear of the c
onnector.
Step 6: Start shrinking at the connector, Ref. ESPM 20-56-31-03.
NOTE: If necessary, remove unwanted sealant immediately with a clean cloth.
(b) When there is already a layer of adhesive sealant:

Step 1: Make the external side of the heat shrinkable sleeve in the bonding area rough wit
h emery cloth Abrasive_- Emery cloth - (Material Ref. 14FAE1) (Grain 320 or smoother).
Step 2: Clean the rough areas with a cleaning agent Careclean AS1 Non Aqueous Cleaner_
General - - (Material Ref. 08BAA9) or similar, Ref. ESPM 20-55-30-02.
Step 3: Install the heat shrinkable sleeve and the heat shrinkable boot at the rear of the c
onnector.
(2) Shrinkable Boots (ABS0312, E0056, DAN301 and DAN302)

Step 1: Select the applicable shrinkable boot and the correct size.
Step 2: Install the shrinkable boot on the harness.
Step 3: Install the heat shrinkable sleeve and the heat shrinkable boot at the rear of the connect
or.
(3) Installation and Removal Procedure of the DAN218 Shrinkable Boot on the ABS0271 Backnut
(a) Installation procedure

Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Conduits - Installation Procedure - DAN218
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46

- Step 1:
- To give the direction, shrinkable boot DAN218-05-02 have two letters H and J.
- Move shrinkable boot DAN218-05-02 onto the cables. In relation to the type o
f connector, put shrinkable boot DAN218-05-02 through the front of the conne
ctor and make sure that the letter J end points in the forward direction.
- Step 2:
- Move heat-shrinkable sleeve(s) ABS0916 or NSA937502 onto the cables. Use t
he correct number of heat-shrinkable sleeves to compensate the space betwe
en the cables and the rear part of DAN218-05-02A (J end).
- You must refer to the illustration and Ref. table title to adapt the staggering wi
th your configuration of the heat-shrinkable sleeves.Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Cond
uits - Installation Procedure - DAN218

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVES
SLEEVE 1 SLEEVE 2 SLEEVE 3 SLEEVE 4 SLEEVE 5 SLEEVE 6
BUNDLE D
IAMETER LENGTH
55 mm (2. 50 mm (1. 45 mm (1. 40 mm (1. 35 mm (1. 30 mm (1.
17 in.) 97 in.) 77 in.) 57 in.) 38 in.) 18 in.)
DIAMETER
NSA93750 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
< 3 mm
2-02 4 (3/16) 4 (3/16) 5 (1/4) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8)
(0.12 in.)
3 mm (0.1
2 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER <
4 (3/16) 4 (3/16) 5 (1/4) 5 (1/4) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8)
4 mm (0.1
6 in.)
4 mm (0.1
6 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < -
5 (1/4) 5 (1/4) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8)
5 mm (0.2
0 in.)
5 mm (0.2
0 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < -
5 (1/4) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 7 (1/2)
6 mm (0.2
4 in.)
6 mm (0.2
4 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < - -
6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 7 (1/2)
7 mm (0.2
8 in.)
7 mm (0.2
8 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < - -
6 (3/8) 6 (3/8) 7 (1/2) 7 (1/2)
8 mm (0.3
1 in.)
8 mm (0.3
1 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < - - -
6 (3/8) 7 (1/2) 7 (1/2)
9 mm (0.3
5 in.)
9 mm (0.3
5 in.) < DI
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
AMETER < - - -
6 (3/8) 7 (1/2) 7 (1/2)
10 mm (0.
39 in.)
10 mm (0.
39 in.) < D
ABS0916-0 ABS0916-0
IAMETER < - - - -
7 (1/2) 7 (1/2)
11 mm (0.
43 in.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVES
SLEEVE 1 SLEEVE 2 SLEEVE 3 SLEEVE 4 SLEEVE 5 SLEEVE 6
BUNDLE D
IAMETER LENGTH
55 mm (2. 50 mm (1. 45 mm (1. 40 mm (1. 35 mm (1. 30 mm (1.
17 in.) 97 in.) 77 in.) 57 in.) 38 in.) 18 in.)
DIAMETER
ABS0916-0
> 11 mm - - - - -
8 (3/4)
(0.43 in.)
Table - Heat-shrinkable sleeves ABS0916 and NSA937502

- Step 3:
- Put backnut ABS0271 on the cables.
- Put the contacts into the connector. For this, you must refer to the wiring.
Put backnut ABS0271 back to its initial position and TORQUE the backnut to th
e rear of the connector to the applicable torque values Ref. ESPM 20-33-45-01.
- Step 4: Shrink each heat-shrinkable sleeve ABS0916 or NSA937502 one after the ot
her. You must start this step from the side of backnut ABS0271 (specified position).
- Step 5: Apply heat at the H end of shrinkable boot DAN218-05-02A for a short time
to adapt its shape to the diameter of backnut ABS0271.
- Step 6: Put the shrinkable boot in position on backnut ABS0271 to fill the groove wi
th the lipped H end. Apply heat equally around the lipped H end of the shrinkable b
oot in order to fill the groove correctly and prevent overheating and burning of the s
hrinkable boot.
- Step 7:
- Continue to apply heat along the shrinkable boot until the J end onto the cable
(or sleeves). You must apply heat equally around the shrinkable boot to let th
e part cover correctly the elements below it and prevent overheating and burn
ing of the shrinkable boot.
- Make sure that this installation agrees with the acceptance/rejection criteria fo
r DAN218. For this, you must refer to the illustration .Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Co
nduits - Specific Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for DAN218 Shrinkable Boot
NOTE: The same process can be used for similar boots (for example, DAN341) and the
backnut.
(b) Removal procedure

Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Conduits - Removal Procedure - DAN218
- Step 1: Apply heat to shrinkable boot DAN218 to make it soft.
- Step 2: Cut shrinkable boot DAN218 carefully with a safety cutter to prevent injurie
s or damage to the components below shrinkable boot.
- Step 3: Remove the shrinkable boot.
NOTE: The same process can be used for similar boots (for example, DAN341) and the
backnut .
4. Shrinking Rules
Start the shrinking of the shrinkable component at the point where a specified position is necessary.
During shrinking:
- If possible, turn the shrinkable component into the heat flow to apply the temperature equally.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
- Do not let the harness touch the end fitting.

- Shrinking is completed when the shrinkable component has a tight fit and when the form is flush.
- Angle shrinkable boots contain a memory and must be at the necessary angle after shrinking. During t
he shrinking operation, it can be necessary to hold the outlet of the boots in its angle position until it b
ecomes cool.
- The results must be in accordance with acceptance/rejection criteria. For this, you must Ref. ESPM 20-5
6-31-03 and to the illustration .Ref. Fig. Heat Shrink Conduits - Specific Acceptance/Rejection Criteria f
or DAN218 Shrinkable Boot
Figure 20-33-34-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Shrinkable Sleeves - Installation Procedure - ABS0836/0916, E0126, D
AN132 and NSA937210/211/493/502
Figure 20-33-34-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Heat Shrink Conduits - Protection of the In-line Items Near the Connec
tors
Figure 20-33-34-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Shrinkable Boots - Installation Procedure - E0096, ABS0266, ABS0312,
ABS0791, E0056, DAN218, DAN299, DAN301, DAN302, DAN341
Figure 20-33-34-0004-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Heat Shrink Conduits - Installation Procedure - DAN218
Figure 20-33-34-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Heat Shrink Conduits - Removal Procedure - DAN218
Figure 20-33-34-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Heat Shrink Conduits - Specific Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for DAN2
18 Shrinkable Boot

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
CORRECT CUTTING INCORRECT CUTTING
USED IN RACEWAY CHANNEL (ONLY FOR A330/A340):
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
HARNESS
NSA937210
80 mm (3.1496 in)
RACEWAY CHANNEL
RACEWAY
DISTANCE 6 mm (0.2362 in) (FOR DK, DM AND DR CABLES)

RACEWAYS MUST BE ALIGNED DISTANCE 3 mm (0.1181 in) (FOR CF CABLES)
USED AT THE END OF CONVOLUTED CONDUIT:

(NOT MANDATORY)
5 TO 10 mm
(0.1968 in) TO (0.3937 in) SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
BACKSHELL
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CABLE TIE MIN. 5 mm (0.1968 in)
P_SP_203334_D2_00010001_01_01
Figure 20-33-34-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Shrinkable Sleeves - Installation Procedure - ABS0836/0916, E0126,

DAN132 and NSA937210/211/493/502
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
PROTECTION OF THE IN-LINE ITEMS NEAR THE CONNECTORS
(FOR EXAMPLE, ABS0916) CONNECTOR
PROTECTION CONDUIT SELF-SOLDERING

(FOR EXAMPLE, NSA935805) SLEEVE OR OTHER
60 mm
(2.36 in) MINIMUM
SHIELDING PICK-UP
CABLE (IF SOLDERING
SLEEVE IS INSTALLED) 5 mm
20 mm (0.20 in) MINIMUM
(0.79 in) APPROXIMATELY
BACKSHELL
CONNECTION
REFERENCE
P_SP_203334_D2_00020001_01_03
Figure 20-33-34-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Protection of the In-line Items Near the Connectors
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
(1) MOLDED BACKSHELL USED AT THE REAR OF A CONNECTOR (ABS0266, ABS0791, E0096, DAN218,
DAN299 OR DAN341 ):
WITH ADHESIVE SEALANT: WITHOUT ADHESIVE SEALANT:
ADHESIVE
HEAT CONNECTOR
SEALANT
SHRINKABLE
BOOT CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
ADHESIVE
SEALANT MOLDED BACKSHELL
MOLDED DAN218
BACKSHELL
DAN299
HEAT
SHRINKABLE
SLEEVE
HARNESS
(2) HEAT SHRINKABLE BOOT USED AS HARNESS SEPARATOR (ABS0312, E0056, DAN301 ORDAN302):
HARNESS
HEAT SHRINKABLE BOOT

ABS0312
P_SP_203334_D2_00030001_01_02
Figure 20-33-34-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Shrinkable Boots - Installation Procedure - E0096, ABS0266, ABS0312,
ABS0791, E0056, DAN218, DAN299, DAN301, DAN302, DAN341
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
STEP 1:
OK
STEP 2: ABS0916 OR NSA937502
P_SP_203334_D2_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-34-0004-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Installation Procedure - DAN218
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE 5
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE 3 HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE 6
30 mm
(1.18 in) 20 mm
(0.79 in)
35 mm
(1.38 in)
40 mm
(1.57 in)
45 mm
(1.77 in)
50 mm
(1.97 in)
55 mm
(2.17 in)
P_SP_203334_D2_00040001_02_00
Figure 20-33-34-0004-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Installation Procedure - DAN218
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE 1 HEAT-SHRINKABLE SLEEVE 5
P_SP_203334_D2_00070001_01_02
Figure 20-33-34-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Installation Procedure - DAN218

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
STEP 5:
DAN218
APPLY HEAT TO THE H END
WHICH IS IN INTERFACE
WITH THE BACKNUT.
HOT AIR GUN
STEP 6:
HOT AIR GUN
THE LIPPED H
END INTO THE
GROOVE ON THE
BACKNUT.
APPLY HEAT AROUND THE H

END THAT COVERS
THE BACKNUT.
P_SP_203334_D2_00050001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
STEP 7:
AFTER SHRINKING:
P_SP_203334_D2_00060001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
ILLUSTRATIONS DESCRIPTION DECISION
CORRECT SHRINKING ACCEPTED
REWORK IS NECESSARY.
H END NOT SUFFICIENTLY YOU MUST HEAT
HEATED AGAIN UNTIL YOU
COMPLETE THE SHAPING.
REWORK IS NECESSARY.
J END NOT SUFFICIENTLY YOU MUST HEAT
HEATED AGAIN UNTIL YOU
COMPLETE THE SHAPING.
REJECTED
OVERHEATING /
YOU MUST REPLACE
BURN MARKS
SHRINKABLE BOOTDAN218.
P_SP_203334_D2_00090001_01_02
Figure 20-33-34-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Specific Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for DAN218
Shrinkable Boot
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:46
STEP 1: HEATING OF DAN218
STEP 2: CUTTING OF DAN218
STEP 3: REMOVAL OF DAN218
P_SP_203334_D2_00080001_01_00
Figure 20-33-34-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Heat Shrink Conduits - Removal Procedure - DAN218

** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-35-01 - Tapes - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
20-33-35-01 - Tapes - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0294 ABS1353 ABS5330

ABS5332 ABS5334 ABS5499
DAN269 EN6049 NSA935403
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description of tapes that have the codes that follow:
A. Non Adhesive Tapes and Braid Tape:
- ABS0294
- ABS1353-005
- NSA935403.
B. Adhesive Tapes:
- ABS5330
- ABS5332
- ABS5334
- ABS5499
- ASNA3565
- ASNA5107
- DAN269.
2. P/N Information
A. ABS0294 (FAPE3)
Material code
A = PTFE
ABS0294 A 02
(2) Operating temperature

(3) Size code
SIZE CODE WIDTH

02 20 mm (0.79 in.)
B. ABS1353 (FAPE3) -005

ABS1353-005 is a knitted braid used to replace the main braid of harness for repair or modification kit i
nstallation.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
Material code
Standard P/N Size code A = Nickel-plated co
pper cable
ABS1353-005 - 01 A

(3) Size code
SIZE CODE WIDTH

01 36 mm (1.42 in.)
C. NSA935403 (F6198)
NSA935403 tape is used to attach electrical harnesses.
Standard P/N Type code

NSA935403 - 01

(3) Type code
TYPE CODE WIDTH THICKNESS COLOR

01 19 mm (0.75 in.) 1 mm (0.04 in.) BROWN
D. ABS5330
ABS5330 is a PTFE tape with silicone adhesive film.
You can use adhesive tape ABS5330 in conduits (but not EN6049 (I9005) –009). Make sure that you fol
d the tape back to make a narrow strip. This is to make the removal of the tape easy.
Ref. Fig. Tapes - Adhesive Tape - ABS5330
Material code
A
ABS5330 A 01

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
(3) Size code
SIZE CODE WIDTH

01 6.35 mm (0.25 in.)
02 12.70 mm (0.5 in.)
03 19 mm (0.75 in.)
E. ABS5332 (FAPE3)
ABS5332 is a PVC tape with a pressure-sensitive rubber adhesive available in different colors.
Material code
Standard P/N Size code Color code
A = PVC
ABS5332 A 01 B
(2) Size code
SIZE CODE WIDTH

01 19 mm (0.75 in.)
(3) Color code
COLOR CODE COLOR

B BLUE
G GREEN
R RED
F. ABS5334 (FAPE3)
Ref. Fig. Tapes - Example of ABS5334A01T Tape Implementation
ABS5334 is a self-adhesive silicone tape resistant to high temperatures.
A version of ABS5334(A01T) has a blue tracer line to facilitate the distinction from ASNA5107 tape. It c
an be a help to keep the overlap between layers.
Standard P/N Material code Size code Color code

ABS5334 A 01 B
(2) Description
SIZE CODE WIDTH THICKNESS TAPE COLOR COLOR CODE

01 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) BLACK B
19 mm (0.75 in.)
02 Ref. (1) 0.3 mm (0.01 in.) RED R

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
Note 1: (1)
You must use size code 02 (red color tape) only for repair.
SIZE CODE
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE
01 02
-54 deg.C (-65.2 deg.F) t -57 deg.C (-70.6 deg.F) t
CONTINUOUS USE o 260 deg.C (500.0 deg. o 250 deg.C (482.0 deg.
F) F)
-65 deg.C (-85.0 deg.F) t
OCCASIONAL USE o 260 deg.C (500.0 deg. -
F)
(4) Process

In some conditions, you can install ABS5334 with ASNA5107 as an additional mechanical
protection for electrical wiring. For this, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02.
G. ABS5499 (FAPE3)
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE SIZE CODE

ABS5499 A 01
(a) Temperature
- Minimum continuous operating temperature is -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F).

- Maximum continuous operating temperature is 105 deg.C (221.00 deg.F).
- Occasional operating temperature is 135 deg.C (275.00 deg.F) for 45 minutes.
(b) Material code
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL

A SYNTHETIC RUBBER
(c) Size code
SIZE CODE TAPE COLOR

01 BLACK
H. ASNA3565 (F6198)
ASNA3565 is glass fabric with adhesive silicone used for electrical insulation.
ABS5649B can be used instead of ASNA3565 (one-way interchangeability).
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55

ASNA3565 2725
(2) Size code
SIZE CODE WIDTH

2722 22 mm (0.87 in.)
2725 25 mm (0.98 in.)
2750 50 mm (1.97 in.)
2765 65 mm (2.56 in.)

J. ASNA5107 (F6198)
ASNA5107 is a self-adhesive silicone tape reinforced with glass fabric used as mechanical protection an
d support for electrical wiring.
Color code
Standard P/N Type code Without code = RED
B = Black
ASNA5107 2503 B

(3) Type code
TYPE CODE WIDTH THICKNESS

2501 12.70 mm (0.5 in.)
2502 19.05 mm (0.75 in.)
2503 25.40 mm (1.0 in.) 0.51 mm (0.02 in.)
2504 50.80 mm (2.0 in.)
2505 76.20 mm (3.0 in.)
(4) Process

Reinforced protective tape ASNA5107 is used for protection of attachments and separator
s. For this, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-40-02.
K. DAN269 (D8518)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
Standard P/N Type code

DAN269 A25

(3) Type code
TYPE CODE WIDTH ADHESIVE MATERIAL

25 25 mm (0.98 in.)
30 30 mm (1.18 in.) SILICONE BASED
45 45 mm (1.77 in.)
300 300 mm (11.81 in.) ACRYLIC BASED
A25 25 mm (0.98 in.)
A30 30 mm (1.18 in.) SILICONE BASED
A300
300 mm (11.81 in.)
B300 ACRYLIC BASED
Figure 20-33-35-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tapes - Adhesive Tape - ABS5330

Figure 20-33-35-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tapes - Example of ABS5334A01T Tape Implementation

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
ABS5330 A 01
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE A
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203335_D1_00010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-35-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tapes - Adhesive Tape - ABS5330

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:51:55
EXAMPLE OF ABS5334 A01T TAPE IMPLEMENTATION
P_SP_203335_D1_00030001_01_01
Figure 20-33-35-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tapes - Example of ABS5334A01T Tape Implementation

** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-40-02 - Attachment - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
20-33-40-02 - Attachment - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0280 ABS0281 ABS0388

ABS0596 ABS0638 ABS0678
ABS0679 ABS0699 ABS0887
ABS0890 ABS0894 ABS0916
ABS0932 ABS0933 ABS0934
ABS1019 ABS1020 ABS1082
ABS1086 ABS1088 ABS1089
ABS1095 ABS1339 ABS1353
ABS1358 ABS1359 ABS1360
ABS1361 ABS1362 ABS1363
ABS1365 ABS1366 ABS1378
ABS1423 ABS1424 ABS1546
ABS1552 ABS1571 ABS2022
ABS2195 ABS2216 ABS2262
ABS2306 ABS2413 ABS2418
ABS5334 ABS5342 AS62200
ASNA0033 ASNA0080 ASNA2327
E0052 E0053 E0080
E0199 E0248 E0390
E0435 E0663 EN2997
EN3545 EN3646 EN4165
EN4674 EN6049 EN6049-006/007
EN6081 NAS1919 NSA5066
NSA5067 NSA5084 NSA5110
NSA5516 NSA5539 NSA8420
NSA935401 NSA935504 NSA935805
NSA935829 NSA938003 NSA938150
NSA939510
1. Overview
The chapters that follow give the general description and requirements related to the elements which attach,
route and install the wiring without damage to the aircraft. These elements are separated into several familie
s.
2. Structure of the Chapters

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
A. Cable Supports
Ref. ESPM 20-33-41-01
B. Clamps
Ref. ESPM 20-33-42-01
C. Raceway Assemblies
Ref. ESPM 20-33-43-01
D. Tie-wraps
Ref. ESPM 20-33-44-01
E. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting

Ref. ESPM 20-33-45-02
3. General Installation Rules (and Procedures)

This topic gives the procedures and general rules for the installation of cable attachments.
NOTE: It is not permitted to use lockwire in power centers.
A. Attachment of Harnesses on Aircraft
- The electrical wirings are attached on the aircraft by a very wide range of clamps and mounts, th
e choice of which is defined on the drawing.
- The clamps and the brackets must not be damaged.
- When installing harnesses, the harnesses will be positioned on the cable supports and held by un
tightened clamps so that slight movements can be made to find final installation position.
NOTE: It is not permitted to attach unprotected cables directly to metallic surfaces (structure, o
verbraiding, etc.).
- Once the harnesses are fully unwound and connected, the clamps and the brackets must be tight
ened. This procedure is not applicable to clamps NSA5516 in order to avoid dislodging the insulat
ing part of the clamp.
- When the clamps are installed, make sure that the two rubber parts of the clamps touch each ot
her when an attachment is installed.
- You must not handle wiring bracket E0663 that have retainers before you do the final attachmen
t as this can cause damage to the rack.
- When attachment are tightened on the harness, It is formally prohibited to pull harnesses to spr
ead overlengths of the harnesses.
- The routing of the cables must prevent mechanical stresses on the connection points. Relative m
ovement between the electrical connections and the last attachment point is not permitted.
NOTE: For overbraided harnesses attached together, tying pitch must be between 75 mm (2.95
in.) and 100 mm (3.94 in.).
NOTE: For harnesses with split conduit protection (EMI) (for example EN6049-008) attached to
gether, tying pitch must be between 75 mm (2.95 in.) and 100 mm (3.94 in.).
- Special condition: The installation of the cables attached to a movable element must have the les
s stress possible. This type of installation must always agree with the component tolerances.
- All harnesses installed on mechanical moving parts must be attached by clamps NSA5516. For h
arness dia. greater than 25 mm (0.98 in.), double clamp must be used.
- The distance between two tying points must be a maximum of 150 mm (5.91 in.). On the last 50
0 mm (19.69 in.) of the cable, the distance must be a maximum of 100 mm (3.94 in.).
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- It is not permitted to attach cables or conduits (for example wires connected to floor panels or pi
pes) directly or indirectly to:
- Pipes from other ATA systems
- Removable equipment (for example for maintenance tasks).
- This does not apply to heater cables or fuel quantity sensors.
- It is not recommended to install cables or conduits on mechanical parts that move, specially whe
n these parts are not related to the electrical conduit.
- All the items used to attach the harness must agree with the environmental temperature rate.
NOTE: It is recommended to use screws with diameters of 4.82 mm (0.19 in.) and 4.2 mm (0.1
7 in.) to install the attachment devices.
NOTE: It is not permitted to attach harnesses directly to the structure or other systems with tyi
ng devices (cable ties or lacing tape).
- Dynamic harnesses (Type A, B and C) must be attached as follows:
- The dynamic harness (Type A, B and C) must be attached so that it has minimum moveme
nt (point near to the rotation center).
- The dynamic harness (Type A) must be attached with a clamp Type B. For harness diamete
rs of more than 25 mm (0.98 in.), you must use double clamps.
- The harness must not touch structures or other items when it moves.
- If it can touch a structure or item, a protective insulated barrier must be installed on this st
ructure or item. This barrier must have a maximum roughness of 3.2 microns (for example
PTFE).
NOTE: If the attachment item is attached on the structure or devices that transmit current (for
example VT, VN, etc.) with a screw, after tightening the screw must protrude from the n
ut by a minimum length of 1.5 threads.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Tightening of Screw with Structure
NOTE: For the adjustable attachment points, it is necessary to use the same attachment device
s on all sides of the harness.
NOTE: Metallic parts (for example ramps, panels) that directly touch harnesses must be insulat
ed with:
- Shrink sleeve ABS0916 (for all areas that are not hot areas and only for harnesse
s with a maximum operating temperature of 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F).
- PEEK/PTFE (for hot and hydraulic areas and only for harness with an operating te
mperature range higher than 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F).
NOTE: It is necessary to remove all the protection (plastic sleeves, bags etc.) when the harness
is fully attached to the aircraft.
For the permitted tolerances of the mechanical protection with ASNA51072503 tape, you must R
ef. ESPM 20-33-30-02.
B. Position of Attachment Points and Distances Between Them (Only for A350 program)
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Principles of Loss of Attachment Point
To get a minimum clearance after a Loss of Attachment Point (LOAP) for distances, you must obey one
of the principles that follow:
- Obey a pitch between the attachment points of the harness to get the minimum permitted cleara
nce after the loss of an attachment point and a possible sagging condition (recommended princip
le).
- Install ramps between the attachment points. You must attach the harness to the ramp and atta
ch the ramp independently from the other attachment devices.
To do this, you can:
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- Use special fasteners for the ramp and the attachment device (applicable in all areas).
- Attach the ramp and the attachment device with an axis fastener (for example NSA5159)
(applicable in all areas that are not Flammable Fluid Leakage Zones (FFLZs)).
- Make redundant attachment points (for example double clamping).
C. Position of Attachment Points at Bending Harnesses

The position of the attachment points must let you install the harness a number of times. Thus the atta
chment points must be in a position that will let you install the harness in the same position each time.
When bend radius values are necessary, you can use ABS5342 or equivalent as a flag datum marker to
identify the positions where the harness will be attached. If you use adhesive tape ASNA5107-B, you m
ust put a white label E0248 in position near the adhesive tape.
D. Position of Attachment Points at Connectors

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment Points at Connectors and Antenna Installation Below Cargo Floor
The harness segment between the last attachment point (or the ramp) and the connector must have a
minimum length of 100 mm (3.94 in.) (more length can be necessary for removal of equipment, anten
nas or other items) and a maximum length of 300 mm (11.81 in.).
NOTE: The length of harness is measured from the rear of the connector (after the grommet) to the r
amp/last attachment point.
NOTE: If antenna cables are installed below the cargo floor, the position of the last attachment point
of the harness before it goes into the boot must prevent overbending of the boot to keep fluid
out. The top of the boot (where the harness goes into the boot) must point down to make a d
rip loop and to keep clear of possible pools of fluids.
The distance between the last attachment point and the connector for overbraided harnesses
must be a minimum of250 mm (9.84 in.).
WARNING: THIS PROCEDURE USES A FUEL SYSTEM ITEM THAT IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A C
RITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL) CDCCL IDENTIFIE
S AN ITEM THAT CAN BE THE SOURCE OF A POSSIBLE FUEL TANK IGNITION. YOU MUS
T KEEP ALL CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION. DAMAGE, WEAR OR CH
ANGES TO A CDCCL ITEM CAN CAUSE A POSSIBLE FUEL TANK EXPLOSION.
E. Installation in Fuel Vapour Areas
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area
NOTE: In these areas, electrical cables must never be in contact with fuel tank boundaries or any par
t of the structure.
(1) General installation principle

The requirements that follow are not applicable for:
- G routes,
- E routes when they are routed inside bobbins,
- P routes near adjacent parts or structure when:
- Harnesses are protected with split conduits EN6049-006/007/008, ABS0596 or ABS0
916,
- Harness overbraiding is protected with EN6049-006/007, ABS0890, ABS0894, ABS1
552 and ABS5334,
- Harnesses are protected by shielding conduit.
- P routes near fuel tank boundaries when:

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- Harness overbraiding is protected with EN6049-006/007/009, ABS0890, ABS0894, A

BS1552 and ABS5334,
- Harnesses are protected with shielded conduit.
- Other routes when:
- Harness is protected with convoluted conduit ABS0887 or NSA935805,
- Harness is protected with split conduit EN6049-006/007/008/009,
- Harness runs in a gutter,
- Harness is shielded (overbraiding or screened conduit).
The distance between two cable supports must be the distance between the harness
and the fuel tank boundary or any part of the structure in fuel vapour area minus 10
mm (0.39 in.).
(2) Applicable rules if one cable support is broken or loose

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area With Cable Support Broken
(a) The protections that follow must be installed on the harnesses:
- Split conduit EN6049-006/007, and ABS0596 on the harness,

- Tape ABS5334 or ASNA5107-B in attachment area,
- External protection EN6049-006/007, ABS0890, ABS0894, ABS1552 and ABS5334
on shielded harnesses.
NOTE: The requirements that follow are not applicable for G routes when they are route
d inside bobbins.
(b) The minimum distance "D" between the harness and fuel tank boundary must be:
- 25 mm (0.98 in.) if the harness is protected with a conduit or mechanical protectio

n,
- 10 mm (0.39 in.) if the harness is protected with split conduit ABS0596 or ABS088
7.
(c) The minimum distance "D" between the harness and any part of the structure (this include
s pipes, equipments etc.).
- 10 mm (0.39 in.) if the harness is protected with a conduit or mechanical protectio

n.
F. Cable Support Installation

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Cable Support Installation in Fuselage
(1) In fuselage
- The cable supports must be installed at maximum intervals of 685 mm (26.97 in.) but mu
st never be more than 1000 mm (39.37 in.) when the cables are protected with ABS0887
conduit.Ref. Fig. Attachment - Cable Support Installation in Fuselage
(2) Inside pylons
- The cable supports must be installed at maximum intervals of 350 mm (13.78 in.) maxim
um for G routes.
- The cable supports must be installed at maximum intervals of 200 mm (7.87 in.) maximu
m for other routes.
(3) Inside wing area

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- The cable supports must be installed at maximum intervals of 500 mm (19.69 in.) maxim
um.
(4) Inside tail area
- The cable supports must be installed at maximum intervals of 650 mm (25.59 in.).
(5) Vertical and horizontal stabilizer area (for A350 only)
- The cable supports must be installed at 500 mm (19.69 in.) intervals.
(6) Distance between the connector and the first cable support
Recommended maximum distance is 300 mm (11.81 in.), it is necessary for connection/disconne
ction of the connector with no tension on the connection.
This distance can enable to manage when appropriate:
- The connection and disconnection of connector
- The drip loop
- The overlength for repair and stowage.
For harnesses with ARINC connectors at the end with coaxial cables, the installation must (for A3
50 only):
- Have sufficient drip loop or
- If there is no drip loop, have a last attachment point which is not on the same axis as the
cavity of the connector housing.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Harnesses without Drip Loop
(7) Distance between the harness and the structure

This distance must not be less than 10 mm (0.39 in.). If this length cannot be ensured, a protect
ion must be installed (conduit, insulation etc.).
WARNING: THIS PROCEDURE USES A FUEL SYSTEM ITEM THAT IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN
AS A CRITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL) CDCCL
IDENTIFIES AN ITEM THAT CAN BE THE SOURCE OF A POSSIBLE FUEL TANK IGN
ITION. YOU MUST KEEP ALL CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION.
DAMAGE, WEAR OR CHANGES TO A CDCCL ITEM CAN CAUSE A POSSIBLE FUEL T
ANK EXPLOSION.
(8) Feeder and power cables
For feeder and power cables (routes G and P), a minimum distance of 50 mm (1.97 in.) is requir
ed between these cables and the aircraft skin (fuselage, wing, fuel tank boundary etc.). A double
insulation is required for feeder G routes and particular P routes (DC cables from TRU to power c
entres) attachment points.
G. Installation with Brackets

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Route Installation on Brackets
(1) Rules
NOTE: Brackets must be riveted (if not possible, bolts can be used).
- In all cases, P and Q routes must have a dedicated attachment point. An attachment point
is dedicated when it is an individual attachment point for a route.
- Each route must be installed independently with different attachment point on the bracket
(1 screw for each clamp).
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
When A brackets are used to attach G, X or P routes and when B and/or C brackets (this in
cludes ramps and clamps) are used to attach electrical routes, they must only be used to a
ttach ATA92 harness.
This requirement is not applicable to:
- Attachment devices (for example E0661), which are used to attach electrical harness and
ATA25 insulation blankets.
- Structure brackets used for attachment of equipment (for example sub-structures/chassis

of this equipment). They can also be used to attach ATA92 harness that supply power to t
his equipment. In this configuration, the ATA92 harness must not contain cables from a dif
ferent system than the equipment it is connected to.
NOTE: The same A bracket can be used to support an M, D, S, R, T, U, V or Q route and other
systems.
When attachment devices are installed on metallic brackets in a Flammable Fluid Leakage Zone
(FFLZ), they must be attached with:
- A metallic fastener and
- A fixed non-lubricated anchor nut (for example MS21047).
(2) Fixed bracket
- The fixed bracket must be small enough to allow correct bearing while avoiding any wiring
contact with fixed support or structure.
NOTE: It is not permitted to use a current return (bonding) point as an attachment point for a
harness.
The size of the brackets must be sufficiently small to not let the harness and the brackets touch
each other.
These rules are applicable:
(a) For routing of harness in parallel to brackets:
- For "a" less than 10 mm (0.39 in.), "A" must be less than or equal to 2 times of "a".
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rules 1 and 2
(b) For harness that bend in the direction of the bracket:
- For "a" less than 10 mm (0.39 in.), "A" must be less than "a".
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rules 1 and 2
(c) For harnesses that bend away from the bracket, there is no limitation related to the size of
the bracket. For more data about the distance of installation of the harness, refer to chapt
er 20-33-12 - Manufacture, Installation and Identification of EWIS.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rule 3
NOTE: To safety the routing and make sure that the harness and the bracket will not tou
ch each other (for example when a harness overlength is stowed in this area), yo
u can use flag datum markers.
(3) Adhesive bonded brackets

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation with Bonded Adhesive Brackets
- You must use adhesive bonded brackets where riveted or bolted cannot be installed (for e
xample non conductive surface, no hole area, etc.).
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- This process is applicable only in some conditions such as environmental conditions, install
ation space and maximum applicable load for each adhesive bonded bracket.
- You must use this type of bracket to attach the harnesses on the aircraft structure (conduc
tive and non conductive).
- The maximum load applied by the harness on each bracket must not be more than 3.3 N
(0.74 lbf).
- The bonded brackets are approved for a maximum load of 5 N (1.12 lbf).
NOTE: If one attachment point is missing, the minimum distance permitted between the
harness and the adjacent structure (this includes pipes, equipments etc.) must be
10 mm (0.39 in.).
- You must not use adhesive bonded brackets:
- To attach dynamic harnesses (for example hinges).
- For maintenance areas where bonded brackets can be crushed or stressed by mainte
nance action.
- On G routes.
(4) Bonding/Grounding brackets
- In dangerous and SWAMP areas, bonding/grounding brackets must point in the direction s
hown.Ref. Fig. Attachment - Orientation of Bonding/Grounding Point Brackets
(5) Acceptance/Rejection criteria for dedicated attachment points

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment Points (1 of 2)
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment Points (2 of 2)
NOTE: It is not permitted to attach routes for different networks (network 1 and network 2) to
the same adhesive bonded bracket (for A350 only).
H. Installation on Metallic or Carbon Rods (Tubes) in all Areas but not in Fuel Tanks
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation on Metallic or Carbon Rod
Installation of the electrical harness (not G, X, and P routes) requires (not in hot and fire areas):
- Insulated plastic bracket ABS1095 + tape ASNA5107-B attached on the rod by 2 metallic clamps
ASNA0033 and the harness attached on the bracket by a clamp (for example ABS1339).
For harness diameters of less than 25 mm (0.98 in.) and if you cannot install an insulated bracket ABS
1095, do one of the procedures that follow:
Basic procedures:
- Install a clamp NSA5516CBD + tape ASNA5107-B on the rod and a clamp ABS1339on the harnes
s.
- Install two clamps NSA5516CBD + tape ASNA5107-B on the rod and on the harness.
NOTE: The rod must be protected by a layer of black tape ASNA5107-B under the bracket.
Alternative procedure:
- Install a clamp NSA5516CBD + tape ASNA5107-B or ABS2195 + tape ASNA5107-B on the rod a
nd a clamp NSA5516CBD or ABS2195 on the harness.
- Install a clamp NSA5516CBD + tape ASNA5107-B or ABS2195 + tape ASNA5107-B on the rod a
nd a clamp ABS1339 on the harness.
J. Installation at Metallic Tube Exit

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
A clamp must be installed as near as possible to each metallic tube exit and the harness must be cente
red in the tube by the positioning of the clamp.
WARNING: THIS PROCEDURE USES A FUEL SYSTEM ITEM THAT IS IN A CATEGORY KNOWN AS A C
RITICAL DESIGN CONFIGURATION CONTROL LIMITATION (CDCCL) CDCCL IDENTIFIE
S AN ITEM THAT CAN BE THE SOURCE OF A POSSIBLE FUEL TANK IGNITION. YOU MUS
T KEEP ALL CDCCL ITEMS IN THE APPROVED CONFIGURATION. DAMAGE, WEAR OR CH
ANGES TO A CDCCL ITEM CAN CAUSE A POSSIBLE FUEL TANK EXPLOSION.
K. Installation Inside Carbon Fuel Tank
- You must use an isolated bracket or plastic clamp,

- You must not use metallic brackets in fuel tanks,
- You must attach brackets to carbon parts,
- You must use red cable tie NSA935401 to attach the wiring harness in the fuel tank,
- To prevent condensation in connections, there must be a drip loop in the fuel tanks,
- You must not use tape or lockwire (to prevent filter contamination).
L. Installation Outside Carbon Fuel Tank and Vapour Areas

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Installation Outside Carbon Fuel Tank and Vapour Area
Attachment of G feeder routes on fuel tank carbon panel is not permitted.
Installation of routes P, M, S, D, X and Q must be done with 2 levels of insulation:
- 1st level:
- Riveted (recommended) or bolted (acceptable) non-conductive bracket.
- 2nd level:
- Clamp ABS1339 (preferred),
- Clamp NSA5516+ tape ASNA5107(not preferred),
- Clamp AS62200 (not preferred).
M. Installation Outside Conductive Composite Panel

Installation of routes D, T, U, V, P, M, S, X and Q must be done with 1 level of insulation:
- Riveted (recommended) or bolted (acceptable) non conductive bracket.
Installation of route G must be done with two levels of insulation.
N. Installation on Conductive Composite Surface with Additional Protection

For all routes 10 mm (0.39 in.) length between cables and composite surface can be accepted if an add
itional protection is used (the structure thickness must be greater than 10 mm (0.39 in.):
- For G routes, PEEK additional protection must have a minimum thickness of 3 mm (0.12 in.).
- For other routes, PA6.6 additional protection must have a minimum thickness of 2 mm (0.08 i
n.).
P. Attachment Point Accessibility

Each cable or harness attachment must be installed so that it is easily accessible.
Q. Bus Bar Installation

A minimum of 5 mm (0.2 in.) between bus bars must be respected. Separators must be installed betwe
en bus bars and must be secured to avoid any movement.
A minimum of 5 mm (0.2 in.) between bus bars and all other metallic items must be respected.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
R. G Route Installation
Ref. Fig. Attachment - G Route Installation
Ref. Fig. Attachment - G Route in Butterfly Configuration
For G route, bobbin ABS0678/ABS1088 or equivalent must be installed in the following cases:
- Fixed attachment points cannot ensure sufficient distance between G routes.
NOTE: The length of the protective bobbin must agree with the size of the attachment device.
- Between two frames, the bobbin must be installed in the middle of the two frames.
- In the curve with small bend radius.
To prevent chafing between two different G routes (for example between two frames), you can ad
d two metal clamps NSA5516 in butterfly configuration.
In all cases, two levels of insulation (two non-conductive parts), for example insulated bracket an
d bobbin type ABS0678/ABS0679 or ABS1086/ABS1089 shall be used to maintain those routes.
Bobbin ABS0678/ABS1088 must be attached with:
- Metallic clamp ASNA0033 on attachment point level.
- Cable tie NSA935401-12 between attachment points.
- Metallic clamp NSA5516CBD.
- When feeders are routed without a bobbin, the E route must have a dedicated routing.
- When G routes is routed alone (outside the bobbin), the E route must be routed separately.
NOTE: Each G route must have a dedicated attachment point (for example 1G cannot be attach
ed with 3G or 11G) (for A350 only). This is applicable to E routes routed alone (for exam
ple route 1E routed alone cannot have the same attachment point as 3E routed alone) (f
or A350 only).
Contact between feeder cables of the same route is forbidden when they go in different directions.
In this case a minimum distance of 5 mm (0.2 in.) between cables must be respected.
The number of feeder cables per phase must be limited to three maximum and must be installed at 12
0 deg. on fairlead guides.
For two cables of the same phase, they must be diametrically opposite each other in the fairlead guide
type ABS0678 + ABS0679 or ABS1088 + ABS1089.
- The neutral wire must be routed in the middle (for A350 only).
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Arrangement of G Route Feeders
- At interfaces, phase A1 must be in the 12 o'clock position (for A350 only).
NOTE: G route supports must withstand from170 deg.C (338.0 deg.F)to260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F), de
pending on the area. G routes must not be attached on tubular supports and rods.
For the permitted tolerances of the separator for G routes, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
S. P Route Installation
- P routes must be attached with clamps (ABS1339 or NSA5516).

- P routes must not be directly attached to rods.
NOTE: P route can be directly tied on metallic insulated ramp with a cable tie NSA935401, but this is
not considered as an attachment point.
- Two ABS1339 clamps in butterfly configuration can be used for P route attachment. This configur
ation is mandatory for P route segregation, when segregation distances between harnesses must
be secured.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
T. Metallic Supports Insulation

Insulating coating must be applied between the cables and the support when cable temperature remain
s lower than 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F).
In hydraulic area and when the temperature is higher than 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F), PTFE or equivalen
t protection must be applied.
NOTE: Each end of the metallic support must be protected by end cap.
U. Non Metallic Support Insulation

Non metallic supports can be used when temperature is less than 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F).
For feeder supports, non metallic supports (bobbins) can be used to supply a correct level of insulation
when temperature is less than 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F).
NOTE: Non metallic supports do not require any protection treatment.
V. Attachment Selection Depending on the Area and Harness Type

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment Selection in Relation to the Area and Route Type

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ROUTE TYPE
AREA G (with 2 levels of ins
P OTHERS
ulation)
WITH STRAIN:
- ABS1339-D
- Low temperature b - NSA5516BD (for dia. gre
P
obbin + insulated b ater than 48 mm (1.89 i
R
- Fuselage racket n.))
E ABS1339-D
- Inside Vu - AS62200 (if routed WITHOUT STRAIN:
S NSA5516
- APU comp together and for str V support type (for example
. Specific brackets
artment essed area) - NSA935504 for dia. less
A ABS2022 + ABS1
- Belly fairin - Low temperature b than 48 mm (1.89 in.)
R 339
g obbin + NSA5516C - E0435 for dia. greater th
E
BD Ref. (1) + insula an 48 mm (1.89 in.)) Re
A
ted bracket f. (2)
Specific bracket ABS2022 + A
BS1339
Pylon area
N - Fire and hi - AS62200 (if routed
O gh temp. together and for str
N area great essed area) NSA5516CBD
er than 12 - High temperature b AS62200 (not preferred)
P
0 deg.C (2 obbin + insulated b
R
48.0 deg. racket
E
F)
S
S Fuel area (insid
NOT APPLICABLE ABS1339F
U e tank)
R
- High temperature b
I - Vibration
obbin + insulated b - ABS1339-D for dia. less than 48 mm (1.89 i
Z area
racket n.)
E - Section 19
- AS62200 (if routed - NSA5516CBD in SWAMP area and NSA5516B
D - Swamp ar
together and for str D in other areas for dia. greater than 48 mm
A ea
essed areas) (1.89 in.)
R - Hydraulic
- High temperature b - Omega clamp (specific drawing) for dia. gre
E area
obbin + NSA5516C ater than 48 mm (1.89 in.)
A - Fuel vapo
BD Ref. (1) + insula - AS62200 (not preferred)
ur area
ted bracket
Note 1: (1)
Limited use
Note 2: (2)
Not for convoluted conduit ABS0887/NSA935805

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
AREAS ATTACHING PARTS

All areas but not:
- Pylon
- High temperature area Plastic clamp (ABS1339)
- Inaccessible pressurized area
- Moving part
- Large diameter harness
- Moving part
Metallic clamp NSA5516BD
- High temperature area
- Pylon
Inaccessible pressurized area (harnesses with AB
V support NSA935504 + black tape ASNA5107-B
S0887 protection)
You must install end cap NSA935829 on each end of the conduit ABS0887.
NOTE: When you use conduit NSA935805, you must install the conduit as for conduit ABS0887 witho
ut the end cap NSA935829 and without the black tape ASNA5107-B at the attachment point.
NOTE: The installation of a second clamp in line with the conduit to prevent harness movement in vib
ration areas (for example pylon) is necessary.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment of Harness with Convoluted Conduit NSA935805
For A350 only, if two or more harnesses shielded with EMI split conduit EN4674, ABS2418 or shielded
with convoluted conduit NSA935805T are routed in parallel near to each other, they must be attached t
ogether in the same attachment device. Tying pitch must be 150 mm (5.91 in.).
W. VT Modules Installation
Ref. Fig. Attachment - VT Modules and Terminal Blocks Installation
- For EFCS VT modules, a ramp must be provided in order to avoid strains on the contacts and in o
rder to manage drip loop when appropriate.
- For other VT modules, a ramp or an attachment point (100 mm (3.94 in.) minimum (for A350 on
ly) recommended and 300 mm (11.81 in.) maximum from the module) must be provided in orde
r to avoid any movement or stress on the wire and on the contacts and in order to manage drip l
oop when appropriate.
NOTE: The length of the harness is measured from the rear of the VT module (after the grommet) to
the ramp/last attachment point.
X. Terminal Block Installation

Ref. Fig. Attachment - VT Modules and Terminal Blocks Installation
Attachment points (for example bobbin for G routes or clamps for P routes) must be provided before VT
terminal block in order to avoid any movement or stress on the wire and on the connections and in ord
er to manage drip loop when appropriate.
Power terminal blocks must not be installed in SWAMP areas or in Flammable Fluid Leakage Zones (FFL
Zs).
Y. VG/VN Installation
The length of harness between VNs or VGs and the next attachment point must be:
- 300 mm (11.81 in.) maximum for all areas that are not the pylons
- 100 mm (3.94 in.) maximum for the pylon area
- 100 mm (3.94 in.) minimum for all areas.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
AA. Tubular Support Installation

Tubular supports (for example D92491070/75) must be used in area where temperature is less than 15
0 deg.C (302.0 deg.F) and when clamps or V supports cannot be installed.
V supports can be used with plastic tubular supports to improve/maintain the orientation of the harnes
s.
V supports must be installed at tubular support ends to prevent harness rotation on the tube.
You must install specific cable supports ABS1082 with metallic tubular supports with sufficient protectio
n. You must use them in mechanical constraint areas (for example harness diameter greater than 25 m
m (0.984 in.)).
AB. Attachment at Conduit Ends ABS0887, EN6049-006/007 and ABS2413

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment at Conduit End
You must attach convoluted conduits (but not shielded conduits or overbraided harnesses) at each end:
- With a fastener or
- To a ramp or
- To a backshell.
For open sleeves, you must attach a minimum of one end.
AC. Attachment of Harness at Derivation Branch Level

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment of Bundle at Derivation Level
You must make the derivation at 20 mm (0.79 in.) minimum from the attachment device. This distance
must not be more than 150 mm (5.91 in.).
AD. Attachment Devices for Harness that Include EMI Sleeve ABS2418 and EN4674
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Minimum Distance Between Attachment Device and Split Support
Attachment devices for harness that include EMI sleeve (for example EN4674, ABS2418 ) must be at 3
2.5 mm (1.28 in.) minimum from the center of the split support.
AE. Attachment by Tie-wrap
TYING
AREA
ON HARNESS ON ATTACHMENT POINT
Inside tank NOT APPLICABLE NSA935401 (red colour)
Temperature between 55 deg.C
(131.0 deg.F) and 135 deg.C (27 NSA935401 (black colour) NSA935401 (black colour)
5.0 deg.F)
Temperature between 135 deg.C
NSA935401 (black colour) with A
(275.0 deg.F) and 150 deg.C (30 NSA935401 (black colour)
BS1339
2.0 deg.F)
Pylons
High temperature area greater t NSA8420 lacing tape NOT APPLICABLE
han 200 deg.C (392.0 deg.F)
AF. Temperature Limit of Cable Ties, Lacing Tapes and Supports

For all program (except A350):

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
IN ALL AREAS EXCEPT IN HIGH TEM HIGH TEMPERATURE AREA> 120 de

PERATURE AREA g.C (248.0 deg.F)
TYPES OF ROUTE CONTINUOUS OP CONTINUOUS OP
PEAK CONDITIO PEAK CONDITIO
ERATING CONDI ERATING CONDI
N Ref. (1) N Ref. (1)
TION Ref. (2) TION Ref. (2)
G 170 deg.C (338.0 deg.F)) 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F)
P 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F) 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F)
Other types (M, S,
135 deg.C (275.0 deg.F) 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F)
Q, etc.)
Note 1: (1)
Duration of 100 hours
Note 2: (2)
Duration of 130000 hours.
For A350 only:
IN ALL AREAS EXCEPT IN HIGH TEM

HIGH TEMPERATURE AREAS
PERATURE AREAS
TYPES OF ROUTE CONTINUOUS OP CONTINUOUS OP
PEAK CONDITIO PEAK CONDITIO
ERATING CONDI ERATING CONDI
N Ref. (1) N Ref. (1)
TION Ref. (2) TION Ref. (2)
G 170 deg.C (338.0 deg.F) 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.F)
150 deg.C (302.0 95 deg.C (203.0 d 260 deg.C (500.0 200 deg.C (392.0
P and X
deg.F) eg.F) deg.F) deg.F)
S, R, T, U and V 85 deg.C (185.0 deg.F) 130 deg.C (266.0 deg.F)
Other types (M, S, 135 deg.C (275.0 95 deg.C (203.0 d 260 deg.C (500.0 200 deg.C (392.0
Q, etc.) deg.F) eg.F) deg.F) deg.F)
Note 1: (1)
Duration of 100 hours
Note 2: (2)
Duration A/C life.
AG. Backshell Selection Depending on the Area
BACKSHELL INSTALLED WITH OVERBRAIDING ABS1353-003

High temperature area Ref.
Low temperature area Ref. (1)
RELATED ELECTRICAL ITEM (2)
55 deg.C (131.0 deg.F) t
55 deg.C (131.0 deg.F) t
- o 175 deg.C (347.0 deg.
- o 260 deg.C (500.0 deg.
F)
F)
Bulkhead ABS1361/ABS1362/ABS1363 ABS0932/ABS0933/ABS0934
Connector EN2997/EN3646 ABS1358/ABS1359/ABS1360 ABS0280/ABS0281
Pressure seal ABS1365/ABS1366/ABS1359 NOT APPLICABLE
Note 1: (1)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
Back shell material = Nickel copper plating over composite
Note 2: (2)
Backshell material = Stainless steel
BACKSHELL TYPE CONNECTOR AREA

Pressurized and non pressurized
Straight or elbow E0080-01 or E area except in small VUs for spec
E0052 and E0053
0080-02 backshell (aluminium) ific use (for example pressure se
al)
Straight or elbow ABS0638 (ther
E0052 and E0053 area except on pressure seals an
moplastic) backshell
d small VUs for main use
Flanged straight or elbow E0199- Non pressurized area in hot area
02 or E0199-03 (stainless steel) E0052 and E0053 on connectors EN2997 except for
backshell small VUs
Flanged straight or elbow NSA93 E0052 area except in small VUs used on
8150-01 or NSA938150-03 (alu ly for cable foolproof connectors
minium) backshell
E0053 NOT APPLICABLE
E0052 In small VUs (all areas)
Simple backshell NSA938150-02 NOT APPLICABLE, except risks of

(aluminium) contamination/mechanical protec
E0053
tion in pressurized areas and sm
all VUs
Thread cover ring NSA938003 (a
luminium)
Simple backshell E0053 NOT APPLICABLE
APPLICABLE, except risks of cont
Without backshell amination/mechanical protection
E0053
in pressurized areas and small V
Us
EN3545XXXM Pressurized area
EN3545-007 backshell (thermopl
astic) Pressurized areas, except on inte
EN3545XXXF
rface connectors of large VUs
In pressurized areas, it is mandatory to use backshells for removable connectors. For receptacles that a
re in VUs when cable supports hold the cables sufficiently, it is not mandatory to use backshells.
In non pressurized areas, all connectors must be used with backshells.
AH. Backshell Installation

The metal parts of the backshell must not directly touch the cables (use silicone tape for the cable clam
ps and spacer pads).
- For backshells with strain reliefs, attach the cables with a cable tie NSA935401.
- For backshells with a cable clamp, do not compress the harness.
- Before you attach the cables, make sure they are not compressed and/or twisted (except for twi
sted cables) and that you obey minimum bend radius.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
NOTE: When connectors with straight closed backshells are installed vertically with connectors
below the backshell, it is necessary to install heat-shrinkable sleeves on the rear of the b
ackshell and the harness, to keep out fluids.
AJ. Backshell Orientation

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Backshell Orientation
(1) On circular connectors:
NOTE: In pressurized areas and for A380 program only, you can change the VC backshell orien
tation given by drawings to obey the harness routing rules (maximum permitted modifi
cation is plus or minus 75 deg.). You cannot apply this for ring shielded backshells (for
example ABS1138-006).
You can change ABS0638 backshell orientation to prevent water retention when the bac
kshell tail is down.
(a) For a connector (front face, contact side), the 0 deg. angle reference is its main master ke
yway.
(b) For a pressure seal ABS1378 or ABS1571, the 0 deg. angle reference is its flat surface on
the locking-screw.
(c) For elbow backshell, unless specified by drawing, the orientation must be 180 deg. angle
(opposite of the master keyway).
(d) For straight backshell, unless specified by drawing, the orientation must be 0 deg. angle (s
ide of the master keyway).
(2) On rectangular connectors:

For straight and elbow backshells, unless specified in the definition, the orientation must be 0 de
g.
Until 45 deg. (included), the backshell position is considered as horizontal.
(a) Backshell for EN3545 and E0390 type connectors:
NOTE: Backshell configurations with a back-to-back or face-to-face configuration are not

possible.
- For horizontal position:

The reference position 0 deg. for straight and elbowed backshell is when the backshe
ll is installed with the strain relief down (side of chamfers of connector).
- For vertical position:
For all EN3545 connectors the contact 1 must be positioned at the bottom.
(b) Backshell for ABS2306 connector:

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
NOTE: Backshell configurations with a back-to-back or face-to-face configuration are not

possible.
- For horizontal position:

The reference position 0 deg. for straight and elbowed backshell is when the backshe
ll is installed with the strain relief down (writing side of connector).
The coding key must be on the left for the receptacle and on the right for the plug.
- For vertical position:
For ABS2306 connectors, the coding key must be positioned at the bottom (receptacl
e and plug) and the backshell is on the writing side of the connector.
(c) Backshell for EN4165, ABS0388 and ABS0699
- The reference position 0 deg. for straight backshell EN4165 is when the backshell is
installed with the strain relief down or when the center coupling screw and the polar
ization coding socket are installed down.
- The reference position 0 deg. for backshell ABS0699 is when the backshell is install
ed with the thickest part down.
(3) Strain relief of quick-release connectors:
- There are four procedures to attach backshell ABS1019-005 to receptacles and plugs: stra
ight (0 deg. or 180 deg.) and angular (90 deg. or 270 deg.). You must install the backshel
ls in relation to the installation situation.
AK. Backshell Installation on the Hydraulic System (for the A350 only)
You must obey the applicable segregation rules for each route or the backshells (ABS0280, ABS0281, A
BS2216 and ABS2262) can catch on the harnesses. These segregation rules are:
- Clearance for route S> 25 mm (0.98 in.)
- Clearance for route M> 50 mm (1.97 in.).
AL. Installation at Output of Pressure Seal Backshell

To have the best sealing possible, the harness must come out straight aligned with the center line of th
e pressure seal.
AM. Final Checks after Installation of Backshell
(1) Do a check of the correct position and tightness of the backshell and make sure that it is not da
maged.
(2) Make sure that the connector grommet is equally compressed and that it is not blocked or dama
ged.
(3) Make sure that the cable insertion is not loose or damaged in the connector grommet.
(4) Make sure that the cable attachment is tight and without mechanical constraints.
(5) Make sure that there is no damage on the cable caused by the tying devices.
(6) Make sure that the cable does not touch the metal part of the backshell and locking wire.
(7) Make sure that the conduit attached in the backshell does not touch the insulation of the end ite
ms.
AN. Specific Brackets and Rods Installation

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
(1) You must use metallic ASNA2327/ASNA2328 brackets:
- For P routes (mechanical aspects).

- For other routes in hot and swamp areas.
(2) You must use plastic ABS1423/ABS1424 rods:
- For all routes, but not in hot and swamp areas.

- On conductive composite surfaces.
(3) You must install rods with spacers:
- You must attach the plastic rods on non-metallic structure with blind rivets ASNA0080/NA
S1919 type.
- You must attach the metallic rods on metallic structure with solid rivets EN6081 type.
AP. Protection of Attachments and Separators
(1) Protection With Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Code 2503 (Width 25 mm (0.98 in))
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Protection with Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Code 2503
- Step 1: Put tape ASNA5107 in its correct position and wind it one time around the item (fo
r example, a bundle) to give protection.
- Step 2: Continue to wind tape ASNA5107 along the necessary distance around the item to
be protected with an overlap of 50 percent.
- Step 3:
- If tape ASNA5107 is not applied below an attachment point:
Make the last turn of the tape and then cut it.
- If tape ASNA5107 is applied below an attachment point:
Make the last turn of the tape at the position where the cable tie holds the harness on
the bracket.
(2) Protection With Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Code 2504 (Width 50 mm (1.97 in))
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Protection with Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Code 2504
Put tape ASNA5107 in its correct installation position and wind it more than one time around the
item that you must protect (for example, a bundle) with a minimum covering angle of 90 degree
s.
(3) Protrusion of Tape ASNA5107 on the Two Sides of the Attachment Device
For the approved protrusion of tape ASNA5107 on the two sides of the attachment device, you m
ust refer to the illustration .Ref. Fig. Attachment - Additional Protection at the Attachment Point
For the selection of the size of tape ASNA5107 (width 25 mm (0.98 in.) or 50 mm (1.97 in.)), ref
er to the width of the attachment device.
(4) Additional Protection

Protection tape ASNA5107 can be installed as a mechanical protection of the electrical wiring.
If tape ASNA5107 does not hold on the wires because of the low quantity of wires, it is necessar
y to add self-adhering silicone tape ABS5334 as specified in Ref. ESPM 20-33-35-01.
When you apply self-adhering silicone tape ABS5334, stretch it lightly (between 50 percent and
70 percent) with an overlap of 40 percent to 50 percent between the layers of the tape.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Example of Tape ABS5334 Installation on a Bundle
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
AQ. Spare Conduit Installation

It is recommended to attach the spare conduit with the main routing. If the spare conduit cannot be att
ached with the main routing, it is attached with a plastic clamp (ABS1339 or ABS2195) or clamp NSA55
16CBD beside the main routing.
AR. Optical Harness Installation

At the attachment device or separator, optical harnesses must have protective sleeve NSA5539 for one
optical harness.
NOTE: If optical cables are protected with a split textile conduit, no additional protection is necessary
at attachment device level (for A350 only).
AS. Attachment of Harnesses near to a Structural Edge

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harness Adjacent to Structural Edges
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment Principles of Harness Installed Across Conductive or Non-conductive
Structural Edges
Keep a minimum clearance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) between the harness and the structure, when:
- The harness goes across a structural edge and
- The thickness of the structure at the edge is less than or equal to 12.7 mm (0.5 in.).
For all type of routes (but not G, X, P, 1D and 2D) a clearance of less than 10 mm (0.39 in.) between t
he harness and metallic or non-conductive structure is permitted, when:
- The harness goes across a structural edge and
- The thickness of the structure at the edge is less than or equal to 12.7 mm (0.5 in.) and
- A mechanical protection is installed on the edge (only applicable when the attachment point of th
e harness is not aligned with the edge). For mechanical protection, adhesive ”caterpillar” NSA93
9510 is recommended. The harness must not touch the mechanical protection of the edge.
AT. Installation of Harness that goes Through a Structural Hole

Ref. Fig. Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harnesses Installed through Holes
For all types of routes, a minimum clearance of 10 mm (0.39 in.) between the harness and the structur
e is permitted, when:
- The harness goes through a hole.
- The thickness of the structure at the hole is less than or equal to 12.7 mm (0.5 in.).
For all types of routes (but not G, X, P, 1D and 2D) a clearance of less than 10 mm (0.39 in.) between t
he harness and metallic or non-conductive structure is permitted, when:
- The harness goes through a hole.
- The thickness of the structure at the hole is less than or equal to 12.7 mm (0.5 in.).
- A mechanical protection is installed in the hole (for example circular grommet ABS1020 or adhes
ive "caterpillar" NSA939510).
The harness must not touch the mechanical protection of the hole.
(1) Procedure to bond the profile on the structure
- Use sandpaper with a maximum grain size of 180 to manually abrade the bonded surface.
- Clean these surfaces.
- Apply a thin layer of adhesive paste ASNA4049 or Material No. Epoxy Adhesive_- - Legacy
3 (Material Ref. 05EML7) (thickness about 0.1 mm (0.0 in.)) on the profile.
- You must use the resin quickly, not more than 30 min after you prepare it.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
- Install the profile on the structure.

- Remove unwanted resin with a soft cloth and solvent.
- Polymerize the resin for 4 hours at 40 deg.C (104.0 deg.F).
AU. Permitted Tolerances

(1) Spacer
You can change the length of an existing spacer to safety the ro
uting distances or the bundle position.
You can change the length of the spacer to:
- Safety the position of the bundle (for example, near the pr
Description
essure seal).
- Increase the distances between two supports because of t
he possible growth of the bundle.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Spacer
- After the modification, the harness must not be too tense
or must not be too loose.
- Obey the distances between the bundles and the structure
or the other systems given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
Requirements / precautions - The spacer material must be in accordance with the definit
ion dossier.
- If there is no spacer given in the definition dossier, the tol
erance is not applicable.
- Obey the bend radius given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
- The tolerance is only applicable for the bundle which have
an outside diameter dimension that is less than 13 mm (0.
51 in.) (shifted bundle).
- If you replace an existing spacer given in the definition do
ssier with a new spacer, the height of the new spacer must
be between -15 mm (- 0.59 in.) and 15 mm (0.59 in.) less
than or more than the height of the existing spacer.
- Only one spacer is permitted on stand-off.
(2) Rotation of the Mobile Support

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
You can turn the positions of the attachment devices (for examp
le, clamps and V-supports) to safety the routing or the distance
Description s related to the environment or the adjacent installation.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Rotation of t
he Mobile Support
Requirements / precautions - Obey the distances between the bundles and the structure
- Obey the bend radius given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
- The maximum permitted tolerance angle is between -90 d
egrees and +90 degrees from the value given in the defini
tion dossier.
Technical limitations - If there is a risk of loss of segregation, the tolerance is not
applicable.
- Obey the bundle bend radius given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10
-02.
(3) V-support Installation
Where the bundle diameter is larger than the V-support permitt
ed diameter (for example, NSA935504), you can replace the V-s
Description upport with a larger one from the same standard.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the V-support In
stallation
- Where the bundle diameter is larger than the V-support pe
rmitted diameter, you can replace the V-support with a lar
Technical limitations ger one from the same standard (for example, NSA93550
4-XX as per the definition dossier can be replaced by NSA
935504-YY).
(4) Clamp Size
The clamp size given in the definition dossier can be changed in
accordance with the bundle diameter or the bundle configuratio
Description
n.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Clamp Size
- The clamp standard must be in accordance with the definit
ion dossier.
- The correct clamp size must be adapted without limit to th
e bundle diameter, which obeys the definition dossier.
- The tolerance is not applicable for the clamps attached on
the bundles, which contain only coaxial cables.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
(5) Adaptation of the Grommet Size
The size of grommet ABS1020 can be adapted to the number of
harnesses that go through from dash code 01 to dash code 02 o
Description r from dash code 02 to dash code 01.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Adaptation o
f the Grommet Size
- After the modification, the bundles must be centered in th
e hole.
- Grommet ABS1020 must fully close the structural hole.
- You must install a mechanical protection on the bundle at
the level of grommet ABS1020.
- Obey the distances given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
- You must not crush grommet ABS1020.
Technical limitations - After the modification, the distance between the bundle an
d the structure must be a minimum of 10 mm (0.39 in.).
(6) Screw or Axe Length
You can change the length of the screw or the axe (for example,
NSA5159) given in the definition dossier as per the instructions
that follow:
- The length size code of the screw or the bolt must be the
smallest size which comply with the full thread of the nut f
ully screwed.
Description
- This correct length size code of the screw or the bolt must
be selected in a maximum range between -2 and +2 comp
ared to the size code given in the definition dossier. Not ap
plicable to stand-off ABS1546.
Ref. Fig. Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Screw or Ax
e Length
- The standard and the diameter of the screw or the axe mu
st be in accordance with the definition dossier.
- The applicable length of the screw or the axe must be use
d in the same standard with the same material.
(7) Replacement of the Lose Nuts-clip

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
As an alternative for the nuts-clip replacement, you can use the n
ut-clip standards that follow to make the installation procedure ea
sy:
Description - NSA5066
- NSA5067
- NSA5084
- NSA5110.
- The material and the external protection of the nuts must b
Requirements / precaution
e in accordance with the item reference given in the definiti
s
on dossier.
- The diameter of the existing holes in the structure must be i
n between 6.8 mm (0.27 in.) and 7 mm (0.28 in.) for dash
code 3 of the standards.
- Rework of the structure is not permitted.
Figure 20-33-40-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Tightening of Screw with Structure

Figure 20-33-40-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Principles of Loss of Attachment Point
Figure 20-33-40-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment Points at Connectors and Antenna Installatio
n Below Cargo Floor
Figure 20-33-40-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area
Figure 20-33-40-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area With Cable Support Brok
en
Figure 20-33-40-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Cable Support Installation in Fuselage
Figure 20-33-40-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Route Installation on Brackets
Figure 20-33-40-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rules 1 and 2
Figure 20-33-40-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rule 3
Figure 20-33-40-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation with Bonded Adhesive Brackets
Figure 20-33-40-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Orientation of Bonding/Grounding Point Brackets
Figure 20-33-40-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment P
oints (1 of 2)
Figure 20-33-40-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment P
oints (2 of 2)
Figure 20-33-40-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation on Metallic or Carbon Rod
Figure 20-33-40-0015-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Installation Outside Carbon Fuel Tank and Vapour Area
Figure 20-33-40-0017-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - G Route Installation
Figure 20-33-40-0018-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - G Route in Butterfly Configuration
Figure 20-33-40-0019-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Arrangement of G Route Feeders
Figure 20-33-40-0020-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment Selection in Relation to the Area and Route T
ype
Figure 20-33-40-0021-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment of Harness with Convoluted Conduit NSA935
805
Figure 20-33-40-0022-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - VT Modules and Terminal Blocks Installation
Figure 20-33-40-0023-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment at Conduit End
Figure 20-33-40-0024-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment of Bundle at Derivation Level
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
Figure 20-33-40-0025-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Minimum Distance Between Attachment Device and Split
Support
Figure 20-33-40-0026-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Backshell Orientation
Figure 20-33-40-0032-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Attachment - Protection with Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Co
de 2503
de 2503
de 2504
de 2504
Figure 20-33-40-0034-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Additional Protection at the Attachment Point
Figure 20-33-40-0035-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harness Adjacent to Structural E
dges
Figure 20-33-40-0036-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment Principles of Harness Installed Across Conduc
tive or Non-conductive Structural Edges
Figure 20-33-40-0037-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harnesses Installed through Hole
s
Figure 20-33-40-0038-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Harnesses without Drip Loop
Figure 20-33-40-0041-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Example of Tape ABS5334 Installation on a Bundle
Figure 20-33-40-0071-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Spacer
Figure 20-33-40-0072-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Rotation of the Mobile Supp
ort
Figure 20-33-40-0073-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the V-support Installation
Figure 20-33-40-0074-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Clamp Size
Figure 20-33-40-0075-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Adaptation of the Grommet
Size
Figure 20-33-40-0101-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Screw or Axe Length

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
TIGHTENING OF SCREW WITH STRUCTURE
SCREW OR BOLT
WASHER
NUT
DEVICES THAT TRANSMIT CURRENT
1.5 THREAD OF THE SCREW HEAD

OUT OF THE NUT AFTER TIGHTENING
P_SP_203340_D2_00010001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Tightening of Screw with Structure

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF RAMPS WITH DEDICATED FASTENERS:

CLAMP OR V-SUPPORT
HARNESS
BOLT
TYING DEVICE
BRACKET
RAMP
NUT
ATTACHMENT OF RAMP WITH AXIS FASTENER (NOT FOR INSTALLATION IN A FLAMMABLE

FLUID LEAKAGE ZONE (FFLZ)):
CLAMP OR V-SUPPORT
HARNESS
AXIS FASTENER NUT

NSA5159
TYING DEVICE
BRACKET RAMP
NUT
DOUBLE CLAMPING PRINCIPLE:
ATTACHMENT DEVICES
HARNESS
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE BRACKET
P_SP_203340_D2_00020001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Principles of Loss of Attachment Point

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT POINTS AND RAMPS BEFORE CONNECTORS:
LENGTH OF HARNESS BETWEEN CONNECTOR

AND RAMP OR ATTACHMENT POINT LENGTH OF HARNESS BETWEEN
= 100 mm (3.94 in) TO 300 mm (11.81 in) CONNECTOR AND ATTACHMENT POINT
= 100 mm (3.94 in) TO 300 mm (11.81 in)
ATTACHMENT POINT
REMOVABLE PART
FIXED PART OF OF CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
RAMP (IF INSTALLED) OR
ATTACHMENT POINT
ATTACHMENT POINTS FOR ANTENNA INSTALLATION BELOW CARGO FLOOR:
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
BOBBIN NSA935510 OR NSA5539

OR SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ASNA5107- B
NO SEALING
BOOT
ATTACHMENT POINT
ABS0916
MAX. LEVEL
OF FLUID
80 mm (3.15 in)
STRINGER
CABLE TIES
NSA935401
AIRCRAFT SKIN
CONNECTOR
P_SP_203340_D2_00030001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment Points at Connectors and Antenna Installation
Below Cargo Floor
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
CABLE
HARNESS SUPPORT
D D
L = D + 10 mm (0.39 in)
FUEL
VAPOUR
AREA
FUEL TANK
OR STRUCTURE
P_SP_203340_D2_00040001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
CABLE
HARNESS SUPPORT BROKEN
D
FUEL
VAPOUR
AREA
FUEL TANK
OR STRUCTURE
* HARNESS DISTANCE "D" mm (in)
FROM FUEL TANK BOUNDARY FROM ANY PART OF STRUCTURE
25 (0.98)
WITH MECHANICAL PROTECTION
10 (0.39)
10 (0.39) WITH MECHANICAL PROTECTION
WITH SPLIT CONDUIT OR
EN6049- 0 0 7
* FOR ALL ROUTES EXCEPT FOR G ROUTES FIXED WITH BOBBIN
P_SP_203340_D2_00050001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation in Fuel Vapour Area With Cable Support Broken
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
CABLE SUPPORT CONNECTOR
660 mm MAX. 660 mm MAX. 300 mm MAX.

(25.98 in) (25.98 in) (11.81 in)
HARNESS
P_SP_203340_D2_00060001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Cable Support Installation in Fuselage

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
TOP VIEW ON HARNESS WITHOUT DRIP LOOP
NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
ARINC
CONNECTOR
HARNESS CONTAINING
COAX CABLES
LAST FIXATION POINT

BEFORE CONNECTION
P_SP_203340_D2_00380001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0038-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Harnesses without Drip Loop

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ROUTES INSTALLED SEPARATELY WITH INDIVIDUAL

ATTACHMENT POINT.
ATTACHMENT POINT
1P 1M 1S
BRACKET
STRUCTURE
L + 2d MAXIMUM
L d
HARNESS
SUPPORT
FIXED SUPPORT
CORRECT NOT ACCEPTABLE
P_SP_203340_D2_00070001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Route Installation on Brackets

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
RULE 1:
P 200 mm
(7.8740 in)
A 2xa
HARNESS
a < 10 mm
(0.3937 in) ATTACHMENT DEVICE
BRACKET (FOR EXAMPLE: V-SUPPORT)
A<a
RULE 2:
HARNESS
a < 10 mm
(0.3937 in)
BRACKET
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
(FOR EXAMPLE: V-SUPPORT)
P_SP_203340_D2_00080001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rules 1 and 2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
RULE 3:
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
(FOR EXAMPLE: V-SUPPORT)
HARNESS
BRACKET
P_SP_203340_D2_00090001_01_03
Figure 20-33-40-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation with Fixed Bracket Rule 3

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
HARNESS ATTACHMENT WITH NO MISSING ATTACHMENT POINTS:
330 Gr. 330 Gr. 330 Gr.
STRUCTURE
HARNESS ATTACHMENT WITH ONE MISSING ATTACHMENT POINT:
LOAD WITH ONE MISSING CLAMP:

(660+330) /2 = 500g Gr.
CLAMP MISSING
330 Gr.
MIN. 660 Gr.

10 mm (0.394 in)
STRUCTURE
P_SP_203340_D2_00100001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation with Bonded Adhesive Brackets

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BONDING/GROUNDING BRACKETS
NOT PERMITTED PERMITTED
< 75°
P_SP_203340_D2_00110001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Orientation of Bonding/Grounding Point Brackets

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ESSENTIAL AND NON-ESSENTIAL DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS
DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS COMMON ATTACHMENT POINT
1M 11M
1M 11M
BRACKET
NETWORK DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS
DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS COMMON ATTACHMENT POINT
1S 2S 1S 2S
BRACKET
P_SP_203340_D2_00120001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment

Points (1 of 2)
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ROUTE-CATEGORY DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS
DEDICATED ATTACHMENT POINTS

COMMON ATTACHMENT POINT
1S 1M 1S 1M
BRACKET
NOTE:
THIS IS NOT APPLICABLE TO AN E-ROUTE AND G-ROUTE THAT HAVE THE SAME ROUTE
NUMBER (FOR EXAMPLE: 1G AND 1E).
WHEN THE SEGREGATION OF 1M AND 1MD ROUTES IS NECESSARY, A DEDICATED
ATTACHMENT POINT WILL BE USED FOR EACH ROUTE.
SEGREGATION ON ADHESIVE BONDED BRACKETS (ABB)
1S 2S 1S 2S
ADHESIVE BONDED
BRACKET (ABB) OR
BRACKET ATTACHED
THROUGH ABB
P_SP_203340_D2_00130001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria for Dedicated Attachment

Points (2 of 2)
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
RECOMMENDED SOLUTION HARNESS
BRACKET ABS1095 CLAMP ABS1339
METALLIC CLAMPS ASNA0033

TUBE (ROD) TAPE ASNA5107- B
ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION
CLAMP NSA5516CBD
OR ABS2195 OR ABS1339
TAPE
ASNA5107-B
HARNESS CLAMP ABS1339 HARNESS
OR
TUBE (ROD) TAPE ASNA5107-B TUBE (ROD)

CLAMP NSA5516CBD
CLAMP NSA5516CBD OR ABS2195
P_SP_203340_D2_00140001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation on Metallic or Carbon Rod

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
PREFERRED SOLUTION
HARNESS (P, M, S, D, X AND Q ROUTE)
CLAMP ABS1339
FUEL
AREA
NON CONDUCTIVE BRACKET
CONDUCTIVE COMPOSITE PANEL
NOT PREFERRED SOLUTIONS
HARNESS (P, M, S, D, X AND Q ROUTE) HARNESS (P, M, S, D, X AND Q ROUTE)

TAPE
ASNA5107
CLAMP CLAMP
FUEL NSA5516 FUEL AS62200
AREA AREA
NON CONDUCTIVE NON CONDUCTIVE

BRACKET BRACKET
CONDUCTIVE CONDUCTIVE
COMPOSITE PANEL COMPOSITE PANEL
P_SP_203340_D2_00150001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0015-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Installation Outside Carbon Fuel Tank and Vapour Area
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
G ROUTE INSTALLATION
PANEL STRUCTURE
50 mm
INSULATED BRACKET
(1.97 in)
BOBBIN (e.g.: ABS0678/1088)
METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033
EXCEPTIONAL CASE WHEN

ABOVE PRINCIPLE CANNOT BE APPLIED
INSULATED PANEL STRUCTURE
BOBBIN (e.g.: ABS1088)
CLAMP NSA5516BD
- FOR TWO CABLES OF THE SAME PHASE: THEY MUST BE DIAMETRICALLY

INSTALLED AT THE OPPOSITE IN THE SUPPORT.
- FOR THREE CABLES PER PHASE: THEY MUST BE INSTALLED AT 120°.
P_SP_203340_D2_00170001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0017-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - G Route Installation

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
INSULATED
BRACKET
AS1088
(TYPE CODE A01)
CLAMP
NSA5516 XXND
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE A02)
FAIRLEAD
ABS1088
P_SP_203340_D2_00180001_01_03
Figure 20-33-40-0018-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - G Route in Butterfly Configuration

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ARRANGEMENT OF G ROUTE FEEDERS
E A1
C2 B1
B2 C1
A2
VIEW WHEN YOU LOOK FROM THE GENERATOR TO

THE ELECTRICAL POWER DISTRIBUTION CENTER (EPDC)
- TWO CABLES OF THE SAME PHASE MUST BE INSTALLED ON OPPOSITE

SIDES OF THE SUPPORT (G ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088).
- THE NEUTRAL WIRE MUST BE ROUTED IN THE MIDDLE.
- AT INTERFACES, PHASE A1 MUST BE IN THE 12 O'CLOCK POSITION.
P_SP_203340_D2_00190001_01_02
Figure 20-33-40-0019-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Arrangement of G Route Feeders

** ON A/C ALL

CUSTOMIZATION

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
AIRCRAFT TYPES
A318 A320 A319 A321
ATTACHMENT SELECTION IN RELATION TO THE AREA AND ROUTE TYPE
CONDITION OF ROUTE
HARNESS AT LEVEL ALL ROUTES THAT P, X AND E ROUTES
AREAS
OF ATTACHMENT ARE NOT COAXIAL (WHEN DIFFERENT G
DEVICE CABLES ROUTINGS)
ESPM
P-CLAMP TYPE C BOBBIN CONFIGURATION:

OR 1ST PRIORITY: LOW-TEMPERATURE
PRE-STRESSED G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + ABS1089
P-CLAMP TYPE B + MECHANICAL
- PRESSURIZED AREA PROTECTION ON THE HARNESS + METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033
OR
- UN-PRESSURIZED 2ND PRIORITY: LOW-TEMPERATURE
PROTECTED AREA G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + P-CLAMP
- V- S U P P O RT
OR TYPE B
NON PRE-STRESSED P-CLAMP TYPE A
- P-CLAMP TYPE A HARNESS CONFIGURATION:
P-CLAMP TYPE C
- VIBRATION AREA P-CLAMP TYPE C BOBBIN CONFIGURATION:
- SWAMP AREA OR LOW-TEMPERATURE G-ROUTE BOBBIN
- FLAMMABLE FLUID PRE-STRESSED
P-CLAMP TYPE B + MECHANICAL ABS1088 + ABS1089 + METALLIC CLAMP
LEAKAGE AREAS PROTECTION ON THE HARNESS ASNA0033
- UN-PRESSURIZED
01-May-2024
UN-PROTECTED HARNESS CONFIGURATION:

NON PRE-STRESSED P-CLAMP TYPE A
AREAS P-CLAMP TYPE C
P-CLAMP TYPE C BOBBIN CONFIGURATION:

OR 1ST PRIORITY: HIGH-TEMPERATURE
PRE-STRESSED
P-CLAMP TYPE B* + MECHANICAL G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + ABS1089
PROTECTION ON THE HARNESS + METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033
- FIRE AREA OR
- HOT AREAS 2ND PRIORITY: HIGH-TEMPERATURE
G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + P-CLAMP
** ON A/C ALL
NON PRE-STRESSED P-CLAMP TYPE B* TYPE B
HARNESS CONFIGURATION:
49
P-CLAMP TYPE C
- CABLE TIE MOUNT OR

FUEL TANK N/A
P-CLAMP TYPE A
BOBBIN CONFIGURATION:
P-CLAMP TYPE C OR
1ST PRIORITY: HIGH-TEMPERATURE
ABS2195 + MECHANICAL
G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + ABS1089
PRE-STRESSED PROTECTION ON THE HARNESS OR + METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033
DOCTYPES REVISION DATE REVISION NUMBER
NSA5516 (CBD OR CBJ) + MECHANICAL OR

HYDRAULIC AREA PROTECTION ON THE HARNESS 2ND PRIORITY: HIGH-TEMPERATURE
G-ROUTE BOBBIN ABS1088 + P-CLAMP
TYPE B
NON PRE-STRESSED P-CLAMP TYPE A HARNESS CONFIGURATION:
P-CLAMP TYPE C
P_SP_203340_D2_00200001_01_01
* IN FIRE AREAS, IF YOU USE P-CLAMP TYPE B, IT MUST BE METALLIC.

TITLE
Figure 20-33-40-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment Selection in Relation to the Area and Route Type
20-33-40-02 - Attachment - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF CONVOLUTED CONDUIT NSA935805
ADDITIONAL IN-LINE ATTACHMENT

DEVICE NECESSARY IN
VIBRATION AREAS
HARNESS PROTECTED WITH CLAMP (ABS1339 OR

CONVOLUTED CONDUIT NSA935805 NSA5516 CBD OR
ABS2195)
BRACKET
15 TO 20 mm
(0.59 TO 0.79 in)
15 TO 20 mm
(0.59 TO 0.79 in)
NOTE:
THE SAME BRACKET IS APPLICABLE FOR THE TWO CLAMPS.
P_SP_203340_D2_00210001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0021-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment of Harness with Convoluted Conduit NSA935805
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT POINTS OF A VT MODULE
VT MODULE
RAMP
POSITION OF ATTACHMENT POINTS BEFORE A TERMINAL BLOCK TO PREVENT CROSS-CONNECTION
ATTACHMENT POINT FOR THE A350: CLAMP

VT TERMINAL BLOCK OR EQUIVALENT DEVICE
VT TERMINAL BLOCK
ATTACHMENT POINT
LENGTH MUST AGREE

WITH CABLE BEND RADIUS
LENGTH MUST AGREE

WITH CABLE BEND RADIUS
P_SP_203340_D2_00220001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0022-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - VT Modules and Terminal Blocks Installation

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF CONVOLUTED CONDUIT ABS0887:
END CAP CLAMP

ABS0887 CLAMP NSA935829 (IN VIBRATION AREA ONLY)
15 TO 20 mm
(0.59 TO 0.79 in)
TAPE ASNA5107 10 mm MIN.

(2 LAYERS MINIMUM) (0.39 in)
ABS0887 V-SUPPORT 15 TO 20 mm
(0.59 TO 0.79 in)
ATTACHMENT OF SPLIT CONDUIT EN6049-006 OR EN6049-007 OR ABS2413 :
CLAMP ABS1339
SPLIT CONDUIT
EN6049-006 OR EN6049-007 20 mm
OR ABS2413 (0.79 in)
P_SP_203340_D2_00230001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0023-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment at Conduit End

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF HARNESS AT DERIVATION LEVEL
DERIVATION AXIS
DERIVATION ATTACHMENT DEVICE
BRANCH BEND RADIUS
CABLE TIE
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
20 mm L 150 mm
(0.7874 in) L (5.9055 in)
P_SP_203340_D2_00240001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0024-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment of Bundle at Derivation Level

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
Figure 20-33-40-0025-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Minimum Distance Between Attachment Device and Split
Support
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ELBOW BACKSHELL INSTALLATION.
ANGULAR = CLOCKWISE FROM 0° TO 360°

(± 1 NOTCH OF TOLERANCE)
0° ANGLE REFERENCE
AND CONNECTOR AXIS
BACKSHELL ANGLE
CONNECTOR MASTER KEYWAY
BACKSHELL
CIRCULAR STRAIGHT BACKSHELL INSTALLATION.
STRAIN RELIEF
CIRCULAR STRAIGHT BACKSHELL
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
P_SP_203340_D2_00260001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0026-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Backshell Orientation

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ORIENTATION OF STRAIGHT BACKSHELL WITH STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP ATTACHED BY SCREWS
MAIN GUIDE GROOVE (ON TOP)
ORIENTATION 0° AND 180°
ORIENTATION 90° AND 270°
P_SP_203340_D2_00400001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL INSTALLED ON CONNECTOR:
-BACKSHELL ORIENTED AT 90°:
90°
CONNECTOR MASTER
KEYWAY
-BACKSHELL ORIENTED AT 180°:
CONNECTOR MASTER
KEYWAY 180°
P_SP_203340_D2_00270001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL INSTALLED ON PRESSURE SEAL ABS1378 OR ABS1571:
PRESSURIZED SIDE UNPRESSURIZED SIDE
0° ANGLE REFERENCE
ON FLAT SURFACE
PRESSURE SEAL BACKSHELL
P_SP_203340_D2_00280001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL FOREN3545 ANDE0390 TYPE CONNECTORS
HORIZONTAL POSITION:
0°
STRAIN RELIEF
CHAMFER
180°
VERTICAL POSITION:
RECEPTACLE PLUG
0° 180° 180° 0°
CONTACT 1 CONTACT 1
NOTE:
PIN CONTACT AA FOR CONNECTOR WITH CONTACTS SIZE 8 ONLY. P_SP_203340_D2_00290001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL FORABS2306 CONNECTOR
HORIZONTAL POSITION:
RECEPTACLE PLUG
TOP
TOP
0°
0°
CODING
KEY CODING
KEY
180°
180°
WRITING SIDE
VERTICAL POSITION:
RECEPTACLE PLUG
BOTTOM BOTTOM
0° 180° 180° 0°
P_SP_203340_D2_00300001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL FOREN4165 TYPE CONNECTORS
VIEW A
BACKSHELL
TOP TOP
VIEW A
STRAIN RELIEF POLARIZATION CENTRE COUPLING

CODING SOCKET SCREW
BACKSHELL FORABS0388 TYPE CONNECTORS
BACKSHELL
180° ORIENTATION 0° ORIENTATION
STRAIN RELIEF
BACKSHELLABS0699
THICKEST PART
TOP VIEW (NEW DESIGN)
THICKEST PART
P_SP_203340_D2_00390001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BACKSHELL (e.g. ABS1019-005)
CONNECTOR (e.g. ABS1019-003)

90° POSITION
FRONT FACE
0° POSITION
270° POSITION
REAR FACE
180° POSITION
P_SP_203340_D2_00310001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
EXAMPLE OF TAPEASNA5107 CODE 2503

(WIDTH 25 mm (0.98 in))
STEP 1: BUNDLE
TAPE ASNA5107
STEP 2: BUNDLE
TAPE ASNA5107
P_SP_203340_D2_00320001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0032-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Attachment - Protection with Reinforced Protective Tape ASNA5107 Code
2503
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
STEP 3:
IF TAPEASNA5107 IS NOT APPLIED BELOW AN ATTACHMENT POINT
TAPE ASNA5107
BUNDLE
IF TAPE ASNA5107 IS APPLIED BELOW AN ATTACHMENT POINT
TAPE ASNA5107
BUNDLE
P_SP_203340_D2_00320001_02_00
2503
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
EXAMPLE OF TAPE ASNA5107 CODE 2504 (WIDTH 50 mm (1.97 in))
MINIMUM COVERING ANGLE OF TAPE ASNA5107
0°
TAPE ASNA5107
BUNDLE
90°
P_SP_203340_D2_00330001_01_01
2504
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
APPLICATION OF TAPE ASNA5107 OF WIDTH 50 mm (1.97 in)
BUNDLE
TAPE ASNA5107
BUNDLE
TAPE ASNA5107
P_SP_203340_D2_00330001_02_00
2504
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ADDITIONAL PROTECTION AT THE ATTACHMENT POINT
MINIMUM OF 2 TURNS OF ELECTRICAL BUNDLE

ASNA5107 TAPE
BETWEEN 5 mm (0.20 in)

AND 15 mm (0.59 in) BETWEEN 5 mm (0.20 in)
AND 15 mm (0.59 in)
WIDTH OF ATTACHING
DEVICE
P_SP_203340_D2_00340001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0034-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Additional Protection at the Attachment Point

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
EXAMPLE OF TAPE ABS5334 INSTALLATION ON A BUNDLE
BUNDLE
TAPE ABS5334
P_SP_203340_D2_00410001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0041-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Example of Tape ABS5334 Installation on a Bundle

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF HARNESSES ADJACENT TO STRUCTURAL EDGES
HARNESS ATTACHMENT POINT
D 10 mm (0.39 in) L
12.7 mm MAX.
(0.50 in)
STRUCTURE (ALL TYPES)
L D
OR
ATTACHMENT POINTS ON EACH SIDE OF THE
EDGE WITH A MAXIMUM PITCH OF 100 mm (3.94 in)
BETWEEN THE TWO ATTACHMENT POINTS
P_SP_203340_D2_00350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0035-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harness Adjacent to Structural Edges
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT PRINCIPLES OF HARNESSES INSTALLED ACROSS CONDUCTIVE OR
NON-CONDUCTIVE STRUCTURAL EDGE
FOR ALL TYPES OF ROUTES OTHER THAN G, X, P, 1D OR 2D ROUTES
ATTACHMENT POINT
HARNESS
ATTACHMENT POINT
HARNESS
D < 10 mm (0.39 in)
BRACKET
METALLIC OR NON-CONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE
METALLIC OR NON-CONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE
HARNESS ATTACHMENT POINT
D < 10 mm (0.39 in) L
MECHANICAL PROTECTION ON STRUCTURAL EDGE

(e.g.: ADHESIVE "CATERPILLAR" NSA939510)
12.7 mm MAX.
(0.50 in)
METALLIC OR
NON-CONDUCTIVE STRUCTURE
L D
OR
ATTACHMENT POINTS ON EACH
SIDES OF THE EDGE WITH A
MAXIMUM PITCH OF 100 mm (3.94 in)
BETWEEN THE TWO ATTACHMENT
POINTS
P_SP_203340_D2_00360001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0036-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment Principles of Harness Installed Across Conductive
or Non-conductive Structural Edges
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
ATTACHMENT OF HARNESSES INSTALLED THROUGH HOLES
E 12.7 mm
(0.50 in)
STRUCTURE
ATTACHMENT POINT
HOLE
D 10 mm (0.39 in)
L
HARNESS
L D
OR
ATTACHMENT POINTS ON EACH SIDE OF THE
HOLE WITH A MAXIMUM PITCH OF
100 mm (3.94 in) BETWEEN THE TWO
ATTACHMENT POINTS
P_SP_203340_D2_00370001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0037-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Attachment Principle of Harnesses Installed through Holes
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BEFORE AFTER
ADJUST SPACER SPACER ADJUSTED WITH A LENGTH OF +15 mm (+0.59 in)
P_SP_203340_D2_00710001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0071-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Spacer

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BEFORE AFTER
LOW CLEARANCE
INITIAL CLAMP ORIENTATION
P_SP_203340_D2_00720001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0072-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Rotation of the Mobile Support
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BEFORE AFTER
BUNDLE TOO LARGE NEW V-SUPPORT SIZE
P_SP_203340_D2_00730001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0073-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the V-support Installation
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
BEFORE AFTER NEW CLAMP SIZE
P_SP_203340_D2_00740001_01_01
Figure 20-33-40-0074-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Clamp Size
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
C39 RIGHT CENTER RAIL
P_SP_203340_D2_00750001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0075-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Adaptation of the Grommet Size
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:52:37
PERMITTED RECOMMENDED
TOLERANCE SCREW LENGTH
NUT
STRUCTURES, BRACKETS
OR ATTACHMENT SCREW
P_SP_203340_D2_01010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-40-0101-0001 (SHEET 1) - Attachment - Permitted Tolerances for the Screw or Axe Length
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-41-01 - Cable Supports - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
20-33-41-01 - Cable Supports - Description (AIRBUS)


REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABR4-0090A55 ABR4-0101A55 ABS0054

ABS0065 ABS0070 ABS0119
ABS0354 ABS0355 ABS0677
ABS0678 ABS0679 ABS0731
ABS0774 ABS0795 ABS0796
ABS0887 ABS1020 ABS1049-003
ABS1049-004 ABS1049-005 ABS1082
ABS1083 ABS1088 ABS1089
ABS1092 ABS1093 ABS1094
ABS1095 ABS1119 ABS1127
ABS1144 ABS1339 ABS1423
ABS1424 ABS1523 ABS1526
ABS1545 ABS1546 ABS1576
ABS1661 ABS1668 ABS1717
ABS1718 ABS1719 ABS1759
ABS1761 ABS1785 ABS1842
ABS1872 ABS2022 ABS2083
ABS2114 ABS2202 ABS2203
ABS2210 ABS2232 ABS2259
ABS2276 ABS5147 AS21919
AS62200 ASNA0033 ASNA0080
ASNA5107 E0254 E0255
E0343 E0398 E0420
E0435 E0557 E0659
E0660 E0661 E0663
E0664 E0675 E0688
E0690 MS21919 NAS1096
NAS1102 NAS1149 NAS1801
NSA5110 NSA5159 NSA5516
NSA5527 NSA5539 NSA8420
NSA935401 NSA935501 NSA935504
NSA935510 NSA935511 NSA935512
NSA935513 NSA935514
1. Overview

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
This chapter gives the description and operation of cable supports. Cable supports are items used to attach an
d tie the wiring.
If you attach to one support:
- One cable of size 20, 22 or 24
- One bifilar cable of size 22 or 24 or 26
- Two cables of size 22, 24 or 26
- One cable of size 20 and one cable of size 22, 24 or 26.
Cables of length 150 mm (5.91 in.) or longer must have a protective sleeve EN6049-006. This is not necessar
y for the cables that go to the ground points or the bonding points (VN or VG).
You can use bonded and plug-in supports only for equipment cables.
You must not use wedge-base supports for fly-by-wire (FBW) cables (you can use wedge-base supports only if
FBW cables are given protection with ASNA5107).
You must not use bonded, plug-in, wedge-base and screw-type supports for electrical power supply lines.
NOTE: Allowed tolerances applicable in pressurized areas and for A380 program only.
You can change the orientation of the mobile supports given in the drawings to obey the harness rou
ting rules (the maximum permitted change from the drawing values are plus or minus 90 deg.).
This is not applicable if there is a risk that the harness can touch sharp edges.
Make sure that the harness bend radii and distances in relation to the structure, the other systems a
nd harnesses agree with the installation rules.
The cable supports installed on aircraft are divided in relation to geometry and have the codes that follow:
- Wedge support type:
NSA935513
NSA935514.
- U or V-shaped support type:
ABS0677 Single V
ABS0774 Single V
E0254 Single V
E0343 Single V
E0420 Single V
E0659 Single V
E0664 Single V
E0675 Single V
ABS0354 Double V
ABS0355 Double V
ABS0795 Double U
ABS0796 Single U
ABS1082 Single V
ABS1083 Double U
ABS1092 Single V
ABS1093 Single V
ABS1094 Single V
ABS1119 Double V
ABS1127 Double U
ABS1872 Single U
ABS2022 Double V
ABS2083 Double V
E0255 Double V
E0660 Double V
E0661
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
E0663
NSA935504.
- U-clamp type:
E0435
NSA935501.
- Fairlead guide type:
ABS0678 with ABS0679
ABS1088 with ABS1089 and NSA5516
E0398
E0557
NSA935511
NSA935512.
- Through-structure type:
ABS1020
ASNA2776.
- Separator and spacer type:
ABS0054
ABS0731
ABS1144
ABS1339
ABS1526
E0688
NSA5527
NSA935510.
- Snap and click type:
ABS1661
ABS1668
ABS2114
ABS2202
ABS2203.
- Specific cases:
ABS1049-003
ABS1576.
- Related items:
ABS1095
ABS1423
ABS1424
ABS1523
ABS1545
ABS1546
ABS1717
ABS1718
ABS1719
ABS1759
ABS1761
ABS1785
ABS1842
ABS2210
ABS2232
ABS2259
ABS2276
ABS5147
ASNA2327
ASNA2328.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
WARNING: BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE CONSUMABLE MATERIALS. OBEY THE MATERIAL MANUFACTUR
ER INSTRUCTIONS AND YOUR LOCAL REGULATIONS.
2. P/N Information
A. Wedge Support Type

This type of cable support has the codes that follow:
NSA935513
NSA935514.
This type of cable support is used in pressurized areas, to attach small to medium sized harnesses (25
mm (0.98 in.) max. diameter).
(a) P/N identification

NSA935513
NSA935514 - 01
(b) Temperature
- Operating temperature is -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F) to 150 deg.C (302.00 deg.F).
(c) Type code
1 NSA935513-XX
CABLE HARNESS
SIZE CODE ATTACHMENT PO
NUMBER MAX. DIAMETER
INT
01 1 25 mm (0.98 in.) TOP
1 25 mm (0.98 in.) TOP
05
2 25 mm (0.98 in.) EACH SIDE
1 25 mm (0.98 in.) TOP
06
2 10 mm (0.39 in.) EACH SIDE
07 1 25 mm (0.98 in.) TOP
2 NSA935514-XX
In relation to the size code of the wedge support, the number of cable harnesses ar
e specified as follows:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CABLE HARNESS
DESIGNATIO
SIZE CODE MAX. DIAMET ATTACHMENT
N NUMBER
ER POINT
25 mm (0.98 i
01 MALE BRACKET 1 OR 2 SIDE
n.)
FEMALE BRACK 25 mm (0.98 i
02 1 OR 2 SIDE
ET n.)
03 WASHER - - -
SHOULDERED
04 - - -
MALE BRACKET
SHOULDERED
05 FEMALE BRACK - - -
ET
ASSEMBLY (NS
A935514-03 +
25 mm (0.98 i
06 NSA935514-04 2×2 EACH SIDE
n.)
+ NSA935514-
05)
(2) Procedure
(a) Wedge support installation
1 For NSA935513 only:

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Description and Installation - NSA935513
- Engage wedge half with notch in the hole.
- Install the applicable wedge support with the installation tool and a plastic ha
mmer or with pliers or a specific gun or with a mallet, depending on the wedg
e support type and size.
- Install wedge support NSA935513 wet, with anti-corrosion paste Non Hardeni
ng Jointing Putty_Medium Temp. Area - - (Material Ref. 06LCG9).
2 For NSA935514 only:
- Install the applicable wedge support. No specific tools are necessary for instal
lation.
- Put washer NSA935514-03 in position on half-support NSA935514-04.
- Engage this assembly in the hole and put the half-support NSA935514-05 in
position.
- Tighten support to end position. Turn a minimum of 1/2 turns and a maximu
m of 1 1/2 turns.
- Attach screw of one-sided version with loctite Retaining adhesive_Cylindrical f
itting Medium strength Low viscosity - (Material Ref. 05ABF1) or equivalent.
NOTE: The nylon threads of the insulation mats can be attached to the mount.
(b) Cable harness installation

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935513
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935514

- Put the cable harness in position and attach it with a cable tie NSA935401.
The cables must be held tightly in the support, but must not be constricted or bent.
For NSA935513 you must give the harness protection with:
- A split convoluted conduit or a split shrinkable sleeve.
- A self-adhesive tape ASNA5107-B (if the harness does not have protection or has a
n ABS0887 protection).
- A protective bobbin NSA5539 (for harness diameter less than 2.5 mm (0.1 in.)).
(c) Wedge support removal
- Use pliers to remove the wedge support.

- Make sure that the pliers do not cause damage to the adjacent area and the surface
protection.
B. U or V-shaped Support
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0677, ABS0354, ABS0795 and E066
3
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Position of V Support for Harness Installation
A V support is a harness retainer that has a V-shaped chamfer in which the harness is kept in position
by a cable tie.
In this group of supports, there are different types:
One-harness fasteners (single V) with the codes that follow:
- ABS0677
- ABS0774
- ABS1082
- ABS1092
- ABS1093
- ABS1094
- E0254
- E0343
- E0420
- E0659
- E0664
- E0675.
Two-harness fasteners (double V) with the codes that follow:
- ABS0354
- ABS2022
- E0255
- E0660.
One-harness fasteners (single U) with the codes that follows:
- ABS0796
- ABS1872.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Two-harness fasteners (double U) with the codes that follow:

- ABS0795
- ABS1083
- ABS1127.
Multiple-harness fasteners with the codes that follow:
- ABS0355
- ABS1119
- ABS2083
- E0661
- E0663
- NSA935504.
STANDAR TYPE COD SIZE COD MATERIAL

D P/N E E CODE
ABS0677 B 01
ABS0774 - A01 - A
ABS0795 - A01 - A
ABS0796 - A01 - A
ABS1082 - A - 01 - A
ABS1083 - A - 01 - A
ABS1092 - A01 - A
ABS1093 - A - 01 - A
ABS1094 - A - 01 - A
ABS1119 - A - 01
ABS1127 - A - 01 - A
ABS1872 A 01 A1
ABS2022 - A - 01 - A

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE

ABS0354 - 01
ABS0355 - 01
E0255 - 01
E0343 - 01
E0420 - 01
E0659 - 01
E0660 - 01
E0661 - 01
E0663 - 01
E0664 - 01
NSA935504 - 01
HOLE COD
E
CODE A =
FOR SCRE
STANDAR SIZE COD TYPE COD
WING
D P/N E E
WITHOUT
CODE = F
OR RIVET
ING
E0675 - A - 01 - A

E0254 - 01
STANDARD P/ MATERIAL CO
TYPE CODE
N DE
ABS2083 - MK01 - C
(b) Temperature
1 For all these types of support
2 For ABS2083 (during 60000 h)
3 For ABS0354, ABS0355, ABS0677 and ABS2083 (during 40000 h)
4 For ABS0774, ABS0795, ABS0796, ABS1082, ABS1083, ABS1092, ABS1093 (materi

al code B), ABS1119 and ABS1127-B

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
5 For ABS1872
6 For ABS2083 (during 5000 h), E0254, E0255, E0420, E0659, E0660, E0661, E0663,
E0664, E0675 and NSA935504
7 For ABS1093 (material code A), ABS1094 and ABS1127-A
8 For ABS2022
(c) Type code
1 For ABS0677
COMBINATION
TYPE CODE
CLIPNUT CABLE BRACKET
- WITHOUT CLIPNUT ABS0677-01
A NSA5110-08-2 ABS0677-01
B NSA5110-3-2 ABS0677-01
2 For ABS0774
A01 and B01 = Cable support for aluminum cross-beam
C01, D01 and E01 = Cable support for CFRP cross-beam.
3 For ABS0796
A01 = Cable support without equipment.
4 For ABS1082
A01 = Support for aluminum and CFRP cross-beam
B01 = Support for aluminum and CFRP cross-beam
C01 = Support for aluminum cross-beam (not for new design)
C02 = Support for aluminum cross-beam
P01 = Distance plate for aluminum and CFRP cross-beam
S01 = Clamp.
5 For ABS1092
A01 = Cable support for aluminum cross-beam (with clip)
B01 = Cable support for CFRP cross-beam (with wedge clip).
6 For ABS1119
A = Nut for aluminum cross-beam
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
B = Screw for aluminum cross-beam

C = Nut for CFRP cross-beam
D = Screw for CFRP cross-beam
K = Body for nut attachment
L = Body for screw attachment
M = Screw lock
S or T = Screw.
7 For ABS1872
A = Bracket + rivet cover.
8 For ABS2022
A01 = Cable support down
B01 = Cable support up
P01 = Support
S01 and U01 = Protection plate.
9 For ABS2083
A01 = Socket for bolt
A02 = Socket with ledge
B01 = Bolt
B02 = Bolt
B03 = Bolt
B05 = Bolt
H01 = Head + nut
H02 = Head + nut
H03 = Head + nut
H04 = Head + nut
H05 = Head + nut
H06 = Head + nut
H07 = Head + nut
H08 = Head + plate
H09 = Head + plate
P01 = Plate
MK01 = Bolt + socket
MK05 = Bolt + socket.
(d) Material code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
1 For ABS1093 and ABS1127

A = Polyetherimide (PEI)
B = Polyamide (PA66).
2 For ABS0774, ABS0795, ABS0796, ABS1082, ABS1083, ABS1092 and ABS2022

A = Polyamide (PA66).
3 For ABS1094
A = Polyetherimide (PEI).
4 For ABS1872
A1= Polyamide (PA).
5 For ABS2083
A = Polyetheretherketone (PEEK)
B = Polyamide (PA66)
C = Titanium
D = CRES (Corrosion Resistant Steel).
(2) Procedure
(a) Use the applicable cable support, in relation to the instruction data or the harness diamete
r
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 1/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 2/2
When open supports are used, example NSA935504 and equivalent, the diameter of the h
arnesses must not be more than the width of the vee.
This must include 20% of the harness diameter section for growth provision, in the suppor
t.
(b) Install the cable support on the structure

There are three methods:
1 Clip-type attachment
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics - ABS0795, ABS10
83 and ABS1092
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS0774, ABS1093 a
nd E0664
a For ABS0354
The cable support has two halves which are initially installed together.
- Use a hammer and a mandrel to install the cable support.
- Install ABS0354 with anti-corrosion paste Non Hardening Jointing Putt
y_Medium Temp. Area - - (Material Ref. 06LCG9).
b For ABS0774

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
To attach the support to the structure, make sure not to cause damage to the
surface protection.
- Add a mounting pin and carefully engage it with a mandrel, then push
against the clip to safety the attachment.
- Install ABS0774 with anti-corrosion paste Non Hardening Jointing Putt
y_Medium Temp. Area - - (Material Ref. 06LCG9).
c For ABS0795 and ABS1082
- Add a mounting pin and push against the clip to safety the attachmen
t.
d For ABS1083
- Install the bracket.

- Then install the wedge clip and safety with a cable tie NSA935401.
e For ABS1092
Code A01 (for aluminum structure):
- Add a mounting pin and push against the clip to safety the attachmen
t.
NOTE: The clip changes the position in relation to the mounting side.
Code B01 (for CFRP structure):
- Install the bracket with the clip and wedge clip.
- Align the holes.
- Press the mounting pin fully into the holes.
- Safety the wedge clip with a cable tie NSA935401-05.
NOTE: In relation to the area configuration, you can use more than one co
nnecting part (for example straps) with ABS0774 (refer to H. Specifi
c Cases).
f For ABS1093
- Install the cable support and the clip on the structure.

- Make sure that the fixing nose is correctly engaged in the drill hole of t
he structure.
2 Rivet-type attachment
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS0774, ABS1093 a
nd E0664
a For E0254 and E0255
- Attach the support to the structure with two rivets.

The head of the rivet is held on the cable support side.
b For E0659
c For E0664 and NSA935504

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Attach the support to the structure with screw or rivet.

The bracket E0664 can be used with bobbin NSA935510.
- TORQUE the attachment to the values that follow:
TORQUE VALUES
P/N ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.300 m.daN (26. 0.325 m.daN (28. 0.350 m.daN (30.
E0664
549 lbf.in) 761 lbf.in) 973 lbf.in)
0.370 m.daN (32. 0.420 m.daN (37. 0.480 m.daN (42.
NSA935504
3 Screw-type attachment
- TORQUE the screws to the values that follow:
TORQUE VALUES
SIZE CO
P/N DIAMETER ATTACHMENT
DE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.450 m.da
4.17 mm (0.1 0.400 m.daN 0.425 m.daN
2 N (39.823 lb
6 in.) (35.398 lbf.in) (37.611 lbf.in)
NAS109 f.in)
6 0.480 m.da
4.83 mm (0.1 0.370 m.daN 0.425 m.daN
3 N (42.478 lb
9 in.) (32.743 lbf.in) (37.611 lbf.in)
f.in)
Torque values, as applicable to the configurat
4.83 mm (0.1
3 ion of the screw/nut/washer, are used for its/
9 in.)
their installation.
NAS110 2.84 mm (0.1
2 1 in.)
their installation.
4.17 mm (0.1
6 in.)
their installation.
0.500 m.da
4.83 mm (0.1 0.400 m.daN 0.450 m.daN
3 N (44.248 lb
9 in.) (35.398 lbf.in) (39.823 lbf.in)
NAS180 f.in)
1 0.110 m.da
2.84 mm (0.1 0.090 m.daN 0.100 m.daN
04 N (9.735 lbf.
1 in.) (7.965 lbf.in) (8.850 lbf.in)
in)
Table - Torque values for NAS1096, NAS1102 and NAS1801

a For ABS0677
This support is used with washer NAS1149, a screw NAS1801 and clipnut NS
A5110.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- TORQUE the screw to the applicable values (Refer to Ref. table title).
b For ABS1094
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS1094, ABS
1127, E0420-01 and NSA935504
- Add a screw type NAS1096 or NAS1801-3 and a clipnut.
c For ABS1127
1127, E0420-01 and NSA935504
Install each cable harness to the traverse by a separate cable tie NSA935401.
- Attach the ABS1127 type A on the structure with a fixing nose and a sc
rew type NAS1096 or NAS1801-3 and a clipnut.
- Attach the ABS1127 type B with two screws type NAS1096 or NAS180
1-3, washers and nuts.
d For ABS2022
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 1/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 2/2
ABS2022 brackets are used to attach P, M, R or S-routes to the carbon crossb
eam.
This bracket must be attached on the structure with screws.
- P-routes must be attached with ABS1339 to brackets.
- M and S routes must be attached with cable tie NSA935401.
e For E0660
- Attach E0660 with rivets or screws (type NAS1096 or NAS1801-3) and

nuts.
f For E0675 or NSA935504

1127, E0420-01 and NSA935504
- Attach E0675 or NSA935504 to the structure with screws (type NAS10
96 or NAS1801-3) or rivets and a clip nut.
g For ABS0796
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Snap and Click Type ABS0796
- Install the bracket with screws NAS1801 or NAS1102.
h For ABS0355 or ABS1119

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0355-03
NOTE: You can also use the ABS0355 with ABS1119 and E0420 parts.
i For ABS2083
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V - Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2083
You must not use bracket ABS2083 in high vibration and high acceleration ar
eas.
After tightening of bracket ABS2083, you must not turn the bracket more tha
n 180 degrees.
- Install the support ABS2083 wet with anti-corrosion agent Non Hardeni
ng Jointing Putty_Medium Temp. Area - - (Material Ref. 06LCG9).
- Assemble the components to make the cable support.
- Make sure that the support is correctly turned.
- Tighten with your hand.
- After you install and tighten the cable support, make sure that the blad
e is held correctly and that the assembly is stable.
j For E0420
1127, E0420-01 and NSA935504
You can also use these cable supports with ABS0355, ABS0119, E0661 and E
0663.
TORQUE VALUES
DIAMETER ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
4.17 mm (0.16 i 0.250 m.daN (22. 0.275 m.daN (24. 0.300 m.daN (26.
n.) 124 lbf.in) 336 lbf.in) 549 lbf.in)
k For E0661 or E0663

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Type - Installation E0663
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation - E0663
It is not permitted to move E0663 before you attach it permanently if it has a
retention system. This is to prevent damage to the bracket.
The assembly must be rigid and the plate must support the bracket E0663 co
rrectly before installation and attachment.
You can also use these cable supports with E0420 parts.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TORQUE VALUES
P/N DIAMETER ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.325 m.daN 0.350 m.da
4.17 mm (0.16 0.300 m.daN
E0661 (28.761 lbf.i N (30.973 l
in.) (26.549 lbf.in)
n) bf.in)
0.325 m.daN 0.350 m.da
E0661 (+ E0 4.17 mm (0.16 0.300 m.daN
(28.761 lbf.i N (30.973 l
420-04) in.) (26.549 lbf.in)
n) bf.in)
E0661 (+ E0 4.17 mm (0.16
You must tighten with your hand.
661) in.)
0.325 m.daN 0.350 m.da
4.17 mm (0.16 0.300 m.daN
E0663 (28.761 lbf.i N (30.973 l
in.) (26.549 lbf.in)
n) bf.in)
E0661 + E06 You must tighten with your hand (it is not
-
63 possible to torque with a tool).
l E0343
The support is attached to the structure with screws.
(c) Protection selection for the coaxial cable to be attached
COAXIAL CABLE TYPE BOBBIN NSA935510-XX BOBBIN NSA5539X

WN 03 -
WD 07 -
WL - S
XF 11 -
WZ - S
XK 01 -
XS 04 -
XA 01 -
(d) Install the harness on the cable support

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS0774, ABS1093 and E06
64
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure ABS1082
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Small Harnesses Protection with V Supports
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Installation of U- or V-shaped Supports - E0664
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support - ABS1872
Allowed tolerances applicable in pressurized areas and for A380 program only:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
If the harness diameter is more than 5 mm (0.2 in.) larger than the V-support width, you
can replace the V-support by a larger support of the same reference family.
Make sure that the harness bend radii and distances in relation to the structure, the other
systems and the harnesses agree with the installation rules.
- Step 1 - Put protection on the harness at the location of the support.
It is necessary to use ABS1082C to attach harnesses between floor panels and cross
-beams in areas where access is not easy and where there is a risk of contact (floor
attachment screw).
You must also use ABS1082C to get the correct distance between harnesses and floo
r panels. In this support, you must remove NSA935401 cable ties used for attachme
nt of harness and replace them with NSA8420 lacing tape.
Attach the harness to the bracket with a cable tie NSA935401. You must put the cabl
e tie in the groove of the clip to attach the bracket.
After installation of the harness, use clips to put the cover in position. Tying of the co
ver is only permitted if a cover retention clip is broken.
Replace the bracket if the cover breaks during the installation.
It is necessary to make sure that a coaxial cable (for example E0406WD or E0692WN or E
N4604-003WZ) has the protection of a bobbin NSA935510 at the fastener point and that c
able E0690WL has the protection of a bushing NSA5539.
To attach harnesses that have a diameter larger than the width of the bracket, add at leas
t two turns of tape ASNA5107.
For looms with a smaller diameter (which can easily move between the bracket and the ca
ble tie), adjust a silicone protective sleeve NSA5539.
When the V bracket is attached with rivets ASNA0080, the head of the rivet must support
the V bracket on the electrical bracket side.
On the bracket, protect the harness with tape ASNA5107 or a protective sleeve NSA5539:
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE NSA

HARNESS DIAMETER TAPE ASNA5107
5539
UP TO 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) YES YES
FROM 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) TO
YES NO
5 mm (0.20 in.)
BETWEEN 5 mm (0.20 in.) A
ND WIDTH OF THE V-SUPPO NO NO
RT
GREATER THAN THE WIDTH
YES NO
OF THE V-SUPPORT
For small harnesses (diameter 2.5 mm (0.1 in.)) to 5 mm (0.2 in.)) which can easily move
between the support and the cable tie, add two layers of tape ASNA5107 to prevent slidin
g and attach with NSA935401.
If support NSA935504 is used to attach optical cables, you must put 3 overlapping layers
of tape (for example ASNA5107) on the cables to give them protection. The tape must pro
trude on each side of the support 5 mm (0.2 in.) to 10 mm (0.39 in.).
Harnesses with conduits (ABS0887, shielded conduit, etc.) must have 2 overlapping layers
of tape ASNA5107 for protection.
- Step 2 - Attach the harness with cable tie NSA935401.
For ABS2022:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- P-routes must be attached with ABS1339 to the bracket.

- M & S routes must be attached with cable tie NAS935401.
On harnesses with a diameter less than 35 mm (1.38 in.) but greater than 5 mm (0.
2 in.), the cable tie must have a minimum width of 3.7 mm (0.15 in.).
On harnesses with a diameter more than or equal to 35 mm (1.38 in.), the cable tie
must have a minimum width of 7 mm (0.28 in.).
On harnesses with a diameter more than 25 mm (0.98 in.) in a straight section, or
more than 15 mm (0.59 in.) at elbow inlets or outlets, after you install the cable tie,
engage the end of the cable tie between the support and the cable tie to make a sec
ond loop.
On supports E0664 (type codes 11, 12, 13, 14 and 15), you must install a tubular support
ABS5147, use the clips to install it in the applicable location. You must hold it in position w
ith lacing tape NSA8420 with a double capstan knot or ’American’ knot on the side.
For small harnesses (diameter less than or equal to 2.5 mm (0.1 in.)) you must add a bob
bin NSA5539S and attach the harness to the V support with NSA935401. Make sure that t
he slit of the protective sleeve is not on the inside of the cable bend radius.
It is necessary to put the cable in a protective sleeve NSA5539S before you attach the har
ness to a V bracket with a cable tie NSA935401.
It is not permitted to use the protective sleeve NSA5539 to increase the initial diameter wi
th cables on the outside.
C. U-Clamp Type
E0435
NSA935501.
This type of cable support is used in pressurized areas to attach large diameter harnesses.
This type of cable support is also used with optical cable.
TYPE CODE
N DE
E0435 - A - 01
ELEMENT COD
E
STANDARD P/
P: LOCKING PL SIZE CODE
N
ATE
S: SUPPORT
NSA935501 - S - 4
(b) Temperature
For NSA935501:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
For E0435:
(c) Type code

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Description - E0435 and NSA935501
1 NSA935501
In relation to the size code of the U-clamp type, different dimensions are specified a
s follows:
ELEMENT CODE SIZE CODE HOLE NUMBER A

1 2 30.48 mm (1.2 in.)
S 2 4 38.10 mm (1.5 in.)

(OLD TYPE) 3 6 45.72 mm (1.8 in.)
4 8 53.34 mm (2.1 in.)
S
4 8 55 mm (2.17 in.)
(NEW TYPE)
(2) Process

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Procedure - NSA935501
- Select the applicable U-clamp for the harness diameter.
- Install this U-clamp on the structure with a screw.
- Install the harnesses in the U-clamp.
When harnesses are attached to U-clamps NSA935501S or E0435, they must be made suc
h that each harness or sub-harness does not have a diameter of more than 35 mm (1.38 i
n.) at the support.
You must not use plate NSA935501P with support E0435.
If the harness diameter is more than 35 mm (1.38 in.), use NSA8420 lacing tape to divide
it so that it is less than 35 mm (1.38 in.).
- Install the locking plate and attach with cable tie NSA935401.
(b) Torque values
1 E0435
TORQUE VALUES
TYPE CODE ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.35 m.daN (30.97
01
lbf.in) lbf.in) lbf.in)
2 NSA935501
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TORQUE VALUES
DESIGNATION ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.35 m.daN (30.97
Yoke wiring
D. Fairlead Guide Type

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Description - ABS0678, ABS1088, E0398, E0557, NSA93
5511 and NSA935512
- ABS0678 with ABS0679
- ABS1088 with ABS1089 or NSA5516
- E0398
- E0557
- NSA935511
- NSA935512.
This type of cable support is used in all areas only to route feeder cables.
TYPE CODE
A01 = 5 CAVITIES
A02 = 4 CAVITIES
B01 OR B02 = 3 C
AVITIES
C01 = 5 CAVITIES
C02 = 4 CAVITIES
MATERIAL CODE
D01 OR D02 = 3 C
A = POLYETHERIM
AVITIES
IDE (PEI) YELLOW
D03 OR D04 = 3 C
B = POLYETHERET
STANDARD P/N AVITIES SIZE CODE
HERKETONE (PEE
E01 OR E02 = 3 CA
K) GREY
VITIES
C = POLYETHERIM
F01 OR F02 = 3 CA
IDE (PEI) BLACK
VITIES
G01 OR G02 = 3 C
AVITIES
H01 OR H02 = 3 C
AVITIES
J01 OR J02 = 3 CA
VITIES
ABS1088 A01 A 01

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15

NSA935511 - 01
NSA935512 - 01
MATERIAL CODE
A = POLYETHERIMIDE(P
EI) (for ABS0678 - YELLO
W - AND E0557)
STANDARD P/N A = ZYTEL 103 (FOR E03 TYPE CODE
98)
B = POLYETHERETHERKE
TONE (FOR ABS0678 - GR
EY)
ABS0678 A 01
E0398 A 01
E0557 A 01
(b) Temperature
- For ABS0678, ABS0679, ABS1088, E0398 and E0557:

- For ABS0678 (code A) and ABS1088 (codes A and C):
- For ABS0678 (code B) and ABS0679:

- For E0398 and E0557:

- For ABS1088 (code B):

(2) Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS0678 with ABS0679 and NSA935
512
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088 with ABS1089 and NSA551
6
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - ABS1088 Installation After Feeder Repair
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 - ABS1088 with
ABS1089 1/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 - ABS1088 with
ABS1089 2/2
- Use the applicable fairlead guide type.
- If necessary, install the support on the structure.
For ABS0678 and NSA935512:
- Install the applicable bracket between the cable support and the structure.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- The rivet head must be on the side of the primary structure.
- Hold the brackets on the structure with rivets or screws.

- Tighten the screws with your hand.
- Install bobbin NSA935510 on each cable when used on fairleads NSA935511, NSA935512
and E0398.
- Install the fairlead on the support and attach it to the attachment point with a metallic cla
mp (ASNA0033, NSA5516XXND or equivalent).
- Safety the cable (excitation or neutral cable) in the bobbin with cable tie NSA935401.
- For metallic clamp ASNA0033, if necessary, install cable tie NSA935401 when the tongue o
f ASNA0033 has a protrusion of more than 15 mm (0.59 in.).
CAUTION: DO NOT OPEN THE TAB DIRECTLY WITH THE CABLE. IF YOU DO, THE CABL
E CAN GET STUCK DURING INSERTION AND CAUSE DAMAGE IN THE TAB.
(a) Installation of cable in the bobbin ABS1088 or similar
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Installation cable - ABS1088
NOTE: After a feeder repair, because of the routing change, you can install ABS1088 bo
bbin without attachment to the structure.
- Introduce the Insert Feeders Card INSERT FEEDERS CARD (ST00209597) up to the
end of the cavity.
- Slide the sleeve or the cable along the card.
- Install correctly the cable pushing it to the end of the cavity and remove the card.
It is necessary to use a cable tie NSA935401 to tie the harness in bracket ABS1088, as foll
ows:
- Diameter from 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) to 35 mm (1.38 in.), use NSA935401-04.
- Diameter from 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 50 mm (1.97 in.), use NSA935401-05 or -06 or
-08.
- Diameter more than 45 mm (1.77 in.), use NSA935401-10 or -12.
NOTE: For ABS1088, because of the shape of the bobbin, the cables adjacent to the nos
e of the bobbin (in the corner of metal clamp NSA5516) are not as tight as the ot
her cables.
Thus, rubbing can occur between the cables and the bobbin. This rubbing is per
mitted because the cable surface is very smooth (roughness less than0.003 mm
(0.0001 in.)).
For ABS1088, you must torque adjustable metallic clamp ASNA0033 so that each cable ca
n turn around its axis but not move along its axis.
(b) Correspondence table for ABS1088

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYPE CODE ASSEMBLED WITH

ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 AND NSA935401 (s
A01 ee Note (1))
OR
DIRECTLY TO THE STRUCTURE WITH NSA5516
A02
BD
AS21919WCHXX/MS21919WCHXX AND NSA9
B01 35401
OR
B02
BD
C01
C02
D01
D02
D03
D04 ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 OR NSA5516 AND
E01 NSA935401
E02
F01
F02
G01
G02
H01
H02 ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 OR NSA5516XXND
OR NSA5516XXND AND NSA935401 OR AS62
J01 200
J02
Note (1): When the tongue of ASNA0033 has a protrusion of more than 15 mm (0.59 i
n.).

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYPE CODE ASSEMBLED WITH
A01 ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 AND NSA935401

OR
A02 BD
AS21919WCHXX/MS21919WCHXX AND NSA9
B01 35401
OR
B02
BD
C01
C02
D01
D02
D03
D04 ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 OR NSA5516 AND
E01 NSA935401
E02
F01
F02
G01
G02
H01
H02 ABS1089 WITH ASNA0033 OR NSA5516XXND
OR NSA5516XXND AND NSA935401 OR AS62
J01 200
J02
(c) Coupling table for ABS0678
CABLE SUPPORT BRACKET

ABS0678-02 ABS0679-01
ABS0679-02
ABS0679-03
ABS0678-04
ABS0679-04
ABS0679-05
(3) Related Items
- ABS0679 bracket.
(a) ABS1089 bracket
1 P/N identification
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Identification ABS1089
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N A, B, C, D, E, F, G, SIZE CODE MATERIAL CODE
H, J, K
ABS1089 A 01 A
2 Temperature
3 Type code
TYPE CODE DESCRIPTION

CABLE BRACKET FOR ALUMINUM/CARB
A, C, E, F, G, H, J AND K ON FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (CFRP)
CROSSBEAM
CABLE BRACKET FOR ALUMINUM CROSS
B
BEAM
CABLE BRACKET FOR CARBON FIBER RE
D
INFORCED PLASTIC (CFRP) CROSSBEAM
(b) Installation procedure of adjustable metallic clamp ASNA0033

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 - ABS108
8 with ABS1089 1/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 - ABS108
8 with ABS1089 2/2
It is necessary to install cable tie NSA935401-03 for clamp ASNA0033.
Clamp ASNA0033 is used to attach cables with a fairlead (for example ABS1088) on a brac
ket (for example ABS1089).
When possible, you must install the screw head of the clamp in the bracket area. If this is
not possible, you must make sure that the cable does not touch the clamp tongue.
It is necessary to use the shortest possible metal clamp and tighten it to prevent moveme
nt of the cable in the bobbin.
- TORQUE the clamp to the values that follow:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TORQUE VALUES
DIMENSIONAL
DESIGNATION ASSEMBLY LOCKING
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.06 m.daN (5.3 0.07 m.daN (6.1 0.08 m.daN (7.0
011 CLAMP TYPE 1
0.06 m.daN (5.3 0.07 m.daN (6.1 0.08 m.daN (7.0
014 CLAMP TYPE 1
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
016 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.06 m.daN (5.3 0.07 m.daN (6.1 0.08 m.daN (7.0
019 CLAMP TYPE 1
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
022 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
028 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
036 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
045 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
052 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
060 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
067 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
082 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
090 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
097 CLAMP TYPE 2
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
112 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
120 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
127 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
142 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
150 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
157 CLAMP TYPE 3
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TORQUE VALUES
DIMENSIONAL
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
172 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
180 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
187 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
202 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
210 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
217 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
232 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
240 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
247 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
262 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
270 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
277 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
292 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
300 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
307 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
322 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
330 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
337 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
352 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
360 CLAMP TYPE 3
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TORQUE VALUES
DIMENSIONAL
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
367 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
382 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
390 CLAMP TYPE 3
0.23 m.daN (20. 0.25 m.daN (22. 0.28 m.daN (24.
397 CLAMP TYPE 3
Table - Torque values for ASNA0033

- When you use the clamp to attach cables with a fairlead (for example ABS1088) on
a bracket (for example ABS1089), TORQUE it to the values that follow:
TORQUE VALUES
STANDARD P/N ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.141 m.daN (12.48 0.150 m.daN (13.27 0.159 m.daN (14.07
ON ABS1088D01B01
0.141 m.daN (12.48 0.150 m.daN (13.27 0.159 m.daN (14.07
ON ABS1088D02B01
0.141 m.daN (12.48 0.150 m.daN (13.27 0.159 m.daN (14.07
ON ABS1089E01B01
ON OTHERS ABS108 0.090 m.daN (7.96 l 0.100 m.daN (8.85 l 0.110 m.daN (9.73 l
8 AND ABS1089 bf.in) bf.in) bf.in)
NOTE: The two installation directions are permitted if the metallic clamp is attached to t
he G route bracket (for example ABS1089).
E. Through-Structure Type
This type of cable support has the codes that follows:
ABS1020
ASNA2776.
This type of cable support is used to route cables through the structure.
(1) ABS1020
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1020
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE SIZE CODE MATERIAL CODE

ABS1020 A 04 A

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
(b) P/N characteristics
1 Temperature

- For type codes A and B:
- For type codes C and D:
2 Type code and size code

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1020
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE

A 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 10 A
ND 11
B 01
C 01, 02, 03 AND 04
D 01
3 Material code
MATERIAL CODE TYPE CODE MATERIAL COLOR

SYNTHETIC RUBBER A
A A AND B
S PER ABR4-0101A55
FLUORINATED SILICO BLACK
B C AND D NE RUBBER AS PER A
BR4-0090A55
(c) Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - Description - ABS1020
You must make a split in ABS1020 type code C from the internal diameter to the external
diameter.
When you install ABS1020 type code C on a vertical surface, you must make the split in th
e top position (12 o'clock position).
(2) ASNA2776
(a) P/N characteristics

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - ASNA2776
(b) P/N identification

ASNA2776 01
(c) Method using punches to install grommet

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Method Using Punches to Install Grommet

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Installation of Grommet - ASNA2776
F. Separator and Spacer Type

ABS0054 - Separator
ABS0731 - Spacer
ABS1144 - Spacer
ABS1339 - Clamp
ABS1526 - Spacer
E0688 - Spacer
NSA5527 - Spacer.
These types of cable supports are used to keep separation between the electrical wiring (refer to the se
gregation rules between routes). When their use is mandatory, they are shown in the installation drawi
ng.
This type of cable support is used in all areas but not hot areas. In these areas, lacing tape NSA8420-2
is used as a separator (noose-type knot).
During maintenance, if necessary (for sagging phenomenon, to get correct clearance between harnesse
s or with the structure), you can add separators or spacers but you must keep them to a minimum.
Make sure that the harness bend radii and distances in relation to the structure, the other systems and
harnesses agree with the installation rules.
You must not use ABS0054, ABS0731 and ABS1144 in SWAMP and hot areas.
It is not permitted to use ABS0054 in power boxes.
Spacer NSA5527 is only used with attachment devices to increase the distance with the structure, harn
ess or other systems.
You must use spacers:
- On G route clamps
- In non-pressurized areas.
But it is recommended to use ABS0731 or ABS1144.
You must use non-conductive fixed brackets where metal spacers are used on conductive composite sur
faces. In all other cases, you must use plastic spacers.
Plastic spacers are not permitted as one level of insulation.
You can use two ABS1339 as a separator in non-pressurized areas (butterfly configuration).
ABS1339 used in "butterfly configuration" is mandatory for P route segregation when it is necessary to
keep segregation distances between harnesses (between P route(s) and P routes(s) and between P rou
te(s) and other route(s)).
You must not use this configuration in SWAMP and hot areas.
You must use spacers ABS1526 and E0688 in pressurized areas only, in VUs, where segregation betwee
n stressed harnesses along short, straight lengths is necessary (for example after curves). You must no
t use these separators for P routes.
You can use separators E0688, ABS1144 and ABS1526 for segregation near connectors (such as VUs wi
th ARINC 600 connectors).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
NOTE: Allowed tolerances applicable in pressurized areas and for A380 program only:
You can change the length of an installed spacer to obey the harness routing rules. This is app
licable to harness diameter less than13 mm (0.51 in.), and one spacer only.
You can replace an installed spacer NSA5527 by a new spacer (same reference) with a height
of minus or plus15 mm (0.59 in.)max. with respect to the replaced spacer.
NOTE: You must use PA 6.6 spacers in high temperature and SWAMP areas except G, X and P routes
or PEEK spacers for all routes (for A320, A330, A340 and A380 programs only).
NOTE: For EFCS harnesses, the use of spacers or separators must only be a temporary repair. This re
pair must not stay on the aircraft more than 20 months. Obey the segregation rules to route t
he harness at the subsequent maintenance check.

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0731, ABS1144, E0688 a
nd NSA5527
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0054 and ABS1526
MATERIAL CODE
TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE A = PA 6.6 (POLYA
A, B OR C
MIDE)
ABS1144 A 50 A

ABS1526 01

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SIZE CODE (fo

r ABS0054 AN
D ABS0731)
OR
MATERIAL CO
DE (FOR NSA5
527 AND E068
SIZE CODE (FO
8)
R ABS0070, E0
WITHOUT COD
688 AND NSA5
E = PA 6.6 (PO
527)
LYAMIDE) (FO
OR
STANDARD P/ R NSA5527)
COLOR AND M
N OR ZYTEL 103
ATERIAL CODE
R (FOR E0688)
(FOR ABS0054
D, E, F = ALUM
AND ABS0731)
INIUM 2024 (F
A = PA 6.6 NA
OR NSA5527)
TURAL COLOR
(NOT AUTHOR
IZED FOR WIR
ING)
G = PA 6V0 (F
OR E0688)
K = PEEK (FOR
NSA5527)
NSA5527 - 03-02 - D
ABS0054 A 5
ABS0731 A 01
E0688 01 G
(b) Temperature
- For ABS0054:
- For ABS0731, ABS1144 and ABS1526:
- For ABS0731:
- For ABS1526:
- For E0688:
Without material code:
With code G:
- For ABS1144:
-© AIRBUS
ForS.A.S.
NSA5527:
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Maximum operating temperature is 130 deg.C (266.00 deg.F) (for PA 6.6 spac
er).
- Maximum operating temperature is 220 deg.C (428.00 deg.F) (for PEEK).
(c) Material code (for A350 only)
ZONES
ROUTE CATEG
ORIES SWAMP/DANG
HOT FIRE OTHER
EROUS
- PEEK - PEEK
G, X, P - METALLIC - PEEK
- METALLIC - METALLIC
- PEEK - PA 6.6
OTHER - METALLIC - PA 6.6
- METALLIC - METALLIC
(d) Dimensional characteristics

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - ABS0054, ABS073
1, ABS1144, ABS1526 and E0688
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA5527
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA935510
(2) Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0731, ABS1144 and NSA
5527
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0054, ABS0731, ABS114
4 and NSA5527
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS1526 and ABS1339
- Select the applicable separator or spacer type.
On spacers ABS0054 ("ladder" type), the cable tie must be on the side opposite the spacer.
On flight control circuits, you must not use spacers or separators.
When you install the cable ties NSA935401 on spacers ABS0054, they must be in the correct pos
ition in the grooves.
- Hold the harnesses on the separator or spacer with cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape NS
A8420-2 (obey a minimum distance).
You must use spacer NSA5527 with clamps (for example ABS1339, NSA5516) or supports
NSA935504.
You cannot use spacer NSA5527 directly on cables (on A380 and subsequent programs).
G. Snap and Click Type

- Clamp ABS1668,
- Brackets ABS1661, ABS2114, ABS2202 and ABS2203.
(1) Clamp ABS1668

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N A = PA 6.6 (POLYA SIZE CODE STYLE
MIDE)
ABS1668 A 01 D
(b) Characteristics
SIZE CODE STYLE

01 TO 03 A, B, C, D, T, G, R
04 A, B, C, D, T, G, R, DW, V
05 A, B, C, D, T, G, R
06 TO 11 J, K, L, N
12 D, T
SIZE CODE ACCEPTABLE HARNESS DIAMETER

01 5.0 mm (0.2 in.) TO 8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
02 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) TO 11.0 mm (0.43 in.)
03 10.5 mm (0.41 in.) TO 14.0 mm (0.55 in.)
04 13.5 mm (0.53 in.) TO 19.5 mm (0.77 in.)
05 19.0 mm (0.75 in.) TO 25.0 mm (0.98 in.)
06 AND 09 25.1 mm (0.99 in.) TO 33.0 mm (1.3 in.)
07 AND 10 32.5 mm (1.28 in.) TO 40.0 mm (1.57 in.)
08 AND 11 39.5 mm (1.56 in.) TO 50.0 mm (1.97 in.)
(c) Temperature
(d) Installation procedure

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Installation ABS1668
The diameter of the harness must be between 5 mm (0.2 in.) and 50.8 mm (2.0 in.).
- Step 1: Attach the clamp to the bracket ABS1661 or ABS2114 or ABS2202 or ABS2
203 with the snap and click system.
- Step 2: Safety the cable harness with the cable tie NSA935401.
(2) Brackets ABS1661, ABS2114 and ABS2203
(a) ABS1661

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE 01
02
ABS1661 A 01
2 Characteristics
1_ SIZE CODE
SIZE CODE COLOR

01 NATURAL
02 BLACK
2_ Material code
A = Polyamide (PA 6.6)
3 Temperature
4 Installation procedure
The diameter of the harness must not be more than 25 mm (0.98 in.).
The bracket ABS1661 is used with clamp ABS1668 and cable tie NSA935401 to atta
ch cable harnesses below the crossbeam.
- Attach the bracket to the structure by snaps and click system held in position
by two pins.
(b) ABS2114
MATERIAL CO
DISTANCE PL
STANDARD DE PART NUMBE
ATE SIZE CO
P/N A = PA 6.6 (P R
DE
OLYAMIDE)
ABS2114 A 01 - 01
2 Characteristics

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
PART NU DESCRIPTIO DISTANCE PLATE THICKNESS STRUCTUR

MBER N BRACKET SIZE CODE QUANTITY E
2 mm (0.08 in.) - 3 mm
01 1
(0.12 in.)
3 mm (0.12 in.) -4 mm
02 1
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) - 5 mm
03 1
(0.2 in.)
5 mm (0.2 in.) - 6 mm (0.
04 1
24 in.)
01 SINGLE SLOT
6 mm (0.24 in.) - 7 mm
05 1
(0.28 in.)
7 mm (0.28 in.) - 8 mm
06 1
(0.31 in.)
8 mm (0.31 in.) - 9 mm
07 1
(0.35 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
08 1
(0.08 in.)
2 mm (0.08 in.) -3 mm
01 2
(0.12 in.)
3 mm (0.12 in.) - 4 mm
02 2
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) - 5 mm
03 2
(0.2 in.)
5 mm (0.2 in.) - 6 mm (0.
04 2
24 in.)
02 DOUBLE SLOT
6 mm (0.24 in.) - 7 mm
05 2
(0.28 in.)
7 mm (0.28 in.) - 8 mm
06 2
(0.31 in.)
8 mm (0.31 in.) - 9 mm
07 2
(0.35 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
08 2
(0.08 in.)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
PART NU DESCRIPTIO DISTANCE PLATE THICKNESS STRUCTUR

MBER N BRACKET SIZE CODE QUANTITY E
2 mm (0.08 in.) - 3 mm
01 1
(0.12 in.)
3 mm (0.12 in.) - 4 mm
02 1
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) -5 mm
03 1
(0.2 in.)
5 mm (0.2 in.) - 6 mm (0.
04 1
24 in.)
03 LOCK
6 mm (0.24 in.) - 7 mm
05 1
(0.28 in.)
7 mm (0.28 in.) - 8 mm
06 1
(0.31 in.)
8 mm (0.31 in.) - 9 mm
07 1
(0.35 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
08 1
(0.08 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
04 1
(0.08 in.)
2 mm (0.08 in.) - 3 mm
HEIGHT REDU 05 1
(0.12 in.)
05 CED SINGLE S
LOT 3 mm (0.12 in.) - 4 mm
06 1
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) - 5 mm
07 1
(0.2 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
04 2
(0.08 in.)
2 mm (0.08 in.) - 3 mm
HEIGHT REDU 05 2
(0.12 in.)
06 CED DOUBLE
SLOT 3 mm (0.12 in.) - 4 mm
06 2
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) - 5 mm
07 2
(0.2 in.)
1 mm (0.04 in.) - 2 mm
04 1
(0.08 in.)
2 mm (0.08 in.) - 3 mm
05 1
HEIGHT REDU (0.12 in.)
07
CED SLOT 3 mm (0.12 in.) - 4 mm
06 1
(0.16 in.)
4 mm (0.16 in.) -5 mm
07 1
(0.2 in.)
3 Temperature
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
NOTE: This bracket is used with clamp ABS1668 and cable tie NSA935401 to atta
- Attach the bracket to the structure by a snap and click system held in positio
n by a pin.
(c) ABS2202 and ABS2203

STANDARD MATERIAL CO
SIZE CODE STYLE
P/N DE
ABS2202 - A 01 E
ABS2203 A 01 B
2 Characteristics
- Material code:
A = Polyamide (PA 6.6)
3 Temperature
4 Related item
NOTE: The clip ABS2202 will be supplied not installed.
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE TYPE CODE SIZE CODE

ABS2202 A C 01
The bracket ABS2202 can hold one electrical harness with a maximum diameter of
25 mm (0.98 in.)
The bracket ABS2203 can hold one electrical harness with a maximum diameter of
50 mm (1.97 in.)
The bracket ABS2203 is used with clamp ABS1668 and cable tie NSA935401 to atta
- Attach the bracket to the structure by two pins.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
H. Specific Cases
- ABS1049-003
- ABS1576.
In some cases, (for example in VUs, interface areas, etc.), the structure (rod) or tubular support is use
d to hold the wiring to make sure that:
- It is not pinched during installation of the VU on the aircraft, or
- Rubbing does not occur during the life of the aircraft.
For a coaxial cable, you must wind tape ASNA5107-B around the coaxial cable and the tubular support
before you tighten with cable tie NSA935401.
For a coaxial harness, you must wind tape ASNA5107-B around the harness only before you tighten wit
h cable tie NSA935401.
You must attach harnesses on tubular supports with:
- Lacing tape NSA8420-7, or
- Cable tie NSA935401 (size code 04 for harness diameter less than 35 mm (1.38 in.) or size code
10 for harness diameter more than or equal to 35 mm (1.38 in.)).
To be approved, the structure or tubular supports that are metallic must have the protection of special
paint (for tubular support) or a heat-shrinkable sleeve (for spacer rod).
(1) Cable Traverse ABS1049-003
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Description and Example of Installation - ABS1049-003, ABS1049
-004 and ABS1049-005
You can use this type of cable support when no structural attachment is available in the area of t
he harness routing.
STANDARD P/
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE MATERIAL CODE
N
ABS1049-003 A 01 A
1 Temperature
2 Type code and size code

For the type codes, you must refer to the illustration .Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/
N Characteristics - ABS1049-003

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE

A 01, 02, 03
B 01
C 01
D 01
NOTE: Type code C and D can expand with each other.
3 Material code
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL COLOR

Polyamide (PA66) heat sta
A Natural (opaque)
bilized
(c) Related items
- ABS1049-004 Connector bracket

- ABS1049-005 Protection tab.
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Description and Example of Installation - ABS1049-003, AB
S1049-004 and ABS1049-005
STANDARD P/
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE MATERIAL CODE
N
ABS1049-004 A 01 A
ABS1049-005 A 01 A
2 P/N characteristics
a Temperature
b Material code
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL COLOR

Polyamide (PA66) heat
A Natural (opaque)
stabilized
(d) Process
- In relation to the area configuration, assemble the components and attach cable tr
averse ABS1049-003 to the structure. The cable traverse ABS1049-003 is used to f
asten cable harnesses with a maximum diameter of 20 mm (0.79 in.).Ref. Fig. Cab
le Supports - P/N Description and Example of Installation - ABS1049-003, ABS104
9-004 and ABS1049-005

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Each of the cable harnesses must be fasten to the traverse by different cable tie N
SA935401.
(2) ABS1576
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Specific cases - Straps Connecting Parts - ABS1576
To do the installation, you must attach all the parts together.
You must use this type of cable support for harnesses with diameter less than 25 mm (0.98 in.)
and in areas where temperature is less than 150 deg.C (302.0 deg.F) and when the installation o
f clamps or "V" supports is not possible.

ABS1576 - A01
2 Type code
A01 = "T" connecting tube
B01 = "L" connecting tube
C01 = "V" connecting tube
D01 = "U" connecting tube
E01 = End tube
F01 and F02 = Intermediate "V" cable support
G10 to G242 = Tube
H01 = Double "V" cable support
H02 = End support tube
J01 and J02 = Insulating support
R01 = Raceway.
(b) Procedure
- In relation to the area configuration, select and assemble the components with Epo
xy Adhesive_Metal to metal - Legacy (Material Ref. 05EJL9) bonding glue. Attach th
e assembly to the structure.
- Install the harness and safety with cable ties NSA935401.
In this example, the wiring is attached with cable ties NSA935401 and with cable supports
ABS0774. No other protection is necessary.
It is not permitted to use PEEK ramp systems ABS1576 in G, P and X routes and in hot an
d fire zones.
- PEEK ramps ABS1576 must be attached with a minimum of two attachment points.
- The metallic parts (unless it is the shank of the attachment bolt) must not touch PE
EK ramps ABS1576.
(3) Example of Wiring with Spacer Rod, Tubular Support or Fused Deposition Modelling (FDM) Ramp
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Spacer Rod, Tubular Support Type Installation
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 1/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 2/2
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Position of the Cable Tie On a Ramp
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Specific Cases - FDM ramps
Spacer rods are metallic and their protection is a heat-shrinkable sleeve retracted with the applic
able tool.
Tubular supports are metallic and their protection is special paint applied before installation and
wiring attachment.
Cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape NSA8420 can be used.
The distance between two harness attachments on the tubular support must be a maximum of 7
5 mm (2.95 in.).
When the harness routing goes on a ramp, it must always be possible to see the ramp when all t
he harnesses are installed (this is not necessary in small VUs and VEs where the ramps must be i
n the harness). This is necessary for harness routing along and across the ramp axis.
After harness installation on a ramp, the harness must be as far as possible from the adjacent st
ructure, screws and other harnesses.
When use the cable ties NSA935401 to attach the harness to the ramps, they must be at the two
ends of the ramp.
The harness must be tied and attached at each extremity of the ramp to prevent the end of the r
amp to penetrate into the harness.
If possible, the head of the cable tie must not be between the harness and the ramp.
There must be no movement after the harness installation.
For the A380 program, for harnesses (M and S routes) attached on a ramp for distribution on ma
ximum 5 VT modules, there must be mechanical protection on the last 500 mm (19.69 in.).
Clipped ramps must be installed in special V supports. It is necessary to attach a special tying de
vice (that does not cause damage) at the two ends to hold the ramp.
(4) Attachment of Metallic Ramps

The attachment of the ramps must let them stay in position when you remove or modify the har
ness.
Thus, you can attach the ramps with:
- Attachment devices that let you remove the harness without removal of the ramp (for exa
mple: ABS0774), or
- Dedicated fasteners for the attachment device (for example: V support) and the ramp, or
- An axis fastener NSA5159.

An end cap ABS0065 must be installed on each end of the metallic ramps attached to attachmen
t devices (type E0664).
J. Related Items
- ABS1095 Bracket for covering

- ABS1423 Bracket
- ABS1424 Rod for cable support
- ABS1523 Insulator for cable support
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS1717, ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS1842, ABS2210, A

BS2232, ABS2259 and ABS2276 Adhesive bonded bracket
- ABS1785 Bracket
- ABS5147 Tubular support for cable support (for example E0664)
- ASNA2327 Bracket
- ASNA2328 Bracket.
These related items are insulators for cable supports.
You must use ASNA2327 and ASNA2328 for P routes and for other routes in high temperature and SWA
MP areas.
Two metallic clamps ASNA0033 with a protection of tape ASNA5107 attach insulated plastic bracket AB
S1095 to a tube (rod). You can thus use this bracket as a support for a harness support (for example A
BS1339).
You must not install spacers (for example NSA5527) with rods or brackets (for example ASNA2327, AS
NA2328, ABS1323, ABS1324 and ABS1717).
You must use ABS1423 and ABS1424 for all routes but not those in high temperature and SWAMP area
s and on conductive composite surfaces.
You must use ABS5147 in mechanical constraint areas (for example harness diameter greater than 25
mm (0.98 in.)). You must attach it on support E0664.
You must not use ABS1546A3A and ABS1546B3A on A350 program.
(1) ABS1095
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Installation Procedure - ABS1095
You must use 2 turns of self-adhesive tape ASNA5107 to attach bracket ABS1095 on a structural
circular rod with two metallic clamps ASNA0033. The bracket attaches the cable supports (for ex
ample ABS1339).
TYPE CODE (WIT

STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE DASH CODE HOUT CODE, E, H
OR K)
ABS1095 A 01 E
2 Temperature
(b) Procedure
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Installation Procedure - ABS1095
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Clamp ASNA0033 Installation - ABS1095
When possible, you must install the screw head of the clamp in the bracket area. If not po
ssible, you must install the screw head so that there the clamp tongue does not touch the
protective tape of the structural rod.
It is necessary to use the shortest possible clamp. The tongue of the clamp must be in the
bracket to prevent all damage and all injury to persons.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
(c) Related item
- ASNA0033 adjustable metallic clamp.

It is necessary to install cable tie NSA935401-03 for clamp ASNA0033.
- TORQUE the clamp to the applicable values (Refer to Ref. table title).
(2) ABS1423
ABS1423 is a right-angled bracket used to attach equipment on the aircraft structure.
STANDARD P/N STYLE CODE SIZE CODE LENGTH CODE

ABS1423 FA 32 1
2 Temperature
(3) ABS1424
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS1424
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE LENGTH CODE

ABS1424 3 4
2 Temperature

- For size code 3 and 5:
- For size code 4:

3 Length code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SIZE CODE 3 LEN SIZE CODE 4 LEN SIZE CODE 5 LEN

LENGTH CODE
GTH GTH GTH
2 5.08 mm (0.2 in.) - -
4 10.16 mm (0.4 in.) - -
6 15.24 mm (0.6 in.) - -
19.30 mm (0.76 i
7 - -
n.)
8 20.32 mm (0.8 in.) - -
10 25.40 mm (1.0 in.) 25.40 mm (1.0 in.) -
12 30.48 mm (1.2 in.) - -
14 35.56 mm (1.4 in.) - -
16 40.62 mm (1.6 in.) - -
18 45.72 mm (1.8 in.) - -
20 50.80 mm (2.0 in.) - -
22 55.88 mm (2.2 in.) - -
24 60.96 mm (2.4 in.) - -
(4) ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS1717, ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS1785, ABS2210, A
BS2232, ABS2259 and ABS2276
ABS1759 and ABS1761 are a cable tie mounts (bonded onto the structure) to hold the harness.
These have a chamfer or surface to which a harness is attached with a cable tie.
It is necessary to bond this type of bracket on the structure with adhesive.
For ABS1545 and ABS1546, you must use it with all cable supports (V supports and P clamps) th
at have screw attachments.
1 For ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS1717, ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS17

85 and ABS2276
a P/N identification
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1545, ABS1546 a
nd ABS1717
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1759 and A
BS1761
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1718
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1719
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS2276
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 0
1
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 0
2

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYPE CO
MATERI
DE (FOR
AL CODE
ABS154 PITCH C
FOR
MATERI 5) ODE
STAND-
STANDA AL CODE THREAD LENGTH SUPPLY 01 = 1.6
OFF (AB
RD P/N FOR BAS CODE CODE CONDIT 5 mm
S1546)
E-PLATE ION CO (0.06 i
NUT-PL
DE (FOR n.)
ATE (AB
ABS154
S1545)
6)
ABS1545 A 3 C 12 R
ABS1546 A 3 A 12 A 01
PITCH C
ODE
01 = 1.6
MATERI MATERI LENGTH SUPPLY 5 mm
STANDA AL CODE THREAD AL CODE CODE CONDIT (0.06 i
RD P/N FOR BAS CODE FOR STU (see Not ION CO n.)
E-PLATE D e (1)) DE 03 TO 1
3 = 1.97
mm (0.0
8 in.)
ABS1717 A 3 A 12 A 01
Note (1): Length codes 6, 8, 8A, 10, 10A, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 2
8, 30 and 32 are applicable for ABS1717.
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE
(see Note (1))
ABS1718 A 16
ABS1719 A 8
ABS1759 A 16
ABS1761 A 16
ABS1785 — 01
ABS2276 V 01
Note (1): Size code: 6, 8, 12, 16, 24 for ABS1719, size code 16, 32 for ABS
1759 and 01,02 for ABS1785.
b Temperature
c Type code (for ABS1545) and supply condition code (for ABS1546 and ABS1
717)
P/N TYPE CODE CONFIGURATION

- Basic
ABS1545
R Reinforced

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SUPPLY C
STANDAR
ONDITIO PITCH CODE SUPPLY CONDITION
D P/N
N CODE
1 off ABS1546 with bonding to
Without Without
ol (applicator)
2 off ABS1546 in paired horizo
A ntal configuration with bonding
tool (applicator)
01
ABS1546 2 off ABS1546 in paired vertica
B l configuration with bonding too
l (applicator)
W
1 off ABS1546 without bonding
(see Note Without
tool (applicator)
(1))
1 off ABS1717 with bonding to
Without Without
ol (applicator)
2 off ABS1717 in paired horizo
A ntal configuration with bonding
tool (applicator)
01
2 off ABS1717 in paired vertica
B l configuration with bonding too
l (applicator)
03
04
05
C 06
Use this su
ABS1717 07 3 off ABS1717 in paired configu
pply conditi
ration (applicable only to lengt
on code onl 08
h codes 8A and 10A) with bond
y for the A
09 ing tool (applicator)
350 fuselag
e. 10
11
12
13
4 off ABS1717 in paired configu
D 01 ration with bonding tool (applic
ator)
W
1 off ABS1717 without bonding
(see Note Without
tool (applicator)
(1))

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SUPPLY C
STANDAR
ONDITIO PITCH CODE SUPPLY CONDITION
D P/N
N CODE
Note (1): Only the manufacturing engineering and procurement departmen
t can use the available letters of the supply condition code for the selection
and order of the bonded brackets because of the different handling of the b
onded brackets. The supply condition code is only for the design configurati
on and order of the bonded brackets. The supply condition code is not inclu
ded in the part marking.
d Material code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
MATERIAL C
P/N ELEMENT MATERIAL FINISH
ODE
ABS1545 A NATURAL
PEI (POLYETHERIMID
ABS1546
E) GLASS FIBER REI
ABS1718 B
BASE-PLATE NFORCED 40% BY W
ABS1719 PRIMED
EIGHT OF GLASS FIB
ABS1759 C
ER
ABS1761 (see Note (1))
PASSIVATE
ABS1545 NUT-PLATE C CRES
D
PASSIVATE
A CRES
D
PEI (POLYETHERIMID
ABS1546 STAND-OFF B E) GLASS FIBER REI NATURAL
NFORCED 40% BY W
EIGHT OF GLASS FIB
C PRIMED
ER
A PEI (POLYETHERIMID NATURAL
E GLASS FIBER REIN
FORCED 40% BY WEI
BASE-PLATE B
GHT OF GLASS FIBER PRIMED
ABS1717 INJECTED THERMOPL
C ASTIC
PASSIVATE
STUD A CRES
D
PEI (POLYETHERIMID
E) GLASS FIBER REI
ABS1785 - - NFORCED 40% BY W PRIMED
EIGHT OF GLASS FIB
ER
PEI (POLYETHERIMID
STAND-OFF E) GLASS FIBER REI PRIMED
V NFORCED 40% BY W
ABS2276 EIGHT OF GLASS FIB
COLLET -
ER
SILICONE 70 DUROM
SPRING - -
ETER
Note (1): Only for ABS1759 and ABS1761.
2 For ABS2210
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2210
STANDARD MATERIAL C SELF-LOCKING CLIP

SIZE CODE
P/N ODE NUT CODE
ABS2210 - A 100 C

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
b Temperature
- For shape 3:
- For shape 7:
c Material code
MATERIAL
SIZE CODE MATERIAL FINISH
CODE
40% GLASS/P
A 100 TO 250 (SHAPE 3) PRIMED
EI
30% GLASS/P
B 300 TO 302 (SHAPE 7) PRIMED
EI
40% GLASS/P
C 300 TO 302 (SHAPE 7) NONE
PS
d Self-locking clip/nut code
SELF LOCKING CLIP/

DESCRIPTION SIZE CODE
NUT CODE
SELF-LOCKING CLIP NU 100, 101 AND 102 (SHA
C
T EN6131-3C2 PE 3)
HELICAL-COIL MS21209
F F1-20 WITH THREAD 19 300 TO 302 (SHAPE 7)
00-32UNF-3B
3 For ABS2232
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Identification and Characteristics - ABS2232
MATERIAL COD SELF-LOCKING

E NUT CODE
ABS2232 A 01 A
b Temperature

c Material code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL FINISH

PEI (POLYETHERIMIDE),
GLASS FIBER, RE-INFO
A PRIMED
RCED 40% BY WEIGHT
OF GLASS FIBER
d Self-locking nut code
SELF-LOCKING NUT C
SIZE CODE DESCRIPTION
ODE
SELF-LOCKING NUT NA
S1791C3-1 OR EQUIVAL
ENT WITH THREAD AS8
A 01 879 (1900-32 UNJF-3
B). THREAD LOCKED BY
ELLIPTICAL DEFORMATI
ON.
THREAD AS8879 (1900-
32 UNJF-3B). THREAD L
NO CODE 50
OCKED BY SELF-LOCKIN
G NUT NASM25027.
4 For ABS2259
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2259 1/4

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SIZE CODE SELF-LOCKING CL

IP CODE
02 TO 11 (SHAPE
MATERIAL CODE NO CODE FOR SIZ
1)
A FOR SIZE CODE OR E CODE
02 TO 11 (SHAPE 20 TO 21 (SHAPE 02 TO 11 (SHAPE
1) 2) 1)
20 TO 21 (SHAPE OR 20 TO 21 (SHAPE
2) 40 (SHAPE 3) 2)
40 (SHAPE 3) OR 80 TO 96 (SHAPE
60 (SHAPE 4) 60 (SHAPE 4) 5)
STANDAR 80 TO 96 (SHAPE OR OR
D P/N 5) 80 TO 96 (SHAPE A FOR SIZE CODE
OR 5) 40 (SHAPE 3)
B FOR SIZE CODE OR 60 (SHAPE 4)
150 TO 154 (SHA 150 TO 154 (SHA OR
PE 6) PE 6) B FOR SIZE CODE
200 TO 209 (SHA OR 150 TO 154 (SHA
PE 7) 200 TO 209 (SHA PE 6)
250 TO 251 (SHA PE 7) 200 TO 209 (SHA
PE 8) OR PE 7)
250 TO 251 (SHA 250 TO 251 (SHA
PE 8) PE 8)
ABS2259 A 40 A
MATERIAL CODE
PART
STANDAR A FOR SIZE CODE
10 ITEM CODE
D P/N 80 TO 96 (SHAPE
20
5)
ABS2259 A 10 - 01
NOTE: For shape 5, the designation for order will be ABS2259A00A, made
of part 10 and part 20 assembled together in a special configuratio
n.
b Temperature
- Maximum peak temperature is 116 deg.C (240.80 deg.F).
(b) Installation procedure
1 Materials and tools
- Cleaning agent (Non Aqueous Cleaner_General - - (Material Ref. 08BAA9) or

Non Aqueous Cleaner_- Isopropyl Alcohol - (Material Ref. 08BBD1))
- LATEX gloves or nitril gloves (not specific)
- Protection goggles or anti-dust mask (not specific)
- Scotch Brite (very fine)
- Non-metallic spatula
- PENTEL 100WS to make marks on unpainted composite material
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- STAEDLER 311/312/315 or 316 (black ink) to make marks on grey finish pain
t
- PENCIL to make marks on primer
- Abrasive paper (grade 120 or finer, 180-220 and 240)
- Aluminum oxide paper (grade 100 to 180)
- Dual cartridge EA 9394 (Epoxy Adhesive_Bonded bracket Up to 135°C - (Mat
erial Ref. 05EBT1)) or EC-7256 B/A (Epoxy Adhesive_Bonded bracket Up to 8
5°C - (Material Ref. 05EBS1)) or EC-7202 B/A (Epoxy Adhesive_Bonded brac
ket Up to 85°C - (Material Ref. 05EBS1))
- SETE-MIP BONDING GUN (C0200PAMRSA) (F9319) (for 0.2 L (0.05 USgal) d
ual cartridge)
- GLUE DISPENSING PLASTIC GUN (PQ50-P) or equivalent (for 0.05 L (0.01 US
gal) dual cartridge)
- Mixer nozzle MIXPAC MIXER MA6-3-17-S
- ROTAFLEX or RECOULES COUNTERSINK GAUGE (RB406) (U1598), MILLING T
OOL (035) or MILLING TOOL (12L1280-36).
2 Surface preparation
All surfaces that you will bond with adhesive must be clean and without oil, dirt or o
ther unwanted materials. After the cleaning touch the surfaces only with a clean an
d dry cloth or cotton gloves.
Do a check of the cleanliness of the bonding location and the brackets before you d
o the bonding procedure.
a Procedure for the preparation of the mechanical surface:
- Step 1:
- Clean the surfaces that you will bond with a clean cloth soaked in
an applicable cleaning agent Ref. ESPM 20-55-10-02.
- For composite ”thermosetting” and metallic surfaces, you must u
se Non Aqueous Cleaner_General - - (Material Ref. 08BAA9).
- For composite metallic surfaces, you must use Non Aqueous Clea
ner_- Isopropyl Alcohol - (Material Ref. 08BBD1).
- Step 2: Dry with a clean and dry cloth.
- Step 3:
- Lightly sand the areas that you will bond until there is a smooth
and matt surface.
- On metallic surfaces, do the abrading when you rub down lightly
with Scotch Brite (very fine) and on non-metallic surfaces with a
brasive paper grade 180-220.
- Abrade elastomeric materials with abrasive paper grade 120 or fi
ner.
- Abrade components with fiber composite materials in the resin la
yer with abrasive paper grade 240.
NOTE: The fibers can become damaged while you abrade them.
Do a check of the color of the abraded dust:
Light abrasive dust = resin layer.
Dark abrasive dust = fiber.
- Abrade paints with Scotch Brite (very fine).
- Do not abrade coatings and primer up to the base material.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Step 4: Do the procedures of step 1 and 2 again to clean and dry the s
urfaces.
- During the visual inspection, the mechanical prepared surfaces must h
ave the same visual condition and must be clean, clear of dust and grit
residues.
NOTE: After you do a rework procedure to remove defects from an ab

raded surface, the technical properties of the surface must sta
y the same.
3 Bonding procedure with adhesive adaptor

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1545, ABS1546
and ABS1717
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1546 and ABS17
17
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - Single/Multi-part Ad
aptor
NOTE: Make sure that you use a new bonding bracket with adhesive adaptor to d
o this procedure.
If it is not possible to do the bonding on a flat area of the structure, you can bond t
he brackets on a concave area of the structure with a radius of curvature of more th
an 305 mm (12.01 in.).
It is necessary to install the adaptor parallel to the curvature. If this is not possible,
you can install the adaptor perpendicular to the curvature if the radius of curvature
is more than 915 mm (36.02 in.).
a Preparation
- Clean the base of the bracket with the applicable material.

- Dry the bracket with a clean and dry cloth.
- Make sure that the adhesive dual cartridge is not expired.
- Make sure that the adhesive is at ambient temperature (between 17 d
eg.C (62.60 deg.F) to 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
NOTE: The adhesive is at ambient temperature when there is no cond

ensation on the packaging.
- Install dual cartridge EA 9394 (Epoxy Adhesive_Bonded bracket Up to
135°C - (Material Ref. 05EBT1)) or EC-7256 B/A (Epoxy Adhesive_Bon
ded bracket Up to 85°C - (Material Ref. 05EBS1)) or EC-7202 B/A (Epo
xy Adhesive_Bonded bracket Up to 85°C - (Material Ref. 05EBS1)) in t
he gun (for example, SETE-MIP BONDING GUN (C0200PAMRSA) (F931
9) or equivalent).
- Make sure that the material is the same at the nozzle outlet before you
apply it to the bracket.
- The material must have the same grey color and it must not hav
e air bubbles.
CAUTION: AFTER YOU MIX THE RESIN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE IT BEF
ORE THE END OF ITS POT LIFE (WORKING LIFE). DISCARD TH
E RESIN IF ITS POT LIFE IS EXPIRED. THE TEMPERATURE OF T
HE MIXTURE HAS AN EFFECT ON THE VISCOSITY AND THE POT
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
LIFE (THE POT LIFE INCREASES IN LOWER TEMPERATURES, A

ND DECREASES IN HIGHER TEMPERATURES).
b Installation
NOTE: If you bond a bracket to an incorrect installation, you cannot install i

t again. This is because you can use the adaptor that you use to inst
all the bracket only one time.
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Re-bonding of Bracket
- Step 1
- Apply mixed adhesive to the bracket base.
- The quantity must be sufficient to let a light flow of the remainin
g adhesive to do a continuous bead without bubbles around the p
eriphery.
- Step 2
- Remove the adhesive paper from the adaptor bearing points.
- Put the adaptor in position on the bracket.
- Push down on the ends of the adaptor for a multi-part adaptor.
- Push down on the adaptor for a single part adaptor.
- Make sure that the pads of the adaptor bond to the substrate.
- Step 3
- Push down on the inner part of the adaptor with the bracket for a
multi-part adaptor or push down on the bracket for a single-part
adaptor.
- The pressure must be constant until too much adhesive bea
d is seen.
- Make sure that the bracket is in contact with the bonding surfac
e.
NOTE: For more adaptors, you can hear a click when the bracke
t touches the bonding surface.
- Make sure that the bead is continuous and that there is no space
between the bracket and the substrate.
NOTE: Small air bubbles on the bead are allowed if they are not
on the foot/bond line.
- If the bead is not continuous, then:
- Remove the bracket and the adhesive.
- Clean the surface of the substrate.
- Install another bracket.
- Step 4
- You must obey the time (refer to Ref. table title) before you remo
ve the adhesive adaptor () and then, remove the remaining foam
tape from the substrate or/and from the bracket with a non-meta
llic spatula and an applicable approved cleaning agent Ref. ESPM
20-55-40-02.Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding
Procedure - ABS1546 and ABS1717
- You can install a sticker (for example, ) to indicate the time when
the adhesive will be cured. After the curing time, you must remo
ve the sticker and clean the surface with an applicable approved
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
solvent.Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Example of Sticker to Manage t

he Traceability
TIME BEFORE
(HOURS):
YOU REMO
VE THE TE
-
MPORARY
POT LIFE (MIN ADAPTOR FULL CURING T
ADHESIVE
UTES) YOU CHEC IME (HOURS)
- K THE BON
DING
YOU LOAD
- THE BRAC
KET.
EA 9394 (Epoxy A 168 HOURS AT 23
dhesive_Bonded +2 deg.C or -2 de
bracket Up to 13 60 12 g.C (73.40 +3.60
5°C - (Material Re deg.F or -3.60 de
f. 05EBT1)) g.F)
EC-7256 B/A (Ep 168 HOURS AT 23
oxy Adhesive_Bo +2 deg.C or -2 de
nded bracket Up t 10 2 g.C (73.40 +3.60
o 85°C - (Material deg.F or -3.60 de
Ref. 05EBS1)) g.F)
Ref. 05EBS1)) g.F)
Table - Adhesive for bracket with adhesive adaptor
4 Bonding procedure without adhesive adaptor

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure Without Fixture
NOTE: Make sure that you use a new bonding bracket without adhesive adaptor t
o do this procedure.
a Preparation
- If an adaptor is installed on the bracket remove it.

- Clean the base of the bracket with the applicable material.
- Dry the bracket with a clean and dry cloth.
- Make sure that the adhesive dual cartridge is not expired.
- Make sure that the adhesive is at ambient temperature (between 17 d
eg.C (62.60 deg.F) to 30 deg.C (86.00 deg.F).
NOTE: The adhesive is at ambient temperature when there is no cond

ensation on the packaging.
- Install dual cartridge EC-7202 B/A (Epoxy Adhesive_Bonded bracket U
p to 85°C - (Material Ref. 05EBS1)) in the gun (for example, SETE-MIP
BONDING GUN (C0200PAMRSA) (F9319) or equivalent).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Make sure that the material is the same at the nozzle outlet before you
apply it to the bracket.
- The material must have the same grey color and it must not hav
e air bubbles.
CAUTION: AFTER YOU MIX THE RESIN, MAKE SURE THAT YOU USE IT BEF
ORE THE END OF ITS POT LIFE (WORKING LIFE). DISCARD TH
E RESIN IF ITS POT LIFE IS EXPIRED. THE TEMPERATURE OF T
HE MIXTURE HAS AN EFFECT ON THE VISCOSITY AND THE POT
LIFE (THE POT LIFE INCREASES IN LOWER TEMPERATURES, A
ND DECREASES IN HIGHER TEMPERATURES).
b Installation
NOTE: If you bond a bracket to an incorrect installation, you cannot install i

t again. This is because you can use the adaptor that you use to inst
all the bracket only one time.
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Re-bonding of Bracket
• Apply mixed adhesive to the bracket base.
- The quantity must be sufficient to let a light flow of the remaining adh
esive to do a continuous bead without bubbles around the periphery.
- Step 1
- Apply mixed adhesive to the bracket base.
- The quantity must be sufficient to let a light flow of the remainin
g adhesive to do a continuous bead without bubbles around the p
eriphery.
- Step 2
- Put the bracket in position as perpendicularly as possible on the b
onding surface without tilting.
- Push down on the bracket base with a continuous pressure.
- Apply a sufficient pressure force to avoid irregular adhesive layer
thickness.
- Make sure that the bead is continuous and that there is no space
between the bracket and the substrate.
NOTE: Small air bubbles on the bead are allowed if they are not
on the foot/bond line.
- If the bead is not continuous, then:
- Remove the bracket and the adhesive
- Clean the surface of the substrate
- Install another bracket.
- You must obey the time (Refer to Ref. table title) before you load
the bracket.
- You can install a sticker (for example, ) to indicate the time when
the adhesive will be cured. After the curing time, you must remo
ve the sticker and clean the surface with an applicable approved
solvent.Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Example of Sticker to Manage t
he Traceability

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TIME BEFORE
(HOURS):
YOU CHEC
POT LIFE (MIN - K THE BON FULL CURING T
ADHESIVE
UTES) DING IME (HOURS)
YOU LOAD
- THE BRAC
KET.
Ref. 05EBS1)) g.F)
Table - Adhesive for bracket without adhesive adaptor
(c) Control test of bonding

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Examples of Control Test of Bonding - ABS1545,
ABS1546 and ABS1717
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS1717, ABS171
8, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS2277, ABS1105 and ABS2276
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS2210, ABS2232, ABS2259, ABS1785
and ABS1842
Checks of the test tools are mandatory at regular intervals during the validity period.
It is necessary to do a visual inspection of 100% of the bonded brackets.
- You must do a control test of the bonded brackets you installed. You must respect t
he time defined in Ref. table title before you load the bracket.
- If the bracket does not support the load applied, do the removal procedure for the b
racket (also do a check of the other brackets that you bonded at the same time).
- If there is access with limits, you can use an alternative non-specific test tool (for e
xample, a calibrated dynamometer that is equivalent to KERN DYNAMOMETER (CH1
5K20)). In this condition, the dynamometer is attached to the bracket as near as po
ssible to the bonded surface and it is pulled perpendicular to the substrate .Ref. Fig.
Cable Supports - Dynamometer Example and Dynamometer in Use
1 For ABS1545
- Use the applicable tool and adaptor.

- Adjust the torque wrench to between 0.5 m.daN (44.25 lbf.in) and 0.6 m.daN
(53.10 lbf.in). If it is not easy to get access use a dynamometer and apply a t
ensile-strength of 50 N (11.24 lbf).
- TORQUE (in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction) the adaptor until the
tester makes a click.
2 For ABS1546

- Turn the knob of the adaptor to attach it to the bracket.
- Adjust the tensile-strength value to between 334 N (75.09 lbf) and 395 N (8
8.80 lbf).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Push down on the handle until the tensile-strength tester makes a click.
3 For ABS1717
- Turn the knob of the adaptor to attach it to the bracket.
- Adjust the tensile-strength value to between 355 N (79.81 lbf) and 395 N (8
8.80 lbf).
- For the ABS1717B3A8AXXX bracket, adjust the tensile-strength value to50 N

(11.24 lbf).
- Push down on the handle until the tensile-strength tester makes a click.
4 For ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759 and ABS1761
- Adjust the torque wrench to between 0.5 m.daN (44.25 lbf.in) and 0.6 m.daN
(53.10 lbf.in). If it is not easy to get access use a dynamometer and apply a t
ensile-strength of 50 N (11.24 lbf).
- TORQUE (in a clockwise and counterclockwise direction) the adaptor until the
tester makes a click.
5 For ABS2210, ABS2232 and ABS2259
- Use the applicable tool. For this, you must refer to the illustration .Ref. Fig. C
able Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS2210, ABS2232, ABS2259, ABS17
85 and ABS1842
a For ABS2210AXXXX, ABS2232 and ABS2259AXX/AXXX
- Apply a tensile strength of 50 +5 N or -5 N (11.24 +1.12 lbf or -1.12 l

bf) for the bonding test load.
b For ABS2210BXXXX and ABS2259BXXXX
- Apply a tensile strength of 100 +5 N or -5 N (22.48 +1.12 lbf or -1.12

lbf) for the bonding test load.
(d) Removal procedure

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal Procedure
- If you find bonding defects during the installation procedure or the control test, you
must do the removal procedure for the brackets and adhesive.
- When you do the rework, make sure that you do not cause damage to the adjacent
structure and surface protections.
- Restore the surfaces until they agree with the drawing requirements after you comp
lete the rework.
- The bracket can be attached in an incorrect position, if approved by the desig
n, to prevent damage to the substrate during the rework operation. This must
be recorded in a concession.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- Use the applicable template and material to make sure that the adjacent structure i
s protected during removal.
- You can do the rework before the pot life and after a full cure time of the adhe
sive (Refer to Ref. table title and Ref. table title).
- When you complete the curing, you must apply the same or an equivalent treatmen
t, paint or sealant to:
- The surfaces which are bare after the bonding operation.
- The surfaces from which you removed surface treatment.
- You must remove the adhesive from the surface after bracket removal.
- It is permitted to keep a maximum depth of 0.2 mm (0.01 in.) of remaining adhesiv
e. This is to prevent damage to the substrate when you try to remove a small quant
ity of adhesive.
1 Bracket and adhesive removal

After you remove the bracket and the adhesive, an ultrasonic inspection is necessar
y. For the A350 program, you can refer to chapter NTM 51-94-XX. For other progra
ms, you can refer to chapter NTM 51-4X-XX.
a With hand scraper (recommended solution)
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal of Bracket Using Hand Scr
aper Tool
- Use a round metal angle-hand-scraper and a mallet to remove the adh
esive and the bracket. The angle between the substrate and the hand s
craper must be as small as possible and you must hit the hand scraper
slowly and carefully with the mallet.
b With milling tool (alternative solution)

Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal Procedure
This rework is applicable for composite and aluminum substrates on all flat ar
eas.
- First use pliers to remove the bracket.
- Then use a milling tool (ROTAFLEX, RECOULES or equivalent) with the
related cutter or abrasive disk to remove the adhesive.
- Make sure that you use a milling tool with the applicable micro-stop de
pth-adjustment. This is to keep a film of remaining adhesive with a ma
ximum depth of 0.2 mm (0.01 in.) during removal of the bracket and t
he adhesive.
After adhesive removal, you can install a new bracket on the milled area.
After installation of the new bracket, you must put the same protective mater
ial as that removed on the milled areas that are not below the bracket.
(5) ABS1842
Ref. Fig. Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1842

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15

01
ABS1842 A 02
03
2 Temperature
Minimum operating temperature is -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F).
Maximum operating temperature is 85 deg.C (185.00 deg.F).
3 Material code
ELEMENT MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL FINISH

POLYETHERIMIDE
WITH 30% BY WEI
BRACKET GHT GLASS FIBER
(PEI-GF30) — PER
AIMS04–01–023
POLYAMIDE 66 HIG
A H TEMPERATURE R -
ESISTANT FLAME R
APPLICATOR
ESISTANT (PA66 –
HT FR) PER AIMS0
4–01–011
3M VHB TAPE 5958
ADHESIVE TAPE
FR
Figure 20-33-41-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Description and Installation - NSA935513
Figure 20-33-41-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935513
Figure 20-33-41-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935514
Figure 20-33-41-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0677, ABS0
354, ABS0795 and E0663
Figure 20-33-41-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 1/2
Figure 20-33-41-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 2/2
Figure 20-33-41-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics - ABS0795, A
BS1083 and ABS1092
Figure 20-33-41-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS0774, ABS10
93 and E0664
Figure 20-33-41-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS1094, ABS11
27, E0420-01 and NSA935504
Figure 20-33-41-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 1/2
Figure 20-33-41-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 2/2
Figure 20-33-41-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Snap and Click Type ABS0796
Figure 20-33-41-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0355-03
Figure 20-33-41-0015-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V - Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2083
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Figure 20-33-41-0017-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Type - Installation E0663
Figure 20-33-41-0018-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure
Figure 20-33-41-0019-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure ABS10
82
Figure 20-33-41-0020-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure
Figure 20-33-41-0021-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Small Harnesses Protection with V Supports
Figure 20-33-41-0022-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Description - E0435 and NSA935501
Figure 20-33-41-0023-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Procedure - NSA935501
Figure 20-33-41-0024-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Description - ABS0678, ABS108
8, E0398, E0557, NSA935511 and NSA935512
Figure 20-33-41-0025-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS0678 with ABS0
679 and NSA935512
Figure 20-33-41-0026-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088 with ABS1
089 and NSA5516
Figure 20-33-41-0027-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088
Figure 20-33-41-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - ABS1088 Installation After Feeder Repair
Figure 20-33-41-0029-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033
- ABS1088 with ABS1089 1/2
Figure 20-33-41-0030-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033
- ABS1088 with ABS1089 2/2
Figure 20-33-41-0031-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - Description - ABS1020
Figure 20-33-41-0032-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0731, A
BS1144, E0688 and NSA5527
Figure 20-33-41-0033-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0054 an
d ABS1526
Figure 20-33-41-0034-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - ABS005
4, ABS0731, ABS1144, ABS1526 and E0688
Figure 20-33-41-0035-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA5527
Figure 20-33-41-0036-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0731, A
BS1144 and NSA5527
Figure 20-33-41-0037-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0054, A
BS0731, ABS1144 and NSA5527
Figure 20-33-41-0038-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS1526 an
d ABS1339
Figure 20-33-41-0040-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Installation ABS1668
Figure 20-33-41-0044-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Description and Example of Installation - ABS10
49-003, ABS1049-004 and ABS1049-005
Figure 20-33-41-0045-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Specific cases - Straps Connecting Parts - ABS1576

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Figure 20-33-41-0046-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Spacer Rod, Tubular Support Type In
stallation
Figure 20-33-41-0047-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 1/2
Figure 20-33-41-0048-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 2/2
Figure 20-33-41-0049-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Installation Procedure - ABS1095
Figure 20-33-41-0050-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Clamp ASNA0033 Installation - ABS1
095
Figure 20-33-41-0051-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1545, ABS1546 and
ABS1717
Figure 20-33-41-0052-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1759 and AB
S1761
Figure 20-33-41-0053-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1718
Figure 20-33-41-0054-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1545, ABS1
546 and ABS1717
Figure 20-33-41-0055-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1546 and A
BS1717
Figure 20-33-41-0056-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Examples of Control Test of Bonding -
ABS1545, ABS1546 and ABS1717
Figure 20-33-41-0057-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal Procedure
Figure 20-33-41-0058-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS1424
Figure 20-33-41-0059-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Identification ABS1089
Figure 20-33-41-0060-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation - E0663
Figure 20-33-41-0061-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Installation of U- or V-shaped Supports - E0664
Figure 20-33-41-0062-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Position of the Cable Tie On a Ramp
Figure 20-33-41-0063-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS171
7, ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS2277, ABS1105 and ABS2276
Figure 20-33-41-0064-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Re-bonding of Bracket
Figure 20-33-41-0065-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal of Bracket Using Hand Scrap
er Tool
Figure 20-33-41-0066-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Position of V Support for Harness Installation
Figure 20-33-41-0067-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA9355
10
Figure 20-33-41-0068-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2259 1/4
Figure 20-33-41-0072-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS2210, ABS2232, ABS225
9, ABS1785 and ABS1842
Figure 20-33-41-0073-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2210
Figure 20-33-41-0075-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Identification and Characteristics - ABS2232
Figure 20-33-41-0076-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1719
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
Figure 20-33-41-0077-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Cable Supports - Installation cable - ABS1088

Figure 20-33-41-0077-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Cable Supports - Installation cable - ABS1088
Figure 20-33-41-0078-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - Single/Multi-par
t Adaptor
Figure 20-33-41-0079-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure Without Fixture
Figure 20-33-41-0080-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS2276
Figure 20-33-41-0081-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 01
Figure 20-33-41-0082-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 02
Figure 20-33-41-0083-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1842
Figure 20-33-41-0084-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - ASNA2776
Figure 20-33-41-0085-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Cable Supports - Method Using Punches to Install Grommet
Figure 20-33-41-0085-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Cable Supports - Method Using Punches to Install Grommet
Figure 20-33-41-0086-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Installation of Grommet - ASNA2776
Figure 20-33-41-0087-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - FDM ramps
Figure 20-33-41-0088-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support - ABS1872
Figure 20-33-41-0089-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1020
Figure 20-33-41-0090-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Example of Sticker to Manage the Traceability
Figure 20-33-41-0096-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - Dynamometer Example and Dynamometer in Use
Figure 20-33-41-0097-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Cable Supports - P/N Characteristics - ABS1049-003

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
STEP1: ENGAGE WEDGE HALF WITH NOTCH IN THE HOLE FIRST (e.g. NSA935513-07)
NOTCH
STEP2: INSTALLATION WITH INSTALLATION TOOL
OR: INSTALLATION WITH PLIERS
P_SP_203341_D1_00010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Description and Installation - NSA935513

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SINGLE CABLE ROUTING:
SPLIT, CONVOLUTED, SHRINKABLE CONDUIT

OR SELF ADHESIVE TAPEASNA5107 OR
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE NSA5539
CABLE TIE NSA935401
CABLE TIE NSA935401
CABLES
NSA935513-01
STRUCTURE
WEDGE SUPPORTNSA935513-05
DOUBLE CABLE ROUTING:

NSA935513
CABLE TIE NSA935401
SPLIT, CONVOLUTED, SHRINKABLE CONDUIT OR

SELF ADHESIVE TAPE ASNA5107 OR
PROTECTIVE SLEEVE NSA5539
P_SP_203341_D1_00020001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935513

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
NSA935514-02 ONE-SIDED VERSION
ATTACHMENT* WEDGE SUPPORT NSA935514
1 OR 2 CABLE HARNESSES
*ATTACH SCREW OF ONE-SIDED VERSION WITH LOCTITE
NSA935514-06 ASSEMBLY (= NSA935514-05 PLUS NSA935514-03 PLUS NSA935514-04)**

**THE NYLON THREADS OF THE INSULATION CAN ADDITIONALLY BE ATTACHED AT THE MOUNT
INSULATION MAT SKIN STRINGER

FRAME
CABLE HARNESSES
WASHER NSA935514-03
NSA935514-05
NSA935514-04
CABLE TIESNSA935401
INSULATION MAT
P_SP_203341_D1_00030001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Cable Installation - NSA935514

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TWO-HARNESS FASTENER (DOUBLE V)

ONE-HARNESS FASTENER (SINGLE V) e.g. ABS0354 TYPE 02
e.g. ABS0677
MOUNTING PIN
MULTIPLE-HARNESS FASTENER
e.g. E0663
TWO-HARNESS FASTENER (DOUBLE U)
e.g. ABS0795
BRACKET
MOUNTING PIN
P_SP_203341_D1_00040001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0677, ABS0354,
ABS0795 and E0663
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
POSITION OF V-SUPPORT FOR HARNESS INSTALLATION
FOR HARNESS DIAMETER, D L
FOR HARNESS DIAMETER, D 25 mm (0.9842 in)
P_SP_203341_D1_00660001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0066-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Position of V Support for Harness Installation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CABLE INTERVAL BETWEEN HARNESSES

MAX. HARNESS
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE OR WITH THE STRUCTURE
SUPPORT DIAMETER mm (in)
mm (in)
01 - 30 (1.1811)
ABS0354 25 (0.9842)
02 - 45 (1.7716)
01 -
02 -
03 -
ABS0355 27 (1.0629) 15 (0.5905)
04 -
05 -
06 -
A 01 25 TO 50
ABS0677 -
B 01 (0.9842 TO 1.9685)
A01 - 25 (0.9842)
B01 -
ABS0774 C01 - -
40 (1.5748)
D01 -
E01 -
A01 -
ABS0795 50 (1.9685) 25 (0.9842)
B01 -
ABS0796 A01 - - 25 (0.9842)
ABS1082 A, B, C, P OR S 01 OR 02* - 25 (0.9842)
ABS1083 A 01 50 (1.9685) 25 (0.9842)
A01 -
ABS1092 - 30 (1.1811)
B01 -
ABS1093 A, B, C OR D 01 - 30 (1.1811)
ABS1094 A 01 - 40 (1.5748)
A, B, C, D, K, 50 (1.9685) 25 (0.9842)
ABS1119 L, M, S OR T 01
65 (2.5590) 20 TO 40
ABS1127 A OR B 01 (0.7874 TO 1.5748)
5 TO 50.8
ABS1688 A - - (0.1968 TO 2)
10 TO 40
ABS2022 A OR B 01 -
(0.3936 TO 1.5748)
* CODE 02 FOR TYPE CODE C ONLY
P_SP_203341_D1_00050001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0005-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 1/2

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INTERVAL BETWEEN HARNESSES MAX. HARNESS DIAMETER

CABLE SUPPORT SIZE CODE OR WITH THE STRUCTURE mm (in)
mm (in)
E0254 01 OR 01A - 25 (0.9842)

01 OR 01A 30 (1.1811) 17 (0.6692)
E0255 02 OR 02A 40 (1.5748) 25 (0.9842)
03 OR 03A 45 (1.7716) 20 (0.7874)
E0343 01 - 25 (0.9842)
E0420 01 - 20 (0.7874)
E0659 01 - 25 (0.9842)
E0660 01 45 (1.7716) 21 (0.8267)
01 - 20 (0.7874)
02 45 (1.7716) 21 (0.8267)
E0661 03 - 20 (0.7874)
04 20 (0.7874) OR
45 (1.7716)
05 21 (0.8267)*
01 - 28 (1.1023)
E0663
02 45 (1.7716) 21 (0.8267)
01 OR 011
26 (1.0236)
02 OR 012
E0664 03 OR 013 -
40 (1.5748)
04 OR 014
05 OR 015 55 (2.1653)
01A 18.4 (0.7244) 15 (0.5905)
01B 22 (0.8661) 30 (1.1811)
E0675
02A 23.9 (0.9409) 15 (0.5905)
02B 28 (1.1023) 30 (1.1811)
01 16 (0.6299)
-
02 27 (1.0629)
NSA935504
03
30 (1.1811) 16 (0.6299)
04
* 20 mm (0.7874 in) FOR TYPE 23 OR 21 mm (0.8267 in) FOR TYPE 22.
P_SP_203341_D1_00060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics 2/2

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INSTALLATION OF THE CABLE SUPPORT ON STRUCTURE
CLIP-TYPE ATTACHMENT:
STRUCTURE
e.g. ABS0795
ABS1092
HARNESSES
MOUNTING PIN
CLIP
MOUNTING PIN
CLIP
ABS0795
e.g. ABS1083
STRUCTURE
HARNESSES CABLE TIE NSA935401
WEDGE CLIP
ABS1083
P_SP_203341_D1_00070001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Characteristics - ABS0795,

ABS1083 and ABS1092
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CLIP-TYPE ATTACHMENT:
CABLE TIE NSA935401
e.g. ABS0774
MOUNTING PIN HARNESS
ABS0774A01 OR ABS0774B01
CLIP STRUCTURE
e.g. ABS1093 TYPE CODE A AND B
STRUCTURE FIXING NOSE
CLIPABS1093-A
ABS1093-B
HARNESS
RIVET-TYPE ATTACHMENT: CABLE TIE NSA935401
e.g.E0664 (TYPES 01, 02, 03, 04 AND 05) e.g. E0664 (TYPES 11, 12, 13, 14 AND 15)
LACING TAPENSA8420 CABLE TIENSA935401

TUBULAR SUPPORT
ABS5147
STRUCTURE LACING TAPE

NSA8420-7
RIVET
RIVET
P_SP_203341_D1_00080001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS0774, ABS1093 and
E0664
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SCREW-TYPE ATTACHMENT:
e.g. E0420-01 ASSEMBLY

e.g. NSA935504
INSULATION MAT
STRUCTURE
E0420-04
E0420-03
STRUCTURE
SCREW TYPE NSA1096

INSULATION MAT
e.g. ABS1127 e.g. ABS1094
ABS1094
FIXING NOSE STRUCTURE
SCREW
HARNESS
CLIP NUT
ABS1127
CABLE TIE NSA935401
STRUCTURE
HARNESS
SCREW
FIXING NOSE
P_SP_203341_D1_00100001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS1094, ABS1127,
E0420-01 and NSA935504
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
e.g. ABS2022 WITH PROTECTION PLATE (TYPE CODE S)
STRUCTURE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
SCREWSNSA5191
NUTSEN6131 CLAMP ABS1339
HARNESS
TAPE ASNA5107
ABS2022-B-01
ABS2022-S-01
WASHERSNAS1149
* DO NOT MOUNT ANY COMPONENTS AT THE HOLES.

P_SP_203341_D1_00110001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
e.g. ABS2022 WITHOUT PROTECTION PLATE (TYPE CODE S):
STRUCTURE
CLAMPABS1339
SCREW
NSA5191
CLAMP
ABS1339
NUT
EN6131
HARNESS
ABS2022-B-01
SCREW NSA5191
E0343
NUT
EN6131
ABS2022-P-01
SCREW NSA5191
*
ABS2022-A-01 NUT EN6131
* DO NOT MOUNT ANY COMPONENTS AT THE HOLES.

P_SP_203341_D1_00120001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2022 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKET ABS0796
P_SP_203341_D1_00130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Snap and Click Type ABS0796
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
STRUCTURE
LOCK PART
SCREW
NUT
ABS0355-01 ABS0355-02
WASHERNSA935514-03
P_SP_203341_D1_00140001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Description - ABS0355-03

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2083A02A
AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE
ABS2083H01B ABS2083H07B
ABS2083MK02D
HARNESSES ABS2033AX010
P_SP_203341_D1_00150001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0015-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V - Shaped Support Procedure - ABS2083

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2083H01 ABS2083H01
ABS2083H02 ABS2083H02
ABS2083H03 ABS2083H03
ABS2033AX010
ABS2033AX010
ABS2083H04 ABS2083H04
ABS2083MK01X
ABS2083H05 ABS2083MK02X ABS2083H05
ABS2083MK03X
ABS2083H06 ABS2083H06
ABS2083A02
ABS2083H07 ABS2083H07
ABS2033AX010
ABS2083H08
ABS2083MK05X ABS2083H05
ABS2083A02
ABS2083H09
P_SP_203341_D1_00160001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INSTALLATION OF E0663 CABLE SUPPORT WITH BLANKETS
FRAME
E0663
BLANKET
HARNESS
P_SP_203341_D1_00170001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0017-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Type - Installation E0663
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
DO NOT MOVE THE SUPPORT BEFORE IT IS INSTALLED ON THE AIRCRAFT, BECAUSE THIS
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE RACK .YOU MUST INSTALL IT PERPENDICULAR TO THE CHORD
OR THE HEEL OF THE FRAME OR CROSS-BEAM.
INCORRECT
CORRECT
BLADE BLADE
INCORRECT CORRECT
PUSH THE ANTI-ROTATION BLADE OF THE SUPPORT BACK AGAINST THE STRUCTURE
BEFORE YOU TIGHTEN THE SUPPORT FASTENER SCREW TO TORQUE.
P_SP_203341_D1_00600001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0060-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation - E0663

** ON A/C ALL

CUSTOMIZATION

A321
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15

A318 A320 A319
AIRCRAFT TYPES
INSTALLATION OF THE HARNESS ON THE CABLE SUPPORT

WITH PROTECTION:
INSTALLATION WITH PROTECTION TAPEASNA5107, ASNA3565 OR

INSTALLATION WITH BOBBIN NSA935510:
NSA935403 (OVERLAP EACH WRAP BY 50%):
ESPM
CABLE TIE NSA935401 BOBBIN NSA935510 SUPPORT LOCATION

10 TO 15 mm
DOCTYPES
HARNESS (0.39 TO 0.59 in)
10 TO 15 mm
(0.39 TO 0.59 in)
TWO TURNS OVER
THE SAME POSITION
COAXIAL CABLE
(E0406WD)
IF THE HARNESS DIAMETER IS MORE THAN OR EQUAL TO 35 mm (1.38 in).

DATE
PROTECTION TAPE ASNA5107

REVISION
STRUCTURE OR ASNA3565
01-May-2024
OR NSA935403
CABLE TIE NSA935401
HARNESS
** ON A/C ALL
WITHOUT PROTECTION:
49
CABLE SUPPORT
CABLE TIE NSA935401
NUMBER
REVISION
HARNESS
P_SP_203341_D1_00180001_01_00
CABLE SUPPORT

TITLE
(AIRBUS)
Figure 20-33-41-0018-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Procedure

20-33-41-01 - Cable Supports - Description
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INSTALLATION OF THE HARNESS ON THE

CABLE SUPPORT WITHOUT PROTECTION:
HARNESS ATTACHMENT WITH

CABLE TIENSA935401 HARNESS ATTACHMENT WITH
CABLE TIE NSA935401
HARNESS TYING WITH

HARNESS LACING TAPENSA8420
NO CABLE TIE IN THIS AREA
ABS1082-C
SUPPORT
P_SP_203341_D1_00190001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0019-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure ABS1082
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ATTACHMENT OF ONE OR MORE CONVOLUTED CONDUITS ABS0887 ON V SUPPORT:
2 LAYERS OF TAPE 2 LAYERS OF TAPE

ASNA5107 ASNA5107
CONVOLUTED CONVOLUTED
CONDUIT CONDUIT
ABS0887 ABS0887
CABLE TIE
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
NSA935401
V SUPPORT V SUPPORT
ATTACHMENT OF ONE OR MORE CONVOLUTED CONDUITS ABS0887 AND HARNESSES

WITHOUT PROTECTION ON V SUPPORT:
2 LAYERS OF TAPE
ASNA5107
2 LAYERS OF TAPE
CONVOLUTED
ASNA5107 CONDUIT
CABLE TIE CABLE TIE ABS0887
NSA935401 NSA935401
HARNESS WITHOUT
HARNESS PROTECTION
WITHOUT CONVOLUTED
PROTECTION CONDUIT
ABS0887
V SUPPORT V SUPPORT
P_SP_203341_D1_00200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support Installation Procedure

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SMALL HARNESSES (DIA. 2.5 mm (0.098 in) TO 5 mm (0.197 in)) PROTECTION:
TWO LAYERS OF TAPEASNA5107
NSA935401
SMALL HARNESSES (DIA. 2.5 mm (0.098 in)) PROTECTION:
BOBBINNSA5539S
NSA935401
NOTE:
SPLIT OF THE BOBBIN MUST NOT BE ALIGNED
WITH CABLE TIE HEAD AND V SUPPORT. P_SP_203341_D1_00210001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0021-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Small Harnesses Protection with V Supports
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKETE0664 INSTALLATION OF TUBULAR SUPPORT ON BRACKET E0664
LACING TAPENSA8420 TUBULAR SUPPORT
BRACKET E0664
INSTALLATION OF A RAMP ON BRACKET E0664
CLIPPED RAMPABS5147
E0664
LACING TAPE NSA8420
P_SP_203341_D1_00610001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0061-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Installation of U- or V-shaped Supports - E0664

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1872 A1 A 01
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
COVER
BRACKET
BRACKET AND COVER - TYPE CODE A - SIZE CODE 01
COVER BRACKET
BRACKET
BRACKET ASSEMBLY - TYPE CODE A - SIZE CODE 02
INSTALLATION OF ABS1872A1A01 INSTALLATION OF ABS1872A1A02
P_SP_203341_D1_00880001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0088-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U or V-Shaped Support - ABS1872

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
LOCKING PLATE
SPONGE RUBBER
U-CLAMP
E0435
OR
NSA935501
P_SP_203341_D1_00220001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0022-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Description - E0435 and NSA935501
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
U-CLAMPNSA935501S ORE0435
CABLE TIE NSA935401 HARNESSES
SPONGE RUBBER
NSA935501P
LACING TAPENSA8420
CABLE TIENSA935401
35 mm 35 mm
DIA. = MAX (1.38 in) DIA. = MAX (1.38 in)
35 mm
DIA. = MAX (1.38 in)
NSA935501S
P_SP_203341_D1_00230001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0023-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - U-clamp Type Procedure - NSA935501

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
NSA935511 NSA935512
E0557
E0398 ABS0678 AND ABS1088
P_SP_203341_D1_00240001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0024-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Description - ABS0678, ABS1088,
E0398, E0557, NSA935511 and NSA935512
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
FREE INSTALLATION ON THE STRUCTURE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
BOBBIN NSA935510
CABLE
FAIRLEAD NSA935512
SET INSTALLATION ON THE STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE
BRACKET ABS0679
ATTACH WITH RIVET OR SCREW
WITH WASHER AND NUT, REF
ASNA0033
ENGINEERING DOCUMENT
FAIRLEAD ABS0678
CABLE
CABLE TIE NSA935401
NOTE: THE FORMED HEAD OF THE RIVET MUST BE ON THE PRIMARY SIDE OF THE STRUCTURE.
THE SCREWS MUST BE HAND TIGHTENED.
P_SP_203341_D1_00250001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0025-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS0678 with ABS0679
and NSA935512
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1088 TYPE CODE A01 AND A02

STRUCTURE
OR
BRACKET
ABS1089
(TYPE CODE A)
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE A01)
FAIRLEAD
ABS1088
FAIRLEAD
ABS1088 ABS1088
CABLE TIE NSA935401 (TYPE CODE A02)
CLAMP NSA5516XXND
ASNA0033
ABS1088 TYPE CODE B01 AND B02
STRUCTURE
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE B01)
CLAMP NSA5516XXND OR
AS21919WCHXX OR
MS21919WCHXX
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE B02) CABLES
P_SP_203341_D1_00260001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0026-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088 with ABS1089
and NSA5516
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1088 TYPE CODE C01 AND C02
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE C01)
NSA5516XXND
NSA935401
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE C02)
ABS1088 TYPE CODE G01 AND G02
ABS1089
(TYPE CODE E)
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE G01)
ASNA0033
(SEE INSTALLATION NOTE)
NSA935401
ABS1088
(TYPE CODE G02)
P_SP_203341_D1_00270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0027-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type Installation - ABS1088
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
FEEDER ROUTING AFTER REPAIR
BOBBIN ABS1088
OVERLENGTH
FEEDER ROUTING BEFORE REPAIR: ABS1088 BOBBIN IS ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE
BOBBIN ABS1088
FEEDER ROUTING AFTER REPAIR: ABS1088 BOBBIN IS NOT ATTACHED TO THE STRUCTURE
P_SP_203341_D1_00280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - ABS1088 Installation After Feeder Repair
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
DESCRIPTION OF ILUSTRATION OF THE TASKS COMMENTS

N°
THE TASKS
MIN 5 mm (0.2 in)

MAX 15 mm ( 0.59 in)
AFTER YOU TIGHTEN
THE CLAMP, THE IT IS RECOMMENDED TO
1 TONGUE MUST BE CENTER THE METALLIC
OUT OF THE SCREW CLAMP ON THE BOBBIN
HOUSING IN THE WIDTH.
RANGE.
IF THE METALLIC
TONGUE IS LONGER
2 THAN 15 mm (0.59 in), CORRECT INSTALLATION.
ATTACH IT WITH A CABLE TIE
CABLE TIE. NSA935401-03
AS MUCH AS
POSSIBLE, THE HEAD
METALLIC
OF THE SCREW OF CLAMP SCREW
CONTACT BETWEEN A
METALLIC CLAMP
CABLE AND THE TONGUE
3 ASNA0033 MUST BE SPECIAL G
ROUTE OF THE METALLIC CLAMP
POSITIONED ON THE
BRACKET IS NOT PERMITTED.
SPECIAL G ROUTE
BRACKET (e.g.
ABS1089).
IF, IT IS NOT
POSSIBLE TO
POSITION THE HEAD
OF THE METALLIC
CLAMP ON THE
4 BRACKET ABS1089, IT CORRECT INSTALLATION.
IS POSSIBLE TO
POSITION THE HEAD
ON THE EXTERNAL
BOUNDRY OF THE
BOBBIN.
P_SP_203341_D1_00290001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0029-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 -
ABS1088 with ABS1089 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CORRECTLY POSITION
THE METALLIC CLAMP
5 CORRECT INSTALLATION.
IN RELATION TO THE
BOBBIN.
RISK OF CONTACT OF INCORRECT INSTALLATION:

6 THE METALLIC CLAMP POSSIBILITY TO TURN THE
AND THE CABLE. CLAMP OR THE BOBBIN.
CORRECT INSTALLATION:
IN ZONE MAIN DECK, THE

DIRECTION OF THE BOBBIN
EXAMPLE OF BOBBIN WAS CHANGED TO MAKE
8
INVERSION. INSTALLATION AND
REMOVAL OF THE CLAMP
EASIER OF THE BOBBIN
ROUTE G.
CORRECT DIRECTION INCORRECT INSTALLATION:

OF THE BOBBIN BUT THE DIRECTION OF THE
9 HARD ACCESS TO THE BOBBIN MUST BE TURNED
SCREW OF THE FOR A POSSIBLE REMOVAL
METALLIC CLAMP. OF THE CLAMP.
P_SP_203341_D1_00300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0030-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Fairlead Guide Type - Installation of Clamp ASNA0033 -
ABS1088 with ABS1089 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INSTALLATION OF CABLES IN CABLE SUPPORT ABS1088 OR SIMILAR
N° DESCRIPTION OF THE TASKS ILLUSTRATION OF THE TASKS COMMENTS
INCORRECT OPERATION:
PREVENT OPENING THE CABLE COMES TO A
1 THE TAB DIRECTLY STOP AND THE RISK OF
WITH THE CABLE. BREAK OR DAMAGE
IS IMPORTANT.
1) INTRODUCE THE
INSERT FEEDERS CORRECT INSERTION:
CARD UP TO THE END
OF THE CAVITY.
2 INSERT FEEDERS CARD
OREXAD
2) MOVE THE SLEEVE OR CMS OR P/N: ST00209597
THE CABLE ALONG OR SIMILAR.
THE CARD.
INSTALL CORRECTLY
THE CABLE PUSHING
CORRECT
3 IT TO THE END OF
INSTALLATION.
THE CAVITY AND
REMOVE THE CARD.
INCORRECT OPERATION:
THE CABLE MUST BE
MOVEMENT OF THE
REMOVED BEFORE
4 CABLES IN THE BOBBIN
MOVEMENT TO AVOID
IS NOT PERMITTED.
DAMAGE ON THE CABLE OR
BREAK OF THE BOBBIN.
P_SP_203341_D1_00770001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0077-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Cable Supports - Installation cable - ABS1088

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
N° DESCRIPTION OF THE TASKS ILLUSTRATION OF THE TASKS COMMENTS
INSTALL CABLE TIES

RECOMMENDED
ON EACH SPOON
INSTALLATION.
OF THE BOBBIN.
E ROUTE
INSTALL CABLE TIES

ON THE SPOONS OF PERMITTED
THE BOBBIN IN ORDER INSTALLATION.
TO HOLD EACH CABLE.
P_SP_203341_D1_00770001_02_00
Figure 20-33-41-0077-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Cable Supports - Installation cable - ABS1088

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1089 A 01 A
MATERIAL CODE
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K
STANDARD P/N
TYPE CODE C TYPE CODE F
TYPE CODE G TYPE CODE H
TYPE CODE J TYPE CODE K
P_SP_203341_D1_00590001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0059-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Identification ABS1089

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
A B
A A B B
A B
TYPE CODE B
TYPE CODE A
C C
C
TYPE CODE C01
D
E
D D E E
D E
TYPE CODES C02, C03 AND C04 TYPE CODE D
P_SP_203341_D1_00890001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0089-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1020
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
STRUCTURE
SPLIT IN THE TOP POSITION FOR

INSTALLATION ON A VERTICAL SURFACE
STRUCTURE
CABLE
P_SP_203341_D1_00310001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0031-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - Description - ABS1020

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ASNA2776 01
ITEM CODE
STANDARD P/N
STRUCTURE
P_SP_203341_D1_00840001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0084-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Through-Structure Type - ASNA2776

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
PUNCHES
PUT THE GROMMET ON A METALLIC OR WOODEN BASE.
PUT THE PUNCH WITH THE DIAMETER NEEDED OVER THE CUT OF THE GROMMET.
P_SP_203341_D1_00850001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0085-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Cable Supports - Method Using Punches to Install Grommet
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
HIT THE PUNCH WITH A HAMMER TO PERFORATE THE GROMMET.
P_SP_203341_D1_00850001_02_00
Figure 20-33-41-0085-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Cable Supports - Method Using Punches to Install Grommet
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
PUT IN PLACE THE GROMMETASNA2776 IN THE HOLE OR PANEL CUT.
IF NECESSARY, WITH ADHESIVE CAF4 STICK THE GROMMET.
REMOVE WITH A SOFT CLOTH THE EXCESS OF ADHESIVE AROUND THE GROMMET.
P_SP_203341_D1_00860001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0086-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Installation of Grommet - ASNA2776

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SPACER TYPE:
E0688 HARNESS
NSA5527
D
A
D
D
ABS1144
ABS0731
P_SP_203341_D1_00320001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0032-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0731,
ABS1144, E0688 and NSA5527
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SPACER TYPE:ABS1526
ADJUSTABLE SPACER
A
40 mm (1.575 in) TO 100 mm (3.937 in)
SEPARATOR TYPE: ABS0054
SIZE CODE 2 SIZE CODE 3 SIZE CODE 4 SIZE CODE 5
P_SP_203341_D1_00330001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0033-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Description - ABS0054 and
ABS1526
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
MAX. HARNESS DIA. "D" SPACING "A" CABLE TIE WIDTH

CABLE SUPPORT SIZE CODE mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
00 6 (0.2362)
20 (0.7874)
01 8 (0.3149) 5 (0.1968)
E0688 02
20 TO 40 12.5 (0.4921)
03 (0.7874 TO 1.5748) 10 (0.3937)
04 18 (0.7086)
2 77 (3.0314)
3 109 (4.2913)
ABS0054 - 5 (0.1968)
4 141 (5.5511)
5 171 (6.7322)
ABS0731 01 - 25 (0.9842) -
A-25 25 (0.9842)
A-50 16 (0.6299) 50 (1.9685)
A-75 75 (2.9527)
B-25 25 (0.9842)
ABS1144 B-50 45 (1.7716) 50 (1.9685) -
B-75 75 (2.9527)
C-25 16 (0.6299) 25 (2.9842)
C-50 AND 50 (1.9685)
C-75 45 (1.7716) 75 (2.9527)
ABS1526 01 - 28 (1.1023) 4.7 (0.1850)
P_SP_203341_D1_00340001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0034-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - ABS0054,
ABS0731, ABS1144, ABS1526 and E0688
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15

02-01 20 (0.7874)
02-02 6.35 (0.245)
03-01 12.7 (0.5)
03-02 15.2 (0.5984)
03-03 6.35 (0.25)
03-04 4.83 (0.1901)
03-05 7.93 (0.3122)
03-06 9.52 (0.3748)
03-07 3.6 (0.1417)
03-08 20 (0.7874)
03-09 22.5 (0.8858)
03-10 46.5 (1.8307)
03-11 23.5 (0.9252)
NSA5527 03-12 - 19 (0.748) -
03-13 21 (0.8267)
03-14 14 (0.5511)
03-15 17 (0.6692)
03-16 11.5 (0.4527)
03-17 26 (1.02)
04-01 12.7 (0.5)
04-02 7.93 (0.3122)
04-03 6 (0.2362)
04-04 8 (0.3149)
04-05 9 (0.3543)
04-06 10 (0.3937)
04-07 11.5 (0.4527)
05-01 4 (0.1574)
06-01 25 (0.9842)
06-02 30 (1.1811)
06-03 42 (1.653)
07-01 5 (0.1968)
08-01 30 (1.1811)
P_SP_203341_D1_00350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0035-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA5527
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15

01 5.4 (0.2125)
02 7 (0.2755)
03 8.8 (0.3464)
04 11 (0.433)
05 13.5 (0.5314)
06 6.3 (0.248) - -
NSA935510
07 7.7 (0.3031)
08 4.4 (0.1732)
09 5.1 (0.2007)
10 5.9 (0.2322)
11 5.6 (0.2204)
12 4.4 (0.1732)
P_SP_203341_D1_00670001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0067-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Characteristics - NSA935510
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
FOR PERPENDICULAR HARNESSES USE:
NSA5527 (NOT PERMITTED FOR A380 AND SUBSEQUENT PROGRAMS)
LACING TAPENSA8420
ABS1144
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ABS0731(RECOMMENDED)
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
CABLE TIE NSA935401 OR CABLE TIE NSA935401 OR

LACING TAPE NSA8420 LACING TAPE NSA8420
P_SP_203341_D1_00360001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0036-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0731,
ABS1144 and NSA5527
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
FOR PARALLEL HARNESSES USE:

ABS1144
ABS0054
CABLE TIESNSA935401

OR
LACING TAPESNSA8420
ABS0731 NSA5527 (NOT RECOMMENDED)
CABLE TIE NSA935401
CABLE TIES NSA935401 OR LACING TAPES NSA8420
P_SP_203341_D1_00370001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0037-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS0054,
ABS0731, ABS1144 and NSA5527
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
FOR PARALLEL HARNESSES USE:
ABS1526
CABLE TIESNSA935401-05
CABLE TIES NSA935401-05
HARNESS
ABS1339
ABS1526 (BUTTERFLY CONFIGURATION)
P_SP_203341_D1_00380001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0038-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Separator and Spacer Type Installation - ABS1526 and
ABS1339
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
1) SINGLE UNIFIED SNAP AND CLICK INTERFACE 2) WITH ABS1576 - RAMP APPLICATION
STYLE A STYLE V STYLE D STYLE G
STYLE T STYLE DW STYLE B & C STYLE R
3) DOUBLE UNIFIED SNAP AND CLICK INTERFACE
STYLE J & K STYLE L STYLE N
P_SP_203341_D1_00390001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
INSTALLATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH ABS2114
INSTALLATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH ABS1661
P_SP_203341_D1_00400001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0040-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Installation ABS1668

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1661 A 01
SIZE CODE 01
02
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203341_D1_00410001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
SINGLE UNIFIED SNAP AND CLICK INTERFACE BRACKET SYSTEM ABS2114
DISTANCE PLATE
ABS2114A03
ABS2114A01
DISTANCE PLATE
DISTANCE PLATE
ABS2114A03
ABS2114A02
DISTANCE PLATE
P_SP_203341_D1_00420001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2203 A 01 B
STYLE
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203341_D1_00430001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2202 - A 01 E
STYLE
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2202 BRACKET
ABS2202 - A C 01
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2202 CLIP
P_SP_203341_D1_00740001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAVERSE ABS1049-003
1
1 2
2 3
3 4 9
1
2 5
5 8
6
OR 7
10
POSITION DESCRIPTION
1 HEXAGONAL SCREW
2 WASHER
3 CLIP NUT
4 CABLE TRAVERSE ABS1049-003
5 PROTECTION TAB ABS1049-005
6 HEXAGONAL NUT
7 RECEPTACLE CONNECTOR
8 CONNECTOR BRACKET ABS1049-004
9 CABLE
10 PLASTIC SPLIT RIVET
P_SP_203341_D1_00440001_01_01
Figure 20-33-41-0044-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Description and Example of Installation - ABS1049-
003, ABS1049-004 and ABS1049-005
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CABLE TRAVERSE -ABS1049-003
TYPE CODE A:
ABS1049-003A0XA
MARKING AREA
TYPE CODE B:
ABS1049-003
MARKING AREA
TYPE CODE C:
MARKING AREA
TYPE CODE D:
ABS1049-003A04A
MARKING AREA
P_SP_203341_D1_00970001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0097-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Characteristics - ABS1049-003

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CODE G10 TO G242

CODE C01
HARNESS
END TUBE
CODE F01 OR F02
CODE A01
"V" CABLE SUPPORT

INTERMEDIATE
TUBE
CODE B01
CODE G10 TO G242
CABLE TIES
NSA935401
STRUCTURE
STRAP CONNECTING PARTS:
CODE D01
e.g.: STRAP ASSEMBLY:
ABS0774
CODE E01
P_SP_203341_D1_00450001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0045-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Specific cases - Straps Connecting Parts - ABS1576
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
WIRING ON TUBULAR SUPPORT: WIRING ON SPACER ROD:
TUBULAR
SUPPORT WIRING
SPACER ROD PROTECTION

TYING ON TUBULAR SUPPORT AND SPACER ROD: WITH HEAT-SHRINKABLE
SLEEVE
MAX 75 mm MAX 75 mm
(2.95 in) (2.95 in)
OR LACING TAPES = = = =
MAX 75 mm
NSA8420 (2.95 in)
HARNESS
TUBULAR
SUPPORT
TYING ON TUBULAR SUPPORT IN VU AND VE OR WITH SMALLER DIAMETER:
HARNESS IN VU AND VE
OR SMALLER THAN
5 mm (0.2 in)
MIN 75 mm (2.95 in)
MAX 150 mm (5.9 in)
MIN 75 mm (2.95 in)
MAX 150 mm (5.9 in)
MIN 75 mm (2.95 in)
MAX 150 mm (5.9 in)
ATTACHMENTS OF HARNESS TUBULAR

SUPPORT
P_SP_203341_D1_00460001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0046-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Spacer Rod, Tubular Support Type
Installation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
TYING ON TUBULAR SUPPORT:
ROUTING ON THE TUBULAR SUPPORT AXIS
ROUTING ACROSS TUBULAR SUPPORT AXIS
ROUTING OF HARNESS ON TUBULAR SUPPORT AXIS:
OTHER ROUTE
HARNESS POSITION OK
HARNESS POSITION NOT TUBULAR SUPPORT

CORRECT
STRUCTURE
P_SP_203341_D1_00470001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0047-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ATTACHMENT OF HARNESS WITH PROTECTION ON TUBULAR SUPPORT:
10 TO 20 mm
(0.39 TO 0.79 in)
HARNESS WITHOUT
PROTECTION
TUBULAR SUPPORT
HARNESS WITH
PROTECTIVE CONDUIT
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
P_SP_203341_D1_00480001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0048-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - Tying on Tubular Support 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
POSITION OF THE CABLE TIES ON THE ENDS OF THE RAMP
CORRECT
INCORRECT
P_SP_203341_D1_00620001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0062-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Position of the Cable Tie On a Ramp
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
HARNESS ALONG THE FDM RAMP
- INSTALL THE HARNESS ALONG THE SIDE AND ON TOP OR BELOW THE FDM RAMP.
- ROUTE THE HARNESS ALONG THE RAMP. DO NOT COMPRESS THE CABLES ON THE EDGE OF THE
RAMP TO KEEP MECHANICAL INTEGRITY OF THE CABLES.
THE CABLES CAN WEAR AT

THE EDGE OF THE RAMP.
HARNESS DIAMETER ACROSS THE FDM RAMP
DIA. 15 mm (0.59 in) 30 mm (1.18 in) < DIA. 45 mm (1.77 in)

2 SLOTS/1 WEB 4 SLOTS/3 WEBS
WEB
SLOT
DIA. > 45 mm (1.77 in)

15 mm (0.59 in) < DIA. 30 mm (1.18 in) 5 SLOTS/4 WEBS
3 SLOTS/2 WEBS
HARNESS DERIVATION
ACCEPTED REFUSED
- NO RISK OF WEAR - RISK OF WEAR

P_SP_203341_D1_00870001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0087-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Specific Cases - FDM ramps

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKET ABS1095 INSTALLATION:
BRACKET ABS1095
2 METALLIC CLAMPS
ASNA0033
CABLE SUPPORT
2 LAYERS OF TAPE (e.g. ABS1339)
ASNA5107
10 TO 15 mm
10 TO 15 mm STRUCTURAL
(0.393 TO 0.59 in)
(0.393 TO 0.59 in) ROD
MINIMUM PERMITTED LENGTH OF METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033:
RECOMMENDED METALLIC CLAMP ORIENTATION ON BRACKET ABS1095:
METALLIC TONGUE IN
BRACKET ABS1095 AREA
CABLE SUPPORT STRUCTURAL ROD

(e.g. ABS1339) WITH TAPE
PROTECTION
ABS1095 P_SP_203341_D1_00490001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0049-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Installation Procedure - ABS1095
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
- IF YOU CANNOT PUT THE METALLIC TONGUE BELOW BRACKET ABS1095 AND IF THE METALLIC
TONGUE IS LONGER THAN 15 mm (0.59 in), YOU MUST ATTACH IT WITH TAPE ASNA5107.
15 mm
(0.59 in)
STEP1 - INSTALL APPROXIMATELY 40 mm (1.574 in) OF TAPE ASNA5107 BETWEEN THE PROTECTIVE
TAPE OF THE ROD AND THE METALLIC CLAMP AT TONGUE END AREA.
TONGUE
METALLIC CLAMP ASNA0033
TAPE ASNA5107 PROTECTIVE TAPE ON

THE STRUCTURAL ROD
STEP2 - FOLD ONE SIDE OF THE TAPE.
FOLDED SIDE
STEP3 - FOLD THE SAME SIDE OF THE TAPE OVER THE TONGUE, AND THEN FOLD THE SECOND SIDE
OVER THE FIRST (IF NECESSARY, CUT THE TAPE OVER LENGTH).
P_SP_203341_D1_00500001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0050-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Clamp ASNA0033 Installation - ABS1095
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1424 3 4
LENGTH CODE
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
SIZE CODE 3: SIZE CODE 4:
SIZE CODE 5:
P_SP_203341_D1_00580001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0058-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS1424

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1546 ABS1717
STUD
STAND-OFF
STRUCTURE STRUCTURE
BASE-PLATE
BASE-PLATE
ABS1545
NUT-PLATE
STRUCTURE
BASE-PLATE
P_SP_203341_D1_00510001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0051-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1545, ABS1546 and
ABS1717
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1759 A 16
ABS1761 A 16
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS1759
A ABS1761
STRUCTURE
STRUCTURE BASE-PLATE
A
P_SP_203341_D1_00520001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0052-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1759 and ABS1761
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1718
STRUCTURE
BASE-PLATE
P_SP_203341_D1_00530001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0053-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1718

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1719
HARNESS HARNESS
STRUCTURE
ABS1719 ALTERNATIVE DESIGN
HARNESS
HARNESS
STRUCTURE
P_SP_203341_D1_00760001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0076-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Description - ABS1719

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2276 V 01 V
COLLET MATERIAL CODE
SIZE CODE
STAND-OFF MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
A
STAND-OFF
COLLET
SPRINGS
PRIMER SURFACE
THREAD
A
P_SP_203341_D1_00800001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0080-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS2276
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1785 - 01
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
PART MARKING
LATCH
COVER SWIVELS OPEN

A
P_SP_203341_D1_00810001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0081-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1785 - 02
SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
LATCH
PART MARKING
COVER SWIVELS OPEN

A
P_SP_203341_D1_00820001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0082-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1785 size 02
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2210 - A 100 C
SELF-LOCKING CLIP NUT CODE

SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
SHAPE 3
SHAPE 7
P_SP_203341_D1_00730001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0073-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2210

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2232 A 01 A
SELF-LOCKING NUT CODE

SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
STYLE 1 (SIZE CODE 01)
STYLE 2 (SIZE CODE 50)
SCREWS
CLAMPSABS1339
P_SP_203341_D1_00750001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0075-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Identification and Characteristics - ABS2232
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2259 A 02
SIZE CODE 02 TO 11 (SHAPE 1)

20 TO 21 (SHAPE 2)
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2259 SHAPE 1
ABS2259 SHAPE 2
P_SP_203341_D1_00680001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0068-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - P/N Identification - ABS2259 1/4

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2259 A 40 A
SELF-LOCKING CLIP CODE
SIZE CODE 40 (SHAPE 3)
60 (SHAPE 4)
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2259 SHAPE 3
ABS2259 SHAPE 4
P_SP_203341_D1_00690001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2259 A 80

MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2259 SHAPE 5
ABS2259 SHAPE 5 PART 20 ABS2259 SHAPE 5 PART 10
ABS2259 A 10 - 01
ITEM CODE
PART 10
20
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2259 SHAPE 5 PART 10
ABS2259 SHAPE 5 PART 20
P_SP_203341_D1_00700001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS2259 B 150 B
SELF-LOCKING CLIP CODE

200 TO 209 (SHAPE 7)
250 TO 251 (SHAPE 8)
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS2259 SHAPE 6
ABS2259 SHAPE 7
ABS2259 SHAPE 8
P_SP_203341_D1_00710001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
DUAL CARTRIDGE
DIA. D
DIA. D/2
ADHESIVE
BRACKET BASE
P_SP_203341_D1_00540001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0054-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1545, ABS1546
and ABS1717
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
STEP 1:
ADHESIVE PAPER
BRACKET BASE
ADAPTOR
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
CONTINUOUS BEAD
OF ADHESIVE
BRACKET BASE
A
STEP 4:
P_SP_203341_D1_00550001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0055-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - ABS1546 and
ABS1717
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BONDING PROCEDURE WITH ADHESIVE ADAPTOR
PUSH DOWN ON THE INNER PART OF THE ADAPTOR WITH THE BRACKET FOR A MULTI-PART ADAPTOR
OR PUSH DOWN ON THE BRACKET FOR A SINGLE-PART ADAPTOR. THE PRESSURE MUST BE CONSTANT
UNTIL TOO MUCH ADHESIVE BEAD IS SEEN. MAKE SURE THAT THE BRACKET IS IN CONTACT WITH THE
BONDING SURFACE.
ADHESIVE BEAD
BRACKETS WITH MULTI-PART ADAPTOR
BRACKET WITH SINGLE-PART ADAPTOR
P_SP_203341_D1_00780001_01_01
Figure 20-33-41-0078-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure - Single/Multi-part
Adaptor
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
RE-BONDING OF BRACKET
P_SP_203341_D1_00640001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0064-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Re-bonding of Bracket

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
EXAMPLE OF STICKER TO MANAGE THE TRACEABILITY
P_SP_203341_D1_00900001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0090-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Example of Sticker to Manage the Traceability
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKET POSITIONING START PRESSING DOWN
BRACKET POSITIONING.
STOP APPLYING
PRESSURE WHEN
F + F add
DOES NOT
ENLARGE THE
BEAD
SIGNIFICANTLY
CONSISTENT ADHESIVE BEAD SUFFICIENT PRESSURE FORCE REACHED
BRACKET INSTALLATION.
P_SP_203341_D1_00790001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0079-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Bonding Procedure Without Fixture
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1545
TORQUE WRENCH
CB603-2
ADAPTORCB603-1
ABS1717
ADAPTORCB609A3
AXIAL TENSILE
STRENGTH TESTER
CB609
ABS1546*
ADAPTORCB609B3
ADAPTORCB612A3
AXIAL TENSILE
ADAPTOR STRENGTH TESTER
CB609
NOTE:
* NOT APPLICABLE TO ABS1546C3 P_SP_203341_D1_00560001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0056-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Examples of Control Test of Bonding -
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CLICKBOND NMC
BRACKET SPECIFIC BRACKET
TEST TOOL ADAPTOR TEST TOOL ADAPTOR
P/N P/N P/N P/N
ABS1545A3CXX
F1046
ABS1545B3CXX CB603-2 OR CB603-2 OR
ABS1545 CB603-1
ABS1545A3CXXR CB633-2 CB633-2
F1047
ABS1545B3CXXR
ABS1546A3AXX
ABS1546A3AXXA01
ABS1546A3AXXB01 TT0102 OR
CB609 CB609B3
ABS1546B3AXX TT0105
ABS1546B3AXXA01
ABS1546B3AXXB01
ABS1546A3BXX
ABS1546 ABS1546A3BXXA01
ABS1546A3BXXB01
ABS1546B3CXX TT0100
TT0102 OR
ABS1546B3CXXA01 CB612 CB612A3 TT0103 OR
TT0104
ABS1546B3CXXB01
ABS1546C3DXX
ABS1546C3DXXA01
ABS1546C3DXXB01
ABS1717 [A, B, C] 3A
[06 TO 24] TT0102 OR
CB609 CB609A3 TT0106 OR
ABS1717 ABS1717 [A, B, C] 3A TT0107 (x2)
[06 TO 24] [A, B, D] 01
ABS1717B3A8AXXX CB673-280 CB673A N/A N/A
ABS1718 F1045
CB603-2 OR
CB633-1
CB633-2
ABS1719 F1047
CB603-2 OR
ALL BRACKETS
CB633-2
ABS1759 F1045
N/A N/A
ABS1761 F1048
ABS2277VV30B CB673C
ABS2277
ABS2277VV40B CB673-280 CB673D
N/A N/A
ABS1105 ABS1105BP140 CB673B
ABS2276 ABS2276V01V CB673-380 CB673E
P_SP_203341_D1_00630001_01_01
Figure 20-33-41-0063-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS1545, ABS1546, ABS1717,
ABS1718, ABS1719, ABS1759, ABS1761, ABS2277, ABS1105 and ABS2276
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
CLICKBOND NMC
BRACKET SPECIFIC BRACKET
TEST TOOL ADAPTOR TEST TOOL ADAPTOR
ABS2210A100C
ABS2210 ABS2210A101C CB674
ABS2210A102C
ABS2232 ABS2232A01A
ABS2259A02
ABS2259A03
ABS2259A04
ABS2259A05
ABS2259A06
ABS2259A07 CB675
ABS2259A08
ABS2259A09
ABS2259A10
ABS2259A11
ABS2259A20
ABS2259A21
ABS2259A40A
CB674 - N/A -
ABS2259A60A
ABS2259A80
ABS2259 ABS2259A81
ABS2259A82
ABS2259A83
ABS2259A84
ABS2259A85
ABS2259A86
ABS2259A87
CB675
ABS2259A88
ABS2259A89
ABS2259A90
ABS2259A91
ABS2259A92
ABS2259A93
ABS2259A94
ABS2259A95
ABS2259A96
ABS1785 ABS1785-01
ABS1842A01 N/A N/A N/A
ABS1842
ABS1842A02
P_SP_203341_D1_00720001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0072-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Tools - ABS2210, ABS2232, ABS2259,
ABS1785 and ABS1842
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
DYNAMOMETER EXAMPLE
DYNAMOMETER IN USE
P_SP_203341_D1_00960001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0096-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Dynamometer Example and Dynamometer in Use
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKET REMOVAL
PLIERS
AFTER REMOVAL OF THE BRACKET

MILLED AREA
INSTALLATION OF A NEW BRACKET
NEW BRACKET
P_SP_203341_D1_00570001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0057-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal Procedure

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
BRACKET AND ADHESIVE REMOVAL USING HAND SCRAPER TOOL
P_SP_203341_D1_00650001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0065-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - Removal of Bracket Using Hand Scraper
Tool
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:15
ABS1842 A 01
SIZE CODE (01, 02, 03)
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203341_D1_00830001_01_00
Figure 20-33-41-0083-0001 (SHEET 1) - Cable Supports - Related Items - P/N Identification - ABS1842
** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-42-01 - Clamps - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
20-33-42-01 - Clamps - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0396 ABS0645 ABS0805

ABS0887 ABS1088 ABS1339
ABS2195 ABS2418 AS21919
AS62200 AS62201 AS62202
AS62203 AS62204 AS62205
AS62206 AS62207 AS62208
AS62209 AS62210 AS62211
AS62212 AS62213 AS62214
AS62215 AS62216 AS62217
AS62218 AS62219 AS62220
AS62221 AS62222 AS62223
AS62224 AS62225 AS62226
AS62227 AS62228 AS62229
AS62230 AS62231 AS62232
AS62233 AS62234 ASNA5107
E0432 EN4674 EN6049
MS21919 NSA5511 NSA5515
NSA5516 NSA5539 NSA5575
NSA935401 NSA935403 NSA935805
NSA935806 NSA935807
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation of clamps. Clamps are items used to attach the wiring.
A very wide range of clamps and mounts are used.
The main clamps installed on aircraft have the codes that follow:
- ABS0396 cushion clamp with protection
- ABS0645 cushion clamp with protection
- ABS0805 bonding clamp
- ABS1339 plastic clamp with rubber cushion
- ABS2195 cushion clamp
- AS62200 to AS62234 cushion clamps with protection
- NSA5511 clamp
- NSA5515 nylon clamp without protection
- NSA5516 or MS21919 or AS21919 clamps with protection
- NSA5575 bonding clamp
- NSA935807 "P" clamp for convoluted conduit.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
NOTE: In pressurized areas and for A380 program only, you can modify the clamp orientation given by the
drawings to observe the harness routing requirements. You can modify the orientation to plus or min
us 90 deg. from the drawing values.
This is not applicable if there is a risk of contact with sharp edges.
NOTE: If an area has more than one constraint (for example SWAMP and Hot area) with different related so
lutions for attachment, the sequence to obey to select the attachment device is as follows:
- P-clamp type C
- P-clamp type B (metallic, for example NSA5516)
- P-clamp type A.
2. P/N Information
A. ABS0396 (FAPE3) Cushion Clamp with Protection

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0396
Material code w
ith cushion or -
Material code fo
Standard P/N Size code without cushion Type code
r band
(only for type A
and K)
ABS0396 C 32 F A
(a) Temperature, application and color table

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CUSHION
TEMPERATURE APPLICATION COLOR
CODE MATERIAL
- In high te
mperature
in dry area
s
- In medium
temperatur
e in areas
-54 deg.C (-65. with phosp
2 deg.F) to 204 hate ester
White
deg.C (399.2 de fluid conta
g.F) mination (f
F or S Silicone or example
SKYDROL
5008)
- Not resista
nt to fuels
and synthe
tic oils.
-54 deg.C (-65.
- In high te
2 deg.F) to 316
mperature Brown
deg.C (600.8 de
areas
g.F)
- In areas wi
th phospha
te ester hy
-54 deg.C (-65.
draulic flui
Ethylene 2 deg.F) to 135
J d contamin Purple
Propylene deg.C (275.0 de
ation
g.F)
- Not resista
nt to fuels
and oils
-54 deg.C (-65. - In fuel or o
2 deg.F) to 100 il areas
CR Polychloroprene Black
deg.C (212.0 de - In ozone a
g.F) reas
- In SKYDR
-30 deg.C (-22. OL 50084
0 deg.F) to 100 hydraulic fl
N or K Polyamide Light cream
deg.C (212.0 de uid, fuel a
g.F) nd oil area
s
(b) Material code and finish

For band:

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
MATERIAL CODE TYPE CODE MATERIAL FINISH

Corrosion resistant s
C A, B, C, F and K
teel
Passivated
H D and H
teel
D E and G Aluminum alloy Anodized
P E Passivated
teel
For cushion:
MATERIAL CODE TYPE CODE MATERIAL FINISH

F A, B and C Silicone -
J A, B, C and F Ethylene propylene -
CR A Polychloroprene -
S A and H Silicone -
N D, E and G Polyamide -
K E Polyamide -
(c) Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
TYPE CODE INTERN

SIZE C
AL DIA.
ODE
A B C D F H K D
0.250 m
X X 04 m (0.01
in.)
0.313 m
X X 05 m (0.01
2 in.)
0.375 m
X X X 06 m (0.01
5 in.)
0.500 m
X X X X 08 m (0.02
in.)
0.563 m
X 09, 09M m (0.02
2 in.)
0.625 m
X X X X 10 m (0.02
5 in.)
0.750 m
X X X X 12 m (0.03
in.)
1.000 m
X X X X 16 m (0.03
9 in.)
1.250 m
X X X 20 m (0.04
9 in.)
1.500 m
X X X 24 m (0.05
9 in.)
1.625 m
X 26 m (0.06
4 in.)
1.750 m
X X X 28 m (0.06
9 in.)
1.811 m
X 29 m (0.07
1 in.)
2.000 m
X X X X 32 m (0.07
9 in.)
2.250 m
X X 36 m (0.08
9 in.)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
TYPE CODE INTERN

SIZE C
AL DIA.
ODE
A B C D F H K D
2.500 m
X X 40 m (0.09
8 in.)
3.000 m
X 48 m (0.11
8 in.)
3.500 m
X 56 m (0.13
8 in.)
3.625 m
X X 58 m (0.14
3 in.)
TYPE CODE
SIZE CODE INTERNAL DIA. D
E G
X 04 0.260 mm (0.01 in.)
0.323 mm (0.013 i
X 05
n.)
0.322 mm (0.013 i
X 06
n.)
X 08 0.510 mm (0.02 in.)
X 12 0.754 mm (0.03 in.)
X X 16 1.010 mm (0.04 in.)
1.510 mm (0.059 i
X 24
n.)
B. ABS0645 (FAPE3) Cushion Clamp with Protection

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0645
Material code for ba Material code with c

nd ushion
ABS0645 A 18 E
(a) Temperature

(b) Material code and finish

For band:

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL FINISH COLOR

Heat treated or anod
A Aluminum alloy Grey
ized
For cushion:
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL FINISH COLOR

E Ethylene propylene - Purple
(c) Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

02 3.18 mm (0.13 in.)
03 4.78 mm (0.19 in.)
04 6.35 mm (0.25 in.)
05 7.92 mm (0.31 in.)
06 9.53 mm (0.38 in.)
07 11.13 mm (0.44 in.)
08 12.70 mm (0.5 in.)
09 14.27 mm (0.56 in.)
10 15.88 mm (0.63 in.)
11 17.48 mm (0.69 in.)
12 19.05 mm (0.75 in.)
13 20.62 mm (0.81 in.)
14 22.23 mm (0.88 in.)
15 23.80 mm (0.94 in.)
16 25.40 mm (1.0 in.)
17 26.97 mm (1.06 in.)
18 28.58 mm (1.13 in.)
19 30.18 mm (1.19 in.)
20 31.75 mm (1.25 in.)
21 33.32 mm (1.31 in.)
22 34.93 mm (1.38 in.)
23 36.50 mm (1.44 in.)
24 38.10 mm (1.5 in.)
25 39.67 mm (1.56 in.)
26 41.28 mm (1.63 in.)
27 42.88 mm (1.69 in.)
28 44.45 mm (1.75 in.)
29 46.02 mm (1.81 in.)
30 47.63 mm (1.88 in.)
31 49.23 mm (1.94 in.)
32 50.80 mm (2.0 in.)
C. ABS0805 (FAPE3) Bonding Clamp

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0805 or NSA5575

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

ABS0805 - 02
(a) Size code

02 3.17 mm (0.12 in.)
03 4.76 mm (0.19 in.)
04 6.35 mm (0.25 in.)
05 7.94 mm (0.31 in.)
06 9.52 mm (0.37 in.)
06M 10.26 mm (0.4 in.)
07 11.11 mm (0.44 in.)
08 12.70 mm (0.5 in.)
09 14.29 mm (0.56 in.)
10 15.88 mm (0.63 in.)
11 17.46 mm (0.69 in.)
12 19.05 mm (0.75 in.)
13 20.64 mm (0.81 in.)
13M 21.91 mm (0.86 in.)
14 22.22 mm (0.87 in.)
15 23.81 mm (0.94 in.)
16 25.40 mm (1.0 in.)
16M 25.88 mm (1.02 in.)
17 27.00 mm (1.06 in.)
18 28.57 mm (1.12 in.)
19 30.16 mm (1.19 in.)
20 31.75 mm (1.25 in.)
(b) Material
Stainless steel.
D. ABS1339 (FAPE3) Plastic Clamp with Rubber Cushion

ABS1339 is a P-clamp type A, which is a harness retainer. It is a flexible clip with a silicone cushion and
a cable tie fixing clip installed.
NOTE: It is necessary to lock plastic clamps with cable tie NSA935401.

Two ABS1339 clamps can be used as separator (butterfly configuration Ref. ESPM 20-33-41-01).
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
Ref. Fig. Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1339
STANDARD P/N VARIANT CODE SIZE CODE TYPE CODE

ABS1339 D 01 L
(a) Temperature

(b) Variant code
COLOR OF RUBBER INSTALLATION ZO CABLE TIE TO BE U

VARIANT CODE
CUSHION NE SED
General use
Occasional contamin NSA935401-05 (Blac
D Brown
ation of aircraft fluid k)
s
NSA935401-05R (Re
F Blue Fuel immersion
d)
(c) Size code
1 For normal clamp
SIZE CODE PERMITTED BUNDLE DIAMETERS

00 Dummy size code 00 (see Note (1))
5.00 mm (0.20 in.) to 8.00 mm (0.31 i
01
n.)
8.00 mm (0.31 in.) to 11.00 mm (0.43 i
02
n.)
10.50 mm (0.41 in.) to 14.00 mm (0.55
03
in.)
13.50 mm (0.53 in.) to 19.50 mm (0.77
04
in.)
19.00 mm (0.75 in.) to 26.00 mm (1.02
05
in.)
25.50 mm (1.00 in.) to 33.00 mm (1.30
06
in.)
32.50 mm (1.28 in.) to 40.00 mm (1.57
07
in.)
39.50 mm (1.56 in.) to 48.00 mm (1.89
08
in.)
Note (1): Size code 00 is used only on the drawing and the part list when the size
of the clamp is not specified. The size code 00 cannot be purchased.
2 For light clamp

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
SIZE CODE PERMITTED BUNDLE DIAMETERS

00 Dummy size code 00 (see Note (1))
4.30 mm (0.17 in.) (see Note (2)) to 8.
01
00 mm (0.31 in.)
8.00 mm (0.31 in.) to 11.00 mm (0.43 i
02
n.)
10.50 mm (0.41 in.) to 14.00 mm (0.55
03
in.)
13.50 mm (0.53 in.) to 19.50 mm (0.77
04
in.)
19.00 mm (0.75 in.) to 26.00 mm (1.02
05
in.)
25.50 mm (1.00 in.) to 33.00 mm (1.30
06
in.)
32.50 mm (1.28 in.) to 40.00 mm (1.57
07
in.)
39.50 mm (1.56 in.) to 48.00 mm (1.89
08
in.)
Note (1): Size code 00 is used only on the drawing and the part list when the size
of the clamp is not specified. The size code 00 cannot be purchased.
Note (2): 4.30 mm (0.17 in.) for sensing cable use and 5.00 mm (0.20 in.) for nor
mal use.
(d) Type code

Ref. Fig. Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1339
TYPE CODE
Normal clamp Without code
Light clamp L
(3) Process
(a) Size selection in relation to the coaxial cable to be attached

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
HARNESS NUM NUMBER OF C CABLE TYPE C

SIZE CODE RELATED ITEM
BER ABLES ODE
01 - - 1 XF
NSA5539 (F619
02 8) S (see Note - 1 XM24
(1))
02 - - 1 WD
NSA5539S (see
02 - 1 WZ
Note(1))
NSA5539SV (se
02 - 1 WL
e Note(1))
02 - - 1 WN
02 - - 1 KW
01 - - 1 KX
ASNA5107 (F61
05 98) -B (see Note 1 4 WD
(2))
ASNA5107-B (se
05 1 4 WN
e Note(2))
ASNA5107-B (se
04 1 4 KX
e Note(2))
Note (1): Sleeve.
Note (2): Tape.
For a coaxial harness, you must install 2 layers of tape ASNA5107-B to adapt the harness
to the clamp diameter (Only for A300, A300-600, A310, A318, A319, A320, A321, A330 a
nd A340 programs).
For a coaxial cable, no protection is necessary.
If a coaxial cable is given protection with a conduit (for example EN6049), no more protec
tion is necessary.
To close clamp ABS1339 you must tighten cable tie (NSA935401-05 or NSA935401-06 or
NSA935401-08) on harness with a diameter of 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or more with the tool set
to the minimum tension.
(b) Harnesses co-routing

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - Harness Co-routing
When some of the harnesses are routed together, add an addition of tape ASNA5107 to m
ake a circular shape and for better grip.
1 Co-routing in ABS1339
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Co-routing in ABS1339
Do not remove the first layer tape ANSA5107 installed of the harness.
If necessary, to avoid pinching and to ensure a better cable hold, add a protection t
ape ASNA5107 on the resulting harness.
Only one protection tape must be added. If co-routed harnesses are installed by diff
erent operations one after the other, remove only the last protection tape before ad
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ding a new one.

Use the applicable tool to determine the ABS1339 clamp size.
Apply the applicable section of the tool fitting with the bundle diameter. The corresp
onding clamp size is written on the tool in front of each section.
2 Co-routing with other attachment devices

Do not remove the tape ASNA5107 installed on the first harness.
Different protection tape ASNA5107 can be used.
Do not add different protection on a harness already protected.
(4) Torque Values
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.28 m.daN (24.78 lbf.in) 0.32 m.daN (28.32 lbf.in) 0.37 m.daN (32.74 lbf.in)
E. ABS2195 (FAPE3) Cushion Clamp

Ref. Fig. Clamps - P/N Identification - ABS2195

ABS2195 - 41
(a) Temperature

- Peak operating temperature is 260 deg.C (500.00 deg.F).
(b) Material code
MATERIAL CODE COMPONENT MATERIAL

BAND NON METALLIC MATERIAL
-
CUSHION ELASTOMER MATERIAL
(c) Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

2 3 mm (0.12 in.)
3 4 mm (0.16 in.)
4 5 mm (0.20 in.)
6 6.3 mm (0.25 in.)
7 7 mm (0.28 in.)
8 8 mm (0.31 in.)
10 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
12 11 mm (0.43 in.)
13 12 mm (0.47 in.)
14 12.7 mm (0.50 in.)
15 14 mm (0.55 in.)
17 15 mm (0.59 in.)
18 15.9 mm (0.63 in.)
19 17 mm (0.67 in.)
21 18 mm (0.71 in.)
22 19 mm (0.75 in.)
23 20 mm (0.79 in.)
25 22 mm (0.87 in.)
27 24 mm (0.94 in.)
29 25.4 mm (1.00 in.)
31 28 mm (1.10 in.)
33 30 mm (1.18 in.)
35 31.8 mm (1.25 in.)
37 34 mm (1.34 in.)
39 36 mm (1.42 in.)
41 38.1 mm (1.50 in.)
42 40 mm (1.57 in.)
44 42 mm (1.65 in.)
46 44 mm (1.73 in.)
48 46 mm (1.81 in.)
49 48 mm (1.89 in.)
51 50.8 mm (2.00 in.)
53 52 mm (2.05 in.)
55 54 mm (2.13 in.)
57 56 mm (2.20 in.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

59 58 mm (2.28 in.)
61 60 mm (2.36 in.)
(3) Process
(a) Torque values
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
F. Cushion Clamps AS62200 (U1653) to AS62234 (U1653) with Protection

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - AS62200 to AS62234
AS62200 is a P-clamp type C, which is a harness retainer. It is the same as type B but with a reinforced
insulating cushion.
This type of clamp is used:
- Usually on G routes in pylons without bobbin
- Locally on G routes in all areas without bobbin
- Locally on large-gauge P routes with high mechanical/temperature stresses
- Exceptionally on other routes.
The rules of installation are the same as those given for the clamp NSA5516 (F6198) .
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - AS62200 to AS62234
(a) Temperature

(2) Dimensions table

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
P/N LENGTH D LENGTH E LENGTH T LENGTH R LENGTH C

AS62200 - - - - -
AS62201 (U16 1.57 mm (0.0 14.9 mm (0.5 7.9 mm (0.31
53) 6 in.) 9 in.) in.)
AS62202 (U16 3.18 mm (0.1 15.7 mm (0.6 8.7 mm (0.34
53) 3 in.) 2 in.) in.)
AS62203 (U16 4.78 mm (0.1 16.5 mm (0.6 9.5 mm (0.37
53) 9 in.) 5 in.) in.)
AS62204 (U16 6.35 mm (0.2 17.3 mm (0.6 0.51 -0.08 m 10.3 mm (0.4
53) 5 in.) 8 in.) m or +0.08 m 2.3 mm (0.09 1 in.)
AS62205 (U16 7.92 mm (0.3 18.1 mm (0.7 m (0.02 -0.0 i in.) 11.1 mm (0.4
53) 1 in.) 1 in.) n. or +0.0 in.) 4 in.)
AS62206 (U16 9.53 mm (0.3 18.9 mm (0.7 11.9 mm (0.4
53) 8 in.) 4 in.) 7 in.)
AS62207 (U16 11.13 mm (0. 19.7 mm (0.7 12.7 mm (0.5
53) 44 in.) 8 in.) in.)
AS62208 (U16 12.70 mm (0. 20.5 mm (0.8 13.5 mm (0.5
53) 5 in.) 1 in.) 3 in.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

AS62209 (U16 14.27 mm (0. 22.6 mm (0.8 3.0 mm (0.12 14.5 mm (0.5
53) 56 in.) 9 in.) in.) 7 in.)
AS62210 (U16 15.88 mm (0. 23.4 mm (0.9 15.3 mm (0.6
53) 63 in.) 2 in.) in.)
AS62211 (U16 17.48 mm (0. 24.2 mm (0.9 16.1 mm (0.6
53) 69 in.) 5 in.) 3 in.)
AS62212 (U16 19.05 mm (0. 25.0 mm (0.9 0.76 -0.10 m 16.9 mm (0.6
53) 75 in.) 8 in.) m or +0.10 m 7 in.)
AS62213 (U16 20.62 mm (0. 25.8 mm (1.0 m (0.03 -0.0 i 17.7 mm (0.7
53) 81 in.) 2 in.) n. or +0.0 in.) in.)
AS62214 (U16 22.23 mm (0. 26.6 mm (1.0 18.5 mm (0.7
53) 88 in.) 5 in.) 3 in.)
AS62215 (U16 23.83 mm (0. 27.4 mm (1.0 19.3 mm (0.7
53) 94 in.) 8 in.) 6 in.)
AS62216 (U16 25.40 mm (1. 28.2 mm (1.1 20.1 mm (0.7
53) 0 in.) 1 in.) 9 in.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

AS62217 (U16 26.97 mm (1. 29.2 mm (1.1 21.1 mm (0.8
53) 06 in.) 5 in.) 3 in.)
AS62218 (U16 28.58 mm (1. 30.0 mm (1.1 21.9 mm (0.8
53) 13 in.) 8 in.) 6 in.)
AS62219 (U16 30.18 mm (1. 30.8 mm (1.2 22.7 mm (0.8
53) 19 in.) 1 in.) 9 in.)
AS62220 (U16 31.75 mm (1. 31.6 mm (1.2 23.5 mm (0.9
53) 25 in.) 4 in.) 3 in.)
AS62221 (U16 33.32 mm (1. 32.4 mm (1.2 24.3 mm (0.9
53) 31 in.) 8 in.) 6 in.)
AS62222 (U16 34.93 mm (1. 33.2 mm (1.3 25.1 mm (0.9
53) 38 in.) 1 in.) 9 in.)
AS62223 (U16 36.53 mm (1. 34.0 mm (1.3 26.9 mm (1.0
53) 44 in.) 4 in.) 6 in.)
AS62224 (U16 38.10 mm (1. 34.8 mm (1.3 1.02 -0.13 m 26.7 mm (1.0
53) 5 in.) 7 in.) m or +0.13 m 5 in.)
m (0.04 -0.01
AS62225 (U16 39.67 mm (1. 35.6 mm (1.4 in. or +0.01 i 27.5 mm (1.0
53) 56 in.) in.) n.) 8 in.)
AS62226 (U16 41.28 mm (1. 36.4 mm (1.4 28.3 mm (1.1
53) 63 in.) 3 in.) 1 in.)
AS62227 (U16 42.88 mm (1. 37.2 mm (1.4 29.1 mm (1.1
53) 69 in.) 6 in.) 5 in.)
AS62228 (U16 44.45 mm (1. 38.0 mm (1.5 29.8 mm (1.1
53) 75 in.) in.) 7 in.)
AS62229 (U16 46.02 mm (1. 38.8 mm (1.5 30.6 mm (1.2
53) 81 in.) 3 in.) in.)
AS62230 (U16 47.63 mm (1. 39.6 mm (1.5 31.4 mm (1.2
53) 88 in.) 6 in.) 4 in.)
AS62231 (U16 49.23 mm (1. 40.4 mm (1.5 32.2 mm (1.2
53) 94 in.) 9 in.) 7 in.)
AS62232 (U16 50.80 mm (2. 41.2 mm (1.6 33.0 mm (1.3
53) 0 in.) 2 in.) in.)
AS62233 (U16
- - - - -
53)
AS62234 - - - - -
G. NSA5511 (F6198) Clamp

Ref. Fig. Clamps - P/N Identification - NSA5511
Standard Clamp cod Grip thickn

Color code
P/N e ess code
NSA5511 - 6 - 2 - 1

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
(2) P/N chracteristics
(a) Dimensions, mass of new design
CLAMP CODE Ø D CLOSED E T MASS(g)

6.0 mm (0.24 i 9.39 mm (0.37 i
4
n.) n.)
9.0 mm (0.35 i 10.92 mm (0.43
6
n.) in.)
12.0 mm (0.47 i 12.44 mm (0.49
8
n.) in.)
15.0 mm (0.59 i 14.22 mm (0.56
10
n.) in.) 1.0 mm (0.04 i
3.5
18.0 mm (0.71 i 18.79 mm (0.74 n.)
12
n.) in.)
21.0 mm (0.83 i 20.32 mm (0.80
14
n.) in.)
24.0 mm (0.94 i 21.84 mm (0.86
16
n.) in.)
27.0 mm (1.06 i 23.62 mm (0.93
18
n.) in.)
(b) Grip thickness, tolerance of new design
CLAMP CODE 4 to 10 CLAMP CODE 12 to 18

GRIP
G GRIP T G
THIC
HICKN
KNES
ESS CO
S CO
MIN. MAX. DE MIN. MAX.
DE
1 0.4 mm (0.02 2.6 mm (0.10 11 0.4 mm (0.02 in.) 2.6 mm (0.10 in.)
in.) in.)
2 1.2 mm (0.05 3.5 mm (0.14 12 1.2 mm (0.05 in.) 3.5 mm (0.14 in.)
in.) in.)
3 2.8 mm (0.11 5.1 mm (0.20 13 2.8 mm (0.11 in.) 5.1 mm (0.20 in.)
in.) in.)
(c) Color code
Color code Color

1 Black
2 White
H. NSA5515 (F6198) Nylon Clamp Type without Protection

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Description - AS21919, NSA5515, MS21919 and NSA935807
This type of clamp made with nylon (6.6) is heat and SKYDROL 500B-4 (Material Ref. 168700) resistan
t.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
Without code = Wit

hout elastomer nail
P code = With elast
omer nail
NSA5515 - 10 P
(a) Temperature
- Continuous operating temperature is 100 deg.C (212.0 deg.F).

- Peak operating temperature is 120 deg.C (248.0 deg.F).
(b) Size code and color
SIZE CODE COLOR INTERNAL DIA. D

2 Brown 3.2 mm (0.13 in.)
3 Orange 4.8 mm (0.19 in.)
4 Pink 6.4 mm (0.25 in.)
5 Natural 7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
6 Grey 9.5 mm (0.37 in.)
7 Blue 11.1 mm (0.44 in.)
8 Yellow 12.7 mm (0.5 in.)
9 Brown 14.3 mm (0.56 in.)
10 Orange 15.9 mm (0.63 in.)
11 Pink 17.4 mm (0.69 in.)
12 Natural 19 mm (0.75 in.)
13 Grey 20.6 mm (0.81 in.)
14 Blue 22.2 mm (0.37 in.)
15 Yellow 23.8 mm (0.94 in.)
16 Brown 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
17 Orange 27 mm (1.06 in.)
18 Pink 28.6 mm (1.13 in.)
19 Natural 30.2 mm (1.19 in.)
20 Grey 31.8 mm (1.25 in.)
J. NSA5516 (F6198) , MS21919 (96906) or AS21919 (81343) Clamps with Protection

NSA5516 is a P-clamp type B, which is a harness retainer. It is a stainless steel band with an insulating
cushion around the metallic tape. The clamp is usually attached to the structure with bolts.
(1) NSA5516
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
Ref. Fig. Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA5516

STANDARD P/ STRIP MATER CODE FOR WED DIAMETER CO COATING MAT

N IAL CODE GE DE NUMBER ERIAL CODE
NSA5516 C A 10N D
In pressurized areas, with clamps without tabs, the harness must be given protection by s
elf-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107 (F6198) -B.
In non-pressurized areas, with clamps without tabs, the harness must be given protection
by silicone tape NSA935403 (F6198) or equivalent.
When clamp NSA5516 is used on a structural circular metallic or carbon rod, you must inst
all 2 layers of tape ASNA5107-B on the rod to prevent sliding.
The two rubber parts of the clamp must touch when the attachment is mounted (also appli
cable for NSA5515).
Attachment devices NSA5516 must be installed after the final positioning of the harness.
It is permitted to use temporary attachment devices during the installation of the harness.
The isolating part must always be correctly installed on the attachment device after final i
nstallation of the harness.
1 Temperature
The temperature is related to the material of the strip and the elastomer coating ty
pe and operating zone. For this, you must refer to Ref. table title and Ref. table titl
e.
2 Strip material code
MAXIMUM OPERATING
CODE MATERIAL
TEMPERATURES
-55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F)
Without code AG5 or 5086 to 80 deg.C (176.00 deg.
F)
-55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F)
CRES or AISI 321 or AISI
C to 260 deg.C (500.00 deg.
304
F)
-55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F)
CRES or AISI 321 or AISI
T to 260 deg.C (500.00 deg.
304
F)
Table - Material of the strip
3 Code for wedge

A = Without wedge
Without code = With wedge
The full face of the wedge must bear correctly against the other face of the clamp w
hen it is closed.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
The packing must bond to the metal strip and bear correctly against the joggle and
the locking lug.
4 Diameter code number


Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
DIAMETER CODE NUMBER

LIGHTER TYPE NOMINAL DIAME
BOX CUSHION TY TER
(INACTIVE FOR N NORMAL TYPE
PE
EW DESIGN)
02 02N 02B 3.00 mm (0.12 in.)
03 03N 03B 4.00 mm (0.16 in.)
04 04N 04B 5.00 mm (0.20 in.)
05 05N 05B 6.00 mm (0.24 in.)
06 06N 06B 6.50 mm (0.26 in.)
07 07N 07B 7.00 mm (0.28 in.)
08 08N 08B 8.00 mm (0.31 in.)
09 09N 09B 9.00 mm (0.35 in.)
10 10N 10B 9.50 mm (0.37 in.)
10.00 mm (0.39 i
11 11N 11B
n.)
11.00 mm (0.43 i
12 12N 12B
n.)
12.00 mm (0.47 i
13 13N 13B
n.)
13.00 mm (0.51 i
14 14N 14B
n.)
14.00 mm (0.55 i
15 15N 15B
n.)
14.40 mm (0.57 i
16 16N 16B
n.)
15.00 mm (0.59 i
17 17N 17B
n.)
16.00 mm (0.63 i
18 18N 18B
n.)
17.00 mm (0.67 i
19 19N 19B
n.)
17.50 mm (0.69 i
20 20N 20B
n.)
18.00 mm (0.71 i
21 21N 21B
n.)
19.00 mm (0.75 i
22 22N 22B
n.)
20.00 mm (0.79 i
23 23N 23B
n.)
21.00 mm (0.83 i
24 24N 24B
n.)
22.00 mm (0.87 i
25 25N 25B
n.)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

BOX CUSHION TY TER
PE
EW DESIGN)
23.00 mm (0.91 i
26 26N 26B
n.)
24.00 mm (0.94 i
27 27N 27B
n.)
25.00 mm (0.98 i
28 28N 28B
n.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

BOX CUSHION TY TER
PE
EW DESIGN)
- 26.00 mm (1.02 i
29N 29B
n.)
27.00 mm (1.06 i
30N 30B
n.)
28.00 mm (1.10 i
31N 31B
n.)
29.00 mm (1.14 i
32N 32B
n.)
30.00 mm (1.18 i
33N 33B
n.)
31.00 mm (1.22 i
34N 34B
n.)
32.00 mm (1.26 i
35N 35B
n.)
33.00 mm (1.30 i
36N 36B
n.)
34.00 mm (1.34 i
37N 37B
n.)
35.00 mm (1.38 i
38N 38B
n.)
36.00 mm (1.42 i
39N 39B
n.)
37.00 mm (1.46 i
40N 40B
n.)
38.00 mm (1.50 i
41N 41B
n.)
40.00 mm (1.57 i
42N 42B
n.)
41.00 mm (1.61 i
43N 43B
n.)
42.00 mm (1.65 i
44N 44B
n.)
43.00 mm (1.69 i
45N 45B
n.)
44.00 mm (1.73 i
46N 46B
n.)
45.00 mm (1.77 i
47N 47B
n.)
46.00 mm (1.81 i
48N 48B
n.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

BOX CUSHION TY TER
PE
EW DESIGN)
48.00 mm (1.89 i
49N 49B
n.)
49.00 mm (1.93 i
50N 50B
n.)
50.00 mm (1.97 i
51N 51B
n.)
51.00 mm (2.01 i
52N 52B
n.)
52.00 mm (2.05 i
53N 53B
n.)
53.00 mm (2.09 i
54N 54B
n.)
54.00 mm (2.13 i
55N 55B
n.)
55.00 mm (2.17 i
56N 56B
n.)
56.00 mm (2.20 i
57N 57B
n.)
57.00 mm (2.24 i
58N 58B
n.)
58.00 mm (2.28 i
59N 59B
n.)
59.00 mm (2.32 i
60N 60B
n.)
60.00 mm (2.36 i
61N 61B
n.)
61.00 mm (2.40 i
62N 62B
n.)
62.00 mm (2.44 i
63N 63B
n.)
63.00 mm (2.48 i
64N 64B
n.)
64.00 mm (2.52 i
65N 65B
n.)
65.00 mm (2.56 i
66N 66B
n.)
66.00 mm (2.60 i
67N 67B
n.)
67.00 mm (2.64 i
68N 68B
n.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

BOX CUSHION TY TER
PE
EW DESIGN)
68.00 mm (2.68 i
69N 69B
n.)
69.00 mm (2.72 i
70N 70B
n.)
70.00 mm (2.76 i
71N 71B
n.)
71.00 mm (2.80 i
72N 72B
n.)
73.00 mm (2.87 i
73N 73B
n.)
76.00 mm (2.99 i
77N 77B
n.)
79.00 mm (3.11 i
80N 80B
n.)
86.00 mm (3.39 i
81N 81B
n.)
84.00 mm (3.31 i
82N 82B
n.)
5 Coating material code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
OPERATING TEMPERAT STANDARD

URES INSTALLAT
CODE MATERIAL COLOR ION ZONE
PROLONGE (see Ref. ta
LIMITED
D ble title)
Dielectric ap
-55 deg.C (- -55 deg.C (- plications - r
67.00 deg. 67.00 deg. esistance to
D Silicone F) to 225 de F) to 260 de White oil and phos
g.C (437.00 g.C (500.00 phor-based
deg.F) deg.F) ester fluid-s
pray.
-55 deg.C (- -55 deg.C (-
In the zones
67.00 deg. 67.00 deg.
Fluorosilicon where oil flu
F F) to 150 de F) to 200 de Blue
e ids and fuel
g.C (302.00 g.C (392.00
are used.
deg.F) deg.F)
In the zones
-55 deg.C (- -55 deg.C (- where phos
67.00 deg. 67.00 deg. phor-based
Ethylene Pro
J F) to 100 de F) to 140 de Plain purple ester-type h
pylene
g.C (212.00 g.C (284.00 ydraulic-flui
deg.F) deg.F) ds are used
(SKYDROL).
Dielectric ap
-55 deg.C (- -55 deg.C (- plications - r
67.00 deg. 67.00 deg. esistance to
S (see Note
Silicone F) to 225 de F) to 260 de White oil and phos
(1))
g.C (437.00 g.C (500.00 phor-based
deg.F) deg.F) ester fluid-s
pray.
-55 deg.C (- -20 deg.C (-
Different flui
67.00 deg. 4.00 deg.F)
V (see Note Fluorocarbo d sprays - di
F) to 200 de to 260 deg. Black
(2)) n electric appli
g.C (392.00 C (500.00 d
cations.
deg.F) eg.F)
Note (1): Code S (inactive for new design after January 1995 and for procuremen
t) is superseded by code D.
Note (2): Code V (inactive for new design after December 1992 and for procureme
nt) is superseded by code D (for zones with oil fluid spatterings) and code F (for z
ones soaked in oil fluids or fuel).
Table - Elastomer coating type and operating zone
NOTE: The clamps that you use in conduits have no wedge and the clamps that y
ou use with electrical wiring have a wedge.
(2) Size selection in relation to the coaxial cable to be attached

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
HARNESS NUMB NUMBER OF CA CABLE TYPE CO

SIZE CODE RELATED ITEM
ER BLES DE
04 - - 1 XF
NSA5539 (F6198)
07 - 1 XM24
S (see Note(1))
07 - - 1 WD
NSA5539S (see N
08 - 1 WZ
ote(1))
NSA5539S (see N
06 - 1 WL
ote(1))
08 - - 1 WN
ASNA5107 -B (se
22 1 4 WD
e Note(2))
ASNA5107-B (see
23 1 4 WN
Note(2))
Note (1): Sleeve.
Note (2): Tape.
For a coaxial harness, you must install 2 layers of tape ASNA5107-B to adapt the harness to the
clamp diameter.
For a coaxial cable, no protection is necessary.
If a coaxial cable is given protection with a conduit (for example EN6049), no more protection is
necessary.
(3) MS21919
Tab code
W code = W
ith mandato
ry tab for cl
amp sizes - Clamp mate Coating mat
Standard P/ 2 to -48 rial code (re erial code (r
Size code
N No code = N f. para char ef. para cha
o tab (prohi acteristics) racteristics)
bited) for cl
amp sizes -
1 and -50 to
-66
MS21919 - W D G 8
1 Material code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL MAX. OP

INSTALL
ERATING
COLOR ATION A
TEMPERA
CLAMP COATING CLAMP COATING REA
TURE
Phosphate
Ethylene p
E Purple ester hydr
ropylene
aulic fluid
100 deg.C Fuel + fue
F Yellow Nitrile
D Aluminum (212.0 de l vapor
g.F)
Petroleum
Chloropre based hyd
G Black
ne raulic fluid
s
136 deg.C Phosphate
Ethylene p
E Purple (276.8 de ester hydr
ropylene
g.F) aulic fluid
Fuel + fue
F Yellow Nitrile
l vapor
100 deg.C
(212.0 de Petroleum
Chloropre g.F) based hyd
G Black
ne raulic fluid
s
C Cres
High temp
204.44 de and phosp
H Natural Silicone g.C (399. hate ester
99 deg.F) based flui
d
High temp
232.22 de
Fluorosilic and petrol
J Blue g.C (450.
one eum base
0 deg.F)
d fluids
Fuel + fue
F Yellow Nitrile
l vapor
100 deg.C
(212.0 de Petroleum
Chloropre g.F) based hyd
G Black
ne raulic fluid
Low carbo
- s
n steel
High temp
204.44 de and phosp
H Natural Silicone g.C (399. hate ester
d
2 Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
SIZE INTERNAL DIA. SIZE CO SIZE INTERNAL DI

INTERNAL DIA. D
CODE D DE CODE A. D
1.574 mm (0.06 i 30.175 mm (1.19 i 58.724 mm (2.
-1 -19 -37
n.) n.) 31 in.)
3.174 mm (0.12 i 31.749 mm (1.25 i 60.324 mm (2.
-2 -20 -38
n.) n.) 37 in.)
4.775 mm (0.19 i 33.550 mm (1.32 i 63.499 mm (2.
-3 -21 -40
n.) n.) 5 in.)
6.349 mm (0.25 i 34.924 mm (1.37 i 66.674 mm (2.
-4 -22 -42
n.) n.) 62 in.)
7.950 mm (0.31 i 36.525 mm (1.44 i 68.275 mm (2.
-5 -23 -43
n.) n.) 69 in.)
9.524 mm (0.37 i 69.849 mm (0.
-6 -24 38.099 mm (1.5 in.) -44
n.) 23 ft.)
11.125 mm (0.44 39.700 mm (1.56 i 71.424 mm (2.
-7 -25 -45
in.) n.) 81 in.)
12.699 mm (0.5 i 41.274 mm (1.62 i 73.024 mm (2.
-8 -26 -46
n.) n.) 87 in.)
14.300 mm (0.56 42.875 mm (1.69 i 76.199 mm (3.
-9 -27 -48
in.) n.) 0 in.)
15.874 mm (0.62 44.449 mm (1.75 i 79.374 mm (3.
-10 -28 -50
in.) n.) 12 in.)
17.475 mm (0.69 46.050 mm (1.81 i 82.549 mm (3.
-11 -29 -52
in.) n.) 25 in.)
19.049 mm (0.75 47.624 mm (1.87 i 85.724 mm (3.
-12 -30 -54
in.) n.) 37 in.)
20.650 mm (0.81 49.225 mm (1.94 i 88.899 mm (3.
-13 -31 -56
in.) n.) 5 in.)
22.224 mm (0.87 92.074 mm (3.
-14 -32 50.799 mm (2.0 in.) -57
in.) 62 in.)
23.825 mm (0.94 52.374 mm (2.06 i 101.599 mm
-15 -33 -64
in.) n.) (4.0 in.)
23.399 mm (0.92 53.974 mm (2.12 i 104.774 mm
-16 -34 -66
in.) n.) (4.12 in.)
27.000 mm (1.06 55.575 mm (2.19 i
-17 -35
in.) n.)
28.574 mm (1.12 57.149 mm (2.25 i
-18 -36
in.) n.)
(c) Equivalence table

MS clamps are superseded by AS clamps. MS clamps must be used until existing stocks ar
e depleted.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CANCELLED CLAMP REPLACEMENT CLA CANCELLED CLAMP REPLACEMENT CLA

MS21919- MP AS21919- MS21919- MP AS21919-
W( )2 W( )2 W( )24 W( )24
W( )3 W( )3 W( )25 W( )25
W( )4 W( )4 W( )26 W( )26
W( )5 W( )5 W( )27 W( )27
W( )6 W( )6 W( )28 W( )28
W( )7 W( )7 W( )29 W( )29
W( )8 W( )8 W( )30 W( )30
W( )9 W( )9 W( )31 W( )31
W( )10 W( )10 W( )32 W( )32
W( )11 W( )11 W( )33 W( )33
W( )12 W( )12 W( )34 W( )34
W( )13 W( )13 W( )35 W( )35
W( )14 W( )14 W( )36 W( )36
W( )15 W( )15 W( )37 W( )37
W( )16 W( )16 W( )38 W( )38
W( )17 W( )17 W( )40 W( )40
W( )18 W( )18 W( )42 W( )42
W( )19 W( )19 W( )43 W( )43
W( )20 W( )20 W( )44 W( )44
W( )21 W( )21 W( )45 W( )45
W( )22 W( )22 W( )46 W( )46
W( )23 W( )23 W( )48 W( )48
( ) represents the same dash No. for MS and AS numbers.
(4) AS21919
Tab code
W code = W Clamp mate Coating mat
Standard P/ ith mandato rial code (re erial code (r
Size code
N ry tab for cl f. para char ef. para cha
amp sizes 0 acteristics) racteristics)
2 to 48
AS21919 - W D G 08
1 Material code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL MAX. OP

INSTALL
ERATING
COLOR ATION A
TEMPERA
CLAMP COATING CLAMP COATING REA
TURE
100 deg.C Phosphate
Ethylene p
ropylene
g.F) aulic fluid
136 deg.C
Fuel + fue
F Yellow Nitrile (276.8 de
D Aluminum l vapor
g.F)
Petroleum
100 deg.C
Chloropre based hyd
G Black (212.0 de
ne raulic fluid
g.F)
s
136 deg.C Phosphate
Ethylene p
ropylene
g.F) aulic fluid
136 deg.C
Fuel + fue
F Yellow Nitrile (276.8 de
l vapor
g.F)
Petroleum
100 deg.C
Chloropre based hyd
G Black (212.0 de
ne raulic fluid
g.F)
C Cres s
High temp
204.44 de and phosp
Natural w
H Silicone g.C (399. hate ester
hite
d
High temp
200 deg.C
Fluorosilic and petrol
J Blue (392.0 de
one eum base
g.F)
d fluids
2 Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
SIZE INTERNAL DI SIZE C SIZE C INTERNAL DI

INTERNAL DIA. D
CODE A. D ODE ODE A. D
3.174 mm (0.1 27.000 mm (1.06 i 50.799 mm (2.0
02 17 32
2 in.) n.) in.)
4.775 mm (0.1 28.574 mm (1.12 i 52.374 mm (2.0
03 18 33
9 in.) n.) 6 in.)
6.349 mm (0.2 30.175 mm (1.19 i 53.974 mm (2.1
04 19 34
5 in.) n.) 2 in.)
7.950 mm (0.3 31.749 mm (1.25 i 55.575 mm (2.1
05 20 35
1 in.) n.) 9 in.)
9.524 mm (0.3 33.550 mm (1.32 i 57.149 mm (2.2
06 21 36
7 in.) n.) 5 in.)
11.125 mm (0. 34.924 mm (1.37 i 58.724 mm (2.3
07 22 37
44 in.) n.) 1 in.)
12.699 mm (0. 36.525 mm (1.44 i 60.324 mm (2.3
08 23 38
5 in.) n.) 7 in.)
14.300 mm (0. 38.099 mm (1.5 i 63.499 mm (2.5
09 24 40
56 in.) n.) in.)
15.874 mm (0. 39.700 mm (1.56 i 66.674 mm (2.6
10 25 42
62 in.) n.) 2 in.)
17.475 mm (0. 41.274 mm (1.62 i 68.275 mm (2.6
11 26 43
69 in.) n.) 9 in.)
19.049 mm (0. 42.875 mm (1.69 i 69.849 mm (2.7
12 27 44
75 in.) n.) 5 in.)
20.650 mm (0. 44.449 mm (1.75 i 71.424 mm (2.8
13 28 45
81 in.) n.) 1 in.)
22.224 mm (0. 46.050 mm (1.81 i 73.024 mm (2.8
14 29 46
87 in.) n.) 7 in.)
23.825 mm (0. 47.624 mm (1.87 i 76.199 mm (3.0
15 30 48
94 in.) n.) in.)
23.399 mm (0. 49.225 mm (1.94 i
16 31
92 in.) n.)
K. NSA5575 (F6198) Bonding Clamp

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0805 or NSA5575

NSA5575 - 1
(a) Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

1, 1A 4.80 mm (0.19 in.)
2, 2A 6.40 mm (0.25 in.)
3, 3A 7.90 mm (0.31 in.)
4, 4A 9.50 mm (0.37 in.)
5, 5A 11.10 mm (0.44 in.)
6, 7 12.70 mm (0.5 in.)
8, 8A 15.90 mm (0.63 in.)
10, 11 19.10 mm (0.75 in.)
12 22.20 mm (0.87 in.)
14 25.40 mm (1.0 in.)
15 28.60 mm (1.13 in.)
16 36.50 mm (1.44 in.)
17 31.80 mm (1.25 in.)
18 38.10 mm (1.5 in.)
19 44.50 mm (1.75 in.)
20 50.80 mm (2.0 in.)
22 63.50 mm (2.5 in.)
24 76.20 mm (3.0 in.)
26 101.6 mm (4.0 in.)
27 114.3 mm (4.5 in.)
28 127.0 mm (5.0 in.)
29 139.7 mm (5.5 in.)
30 55.00 mm (2.17 in.)
31 63.00 mm (2.48 in.)
32 66.00 mm (2.6 in.)
33 70.00 mm (2.76 in.)
34 75.00 mm (2.95 in.)
35 71.00 mm (2.8 in.)
36 82.00 mm (3.23 in.)
37 86.00 mm (3.39 in.)
38 80.00 mm (3.15 in.)
39 73.00 mm (2.87 in.)
40 85.00 mm (3.35 in.)
41 54.50 mm (2.15 in.)
42 69.50 mm (2.74 in.)

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50

43 79.50 mm (3.13 in.)
44 78.50 mm (3.09 in.)
45 87.40 mm (3.44 in.)
46 89.40 mm (3.52 in.)
47 91.00 mm (3.58 in.)
48 54.00 mm (2.13 in.)
49 84.00 mm (3.31 in.)
50 92.00 mm (3.62 in.)
51 40.00 mm (1.57 in.)
L. NSA935807 (F6198)
Material code
Standard P/N C = CRES Size code
- (dash) = Aluminum alloy
NSA935807 C 12
You can install clamp NSA5516 (F6198) as an alternative to clamp NSA935807 at the end of con
voluted conduits. Clamp NSA5516 has a cushion that prevents contact between the cables and t
he metal part of the clamp if the conduit moves out of the clamp.
(a) Size code

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
PERMITTED CONDUIT CO
SIZE CODE MAX. DIA. PERMITTED
DE
02 2 3.8 mm (0.15 in.)
03 3 4.2 mm (0.17 in.)
04 4 5.2 mm (0.2 in.)
06 6 8 mm (0.31 in.)
09 9 10.5 mm (0.41 in.)
10 10 11 mm (0.43 in.)
12 12 12.7 mm (0.5 in.)
14 14 14.2 mm (0.56 in.)
16 16 16 mm (0.63 in.)
20 20 19 mm (0.75 in.)
24 24 23 mm (0.91 in.)
28 28 27 mm (1.06 in.)
32 32 30 mm (1.18 in.)
40 40 38 mm (1.5 in.)
3. Procedure
A. Selection
Clamp P/Ns are usually given in the IPC, but use the instructions that follow to do a check of the dimen
sions on installation:
(1) Selection of the type of clamp
(a) You must use P-clamp NSA935807 (F6198) :
- For harnesses with protection, with convoluted conduits E0432 (F6198) , NSA93580
5 (F6198) or NSA935806 (F6198) .
If two or more harnesses protected with EMI split conduit EN4674 (I9005) , ABS241
8 or convoluted conduit NSA935805T are installed in parallel adjacent to each other,
they must be attached together with the same attachment device.
(b) You must use clamps ABS1339 (FAPE3) FXX or NSA5515 (F6198) :
- For harnesses with protection, installed in composite fuel compartments.
(c) You must use clamp NSA5515 or NSA5516 (F6198) (with silicone tape ASNA5107 (F6198)
-B):
- For harnesses without protection installed in small VUs.
(d) You can use clamps ABS1339 and NSA5516 only:
- For harnesses with protection, with textile conduit EN6049 (I9005) -006/007 or wit
h convoluted conduit ABS0887 (FAPE3) .
(e) You must use clamp NSA5516XXXXNJ:
- In areas where there is hydraulic fluid (type SKYDROL).

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
(f) You must use clamp NSA5516 (FAPE3) XXXXNF or ABS1339FXX:
- In the metal fuel compartments.
(g) You must use clamp NSA5516XXXXND or ABS1339DXX:
- In the other areas.
(h) You must use aluminum clamps NSA5516:
- Only in pressurized areas

- Only on straight part of the harness.
(i) You must use ABS1339:
- For P routes in pressurized areas and all routes in non-pressurized areas but not G r
outes.
(j) You can use clamp ABS1339DXX:
- In all areas (with hydraulic projection) but not in fuel compartments.
(k) You must use clamp ABS1339FXX:
- In the metal and composite fuel compartments.
(l) You must not use P-clamps type A (for example ABS1339) in the conditions that follow:
- In high mechanical/temperature stress areas

- When you cannot get access for the cable tie gun
- For harness diameters of more than 48 mm (1.89 in.).
In these conditions, you must use P-clamps type B (for example NSA5516).
(m) You must use aluminum clamp NSA5516BD:
- In pressurized areas and non-pressurized areas with protection

- On a straight part of the harness
- On single harnesses with or without external protection (shielded or not)
- On multiple harnesses (with protection or not) attached with the same clamp (in thi
s case, it is necessary to put more black tape ASNA5107-B around the harnesses).
(n) You must use stainless steel clamp NSA5516CBD:
- In high mechanical stress areas (for example junction areas, large diameter harnes
ses, bends, etc.)
- For harnesses installed at hinges:
- When harness diameter is more than 25 mm (0.98 in.), you must attach the h
arness with 2 clamps NSA5516CBD on each side
- When harness diameter is less than or equal to 25 mm (0.98 in.), you must at
tach the harness with 1 clamp NSA5516CBD on each side.
- For harnesses with a diameter of more than 48 mm (1.89 in.)
- When harnesses move
- On G routes with bobbin ABS1088 (not the recommended solution)
- In SWAMP areas
- In hydraulic areas.
(o) You must use clamp NSA5516CB with cushion material type D, J or F:
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
- In pressurized and non-pressurized areas where there is a risk of contamination fro

m fluid leaks and/or spray
- In hydraulic areas.
(2) Clamp dimensions (for example for NSA5516 and AS62200)

It is possible that the harness diameter is not the same all along the harness (because of the ma
nufacturing tolerances, the bend radii or the marker label). Thus, it is permitted to use a clamp 2
sizes larger or 2 sizes smaller than the given one (given on the drawing, the IPC or the Service B
ulletin).
When the code size -00 is specified in drawing, IPC or Service Bulletin, operators must select the
clamp size adapted to the harness diameter in accordance with the parameters that follow:
The clamp must be as small as possible for installation on the cable harness.
- Not too large:
When attached, the clamp must correctly hold the harness to prevent fretting of the harnes
s because of friction.
It must not let the harness move through the clamp when a slight axial pull is applied.
- Not too small:
Clamps must be fully closed but they must not crush the harness (no cables must be pinch
ed between the 2 clamp fastener lugs).
The clamp lugs must not be twisted and must be correctly aligned.
The clamp must be adapted to the harness to avoid sagging.
B. Installation
(1) Clamp installation on a rod

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation - NSA5515 or NSA5516
(2) Clamp installation on the harness

Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Harness - ABS1339, AS21919, NSA5515, NSA5516,
NSA935807 and MS21919
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339
- Do a selection of the applicable type of clamp to install
- Do a selection of the applicable dimensions of the clamp.
For ABS1339 (FAPE3) , a cable tie must be added 5 -1 mm or +1 mm (0.2 -.04 in. or +.04
in.) from the clamp to prevent swelling of the harness in the clamp. The width of the cable
tie must be 4.8 mm (0.19 in.).
REFERENCE CABLE TIE TO BE USED

ABS1339-D NSA935401 (F6198) -05 (Black)
ABS1339-F NSA935401-05R (Red)
NOTE: The tool volume to install the cable tie must be taken into account for the installation pr
ocedure.
NOTE: For the A380 program, on a simple harness without external protection (shielded or no
t), use self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107-B.
NOTE: If it is not possible to get a clamp of the correct size, use a clamp with a diameter that i
s slightly larger than that of the cable harness to be attached. Wind self-adhesive silico
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ne tape ASNA5107-B around the harness to get a normal grip of the clamp.
- Install the clamp around the harness.
For NSA5516 (F6198) or MS21919 (96906) or AS21919 (81343) :

- The lining must not fall out of the support and the 2 ends must overlap correctly
- Particular cases for clamp sizes -02, -03 and -04 without tab, wind around the harness, in
all areas, self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107 (F6198) -B.
NOTE: At hinge points, harness with a diameter of more than15 mm (0.59 in.)must be held in
position at each side of the hinge with two clamps NSA5516 (or equivalent), and protec
ted by tape ASNA5107-B at the location of the clamps.
For NSA5515 (F6198) , additional protection can be given by one or more (3 max.) bushings NS
A5539 (F6198) .
(3) Clamp installation on coaxial cables
- For clamp NSA5516, use self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107-B

- For clamp ABS1339, use self-adhesive silicone tape ASNA5107-B for light coaxial (for exa
mple ASNE0406(WD), ASNE0692(WN), ASNE0690(WL), EN4604-003(WZ)) only.
(4) Clamp installation on the structure

Ref. Fig. amps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - AS21919, NSA5515, NSA5516, NSA93580
7 and MS21919
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339, AS21919, NSA5515, NSA551
6, NSA935807 and MS21919
Ref. Fig. Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339
- Attach this assembly on the structure in relation to the orientation and stacking rules.
Install all clamps with fastener tabs upwards.
Do the checks that follow:
- Attachment holes must not be elongated
- Clamps must be installed so that the electrical cables do not touch other parts of the aircr
aft when vibrations occur
- Keep sufficient slack between the last clamp and the electrical equipment to prevent strain
at the connection and to keep unwanted effects on shock-mounted equipment to a minimu
m.
The lugs of the clamp are correctly aligned when the clamp is tightened.
NOTE: The conduit must extend10 mm (0.39 in.)to20 mm (0.79 in.)beyond the last clamp.
NOTE: When the clamps or other cable attachments are held, do not pull the harness to try to
apply the overlength equally.
(5) Added protection for NSA5516 and AS21919

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
METAL CLAMP A380 and A350 A320, A330 and A340

Tape ASNA5107-B must be ad Tape ASNA5107-B must be ad
ded: ded:
- On all harnesses with no - To make sure that the cla
protection mp holds the harness tig
- To make sure that the cla htly:
mp holds the harness tig - Adapt the harness
htly: diameter to the cla
- Adapt the harness mp size.
diameter to the cla - Make the harness c
NSA5516 (code N) mp size. ircular shape better
AS21919 (normal type) - Make the harness c (for example attach
ircular shape better more than one har
(for example attach ness in the same cl
more than one har amp).
ness in the same cl - For the last dynamic har
amp). ness attachment points
- For stressed harnesses w
ith no protection
- For P route harnesses wit
h no protection.
Tape ASNA5107-B must be added:
- To make sure that the clamp holds the harness tightly:
- Adapt the harness diameter to the clamp size.
NSA5516 (code B) box cushion
- Make better the harness circular shape (for exampl
type and ABS1339
e attach more than one harness in the same clam
p).
- Prevent cable pinching (only for ABS1339).
On V supports, the harness must have a protection of adhesive tape ASNA5107-B or a bobbin NS
A5539:
- For small harnesses, when the harness diameter is less than or equal to 5 mm (0.2 in.).
For harnesses with a diameter of 35 mm (1.38 in.) or more, the cable tie NSA935401 used with
a V support must have a minimum width of 7 mm (0.28 in.) (size code 10 or 12). The harness m
ust also be protected with 2 layers of adhesive tape ASNA5107-B.
Figure 20-33-42-0017-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0396

Figure 20-33-42-0018-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0645
Figure 20-33-42-0019-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0805 or NSA5575
Figure 20-33-42-0020-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Clamps - Description - AS21919, NSA5515, MS21919 and NSA935807
Figure 20-33-42-0020-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Clamps - Description - AS21919, NSA5515, MS21919 and NSA935807
Figure 20-33-42-0021-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Description - AS62200 to AS62234
Figure 20-33-42-0022-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation - NSA5515 or NSA5516
Figure 20-33-42-0023-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Harness - ABS1339, AS21919, NSA
5515, NSA5516, NSA935807 and MS21919
Figure 20-33-42-0024-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339
Figure 20-33-42-0026-0001 SHEET 1/1 - amps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - AS21919, NSA5515, NSA
5516, NSA935807 and MS21919
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
Figure 20-33-42-0027-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339, AS21919, NS
A5515, NSA5516, NSA935807 and MS21919
Figure 20-33-42-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339
Figure 20-33-42-0029-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - P/N Identification - ABS2195
Figure 20-33-42-0030-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - P/N Identification - NSA5511
Figure 20-33-42-0031-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - Harness Co-routing
Figure 20-33-42-0033-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - Co-routing in ABS1339
Figure 20-33-42-0034-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA5516
Figure 20-33-42-0034-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA5516
Figure 20-33-42-0035-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1339

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ABS0396:
CUSHION
DIA 'D'
BAND
CUSHION
CUSHION ATTACHMENT HOLE
P_SP_203342_D1_00170001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0017-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0396

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ABS0645:
DIA 'D' CUSHION
BAND
CUSHION
P_SP_203342_D1_00180001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0018-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0645

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ABS0805 OR NSA5575:
'
'D
IA
D
ATTACHMENT HOLE
P_SP_203342_D1_00190001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0019-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Description - ABS0805 or NSA5575

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CONFIGURATION OF NORMAL CLAMP WITHOUT TYPE CODE
HOLE DIAMETER BETWEEN 5.00 mm (0.20 in)

AND 5.04 mm (0.20 in) FOR SCREW AS PER
NAS1801-03 AND WASHER NAS1149 A
A
A
OPTIONAL RECESSED HOLE
A A A
A
TYPICAL
CONFIGURATION OF LIGHT CLAMP WITH TYPE CODE L
B B
HOLE DIAMETER BETWEEN 5.00 mm (0.20 in) WEIGHT SAVING SHAPE
AND 5.04 mm (0.20 in) FOR SCREW AS PER AS PER SUPPLIER
NAS1801-03 AND WASHER NAS1149 DEFINITION
C
B
WEIGHT SAVING SHAPE
AS PER SUPPLIER
DEFINITION B
OPTIONAL RECESSED HOLE

C
B B B C C
TYPICAL
P_SP_203342_D1_00350001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0035-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CO-ROUTING INABS1339
CABLE TIE
TAPEASNA5107
FIRST BUNDLE INSTALLED ADDITIONAL BUNDLE
CLAMP
CO-ROUTING WITH OTHER ATTACHMENT DEVICES
ADDITIONAL BUNDLE CABLE TIE
TAPE ASNA5107
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
FIRST BUNDLE INSTALLED
CO-ROUTING OF BUNDLES ALREADY PROTECTED
ADDITIONAL BUNDLE CABLE TIE
TAPE ASNA5107
ADDITIONAL BUNDLE
ALREADY PROTECTED
WITH GREEN SLEEVE
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
FIRST BUNDLE INSTALLED
P_SP_203342_D1_00310001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0031-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - Harness Co-routing
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
P_SP_203342_D1_00330001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0033-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Co-routing in ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
ABS2195:
CUSHION
DIA
BAND
60°
P_SP_203342_D1_00290001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0029-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - P/N Identification - ABS2195

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CUSHION
C
T
D
A
E
R
A
P_SP_203342_D1_00210001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0021-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Description - AS62200 to AS62234

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
NSA5511 6 2 1
STANDARD P/N
CLAMP CODE
GRIP THICKNESS CODE
COLOR CODE
D CLOSED
INSTALLATION HOLE**
LOCK AXLE
L*
LOCK
CLAMP
NOTE:
* LENGTH L MUST BE CUT TO NECESSARY LENGTH FOR INSTALLATION.
** DIAMETER 8.2 mm (0.323 in) OR 8 mm (0.315 in) P_SP_203342_D1_00300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0030-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - P/N Identification - NSA5511

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
NYLON CLAMP TYPE:
NON PROTECTED: NSA5515
+ 30°
30° - 10°
DIA D
P_SP_203342_D1_00200001_01_02
Figure 20-33-42-0020-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Clamps - Description - AS21919, NSA5515, MS21919 and NSA935807
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
MS21919 OR AS21919:
TAB
DIA D
ATTACHMENT HOLES
NSA935807 P CLAMP TYPE:
45° ± 5°
NOTE:
METALLIC PARTS AND THE INTERNAL SURFACE CONTROLLED BY DIA D
MUST BE FREE FROM BURRS. P_SP_203342_D1_00200001_02_00
Figure 20-33-42-0020-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Clamps - Description - AS21919, NSA5515, MS21919 and NSA935807
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
NORMAL TYPE
(CODE N)
A NORMAL TYPE BOX CUSHION TYPE

(CODE N) (CODE B)
DIAMETER CENTRAL STIFFENER

OR LATERAL STIFFENERS
ACCEPTANCE LOCATION
60 DEGREES MAXIMUM
NORMAL TYPE BOX CUSHION TYPE

(DIAMETER CODE NUMBERS FROM 02N TO 82N) (DIAMETER CODE NUMBERS FROM 02B TO 82B)
LIGHTER TYPE BOX CUSHION TYPE - OPTIONAL

(DIAMETER CODE NUMBERS FROM 02 TO 28) (DIAMETER CODE NUMBERS FROM 02B TO 82B)
A A
NOTE:
METALLIC PARTS HAVE NO BURRS.
THE USE OF CLAMP WITH WEDGE IS ONLY FOR ELECTRICAL
WIRING. P_SP_203342_D1_00340001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0034-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA5516
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
90 DEGREES TO
110 DEGREES
THIS WEDGE SHAPE IS APPLICABLE

ONLY FOR DIAMETER CODE NUMBERS FROM 02B TO 82B.
P_SP_203342_D1_00340001_02_00
Figure 20-33-42-0034-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Clamps - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA5516
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CLAMP NSA5515 ORNSA5516

HARNESS
STRUCTURAL ROD
2 LAYERS OF TAPE ASNA5107
5 TO 15 mm 5 TO 15 mm
(0.197 TO 0.591 in) (0.197 TO 0.591 in)
CLAMP NSA5515 OR NSA5516
P_SP_203342_D1_00220001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0022-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation - NSA5515 or NSA5516

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
1 - INSTALLATION WITHOUT PROTECTION TAPE:
INCORRECT
WIRE IS PINCHED IN CLAMP
CORRECT
(TAB CLAMP TYPE)
NSA935807
CLAMP TYPE ABS1339
CLAMP TYPE
CABLE TIE
NSA935401- 0 5
2 - INSTALLATION WITH PROTECTION TAPE ASNA5107:

(e.g. FOR CABIN POWER ROUTES (1P/2P/6G-6E) ON A330/A340 PROGRAM)
TAPE ASNA5107
(50% OVERLAP OF EACH WRAP)
SMALL CLAMP NSA5516

(WITHOUT TAB)
BUNDLE THREE TURNS OVER

THE SAME POSITION
10 mm TO 15 mm
10 mm TO 15 mm (0.3937 TO 0.5905 in)
(0.3937 TO 0.5905 in)
SILICONE TAPE
CLAMP
P_SP_203342_D1_00230001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0023-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Harness - ABS1339, AS21919, NSA5515,
NSA5516, NSA935807 and MS21919
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CLAMP INSTALLATION
ABS1339
CLAMP TYPE ABS1339 CLAMP TYPE
5 ± 1 mm
OR
(0.197 ± 0.039 in)
10 TO 15 mm
HARNESS 10 TO 15 mm (0.394 TO 0.591 in)
(0.394 TO 0.591 in)
CABLE TIE
CABLE TIE NSA935401 (-05, -06 OR 08) TAPE ASNA5107
CORRECT INSTALLATION
CABLE TIE
THE OPENING OF THE CLAMP AGREES WITH

THE NOMINAL HARNESS DIAMETER.
MINIMUM PERMITTED MAXIMUM PERMITTED
THE TWO ENDS OF THE CLAMP

TOUCH EACH OTHER. THE OPENING OF THE CLAMP AGREES WITH
THE CABLE IS NOT COMPRESSED. THE MAXIMUM HARNESS DIAMETER.
THE HARNESS IS CORRECTLY TIGHTENED THE CABLE TIE AND THE HARNESS
TO PREVENT RELATIVE MOVEMENT TOUCH EACH OTHER LIGHTLY.
BETWEEN THE HARNESS AND THE CLAMP. THERE IS NO DISTORTION OF THE CABLE TIE.
INCORRECT INSTALLATION
CLAMP TOO LARGE CLAMP TOO SMALL
THE DISTANCE BETWEEN
THE TWO ENDS OF THE
CLAMP IS TOO LARGE.
THERE IS A DISTORTION
OF THE CABLE TIE.
THE CABLE TIE AND THE
HARNESS TOUCH EACH
OTHER ON A LARGE DISTANCE.
THE TWO ENDS OF THE CLAMP PINCED CABLE THERE IS A RISK OF DAMAGE.
TOUCH EACH OTHER. THE TWO SIDES OF THE CABLE
THE HARNESS MOVES IN THE CLAMP. TIE TOUCH EACH OTHER.
THE LATERAL RETENTION OF THE
HARNESS IS NOT SUFFICIENT.
P_SP_203342_D1_00240001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0024-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CLAMP INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION DECISION
THE HEAD OF THE CABLE TIE

CAN BE LOCATED ON ONE OF ACCEPTED
THE 2 LEGS OF THE CLAMP.

IS BETWEEN THE LEGS REJECTED
OF THE CLAMP.
LARGE AXIS OF
THE ELLIPSE
THE LARGE AXIS OF THE

HARNESS WITH ELLIPSE
CLAMP EXIT ACCEPTED
SHAPE IS NOT PARALLEL TO
THE CLAMP EXIT DIRECTION.
LARGE AXIS OF
THE ELLIPSE
THE LARGE AXIS OF THE

HARNESS WITH ELLIPSE
CLAMP EXIT REJECTED
SHAPE IS PARALLEL TO
THE CLAMP EXIT DIRECTION.
P_SP_203342_D1_00250001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0025-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CLAMP INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION DECISION

IS LOCATED ON THE HOLE ACCEPTED
OF THE CLAMP.

IS NOT LOCATED ON THE
REJECTED
HOLE OF THE CLAMP AND
PROTRUDES TOO.
P_SP_203342_D1_00250001_02_00
Figure 20-33-42-0025-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Clamps - Clamp Installation - ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
PRINCIPLE INSTALLATION OF TYPE B AND TYPE C CLAMPS ON THE STRUCTURE
1. 2.
3. 4.
NOTE:
POSITIONS 1 AND 2 ARE MORE RECOMMENDED THAN POSITIONS 3 AND 4.
P_SP_203342_D1_00260001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0026-0001 (SHEET 1) - amps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - AS21919, NSA5515, NSA5516,
NSA935807 and MS21919
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
CLAMP NSA 5159-21
CLAMP SCREW NSA5050
CLAMP
NSA5159- 2 0
SCREW NSA5050
WASHER AN960
STRUT NSA5527
SCREW NSA5050
SECTION
NSA358004/005/006/007
BRACKET ASNA2327
CLAMP
THE CONDUITS MUST EXTEND 10-20 mm (0.3937 - 0.7873 in) BEYOND THE LAST SUPPORT
10 - 20 mm CONDUIT
(0.3937 - 0.7873 in)
CLAMP
P_SP_203342_D1_00270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-42-0027-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339, AS21919,
NSA5515, NSA5516, NSA935807 and MS21919
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:53:50
1. 2.
3. 4.
NOTE:
- POSITIONS 1 AND 2 ARE RECOMMENDED FOR P ROUTES IN ALL AREAS AND FOR OTHER ROUTES IN
NON-PRESSURIZED AREAS.
- FOR A350 ONLY: POSITIONS 1 AND 2 ARE RECOMMENDED FOR X AND P ROUTES IN ALL AREAS
AND FOR OTHER ROUTES IN NON-PRESSURIZED AREAS.
P_SP_203342_D1_00280001_01_01
Figure 20-33-42-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Clamps - Clamp Installation on the Structure - ABS1339

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-43-01 - Raceway Assemblies - Description
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
20-33-43-01 - Raceway Assemblies - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0127 ABS0493 ABS0689

ABS5252 NSA935401 NSA935805
NSA937210 NSA937493
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation of raceways assemblies. Raceways are items used to transpo
rt, secure and to provide mechanical and EMC protection of wiring.
The wing raceways do not have standard P/N but are called up by drawing numbers. The cable retainers, fast
eners and anti-chafe protection that are used on wing raceways have the code that follows:
- ABS0127 (only for A320 family)
- ABS0689 (only for A330-A340 family)
- ABS5252 (only for A320 family).
2. P/N Information
A. ABS0127
PART AND TYPE CODE: 01 TO 06 = FAIRLEA

D
STANDARD P/N
T = HARPOON TIE
A OR B = RETAINER
ABS0127 - 01

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
(a) Temperature

(b) Standard assembly raceways comprise:
- Harpoon tie (ABS0127T)

- Fairlead (ABS0127-XX)
- Retainer (ABS0127X)
- Raceway (no standard P/N but miscellaneous drawing number possible).
(c) Part and type code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
PART AND TYPE CODE DESIGNATION COLOR

01 FAIRLEAD BLACK
02 FAIRLEAD NATURAL
03 FAIRLEAD NATURAL
04 FAIRLEAD BLACK
05 FAIRLEAD NATURAL
06 FAIRLEAD NATURAL
A RETAINER NATURAL
B Ref. (1) RETAINER NATURAL
T HARPOON TIE BLACK
Note 1: (1)
Retainer B is an optional locking device for use with type 03 and 05 fairleads o
nly.
(3) Installation procedure
(a) Installation of harpoon tie
- Prior to raceway installation, insert harpoon ties into the raceways, first at each end
and then at max. intervals of 150 mm (5.91 in.).
- Push the harpoon tie with your hand until the tie-head is fully locked into its related
hole in the raceway.
(b) Installation of raceway
- Install the raceways, ensuring that each raceway is not visually damaged and that t
hey are aligned correctly. Make sure the raceways do not touch the structure and th
at the cables cannot chafe the raceway fins.Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Standar
d Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
- Fasten the raceway assembly in position.
- On each raceway that you must bond to the structure during installation, apply seal
ant Material No. Polysulfide Sealant_General Purpose Brushable - (Material Ref. 06A
AA1) to:
- The mating faces of the raceways and the supports
- The bolt heads (but do not apply sealant to the bolts with electrical connection
s attached or those for which sealing is not necessary).
NOTE: Before you apply a sealant, it is necessary to:

- Clean the raceway ends.
- Degrease and dry the raceway with a clean cloth.
- Lightly abrade the raceway with a Scotch Brite pad to get bonding pr
operties.
- Make bonding connections. The coating must not be removed. Probe the foot of the
raceway only during bonding checks.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
- Over seal joints, the bolt threads must be dipped prior to assy where rear overcoati
ng is impossible.
- All potentially dangerous structural items must be protected prior to the installation
of the harness (if necessary, install cap ends at every raceway fin end).
(c) Installation of cables in raceways
- Make sure that the harpoons are secure in the raceway. Ref. Fig. Raceway Assembli
es - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
- Install the cable harness in the applicable raceway channel.
- Make sure that:
- The fill factor is not exceeded (max. 65% in trailing edge or 80% in leading ed
ge).
- All the cable harnesses lie in the raceway channels without being tensioned or
twisted.
- The cables are not snagged in the raceway.
- The cables are equaled out either side of the harpoon ties.
- Take care that no loops have formed in the electrical cables.

- Take great care to prevent damage to the cables:
- The insulation of the cables must not be damaged or deformed.
- The cables must not lie between the fairlead and the raceway channel wall.
NOTE: When a cable is damaged or broken, the standard procedure is to repl

ace it with a cable that has the same P/N.
For more data, refer to chapter: Electrical wire repair - 20-53-2X.
- Take care not to damage the surface protection of the raceway channel.
- Retain the loom in the raceway, using the appropriate type of fairlead:
- Insert it on the tail of the harpoon tie until it rests on the cables.
- Attach it by inserting a retainer onto the tail of the tie until the cables are corr
ectly held by the fairlead.
- If a raceway channel has no cable inside, do not install the fairlead in the chan
nel.
- Make sure the retainer has been inserted in the correct direction so that it is l
ocked and cannot be removed. Do not remove the excess tail of the harpoon ti
e at this stage.
- When all the cable retention devices have been installed, the tails of the ties shall b
e attached using an extended neck tension tool selected to the appropriate tie setti
ng.
- When the retention devices have been attached, remove the tails with cutters.
- Make sure that:
- No foreign objects remain in the raceway (for example cut off residues of harp
oon ties).
- After each channel has been loaded with cables and attached with harpoon tie
s, fairleads and retainers, examine the looms to make sure they remain in pos
ition in the channel throughout their length.
(d) Gap installation requirement

At the gap level, each route must be attached with the tying device in accordance with the
definition dossier. For the tying device, you must Ref. ESPM 20-33-44-01.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Gap Installation - ABS5252

When there is an angle between two consecutive raceways, the bundle must be in position
to have a minimum contact with the edges of the raceway.
Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A32
1)
You can add anti-chafe protective strip ABS5252 at raceway junction on demand where th
ere is a risk of cable damages.
For the installation procedure of ABS5252, you must refer to paragraph 2.C.(3).
(e) Installation of spare cables into an existing raceway
- The fairleads have spaces in each side for the installation of spare cables without th
e need to release the fairleads from the necessary channels.Ref. Fig. Raceway Asse
mblies - Details ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
- Carefully feed the new cables through the fairlead spaces, ensuring that the cables
do not become kinked or entangled at any point.
- Secure the newly installed cables to the main cable using NSA935401 cable ties of t
he appropriate size at the points between the raceway channel ends.
(f) Harness deviation in raceway
- At deviation level, a mounting bracket must be installed between the retainer and t
he fairlead.Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Harness Deviation ABS0127 (for A318/A
319/A320/A321)
- End cap ABS0493 must be installed at convoluted conduit NSA935805 end.
- When you install the conduit, the end cap ABS0493 must be adjacent to the retaine
r.
- Each derivative harness must be attached by cable tie at end of cap level.
(g) Cable repair by splicing

For raceway cable splice repairs, use parallel or butt splices according to chapters Ref. ESP
M 20-43-00-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-11-01, Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01 and as detailed below.
In the wing zones, use only high temperature splices according to chapters Ref. ESPM 20-
43-11-01 and Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01.
When parallel splices are used, they must be environmentally sealed using special heat-sh
rink sleeve NSA937493 according to Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01 figure 2. This sleeve must ext
end 15 mm (0.59 in.) either side of the splice barrel and must be fully shrunk onto cable t
o ensure fluid sealing.
The splice must be installed:
- With cables in each end.
- Fully enclosed within the raceway channel.
- Within a straight section of the raceway.
- Not on a curved or angled section.
- Not at a gap.
- Not directly under harpoon ties, retainers or cable ties, but the spliced cable shall b
e maintained to avoid relative movement.
- So that they are fully visible for inspection.
Also refer to chapters Ref. ESPM 20-53-20-02, Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02, Ref. ESPM 20
-53-29-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-00-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-11-01 and Ref. ESPM 20-43-12
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
-01.
(h) Replacement of harpoon tie

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A32
1)
NOTE: Great care shall be taken at all times during the replacement of raceway ties.
- This will usually require the removal of an existing tie when the head is sufficiently
accessible.
- When access is impossible, you must remove only the fairlead and the retainer (har
poon tie is re-used).
1 Procedure when the head is accessible:
- Removal will usually require the cutting through of the located harpoon tie he
ad, which is probably best carried out by the use of sidecutters. Since most h
arpoon tie heads are located in generally not easily accessible positions, mak
e sure when the applicable head is being cut that adjacent harpoon heads are
not damaged and that cutting tools do not damage the raceway or other surf
ace treatments.
- When the harpoon tie head is removed, do not try to pull the harpoon ti
e tail from the loom without first parting the cables to assist the passag
e of the tie platform at the base of the tie.
- Maintain the parting of the cables to facilitate the re-entry of the new h
arpoon tie into the loom and the raceway.
- Discard the old retainers and fit new ones.
- If the head of the harpoon tie is sufficiently accessible you can use an applica
ble removal tool to remove the harpoon tail (this method lets you remove the
harpoon tie without cutting the head).
For a more detailed procedure, Ref. ESPM 20-56-57-03.
2 Procedure when the head is not accessible:
- Release the retainer and fairlead with a thin-bladed implement:

- Insert a thin-bladed end between the latch of the retainer and the inden
tation of the harpoon tie tail and then gradually remove the retainer up
to the tail.
- Remove and discard the retainer.
- Remove and discard the fairlead.
This method requires that the tie portion still be in the raceway and mus
t be reused. Therefore, it is important not to cause damage to the indent
ation in the tie.
A normal application tool cannot be used to tighten the new fairleads an
d retainer upon reassembly, because the tail is already removed.
B. ABS0689

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
TYPE CODE:
STANDARD P/N B = PRESSURE PAD SIZE CODE DELIVERY CODE
A = RETAINER BRIDGE
ABS0689 - A 01 L

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
(a) Temperature

(b) Standard raceway assemblies have:
- Retainer bridge (ABS0689AXX)

- Pressure pad (ABS0689B01)
- Raceway (no standard P/N but miscellaneous drawing number possible).
(c) Type and size codes
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE DESIGNATION

A 01 RETAINER BRIDGE
B 01 PRESSURE PAD
(d) Delivery code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
DELIVERY COD DELIVERY CON QUANTITY OF

DESCRIPTION DESIGNATION
E DITION PARTS
ABS0689A01
ABS0689A02
RETAINER BRID
ABS0689A03 1
WITHOUT CODE GE Separately
ABS0689A04
ABS0689A05
PRESSURE PAD ABS0689B01 Ref. (1)
ABS0689A01 1
ABS0689A01L
ABS0689B01 8
ABS0689A02 1
ABS0689A02L
ABS0689B01 9
COMPLETE BRID ABS0689A03 1

L ABS0689A03L
GE ABS0689B01 8
ABS0689A04 1
ABS0689A04L
ABS0689B01 8
ABS0689A05 1
ABS0689A05L
ABS0689B01 7
Note 1: (1)
Related to the retainer bridge selected.
(a) Installation of raceway

- The raceways must be aligned for installation. To do this, put a steel rule across the
webs of the raceways and use your eyes to align the raceways.Ref. Fig. Raceway As
semblies - Standard Installation ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
- Use an applicable template to put the raceway channels in the correct position in rel
ation to each other.
- To put the raceways in the correct height position in relation to each other, use was
hers AN960D10 or D10L, if necessary.
NOTE: A difference in height of 0.5 mm (0.02 in.) between raceways is permitted.

- If it is not possible to install the raceways aligned (aligned visually with a steel rule)
or if the gap between two raceways is more than 6 mm (0.24 in.), the cable harnes
ses must be supplied with a shrink sleeve with a length of approximately 80 mm (3.
15 in.) as per NSA937210.
- You must make bonding connections.
- If the raceways are aligned, you must attach them to their supports as follows:
- Apply sealant Material No. Polysulfide Sealant_General Purpose Brushable - (M
aterial Ref. 06AAA1) to the mating faces of raceways and the supports and, if
necessary, to the washers AN960. We recommend that you use a roller to appl
y the sealing compound to the mating faces. The width of the sealing compou
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
nd applied to the raceway mating faces must be approximately 5 mm (0.2 in.)

more than the width of the bearing faces on the supports.
NOTE: Because the mating faces are also used as bonding connections, you
must make sure that the faces are cleaned to bare metal and that the
re is no sealing compound on the drill holes for anchor nuts.
- Fasten the raceway assembly in position.
- Apply sealant Material No. Polysulfide Sealant_General Purpose Brushable - (M
aterial Ref. 06AAA1) on the bolt heads (but not on bolts with electrical connect
ions attached or those for which sealing is not necessary) on each raceway th
at you must bond to the structure during installation.
NOTE: Before you apply a sealant, it is necessary to:

- Clean the raceway ends.
- Degrease and dry the raceway with a clean cloth.
- Lightly abrade the raceway with a Scotch Brite pad to get bondi
ng properties.
NOTE: You can install the raceways and supports after 8 hours but you must instal
l them before 4 days.
NOTE: You must install supports that you will attach to the structure within the ext
ended processing time of 3 hours.
(b) Installation of cables in raceways

- Route the cables in the applicable raceway channel.
- Make sure that the maximum fill factor is 65%.Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies -
Standard Installation ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
- Make sure that all the cable harnesses are in the raceway channels without te
nsion or twisting.
- There must be no loops in the electrical cables.
- For junctions of cable harnesses from raceways, the cables must not be route
d across the web edges.
- If the gap between two raceways is more than 3 mm (0.12 in.) for CF cables or 6 m
m (0.24 in.) for DK/DM/DR cables, the cable harnesses must be supplied with a shri
nk sleeve (with a length of approximately 80 mm (3.15 in.) as per NSA937210. You
must install this on the cables and into the channels to prevent chafing.
NOTE: You must not shrink the sleeve.

- Manually push the retainer bridges on the raceways until they are engaged.
- The retainer bridges are supplied with a "nose" which must point up after inst
allation.
- When all the bridges have been installed, the pressure pads are to be pressed into t
he retainer bridges so that the cables are properly attached in the raceway channel.
- A little distance between the pressure pads and the cables is allowed.
- The pressure pads must engage in the serrations of the bridges and must be p
ositioned in the respective positions supplied for them.
- Take care that:
- The insulation of the cables is not damaged or deformed.
- The cables do not lie between the pressure pad and the raceway channel wall.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
- If a raceway channel has no cable inside, do not install the pressure pads in th
e channel.
- Take care not to damage the surface protection.
- Make sure that no foreign objects remain in the raceway (for example cut off r
esidues of protruding pressure pads).
(c) Cable repair by splicing
- For raceway cable splice repairs, use parallel or butt splices according to chapters R
ef. ESPM 20-43-00-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-11-01, Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01 and as deta
iled below.
- In the wing zones, use only high temperature splices according to chapters Ref. ESP
M 20-43-11-01 and Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01.
- When parallel splices are used, they must be environmentally sealed using special h
eat-shrink sleeve NSA937493 according to Ref. ESPM 20-43-12-01 figure 2. This sle
eve must extend 15 mm (0.59 in.) either side of the splice barrel and must be fully
shrunk onto cable to ensure fluid sealing.
- The splice must be installed:

- With cables in each end.
- Fully enclosed within the raceway channel.
- Within a straight section of the raceway.
- Not on a curved or angled section.
- Not at a gap.
- Not directly under harpoon ties, retainers or cable ties, but the spliced cable s
hall be maintained to avoid relative movement.
- So that they are fully visible for inspection.
Also refer to chapters Ref. ESPM 20-53-20-02, Ref. ESPM 20-53-27-02, Ref. ES
PM 20-53-29-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-00-02, Ref. ESPM 20-43-11-01 and Ref. ESP
M 20-43-12-01.
NOTE: The retainer bridge and the pressure pads shall be removed by hand or wit
h a suitable non-metallic tool (for example Plastic screwdriver).
These items are not re-positionable. At each intervention it is necessary to discard a
nd replace them by new ones.
C. ABS5252 Anti-Chafe Protective Strip

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS5252
The anti-chafe protective strip gives anti-chafe protection for the wiring installed in the raceways of airc
raft leading and trailing edges. The ABS5252 prevents damages caused by the wiring vibration against
the raceway edges.
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE MATERIAL CODE

ABS5252 A 01
(a) Temperature

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53

(b) Size code

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS5252
LENGTH WIDTH
SIZE CODE ± 0.50 mm ± 0.50 mm THICKNESS MASS COLOR
(0.02 in.) (0.02 in.)
A (see Note 20 mm (0.79 0.63 g (0.00
RED
(1)) in.) 1 lb)
B (see Note 30 mm (1.18 0.95 g (0.00
GREEN
(1)) 60 mm (2.36 in.) 2 lb)
C (see Note in.) 40 mm (1.57 0.25 -0.05 m 1.26 g (0.00
m or +0.05 BLUE
(1)) in.) 3 lb)
mm (0.010 -
D (see Note 0.002 in. or 1.58 g (0.00
YELLOW
(1)) 50 mm (1.97 +0.002 in.) 3 lb)
E (see Note 70 mm (2.76 in.) 2.21 g (0.00
GREY
(1)) in.) 5 lb)
F (see Note 60 mm (2.36 70 mm (2.76 2.22 g (0.00
(1)) in.) in.) 5 lb)
76 mm (2.99 6.60 g (0.01
G
in.) 5 lb)
107.50 mm 9.90 g (0.02
H
(4.23 in.) 60 mm (2.36 2 lb)
125 mm (4.9 in.) 11 g (0.024 l
J
2 in.) b)
140 mm (5.5 0.75 -0.15 m 13.20 g (0.0
K m or +0.15 NATURAL
1 in.) 29 lb)
mm (0.030 -
80 mm (3.15 0.006 in. or 8.50 g (0.01
L
in.) 80 mm (3.15 +0.006 in.) 9 lb)
125 mm (4.9 in.) 15 g (0.033 l
M
2 in.) b)
80 mm (3.15 12.50 g (0.0
N
in.) 100 mm (3.9 28 lb)
125 mm (4.9 4 in.) 18.50 g (0.0
P
2 in.) 41 lb)
Note (1): Inactive for new design.
(c) Material code
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL

01 FEP (Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)

Ref. Fig. Raceway Assemblies - Gap Installation - ABS5252
You must add ABS5252 at the gap level in accordance with definition dossier or only on demand.
The installation procedure of ABS5252 must be as follows:
- Select ABS5252 in accordance with the definition dossier and as per paragraph 2.C.
- Wind ABS5252 around the harness.
- Pull the tab through the slot and lock the tab with the retention wings.
- After installation, make sure that the retention wings are flat to get the maximum retentio
n because the shape of the retention wings can change when the tab is pulled through the
slot.
- Cut the unwanted part of the tab with a cutter and install the harness that has ABS5252 in
to the raceway.
- Make sure that you use a ruler to measure the overlapping requirements. The overlapping
requirements must be as follows:
- At the gap level, the mechanical or electrical protection must be installed with an ov
erlap of minimum 25 mm (0.98 in.) on each side of the gap.
- If ABS5252 slide along the bundle, an overlap of 10 mm (0.39 in.) is permitted.
- Damage, kink and folds in ABS5252 are not permitted.
- Make sure that ABS5252 is correctly attached.
Figure 20-33-43-0026-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)
Figure 20-33-43-0027-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/
A320/A321)
Figure 20-33-43-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Harness Deviation ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A3
20/A321)
Figure 20-33-43-0029-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
Figure 20-33-43-0030-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
Figure 20-33-43-0062-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - Gap Installation - ABS5252
Figure 20-33-43-0063-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Raceway Assemblies - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS5252

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
01 TO 06 = FAIRLEAD
A OR B = RETAINER
T = HARPOON TIE
TYPE 06:
TYPE B:
TYPE 04 AND 05:

PART AND TYPE CODE
HARPOON TIE
RETAINER
STANDARD P/N
FAIRLEAD
TYPE A:
ABS0127 - 01
TYPE 03:
TYPE 01 AND 02:
A
A
B
B B
(1) RACEWAY
EXAMPLE OF LOCATION
SPARE CABLE
CHANNEL
CABLES
P_SP_203343_D1_00260001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0026-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0127 (for A318/A319/A320/A321)

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
0.5 mm MAX
HEIGHT DIFFERENCE (0.02 in)
RACEWAYS MUST
MUST BE LESS THAN 0.5 mm (0.02 in) MAX
BE ALIGNED
A A
CORRECT
ROUTING
INCORRECT
ROUTING
FOR RACEWAYS WITH WIDTHS OF 8.50 mm (0.33 in) AND 9.25 mm (0.36 in)
FAIRLEAD TYPE 01, 02, 04 OR 05 RETAINER TYPE A
HARPOON TIE
FOR RACEWAY WITH WIDTH OF 20.75 mm (0.82 in)
FAIRLEAD TYPE 03 OR 06 FAIRLEAD TYPE 03 OR 05

RETAINER TYPE B
RETAINER TYPE A
HARPOON TIE
HARPOON TIE
P_SP_203343_D1_00270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0027-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0127 (for

A318/A319/A320/A321)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
BUNDLE TYING AT GAP LEVEL
ITEMS OFABS5252
RETENTION WINGS
TAB
SLOT
FINAL INSTALLATION OF ABS5252
P_SP_203343_D1_00620001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0062-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Gap Installation - ABS5252

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
HARNESS DEVIATION IN RACEWAY
CABLE TIE
MOUNTING BRACKET
CONVOLUTED
CONDUIT
NSA935805
END CAP ABS0493
P_SP_203343_D1_00280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Harness Deviation ABS0127 (for

A318/A319/A320/A321)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
EXAMPLE OF LOCATION
B
B
A
A
ABS0689- A 01 L
RACEWAY ASSEMBLY
DELIVERY CODE
SIZE CODE
PRESSURE PAD
C TYPE CODE B = PRESSURE PAD
A = RETAINER BRIDGE
STANDARD P/N
RETAINER BRIDGE
CUT LINE PRESSURE PAD
R A C E WAY
CHANNEL
CABLES
C
RACEWAY
B B
RACEWAY
C C
RETAINER BRIDGE
NOSE
MANUFACTURER'S MARKING TAB
P_SP_203343_D1_00290001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0029-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Details ABS0689 (for A330/A340)

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
CABLES
PROTECTIVE CONDUIT
RACEWAY CHANNEL
RACEWAY
BONDING CONNECTION
RACEWAYS MUST BE ALIGNED +4 + 0.16

GAP 4 - 3 mm (0.16 - 0.12 in )
INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND CABLES - SIDE VIEW
CA. 75 mm
(2.95 in)
NOTE ZERO-POSITION
CABLE TIE (ALIGNMENT OF RACEWAYS)
LIGHTNING PROTECTION TUBE CABLES MUST NOT BE

GUIDED OVER WEB EDGES
PROTECTIVE CONDUIT AND

SILICONE TAPE
STRAIN RELIEF MUST GUIDE THE CABLES CENTRICALLY IF REQUIRED
FROM LIGHTNING PROTECTION TUBE
P_SP_203343_D1_00300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0030-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - Standard Installation ABS0689 (for A330/A340)
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
A321 (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:54:53
ANTI-CHAFE PROTECTIVE STRIPABS5252
CONFIGURATION (SIZE CODES G TO P) OF ABS5252
MARKING
OPTIMUM PROTECTION AREA
L
BETWEEN THE DOTTED LINES
P_SP_203343_D1_00630001_01_00
Figure 20-33-43-0063-0001 (SHEET 1) - Raceway Assemblies - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS5252
** ON A/C ALL

A318 A320 A319 A321 ESPM 01-May-2024 49 20-33-44-01 - Tie-wraps - Description (AIRBUS)
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
20-33-44-01 - Tie-wraps - Description (AIRBUS)

E0248 NSA5539 NSA8420

NSA935401 NSA935403
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation for tie-wraps. The tie-wraps (lacing tape or cable ties) are us
ed to attach, tie and bind the wiring.
Tie-wraps must ensure the shape of the harness and the distribution of the mechanical loads over all cables.
The tying devices installed on aircraft have the codes that follow:
- NSA935401
- NSA8420.
The type of tying must be in accordance with the applicable drawing set.
The selection of the type of tie-wrap is related to:
- The type of route of the harness.
- The type of harnesses you will tie (technical or commercial):
In harnesses that include several harnesses, you must attach each one with lacing tape NSA8420. It is n
ot permitted to use enclosed cable ties NSA935401 for technical harnesses.
In harnesses that include 1 technical harness and several commercial harnesses, it is permitted to use c
able ties for the technical harness and lacing tape for the commercial harnesses.
In harnesses that include several technical harnesses and commercial harnesses, you must use lacing ta
pe for all the harnesses.
In harnesses that include several commercial harnesses, it is permitted to use cable ties for all the harn
esses.
NOTE: For separation rules, refer to chapter 20-33-2X. For distances between the tying points on the harne
sses, procedures to tie branches and swelling of harnesses, refer to chapter 20-33-1x.
NOTE: You can use lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie NSA935401 on coaxial cables.
If you use NSA935401, you must make sure that the wiring tool (gun) is correctly adjusted and calib
rated.
Allowed tolerances applicable in pressurized areas and for A380 programme only:
- You can add cable ties or lacing tape on a harness to make its shape better.
- It is not permitted to use NSA935401 cable ties on the inside of harnesses.
- The form and structure of the harness must not change.
- You must use NSA8420-7 lacing tape on the inside of harnesses or for attachment in hot or confined ar
eas.
2. P/N Information
CAUTION: DO NOT USE CABLE TIES WITH METAL TABS.

A. NSA935401 (F6198)
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Description and Installation NSA935401
NOTE: The head of the cable tie NSA935401 must not touch the adjacent structure or harness, inter
mittently or when you remove equipment.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
Standard P/N Dimension code Color code

NSA935401 - 03 R
(a) Temperature

(b) Dimension code

The dimensions of the tie-wrap are related to the wire harness diameter you will attach.
HARNESS DIAMETER
DIMENSI WIDTH mm (in) LENGTH mm (in)
mm (in
ON CODE
MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX. MIN. MAX.
2.4 mm (0. 2.5 mm (0. 92 mm (3. 102 mm 1.6 mm (0. 20 mm (0.
03
09 in.) 1 in.) 62 in.) (4.02 in.) 06 in.) 79 in.)
3.4 mm (0. 3.6 mm (0. 137 mm 150 mm 15 mm (0. 35 mm (1.
04
13 in.) 14 in.) (5.39 in.) (5.91 in.) 59 in.) 38 in.)
4.6 mm (0. 4.8 mm (0. 172 mm 204 mm 20 mm (0. 50 mm (1.
05
18 in.) 19 in.) (0.09 in.) (8.03 in.) 79 in.) 97 in.)
4.6 mm (0. 4.8 mm (0. 279 mm (1 302 mm (1 20 mm (0. 50 mm (1.
06
18 in.) 19 in.) 0.98 in.) 1.89 in.) 79 in.) 97 in.)
4.6 mm (0. 4.8 mm (0. 360 mm (1 389 mm (1 20 mm (0. 50 mm (1.
08
18 in.) 19 in.) 4.17 in.) 5.31 in.) 79 in.) 97 in.)
10 (see No 7.5 mm (0. 7.6 mm (0. 338 mm (1 376 mm (1 45 mm (1. 108 mm
te (1)) 3 in.) 3 in.) 3.31 in.) 4.8 in.) 77 in.) (4.25 in.)
7.6 mm (0. 8.9 mm (0. 700 mm (2 780 mm (3 45 mm (1. 230 mm
12
3 in.) 35 in.) 7.56 in.) 0.71 in.) 77 in.) (9.06 in.)
3.4 mm (0. 3.7 mm (0. 279 mm (1 295 mm (1 1.6 mm (0. 77 mm (3.
13
13 in.) 15 in.) 0.98 in.) 1.61 in.) 06 in.) 03 in.)
Note (1): This dimension code is used to attach small diameter harnesses by a double-tu
rn (eight-shaped) method.
(c) Color code

The colors of the cable tie must be:
- Black for general use
- Red in the fuel tanks.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
BLACK o
r NATUR
NATURA
COLOR AL (see RED BLUE GREEN YELLOW GREY
L
Note
(1))
COLOR C
No Code R B G Y S N
ODE
Note (1): Code no longer procurable.
(d) The type of route of the harness
HARNESS TYING HARNESS ATTACHMENT

NSA935401 NSA935401
Inside tanks
Red (see Note (2)) Red
Temperature between -55 d NSA935401
NSA935401
eg.C (-67.0 deg.F) and 150 Black (see Note (1))
Black
deg.C (302.0 deg.F) or NSA8420-7
Temperature between 135 d NSA935401
NSA935401
eg.C (275.0 deg.F) and 150 Black
Black
deg.C (302.0 deg.F) with ABS1339
Note (1): When you use NSA935401 for the tying of cables that contain coax or WX cabl
es, you must use size 04. (only for the A350).
Note (2): Only for some conditions (for example when you must attach 2 branches toget
her). Do not use NSA935401 for the tying of individual harness, because it is protected
with a special protection sleeve. (only for the A350).
- You cannot use cable ties NSA935401 in conduits.

- When convoluted conduits NSA935805 are routed together in one harness, it is nec
essary to tie them together with NSA935401.
- When two or more harnesses protected with an EMI split conduit (for example EN46
74 or ABS2418) or with a convoluted conduit NSA935805T are installed parallel to e
ach other, it is necessary to attach them together with cable ties NSA935401 (for A
350 only).
(3) Procedure
(a) Installation
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Description and Installation NSA935401
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401
1 Standard installation
- Use the correct cable tie for the harness diameter.

- Harness diameters from 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.), use NS
A935401-03.
- Harness diameters from 15 mm (0.59 in.) to 35 mm (1.38 in.), use NS
A935401-04.
- Harness diameters from 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 50 mm (1.97 in.), use NS
A935401-05/06/08.
- Harness diameters more than 45 mm (1.77 in.), use NSA935401-10 or
-12.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
- Put the cable tie around the harness with the section of the locking head on t
he outer side.
- Select the applicable wiring tool (guns) (Ref. ESPM 20-56-51-03).
Make sure that the gun adjustment is applicable for the harness diameter you
will attach.
NOTE: In some areas where you cannot use a cable tie installation tool (for exam
ple in areas where access is not easy), you can tighten the cable tie manu
ally. This is not applicable for "V" clamp attachments or for opposite adjac
ent cable harnesses where you have less than10 mm (0.39 in.)clearance.
Tying of branches:
- The cable tie heads must point to the outside.
- Tying devices must not be installed on the bent part of a main harness.
- There must be one tying device or more on each sub-branch.
a Manually installation
- Engage the free end of the cable tie into the locking head and pull tigh
tly with your hand.
- Cut the tail as flush as possible with the cable tie head.
NOTE: You must only use this procedure in special cases when there is no
access for the cable tie installation tool in a specific area (after the
harness is installed on the aircraft).
CAUTION: TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE CABLES AND CABLE TIES, MAKE

SURE THAT THE TOOL VALUES ARE CORRECT.
b Installation with tool
- Put the gun nose near the cable tie locking head and engage the end o
f the cable tie.
During tightening, make sure that you hold the head of the tool tightly agains
t the head of the cable tie.
- Pull the trigger. The cable tie is tightened and, when you get the neces
sary tension, it is automatically cut and the tail of the cable tie is eject
ed.
- Do a manual check to make sure that the tie is correctly tightened.
- Remove and discard the cable tie tail.
WARNING: MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS NO PROTRUSION OF SHARP EDGES

FROM THE CABLE TIE HEAD ABOVE 0.5 MM (0.2 IN.), AND THA
T THE TAIL IS CUT STRAIGHT. THIS IS TO PREVENT INJURY TO
PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO ADJACENT CABLE HARNESS.
c Check of correct tightening
- Make sure that the tail is not on the inside of the head because this ca
n cause opening of the cable tie.
- Make sure that the head of the cable tie does not touch an adjacent ha
rness.
2 Special case of coaxial cables
- Install the coaxial cable on the harness in the rack.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
Point the head of the cable tie on the harness at 90 deg. from the vertical axis
of the coaxial cable added.
- Put the cable tie in an eight shape to apply the pressure equally or put silicon
e tape NSA935403 (F6198) or equivalent (wind around 2 times).
Try not to put the cable tie head on the coaxial cable.
- Set the wiring tool (guns) to minimum tension.
- Put the gun nose near the cable tie locking head and engage the end of the c
able tie.
- Pull the trigger. The cable tie is tightened and, when you get the necessary te
nsion, it is automatically cut and the tail of the cable tie is ejected.
Do a visual check to make sure that the tie is correctly tightened.
- Remove and discard the cable tie tail.
3 Special case of optical fiber cables

Optical harnesses are tied only with lacing tape NSA8420 (F6198) or cable ties NSA
935401 after protection with a bushing NSA5539 (F6198) installed on each optical c
able at each attachment point.
NOTE: The position of the cable-tie installation guns must be equivalent to positio
n 3 max. of gun GS2B so as not to change the optical and mechanical prop
erties of the fiber.
It is necessary to use cable tie NSA935401 to tie the optical fiber cable as follows:
- Harness diameters from 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) to 35 mm (1.38 in.), use NSA935
401-04.
- Harness diameters from 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 50 mm (1.97 in.), use NSA9354
01-05 or -06 or -08.
- Harness diameters more than 45 mm (1.77 in.), use NSA935401-10 or -12.
When you tie an optical harness to an electrical harness tied with NSA935401, the h
eads of the ties must not touch the optical harness after installation.
NOTE: For optical cables, it is not permitted to install cable ties without a cable ti
e gun.
4 V Support
When you use a V support, tie the harnesses as follows:
- Diameters from 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) to 20 mm (0.79 in.), use cable tie NSA935
401-04.
- Diameters from 20 mm (0.79 in.) to 50 mm (1.97 in.), use cable tie NSA935
401-05 or -06 or -08.
- Diameter more than 50 mm (1.97 in.), use cable tie NSA935401-10.
5 Backshell
For the harness attached to the backshell, tie the harness as follows:
401-04.
401-05 or -06 or -08.
- Diameter more than 45 mm (1.77 in.), use cable tie NSA935401-10 or -12.
6 Raceway retainers
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
When you use retainers on harnesses with diameter between 1.6 mm (0.06 in.) and
45 mm (1.77 in.), use cable tie NSA935401-05 or -06 or -08 for tying.
7 Ramps
On ramps, tie the harnesses as follows:
401-04.
401-05 or -06 or -08.
- Diameter more than 50 mm (1.97 in.), use cable tie NSA935401-10.
(b) Removal
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Removal NSA935401
To remove a cable tie with a plastic tab, there are two methods: with or without cutting of
the locking head without damage to the cables (Ref. ESPM 20-56-51-03):
- With cutting of the locking head, you must use the KNIPEX CUTTING PLIERS (79021
25S1) (D1074).
- Without cutting of the locking head, you must use the KNIPEX PLIERS (8605150S0
2) (D1074).
To remove a cable tie with a metallic tab (used before 1991), you must cut the cable
tie with scissors held parallel to the cables so that the metallic tab does not fall into t
he harness between the cables.
Remove and discard the cable tie.
(4) Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Cable Tie Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401
B. NSA8420 (F6198)
In general, you must use cable ties NSA8420-5, -7, -9 or -10 for the tying of harnesses in high temper
ature areas.
In harnesses that include more than one technical harness, you must attach each one with lacing tape
NSA8420. It is not permitted to use enclosed cable ties NSA935401 (F6198) .
Standard P/N Dimension code

NSA8420 - 1
(a) Temperature

- Maximum operating temperature is related to the dimension code.
(b) Dimension code

The length of lacing tape necessary to make the hitch is related to the diameter of the wir
e harness that you will attach.

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
DIMENSION mm (i
DIMENSION CODE TEMPERATURE CONDITION
n)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
2.5 mm (0.1 in.) (Di
0 g.F) TO 121 deg.C (2 Thread
a.)
49.8 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
1.55 mm (0.06 in.) x
1 g.F) TO 232 deg.C (4 Tape
0.33 mm (0.01 in.)
49.6 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
2.67 mm (0.11 in.) x
0.33 mm (0.01 in.)
49.6 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
2.28 mm (0.09 in.) x
3 g.F) TO 121 deg.C (2 White Tape
0.3 mm (0.01 in.)
49.8 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
3.55 mm (0.14 in.) x
4 g.F) TO 121 deg.C (2 White Tape
0.38 mm (0.01 in.)
49.8 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
3 mm (0.12 in.) (Di
5 g.F) TO 360 deg.C (6 Thread
a.)
80.0 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
2 mm (0.08 in.) (Di
6 g.F) TO 232 deg.C (4 Braid
a.)
49.6 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
3.17 mm (0.12 in.) x
0.40 mm (0.02 in.)
00.6 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
1.52 mm (0.06 in.) x
0.30 mm (0.01 in.)
47.0 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
2.8 mm (0.11 in.) x
9 g.F) TO 1100 deg.C Tape
1.04 mm (0.04 in.)
(2012.0 deg.F)
-55 deg.C (-67.0 de
3.17 mm (0.12 in.) x
0.40 mm (0.02 in.)
00.6 deg.F)
(c) The type of route of the harness

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Conditions of Installation NSA8420
HARNESS TYING HARNESS ATTACHMENT

Areas with temperature grea
ter than 150 deg.C (302.0 d
eg.F)
NSA8420-7 -
Pylons High temperature are
as greater than 200 deg.C
(392.0 deg.F)
Fire areas NSA8420-9 -

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
In the areas that follow, it is necessary to use a special tying device that does not cause d
amage (for example lacing tape NSA8420):
- On the inside of split conduits
- On the inside of raceway channels and special attachment devices
- For G route harnesses
- Between the last attachment point and a connection with a minimum of 5 connector
s at the interface plate (only for the A380 programme).
For A380 and outside equipment, between the last attachment point and the connection,
when 5 connectors or more are connected to an interface plate, lacing tape NSA8420-7 m
ust be applied between the interface plate and the last attachment point of the harness to
the structure.
(3) Procedure
(a) Installation
The installation procedure for the lacing tape is related to the knot type used and the type
of cables you will attach.
NOTE: Lacing tape must not longitudinally slide on the harness. If it slides, it is necessar
y to do the process again.
Only a visual inspection is permitted.
Check visually:
- The quality of the knots and and application of primer and silicone if required.
- That the lacing tape is tight around the cables and at the right position.
1 Double clove hitch

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and NSA
8420-9 1/2
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and NSA
8420-9 2/2
This type of knot is for the tying of harnesses and the attachment of labels with laci
ng tape NSA8420-7.
You can also use it to tie harnesses in fire areas with lacing tape NSA8420-9.
- Step 1. Make a single clove hitch.
- Step 2. Then put one end of the lacing tape through one of the loops of the si
ngle clove hitch. This operation makes a double clove hitch.
- Step 3. Tighten the knot sufficiently so that it does not slide on the harness.
- Step 4. Then make the closing knot which includes 2 loops (no double knot).
This is to increase the friction effect and the loosening resistance of the knot.
- Step 5. Tighten the knot with two turns at an angle of 45 degrees.
- Step 6. Cut each tape end approximately at length 'A' from the knot with scis
sors or cutting pliers.
If the lacing tape is in high temperature or vibration areas, it is necessary to safety
the knot with CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General Purpose One part legacy (M
aterial Ref. 06CMD9)).
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Safetying of the Knots NSA8420-5, NSA8420-7 and NSA8420-
9

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
NOTE: If a harness has several bundles (with or without open sleeve) the CAF4 (0
6CMD9(Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General Purpose One part legacy)) is on
ly necessary on the peripheral lacing tapes.
2 Making a knot for label E0248 (F6198)
a ’American’ knot
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - American Knot Installation Procedure for Label E0248
This procedure is the recommended procedure, for which the primer and the
CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General Purpose One part legacy (Material
Ref. 06CMD9)) are not necessary in high temperature or vibration areas (com
pared to the double clove hitch):
- Step 1. Make the first ’American’ knot (see §2.B.3.(6)).
- Step 2. Make a double closing of the first knot.
- Step 3. Do the steps (1) and (2) again for the second and the third kn
ot.
Put the second knot under the annotation of the label.
b Double clove hitch

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure for E0248 and
NSA8420-7 1/5
NSA8420-7 2/5
NSA8420-7 3/5
NSA8420-7 4/5
NSA8420-7 5/5
This procedure is for tying of the label E0248 on the harness with lacing tape
NSA8420-7:
- Step 1. Make a double clove of the first hitch.
- Step 2. Make a double closing of the first hitch.
- Step 3. Make a double clove of the second hitch.
- Step 4. Make a double closing of the second hitch.
- Step 5. Make a double clove of the third hitch.
- Step 6. Make a double closing of the third hitch.
Put the second hitch under the annotation of the label.
NOTE: If the lacing tapes NSA8420-7 or NSA8420-9 are used in high temp
erature or vibration areas, secure it with primer and silicone.
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Safetying of the Knots NSA8420-5, NSA8420-7 and NSA
8420-9
3 Crossed tying
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Crossed Tying NSA8420-7
The crossed-tying uses the same procedure as the double clove hitch knot, but the l
acing tape is crossed when you make the knot.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
CAUTION: DO NOT MAKE THE LACING CORD OR THE KNOTS TOO TIGHT. THE CO
RD CAN CUT OR GO THROUGH THE CONDUCTOR JACKET OR THE INS
ULATION OF THE CABLE. THIS CAN CAUSE THE ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
TO BECOME DEFECTIVE.
4 Hanging knot
You use this type of knot to keep P, G, X and E routes apart in high temperature an
d SWAMP areas with lacing tape NSA8420-X.
a Simple separator knot
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Dimensional Table for Hanging Knot Installation NSA842
0-5
- Step 1: Wind the lacing tape perpendicularly around the cables (or rou
tes) with the necessary number of turns ("A" turns given in the dimens
ional table) to attach the cables (or routes). Make sure that you get th
e distance "d" given in the dimensional table.
- Step 2: With each end of the lacing tape (1 and 2), make the necessar
y number of turns parallel to the cables (or routes). Make sure that yo
u get the distance "d".
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Simple Separator Knot
- Step 3: Make a closing knot and tighten the knot tightly to complete th
e separator knot.
- Step 4: Cut each end of the lacing tape approximately 10 mm (0.39 i
n.) from the knot. To do this you can use:
- A heated tool (thermal stripper or soldering iron) Ref. ESPM 20-5
6-12-03. This method prevents the braid of the lacing tape from f
raying without application of CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_Ge
neral Purpose One part legacy (Material Ref. 06CMD9)). Or,
- A cutting tool (scissors or cutting pliers) and apply a drop of CAF
4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General Purpose One part legacy (M
aterial Ref. 06CMD9)) or equivalent at each end of the lacing tap
e. This method prevents the braid at the end of the lacing tape fr
om fraying.
Ref. Fig. Examples for Simple Separator Knot
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Safetying of the Knots NSA8420-5, NSA8420-7 an
d NSA8420-9
- Step 5: Safety the knot with CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General
Purpose One part legacy (Material Ref. 06CMD9)).
d NSA8420-9
b Special separator knot for routes G and E

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Dimensional Table for Hanging Knot Installation NSA842
0-5
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Hanging Knot for 2 Routes (3 cables) NSA8420-5 1/2
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Special Separator Knot for Routes G and E
Ref. Fig. Examples for Simple Separator Knot
You use this type of knot when an E route must go through a G route. The "e
xcitation" cables are at the same distance between the cables of the "generat
ion" route.
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
- Step 1: Wind end "2" of the lacing tape around the cables. You only us
e end "1" at the end of the procedure to complete the knot.
- Step 2:
- With end ”2”, make the necessary number of turns in the space b
etween the top cable of the G route and the E route. Make sure t
hat you get distance "d".
- Go across the cables of the E route.
- Step 3: With end ”2”, make the necessary number of turns (same as in
step 2) in the space between the bottom cable of the G route and the
E route. Make sure that you get distance "d".
- Step 4: Make a double closing knot with the 2 ends of the lacing tape a
round the cable of the G route. Tighten the knot tightly.
- Step 5: Cut each end of the lacing tape approximately 10 mm (0.39 i
n.) from the knot. To do this you can use:
- A heated tool (thermal stripper or soldering iron) Ref. ESPM 20-5
6-12-03. This method prevents the braid of the lacing tape from f
raying without application of CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_Ge
neral Purpose One part legacy (Material Ref. 06CMD9)). Or,
- A cutting tool (scissors or cutting pliers) and apply a drop of CAF
4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General Purpose One part legacy (M
aterial Ref. 06CMD9)) or equivalent at each end of the lacing tap
e. This method prevents the braid at the end of the lacing tape fr
om fraying.
d NSA8420-9
- Step 6: Safety the knot with CAF4 (Silicone Adhesive Sealant_General
Purpose One part legacy (Material Ref. 06CMD9)).
d NSA8420-9
5 Whipping knot for overbraiding

This type of knot is used to tie overbraiding harnesses with lacing tape NSA8420-7.
a To attach the straight part of the harness:
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
- Step 1. With the lacing tape, make a loop along the harness in the nec
essary position.
- Step 2. Hold the loop in its position and move end "1" until it is perpen
dicular to the harness.
Wind end "1" of the tape five turns around the harness on the loop. Ma
ke sure that there is no overlap of the turns and that you sufficiently tig
hten the tape.
- Step 3. While you keep the tension on the lacing tape, lift the loop and
wind end "1" of the tape two more turns around the harness.
- Step 4. Put end "1" of the lacing tape through the loop.
- Step 5. Pull end "2" of the lacing tape along the harness to tighten the
loop on end "1" of the lacing tape. Pull the knot that you made below t
he first five turns of the lacing tape. While you pull the knot, hold the
whipping knot in position.
- Step 6. The view shows the position of the end knot below the first 5 t
urns of the lacing tape. Cut the lacing tape approximately 3 mm (0.12
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
in.) from each side of the whipping knot.
b To attach separation branches of a harness

Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
6 ’American’ knot
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Installation of Lacing Tape Using American Knot NSA8420-7 1/
5
5
5
5
5
You use this type of knot to tie harnesses in small narrow spaces and to attach a la
bel with NSA8420-7.
- Step 1. First cut a piece of a lacing tape and hold this piece in the middle.
- Step 2. Make a double loop.
- Step 3. Fold back each loops on itself.
- Step 4. Put the lacing tape around the harness and put the two tape ends thr
ough the double loop.
- Step 5. Tighten the double loop.
- Step 6. Tighten the knot on the harness and move away each loop.
- Step 7. Pull on each end to tight the knot.
- Step 8. To make the closing knot do two loops in a single step.
- Step 9. Tighten the knot with a turn.
- Step 10. Cut each tape end approximately at length 'B' from the knot with sci
ssors or cutting pliers.
(b) Removal
Ref. Fig. Tie-wraps - Removal of lacing tape NSA8420
To prevent unwanted damage to an electrical conductor, when you use cutting pliers (for e
xample FACOM CUTTING PLIERS (39516) (7C213), KNIPEX CUTTING PLIERS (7902125S1)
(D1074) or equivalent) to cut lacing tape NSA8420, you must obey the precautions that fo
llow:
- Only cut the lacing tape at the head of the knot, so that the tool does not touch the
cables. This is to prevent damage to the cables.
- Do not cut the tape on the circumference of the harness. This can cause damage to
the cable, which can cause other risks.
NOTE: It is necessary to discard the lacing tape after removal.
Figure 20-33-44-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Conditions of Installation NSA8420

Figure 20-33-44-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Description and Installation NSA935401
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
Figure 20-33-44-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401

Figure 20-33-44-0013-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Removal NSA935401
Figure 20-33-44-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Cable Tie Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
Figure 20-33-44-0015-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401
Figure 20-33-44-0016-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and
NSA8420-9 1/2
Figure 20-33-44-0017-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and
NSA8420-9 2/2
Figure 20-33-44-0018-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Safetying of the Knots NSA8420-5, NSA8420-7 and NSA84
20-9
Figure 20-33-44-0019-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure for E0248 and N
SA8420-7 1/5
SA8420-7 2/5
SA8420-7 3/5
SA8420-7 4/5
SA8420-7 5/5
Figure 20-33-44-0024-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Crossed Tying NSA8420-7
Figure 20-33-44-0025-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Dimensional Table for Hanging Knot Installation NSA8420-
5
Figure 20-33-44-0026-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Simple Separator Knot
Figure 20-33-44-0027-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Hanging Knot for 2 Routes (3 cables) NSA8420-5 1/2
Figure 20-33-44-0028-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Special Separator Knot for Routes G and E
Figure 20-33-44-0029-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
Figure 20-33-44-0030-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
Figure 20-33-44-0031-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
Figure 20-33-44-0032-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
Figure 20-33-44-0033-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Installation of Lacing Tape Using American Knot NSA8420-
7 1/5
7 2/5
7 3/5
7 4/5
7 5/5
Figure 20-33-44-0038-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - Removal of lacing tape NSA8420
Figure 20-33-44-0039-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Tie-wraps - American Knot Installation Procedure for Label E0248
Figure 20-33-44-0040-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Examples for Simple Separator Knot

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
FIXED HEAD (Pa 6.6 SNAP IN LOCK) TAIL
PLASTIC
TAB
LENGTH WIDTH
STRAIGHT END
MOBILE HEAD (CONE LOCK)

BEND END
STEP1 STEP2
STEP3
P_SP_203344_D1_00110001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Description and Installation NSA935401

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
EXAMPLES FOR STANDARD INSTALLATION:
TIE WRAP HEAD OUTSIDE
EXAMPLES FOR INSTALLATION OF COAXIAL CABLE:
NSA935401, SHAPED AS AN EIGHT

COAXIAL CABLE ADDED
HARNESS CABLE TIE HEAD (NSA935401)
OR
SILICONE TAPE NSA935403
CABLE TIE NSA935401
OR EQUIVALENT - WIND AROUND 2 TIMES
COAXIAL CABLE
HARNESS
MAIN HARNESS TIES NSA935401
CHECK OF TIGHTENING
INCORRECT: CORRECT:
CABLE TIE HEAD END OF THE CABLE TIE TAIL (STRAP)

NOT STRAIGHT
0.5 mm (0.019 in)
> 0.5 mm
(0.019 in)
STRAP TOO LONG: STRAP TOO SHORT: STRAP FLUSH:

TENSION TOO LOW, TENSION TOO HIGH. TENSION IS
MUST BE INCREASED. CORRECT.
P_SP_203344_D1_00120001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
REMOVAL OF A PLASTIC CABLE TIE WITHOUT CUTTING OF THE LOCKING HEAD

-WITH THE PLIERS KNIPEX8605150S02:
REMOVAL OF A CABLE TIE WITH A METALLIC TAB:
CUT HERE
P_SP_203344_D1_00130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0013-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Removal NSA935401

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
CORRECT INCORRECT
ONE MORE CHECK FOR IF THE FIRST TOOTH IS ON

UNDERCUT IS THE OUTSIDE OF THE
NECESSARY. ALL THREE CUTTING POSITION, YOU
TEETH MUST BE ENGAGED MUST REJECT THE CABLE
TO TIGHTEN THE STRAP. TIE.
SIZE 10 SIZE 10
SIZE 04 SIZE 04
P_SP_203344_D1_00140001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Cable Tie Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR CABLE TIE INSTALLATION
CABLE TIE INSTALLATION DESCRIPTION DECISION
TYING DEVICE
THE TYING DEVICE IS INSTALLED ON

REJECTED
THE BENT PART OF A SUB-BRANCH.
STRAIGHT STRAIGHT
PART PART
THE TYING DEVICE IS NOT INSTALLED ON
THE BENT PART OF A SUB-BRANCH.
A MINIMUM OF ONE TYING DEVICE IS

INSTALLED ON EACH SUB-BRANCH ACCEPTED
(3 TYING DEVICES IN THE ZONE).
PUT THE WIRES AT THE PERIPHERY OF

THE MAIN BUNDLE TO PREVENT CROSSING
STRAIGHT THE WIRE AT DERIVATION LEVEL.
PART
P_SP_203344_D1_00150001_01_01
Figure 20-33-44-0015-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Installation and Check NSA935401

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
INSTALLATION OF LACING TAPE NSA8420
- AT INTERFACE PLATE LEVEL
INCORRECT: THE CABLE TIES ARE INSTALLED CORRECT: THE LACING TAPES ARE APPLIED
BETWEEN THE INTERFACE PLATE AND THE BETWEEN THE INTERFACE PLATE AND THE
ATTACHMENT POINT OF THE HARNESS ON ATTACHMENT POINT OF THE HARNESS ON
THE RAMP. THE RAMP.
- ON A RAMP IN AN AREA OF STRESS CONDITIONS
- IN AN AREA OF HIGH WIRING DENSITY

(e.g. REAR OF INSTRUMENT PANELS, FLIGHT CONTROL UNITS, ETC.)
- FOR THE SEPARATION OF G ROUTE HARNESSES
P_SP_203344_D1_00100001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Conditions of Installation NSA8420

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
~
- 10 ± 5 mm
(0.393 ± 0.196 in)
P_SP_203344_D1_00160001_01_01
Figure 20-33-44-0016-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and
NSA8420-9 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
P_SP_203344_D1_00170001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0017-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure NSA8420-7 and
NSA8420-9 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1: BEFORE YOU USE CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE06CMD9), YOU MUST APPLY A THIN LAYER OF
PRIMERPM820 WITH A SMALL BRUSH. LET THIS PRIMER DRY IN AN AREA WITH
NO DUST FOR A MINIMUM OF 1 MINUTE BEFORE YOU DO THE NEXT STEP.
STEP 2: THEN APPLY A DROP OF CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9) ON THE KNOT.
MAKE SURE THAT THERE IS CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9) ON ALL PARTS OF THE KNOT.
NOTE:
AFTER CUTTING THE LACING TAPE, IF IT HAS A SIGN TO FRAY, THIS PROCEDURE CAN BE
APPLIED AT EACH END OF THE LACING TAPE.
IN THE CASE OF A HARNESS WITH SEVERAL BUNDLES (WITH OR WITHOUT OPEN SLEEVE),
THE CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9) IS ONLY NECESSARY
ON THE PERIPHERAL LACING TAPES.
'AMERICAN' KNOT WITHOUT CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9) OR
DOUBLE CAPSTAN KNOT WITH CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9).
LACING TAPE KNOT WITHOUT CAF4 (APPLICATION CODE 06CMD9)
('AMERICAN' KNOT PREFERRED).
P_SP_203344_D1_00180001_01_02
Figure 20-33-44-0018-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Safetying of the Knots NSA8420-5, NSA8420-7 and NSA8420-9
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
P_SP_203344_D1_00390001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0039-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - American Knot Installation Procedure for Label E0248
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
P_SP_203344_D1_00190001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0019-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Double Clove Hitch Installation Procedure for E0248 and
NSA8420-7 1/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 3:
P_SP_203344_D1_00200001_01_00
NSA8420-7 2/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 4:
P_SP_203344_D1_00210001_01_00
NSA8420-7 3/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 5:
P_SP_203344_D1_00220001_01_00
NSA8420-7 4/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 6:
P_SP_203344_D1_00230001_01_00
NSA8420-7 5/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
CROSSED TYING
THE LACING TAPES ARE CROSSED

WHEN YOU MAKE A DOUBLE
CLOVE-HITCH KNOT
FINAL KNOT
P_SP_203344_D1_00240001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0024-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Crossed Tying NSA8420-7

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF DISTANCE

HANGING
USE TURNS TURNS BETWEEN KNOT TYPE
KNOT
A B* ROUTES
TO SEPARATE
(1 + 1)
FOR THE PARALLEL D = ~ 10 mm
2 ROUTES + LAST
CABLES 3 OR 4
(2 CABLES) CLOSING (0.39 in)**
IN THE SAME
KNOT
ROUTE
D
TURNS A
TO SEPARATE
(3 + 3)
2 ROUTES + LAST
CABLES 4 TURNS B
(2 CABLES) CLOSING (0.98 in)***
IN DIFFERENT
KNOT
ROUTES
D
TO SEPARATE
(3 + 3)
FOR THE DIFFERENT D = ~ 25 mm
2 ROUTES + LAST
ROUTES THAT 4 (0.98 in)***
(2 CABLES) CLOSING
ARE NOT
KNOT
PARALLEL
D
TO ROUTE AN
EXCITATION (3 + 3)
FOR ROUTE WITH D = ~ 25 mm
2 ROUTES + LAST
A GENERATION 4
(2 CABLES) CLOSING (0.98 in)***
ROUTE KNOT
(IN HARNESS)
D
TO SEPARATE
2 ROUTES CABLES 4 3+3
(3 CABLES) (0.39 in)**
IN THE SAME D
ROUTE
D
D D1
TO ROUTE AN G ROUTE
EXCITATION
FOR ROUTE WITH D = ~ 25 mm
2 ROUTES 4 3+3 E ROUTE
(3 CABLES) A GENERATION (0.98 in)***
ROUTE
(NOT IN HARNESS)
G ROUTE
* YOU CAN CHANGE THE NUMBER OF TURNS GIVEN IN A RECOMMENDATION WHEN NECESSARY.
BUT YOU MUST GET AND KEEP THE NECESSARY DISTANCE "D".
** THE FEEDER CABLES IN THE SAME ROUTE THAT GO IN THE DIFFERENT (NON PARALLEL) DIRECTIONS
MUST NOT DIRECTLY TOUCH THE OTHER ROUTE. THE SEPARATION DISTANCE MUST AGREE WITH THE
DESIGN OFFICE. WHEN THERE IS NO INFORMATION IN THE DESIGN OFFICE, KEEP A DISTANCE OF
10 mm (0.39 in). KEEP A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 5 mm (0.20 in) IN SPECIAL CASE.
*** THE SEPARATION DISTANCE MUST AGREE WITH THE DESIGN OFFICE. A MINIMUM DISTANCE "D" IS
NECESSARY FOR THE ROUTES OF DIFFERENT CATEGORIES IS 25 mm (0.98 in). WHEN THERE IS NO
INFORMATION IN THE DESIGN OFFICE AND 25 mm (0.98 in) IS NOT POSSIBLE, YOU MUST KEEP
A DISTANCE "D1" OF 10 mm (0.39 in). KEEP A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 5 mm (0.20 in) IN SPECIAL CASE.
P_SP_203344_D1_00250001_01_03
Figure 20-33-44-0025-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Dimensional Table for Hanging Knot Installation NSA8420-5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 2:
2 d 2
d 1
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
CUT MADE WITH A ~ 10 mm

THERMAL STRIPPER (0.39 in)
~ 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203344_D1_00260001_01_01
Figure 20-33-44-0026-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Simple Separator Knot

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
EXAMPLES FOR SIMPLE SEPARATOR KNOT
~ 25 mm
~ 25 mm
(0.98 in)
(0.98 in)
~ 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203344_D1_00400001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0040-0001 (SHEET 1) - Examples for Simple Separator Knot

** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
G ROUTE
E ROUTE
G ROUTE
2 1
2 2
1 1
STEP 2:
d 2
1 1
P_SP_203344_D1_00270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0027-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Hanging Knot for 2 Routes (3 cables) NSA8420-5 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
CUT MADE WITH A ~ 10 mm

THERMAL STRIPPER (0.39 in)
~ 10 mm
(0.39 in)
P_SP_203344_D1_00280001_01_01
Figure 20-33-44-0028-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Special Separator Knot for Routes G and E
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
1
2
STEP 3:
P_SP_203344_D1_00290001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0029-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 4:
KNOT MADE
STEP 5:
STEP 6:
~ 3 mm ~ 3 mm
(0.118 in) (0.118 in)
KNOT BELOW THE TURNS

P_SP_203344_D1_00300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0030-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Whipping Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1: MAKE A LOOP ALONG THE HARNESS WHICH STARTS 10 mm FROM THE SEPARATION
100 mm 10 mm
(3.937 in) (0.393 in)
SEPARATION
TAPE
HARNESS NSA8420 - 7
STEP 2: WIND THE TAPE FIVE TIMES AROUND THE HARNESS TOWARD THE LOOP.
THEN PUT THE TAPE BETWEEN THE TWO BRANCHES.
BRANCH
BRANCH
STEP 3: WIND THE TAPE FIVE TIMES AROUND EACH BRANCH

WHILE YOU CROSS THE TAPE BETWEEN THE BRANCHES.
P_SP_203344_D1_00310001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0031-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 1/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 4: PUT THE END OF THE TAPE THROUGH THE LOOP.
STEP 5: PULL THE TWO ENDS OF THE TAPE UNTIL YOU DO NOT SEE THE
KNOT BELOW THE FIVE TURNS OF THE TAPE.
STEP 6: CUT THE TWO ENDS 3mm (0.118in.) FROM THE LACING.
P_SP_203344_D1_00320001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0032-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Separation Knot for Overbraiding NSA8420-7 2/2
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
P_SP_203344_D1_00330001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0033-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Installation of Lacing Tape Using American Knot NSA8420-7 1/5
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203344_D1_00340001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 6:
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
P_SP_203344_D1_00350001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 9:
P_SP_203344_D1_00360001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
STEP 10:
~
- 10 ± 5 mm
(0.393 ± 0.196 in)
P_SP_203344_D1_00370001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:02
CORRECT
INCORRECT
P_SP_203344_D1_00380001_01_00
Figure 20-33-44-0038-0001 (SHEET 1) - Tie-wraps - Removal of lacing tape NSA8420

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-45-01 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting -
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
20-33-45-01 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Description (AIRBUS)


REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0090 ABS0122 ABS0126

ABS0271 ABS0280 ABS0281
ABS0327 ABS0330 ABS0334
ABS0364 ABS0388 ABS0492
ABS0510 ABS0511 ABS0513
ABS0517 ABS0518 ABS0519
ABS0520 ABS0521 ABS0522
ABS0523 ABS0524 ABS0580
ABS0581 ABS0582 ABS0583
ABS0584 ABS0585 ABS0586
ABS0587 ABS0591 ABS0631
ABS0638 ABS0655 ABS0656
ABS0693 ABS0694 ABS0695
ABS0699 ABS0700 ABS0713
ABS0841 ABS0842 ABS0872
ABS0885 ABS0886 ABS0887
ABS0893 ABS0916 ABS0932
ABS0933 ABS0934 ABS0935
ABS0936 ABS0937 ABS0992
ABS1019 ABS1023 ABS1054
ABS1057 ABS1069 ABS1138
ABS1213 ABS1239 ABS1339
ABS1340 ABS1343 ABS1358
ABS1359 ABS1360 ABS1361
ABS1362 ABS1363 ABS1365
ABS1366 ABS1378 ABS1425
ABS1426 ABS1427 ABS1452
ABS1513 ABS1555 ABS1571
ABS1603 ABS1635 ABS1649
ABS1667 ABS1696 ABS1870
ABS1896 ABS2133 ABS2211
ABS2216 ABS2219 ABS2220
ABS2221 ABS2222 ABS2262
ABS2306 ABS2313 ABS2412
ABS2413 ABS2418 ABS5330
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
DAN218 E0007 E0020

E0021 E0039 E0040
E0041 E0052 E0053
E0054 E0073 E0074
E0075 E0076 E0077
E0079 E0080 E0093
E0094 E0109 E0110
E0111 E0115 E0126
E0150 E0151 E0152
E0153 E0186 E0187
E0195 E0197 E0199
E0233 E0237 E0302
E0312 E0320 E0321
E0322 E0344 E0362
E0390 E0393 E0432
E0448 E0451 E0452
E0454 E0455 E0515
E0545 E0549 E0550
E0579 E0580 E0610
E0611 E0612 E0617
E0618 E0684 E0695
E0697 E0699 E0700
E0718 E0740 E0760
E0761 E0762 E0763
E0805 E0850 E0851
EN2997 EN2997-001 EN2997-003
EN2997-008 EN3545-007 EN3645
EN3645-001 EN3646 EN3646-001
EN3646-003 EN3646-004 EN3646-008
EN3660-003 EN3660-004 EN3660-005
EN3660-017 EN3660-018 EN3660-019
EN3660-020 EN3660-021 EN4165
EN4674 EN6049 NSA5516
NSA5539 NSA8420 NSA935401
NSA935403 NSA935404 NSA935805
NSA935806 NSA935820 NSA935827
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NSA935829 NSA937903 NSA937905

NSA938003 NSA938025 NSA938026
NSA938112 NSA938150 NSA938154
NSA938155 NSA938163 NSA938361
NSA938422 NSA938921 NSA938925
NSA938931 NSA938932 NSA9504
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and installation of the backshells, end pieces and conduit fittings used on ai
rcraft.
These items are divided into 5 sub-families.
Listed by paragraph in the table that follows:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
REFER TO PARA. REFER TO PARA. REFER TO PARA. REFER TO PARA. REFER TO PARA.
2.A. 2.B. 2.C. 2.D. 2.E.
ABS0090
ABS0126
ABS0271
ABS0517
ABS0518
ABS0587
ABS0638
ABS0872
ABS1057
ABS1452
ABS1513
ABS1635
ABS0280
ABS1649
ABS0281
ABS1870
ABS0327
ABS1896-003
ABS0581 ABS0519
ABS2133-004
ABS0842 ABS0521
ABS2211
ABS0364 ABS0936 ABS0522
ABS2216
ABS0388 ABS0937 ABS0523
ABS2412
ABS0699 ABS1138-003 ABS0524
E0020
ABS0700 ABS1138-004 ABS0580
E0021
ABS1019-005 ABS1138-005 ABS0582
E0080 (ex NSA9381
ABS1069-003 ABS0591 ABS1138-006 ABS0583
54)
ABS1239-006 E0074 ABS1358 ABS0584 (ex ABS03
E0199
ABS1696-005 E0109 (ex NSA9358 ABS1359 (ex ABS08 34)
E0344
ABS2313-005 20) 93) ABS0585
E0455
E0312 E0115 (ex NSA9358 ABS1360 ABS0693
E0515
E0365 27) ABS1361 ABS0694
E0549
E0393 (ex EN3545- NSA935827 ABS1362 ABS0695
E0580
007SCD) NSA935829 ABS1363 ABS0885
E0617
E0448 ABS1365 ABS0886
E0618
E0699 ABS1366 ABS0932
E0850
EN3545-007 ABS2262 ABS0933
E0851
EN4165 E0075 ABS0934
EN3660-003 (ex E0
NSA938422 E0550 ABS1023
199 AND E0455)
E0740 ABS1603
EN3660-004 (ex E0
E0760 NSA9504
199 AND E0455)
E0761
EN3660-005 (ex E0
E0762
199 AND E0455)
E0763
EN3660-017
EN3660-018
EN3660-019
EN3660-020
EN3660-021
NSA938003
NSA938025
NSA938112
NSA938150
NSA938155
NSA938163
NSA938921
In case of removal and reinstallation of a backshell the original backshell orientation must be respected.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Marks, notes or pictures can be envisaged to make sure that the original backshell orientation is obeyed.
If the original backshell orientation cannot be insured, you must contact Airbus.
Make sure that the harness bend radii and distances in relation to the structure, the other systems and harne
sses agree with the installation rules.
2. P/N Information
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Structure of the Topic
A. Backshells for Circular Connectors or Pressure Seals
This type of backshell has for example the codes that follow:
- By cable tie attachment:
ABS1896-003 backshell for EN2997, EN3646, EN3645 and circular connectors (ABS1054, ABS121
3, ABS1340, ABS1343, ABS1425, ABS1426, ABS1427, ABS2133, ABS2219, ABS2220, ABS2221 a
nd ABS2222).
ABS2216 backshell for EN3645 connectors.
ABS2412 backshell for EN3645 connectors with cavity size 8.
E0080 (ex NSA938154) backshell for NAS1599 (E0039, E0040, E0041, E0052, E0053, E0054) an
d MIL-C-83723 (E0186, E0187, E0579, E0195, E0320, E0321, E0322) connector type and E0073
pressure seal.
ABS0638 backshell for NAS1599 (E0039, E0040, E0041, E0052, E0053, E0054) and MIL-C-83723
(E0320, E0321, E0322) connector type.
NSA938025 backshell for MIL-C-38999 (NSA938026) connector type.
NSA938112 backshell for MIL-C-26500 (E0077, E0079, E0110) connector type.
EN3660-017, EN3660-018 and EN3660-019 backshell for PREN3645.
- By clamp attachment:
E0020 backshell for MIL-C-26482 (E0007) connector type.
NSA938150 backshell for NAS1599 (E0039, E0040, E0041, E0052, E0053, E0054) and E0073 pre
ssure seal.
ABS0872 backshell for MIL-C-26482 connector type.
E0850 and E0851 backshell for MIL-C-26482 and UTE C 93-422 (E0076, E0150, E0151, E0152 an
d E0153) connector type.
NSA938163 backshell for MIL-C-26500 (E0077, E0079, E0110) connector type.
E0344 backshell for MIL-C-5015 (E0093, E0094, NSA938931 and NSA938932) connector type.
NSA938155 backshell for MIL-C-5015 (NSA938931, NSA938932, E0093, E0094) connector type.
NSA938921 backshell for MIL-C-5015 (NSA938925, E0111, E0233) connector type.
E0199 backshell for MIL-C-83723 (E0195, E0197) connector type.
ABS0090, ABS0126 and ABS0587 backshell for PREN2997 (E0452, E0454) connector.
ABS1635 backshell for MIL-DTL-38999 (NSA938026, ABS1555-003, ABS1555-004, ABS1555-005,
E0684) connector type.
ABS1649 backshell for MIL-DTL-38999 connector type.
ABS1667 backshell for MIL-DTL-38999 connector type.
E0455 backshell for PREN2997 (E0451, E0452, E0454) connector type.
E0617 backshell for MIL-C-38999 (E0545, EN3645) connector type.
E0618 backshell for MIL-C-38999 (E0545, E0610, E0611, E0612, EN3645) connector type.
EN3660-004 (ex E0199 and E0455) and EN3660-005 (ex E0199 and E0455) backshell for PREN29
97 and PREN4067 connector type and ABS1425 shunted connector.
EN3660-020 and EN3660-021 backshell for PREN3645.
ABS2211 backshell for EN2997-001 and EN3646-001 connector type.
- Without harness attachment:
E0021 thread protector for MIL-C-26482 (E0007) connector type.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NSA938003 thread protector for NAS1599 (E0052, E0053, E0054) connector type and E0073 pres
sure seal.
ABS0271 backshell for NAS1599 (E0052, E0053, E0054) connector type.
ABS0517 and ABS0518 backshell for NAS1599 (E0052, E0053, E0054) and MIL-C-83723 (E0195,
E0320, E0322) connector types and E0073 pressure seal.
ABS1057 backshell for ABS1054-003 and ABS1054-004 connectors.
ABS1452 and ABS1513 backshell for ABS1340, ABS1343, ABS1426 and ABS1427 connectors.
ABS1870 backshell for ABS1343, ABS1426 and ABS1870XXXKXXXX connectors.
E0515 backshell for NAS1599, MIL-C-83723 and PREN2997 connector type.
EN3660-003 (ex E0199 and E0455) backshell for PREN2997 and PREN4067 connector type.
- For high power connector:
ABS2133-004 backshell for high power connector ABS2133-003.
(1) ABS0638, ABS1896-003, ABS2216, ABS2412, E0080, EN3660-017, EN3660-018, EN3660-019,
NSA938025 and NSA938112 Backshells
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identifcation ABS1896-003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2216 and ABS2412
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell with EMI Shielding System - ABS22
16 and ABS2412
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - E0080
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Example of Installation - E0080, NSA938003
and NSA938150
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - EN3660-017, EN3660-018,
EN3660-019, EN3660-020 and EN3660-021
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - NSA938
025
112
BACKSHELL BODY BACKSHELL TYPE

STANDARD P/N SHELL SIZE CODE
ORIENTATION CODE
ABS1896 A 12 P
BACKSHELL BODY BACKSHELL TYPE

STANDARD P/N SHELL SIZE CODE
ORIENTATION CODE
ABS2216 A 19 P
BACKSHELL TYPE
BACKSHELL BODY
CODE
ORIENTATION
W = BACKSHELL W
A = STRAIGHT
ITH EMI SHIELDIN
STANDARD P/N B = 45 DEG. ELBO SHELL SIZE CODE
G SYSTEM
WED
P = BACKSHELL W
C = 90 DEG. ELBO
ITHOUT EMI SHIEL
WED
DING SYSTEM
ABS2412 A 09 W

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL TYPE BACKSHELL FINISH AND

STANDARD P/N
CODE SIZE CODE COLOR CODE
E0080 - 01 - 12 C
Table - Backshell

E0080 CP1
Table - Pad
STRAIN RELIE
F ADAPTOR TY
PE
A = WITHOUT
PROTECTIVE P
AD AND GROU
COUPLING NU
ND LUG
T
B = WITH PRO
1 = WITHOUT
TECTIVE PAD
STANDARD P/ MATERIAL CO SELF-LOCKING SHELL SIZE CO
AND GROUND
N DE DEVICE DE
LUG
2 = WITH SELF
C = WITH PRO
-LOCKING DEV
TECTIVE PAD
ICE
AND WITHOUT
GROUND LUG
D = WITHOUT
PROTECTIVE P
AD AND WITH
GROUND LUG
EN3660-017 A 1 A 09
EN3660-018 A 1 A 09
EN3660-019 A 1 A 09
STANDARD P/N PART TYPE CODE SHELL SIZE CODE FINISH CODE
NSA938025 A 14 M
STANDARD P/N SHELL SIZE CODE FINISH CODE TYPE CODE

NSA938112 16 C 01
1 Temperature
a For ABS0638 and E0080

b For ABS1896-003
- For backshell type code K, E and W:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- For backshell type code P:

c For ABS2216 and ABS2412

d For EN3660-017, EN3660-018 and EN3660-019
- For class A and N:

- For class W:
e For NSA938025
- For black anodizing:

- For electroless nickel:
f For NSA938112

2 Backshell body orientation (for ABS1896-003, ABS2216 and ABS2412)
- A = Straight backshell
- B = 45 degree backshell
- C = 90 degree backshell
3 Shell size codes
a For ABS1896-003 backshell

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SHELL SIZE NUMBER OF TEETH

08 12
09 12
10 15
11 16
12 21
13 20
14 24
15 24
16 30
17 28
18 33
19 32
20 36
21 36
22 39
23 40
24 42
25 44
28 54
b For ABS2216 backshell
- Backshell without EMI shielding system
NUMBER OF TEETH
SHELL SIZE
NO EMI BACKSHELL EMI BACKSHELL
09 4 OR 12 12
11 4 16
13 8 20
15 8 24
17 8 28
19 12 32
21 12 36
23 12 40
25 16 44
- Backshell with EMI shielding system

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

11 12
13 12
15 16
17 20
19 20
21 24
23 28
25 28
c For ABS2412 backshell

The shell size of the backshell ABS2412 is 09.
d For EN3660-017, EN3660-018 and EN3660-019 backshells

09 12
11 16
13 20
15 24
17 28
19 32
21 36
23 40
25 44
e For NSA938025 and NSA938112

The shell size codes of NSA938025 and NSA938112 are 08, 10, 12, 14, 16, 1
8, 20, 22 and 24.
4 Backshell type code
a For ABS1896-003
- P = Backshell without EMI shielding system

- E = Backshell with EMI insert
- W = Backshell with EMI insert and braid sock
- K = Backshell without EMI shielding system and adaptor
b For ABS2216 and ABS2412
- W = Backshell with EMI shielding system (ABS2216-XX and ABS2412–

XX)
- P = Backshell without EMI shielding system
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
5 Backshell type and size code
a For E0080 backshell

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Chara
cteristics - E0080
BACKSHELL TYPE CODE BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

08
10
12
14
TYPE 01 = STRAIGHT BACKSHELL
16
TYPE 02 = ELBOW BACKSHELL
18
20
22
24
6 Finish and color code
a For E0080 backshell
COLOR FINISH
TYPE OF
COLOR C ELECTRICA
BACKSHE
ODE BODY RING NATURE L PROPERT
LL
IES
BLACK
C (see No 01 ANODIC OXI NON-COND
BLACK OR
te (1)) 02 DATION UCTIVE
BLUE
CADMIUM P
OLIVE GRE OLIVE GRE CONDUCTIV
N 02 LATING ON
EN EN E
NICKEL
Note (1): Either black or blue colored protective coatings can be used indiff
erently.
7 Material code
a For E0080 pad
CODE MATERIAL COLOR

MODIFIED FLUOROSILI
CP1 GREEN
CONE
b For EN3660-017, EN3660-018 and EN3660-019
- A = Aluminum alloy/Black anodized plating.

- N = Aluminum alloy/Electroless nickel plated.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- W = Aluminum alloy/Olive drab cadmium plated.
8 Part type code
a For NSA938025
cteristics - NSA938025
A = Right angle backshell at 90 degrees
B = Straight backshell.
9 Finish code
a For NSA938025
PART TYPE CO FINISH CO

MATERIAL FINISH
DE DE
BLACK ANODIZING (AS PER
C MIL-A-8625, TYPE 2, CLASS
2) WITHOUT PAD
A ELECTROLESS NICKEL FINIS
H (AS PER MIL-C-26074, CLA
M
SS 3 OR 4, GRADE B) WITH
ALUMINUM A PAD
LLOY BLACK ANODIZING (AS PER
C MIL-A-8625, TYPE 2, CLASS
2) WITHOUT PAD
B ELECTROLESS NICKEL FINIS
H (AS PER MIL-C-26074, CLA
M
SS 3 OR 4, GRADE B) WITH
PAD
You must not use finish code C for new design.
b For NSA938112
- C = Black anodizing.
10 Type code
a For NSA938112
cteristics - NSA938112
- No code = Right angle backshell
- 01 = Straight backshell.
(c) Installation procedure
1 Compensation of the harness diameter and bending radius

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Compensation of the Harness Di
ameter and Bending Radius

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Use self-adhesive tape ASNA51072503B or ABS5334A01B to decrease number of tu

rns and to make sure a good bending radius of the cables at the rear of the backshe
ll with strain relief (for example, ABS2216, ABS1896-003, ABS0638, etc.).
You can do the following steps if the bend radius is not respected:
- Step 1: You can add more turns over the two turns of self-adhesive tape ASN
A51072503B or ABS5334A01B to compensate the harness diameter.
- Step 2: Make a handmade bobbin with self-adhesive tape ASNA51072503B o
r ABS5334A01B as per the harness bending radius.
- Step 3: Attach bobbin with two turns of self-adhesive tape ASNA51072503B
or ABS5334A01B.
2 Installation procedure for ABS0638

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Orientation and Install
ation of Protective Pad - ABS0638
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Additional Protection for Circular
Plastic Backshell
NOTE: The installation of composite backshell ABS0638 must be the same as met
al backshells E0080 in almost all aircrafts areas. But this is not applicable t
o hot areas when an important mechanical resistance is necessary (for exa
mple pressure seals) and to connectors for which electrical continuity is ne
cessary.
- Install the backshell on the cables before you connect them to the connector.
- Tighten the backshell, refer to paragraph 2.A.(5).
- On a metal backshell, install a protective pad E0080-CP1 or NSA935404 betw
een the backshell and the harness. (No protective pads are necessary on plas
tic backshells).
- Use self-adhesive tape ASNA5107 or bobbin NSA5539S as an additional prote
ction to the cables at the rear of the plastic backshell (for example ABS0638,
ABS2216, etc.):
- For small harnesses with diameter up to 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) engage all t
he cables inside a bobbin NSA5539S or put the two turn of self-adhesiv
e tape ASNA5107. Then attach the harness on the backshell support wit
h one cable tie NSA935401. The bobbin is closed with another cable tie
NSA935401. Put the bobbin asymmetrically with more space between b
obbin and the grommet of the connector.
- For harnesses with diameter from 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) until maximum dia
meter winded the harness with 2 layers of self-adhesive ASNA5107. Th
en attach the harness on the backshell support with a cable tie NSA935
401.
NOTE: If the space between tape/bobbin and grommet of the connector is n

ot sufficient, the tape/bobbin can cause stress at the wires and grom
met.
- Attach the harness, if necessary with additional protection, to the backshell w
ith cable tie NSA935401.
- If necessary, safety the connector Ref. ESPM 20-51-12-02.
NOTE: When backshell ABS0638 is installed in a vibration area, you must do

the locking with an adhesive material (Refer to chapter 20-51-12).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- TORQUE the assembly to the applicable values.
- Make a red paint line-mark with frangible paint Varnish Polyurethane_- Marki
ng Structure (Material Ref. 04SAB2)Ref. ESPM 20-51-50-02.
3 Installation procedure for ABS1896-003

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell ABS189
6-003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Self-locking System for Backshell
ABS1896-003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Adaptor in Backsh
ell ABS1896-003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS1896-003
The backshell ABS1896-003 has a self-locking system to avoid an accidental unlocki
ng (loosening of backshell). A ratchet allows to disable this self-locking system.
It also has three inspection holes to ensure a good coupling (teeth alignment) of th
e backshell with a connector or an adaptor. The nut of the backshell has inspection
holes to examine the interface between the backshell and the connector teeth.
Disengage the ratchet locking system as follows:
- Maintain the rear of the backshell with a hand.
- Push the ratchet back, turn it and lock it in the disabled position (red indicato
r is visible).
NOTE: The backshell nut becomes completely free and can be rotated in bot
h directions without any effort after the ratchet is disengaged.
- Install the EMI sock and backshell on the cables.
- Keep backshell in the correct position and tighten it with hand.
NOTE: It has three inspection holes to make sure a good coupling (teeth ali
gnment) of the backshell with a connector or an adaptor.
- Engage the ratchet locking system to enable the self-locking system as follow
s:
- Hold the rear of the backshell with a hand.
- Push the ratchet back, turn it and lock it in the enabled position.
NOTE: The red indicator on the body must not be visible through the r
atchet inspection hole.
- TORQUE the backshell to the applicable values with the applicable open-end
wrenches.
NOTE: The nut of the backshell has inspection holes to examine the interface bet
ween the backshell or an adaptor and the connector teeth. After mating E
MI backshell with the connector, the adaptor must not move in the nut (Ri
ght teeth position).
It is not permitted to loosen the nut of the backshell after the self-locking system is
enable and ratchet is engaged.
- When an adaptor (ABS1896AXXM) is necessary, it must be installed between
the connector and the backshell.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Select the size of cable tie and the setting of gun Ref. ESPM 20-33-44-01 and
Ref. ESPM 20-56-51-03.
- Attach the harness to the backshell with cable tie NSA935401 or lacing tape
NSA8420.
There are two locations on the strain relief for attaching a harness:
- The inner location is applicable for the small size harness, when the diameter
of the harness is smaller than the distance between the notches.
- The outer location is dedicated for the other size harnesses.
The head of the cable tie must be on the opposite side of the strain-relief.
a Installation of backshell with EMI insert
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell wi
th EMI Insert
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell wi
th EMI Insert
You must install an EMI insert for backshell ABS1896-003 with EN3646 conne
ctor.
- Step 1: Install the backshell and EMI insert on the cables.
- Step 2:
- Install the bonding (pick-up) wire(s) at the rear of the EMI insert.
- If you have more than one bonding wire, install them opposite to
each other on the EMI insert.
- You can strip the bonding wire to overlength and install it tempor
ary on the EMI insert with PTFE tape ABS5330.
- Step 3:
- Install a metallic clamp E0805Ref. ESPM 20-33-49-01.
- Do not position the head of the metallic clamp on the bonding wir
e.
- Remove the PTFE tape ABS5330 and fold back the length of the s
tripped cable.
- Cut the extra length of the cable at the rear of the insert.
- Step 4: Apply two turns of PTFE tape ABS5330 over the metallic clamp
E0805.
- Step 5: Install the EMI insert into the backshell. Align the plastic and
metal teeth.
- Step 6:
- Install the EMI insert with the attached sock into the backshell.
- Make sure the EMI insert is installed in the correct position.
- Installation of open (split) conduit EN4674-003/004 or ABS2418
on the backshell ABS1896-003 with strain relief and strain relief
with bonding wire.
4 Special procedure for ABS2216 with connector EN3645 with cavity size 8
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Self-adhesive Tape
ABS5334A01B Bobbin
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Application of Self-adhesive Tape
ABS5334A01B
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS2216
If ABS2216 is installed on EN3645 connector with more than one contact of size 8:
- Use a bobbin made with self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01B to prevent too muc
h bending of the sealing sleeves and wire kink(s).
- The bobbin diameter must adapt the available space between the sealing slee
ves.
- Make sure the following rules are obeyed for the diameter of the bobbin to pr
event a clash of the sealing sleeves with the backshell:
- Sealing sleeves are straight
- Sealing sleeves are small inside.
NOTE: You can accept the installation of self-adhesive tape bobbin onl
y if there is no clash with the backshell.
- You must be careful during installation of self-adhesive tape ABS5334A01B to
prevent unusual stress and kinks.
wrenches.
NOTE: The nut of the backshell has inspection holes to examine the interface bet
ween the backshell or an adaptor and the connector teeth. After mating E
MI backshell with the connector, the adaptor must not move in the nut (Ri
ght teeth position).
Make a red paint line-mark with frangible paint Varnish Polyurethane_- Marking Str
ucture (Material Ref. 04SAB2)Ref. ESPM 20-51-50-02.
5 Special procedure for ABS2412
- Slide the backshell then the sealing sleeve on the cable.Ref. Fig. Backshell, E
nd Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedure - ABS2412
- Crimp the contact on the cable with the related contact.
- Engage the contact in the cavity of connector.
- Install the sealing sleeve into the cavity.
wrenches.
NOTE: The nut of the backshell has inspection holes to examine the interfac
e between the backshell or an adaptor and the connector teeth. After
mating EMI backshell with the connector, the adaptor must not move
in the nut (Right teeth position).
(d) Torque values
1 ABS0638

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE CODE ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.15 m.daN (13.27 0.20 m.daN (17.70 0.25 m.daN (22.12
08
0.15 m.daN (13.27 0.20 m.daN (17.70 0.25 m.daN (22.12
10
0.23 m.daN (20.35 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.37 m.daN (32.74
12
0.23 m.daN (20.35 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.37 m.daN (32.74
14
0.23 m.daN (20.35 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.37 m.daN (32.74
16
0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.50 m.daN (44.25
18
0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.50 m.daN (44.25
20
0.56 m.daN (49.56 0.75 m.daN (66.37 0.93 m.daN (82.30
22
0.56 m.daN (49.56 0.75 m.daN (66.37 0.93 m.daN (82.30
24
2 ABS1896-003

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
08
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
09
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
10
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
11
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.35 m.daN (30.97
12
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.35 m.daN (30.97
13
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
14
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
15
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
16
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
17
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
18
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
19
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
20
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
21
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
22
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
23
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
24
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
25
0.90 m.daN (79.65 0.95 m.daN (84.07 1.00 m.daN (88.50
28
3 ABS2216
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
09
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.28 m.daN (24.78 0.30 m.daN (26.55
11
0.25 m.daN (22.12 0.30 m.daN (26.55 0.35 m.daN (30.97
13
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
15
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
17
0.45 m.daN (39.82 0.50 m.daN (44.25 0.55 m.daN (48.67
19
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
21
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
23
0.65 m.daN (57.52 0.70 m.daN (61.95 0.75 m.daN (66.37
25
4 ABS2412
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
5 E0080

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
08
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
10
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
12
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
14
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
16
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
18
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
20
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
22
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
24
6 NSA938025

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
08
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
10
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
12
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
14
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
16
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
18
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
20
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
22
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
24
7 NSA938112

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.598 m.daN (52.9 0.621 m.daN (54.9
08
0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.598 m.daN (52.9 0.621 m.daN (54.9
10
0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.565 m.daN (50.0 0.678 m.daN (60.0
12
0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.565 m.daN (50.0 0.678 m.daN (60.0
14
0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.565 m.daN (50.0 0.678 m.daN (60.0
16
0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.565 m.daN (50.0 0.678 m.daN (60.0
18
0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.565 m.daN (50.0 0.678 m.daN (60.0
20
0.904 m.daN (80.0 1.017 m.daN (90.0 1.130 m.daN (100.
22
0.904 m.daN (80.0 1.017 m.daN (90.0 1.130 m.daN (100.
24
(2) ABS0090, ABS0126, ABS0587, ABS0872, ABS1635, ABS1649, ABS2211, E0020, E0199, E0344,
E0455, E0549, E0580, E0617, E0618, E0850, E0851, EN3660-004, EN3660-005, EN3660-020, E
N3660-021, NSA938150, NSA938155, NSA938163 and NSA938921 Backshells
NOTE: E0199 is inactive for new design and procurement after November 2006. E0199 is supe
rseded by EN3660-003, EN3660-004, and EN3660-005.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS163
5
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS164
9
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2211
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - EN3660-017, EN3660-018,
EN3660-019, EN3660-020 and EN3660-021
and NSA938150
163

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - NSA938921
STANDARD P/ SHELL SIZE CO MATERIAL CO

TYPE CODE
N DE DE
ABS1635 - A 08 N
STANDARD P/ SHELL SIZE CO TREATMENT C

TYPE CODE ENTRY SIZE
N DE ODE
ABS1649 A 16 N 02
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE SHELL SIZE CODE

ABS2211 A 28
STANDARD BACKSHELL TYPE

TYPE CODE SHELL SIZE CODE
P/N CODE
E0199 - 01 - 08 K
BACKSHE END-FITTIN END-FITTIN

STANDAR MATERIA LOCKWIRE
LL NUMBE G CODE NU G TYPE COD
D P/N L CODE CODE
R MBER E
E0580 M 16 - 08 F L
MATERIAL - PROTECT
STANDARD P/N VARIANT BACKSHELL NUMBER
ION
E0617 A 13 N
E0618 A 13 N
1 = NO NUT W
ITH 3 HOLES F
MATERIAL CLA VARIANT COD
STANDARD P/ SHELL SIZE CO OR LOCKWIRE
SS CODE (A, K, E (A, B, C OR
N DE 2 = 1 NUT WIT
N OR W) D)
H 4 HOLES FO
R TORQUE
EN3660-004 N 08 A 1

EN3660-020 N 09

EN3660-021 X XX
STANDARD P/ SIZE CODE

TYPE CODE
N (08 TO 24)
NSA938150 - 01 - 10

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE SHELL SIZE CODE

NSA938163 - 02 14
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE NUMBER SLEEVE CODE

NSA938921 - 16A 1
1 Temperature
a For ABS0090, E0199, E0344 and NSA938155

b For ABS0126, ABS0587, ABS0872 and E0455

c For ABS1635

d For E0580

e For E0850 and E0851

For code F:
For code W:
f For EN3660-004 and EN3660-005

- For class A and N, maximum operating temperature is 200 deg.C (392.
00 deg.F).
- For class K, maximum operating temperature is 260 deg.C (500.00 de
g.F).
- For class W, maximum operating temperature is 175 deg.C (347.00 de
g.F).
g For EN3660-020 and EN3660-021

For class K:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

For class N:
For class W:
h For NSA938150

i For NSA938163 and NSA938921

2 Type code
a For NSA938163
TYPE CODE MATERIAL SURFACE TREATMENT

02 Aluminum alloy Black anodized
3 Type code and shell size code
a For ABS1635
cteristics - ABS1635

08
10
12
14
A = 90 DEGREES BACKSHELL
16
B = STRAIGHT BACKSHELL
18
20
22
24
b For E0199
cteristics - E0199
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

08
10
12
01 = STRAIGHT BACKSHELL (EQUIV
ALENT TO MIL-C-85049) 14
02 = BACKSHELL WITH STRAIGHT S
TRAIN RELIEF CLAMP (EQUIVALENT 16
TO MIL-C-85049) 18
03 = BACKSHELL WITH 90 DEGREES
STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP (EQUIVALENT 20
TO MIL-C-85049) 22
24
28
4 Backshell type code
a For E0199
DESCRIPTION
BACKSHELL VER
CODE (MATERIAL - PR TYPE
SION
OTECTION)
PASSIVATED STAI
K STAINLESS STEEL 01-02-03
NLESS STEEL
PASSIVATED STAI
NLESS STEEL
HYBRID AND 02-03
NONE (see Note NICKEL-PLATED A
(1)) LUMINUM ALLOY
PASSIVATED STAI
STAINLESS STEEL 02-03
NLESS STEEL
PASSIVATED STAI
NLESS STEEL
H HYBRID AND 02-03
NICKEL-PLATED A
LUMINUM ALLOY
Note (1): It is permitted to use the hybrid backshells if the stainless steel b
ackshells are not easy to procure.
5 Material code
a For ABS1635
MATERIAL C SURFACE TREAT

TYPE CODE MATERIAL
ODE MENT
ELECTROLESS NIC
A (90 DEGREES) N ALUMINUM ALLOY
KEL
B (STRAIGHT)
S STEEL PASSIVATED
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
b For ABS2211
- A = CRES (for anti-rotation device, body/passivated, locknut/silver fini

sh).
c For E0580
MATERIAL COD SURFACE TREAT

MATERIAL SCREW
E MENT
M ALUMINUM ALLOY NICKEL-PLATING STAINLESS STEEL
d For EN3660-02 and EN3660-020
- K = Stainless Steel/Passivated
- N = Aluminum/Electroless nickel plated
- W = Aluminum/Olive drab cadmium plated.
6 Type code, shell size code and entry size
a For ABS1649
cteristics - ABS1649

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
DIAMETER F
DIAMETER E ± 0.30 mm (0.0 DIAMETER G
SHELL 1 in.)
TYPE C
SIZE C
ODE ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY ENTRY
ODE
SIZE 0 SIZE 0 SIZE 0 SIZE 0 SIZE 0 SIZE 0
1 2 1 2 1 2
8.90 m 6.40 m 10.00 m
08 - m (0.35 - m (0.25 - m (0.39
in.) in.) in.)
10.50 m 7.90 m 11.60 m
10 - m (0.41 - m (0.31 - m (0.46
in.) in.) in.)
10.50 m 13.70 m 7.90 m 11.10 m 11.60 m 14.80 m
12 m (0.41 m (0.54 m (0.31 m (0.44 m (0.46 m (0.58
in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
13.70 m 16.80 m 11.10 m 14.30 m 14.80 m 18.00 m
A = ST
14 m (0.54 m (0.66 m (0.44 m (0.56 m (0.58 m (0.71
RAIGH
T
B = 45 15.20 m 18.40 m 12.70 m 15.90 m 16.40 m 19.60 m
DEGRE 16 m (0.60 m (0.72 m (0.50 m (0.63 m (0.65 m (0.77
ES in.) in.) in.) in.) in.) in.)
C = 90
18.40 m 21.60 m 15.90 m 19.10 m 19.60 m 22.70 m
DEGRE
18 m (0.72 m (0.85 m (0.63 m (0.75 m (0.77 m (0.77
ES
18.40 m 23.20 m 15.90 m 20.60 m 19.60 m 24.30 m
20 m (0.72 m (0.91 m (0.63 m (0.81 m (0.77 m (0.96
20.00 m 26.40 m 17.50 m 23.80 m 21.10 m 27.50 m
22 m (0.79 m (1.04 m (0.69 m (0.94 m (0.83 m (1.08
21.60 m 27.90 m 19.10 m 25.40 m 22.70 m 29.10 m
24 m (0.85 m (1.10 m (0.75 m (1.00 m (0.89 m (1.15
7 Treatment code
a For ABS1649
MATERIAL TREATMENT CODE SURFACE TREATMENT

ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATI
ALUMINUM MATERIAL N
NG
8 Backshell number
a For E0580
cteristics - E0580

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL NUM DIAMETER A

DIAMETER D
BER MAXIMUM
10 9.40 mm (0.37 in.)
12 12.85 mm (0.51 in.)
14 14.73 mm (0.58 in.)
16 17.91 mm (0.71 in.)
18 19.91 mm (0.78 in.)
REFER TO Ref. table
20 23.09 mm (0.91 in.) title AND Ref. table ti
tle.
22 26.26 mm (1.03 in.)
24 29.18 mm (1.15 in.)
28 35.15 mm (1.38 in.)
32 41.40 mm (1.63 in.)
36 46.86 mm (1.84 in.)
b For E0617 and E0618
BACKSHELL NUMBER NUMBER OF TEETH

9 12
11 16
13 20
15 24
17 28
19 32
21 36
23 40
25 44
9 End-fitting type code and code number for E0580

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristi
cs - E0580
a For end-fitting type code G

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
END-FITTIN DIAMETER D (CABLE FEED-THROUGH COMPATIBLE

G TYPE COD DIAMETER) BACKSHELL N
EG MIN. MAX. UMBER
1.57 mm (0.06 i
01 3.18 mm (0.13 in.) 10
n.)
3.16 mm (0.12 i
02 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) 12
n.)
6.35 mm (0.25 i
03 9.53 mm (0.38 in.) 14
n.)
6.35 mm (0.25 i
04 12.70 mm (0.50 in.) 16
n.)
9.52 mm (0.37 i
05 15.88 mm (0.63 in.) 18
n.)
12.70 mm (0.50 i
06 19.05 mm (0.75 in.) 20
n.)
15.88 mm (0.63 i
07 22.23 mm (0.88 in.) 22
n.)
15.88 mm (0.63 i
08 25.40 mm (1.00 in.) 24
n.)
19.05 mm (0.75 i
09 28.58 mm (1.13 in.) 28
n.)
22.23 mm (0.88 i
10 31.75 mm (1.25 in.) 32
n.)
Table - End-fitting type code G
b For end-fitting type code F
END-FITTIN DIAMETER D (CABLE FEED-THROUGH COMPATIBLE

G TYPE COD DIAMETER) BACKSHELL N
EF MIN. MAX. UMBER
02 3.18 mm (0.13 in.) 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) 10

03 6.35 mm (0.25 in.) 9.53 mm (0.38 in.) 12
04 7.92 mm (0.31 in.) 12.70 mm (0.50 in.) 14
11.10 mm (0.44 i
05 15.88 mm (0.63 in.) 16
n.)
14.27 mm (0.56 i
06 19.05 mm (0.75 in.) 18
n.)
17.45 mm (0.69 i
07 22.22 mm (0.87 in.) 20
n.)
20.62 mm (0.81 i
08 25.40 mm (1.00 in.) 22
n.)
26.97 mm (1.06 i
10 31.75 mm (1.25 in.) 24
n.)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Table - End-fitting type code F
10 Lockwire code
a For E0580
LOCKWIRE CODE DESCRIPTION

BLANK WITHOUT LOCKWIRE
L WITH LOCKWIRE
11 Variant
a For E0617 and E0618

cteristics - E0617
cteristics - E0618
CODE VARIANT DEFINITION

STANDARD RING FASTENER WITH THREE HOLES AT AN EQU
A AL DISTANCE FOR LOCKWIRE OF DIAMETER 0.50 mm (0.02 i
n.).
SELF-LOCKED RING FASTENER. THE SELF-LOCKING DEVICE
B MUST STILL BE SATISFACTORILY AFTER 50 BACKSHELL CON
NECT/DISCONNECT CYCLES.
12 Material - protection
a For E0617
CODE MATERIAL PROTECTION

OLIVE GREEN CADMIUM PLATI
NG.
W ITEM 1 AND 2 - ALUMINUM AL SALT SPRAY RESISTANCE FOR
LOY 500 HOURS.
ITEM 3 - PASSIVATED STAINLE
SS STEEL CHEMICAL NICKEL PLATING.
N SALT SPRAY RESISTANCE FOR
500 HOURS.
ITEM 1, 2 AND 3 - STAINLESS
S PASSIVATED
STEEL
b For E0618

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CODE MATERIAL PROTECTION

OLIVE GREEN CADMIUM PLATI
NG ON APPROPRIATE PRECOA
W ITEM 1 AND 2 - ALUMINUM AL T.
LOY SALT SPRAY RESISTANCE FOR
ITEM 3 - PASSIVATED STAINLE 500 HOURS.
SS STEEL
CHEMICAL NICKEL PLATING.
N
CLASS 3 OR 4 - GRADE B.
ITEM 1, 2 AND 3 - STAINLESS
S PASSIVATED
STEEL
13 Shell size code
a For EN3660-004 and EN3660-005 backshells

08 12
10 15
12 21
14 24
16 30
18 33
20 36
22 39
24 42
28 54
b For EN3660-020 and EN3660-021

09 12
11 16
13 20
15 24
17 28
19 32
21 36
23 40
25 44
c For NSA938163
The shell size codes are 08, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 and 24.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
14 Size code number and sleeve code
a For NSA938921
SIZE CODE NUMBER SLEEVE CODE NUMBER

8A
1 = WITH SLEEVE
12A
BLANK = WITHOUT SLEEVE
16A
- If necessary, safety the connector Ref. ESPM 20-51-12-02.
- When the clamp diameter is larger than the diameter of the harness you will attach,
wind:
- Silicone tape NSA935403 (but not in fuel areas), or
- Self-adhesive tape ASNA5107 (for pressurized and not pressurized areas) aro
und the harness so the clamp holds the harness correctly.
- Attach the harness to the backshell with the clamp.
NOTE: The clamp must touch and be held on the backshell by two screws.
- Screw the backshell on the connector.
- TORQUE the backshell attachment and assembly to the applicable values.
(d) Special procedure for ABS0090 and ABS0126
- Strip the cable to the correct length in relation to the type of backshell you will insta
ll.
BACKSHELL STRIPPING LENGTH

ABS0090 34 mm (1.34 in.)
ABS0126 58 mm (2.28 in.)
- Fold back the braid along the cable insulation.

- Install the backshell on the cable.
- Shrink the conductors, crimp and engage the contacts on the connector.
- Tighten the backshell on the connector and make sure that the pin points in the cor
rect direction, refer to paragraph 2.A.(5).
- Comb the braid on the conical bush.
- Install the conical bush on the rear of the backshell.
- Cut the braid strands flush with the backshell.
- Tighten the cable grip with tape NSA935403-01 to give the cable protection.
- Safety the assembly Ref. ESPM 20-51-12-02.
(e) Special procedure for E0199, E0455 and EN3660 backshells installed with pressure seals
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedure - E0199,
E0455 and EN3660
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
1 When the diameter of the harness is smaller than the diameter of the backshell:
- You must install silicone tape NSA935403 (thick tape) or ASNA5107 (thin tap
e) around the cable harness for mechanical protection and padding.
2 When the diameter of the harness is larger than the diameter of the backshell:
- You must use spacers to prevent mechanical stress on the harness.
NOTE: The spacers must be shown on the definition drawings.

- You can use spacers only on the backshells installed at the rear of the pressu
re seals and the connectors.
- If there is a risk of crushing to the cables from the clamp, install two spacers
NSA937903 (F02 or F04) or NSA937905 (F or F01) on the backshell to preve
nt possible damage.
NOTE: When a backshell does the electrical continuity, you must not use sp
acers. The half-clamp(s) must directly touch the backshell body.
(f) Special procedure for EN3660 (or similar) with open sleeve EN6049–006/007
- With one open sleeve

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of an Open Sleeve on
an Open Backshell
- With two open sleeves
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sleeves
on an Open Backshell
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sleeves
- TORQUE the backshell screws with a screwdriver to the applicable values.
(g) Torque values
1 ABS0872
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SI
ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ZE CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX. MIN. NOM. MAX.
12
14
18 TORQUE VALUES, AS APPLICABLE
TO THE CONFIGURATION OF THE TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH O
20
SCREW/NUT/WASHER, ARE USED R WITH SOFT JAW PLIERS.
20L FOR ITS/THEIR INSTALLATION.
22
22L
2 ABS1635

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE C
ODE
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.339 m.d 0.395 m. 0.452 m.
08 daN (4.9 daN (6.0 daN (6.9 aN (30.00 daN (34. daN (40.
6 lbf.in) 2 lbf.in) 9 lbf.in) lbf.in) 96 lbf.in) 00 lbf.in)
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.339 m.d 0.395 m. 0.452 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.400 m.d 0.455 m. 0.510 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.400 m.d 0.455 m. 0.510 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.400 m.d 0.455 m. 0.510 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.400 m.d 0.455 m. 0.510 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.850 m.d 0.905 m. 0.960 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.850 m.d 0.905 m. 0.960 m.
0.056 m. 0.068 m. 0.079 m. 0.850 m.d 0.905 m. 0.960 m.
3 ABS1649

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.34 m.daN (30.09 0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.45 m.daN (39.82
08
0.34 m.daN (30.09 0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.45 m.daN (39.82
10
0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.46 m.daN (40.71 0.51 m.daN (45.13
12
0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.46 m.daN (40.71 0.51 m.daN (45.13
14
0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.46 m.daN (40.71 0.51 m.daN (45.13
16
0.40 m.daN (35.40 0.46 m.daN (40.71 0.51 m.daN (45.13
18
0.85 m.daN (75.22 0.90 m.daN (79.65 0.96 m.daN (84.96
20
0.85 m.daN (75.22 0.90 m.daN (79.65 0.96 m.daN (84.96
22
0.85 m.daN (75.22 0.90 m.daN (79.65 0.96 m.daN (84.96
24
4 ABS2211
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SI
ZE CODE
0.08 m.da 0.09 m.da 0.10 m.da
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH O
28 N (7.08 lb N (7.96 lb N (8.85 lb
R WITH SOFT JAW PLIERS.
f.in) f.in) f.in)
5 E0199
TORQUE VALUES
DESIGNATIO
N
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR
BACKSHELL - - -
WITH SOFT JAW PLIERS.
0.08 m. 0.09 m.
0.10 m.
BACKSHELL C daN (7. daN (7.
daN (8.8 - - -
LAMP SCREWS 08 lbf.i 96 lbf.i
5 lbf.in)
n) n)
6 E0455
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
0.08 m.daN 0.09 m.daN 0.10 m.daN TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR WIT
(7.08 lbf.in) (7.96 lbf.in) (8.85 lbf.in) H SOFT JAW PLIERS.
7 E0549
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR WITH SOFT JAW PLIERS.
8 E0580
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHE END-FITT
DESIGNA ASSEMBLY LOCKIN
LL NUMBE ING CODE ATTACHMENT
TION G
R NUMBER
0.050 0.053 0.056 0.848 0.904 0.961
m.da m.da m.da m.da m.da m.da
BACKSHEL
20 04 N (4.4 N (4.6 N (4.9 N (75. N (80. N (85.
L
2 lbf.i 9 lbf.i 6 lbf.i 04 lbf. 00 lbf. 04 lbf.
n) n) n) in) in) in)
0.450 0.565 0.680
BACKSHEL
m.da m.da m.da
L END-FITT
20 04 - - - N (39. N (50. N (60.
ING TYPE
82 lbf. 00 lbf. 18 lbf.
CODE
in) in) in)
9 E0617 and E0618

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHE
LL NUMB ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ER
0.08 m.da 0.09 m.da 0.10 m.da 0.34 m.da 0.40 m.da 0.45 m.da
9 N (7.08 lb N (7.96 lb N (8.85 lb N (30.09 l N (35.40 l N (39.82 l
f.in) f.in) f.in) bf.in) bf.in) bf.in)
10 EN3660-004 and EN3660-005

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL S MATERIA
IZE COD L CLASS C ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY LOCKING
E ODE
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
08 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
40 lbf.i 82 lbf.i 25 lbf.i
n) n) n)
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
10 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
12 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
14 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
16 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.40 m. 0.45 m. 0.50 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (35. daN (39. daN (44.
18 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.85 m. 0.90 m. 0.95 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (75. daN (79. daN (84.
20 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.85 m. 0.90 m. 0.95 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (75. daN (79. daN (84.
22 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
0.85 m. 0.90 m. 0.95 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (75. daN (79. daN (84.
24 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
1.31 m. 1.36 m. 1.41 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (11 daN (12 daN (12
28 N daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
5.93 lbf. 0.35 lbf. 4.78 lbf.
in) in) in)
0.58 m. 0.63 m. 0.68 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (51. daN (55. daN (60.
08 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL S MATERIA
IZE COD L CLASS C ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY LOCKING
E ODE
0.81 m. 0.86 m. 0.91 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (71. daN (76. daN (80.
10 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
n) n) n)
1.17 m. 1.22 m. 1.27 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (10 daN (10 daN (11
12 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
3.54 lbf. 7.96 lbf. 2.39 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.26 m. 1.31 m. 1.36 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (11 daN (11 daN (12
14 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.50 lbf. 5.93 lbf. 0.35 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.26 m. 1.31 m. 1.36 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (11 daN (11 daN (12
16 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.50 lbf. 5.93 lbf. 0.35 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.26 m. 1.31 m. 1.36 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (11 daN (11 daN (12
18 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.50 lbf. 5.93 lbf. 0.35 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.49 m. 1.54 m. 1.59 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (13 daN (13 daN (14
20 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.86 lbf. 6.28 lbf. 0.71 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.49 m. 1.54 m. 1.59 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (13 daN (13 daN (14
22 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.86 lbf. 6.28 lbf. 0.71 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.49 m. 1.54 m. 1.59 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (13 daN (13 daN (14
24 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
1.86 lbf. 6.28 lbf. 0.71 lbf.
in) in) in)
1.62 m. 1.67 m. 1.72 m.
0.08 m. 0.09 m. 0.10 m.
daN (14 daN (14 daN (15
28 K daN (7.0 daN (7.9 daN (8.8
3.36 lbf. 7.79 lbf. 2.21 lbf.
in) in) in)
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL CLA
MP SCREWS ATTACHMENT
SIZE CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.08 m.daN (7.08 l 0.09 m.daN (7.96 l 0.10 m.daN (8.85 l
004
bf.in) bf.in) bf.in)
005
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
11 NSA938150 and NSA938155
TORQUE VALUES
DESIGNATION ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY LOCKING
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENC
BACKSHELL - - -
H OR WITH SOFT JAW PLIERS.
0.08 m.d 0.09 m.d 0.10 m.d
BACKSHELL CLAM
aN (7.08 aN (7.96 aN (8.85 - - -
P SCREWS
12 NSA938163

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZ DESIGNAT
E CODE ION
0.040 0.045 0.395 0.598 0.621
0.050 m.
m.daN m.daN m.daN m.daN m.daN
08 BACKSHELL daN (4.4
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (34.96 l (52.92 l (54.96 l
2 lbf.in)
f.in) f.in) bf.in) bf.in) bf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.395 0.598 0.621
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (34.96 l (52.92 l (54.96 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.452 0.565 0.678
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (40.00 l (50.00 l (60.00 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.452 0.565 0.678
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (40.00 l (50.00 l (60.00 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.452 0.565 0.678
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (40.00 l (50.00 l (60.00 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.452 0.565 0.678
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (40.00 l (50.00 l (60.00 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.452 0.565 0.678
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (40.00 l (50.00 l (60.00 l
2 lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.904 1.017 1.130
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (80.00 l (90.00 l (100.00
2 lbf.in)
f.in) f.in) bf.in) bf.in) lbf.in)
0.040 0.045 0.904 1.017 1.130
0.050 m.
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb (80.00 l (90.00 l (100.00
2 lbf.in)
f.in) f.in) bf.in) bf.in) lbf.in)
0.040 0.045
BACKSHELL 0.050 m.
m.daN m.daN
- CLAMP SCR daN (4.4 - - -
(3.54 lb (3.98 lb
EWS 2 lbf.in)
f.in) f.in)
13 NSA938921

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SIZE CODE
NUMBER
0.08 m.d 0.09 m.d 0.10 m.d 0.58 m.d 0.63 m.d 0.68 m.d
8A aN (7.08 l aN (7.96 l aN (8.85 l aN (51.33 aN (55.75 aN (60.18
bf.in) bf.in) bf.in) lbf.in) lbf.in) lbf.in)
0.08 m.d 0.09 m.d 0.10 m.d 1.17 m.d 1.22 m.d 1.27 m.d
bf.in) bf.in) bf.in) 4 lbf.in) 6 lbf.in) 9 lbf.in)
0.08 m.d 0.09 m.d 0.10 m.d 1.25 m.d 1.30 m.d 1.35 m.d
bf.in) bf.in) bf.in) 2 lbf.in) 4 lbf.in) 7 lbf.in)
(3) ABS0271, ABS0517, ABS0518, ABS1057, ABS1452, ABS1513, ABS1870, E0021, E0515, EN3660
-003 and NSA938003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS0271
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Layout - ABS1452
and NSA938150
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE FINISH CODE A

ABS0271 - 08 A
STANDARD P/ MATERIAL CO CABLE TYPE C

SIZE CODE
N DE ODE
ABS1057 - 08 A 01
ABS0517 - 08 P
ABS0518 - 01 A
E0021 - 12 D
ABS1513 - 20
MATERIAL CODE TYPE CODE

STANDARD P/N A = ALUMINUM SIZE CODE NO CODE = TYPE A
C = CRES B = TYPE B
ABS1452 A 18-02 B

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
MATERIAL CO
DE
F = SHELLS OF
CONNECTOR A TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/ SHELL SIZE CO
ND BACKSHEL B = BACKSHEL LAYOUT CODE
N DE
L L
NO CODE = BA
CKSHELL INSE
RT
ABS1870 F 20 B 04
1 = NO NUT W
ITH 3 HOLES F
MATERIAL CO VARIANT COD
STANDARD P/ SHELL SIZE CO OR LOCKWIRE
DE E (A, B, C OR
N DE 2 = 1 NUT WIT
A, K, N OR W D)
H 4 HOLES FO
R TORQUE
EN3660-003 N 08 A 1

NSA938003 - 10
E0515 - 08
1 Temperature
a For ABS0271

b For ABS0517 and ABS0518

c For ABS1057

- Maximum operating temperature is 125 deg.C (257.00 deg.F) for mate
rial code A and 200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F) for material code B.
d For ABS1452

rial code A.
rial code C.
e For ABS1870

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
f For EN3660-003

- For class A and N, maximum operating temperature is 200 deg.C (392.
00 deg.F).
- For class K, maximum operating temperature is 260 deg.C (500.00 de
g.F).
- For class W, maximum operating temperature is 175 deg.C (347.00 de
g.F).
2 Size code for ABS0271

The size codes are 08, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 and 22.
3 Finish code A for ABS0271
MATERIAL CODE MATERIAL SURFACE TREATMENT

A ALUMINUM ALLOY BLACK ANODIZED
4 Material code for ABS1870
- F = Shells of connector and backshell

- No Code = Backshell insert
5 Type code for ABS1870
TYPE CODE DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION

BACKSHELL AT 45 DEGRE
B BACKSHELL
ES AND ITS INSERT
6 Backshell insert for ABS1870

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Insert - ABS1870
NOTE: The insert is a part of the backshell. You cannot use the insert independen
tly.
(c) Shell size codes and installation procedure for EN3660-003 backshell

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

08 12
10 15
12 21
14 24
16 30
18 33
20 36
22 39
24 42
28 54
- Install the backshell on the cables before you connect them.

- Screw the backshell on the connector or on the pressure seal.
- TORQUE the backshell to the applicable values.
1 Installation procedure for NSA938003, ABS0271 and ABS1057
- Tighten the backshells, refer to paragraph 2.A.(5).

For backshell ABS0271, you must always use shrinkable moulding DAN218 to
make the non-conductive rear accessory.

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1452
NOTE: The removal of the backshell (for example, ABS1452 or ABS1513) protecti
on ring is necessary when the backshell is installed with a spacer.
- Slide the cables, without the contacts, through the shell and the thermoplasti
c insert. Use the correct side of the backshell assembly.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Layout - ABS1452
If necessary, slide the sealing sleeves ABS0992 onto the cables.
- Install the contacts on the cable (strip the cable, crimp the contacts).
- Engage the contacts on the connector.
- Engage the sealing sleeves in the grommet of the connector.
- Slide the insert onto the sealing sleeves ABS0992 until it covers the gromme
t.
- Install the metallic shell on the insert.

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell - ABS18
70

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell - ABS18
70
NOTE: Backshell ABS1870 is a self-locking device.
- Move backshell ABS1870 on the cables and install it on connector ABS1343.

- TORQUE the backshell nut on the connector to the applicable values with a 1-
5/8 in. crowfoot wrench.
- Install the cables on the backshell with a clamp. There are two possible confi
gurations for the clamping of cables.
TAPE ADDED BELOW TH

HARNESS CONFIGURAT
CONSTITUTION E BACKSHELL CLAMPIN
ION
G DEVICE
1 x DRC8
+ 4 TURNS OF BLACK SELF-
1 1 x DR10 ADHESIVE TAPE ASNA510
+ 7
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049
4 x DR6
2 + -
OPEN CONDUIT EN6049
- Configuration 1
- Wind 4 turns of black self-adhesive tape ASNA5107 below the backshell
clamp to increase the harness diameter and get a better retention.
- TORQUE the two screws with a screwdriver with a PHILIPS PH1 tip to th
e applicable values.
- Configuration 2
- TORQUE the two screws with a screwdriver with a PHILIPS PH1 tip to th
e applicable values.
(e) Torque values
1 ABS0271

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SIZE CODE ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
08
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
10
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
12
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
14
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
16
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
18
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
20
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
22
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
24
2 ABS1057
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.339 m.daN (30.00 lbf.i 0.395 m.daN (34.96 lbf.i 0.452 m.daN (40.00 lbf.i
n) n) n)
3 ABS1452

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SIZE CODE TYPE CODE ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
08 A
5.40 lbf.in) 9.82 lbf.in) 4.25 lbf.in)
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
18 A
0.85 m.daN (7 0.90 m.daN (7 0.95 m.daN (8
20 A
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR WITH SOFT
20 B
JAW PLIERS.
0.85 m.daN (7 0.90 m.daN (7 0.95 m.daN (8
24 A
0.95 m.daN (8 1.00 m.daN (8 1.05 m.daN (9
28 A
TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR WITH SOFT
28 B
JAW PLIERS.
4 ABS1870
For the applicable torque values Ref. ESPM 20-44-16-01.
5 EN3660-003

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE C MATERIAL CO
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE DE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
08 A AND N
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
10 A AND N
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
12 A AND N
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
14 A AND N
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
16 A AND N
0.40 m.daN (3 0.45 m.daN (3 0.50 m.daN (4
18 A AND N
0.85 m.daN (7 0.90 m.daN (7 0.95 m.daN (8
20 A AND N
0.85 m.daN (7 0.90 m.daN (7 0.95 m.daN (8
22 A AND N
0.85 m.daN (7 0.90 m.daN (7 0.95 m.daN (8
24 A AND N
1.31 m.daN (1 1.36 m.daN (1 1.41 m.daN (1
28 A AND N
0.58 m.daN (5 0.63 m.daN (5 0.68 m.daN (6
08 K
0.81 m.daN (7 0.86 m.daN (7 0.91 m.daN (8
10 K
1.17 m.daN (1 1.22 m.daN (1 1.27 m.daN (1
12 K
1.26 m.daN (1 1.31 m.daN (1 1.36 m.daN (1
14 K
1.26 m.daN (1 1.31 m.daN (1 1.36 m.daN (1
16 K
1.26 m.daN (1 1.31 m.daN (1 1.36 m.daN (1
18 K
1.49 m.daN (1 1.54 m.daN (1 1.59 m.daN (1
20 K
1.49 m.daN (1 1.54 m.daN (1 1.59 m.daN (1
22 K
1.49 m.daN (1 1.54 m.daN (1 1.59 m.daN (1
24 K
1.62 m.daN (1 1.67 m.daN (1 1.72 m.daN (1
28 K
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
6 NSA938003
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL CODE NUM
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
BER
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
08
0.339 m.daN (30.0 0.395 m.daN (34.9 0.452 m.daN (40.0
10
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
12
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
14
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
16
0.396 m.daN (35.0 0.452 m.daN (40.0 0.509 m.daN (45.0
18
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
20
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
22
0.848 m.daN (75.0 0.904 m.daN (80.0 0.961 m.daN (85.0
24
(4) ABS2133-004 Backshell

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2133-004
ABS2133-004 backshell is delivered with a sealing grommet and used only for sealing cavities siz
e 4 and 20.
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE SHELL SIZE CODE

ABS2133 A J
1 Temperature

2 Type code
- A and B.
3 Shell size code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SHELL SIZE CODE SHELL SIZE

J 25
- Step 1:Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure AB
S2133-004
- Slide the sleeve adaptor, sealing grommet and backshell body on the cables.
- Install the contacts ABS2133-005 on the cables and crimp them Ref. ESPM 20
-48-24-01.
- Install a sealing plug E0616BB2000 in the sealing grommet with the head of t
he plug on the connector side for unused cavities.
- Step 2: Install the wired contacts into the connector cavities.
- Step 3: Screw the backshell body to the connector.
- Step 4: Push the sealing grommet into the backshell body and take care to not dam
age the cable size 20.
- Step 5:
- Install the sleeve adaptor on the backshell body.
- Tighten the backshell ABS2133-004 on connector ABS2133-003. For connectio
n procedure of ABS2133-003 Ref. ESPM 20-44-17-01.
(d) Torque values
TORQUE VALUES
TORQUE VALUES, AS APPLICABLE TO THE C
ONFIGURATION OF THE SCREW/NUT/WASH TIGHTEN WITH STRAP WRENCH OR WITH S
ER, ARE USED FOR ITS/THEIR INSTALLATI OFT JAW PLIERS.
ON.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT YOU CORRECTLY TIGHTEN THE BACKSHELL. INCORRECTLY TIG
HTENED BACKSHELL WILL BECOME LOOSE.
(5) Tightening of Circular Backshell
(a) First tightening

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening of Circular Backshells
- Install the connector in the CONNECTOR LOCKING TOOL (CM837RB-10) or equivale
nt.
- Make sure that the backshell is in position on the harness.
- Gradually tighten the backshell by hand until the teeth are in contact.
- Make a short rotating movement of comes and goes with the backshell to realign th
e teeth.
- If necessary tighten lightly by hand and do the steps again until the teeth are fully s
lotted.
(b) Tightening with tool

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- If the backshell can be tighten on connector side tighten it with a strap wrench and
a dynamometric tool on connector side.
- If the backshell can’t be tighten on connector tighten the backshell with strap wrenc
h and dynamometric tool on backshell side.
- Make sure that the tightening is correct in the direction of the tightening.
NOTE: The circular ring pliers DMC DRP-XX can be used, when the dynamometric tool is
on connector side.
For more informations Ref. ESPM 20-56-54-03.
(c) Tightening verification

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening verification
To verify the correct tightening of backshell, do as follow:
- Verification of the good position of the internal teeth
- Tighten the connector and the nut of the backshell and check that the rear of
backshell does not turn too much. If the nut of the backshell has an inspection
hole, it is possible to visually check the interface between the backshell and th
e connector teeth.
- Verification and/or improvement
- Push the connector against the backshell and the screw together.
B. Backshells for Rectangular Connectors

This type of backshell has, for example, the codes that follow:
- Assembly with clips:
E0393 backshell for PREN3545 (E0390) connector type.
EN3545-007 (ex E0393) and ABS2306 backshells for PREN3545 connector type.
ABS0364-C backshell for ABS0364-A and ABS0364-B connector.
ABS1019-005 backshell for ABS1019 and ABS1152 connectors.
ABS1239D for ABS1239B connector.
ABS1696-005 for ABS1696 connector.
ABS2313-005 backshell for EN3545 arrangement 16.
EN4165 backshell for EN4165 connector.
- Assembly with screws:
ABS0388 backshell for MIL-C-24308 (E0237) connector type.
ABS0699 backshell for MIL-C-24308 (ABS0713, E0237 and E0302) connector type.
ABS0700 backshell for MIL-C-24308 (E0237) connector type.
ABS1069-003 backshell for MIL-C-24308 (E0237, E0362 and NSA938361) connector type.
NSA938422 backshell for MIL-C-24308 (E0237, E0362, E0302, NSA938361) connector type.
- Assembly with clamps:
E0699 backshell for UTE-C-93425 (E0695, E0697, E0700) connector type.
(1) Backshell Assembly with Clips (E0312, E0393, EN3545-007, ABS0364-C, ABS1019-005, ABS123
9D, ABS1696-005 and ABS2313-005)
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - E0393 and EN3545-007
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Description and Installation - E0393 and EN3
545-007

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Cables on Backshells - EN3545-
007SCE and EN3545-007SCG
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification ABS2313-005
STANDARD P/N SIZE CODE TYPE CODE

E0393 D 01
TYPE CODE SIZE CODE FORM CODE
N DE
ABS1239 D 01 A A

ABS1696 B
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE VARIANT CODE BACKSHELL

ABS2313 M 01 C
1 Temperature
For ABS1696-005:
- Minimum operating temperature is -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F) and -65 deg.C
(- 85.00 deg.F).
For ABS1239D:
- Maximum operating temperature is 125 deg.C (257.00 deg.F) and 175 deg.C
(347.00 deg.F).
For ABS2313-005:
2 Material code
a For ABS2313-005
- M = Thermoplastic resin.

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Description and Installation - E0393 an
d EN3545-007
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installation - A
BS0364-C and ABS1019-005
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installation - E
0312
NOTE: For rectangular backshell EN3545-007, it is necessary to use cable tie NSA93540
1-03 for the tying of harnesses of diameters1.6 mm (0.06 in.)and20 mm (0.79 i
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
n.).
NOTE: When the contacts are locked into the connector, black self-adhesive tape ASNA5
1072503B is applicable.
- Install the backshell on the connector in the correct position and direction.
- If there is more than one strain relief on the backshell, the distance between them
must be equal.
- For harness diameter less than 5 mm (0.20 in.) you must install self-adhesive tape
ASNA5107-B or bobbin NSA5539 at the attachment point.
- For EN3545-007 only:
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Attachment of Cables on Backshel
l - EN3545-007
- For ABS1696-005 only:
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1696-
005
NOTE: Do not use the bobbin NSA5539 to increase the diameter with cables exter
nally.
- For harness diameter less than 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) you must install a bobbin NSA553
9S for the protection of the cables before you tighten the harness on the backshell
with cable tie NSA935401-03.
- For harness diameter greater than 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) and less than 5 mm (0.20 i
n.), you must wind 2 layers of self-adhesive tape ASNA5107-B around the cable bef
ore you tighten the harness on the backshell with cable tie NSA935401-03.
- For E0393 and EN3545-007 only, for pin contacts, make sure that:
- In the vertical position, the No.1 contact is at the bottom right and the backsh
ell is on the right (view from the front connector).
- In the horizontal position, the No.1 contact is at the top left and the backshell
is on the bottom (view from the front connector).
- For E0393 and EN3545-007 only, for socket contacts, make sure that:
- In the vertical position, the No.1 contact is at the bottom right and the backsh
ell is on the left (view from the front connector).
- In the horizontal position, the No.1 contact is at the top right and the backshel
l is on the bottom (view from the front connector).
- For ABS0364-C and ABS1019-005 only:
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installatio
n - ABS0364-C and ABS1019-005
- When this type of connector is assembled, you must be very careful when you
install the backshell.
- If installed correctly, the strain relief is easily pushed into the groove and you
can feel it engage at the end.
- If not installed correctly, you can feel a light resistance along the full insertion
length. Also, the cables are pushed to the side, away from the connector axis.
- Attach the harness to the backshell with a cable tie NSA935401.
- For ABS2313-005 only:

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell ABS2313-005 Orientati
on and Recommended Offset Between Cables Ties
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell ABS2313
-005 with and without open (split) Conduit
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
The orientation of the backshell ABS2313-005 must be only at 0 degree.

When you install open (split) conduit on backshell ABS2313-005 as per design office
requirement. Do the steps as follows:
- The cables must be attached with cable ties NSA935401-03 on the backshell A
BS2313-005.
- When the open (split) conduit is installed on one cable, it is necessary to attac
h cable tie one after cavities.
- When the open (split) conduit is installed on two cables, it is necessary to kee
p cable tie in center of cavity between the two cables. The cable tie is attache
d on the two cavities on both side of open (split) conduit.
- It is recommended to have an offset between two cable ties installed one after
other. The cable tie heads must be installed at the opposite side of the strain r
elief.
When open (split) conduit is not necessary to install as per design office requirement
s. The cable must be attached with cable tie NSA935401-03 on the backshell ABS23
13-005.
- The cable tie heads must be installed on both the sides of the cavities in both l
ocations.
NOTE: Make sure that the cable tie is at the opposite side of the backshell strain r
elief.
(d) Torque values
1 ABS1239
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
(2) Backshell Assembly with Screws (ABS0388, ABS0699, ABS0700, ABS1069-003, E0365, E0448 a
nd NSA938422)
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installation - ABS038
8
PROVISIONING CO
TYPE CODE DE
A = 15 DEG. ANGL SIZE CODE (09 TO A = WITH CABLE T
STANDARD P/N
E 50) IE
B = STRAIGHT NO CODE = WITHO
UT CABLE TIE
ABS0388 A 15 A

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TYPE CODE
A = FULL BACKSHELL (SH
STANDARD P/N ELL + COVER) SIZE CODE
B = SHELL
C = COVER
ABS1069-003 A 15
1 Temperature

2 Size code (for ABS1069-003 only)
SIZE CODE NUMBER OF CABLE EXITS ON REAR SIDE

09 2
15 3
25 4
37 5
50 6
(c) Related items
- ABS1069-004: End piece and crimp sleeve for ABS1069-003 backshell

- ABS1069-005: Cap for ABS1069-003 backshell.

BS0388
BS0699 and ABS0700
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installation - N
SA938422
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Additional Protection for Circular Plastic
Backshell
1 For ABS0388, ABS0699, ABS0700, E0365, E0448 and NSA938422
NOTE: For ABS0699 and ABS0700, before you install the rear cover, it is necessar
y to cut the tab flush with the cable outlet. To do this, it is necessary to us
e the tool AMP726894-1 or equivalent.
- Install the backshell on the cables before you connect them to the connector
(for ABS0388, E0448 and NSA938422 only).
- Install the backshell on the connector.
- Attach the backshell onto the connector with the screws.
- Put silicone tape NSA935403 or equivalent (for example, ASNA5107) on the
harness to give it protection. You can also use glass-fabric adhesive tape ASN
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
A3565 for backshells NSA938422 and E0365.

- Attach the harness to the backshell:
- For ABS0388, ABS0699, ABS0700 and E0448 only:
With a cable tie NSA935401.
- For E0365:
Divide the cables into three parts and put each part in front of the backs
hell E0365 between the small openings.
Put the cable ties NSA935401 through these small openings and tie the t
hree parts of the harness.
- For NSA938422 only:
With the clamp that you install.
2 For ABS1069-003
a Pre-assembly for KB24, KD24, WF24, VNC22, VNC24, MH and UD cables

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - A
BS1069-003 1/15
BS1069-003 2/15
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Cable Stripping and Crimp
ing Tool - ABS1069-003
- Step 1:
Slide a 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve (1) E0126-04B or ABS0916B
05 (or equivalent) onto the cable (2).
NOTE: For cables VNC22, VNC24 and WF24, you must first install one
more 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve E0126-03B or ABS09
16B03 to increase the diameter of the cable.
- Slide the crimp sleeve (3) onto the cable.
- Strip the cable to the length ”A”.
NOTE: The length "A" is related to the installation of the cable in the
backshell. We recommend that you install the cable straight o
nto the backshell (cable exit in front of cable entry). It can be
installed with many shifts to the right or left side. In these cas
es, the stripping length must be longer (see stripping length t
able).
NOTE: With VNC22 and VNC24, a larger length of unstripped cable is
necessary to extract the contacts with the extraction tool with
out damage to the connector.
To keep the longer cable in the backshell, do not use the first output in
a straight line. Use an output with a gap of at least two outputs.
When this exit is already used and a further displacement of the cable e
xit is necessary, strip VNC22 and VNC24 cables to 40 mm (1.57 in.). Ot
herwise, for aluminum cables VNC22 and VNC24, the minimum strippin
g length is 58 mm (2.28 in.).
- Step 2:
- Unwind the braid, comb and bring them to one side of the cable
(for VNC22 and VNC24 only).
- Cut the braid (4) to the length "B" which must be less than 7 mm
(0.28 in.).
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Step 3: Expand the braid (4).

- If installed, remove the cable protection and cut the filler.
- Fully slide a 15 mm (0.59 in.) shrinkable sleeve (5) E0718-02 on
to the cables (6) against the expanded braid (4) and shrink.
- Step 4:
- Fold the braid (only for VNC22 and VNC24 cables).
- Slide the end piece (7) against the expanded braid (4). The braid
must not go on the stop of the end piece. Decrease the length of
the braid if necessary.
- Step 5: Stretch the braid (4) along the end piece (7).
- Step 6: Fully slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the end piece (7) and crimp
with CRIMPING TOOL - POSITIONER (M22520-5-01) (81349) and DIE
(M22520-5-07) (81349).
The end piece must not move in relation to the braid until the end of cri
mping.
If necessary, slide shrinkable sleeve E0126-03B or ABS0916B03 to the
end of the cable insulation and shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 7: Fully slide the shrinkable sleeve (1) onto the crimp sleeve (3)
and shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 8: Strip the insulation of the conductors and crimp the contacts o
n the conductors.
b Pre-assembly for KB24 or KD24 with a bonding lead, gauges 24, 22 and 20
BS1069-003 3/15
BS1069-003 4/15
- Step 1:
05 (or equivalent) onto the cable (2) and bonding lead (3).
- Slide the crimp sleeve (4) on the cable (2) and bonding lead (3).
- Strip the cable to the length "A".
NOTE: The length "A" is related to the installation of the cable i

n the backshell. We recommend that you install the cabl
e straight onto the backshell (cable exit in front of cable
entry). It can be installed with many shifts to the right or
left side. In these cases, the stripping length must be lon
ger (see stripping length table).
- Step 2:
- Expand the braid (5) and cut it to the length "B" which must be a
maximum of 7 mm (0.28 in.).
- If installed, remove the cable protection and the filler.
- Step 3: Fully slide a 15 mm (0.59 in.) shrinkable sleeve (6) E0718-02
onto the cables (7) against the expanded braid (5) and shrink.
- Step 4:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Slide the end piece (8) against the expanded braid (5). The braid
must not go on the stop of the end piece.
- Strip the bonding lead to the length "C" which must be the same
as the width of the end piece.
- Step 5: Stretch the braid (5) and the stripped end of the bonding lead
(3) along the end piece (8).
- Step 6: Fully slide the crimp sleeve (4) to the stop of the end piece
(8). The end piece must not move in relation to the braid until the end
of the crimping.
Make sure that the bonding lead is in the correct position.
The braid and the end of the conductor of the bonding lead must be flus
h with the stop of the end piece. If necessary, decrease their length.
Crimp the crimp sleeve with the bonding lead and the braid with crimpi
ng tool CRIMPING TOOL - POSITIONER (M22520-5-01) (81349) and DI
E (M22520-5-07) (81349).
- Step 7: Fully slide the shrinkable sleeve (1) on the crimp sleeve (4) an
d shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 8: Strip the insulation of the conductors and crimp contacts on th
e conductors.
c Pre-assembly for two WF24 cables

BS1069-003 5/15
BS1069-003 6/15
- Step 1:
05 (or equivalent) onto the cable (2).
- Slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the cables.
- Strip the cables to the length ”A”.
NOTE: The length ”A” is related to the installation of the cable in

the backshell. We recommend that you install the cable s
traight onto the backshell (cable exit in front of cable ent
ry). It can be installed with many shifts to the right or lef
t side. In these cases, the stripping length must be longe
r (see stripping length table).
- Step 2:
- Expand the braids (4), comb them out and send them sideways.
- If installed, remove the cable protection and the filler from the tw
o cable.
- Step 3: Fully slide a 15 mm (0.59 in.) shrinkable sleeve (5) E0718-02
onto the cables (6) against the expanded braids (4) and shrink.
- Step 4:
- Slide the end piece (7) against the expanded braids (4). The brai
d must not go on the stop of the end piece. Cut it, if necessary.
- Stretch the braids (4) along the end piece (7) and put them in po
sition regularly around its circumference.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Step 5: Fully slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the end piece to the stop an
d crimp with M22520-5-01 and M22520-5-07.
The end piece must not move in relation to the braid until the end of th
e crimping.
- Step 6: Fully slide the shrinkable sleeve (1) on the crimp sleeve (3) an
d shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 7: Strip the insulation of the conductors of the two WF24 cables a
nd crimp contacts on the conductors.
d Pre-assembly for WX26 or TK26 cables

BS1069-003 7/15
NOTE: You can only use WX26 and TK26 cables if two or three cables are c
onnected for one ferrule ABS1069-004.
- Step 1:
Slide a 30 mm (1.18 in.) heat shrinkable sleeve E0718-04 and the crim
p sleeve onto the cables.
- Strip the cables to the length "A".

- Step 2: Comb out the strands of the braid with a FACOM FILE BRUSH
(270A) (F0541) or equivalent. Be careful not to cause damage to the c
onductor and break the shielded braids.
- Step 3:
- Put each braid at 180 degrees for 2 cables or 120 degrees for 3 c
ables.
- Cut the braid to between 7 mm (0.28 in.) and 10 mm (0.39 in.).
- Slide a 15 mm (0.59 in.) heat shrinkable sleeve E0718-02-15 ont
o the cables against the expanded braid and shrink.
- Step 4:
- Slide the end piece on the cable and put the braid on it.
- Fully slide the crimp sleeve on the end piece and crimp with crim
ping tool CRIMPING TOOL - POSITIONER (M22520-5-01) (81349)
and DIE (M22520-5-07) (81349).
- If necessary, you can decrease the length of the braid to prevent
its protrusion from the crimp sleeve.
- Step 5: Slide the shrinkable sleeve E0718-04 on the crimp sleeve and
shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 6: Strip the conductors and install contacts on the conductors.
e Pre-assembly for two VNC24 cables

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BS1069-003 8/15
- Step 1:
Slide a 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve (1) ABS0916B05 (or equival
ent) onto the two cables.
- Slide the crimp sleeve (2) on the cables.
- Strip the cables to a length of 58 mm (2.28 in.).
- Distress the strands, comb them and move them to one side of t
he cable.
- Cut the strands to a length of 7 mm (0.28 in.).
- If installed, remove the cable protection and cut the filler.
to the two cables against the expanded braid and shrink.
- Step 2:
- Slide the end piece (4) against the expanded braid.
- Align the braid and make sure it is parallel with the sleeve of the
end piece. Put it in position regularly around its circumference.
The braid must not protrude more than the stop of the end piece.
Cut it, if necessary.
- Fully slide the crimp sleeve on the end piece to the stop of the en
d piece and crimp with crimping tool CRIMPING TOOL - POSITIO
NER (M22520-5-01) (81349) and DIE (M22520-5-07) (81349).
The end piece must not move in relation to the braid until the end
of crimping.
- Step 3: Fully slide the shrinkable sleeve on the crimp sleeve and shrin
k. Start on the end piece side.
- Step 4: Strip the conductors and install contacts on the conductors.
f Pre-assembly for MLB22, MLB24 or TK22 cables

BS1069-003 9/15
- Step 1:
Slide a 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve (1) ABS0916B05 (or equival
ent) on the cable.
- Slide one more (2) 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve ABS0916
B03 (or equivalent) in position to increase the diameter of the ca
ble.
- Slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the cable.
- Strip the cables to the length "A".

- Step 2:
- Flare the strands of the braid, comb them and move them to one
side of the cable.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Cut the strands to a length of 14 mm (0.55 in.).

- If installed, remove the cable protection and the filler.
- Step 3:
to the cable against the expanded braid and shrink.
- Fold the strands as shown in figure.
- Put the end piece (5) on the cable and slide it to the strands.
The strands must not protrude more than the stop of the end piec
e.
- Slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the end piece to the stop of the end
piece and crimp with crimping tool CRIMPING TOOL - POSITIONE
R (M22520-5-01) (81349) and DIE (M22520-5-07) (81349).
- Step 4:
- Slide the shrinkable sleeve (2) to the end of the cable insulation
and shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Slide the first shrinkable sleeve (1) on the end piece and shrink.
Start on the end piece side.
- Strip the conductors and install contacts on the conductors.
g Pre-assembly for WJ cables

BS1069-003 10/15
BS1069-003 11/15
BS1069-003 12/15
- Step 1:
Slide a 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve ABS0916B05 (or equivalent)
onto the cable.
- Slide the crimp sleeve on the cable.
- Slide on one more 30 mm (1.18 in.) shrinkable sleeve ABS0916B
04 to increase the diameter of the cable.
- Strip the cable to the length "A".

- Step 2: Roll up the shielding screen.
- Step 3: Remove the inner orange insulator and the 2 fillers.
- Step 4: Put back the shielding screen.
- Step 5: Cut the shielding screen strands to a length of 9 mm (0.35 i
n.).
- Step 6: Fully slide a 15 mm (0.59 in.) shrinkable sleeve (1) E0718-02-
15 onto the cable, below the shielding screen as far as possible and sh
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
rink.
- Step 7: Slide the end piece (2) ABS1069-004 against the expanded br
aids. The braid must not go on the stop of the crimp sleeve. Cut it, if n
ecessary.
- Step 8: Fully slide the crimp sleeve (3) on the end piece to the stop.
- Step 9: Crimp with the M22520-5-01 and M22520-5-07.
The end piece must not move in relation to the braid until the end of cri
mping.
- Step 10:
- Fully slide the smaller shrinkable sleeve (4) ABS0916B04 at the e
nd of the cable insulation and shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Fully slide the other shrinkable sleeve (5) ABS0916B05 on the cri
mp sleeve and shrink. Start on the end piece side.
- Strip the insulation of the conductors and crimp the contacts on t
he conductors.
h For standard cables

BS1069-003 13/15
- Step 1: Pre-assembly is not necessary, but you must install a shrinkabl
e sleeve E0126 on each cable. The length of the sleeve is related to th
e position and bending of the cable in the backshell.
- Step 2: For coaxial WZ cable, you must install a 40 mm (1.57 in.) slee
ve E0126-04B (or equivalent). The cable must go in the cavity of the b
ackshell in front of the cavity for the contact so that the cable is as str
aight as possible. You must attach the cable with cable tie NSA935401.
i Final assembly
BS1069-003 14/15
- Step 1:
For standard cables
- Install each cable as straight as possible on the backshell. When
not specified by drawings, define the cable exits. Define the lengt
h and the bend radii of the cables. If necessary, bending is possib
le but you must cut the cables, in relation to the cable exit used.
NOTE: You must not bend coaxial cables but install them straigh
t into the backshell.
- Strip the cable end and crimp contacts.
- Install a sleeve on all cables that go through one cable exit.
- Then put the wired contacts in a shrinkable sleeve ABS0916 and
shrink it.
- Make sure that the sleeve must not be crimped by the geometry
of the cable exit.
- Engage the contacts in the connector and install the connector in
the backshell.
- Before you attach the cables, make sure that the bend radii are c
orrect inside the backshell.
- Make sure that the cables are tied with cable ties NSA935401.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Make sure that the head of the cable tie is on the outer side and i
n the recess of the backshell.
- When you install the end piece on the backshell, make sure that t
he pin of the end piece is on the top. Also make sure that the spr
ing is there and in the correct condition.
- You must close the cable exits that you do not use with cap ABS1
069-005.
- Put the cover on the backshell and tighten the screws.
- Step 2: For pre-assembly cables:
- Install coaxial cables straight into the backshell or as straight as
possible.
- Install each cable as straight as possible into the backshell. If the
subsequent output is already used (for example by a coaxial cabl
e), use the other adjacent outputs.
NOTE: The aluminum cables use a cable exit which is at a mini

mum of two cable exits away from the one in front of the
contact.
- You must obey the minimum bend radii of cables to fill the backs
hell.
- Cables must not touch the walls of the backshell.
- Make sure that you do not compress cables.
NOTE: The D-Subminiature connector must be mounted on the

backshell with the shorter side pointed to the backshell h
ousing. This rule makes sure that the cable exit A of the
backshell is always opposite the contact A1 or 1, in the D
-Subminiature connector.
- The contacts in the connector and install the connector in the bac
kshell.
- Close the locking clip ABS0656 and tighten screws ABS0655.
- When you install the end piece ABS1069-004 on the backshell, m
ake sure that the pin of the end piece is on the top. Also make su
re that the spring is there and in the correct condition.
- You must twist multiple twisted cables approximately one half to
three quarter turns before insertion into the backshell.
NOTE: You must close the cable exits that you do not use with c
ap ABS1069-005.
- Put the cover on the backshell.
- TORQUE the assembly to the applicable values.
NOTE: If necessary, the backshell can be locked with adhesive.
j Final assembly of the connector branching

BS1069-003 15/15
- Step 1:
Assembly without protective sleeve

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Make sure that when you attach the harness and the label, this d
oes not cause damage in the area where cables are crimped or t
wisted.
- Step 2:
Assembly with protective sleeve EN6049
- The branched harness must be divided into many branches.
- The cables related to a cable exit must make a branch. You can p
ut the cables from two adjacent cable exits together in the same
branch.
NOTE: You cannot do this with coaxial cables.

- Each branch must have a protective sleeve EN6049-006 (or EN60
49-007) adapted to the diameter of the branch.
- The branches must be tied with lacing tape NSA8420 or cable tie
NSA935401.
- The first position where the branches are tied together is a minim
um of 200 mm (7.87 in.) from the backshell. This length can be
decreased to 150 mm (5.91 in.) with a backshell with a size of be
tween 09 and 25.
- You must attach the label to a branch that is as near as possible t
o the backshell. You must do this without a change to the geome
try of the branches.
- Make sure that when you attach the harness and the label, this d
oes not cause damage in the area where cables are crimped or t
wisted.
- Make sure that the cables are not kinked or stressed.
k General requirements and faults

BS1069-004
BS1069-004
After installation, you must make sure that the installation of the cables on th
e backshell is correct.
(e) Torque values
1 ABS0388
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
2 ABS0699 and ABS0700

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
3 ABS1069
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
DIAMETER MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.040 m.daN (3.54 0.045 m.daN (3.98 0.050 m.daN (4.42
4-40 UNC
4 E0365 and NSA938422
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
(3) Backshell Assembly with Clamps (E0699)

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code A - E0699
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code B - E0699
SHELL TYPE CODE

HARNESS-ATTACHMEN FINISH COD
STANDARD P/N A = SIMPLE SHELL
T TYPE CODE E
B = DOUBLE SHELL
E0699 A 01 N
(b) Finish code
FINISH CODE DESIGNATION

NO CODE CADMIUM-PLATED ON NICKEL
N NICKEL-PLATED
W OLIVE-GREEN CADMIUM-PLATED
(c) Harness-attachment type code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CODE BACKSHELL TYPE

SIMPLE BACKSHELL FOR HARNESS ATTACH
01
ED WITH BANDING CLAMP
SIMPLE BACKSHELL WITH SHIELDING BRAI
02
D OUTPUT
BACKSHELL FOR DOUBLE SHELL WITH HAR
03
NESS ATTACHED WITH BANDING CLAMP
BACKSHELL FOR DOUBLE SHELL WITH SHI
04
ELDING BRAID OUTPUT
05 DOUBLE BACKSHELL WITH CABLE CLAMP
(d) Torque values
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
C. Backshells for Convoluted Conduits with Circular Connectors

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - E0074 and E01
15
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - E0109
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - ABS0591 and
NSA935829
- E0074 and E0109 (ex NSA935820), straight for NAS1599 connector type (E0039, E0040, E0041,
E0052, E0053 and E0054)
- E0115 (ex NSA935827), right angle for NAS1599 connector type (E0039, E0040, E0041, E0052,
E0053 and E0054)
- NSA935829 and ABS0591
They are used with convoluted conduits with the codes that follow:
NSA935805 and NSA935806 (except for ABS0591 which is used with NSA935805-09 only).
For the installation of convoluted conduits with this type of backshell Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03 and
Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NUT TYPE C
ODE (ONLY NUT LOCKI
FOR E0115) CONDUI BACKSHEL NG TYPE (3 MATERIAL TYP
STANDAR
A = WITH R T SIZE C L SIZE CO = HOLES F E (ONLY FOR E
D P/N
ING ODE DE OR LOCKWI 0109)
B = WITHOU RE)
T RING
E0074 - 06 - 08 - 3
E0109 - 06 - 08 - 3 S
E0115 A 06 - 08 - 3
MATERIAL CODE
NO CODE = 2024
BACKSHELL SIZE
STANDARD P/N A = PTFE
CODE
B = NYLON
C = PTFE NATURAL (WHITE)
NSA935829 - 14 A
STANDARD P/N BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

ABS0591 - 01
(a) Material type (for E0109 only)
MINIMUM OPERATING TE MAXIMUM OPERATING TE

MATERIAL TYPE
MPERATURE MPERATURE
NO CODE -45 deg.C (- 49.00 deg.F) 250 deg.C (482.00 deg.F)
S -55 deg.C (- 67.00 deg.F) 200 deg.C (392.00 deg.F)
(b) Conduit size code for ABS0591, E0074, E0109 and E0115

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONDUIT SIZE BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

CODE ABS0591 E0074 E0109 E0115
04 - - 08 -
08
06 - 08
10 10
10
09 01 12 10
14
10 - 10 12 -
- - - 12
- 14
12
- 16 - 12
- 18
- 14 - -
- - 16 -
14
- 20 - -
- 22 - -
- 20 - -
16
- 22 -
- - - 16
20 - - 20 -
- 22 -
24 - 18 - 18
28 - - - 20
- - - 22
32
- - - 24
(c) Backshell size code for NSA935829
1 Code A, B and no code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHE LENGTH
LL SIZE C
ODE A B C D E
9 mm (0.35 4.8 mm (0.19 6.4 mm (0.25 7.4 mm (0.29
6
in.) in.) in.) in.)
11.5 mm 7.2 mm (0.28 8.7 mm (0.34 10 mm (0.39 i
9
(0.45 in.) in.) in.) n.)
12.2 mm 8 mm (0.31 i 9.4 mm (0.37 10.6 mm (0.4
10
11.2 mm (0.48 in.) n.) in.) 2 in.)
(0.44 in.) 14 mm (0.5 9.5 mm (0.37 11 mm (0.43 12.5 mm (0.4
12
5 in.) in.) in.) 9 in.)
15.4 mm 11.1 mm (0.4 12.6 mm (0.5 13.9 mm (0.5
14
(0.61 in.) 4 in.) 0 in.) 5 in.)
17.3 mm 12.7 mm (0.5 14.3 mm (0.5 15.8 mm (0.6
16
(0.68 in.) 0 in.) 6 in.) 2 in.)
12.7 mm 20.7 mm 15.9 mm (0.6 17.7 mm (0.7 19.2 mm (0.7
20
(0.50 in.) (0.81 in.) 3 in.) 0 in.) 6 in.)
14.3 mm 24.3 mm 19 mm (0.75 21 mm (0.83 22.7 mm (0.8
24
(0.56 in.) (0.08 ft.) in.) in.) 9 in.)
27.7 mm 22.2 mm (0.8 24.5 mm (0.9 26.2 mm (1.0
28
(1.09 in.) 7 in.) 6 in.) 3 in.)
31.2 mm 25.4 mm (1.0 28 mm (1.10 29.7 mm (0.0
32
20.5 mm (0.10 ft.) 0 in.) in.) 3 m)
(0.81 in.) 37.7 mm 31.8 mm (1.2 34.3 mm (1.3 36.2 mm (1.4
40
(1.48 in.) 5 in.) 5 in.) 3 in.)
44.4 mm 38.1 mm (1.5 40.7 mm (1.6 42.5 mm (1.6
48
(1.75 in.) 0 in.) 0 in.) 7 in.)
26.5 mm 56.7 mm 50.8 mm (2.0 53.3 mm (2.1 55.3 mm (2.1
64
(1.04 in.) (2.23 in.) 0 in.) 0 in.) 8 in.)
2 Code C

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL SIZE LENGTH

CODE A B C
04 11 mm (0.43 in.) 6 mm (0.24 in.) 2.53 mm (0.10 in.)
06 8.3 mm (0.33 in.) 3.7 mm (0.15 in.)
12 mm (0.47 in.)
09 10.8 mm (0.43 in.) 6.11 mm (0.24 in.)
10 11.4 mm (0.45 in.) 6.69 mm (0.26 in.)
13 mm (0.51 in.)
12 13.4 mm (0.53 in.) 8.09 mm (0.32 in.)
14 14.9 mm (0.59 in.) 9.65 mm (0.38 in.)
10.94 mm (0.43 i
16 14 mm (0.55 in.) 16.5 mm (0.65 in.)
n.)
20 20 mm (0.79 in.) 14.5 mm (0.57 in.)
24 15 mm (0.59 in.) 23.9 mm (0.94 in.) 17 mm (0.67 in.)
19.59 mm (0.77 i
28 29 mm (1.14 in.)
n.)
22.37 mm (0.88 i
32 17 mm (0.67 in.) 31.2 mm (1.23 in.)
n.)
28.72 mm (1.13 i
40 38.8 mm (1.53 in.)
n.)

For E0074 and E0115 Ref. ESPM 20-56-52-03 and Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01.
For E0109 and NSA935829 Ref. ESPM 20-33-31-01.
(4) Torque Values
(a) E0115
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
D. Backshells for Screened and Overbraided Conduits with Circular Connectors or Pressure Seals
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - ABS0327, ABS
0581 and E0075
0936, E0760 and E0761
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS0281, ABS
0937, E0762 and E0763
ABS0842
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Overview of EMI Backshell - ABS1138
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting- P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1138-003
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1138-004
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Characteristics - ABS1138-005
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS1138-006
1359 and ABS1360
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1358, ABS1359, ABS13
60, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1365 and ABS1366
1362 and ABS1363
ABS1366
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - E0550 and E07
40
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Strain Relief Adaptor - E0550
- ABS0280, ABS0281, ABS0581 and ABS2262 backshells for NAS1599 connector type (EN3646-00
8 (ex E0052), EN3646-003 (ex E0053), EN3646-004 (ex E0054), EN2997-003 and EN2997-008.
- ABS0281 backshell for MIL-C-5015 (AS34561(MS3456)) connector type.
- ABS0936 and ABS0937 backshell for ABS0122 pressure seal.
- ABS0327 backshell for NAS1599 connector type for EN3646-008 (ex E0052), EN3646-003 (ex E0
053) and EN3646-004 (ex E0054) connectors.
- E0075 backshell for NAS1599 connector type (E0039, E0040, E0041, EN3646-008 (ex E0052), E
N3646-003 (ex E0053) and EN3646-004 (ex E0054)).
- E0550 backshell for MIL-C-38999 (E0545, E0610, E0611, E0612) connector type.
- E0740 backshell for MIL-C-38999 (E0545) connector type.
- E0760 and E0762 backshell for EN3645-001 and MIL-C-38999 connectors.
- E0761 and E0763 backshell for EN2997 connectors.
- ABS0841 and ABS0842 backshell for EN3646-008 (ex E0052), EN3646-003 (ex E0053) and EN3
646-004 (ex E0054) connectors.
- ABS1138-003 strain relief for ABS1138-004 and ABS1138-005 backshell.
- ABS1138-004 and ABS1138-005 backshell for MIL-DTL-38999 connector type.
- ABS1138-006 backshell for EN2997 and EN3646 connectors.
- ABS1358, ABS1359 (ex ABS0893), ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362 and ABS1363 backshell for EN
3646 and EN2997 connectors.
- ABS1359 and ABS1360 for ABS1378 and ABS1571 pressure seals.
- ABS1365 and ABS1366 backshell for ABS0122 and ABS1378 pressure seals.
- ABS1358, ABS1359 and ABS1360 backshell for MIL-C-38999 connector (E0545, E0611 and E061
2).
- ABS1358, ABS1359 and ABS1360 EMI backshell for ABS1425 shunted connector.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
LOCKWIRIN
CONDUIT TY G CONDUIT SI MATERIAL T
STANDARD BACKSHELL
PE TYPE CODE ZE YPE
P/N SIZE CODE
CODE (FOR CODE CODE
ABS0581)
ABS0327 V 08 - 06
ABS0581 V 08 - 06 A
ABS0841 A 08 - 06 P
ABS0842 A 14 - 14 P
BACKSHELL CONDUIT SIZE

STANDARD P/N
SIZE CODE CODE
ABS0280 - 10 - 14
ABS0281 - 18 - 20
ABS0936 - 22 - 16
ABS0937 - 22 - 16
ABS2262 - 10 - 12
CONDUIT SI
STANDARD BACKSHELL LOCKWIRING
ZE
P/N SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
CODE
E0075 - 06 - 08 - 3
ABBREVIATION OF STANDARD KIT CODE (STRAIN RELIE

STANDARD P/N
SUB-NUMBER F)
ABS1138 A 01A
Table - Strain relief ABS1138-003
ABBREVIATI KIT CODE (BACKSHELL) KIT CODE (S

STANDARD ON OF STAN
MATERIAL C TRAIN RELIE
P/N DARD SUB-N SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
ODE F)
UMBER
ABS1138 B 01 A A 01A
Table - Backshell ABS1138-004
ABBREVIATI KIT CODE (BACKSHELL) KIT CODE (S

STANDARD ON OF STAN
MATERIAL C TRAIN RELIE
P/N DARD SUB-N SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
ODE F)
UMBER
ABS1138 C 01 A A 01A

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABBREVIATION OF
STANDARD P/N STANDARD SUB-NU SHELL SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
MBER
ABS1138 D 08 A
HARNESS
CONDUIT SI
STANDARD BACKSHELL PROTECTION
ZE
P/N SIZE CODE CODE
CODE
B OR C
ABS1358 - 10 - 14 C
ABS1359 - 12 - 16 C
ABS1360 - 10 - 14 C
ABS1361 - 10 - 20 C
ABS1362 - 10 - 20 C
ABS1363 - 19 - 20 C
HARNESS
CONDUI
PROTECTIO PRESSURE
STANDARD BACKSHELL T
N SEAL TYPE
P/N SIZE CODE SIZE CO
CODE CODE
DE
B OR C
ABS1365 - 22 - 20 B 1
ABS1366 - 22 - 24 B 1
STRAIN RELIEF
SHELL SIZE CO
ADAPTOR
DE
SIZE CODE
FOR E0550 = 1 STRAIN RELIEF
MATERIAL COD FOR E0550 = 0
STANDARD P/N 1, ADAPTOR TYPE
E 4,
17, 25 CODE
12, 20
FOR E0740 = 11
FOR E0740 = 04
TO 25
TO 20
E0550 M 25 20 A
E0740 Z 25 20 H
LINING CO
STRAIN RE
DE
LIEF
STANDAR CLASS CO SHELL DIAMETER BACKSHELL NO CODE =
ADAPTOR S
D P/N DE SIZE CODE LENGTH WITHOUT L
IZE
AYER
CODE
L = PTFE
E0760 W 13 - 08 C L

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STRAIN RELI
EF
STANDARD BACKSHELL BACKSHELL
CLASS CODE ADAPTOR SI
P/N SIZE CODE LENGTH
ZE
CODE
E0761 K 08 - 04 B
STANDARD END-FITTING
CLASS CODE SHELL SIZE CODE LINING CODE
P/N SIZE CODE
E0762 K 09 - 04 L
STRAIN RELIEF ADA

STANDARD P/N CLASS CODE SIZE CODE
PTOR SIZE CODE
E0763 K 08 - 04
(a) Temperature

2 For ABS0327
- Minimum operating temperature is 70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).

3 For ABS0581
- Minimum operating temperature is 70 deg.C (158.00 deg.F).



6 For ABS1138-003, ABS1138-004, ABS1138-005 and ABS1138-006

7 For ABS1358, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1365 and AB

S1366


REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
8 For ABS2262

9 For E0740
- For class code Z and N:

10 For E0760, E0761, E0762 and E0763
- For class code F:

- For class code W:
- For class code K:
(b) Conduit type code
CONDUIT TYPE CODE

CONDUIT P/N
FOR ADAPTOR FOR CRIMP SLEEVE
A A E0432 AND NSA935805
B B NSA935805T
V (see Note (1)) ABS0330 (see Note (1))
V ABS0330 (see Note (1)),

VW ABS0510, ABS0511, ABS0
631 (see Note (2))
W (see Note (1)) W (see Note (1)) ABS0492 (see Note (1))
Note (1): For ABS0327 only.
Note (2): For ABS0581, ABS0841 and ABS0842 only.
(c) Conduit size code
1 For ABS0280, ABS0281 and E0075

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

CONDUIT SIZE CODE
E0075 ABS0280 ABS0281
06 - 08, 10 - -
- 08 - 08, 10 08, 10, 15
09 - 10, 12, 14 - -
10 12, 14, 16 10, 12, 14 08, 10, 11, 12
12 12, 14, 18 12, 14, 22 12, 15, 16
14 14, 16, 18, 20 08, 10, 12 08, 14, 16, 18
16 18, 20 12, 14, 15, 22 14, 15, 18
- 18 - 12, 14, 18, 22 20, 21
20 16, 20, 22 15 20
- 22 - 08, 18, 22 22
08, 12, 15, 22, 2
24 20, 22 22
6
28 - 22, 24 38, 46 -
32 - 24 - -
CONDUIT SIZE C BACKSHELL SIZE CODE CONDUIT TYPE C

ODE ABS0327 ABS0581 ODE
06 08, 10 80, 10, 12

09 80, 10, 12, 14
10 12, 14
12, 14, 16, 18, 20,
12 14, 16, 18, 20, 22
22
A, B, V AND W (see
14 18, 20 18, 20, 22 Note (1))
16 - 14, 20, 22
20 18, 20, 22, 24
24 - 18, 22, 24, 28
32 - 24
Note (1): For ABS0327 only.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONDUIT SIZE CODE BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

ABS0841 ABS0842 ABS0841 ABS0842
08 08 06 06
10 10 06, 09, 10 06, 09, 10
12 12 06, 09, 10, 12 06, 09, 10, 12
14 14 09, 12, 14, 16 06, 09, 12, 14, 16
16 16 12, 14, 16, 20 12, 14, 16, 20
18 18 14, 16, 20 14, 16, 20
20 20 16, 20, 24 16, 20, 24
22 22 20, 24 20, 24
24 24 20, 24 20, 24, 32
4 For ABS1358, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362 and ABS1363
CONDUIT BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

SIZE
CODE ABS1358 ABS1359 ABS1360 ABS1361 ABS1362 ABS1363
06 08, 10 08 TO 28 08 TO 28 - 06 19
09 08 TO 18 08 TO 28 08 TO 28 06 06, 07, 10 19
10 - - - 15, 19 07 -
12 08 TO 22 08 TO 28 08 TO 28 07, 13 07 19
14 10 TO 24 08 TO 28 08 TO 28 19 07, 10 19
12, 16
16 12 TO 28 12 TO 28 10, 13, 19 10, 19 19
18 TO 24
10, 13
20 18 TO 24 16 TO 28 12 TO 28 10, 13, 19 19
15, 19
24 18 TO 24 16 TO 28 16 TO 28 13, 15, 19 13, 15, 19 19
28 22, 24 24, 28 24, 28 13, 15, 19 19 -
32 22, 28 24, 28 24, 28 19 - -
40 - 24, 28 24, 28 - - -

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

ABS1365 ABS1366
CONDUIT SIZ ABS1365 ABS1366
(FOR ABS137 (FOR ABS137
E CODE (FOR ABS012 (FOR ABS012
8 AND ABS15 8 AND ABS15
2 PRESSURE 2 PRESSURE
71 PRESSURE 71 PRESSURE
SEAL) SEAL)
SEALS) SEALS)
06 - 24, 28 24, 28 -
09 - 24, 28 24, 28 08
10 - 36 - -
12 - 24, 28 24, 28 -
14 - 24, 28, 36 24, 28, 36 -
16 - 24, 28, 36 24, 28, 36 12
20 22 24, 28, 36 24, 28, 36 16
24 16, 22 24, 28, 36 24, 28, 36 16, 22
28 16 24, 28, 36 24, 28, 36 22, 28
32 22, 28 28, 36 24, 28, 36 22, 28
40 - 28, 36 24, 28, 36 -
48 - 28, 36 - -
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

CONDUIT SIZE CODE
ABS0936 ABS0937
16 22, 26 22
22 16, 22, 30 16, 22, 30
28 30 30
7 For ABS2262
CONDUIT SIZE CODE BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

10 8, 22
12 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 24
16 12
18 14, 16
20 18, 20
22 22, 24
(d) Adaptor material code

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CODE MATERIAL FINISH

PASSIVATED CADMIUM PL
P ALUMINUM ALLOY
ATED
CHROMIC ACID ANODISE
A ALUMINUM ALLOY
D
(e) Abbreviation of standard sub-number
1 For ABS1138-003, ABS1138-004, ABS1138-005 and ABS1138-006
STANDARD NUMBER COMPLETE STANDARD NUMBER ABBREVIATED

ABS1138-003 ABS1138A
ABS1138-004 ABS1138B
ABS1138-005 ABS1138C
ABS1138-006 ABS1138D
(f) Kit code (strain relief)
1 For ABS1138-003, ABS1138-004 and ABS1138-005

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting- P/N Description and Characteristi
cs - ABS1138-003
cs - ABS1138-004
cs - ABS1138-005
SIZE CODE TYPE CODE

01
A
03
(g) Kit code (backshell)
1 For ABS1138-004
cs - ABS1138-004
COMPLETE STR
TYPE COD SIZE CO CONNECTOR SH
AIGHT BACKSH DESCRIPTION
E DE ELL SIZE CODE
ELL
ABS1138B01AA0
01 13 STRAIGHT BACKS
1A
A HELL WITH STRAI
ABS1138B03AA0 N RELIEF
03 17
3A
2 For ABS1138-005

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
cs - ABS1138-005
TYPE COD SIZE COD CONNECTOR SH COMPLETE BAC

DESCRIPTION
E E ELL SIZE CODE KSHELL
ABS1138C01AA0
01 13
1A BACKSHELL WITH
A
ABS1138C03AA0 STRAIN RELIEF
03 17
3A
(h) Type and shell size code
1 For ABS1138-006
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Overview of EMI Backshell - ABS
1138
CONNECTOR BACKSHELL S
BACKSHELL A
TYPE CODE SIDE (SHELL IDE (SHELL S BACKSHELL
DAPTOR
SIZE CODE) IZE CODE)
ABS0638A12 O
08 ABS1138D08A 12
R ABS0638B12
ABS0638A14 O
10 ABS1138D10A 14
R ABS0638B14
ABS0638A16 O
12 ABS1138D12A 16
R ABS0638B16
ABS0638A20 O
A 14 ABS1138D14A 20
R ABS0638B20
16 ABS1138D16A
18 ABS1138D18A
ABS0638A22 O
20 ABS1138D20A 22
R ABS0638B22
22 ABS1138D22A
24 ABS1138D24A
(i) Harness protection code
1 For ABS1358, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, and ABS1366
CODE HARNESS PROTECTION

B OVERBRAIDING
BRAIDED CONDUIT USED WITH ABS088
C
7 CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
(j) Material code
1 For E0550
- M = Aluminum.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
2 For E0740
- N = Aluminum
- Z = Stainless steel.
3 For E0760
- F = Aluminum alloy
- K = Stainless steel
- W = Aluminum alloy.
4 For ABS1138-004 and ABS1138-005
SURFACE TREAT
MATERIAL CODE COMPONENT MATERIAL
MENT
BACKSHELL ELECTROLESS NIC
A ALUMINUM ALLOY
STRAIN RELIEF KEL
(k) Table of strain relief adaptor/backshell compatibility
STRAIN RELIEF SIZE COD

BACKSHELL SIZE CODE ADAPTOR TYPE CODE
E
04 11 A
06 (see Note (1)) 13 -
10 (see Note (1)) 15 -
12 17 M
12 (see Note (1)) 19 -
16 (see Note (1)) 21 -
16 (see Note (1)) 23 -
20 25 A
Note (1): Only for E0740.
(l) Class code
1 For E0762
RESISTANCE TO SALT S
CLASS CODE FINISH DESIGNATION
PRAY
CONDUCTIVE CHEMICAL
F NICKEL-PLATING 48 HOURS
(ASTM-B-733)
CONDUCTIVE OLIVE-GREE
W N CADMIUM-PLATING 500 HOURS
(QQ-P-416)
PASSIVATION
K 500 HOURS
(ASTM-A-967)
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
(m) Shell size code
1 For E0762
SHELL SIZE CODE NUMBER OF TEETH

9 12
11 16
13 20
15 24
17 28
19 32
21 36
23 40
25 44
(n) End-fitting size code
1 For E0762
END-FITTING SIZE COD CABLE BUNDLE DIAMETER

E MIN. MAX.
03 2.00 mm (0.08 in.) 4.00 mm (0.16 in.)
04 3.90 mm (0.15 in.) 5.50 mm (0.22 in.)
05 5.40 mm (0.21 in.) 7.50 mm (0.30 in.)
06 7.40 mm (0.29 in.) 9.00 mm (0.35 in.)
07 9.40 mm (0.37 in.) 10.50 mm (0.41 in.)
08 10.40 mm (0.41 in.) 12.00 mm (0.47 in.)
10 12.40 mm (0.49 in.) 15.50 mm (0.61 in.)
12 15.40 mm (0.61 in.) 18.50 mm (0.73 in.)
14 18.40 mm (0.72 in.) 21.50 mm (0.85 in.)
16 21.40 mm (0.84 in.) 25.00 mm (0.98 in.)
18 25.40 mm (1.00 in.) 28.00 mm (1.10 in.)
20 28.40 mm (1.12 in.) 31.00 mm (1.22 in.)
(o) Lining code
1 For E0762
LINING CODE LINING

WITHOUT CODE NO LINING
L PTFE

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
(3) Related Items

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS1358, ABS1359, AB
S1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1364, ABS1365 and ABS1366
- ABS1364 Nut for ABS1361, ABS1362 and ABS1363 backshells.
- The metal parts of the closed backshell must not touch the cables.
- If the backshell pipe has an internal lining, it is not necessary to protect the harness
with tape or conduit below the backshell pipe.
- If the backshell pipe does not have an internal lining, it is necessary to protect the h
arness with open (split) conduit ABS2413 or EN6049-006 or self-adhesive silicone ta
pe ASNA5107 below the backshell pipe Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01.
(a) For ABS0280, ABS0281, ABS0327, ABS0581, ABS0841, ABS0842, ABS0936, ABS0937, AB
S2262 and E0075
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS0280, ABS02
81 and ABS2262
Tighten the backshell ABS0280-16 with FACOM OPEN-END WRENCH (20-27) (7C213).
For Circular backshell ABS0280, ABS0281 and ABS2262:
- Make sure that the backshell is correctly safetied with a lock wire directly on the fra
me of the rear accessory.
(b) For ABS1138-003, ABS1138-004, ABS1138-005 and ABS1138-006

1 Example of installation with ABS1138-006 and screened conduit
a Install all the parts (1), (2), (3) and (4) of the backshell on the cables before
you connect them to the connector.
Slide a heat-shrinkable sleeve (5) (E0126 or ABS0916) on the cables.
b Strip the insulation (6) 60 mm (2.36 in.) from the end of the cables (7).
c Comb, divide and twist the braid (8), make several braids.
Cut the cables (7) 35 mm (1.38 in.) from the end of the insulation (6).
Strip each cable and crimp the contacts (9).
d Engage the contacts into the rear of the connector (10).
e Screw the backshell (1) at the rear of the connector (10).

TORQUE the backshells to the applicable values.
Engage each twisted braid (8) in the cutouts (11) of the backshell (1).
NOTE: We recommend that you put only one braid in a same cutout. If this
is not possible, put the twisted braids so that they give equal cross-
sections in the cutouts.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
f Turn the nut (2) and TORQUE to the applicable value.
g Make sure that the braids in the backshell are not under mechanical stress. T
o do this, lightly push the braids down with a blunt tool (an adjustment screw
driver for example).
h Slide the shrinkable sleeve 10 mm (0.39 in.) from the end of the cable and s
hrink it.
i Cut the twisted braids (8) and bend them back over the nut. The braid may n
ot protrude from the nut (2) more than 2 mm (0.08 in.). Distribute the braid
around the nut (2).
j Screw the adaptor (3) on the backshell (1) and secure with adhesive Threadl
ocking Adhesive_- High strength - (Material Ref. 05BAJ1) or applicable lockwi
re.
k Screw the backshell ABS0638 (4) on the adaptor (3) and secure with adhesiv
e (Threadlocking Adhesive_- High strength - (Material Ref. 05BAJ1)) or applic
able lockwire.
Attach the harness on the backshell ABS0638 (4) with NSA935401 cable tie o
r equivalent.
NOTE: To avoid the opening of the connector during a rework operation, yo

u can remove the ABS0916 sleeve and replace it after rework by sel
f-welding tape ABS5334.
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE BACKSHELL ABS1138-006 DOES NOT TURN AT
THE SAME TIME AS THE ADAPTOR. THIS WILL PREVENT SHEARING O
F CABLE SHIELDS AND DAMAGE TO THE CONNECTOR TEETH.
2 Removal procedure with ABS1138-006 and screened conduit
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS1138
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS1138
a To release the harness from the backshell ABS0638 (4), cut and remove the c
able tie NSA935401 or equivalent. To disengage the backshell ABS0638 (4) fr
om the adaptor (3), hold the adaptor (3) stable with the first jaw pliers (GLE
NAIR RUBBER JAWS PLIERS (TG69) (06324) or equivalent) while you turn th
e backshell ABS0638 (4) counterclockwise with the second jaw pliers (GLENA
IR TG69 or equivalent).
b To disengage the adaptor (3) from the backshell ABS1138-006 (1), hold the
backshell ABS1138-006 (1) stable with the first jaw pliers (GLENAIR TG69 or
equivalent) while you turn the adaptor (3) counterclockwise with the second j
aw pliers (GLENAIR TG69 or equivalent).
c Unclamp the twisted braids (8) from the nut (2).

Manually unscrew the nut (2) from the backshell ABS1138-006.
d Install the connector (10) on the tightening support.

Unscrew the backshell (1) with jaw pliers (GLENAIR TG69 or equivalent) that
you turn counterclockwise.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
e Clean all signs of grease, oil or contamination from the threaded areas of the
connector (10) and the backshells (1) and (4) with cleaning agent and a lint-f
ree cloth Ref. ESPM 20-55-50-02.
Make sure that the bonding connection teeth on the threaded area of the con
nector (10) are still intact.
If any teeth on the connector (10) are broken, you must replace the connect
or with a new connector.
(c) For ABS1358, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1365 and ABS1366
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1358, ABS
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS1358, ABS13
1 With screened convoluted conduit without halar sheath
a Select the backshell size in relation to the size of the screened convoluted co
nduit.
Slide the braid back over the convoluted conduit.
b Fully screw the convoluted conduit into the backshell and slide the braid over
the end of the backshell up to the stop of the backshell.
c Install the metallic clamping strip E0805-02 2 mm (0.08 in.) minimum from t
he end of the braid.
d Wrap the metallic clamping area with self-welding tape ABS5334 (5 layers mi
nimum).
2 With screened convoluted conduit with halar sheath

a Select the backshell size in relation to the size of the screened convoluted co
nduit.
Slide the braid and halar back over the convoluted conduit.
b Fully screw the convoluted conduit into the backshell.

Slide the braid over the end of the backshell up to the stop of the backshell.
c Install the metallic clamping strip E0805-02 2 mm (0.08 in.) minimum from t
he end of the braid.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
d Slide the E-CTFE BRAID (HALAR) over the clamping strip E0805-02 and tie wi
th lacing tape NSA8420-07.
e Wrap the end of the conduit with self-welding tape ABS5334 (5 layers minim
um).
3 With split conduit to give protection to optical-fiber cables (for ABS1358 and ABS13
59 only)
and ABS1359
NOTE: Optical-fiber cables must not be attached to the backshell.
a Select the backshell size in relation to the size of the split conduit.
b Slide the split conduit over the end of the backshell.
c Tighten the split conduit on the backshell with cable tie NSA935401 or metalli
c clamping strip E0805.
NOTE: Use a strap wrench or soft jaw pliers to untighten a backshell with n
otched hex nut to prevent damage to the nut.
(d) For E0760, E0761, E0762 and E0763

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - E0760, E0761,
E0762 and E0763
This type of backshell has 4 opposite holes (for tightening) on its periphery.
- Install the two 2.5 mm (0.10 in.) diameter pins on the FACOM WRENCH (116-50) or
equivalent.
- Start the tightening of the backshell by hand.
Engage the pins of the tool FACOM WRENCH (116-50) in 2 opposite holes of the bac
kshell and tighten.
(5) Torque Values
(a) ABS0280

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.102 m.daN (9.03 l 0.230 m.daN (20.35 0.350 m.daN (30.97
08
bf.in) lbf.in) lbf.in)
0.113 m.daN (10.00 0.260 m.daN (23.01 0.400 m.daN (35.40
10
0.158 m.daN (13.98 0.330 m.daN (29.20 0.500 m.daN (44.25
12
0.198 m.daN (17.52 0.400 m.daN (35.40 0.600 m.daN (53.10
14
0.260 m.daN (23.01 0.460 m.daN (40.71 0.650 m.daN (57.52
16
0.294 m.daN (26.02 0.500 m.daN (44.25 0.700 m.daN (61.95
18
0.350 m.daN (30.97 0.550 m.daN (48.67 0.750 m.daN (66.37
20
0.430 m.daN (38.05 0.620 m.daN (54.87 0.800 m.daN (70.80
22
0.520 m.daN (46.02 0.710 m.daN (62.83 0.900 m.daN (79.65
24
0.560 m.daN (49.56 0.780 m.daN (69.03 1.000 m.daN (88.50
28
(b) ABS0281 and ABS2262

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE C
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.102 m.daN (9.03 l 0.230 m.daN (20.35 0.350 m.daN (30.97
08
bf.in) lbf.in) lbf.in)
0.113 m.daN (10.00 0.260 m.daN (23.01 0.400 m.daN (35.40
10
0.158 m.daN (13.98 0.330 m.daN (29.20 0.500 m.daN (44.25
12
0.198 m.daN (17.52 0.400 m.daN (35.40 0.600 m.daN (53.10
14
0.260 m.daN (23.01 0.460 m.daN (40.71 0.650 m.daN (57.52
16
0.294 m.daN (26.02 0.500 m.daN (44.25 0.700 m.daN (61.95
18
0.350 m.daN (30.97 0.550 m.daN (48.67 0.750 m.daN (66.37
20
0.430 m.daN (38.05 0.620 m.daN (54.87 0.800 m.daN (70.80
22
0.520 m.daN (46.02 0.710 m.daN (62.83 0.900 m.daN (79.65
24
0.560 m.daN (49.56 0.780 m.daN (69.03 1.000 m.daN (88.50
28
(c) ABS0581
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
(d) ABS1138-003
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
MIN. NOM. MAX.
TORQUE VALUES, AS APPLICABLE TO THE CONFIGURATION OF THE SCREW/NUT/WASHE
R, ARE USED FOR ITS/THEIR INSTALLATION.
(e) ABS1138-004 and ABS1138-005

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
MIN. NOM. MAX.
(f) ABS1138-006
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE C
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.575 m.daN (50.88 0.630 m.daN (55.75 0.685 m.daN (60.62
8
0.575 m.daN (50.88 0.630 m.daN (55.75 0.685 m.daN (60.62
9
0.805 m.daN (71.24 0.860 m.daN (76.11 0.915 m.daN (80.97
10
0.805 m.daN (71.24 0.860 m.daN (76.11 0.915 m.daN (80.97
11
1.165 m.daN (103.1 1.220 m.daN (107.9 1.275 m.daN (112.8
12
1.165 m.daN (103.1 1.220 m.daN (107.9 1.275 m.daN (112.8
13
1.255 m.daN (111.0 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.365 m.daN (120.8
14
1.255 m.daN (111.0 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.365 m.daN (120.8
19
1.475 m.daN (130.5 1.530 m.daN (135.4 1.585 m.daN (140.2
20
1.475 m.daN (130.5 1.530 m.daN (135.4 1.585 m.daN (140.2
25

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
MOUNTING NUT SI
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ZE CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.115 m.daN (10.18 0.132 m.daN (11.68 0.150 m.daN (13.27
8
0.115 m.daN (10.18 0.170 m.daN (15.04 0.225 m.daN (19.91
9
0.115 m.daN (10.18 0.170 m.daN (15.04 0.225 m.daN (19.91
10
0.135 m.daN (11.95 0.195 m.daN (17.26 0.250 m.daN (22.12
12
0.135 m.daN (11.95 0.195 m.daN (17.26 0.250 m.daN (22.12
14
0.170 m.daN (15.04 0.225 m.daN (19.91 0.280 m.daN (24.78
16
0.170 m.daN (15.04 0.225 m.daN (19.91 0.280 m.daN (24.78
24
(g) ABS1358, ABS1359 and ABS1360
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE C
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
08
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
28
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
(h) ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363 and ABS1364
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE C
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
06
07
07 (see Note (1))
bf.in) (see Note (1)) bf.in) (see Note (1)) bf.in) (see Note (1))
10
13
15
19
Note (1): For A320 CEO only, when ABS1361–07 or ABS1362–07 or ABS1363–07 or ABS
1364–07 is used in conjunction with strain relief ABS0513, apply the limited torque value
s (second line).
(i) ABS1365 and ABS1366
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL SIZE C
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
24
28
36
(j) E0550

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
TERMINATION NU
CONNECTION
MBER CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.772 m.daN (68.32 0.858 m.daN (75.93 0.943 m.daN (83.45
04
1.383 m.daN (122.3 1.537 m.daN (136.0 1.691 m.daN (149.6
12
1.505 m.daN (133.1 1.672 m.daN (147.9 1.839 m.daN (162.7
20
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
TERMINATION SCR
MIN. NOM. MAX.
EW DIAMETER
4-40
6-32
8-32
TORQUE VALUES
BACKSHELL NUMB
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
ER CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.774 m.daN (68.50 0.860 m.daN (76.11 0.946 m.daN (83.72
11
1.179 m.daN (104.3 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.441 m.daN (127.5
17
1.386 m.daN (122.6 1.540 m.daN (136.2 1.694 m.daN (149.9
25
(k) E0740

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
NUMBER CODE OF
CONNECTION
TERMINATION
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.772 m.daN (68.32 0.858 m.daN (75.93 0.943 m.daN (83.45
04
1.098 m.daN (97.17 1.220 m.daN (107.9 1.342 m.daN (118.7
06
lbf.in) 6 lbf.in) 6 lbf.in)
1.180 m.daN (104.4 1.311 m.daN (116.0 1.442 m.daN (127.6
10
1.383 m.daN (122.3 1.537 m.daN (136.0 1.691 m.daN (149.6
12
1.383 m.daN (122.3 1.537 m.daN (136.0 1.691 m.daN (149.6
16
1.505 m.daN (133.1 1.672 m.daN (147.9 1.839 m.daN (162.7
20
TORQUE VALUES
ATTACHMENT
TERMINATION SCR
MIN. NOM. MAX.
EW DIAMETER
4-40
6-32
8-32

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
NUMBER CODE OF
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
BACKSHELL
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.774 m.daN (68.50 0.860 m.daN (76.11 0.946 m.daN (83.72
11
1.098 m.daN (97.17 1.220 m.daN (107.9 1.342 m.daN (118.7
13
lbf.in) 6 lbf.in) 6 lbf.in)
1.179 m.daN (104.3 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.441 m.daN (127.5
15
1.179 m.daN (104.3 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.441 m.daN (127.5
17
1.179 m.daN (104.3 1.310 m.daN (115.9 1.441 m.daN (127.5
19
1.386 m.daN (122.6 1.540 m.daN (136.2 1.694 m.daN (149.9
21
1.386 m.daN (122.6 1.540 m.daN (136.2 1.694 m.daN (149.9
23
1.396 m.daN (123.5 1.540 m.daN (136.2 1.694 m.daN (149.9
25
(l) E0760 and E0762

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE CO CLASS COD
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
DE E
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
9 F AND W
0.574 m.daN (50. 0.630 m.daN (55. 0.686 m.daN (60.
9 K
0.804 m.daN (71. 0.860 m.daN (76. 0.916 m.daN (81.
11 K
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
11 F AND W
1.164 m.daN (10 1.220 m.daN (10 1.276 m.daN (11
13 K
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
13 F AND W
1.254 m.daN (11 1.310 m.daN (11 1.366 m.daN (12
15 K
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
15 F AND W
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
17 F AND W
1.254 m.daN (11 1.310 m.daN (11 1.366 m.daN (12
17 K
0.394 m.daN (34. 0.450 m.daN (39. 0.506 m.daN (44.
19 F AND W
1.254 m.daN (11 1.310 m.daN (11 1.366 m.daN (12
19 K
1.484 m.daN (13 1.540 m.daN (13 1.596 m.daN (14
21 K
0.844 m.daN (74. 0.900 m.daN (79. 0.956 m.daN (84.
21 F AND W
0.844 m.daN (74. 0.900 m.daN (79. 0.956 m.daN (84.
23 F AND W
1.484 m.daN (13 1.540 m.daN (13 1.596 m.daN (14
23 K
0.844 m.daN (74. 0.900 m.daN (79. 0.956 m.daN (84.
25 F AND W
1.484 m.daN (13 1.540 m.daN (13 1.596 m.daN (14
25 K
E. Other Conduit Fittings
(1) Definition
Other conduit fittings are divided into 3 sub-families:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Adaptors
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - AB
S0580 and ABS0583
S0521, ABS0524, ABS0694 and ABS0695
This type of conduit fitting is used to connect miscellaneous items together (backshell/adap
tor/end piece etc.).
- Conduit junction items
S0585, ABS0693, ABS0932, ABS0933 and ABS0934
S0585
S0885
S0886
This type of conduit fitting is used to join the same or different types of conduits.
- End pieces
S0585, ABS0693, ABS0932, ABS0933 and ABS0934
S0585
S0523, ABS0582, ABS0584 and ABS1023
This type of conduit fitting is used at the end of a conduit.
(2) Conduit Fittings Installed on Aircraft
- ABS0885 conduit junction item

- ABS0519 end piece - bulkhead with ABS0513 cable support
- ABS0521 adaptor
- ABS0522 elbow adaptor
- ABS0523 end piece - bulkhead
- ABS0524 adaptor
- ABS0580 adaptor
- ABS0582 end piece
- ABS0583 adaptor
- ABS0584 (ex ABS0334) end piece
- ABS0693 end piece
- ABS0694 adaptor
- ABS0695 adaptor
- ABS0932 end piece
- ABS0933 end piece
- ABS0934 end piece
- ABS1023 end piece
- ABS1603 adaptor
- NSA9504 boot.
(a) ABS0885
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
This type of backshell is a split conduit junction item used to join ABS0887 PEEK conduits
or overbraided harnesses together.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Descripti
on - ABS0885
COND
ENTRY EXIT A BRANC
COND UIT
ADAPT ENTRY DAPTO EXIT A H ADA BRANC
UIT JUNCT
OR ADAPT R DAPTO PTOR H ADA
JUNCT ION IT
STAND TYPE C OR TYPE C R TYPE C PTOR
ION IT EM
ARD ODE (1 SIZE C ODE (1 SIZE C ODE (1 SIZE C
EM SIZE C
P/N OR 2) ODE (s OR 2) ODE (s OR 2) ODE (s
TYPE C ODE
(see N ee Not (see N ee Not (see N ee Not
ODE (T (D,
ote e (1)) ote e (1)) ote e (1))
OR Y) G OR
(1)) (1)) (1))
K)
ABS088
T G 2 K 1 B 1 A
5
Note (1): Only applicable if an adaptor is used with the conduit.
a Temperature
b Adaptor and conduit junction item size codes

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONDUIT ADAPTOR JUNCTION ADAPTOR ADAPTOR ADAPTOR

SIZE COD SIZE COD SIZE COD DIAMETE DIAMETE LENGTH
E E E R "A" R "B" "C"
4.3 mm (0. 10.7 mm
06 A D, G, K
17 in.) (0.42 in.)
6.7 mm (0. 13.6 mm
09 B D, G, K
26 in.) (0.54 in.)
7.3 mm (0. 14 mm (0.
10 C D, G, K
29 in.) 55 in.)
8.9 mm (0. 16 mm (0.
12 D D, G, K
03 ft.) 05 ft.)
10.5 mm 17.6 mm
14 E G, K
(0.41 in.) (0.69 in.) 25.6 mm
12.0 mm 19.3 mm (1.01 in.)
16 F G, K
(0.47 in.) (0.76 in.)
15.3 mm 22.6 mm
20 G G, K
(0.60 in.) (0.89 in.)
18.7 mm 26.7 mm
24 H K
(0.74 in.) (1.05 in.)
21.5 mm 30.9 mm
28 J K
(0.85 in.) (1.22 in.)
24.7 mm 34.5 mm
32 K K
(0.97 in.) (1.36 in.)
31.1 mm 42 mm (1. 41 mm (1.
40 L K
(1.22 in.) 65 in.) 61 in.)
Table - For adaptor type 1:
ADAPTOR JUNCTION OVERBRAIDED COND ADAPTOR ADAPTOR

SIZE COD SIZE COD UIT DIAMETER DIAMETE DIAMETE
E E MAX. MIN. R "D” R "E”
11.7 mm 13.1 mm 31.8 mm

D D
(0.46 in.) (0.52 in.) (1.25 in.)
17.4 mm 5 mm (0.2 19.5 mm 33.8 mm
G G
(0.69 in.) 0 in.) (0.77 in.) (1.33 in.)
28.1 mm 31.5 mm 39.8 mm
K K
(1.11 in.) (1.24 in.) (1.57 in.)
Table - For adaptor type 2:
a With overbraided conduits

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Overbraid
ed Conduits - ABS0885
ed Conduits - ABS0885
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- Step 1: Install the adaptor type 2 over the internal protection of the ov
erbraided harness.
- Step 2: Position the adaptors on the half conduit junction body, makin
g sure their adaptation is correct.
Install the second half conduit junction body carefully.
- Step 3: Temporarily attach the conduit junction body, crossing two tur
ns of self-welding tape ABS5334.
Attach the adaptor, overlapping with self-welding tape ABS5334 (start t
he overlap, internal protection side).
- Step 4: Slide the overbraid over the ends of the conduit junction body.
Remove the crossed self-welding tape ABS5334 from the conduit juncti
on body.
Clamp the overbraid on the conduit junction item with metallic clamping
strip E0805-02.
- Step 5: Do 5 layers of self-welding tape ABS5334 above the cutting ed
ge of the metallic clamping strip.
- Step 6: If installed, slide the E-CTFE (halar) on the conduit junction en
d, over the clamped overbraiding.
Attach with lacing tape NSA8420-07.
- Step 7: Wrap with self-welding tape ABS5334 over the end harness co
nnection area.
b With screened convoluted conduits

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Screened
Convoluted Conduits - ABS0885
- Step 1: Install the convoluted conduit fully in the adaptor ABS0885 typ
e 1.
- Step 2: Slide the metallic braid over the adaptor and install it on the h
alf conduit junction body, making sure that it is correctly adapted.
Install the second half conduit junction body carefully.
- Step 3: Attach the ends of the conduit junction body with the metallic
clamping strip E0805-02.
ge of the metallic clamping strips.
- Step 5: If installed, slide the E-CTFE (halar) over the adaptor and attac
h with lacing tape NSA8420-07.
- Step 6: Wrap with self-welding tape ABS5334 over the end harness co
nnection area.
(b) ABS0886
This type of backshell is a conduit junction item used to join ABS0887 PEEK conduits or ov
erbraided harnesses together.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Descripti
on - ABS0886

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STANDARD TYPE CODE ENTRY SIZE C EXIT SIZE CO

P/N (A OR B) ODE DE
ABS0886 A 06 - 06
a Temperature
b Conduit junction item entry or exit size codes
- For conduit junction item type "A":
DIAMETER DIAMETER DIAMETER

SIZE CODE LENGTH "D"
"A" "B" "C"
10.7 mm (0.4 4.3 mm (0.17 7.8 mm (0.31
06
2 in.) in.) in.)
13.6 mm (0.5 6.7 mm (0.26 10.2 mm (0.4
09
4 in.) in.) 0 in.)
14 mm (0.55 7.3 mm (0.29 11 mm (0.43
10
in.) in.) in.)
16 mm (0.05 8.8 mm (0.35 12.6 mm (0.5
12
ft.) in.) 53 mm (2.09 0 in.)
17.6 mm (0.6 10.5 mm (0.4 in.) 14.2 mm (0.5
14
9 in.) 1 in.) 6 in.)
19.3 mm (0.7 12.0 mm (0.4 15.8 mm (0.6
16
6 in.) 7 in.) 2 in.)
22.6 mm (0.8 15.3 mm (0.6 19 mm (0.75
20
9 in.) 0 in.) in.)
26.7 mm (1.0 18.7 mm (0.7 22.1 mm (0.8
24
5 in.) 4 in.) 7 in.)
30.9 mm (1.2 21.5 mm (0.8 54 mm (2.13 25.3 mm (1.0
28
2 in.) 5 in.) in.) 0 in.)
34.5 mm (1.3 24.7 mm (0.9 56 mm (2.20 28.5 mm (1.1
32
6 in.) 7 in.) in.) 2 in.)
42 mm (1.65 31.1 mm (1.2 58 mm (2.28 34.8 mm (0.1
40
in.) 2 in.) in.) 1 ft.)
- For conduit junction item type "B":

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SIZE CODE DIAMETER "E" DIAMETER "F" LENGTH "G"

10.7 mm (0.42 i
06
n.)
13.6 mm (0.54 i
09
n.)
10 14 mm (0.55 in.)
12 16 mm (0.05 ft.)
17.6 mm (0.69 i 19 mm (0.75 in.)
14
n.)
19.3 mm (0.76 i
16
n.) 52 mm (2.05 in.)
22.6 mm (0.89 i
20
n.)
26.7 mm (1.05 i
24
n.)
30.9 mm (1.22 i
28 20 mm (0.79 in.)
n.)
34.5 mm (1.36 i
32 22 mm (0.87 in.)
n.)
40 42 mm (1.65 in.) 24 mm (0.08 ft.)
3 Related items
a ABS0586-21 blanking cap for ABS0580 and ABS0583 adaptors size 21
b ABS0935 nut for ABS0932 end piece

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for End Piece - ABS0
932, ABS0933, ABS0934 and ABS0935
c Torque values for ABS0935

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE CO
ATTACHMENT
DE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.27 m.daN (23.8 0.30 m.daN (26.5 0.33 m.daN (29.2
06
0.26 m.daN (23.0 0.38 m.daN (33.6 0.42 m.daN (37.1
07
0.54 m.daN (47.7 0.60 m.daN (53.1 0.66 m.daN (58.4
10
0.81 m.daN (71.6 0.90 m.daN (79.6 0.99 m.daN (87.6
13
0.99 m.daN (87.6 1.10 m.daN (97.3 1.21 m.daN (107.
15
1.35 m.daN (119. 1.50 m.daN (132. 1.65 m.daN (146.
19
a With overbraided conduits

ed Conduits - ABS0886-A
Convoluted Conduits - ABS0886-A
- Step 1: Slide the internal protection in the conduit junction item.
- Step 2: Slide the metallic braid on the conduit junction item until it tou
ches the braid stop.
Install a metallic clamping strip E0805-02 to attach the metallic braid o
n the conduit junction item. Make sure that the metallic clamping strip i
s installed 7 mm (0.28 in.) from the braid stop.
ge of the metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
- Step 4: If installed, slide the E-CTFE (halar) on the conduit junction en
d, over the clamped overbraiding.
- Step 5: Attach with lacing tape NSA8420-07.
- Step 6: Wrap with self-welding tape ABS5334 above the clamping are
a.
The procedure that follows gives protection for the junction between co
nduit junction item ABS0886 and a connector backshell with shielded ca
bles that have with solder sleeve bonding.
- Step 7: Slide the cables through the backshell.
- Step 8: Install the split conduit EN6049-008 between the conduit junct
ion item ABS0886-B and the backshell.
Wrap the split conduit around the cables doing an overlap of 90 deg. an
gle for each layer (double overlap).
Install a metallic clamping strip E0805-02 to attach the split conduit on
the conduit junction item and on the backshell.
Before tightening of metallic clamping strip, make sure that the strippe
d end of the bonding leads have been installed between the end of back
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
shell and the end of the split conduit.

a.
b With screened convoluted conduits

Convoluted Conduits - ABS0886-B
- Step 1: Fully screw the convoluted conduit into the conduit junction ite
m.
- Step 2: Slide the metallic braid over the conduit junction item until it t
ouches the braid stop.
Install a metallic clamping strip E0805-02 to attach the metallic braid o
n the conduit junction item. Make sure that the metallic clamping strip i
s installed 7 mm (0.28 in.) from the braid stop.
ge of the metallic clamping strip E0805-02.
- Step 4: If installed, slide the E-CTFE (halar) over the conduit junction i
tem.
- Step 5: Attach with lacing tape NSA8420-07.
a.
NOTE: The procedure that follows is used to give protection to the ju

nction between conduit junction item ABS0886 and a connecto
r backshell with shielded cables equipped with solder sleeve b
onding.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Scr
eened Convoluted Conduits - ABS0886-B
- Step 7: Slide the cables through the backshell.
- Step 8: Install the split conduit EN6049-008 between the conduit junct
ion item ABS0886-B and the backshell.
Wind the split conduit around the cables with an overlap of 90 deg. for
each layer (double overlap).
Install a metallic clamping strip E0805-02 to attach the split conduit on
the conduit junction item and on the backshell.
Make sure before you tighten the metallic clamping strips that the strip
ped ends of the bonding leads are installed between the end of the back
shell and the end of the split conduit.
- Step 9: Wind self-welding tape ABS5334 on the clamping areas.
(c) ABS0519, ABS0521, ABS0522, ABS0523, ABS0524, ABS0580, ABS0582, ABS0583, ABS05
84 (ex ABS0334), ABS0585, ABS0693, ABS0694, ABS0695, ABS0932, ABS0933, ABS093
4, ABS1023, ABS1603
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Description - A
BS0580 and ABS0583
BS0521, ABS0524, ABS0694 and ABS0695

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BS0585, ABS0693, ABS0932, ABS0933 and ABS0934
BS0585
BS0523, ABS0582, ABS0584 and ABS1023
BS0519
BS1603
BS0522
- For end pieces
END PIECE
STANDARD CONDUIT T END PIECE CONDUIT S
MATERIAL
P/N YPE CODE SIZE CODE IZE CODE
CODE
ABS0519 V 06 - 06 P
ABS0582 V 08 - 06 P
ABS0584 V 12 - 06 P
ABS0693 V 14 - 14 P
- 19 - 16
ABS0933 - 19 - 16
ABS0934 - 19 - 16
ABS1023 V 12 - 06
END PIECE T
YPE CODE
STANDARD END PIECE SI MATERIAL CO 1 = ROUND N
P/N ZE CODE DE UT
2 = HEXAGON
AL NUT
ABS0523 - 09 A 1
- For adaptors
ADAPTOR TY
PE CODE
STANDARD ADAPTOR SIZ MATERIAL CO 1 = ROUND N
P/N E CODE DE UT
2 = HEXAGON
AL NUT
ABS0521 - 01 P
ABS0524 - 29 A

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ADAPTOR SIZE C
ODE
ABS0522 - 08 P
Elbow adaptor ABS0522 connects end piece ABS0582 to connectors E0052, E0053,
E0054, E0195, E0320 and E0322.
ADAPTOR TYPE C
ODE ADAPTOR SIZE C MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
A = ”T” TYPE ODE (A OR P)
B = ”X” TYPE
ABS0580 A 09 A
ADAPTOR TY MATERIAL CO
STANDARD ADAPTOR SIZ
PE CODE DE
P/N E CODE
A OR B (A OR P)
ABS0583 - 09 A A
ADAPTOR ADAPTOR
STANDARD MATERIAL
SIZE CODE SIZE CODE
P/N CODE
DIA. A DIA. A
ABS0694 - 10 - 10 P
ABS0695 - 09 - 10 P
STANDARD P/N MATERIAL CODE ADAPTOR SIZE CODE

ABS1603 C 01
ABS1603 is used to attach threaded backshell EN2997 to connector MIL-C-38999.

- For conduit junction item
CONDUIT
CONDUIT T CONDUIT S
STANDARD JUNCTION MATERIAL
YPE IZE
P/N ITEM CODE
CODE CODE
SIZE CODE
ABS0585 V 12 - 12 P
- For crimp sleeve (optional marking)
CONDUIT TYPE CODE CONDUIT SIZE CODE

VW - 06
a Temperature
- For ABS0519, ABS0521, ABS0522, ABS0523, ABS0524, ABS0580, ABS

0582, ABS0583, ABS0584, ABS0585, ABS0693, ABS0694, ABS0695 an
d ABS1023:
- For , ABS0933 and ABS0934:
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

- For ABS1603:
b Material code
- For ABS0519, ABS0521, ABS0522, ABS0523, ABS0524, ABS0580, ABS

5:

PASSIVATED CADMIUM
P (see Note (1)) ALUMINUM ALLOY
PLATED
CHROMIC ACID ANODIS
A ALUMINUM ALLOY
ED
Note (1): For ABS0693, ABS0694 and ABS0695, only code P is applicable.
- For ABS1603:

POLYETHERETHERKETONE (PEE
C NICKEL-PLATED
K)
c Conduit and end piece or conduit junction item size codes
- For end pieces ABS0519, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0693, ABS1023 and

for conduit junction item ABS0585:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
END PIECE OR CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM SIZE CO

CONDU DE CONDU
IT SIZE IT TYPE
CODE ABS051 ABS05 ABS058 ABS06 ABS05 ABS10 CODE
9 82 4 93 85 23
08 TO 1 08 TO 1
06 06 12 06 -
7 0
08 TO 9 08 TO 1
09 07 15 09 12, 14
3 0
09 TO 1 10 TO 1
10 08 - 10 -
7 2
12 TO 2 10 TO 1
12 09 18 12 -
1 7
12 TO 2 12 TO 1
14 10 20 - - A, B OR
9 9
V
12 TO 1 12 TO 2
16 11 - 16 -
9 1
17 TO 2 16 TO 2
20 13 26 20 -
9 3
17 TO 2 17 TO 2
24 15 30 24 -
9 3
21 TO 2
32 19 - - - -
9
40 23 - - - - -
- For end pieces , ABS0933 and ABS0934:
CONDUIT SIZE END PIECE SIZE CODE

CODE ABS0933 ABS0934
08 06 - -
10 07 07 -
11 19 - -
16 10 OR 19 10 OR 19 19
21 13 13 -
22 19 19 19
24 13 - -
25 15 - -
28 15 - -
30 19 19 19
d Size code
- For adaptors ABS0521, ABS0694 and ABS0695:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
THREAD ON THREAD ON ADAPTOR SIZE CODE

DIAMETER DIAMETER
"A" "B" ABS0521 ABS0694 ABS0695
1.81256 mm 1.0625 mm
01 - -
(0.07 in.)-16 (0.04 in.)-18
1.81256 mm 1.3125 mm
02 - -
(0.07 in.)-16 (0.05 in.)-18
1.0625 mm 1.0625 mm
03 - -
(0.04 in.)-18 (0.04 in.)-18
1.3125 mm 1.1875 mm
04 - -
(0.05 in.)-18 (0.05 in.)-18
1.4375 mm 1.3125 mm
06 - -
(0.06 in.)-18 (0.05 in.)-18
0.7500 mm 0.7500 mm
05 - -
(0.03 in.)-20 (0.03 in.)-20
0.5625 mm 0.5625 mm
07 - -
(0.02 in.)-24 (0.02 in.)-24
0.6250 mm 0.6250 mm
- 10 -
(0.02 in.)-24 (0.02 in.)-24
0.5625 mm
- - - 09
(0.02 in.)-24
0.6250 mm
- - - 10
(0.02 in.)-24
- For adaptor ABS0522:
SIZE CODE THREAD ON DIAMETER ”A”

08 0.5000 mm (0.020 in.)–20
10 0.6250 mm (0.025 in.)–24
12 0.7500 mm (0.030 in.)–20
14 0.8750 mm (0.034 in.)–20
16 1.0000 mm (0.039 in.)–20
18 1.0625 mm (0.042 in.)–18
20 1.1875 mm (0.047 in.)–18
22 1.3125 mm (0.052 in.)–18
24 1.4375 mm (0.057 in.)–18
- For adaptor ABS1603:

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONNECTOR SHELL S BACKSHELL SIZE (SI

SIZE CODE
IZE (SIDE A) DE B)
01 09 10
02 11 12
03 13 14
04 15 16
05 17 18
06 19 20
07 21 22
08 23 24
09 25 28
- For end piece ABS0523 and adaptors ABS0580 and ABS0583:
THREAD ON DIA SIZE CODE

METER "A" ABS0523 ABS0580 ABS0583
0.5625 mm (0.02
09 09 09
in.)-24
0.7500 mm (0.03
12 12 12
in.)-20
1.0625 mm (0.04
17 17 17
in.)-18
1.3125 mm (0.05
- 21 21
in.)-18
e Conduit type code
- For end pieces ABS0519, ABS0582, ABS0584, ABS0693, ABS1023 and

for conduit junction item ABS0585:
CONDUIT TYPE CODE

FOR END PIECE OR C CONDUIT P/N
ONDUIT JUNCTION IT FOR CRIMP SLEEVE
EM
E0432
A A
NSA935805
B B NSA935805T
ABS0510
V V ABS0511
ABS0631
For detailed procedure: Metallic conduit Ref. ESPM 20-33-32-01.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for End Piece - ABS0932, A
BS0933, ABS0934 and ABS0935
a For ABS0522
- Tighten elbow adaptor ABS0522 with a strap wrench or soft jaw pliers.
4 Torque values
a ABS0519 and ABS0523
TORQUE VALUES
END PIECE SIZE
ATTACHMENT
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.20 m.daN (17.7 0.23 m.daN (20.3 0.26 m.daN (23.0
06
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.37 m.daN (32.7 0.40 m.daN (35.4
07
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.37 m.daN (32.7 0.40 m.daN (35.4
08
0.40 m.daN (35.4 0.43 m.daN (38.0 0.45 m.daN (39.8
09
0.40 m.daN (35.4 0.43 m.daN (38.0 0.45 m.daN (39.8
10
0.45 m.daN (39.8 0.48 m.daN (42.4 0.51 m.daN (45.1
11
0.51 m.daN (45.1 0.57 m.daN (50.4 0.62 m.daN (54.8
13
0.73 m.daN (64.6 0.76 m.daN (67.2 0.79 m.daN (69.9
15
0.79 m.daN (69.9 0.82 m.daN (72.5 0.85 m.daN (75.2
17
0.85 m.daN (75.2 0.91 m.daN (80.5 0.96 m.daN (84.9
19
b ABS0932

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
SHELL SIZE CO
ATTACHMENT
DE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.27 m.daN (23.8 0.30 m.daN (26.5 0.33 m.daN (29.2
06
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.38 m.daN (33.6 0.42 m.daN (37.1
07
0.54 m.daN (47.7 0.60 m.daN (53.1 0.66 m.daN (58.4
10
0.81 m.daN (71.6 0.90 m.daN (79.6 0.99 m.daN (87.6
13
0.99 m.daN (87.6 1.10 m.daN (97.3 1.21 m.daN (107.
15
1.35 m.daN (119. 1.50 m.daN (132. 1.65 m.daN (146.
19
c ABS0933
TORQUE VALUES
END PIECE SIZE
ATTACHMENT
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.27 m.daN (23.8 0.30 m.daN (26.5 0.33 m.daN (29.2
06
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.38 m.daN (33.6 0.42 m.daN (37.1
07
0.54 m.daN (47.7 0.60 m.daN (53.1 0.66 m.daN (58.4
10
0.81 m.daN (71.6 0.90 m.daN (79.6 0.99 m.daN (87.6
13
0.99 m.daN (87.6 1.10 m.daN (97.3 1.21 m.daN (107.
15
1.35 m.daN (119. 1.50 m.daN (132. 1.65 m.daN (146.
19
d ABS0934

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
END PIECE SIZE
ATTACHMENT
CODE
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.27 m.daN (23.8 0.30 m.daN (26.5 0.33 m.daN (29.2
06
0.26 m.daN (23.0 0.38 m.daN (33.6 0.42 m.daN (37.1
07
0.54 m.daN (47.7 0.60 m.daN (53.1 0.66 m.daN (58.4
10
0.81 m.daN (71.6 0.90 m.daN (79.6 0.99 m.daN (87.6
13
0.99 m.daN (87.6 1.10 m.daN (97.3 1.21 m.daN (107.
15
1.35 m.daN (119. 1.50 m.daN (132. 1.65 m.daN (146.
19
e ABS1603

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TORQUE VALUES
ITEM COD DIAMETE TORQUE WR
ASSEMBLY LOCKING
E NUMBER R ENCH
MIN. NOM. MAX.
AMDP TORQU
E WRENCH (T
BN-OE-14-5
0.11 m.da 0.18 m.da 0.25 m.da
12 mm (0. 0)
01 N (9.73 lb N (15.93 l N (22.12 l
47 in.) SNAP-ON TO
f.in) bf.in) bf.in)
RQUE WRENC
H (FC018A)
(C7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.12 m.da 0.19 m.da 0.26 m.da
15 mm (0. RQUE WRENC
02 N (10.62 l N (16.81 l N (23.01 l
59 in.) H (FC22B) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.16 m.da 0.23 m.da 0.30 m.da
03 N (14.16 l N (20.35 l N (26.55 l
71 in.) H (FC26B) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.20 m.da 0.27 m.da 0.34 m.da
04 N (17.70 l N (23.89 l N (30.09 l
87 in.) H (FC30B) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.26 m.da 0.33 m.da 0.40 m.da
05 N (23.01 l N (29.20 l N (35.40 l
98 in.) H (FC32B) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.30 m.da 0.37 m.da 0.44 m.da
06 N (26.55 l N (32.74 l N (38.94 l
10 in.) H (FC36A) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.35 m.da 0.42 m.da 0.49 m.da
07 N (30.97 l N (37.17 l N (43.36 l
22 in.) H (FC40A) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.43 m.da 0.50 m.da 0.57 m.da
08 N (38.05 l N (44.25 l N (50.44 l
34 in.) H (FC44A) (C
7127)
SNAP-ON TO
0.52 m.da 0.59 m.da 0.66 m.da
09 N (46.02 l N (52.21 l N (58.41 l
46 in.) H (FC54A) (C
7127)
5 Related item (only for ABS0519 end piece)
a ABS0513 cable support

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Related Item for ABS0519
- ABS0513
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and De
scription - ABS0519
For shielded conduits fastened directly on the structure by a screw nut devic
e, only the locking nut is secured by lockwire.
- P/N identification
TYPE CODE MATERIAL COD

-, A OR G E
ABS0513 - 06 C
- P/N characteristics
1. Material code, temperature and type code
OPERATING TEM
PERATURE TYP
MATERIA MATERIA DESIGNATI
FINISH EC
L CODE L MINIM MAXIMU ODE ON
UM M
-55 deg.
250 deg.
STAINLES PTFE COAT C (- 67.
C C (482.0
S STEEL ED 00 deg.
0 deg.F)
F)
- SUPPORT
-55 deg.
100 deg.
ALUMINU PTFE COAT C (- 67.
- C (212.0
M ED 00 deg.
0 deg.F)
F)
okay-65
200 deg.
ALUMINU deg.C (-
B ANODISED C (392.0 A SUPPORT
M 85.00 d
0 deg.F)
eg.F)
-65 deg.
200 deg.
SILICON C (- 85.
S - C (392.0 G GROMMET
RUBBER 00 deg.
0 deg.F)
F)
2. Size code
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and De
scription - ABS0519
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Related Item for ABS0519
- ABS0513
- Type -

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SIZE
COD 06 09 10 12 14 16 20 24 32 40
E
14.6 16.2 17.8 24.1 30.5 36.8
9.90 11.50 13 m 21 m
DIAM 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m 0m
mm mm m (0. m (0.
ETER m (0. m (0. m (0. m (0. m (1. m (1.
(0.39 (0.45 i 51 i 83 i
”A” 57 i 64 i 70 i 95 i 20 i 45 i
in.) n.) n.) n.)
n.) n.) n.) n.) n.) n.)
13.5 20.5 25.5
4.50 7.50 8.50 9.50 10 m 15 m
LENG 6.50 m 0m 0m 0m
mm mm mm mm m (0. m (0.
TH m (0.2 m (0. m (0. m (1.
(0.18 (0.30 (0.33 (0.37 39 i 59 i
”B” 6 in.) 53 i 81 i 00 i
in.) in.) in.) in.) n.) n.)
n.) n.) n.)
- Type A
SIZE COD
06 09 10 12 14
E
DIAMETER 9.90 mm 11.50 mm 13 mm (0. 14.60 mm 16.20 mm
”A” (0.39 in.) (0.45 in.) 51 in.) (0.57 in.) (0.64 in.)
DIAMETER 4.50 mm 6.50 mm 7.50 mm 8.50 mm 9.00 mm
”B” (0.18 in.) (0.26 in.) (0.30 in.) (0.33 in.) (0.35 in.)
- Type G
SIZE COD
06 09 10 12 14
E
”A” (0.17 in.) (0.26 in.) (0.28 in.) (0.35 in.) (0.41 in.)
”B” (0.10 in.) (0.19 in.) (0.22 in.) (0.28 in.) (0.34 in.)
- Installation procedure
- ABS0513 type
- Install the backshell on the cables before you connect them
to the connector.Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit
Fitting - Screened, Cable Protection at Conduit End
- Install the nut, tighten and safety.
NOTE: Before installation of the cable tie, you must give p

rotection to the harness.
To do this, add:
- A sleeve E0484 on the backshell,
- A sleeve NSA937210MB (slotted), ABS5330,
ABS0294 or ASNA5107–B wound two times
around the harness.
- ABS0513 type A
- Install the grommet ABS0513 type G and the backshell on t
he cables before you connect them to the connector.
- Install the nut, tighten and safety.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
As an alternative to ABS0513 you can use a clamp NSA5516

BD or ABS1339 to attach the harness.
b ABS0520 nut for ABS0519 end piece
- TORQUE the nut to the values that follow:
TORQUE VALUES
NUT REFERENC
ATTACHMENT
E NUMBER
MIN. NOM. MAX.
0.20 m.daN (17.7 0.23 m.daN (20.3 0.26 m.daN (23.0
06
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.37 m.daN (32.7 0.40 m.daN (35.4
07
0.34 m.daN (30.0 0.37 m.daN (32.7 0.40 m.daN (35.4
08
0.40 m.daN (35.4 0.43 m.daN (38.0 0.45 m.daN (39.8
09
0.40 m.daN (35.4 0.43 m.daN (38.0 0.45 m.daN (39.8
10
0.45 m.daN (39.8 0.48 m.daN (42.4 0.51 m.daN (45.1
11
0.51 m.daN (45.1 0.57 m.daN (50.4 0.62 m.daN (54.8
13
0.73 m.daN (64.6 0.76 m.daN (67.2 0.79 m.daN (69.9
15
0.79 m.daN (69.9 0.82 m.daN (72.5 0.85 m.daN (75.2
17
0.85 m.daN (75.2 0.91 m.daN (80.5 0.96 m.daN (84.9
19
(d) NSA9504
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Installation - N
SA9504
This type of boot must be installed to protect the antenna connection under the cargo floo
r.
COMPRESSION
STANDARD P/N TYPE CODE NONE - 25%
C - 60%
NSA9504 - 01 C
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
3. Procedure
A. Permitted Tolerances
(1) VC Backshell Orientation
You can adjust the orientation of the backshell (given in the defi
nition dossier) between +45 degrees and -45 degrees to safety
Description the bundle routing.
Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Permitted Tol
erances for the VC Backshell Orientation
Requirements / precautions - Obey the distances between the bundles and the structure
or the other systems as given in Ref. ESPM 20-33-10-02.
- The bundle drip loop must be respected.
- The permitted tolerances of the backshell orientation is no
Technical limitations t applicable for the backshell type shielded with ring (for e
xample, ABS1138-006).
B. Sealing of the Backshell

Ref. Fig. Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Sealing of the Backshell
- Sealing sleeves can be installed between the rear of the backshell and the harness (with a protec
tion by conduit or not).
The difference between the two diameters (backshell and harness) can be so large that one size o
f heat shrinkable sleeve cannot cover the two diameters. Thus it is necessary to use 2 different si
ze sleeves.
- The heat shrinkable sleeve adapted to the bigger diameter is shrunk before the sleeve adapted t
o the smaller diameter.
- Where protection against fluid ingress is necessary, seal the join with adhesive sealing compoun
d.
Where the second (smaller) sleeve is below the larger sleeve, seal the join with Adhesive Sealant
_Electrical Connector Epoxy - (Material Ref. 06FBB1) (for example RAYCHEM S1125)
When more than one sleeve are used to make the change from the connector to the harness, seal
each join with adhesive sealing compound.
4. Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
After installation, you must make sure that the installation of the cables on the backshell is correct.
Figure 20-33-45-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Structure of the Topic
Figure 20-33-45-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Example of Installation - E00
80, NSA938003 and NSA938150
Figure 20-33-45-0003-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - EN3660-01
7, EN3660-018, EN3660-019, EN3660-020 and EN3660-021
Figure 20-33-45-0004-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Orientation and In
stallation of Protective Pad - ABS0638
Figure 20-33-45-0005-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and Charact
eristics - E0618
Figure 20-33-45-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2211
Figure 20-33-45-0007-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedur
e - E0199, E0455 and EN3660
Figure 20-33-45-0008-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Layout - ABS1452
Figure 20-33-45-0009-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS
1452
Figure 20-33-45-0010-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - E0393 an
d EN3545-007
Figure 20-33-45-0011-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Description and Installation -
E0393 and EN3545-007
Figure 20-33-45-0012-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Insta
llation - ABS0364-C and ABS1019-005
llation - E0312
Figure 20-33-45-0014-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Attachment of Cables on Bac
kshell - EN3545-007
llation - ABS0388
llation - ABS0699 and ABS0700
llation - NSA938422
1069-003 1/15
1069-003 2/15
Figure 20-33-45-0020-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Cable Stripping and Crimpin
g Tool - ABS1069-003
1069-003 3/15
1069-003 4/15
1069-003 5/15

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
1069-003 6/15
1069-003 7/15
1069-003 8/15
1069-003 9/15
1069-003 10/15
1069-003 11/15
1069-003 12/15
1069-003 13/15
1069-003 14/15
1069-003 15/15
1069-004
1069-004
Figure 20-33-45-0036-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and Desc
ription - E0074 and E0115
ription - E0109
ription - ABS0591 and NSA935829
ription - ABS0327, ABS0581 and E0075
ription - ABS0280, ABS0936, E0760 and E0761
eristics - ABS0281, ABS0937, E0762 and E0763
Figure 20-33-45-0042-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Overview of EMI Backshell -
ABS1138
ription - ABS0841 and ABS0842
ription - ABS1358, ABS1359 and ABS1360
ription - ABS1361, ABS1362 and ABS1363
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ription - E0550 and E0740
Figure 20-33-45-0051-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Strain Relief Adaptor - E055
0
Figure 20-33-45-0052-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS02
80, ABS0281 and ABS2262
1138
1138
1138
Figure 20-33-45-0056-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS11
38
Figure 20-33-45-0057-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS11
38
Figure 20-33-45-0058-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS13
58, ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1364, ABS1365 and ABS1366
1358 and ABS1359
Figure 20-33-45-0060-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - E076
0, E0761, E0762 and E0763
ription - ABS0521, ABS0524, ABS0694 and ABS0695
ription - ABS0585, ABS0693, ABS0932, ABS0933 and ABS0934
ription - ABS0585
ription - ABS0885
ription - ABS0886
ription - ABS0523, ABS0582, ABS0584 and ABS1023
Figure 20-33-45-0068-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Overbraided
Conduits - ABS0885
Conduits - ABS0885
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Figure 20-33-45-0070-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Screened C
onvoluted Conduits - ABS0885
onvoluted Conduits - ABS0885
Conduits - ABS0886-A
onvoluted Conduits - ABS0886-A
onvoluted Conduits - ABS0886-B
Figure 20-33-45-0077-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for End Piece - ABS093
2, ABS0933, ABS0934 and ABS0935
ription - ABS0519
ription - ABS1603
Figure 20-33-45-0080-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Related Item for ABS0519 -
ABS0513
Figure 20-33-45-0081-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Sealing of the Backshell
Figure 20-33-45-0082-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Acceptance/Rejection Criteri
a
a
a
1696-005
Figure 20-33-45-0086-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code A - E06
99
Figure 20-33-45-0087-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code B - E06
99
Figure 20-33-45-0089-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Screened, Cable Protection a
t Conduit End
and ABS2412
Figure 20-33-45-0094-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell with EMI Shielding
System - ABS2216 and ABS2412
Figure 20-33-45-0096-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Insert - ABS1870

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Figure 20-33-45-0097-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell - AB
S1870
Figure 20-33-45-0098-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell - AB
S1870
-004
ription - ABS0522
Figure 20-33-45-0101-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of an Open Sleev
e on an Open Backshell
Figure 20-33-45-0102-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sle
eves on an Open Backshell
Figure 20-33-45-0103-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sle
eves on an Open Backshell
Figure 20-33-45-0104-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Cables on Bac
kshells - EN3545-007SCE and EN3545-007SCG
Figure 20-33-45-0105-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedur
e - ABS2412
Figure 20-33-45-0106-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening of Circular Backs
hells
Figure 20-33-45-0107-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Additional Protection for Circ
ular Plastic Backshell
eristics - ABS1649
eristics - ABS1649
eristics - ABS1649
a
Figure 20-33-45-0111-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening verification
llation - NSA9504
Figure 20-33-45-0113-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure ABS21
33-004
Figure 20-33-45-0114-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Compensation of the Harnes
s Diameter and Bending Radius
Figure 20-33-45-0117-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Application of Self-adhesive
Tape ABS5334A01B
Figure 20-33-45-0118-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Self-adhesive
Tape ABS5334A01B Bobbin
a
Figure 20-33-45-0120-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS1896-
003

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
Figure 20-33-45-0121-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell ABS2313-005 Orie
ntation and Recommended Offset Between Cables Ties
Figure 20-33-45-0122-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identifcation ABS1896-0
03
Figure 20-33-45-0123-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell ABS
1896-003
Figure 20-33-45-0124-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Adaptor in Bac
kshell ABS1896-003
Figure 20-33-45-0125-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell with
EMI Insert
Figure 20-33-45-0126-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell with
EMI Insert
Figure 20-33-45-0127-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS2216
Figure 20-33-45-0128-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification ABS2313-
005
Figure 20-33-45-0129-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell ABS
2313-005 with and without open (split) Conduit
Figure 20-33-45-0130-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Self-locking System for Back
shell ABS1896-003
eristics - NSA938025
eristics - ABS1138-005
eristics - E0080
eristics - ABS1138-004
Figure 20-33-45-0178-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - NSA93892
1
eristics - E0580
eristics - E0580
eristics - ABS1635
Figure 20-33-45-0183-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting- P/N Description and Characte
ristics - ABS1138-003
Figure 20-33-45-0184-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS1138-0
06
eristics - E0617
Figure 20-33-45-0188-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS0271

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
eristics - E0199
eristics - E0199
Figure 20-33-45-0191-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Permitted Tolerances for the
VC Backshell Orientation

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELLS FOR CIRCULAR CONNECTORS OR PRESSURE SEALS (REFER TO PARA A):
EXAMPLE: PANEL
E0073 PRESSURE SEAL
CABLES CABLES
CABLES
E0039 CONNECTOR E0080 E0080
BACKSHELL BACKSHELL
E0080
BACKSHELLS FOR RECTANGULAR CONNECTORS (REFER TO PARA B): BACKSHELL
EXAMPLE:
CABLES
E0237 OR E0362 CONNECTOR
E0312 BACKSHELL
BACKSHELLS FOR CONVOLUTED CONDUITS WITH CIRCULAR CONNECTORS (REFER TO PARA C):
EXAMPLE:
E0109 BACKSHELL
NAS1599 CONNECTOR TYPE
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
BACKSHELLS FOR SCREENED AND OVERBRAIDED CONDUITS WITH CIRCULAR CONNECTORS
OR PRESSURE SEALS (REFER TO PARA D):
EXAMPLE:
PANEL ABS1378 PRESSURE SEAL
ABS0280 BACKSHELL
ABS1365 BACKSHELL ABS1365 BACKSHELL
E0052
CONNECTOR
SCREENED OR SCREENED OR SCREENED OR

OVERBRAIDED CONDUIT OVERBRAIDED CONDUIT OVERBRAIDED CONDUIT
OTHER CONDUIT FITTINGS (REFER TO PARA E):
EXAMPLE:
SCREENED OR SCREENED OR
ABS0521 ADAPTOR OVERBRAIDED CONDUIT OVERBRAIDED CONDUIT
ABS0585
CONDUIT
ABS0584 JUNCTION
END PIECE ITEM
P_SP_203345_D1_00010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Structure of the Topic
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1896 A 12 P
BACKSHELL TYPE CODE
SHELL SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL BODY ORIENTATION
STANDARD P/N
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL 45° BACKSHELL 90° BACKSHELL
BRAID SOCK ADAPTOR EMI INSERT
P_SP_203345_D1_01220001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0122-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identifcation ABS1896-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS2216 A 19 P
ABS2412 A 09 W
BACKSHELL TYPE CODE
SHELL SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL BODY ORIENTATION
STANDARD P/N
NO EMI BACKSHELL EMI BACKSHELL

STRAIGHT BACKSHELL STRAIGHT BACKSHELL
SOCK OF ABS2216
CABLE TIE NSA935401

(OR LACING TAPE NSA8420
IF NECESSARY)
45° BACKSHELL 45° BACKSHELL
SOCK OF ABS2216
CABLE TIE NSA935401

IF NECESSARY)
90° BACKSHELL 90° BACKSHELL
CABLE TIE NSA935401

IF NECESSARY)
SOCK OF ABS2216
P_SP_203345_D1_00930001_01_02
Figure 20-33-45-0093-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2216 and
ABS2412
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ADAPTOR FOR BACKSHELL (EMI SHIELDING SYSTEM)
ADAPTOR
SOCK OF ABS2216
METALLIC CLAMP
P_SP_203345_D1_00940001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0094-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell with EMI Shielding
System - ABS2216 and ABS2412
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELLE0080
PROTECTIVE
PAD
STRAIGHT BACKSHELL - TYPE 01
HOLE FOR LOCKWIRE OF

DIAMETER 0.81 mm (0.03 in)
AT 120 DEGREES
PROTECTIVE PAD
HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE OF

AT 120 DEGREES
ELBOW BACKSHELL - TYPE 02
PROTECTIVE PAD
THREE HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE OF

AT 120 DEGREES
P_SP_203345_D1_01760001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0176-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and
Characteristics - E0080
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
PROTECTIVE PAD
E0080CP1 OR
NSA935404
BY CABLE TIE ATTACHMENT
HARNESS
CABLE TIENSA935401
CONNECTOR E0080 E0080
(E0039) BACKSHELL BACKSHELL
BY CLAMPS ATTACHMENT
SILICONE TAPE
NSA935403
OR
SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ASNA5107
OR
EQUIVALENT
NSA938150
BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR
(E0039)
NSA938150
BACKSHELL
CLAMP
WITHOUT HARNESS ATTACHMENT
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
(E0039) (E0039)
NSA938003
NSA938003
BACKSHELL
BACKSHELL
P_SP_203345_D1_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Example of Installation - E0080,
NSA938003 and NSA938150
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
EN3660-017 EN3660-018 EN3660-019
EN3660-020 EN3660-021
P_SP_203345_D1_00030001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0003-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - EN3660-017,
EN3660-018, EN3660-019, EN3660-020 and EN3660-021
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
PART TYPE CODE A
PROTECTIVE PAD AS
PER E0080CP1
PART TYPE CODE B
HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE

OF DIAMETER 0.81 mm (0.03 in)
PROTECTIVE PAD AS
PER E0080CP1
HOLE FOR LOCKWIRE

P_SP_203345_D1_01740001_01_00
Characteristics - NSA938025
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELL (NO TYPE CODE)
TWO SET SCREWS AT 90 DEGREES APART
CONFIGURATION OF STRAIGHT BACKSHELL (TYPE CODE 01)
P_SP_203345_D1_01850001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
COMPENSATION OF THE HARNESS DIAMETER AND BENDING RADIUS
NORMAL PROCEDURE RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE
BOBBIN MADE OF
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
HANDMADE BOBBIN MADE OF

SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ATTACHED WITH
TWO TURNS OF SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
STEP 1:
METALLIC BRAID
WIRE PROTECTION
BUNDLE
COMPENSATION TAPE ADD TWO TURNS

WHEN NECESSARY OF SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ASNA51072503B
OR ABS5334A01B
STEP 2: STEP 3:
HANDMADE BOBBIN ATTACH WITH TWO TURNS OF

MADE WITH SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ASNA51072503B
ASNA51072503B OR ABS5334A01B
OR ABS5334A01B
P_SP_203345_D1_01140001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0114-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Compensation of the Harness
Diameter and Bending Radius
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- ORIENTATION FOR PLASTIC BACKSHELLABS0638
RECOMMENDED POSITION
OF THE BACKSHELL
CABLE TIE NSA935401
PLASTIC BACKSHELL
- INSTALLATION OF PROTECTIVE PAD
METALLIC BACKSHELL PLASTIC BACKSHELL
STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP

STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
PROTECTIVE PAD
E0080-CP1 OR NSA935404
CABLE TIE CABLE TIE

NSA935401 NSA935401
P_SP_203345_D1_00040001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0004-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Orientation and
Installation of Protective Pad - ABS0638
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SPACE
5 mm ± 1 mm
(0.2 in ± 0.04 in)
SPACE
5 mm ± 1 mm
(0.2 in ± 0.04 in)
SPACE SPACE
P_SP_203345_D1_01070001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0107-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Additional Protection for Circular
Plastic Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF BACKSHELLABS1896-003
NUT
RATCHET LOCKING SYSTEM
STRAIN RELIEF
INSPECTION
HOLES (x3)
SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM INDICATOR

(RED WHEN SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM IS DISABLE)
RATCHET ENGAGED RATCHET DISENGAGED

(SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM IS ENABLE) (SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM IS DISABLE)
P_SP_203345_D1_01230001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0123-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell
ABS1896-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SELF-LOCKING STATUS APPLICATION
- YOU CAN TIGHTEN OR LOOSEN THE BACKSHELL WITH YOUR HAND UNTIL
ITS LOCKING POSITION. YOU CAN SEE THAT THE RATCHET MOVES FREELY.
- MAKE SURE THAT THE SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM IS DISABLED AND THE
RATCHET IS DISENGAGED.
- YOU MUST NOT TIGHTEN THE BACKSHELL WITH YOUR HAND WHEN YOU
DO THE SELF-LOCKING AND THE RED INDICATOR COMES ON.
- TIGHTEN THE BACKSHELL WITH YOUR HAND AND THEN TORQUE THE
BACKSHELL WITH A DYNAMOMETRIC TOOL TO THE APPLICABLE TORQUE
VALUES.
- MAKE SURE THAT YOU DO NOT ROTATE THE BACKSHELL RATCHET IN
THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, IF THE SELF-LOCKING IS ENABLED.
- YOU CAN FIND RATCHET IS ENGAGED AND RED INDICATOR IS NOT IN VIEW.
- INSTALL THE BACKSHELL (WITH SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM DISABLED) ON THE CONNECTOR.
- ENGAGE THE RATCHET LOCKING SYSTEM TO ENABLE THE SELF-LOCKING SYSTEM.
P_SP_203345_D1_01300001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0130-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Self-locking System for Backshell
ABS1896-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF ADAPTOR IN BACKSHELLABS1896-003
CONNECTOR ADAPTOR BACKSHELL
OUTER LOCATION: LACING TAPENSA8420

OR CABLE TIENSA935401-04
OR AS PER THE SIZE OF HARNESS

WITHOUT PROTECTION
(TAPE AND SLEEVE)
FOR OUTER ATTACHMENT
INNER LOCATION:
LACING TAPE NSA8420
OR
CABLE TIE NSA935401-03

WITH PROTECTION
FOR INNER ATTACHMENT
P_SP_203345_D1_01240001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0124-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Adaptor in
Backshell ABS1896-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NUT DIAMETER
NUT SIZE OPEN-END WRENCH SIZE (in)
(BETWEEN FLATS (0/-0.2) - mm)
8/9 19.1 3/4
10/11 22.3 7/8
12/13 25.4 1
14/15 28.6 1 1/8
16/17 31.8 1 1/4
18/19 35 1 3/8
20/21 38.1 1 1/2
22/23 41.3 1 5/8
24/25 44.5 1 3/4
28 50.8 2
P_SP_203345_D1_01200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0120-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS1896-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
USEFULL
OVERLENGTH PART OF
PART CABLE
ACCEPTED REJECTED
EMI INSERT
PICK-UP WIRE
ABS5330
PTFE TAPE
STEP 3:
HEAD OF METALLIC CLAMPE0805
P_SP_203345_D1_01250001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0125-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell with EMI
Insert
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP4:
PTFE TAPEABS5330
STEP5:
ACCEPTED REJECTED
STEP6:
P_SP_203345_D1_01260001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0126-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell with EMI
Insert
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE (ABS5334A01B) BOBBIN
CABLES INTEGRATED
INTO THE BOBBIN
WHEN SEALING SLEEVES ARE SEPARATED:
LAYOUT EXAMPLE
SEALING SLEEVE
BOBBIN MADE WITH
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01B
WIRE PROTECTION
CONNECTOR
MINIMUM = AS PER WIRING

MAXIMUM < 10 mm (0.39 in)
WHEN SEALING SLEEVES ARE GROUPED:
LAYOUT EXAMPLE
BOBBIN MADE WITH

SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE
ABS5334A01B
WIRE PROTECTION
CONNECTOR
BOBBIN IN ABUTMENT ON SEALING SLEEVES
P_SP_203345_D1_01180001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0118-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Self-adhesive Tape
ABS5334A01B Bobbin
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
DESCRIPTION ILLUSTRATION DECISION
ACCEPTED
SEALING SLEEVES ARE

STRAIGHT
ACCEPTED
ACCEPTED
SEALING SLEEVES ARE

SLIGHTLY IN
ACCEPTED
REJECTED
SEALING SLEEVES ARE

OUT IF THERE IS NO CLASH WITH THE BACKSHELL
ACCEPTED
P_SP_203345_D1_01190001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0119-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Acceptance/Rejection Criteria
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
D IS THE CORRECT LENGTH WHEN

WIRES ARE NOT STRESSED AND KINKED
WIRE PROTECTION
CONNECTOR
SEALING SLEEVE
ATTACH THE SELF-ADHESIVE TAPEABS5334A01B AROUND

THE WIRE BEFORE YOU DO THE COMPLETE PROTECTION OF WIRES
ABS5334A01B
ABS5334A01B
WIRE
ABS5334A01B
WIRE PROTECTION
CONNECTOR
D > 10 mm (0.39 in)
COMPLETE PROTECTION OF WIRES
P_SP_203345_D1_01170001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0117-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Application of Self-adhesive Tape
ABS5334A01B
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NUT DIAMETER
NUT SIZE OPEN-END WRENCH SIZE (in)
(BETWEEN FLATS (0/-0.2) - mm)
9 19.1 3/4
11 22.3 7/8
13 25.4 1
15 28.6 1 1/8
17 31.8 1 1/4
19 35 1 3/8
21 38.1 1 1/2
23 41.3 1 5/8
25 44.5 1 3/4
P_SP_203345_D1_01270001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0127-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshell ABS2216
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SLIDE THE BACKSHELL THEN THE SEALING SLEEVE ON THE CABLE.
CRIMP THE CONTACT ON THE CABLE.
INSERT THE CONTACT IN THE CAVITY OF THE CONNECTOR.
INSTALL THE SEALING SLEEVE INTO THE CAVITY.
TIGHTEN THE BACKSHELL.
P_SP_203345_D1_01050001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0105-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedure -
ABS2412
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE A (90 DEGREES)
SCREW LOCKWIRE
HOLES AND
LOCKWASHER
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE B (STRAIGHT)
SCREW LOCKWIRE HOLES

AND LOCKWASHER
P_SP_203345_D1_01820001_01_00
Characteristics - ABS1635
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE A (STRAIGHT)
CABLE ENTRY
DIAMETER G
DIAMETER F
DIAMETER E
MARKING:
- MANUFACTURER'S NAME OR MONOGRAM
- AIRBUS PART NUMBER
- DATE CODE.
P_SP_203345_D1_01090001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0109-0001 (SHEET 1/3) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description and
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE B (45 DEGREES)
MARKING:
- DATE CODE.
DIAMETER E
CABLE ENTRY
DIAMETER F
DIAMETER G
P_SP_203345_D1_01090001_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE C (90 DEGREES)
A 01
MARKING:
- DATE CODE.
DIAMETER E
CABLE ENTRY
DIAMETER F
DIAMETER G
A
NOTE:
01 OPTIONAL SHAPE P_SP_203345_D1_01090001_03_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS2211 A 28
SHELL SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
ANTI-ROTATION DEVICE
INSPECTION HOLE
SCREW
DRAIN HOLE
LOCKNUT
P_SP_203345_D1_00060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2211
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TYPE 01
THREE HOLES AT AN EQUAL DISTANCE

WITH A DIAMETER OF 0.51 mm (0.02 in) MAXIMUM
STANDARD RING
MARKING:
-MANUFACTURER'S OR STANDARD
PART NUMBER.
TYPE 02
STRAIGHT STRAIN
THREE HOLES AT AN EQUAL DISTANCE RELIEF CLAMP
MARKING:
PART NUMBER.
P_SP_203345_D1_01890001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TYPE 03
THREE HOLES AT AN EQUAL DISTANCE

90 DEGREES STRAIN
RELIEF CLAMP
DRAIN HOLES
(SEE NOTE)
MARKING:
PART NUMBER.
NOTE:
THE BACKSHELL CAN OR CANNOT HAVE DRAIN HOLES, DEPENDING ON THE MANUFACTURER.
P_SP_203345_D1_01890001_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ELBOW BACKSHELL E0580
END FITTING (WITH CABLE GRIP)
SCREW HEAD MUST HAVE

HOLES FOR LOCKWIRES.
TYPE G TYPE F
P_SP_203345_D1_01800001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION LOCKWIRE CODE (BLANK)
DIAMETER A
DIAMETER D
MARKING:
- MANUFACTURER'S
NAME OR LOGO
- AIRBUS P/N OF THE PRODUCT
- DATE CODE (YEAR, WEEK) OR
BATCH CODE OF MANUFACTURED
PART.
CONFIGURATION LOCKWIRE CODE (L)
THREE HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE OF

DIAMETER 0.81 mm (0.03 in) AT 120
DEGREES
DIAMETER A
DIAMETER D
MARKING:
- MANUFACTURER'S
NAME OR LOGO
- AIRBUS P/N OF THE PRODUCT
- DATE CODE (YEAR, WEEK) OR
BATCH CODE OF MANUFACTURED
PART.
P_SP_203345_D1_01800001_02_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SADDLE BAR CONFIGURATION VARIANT A (NON SELF-LOCKING) AND VARIANT B (SELF-LOCKING)
VARIANT B VARIANT A
SCREW HEADS ON
SCREW HEADS ON THREE HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE THE OPPOSITE SIDE
THE SAME SIDE OF DIAMETER 0.50 mm (0.02 in)
SCREW AND
SCREW AND LOCKWASHER
LOCKWASHER
BODY CONFIGURATION VARIANT A AND VARIANT B
STANDARD ATTACHMENT RING WITH

HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE OR SELF-LOCKED
CABLE CLAMP BODY
NUMBER OF TEETH
MARKING
KNURL (STYLE OPTIONAL)
P_SP_203345_D1_01870001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION VARIANT A (NON SELF-LOCKING) AND VARIANT B (SELF-LOCKING)
STANDARD ATTACHMENT RING WITH

HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE OR SELF-LOCKED
THREE HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE CABLE CLAMP BODY

NUMBER OF TEETH
MARKING
KNURL (STYLE OPTIONAL)
SADDLE BAR CONFIGURATION SECTION VIEW
SCREW AND LOCKWASHER
P_SP_203345_D1_00050001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF BACKSHELL NSA938163
LOCK WASHER AND

SCREW LOCKWIRE HOLE
P_SP_203345_D1_01900001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF BACKSHELLNSA938921
SLEEVE
TWO HOLES AT AN EQUAL

DISTANCE FOR LOCKWIRE OF
P_SP_203345_D1_01780001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0178-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - NSA938921
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SILICONE TAPE NSA935403 OR

SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE ASNA5107
HARNESS
HALF-SHELL
SPACERS
SPACER
NSA937903 (F02 OR F04)
OR
NSA937905 (F OR F01)
P_SP_203345_D1_00070001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0007-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Special Installation Procedure -
E0199, E0455 and EN3660
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF AN OPEN SLEEVE ON AN OPEN BACKSHELL WITH A STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
THE STRAIN RELIEF

CLAMPS TOUCH EACH NO
OTHER AND THE
SLEEVE IS SAFETIED.
YES
THE STRAIN RELIEF THE SPACE BETWEEN

CLAMPS TOUCH EACH THE STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS
OTHER BUT THE SLEEVE IS TOO SMALL COMPARED TO
IS NOT SAFETIED. THE HARNESS DIAMETER.
DRAWING 1 DRAWING 2 USE SPACERS NSA937903F02

INCREASE THE HARNESS DIAMETER BETWEEN THE STRAIN
WITH TAPES ASNA5107, ABS5334 OR RELIEF CLAMPS.
NSA935403 BELOW THE OPEN SLEEVE
AND TAPES ASNA5107 OR NSA935403
ABOVE THE OPEN SLEEVE.
DRAWING 1:
OPEN SLEEVE EN6049- 0 0 6

OR EN6049-007
HARNESS
DRAWING 2:
TAPE ASNA5107
OR NSA935403
TAPE ASNA5107, ABS5334

OR NSA935403
P_SP_203345_D1_01010001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0101-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of an Open Sleeve on
an Open Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF TWO OPEN SLEEVES ON AN OPEN BACKSHELL WITH A STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
THE STRAIN RELIEF

YES CLAMPS TOUCH EACH
DRAWING 3
OTHER AND THE SLEEVES
ARE SAFETIED.
NO
THE SPACE BETWEEN THE THE STRAIN RELIEF

NO STRAIN RELIEF CLAMPS IS TOO CLAMPS TOUCH EACH
SMALL COMPARED TO THE HARNESS OTHER BUT THE SLEEVES
DIAMETER. ARE NOT SAFETIED.
YES
DRAWING 5 USE SPACERS NSA937903F02 DRAWING 4

BETWEEN THE STRAIN INCREASE THE HARNESS DIAMETER
RELIEF CLAMPS. WITH TAPES ASNA5107, ABS5334 OR
NSA935403 BELOW THE OPEN SLEEVE
AND TAPES ASNA5107 OR NSA935403
ABOVE THE OPEN SLEEVE.
DRAWING 3:

OR EN6049-007
DRAWING 4:
TAPE ASNA5107
OR NSA935403
TAPE ASNA5107, ABS5334

OR NSA935403
P_SP_203345_D1_01020001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0102-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sleeves
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF TWO OPEN SLEEVES ON AN OPEN BACKSHELL WITH A STRAIN RELIEF CLAMP
DRAWING 5*:
HEAT-SHRINK SLEEVE
HARNESS
ABS0916
70 mm MIN
(2.76 in)

OR
EN6049-007
LACING TAPE NSA8420

OR CABLE TIE NSA935401
EXAMPLE OF SIZE 8
* INSTALL A MINIMUM OF 1 SHRINKABLE SLEEVE IF THERE IS ELECTRICAL

SEGREGATION (FOR ELECTRICAL SEGREGATION, USE OPEN SLEEVE
EN6049-007). ALSO INSTALL SPACERS IF NECESSARY.
P_SP_203345_D1_01030001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0103-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Two Open Sleeves
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKNUT -ABS0271
P_SP_203345_D1_01880001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0188-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS0271
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TYPE A:
BACKSHELLABS1452 TYPE A
INCLUDED WITH CONNECTOR
SEALING SLEEVE
ABS0992
CONNECTOR THERMOPLASTIC
INSERT
3 HOLES, 120° ANGLE APART
NUT OPTION 1 NUT OPTION 2
TYPE B:
SELF-LOCKING BACKSHELL ABS1452 TYPE B

CONNECTOR INCLUDED WITH CONNECTOR
(FOR 45° OR 90° ELBOW BACKSHELL)
SHORT SEALING
SLEEVES ABS0922
TYPE D
THERMOPLASTIC
INSERT
ADDITIONAL
BACKSHELL
P_SP_203345_D1_00080001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0008-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Layout - ABS1452
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1870 F 20 B 04
LAYOUT CODE
TYPE CODE | B = BACKSHELL
SHELL SIZE CODE
MATERIAL CODE F = SHELLS OF CONNECTOR AND BACKSHELL

NO CODE = BACKSHELL INSERT
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203345_D1_00950001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL INSERT
AA
DD
BB
CC
SHELL SIZE 20
LAYOUT CODE 04
P_SP_203345_D1_00960001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0096-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Insert - ABS1870
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- ENGAGE THE SEALING SLEEVES IN THE GROMMET OF THE CONNECTOR.
CONNECTOR
GROMMET ABS0992
CABLES
- SLIDE THE INSERT ON THE SEALING SLEEVES ABS0992 UNTIL IT COVERS THE GROMMET.
THERMOPLASTIC INSERT
CONNECTOR
- INSTALL THE METALLIC SHELL ON THE INSERT AND TORQUE ONTO THE CONNECTOR
TO THE CORRECT VALUES.
BACKSHELL
CONNECTOR
P_SP_203345_D1_00090001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0009-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1452
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF BACKSHELL ABS1870
BACKSHELL ORIENTATION MARK
CONNECTOR
ABS1343
BACKSHELL NUT
P_SP_203345_D1_00970001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0097-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell -
ABS1870
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION 1
BACKSHELL CLAMP
CABLE TIE NSA935401
SCREW
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ASNA5107
HARNESS OPEN
=
= CONDUIT EN6049
CONFIGURATION 2
BACKSHELL CLAMP
CABLE TIE NSA935401
SCREW
HARNESS
OPEN
CONDUIT EN6049
P_SP_203345_D1_00980001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0098-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell -
ABS1870
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS2133 A J
SHELL SIZE CODE

TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
TYPE CODE A
GROMMET
O - RING
TYPE CODE B
GROMMET
O - RING
P_SP_203345_D1_00990001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0099-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - ABS2133-004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203345_D1_01130001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0113-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure ABS2133-
004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
FOR A CORRECT TIGHTENING OF BACKSHELL, THE TEETH OF THE BACKSHELL MUST BE SLOTTED
IN THE TEETH OF THE CONNECTOR AS SHOWN IN THE EXAMPLES BELOW.
TEETH SLOTTED
BACKSHELL
= GOOD RESISTANCE
CONNECTOR
TEETH NOT IN LINE

= SEPARATION
CONNECTOR
LOCKING TOOL
1 - THE BACKSHELL IS TIGHTENED AND THE TEETH ARE CORRECTLY SLOTTED.

2 - THE BACKSHELL IS TIGHTENED, BUT THE TEETH OF THE BACKSHELL ARE NOT FULLY ALIGNED
WITH THE TEETH OF THE CONNECTOR. AT THE FIRST SHOCK OR VIBRATION, THE TEETH WILL
BE DISCONNECTED AND THE BACKSHELL WILL BE LOOSENED.
P_SP_203345_D1_01060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0106-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening of Circular Backshells
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
P_SP_203345_D1_01110001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0111-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tightening verification
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0393 D 01 EN3545- 0 0 7 S CD
TYPE CODE MODEL CODE

SIZE CODE TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N STANDARD P/N
E0393 OR EN3545-007SCD (STRAIGHT BACKSHELL)
EN3545-007SCE (STRAIGHT BACKSHELL WITH 5 STRAIN RELIEFS)
EN3545-007SCG (RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELL EN3545-007SCH (RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELL)

WITHOUT STRAIN RELIEF)
P_SP_203345_D1_00100001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0010-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification - E0393 and
EN3545-007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
HARNESSES
BACKSHELL E0393
OR EN3545-007SCD
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
PANEL
E0390
CONNECTOR
VERTICAL POSITION HORIZONTAL POSITION

TOP TOP
B
A
1 1 WIRING ATTACHED
MALE CONTACT FEMALE CONTACT TO BACKSHELL
EN3545-P EN3545-S
1 1
A
MALE CONTACT FEMALE CONTACT
EN3545-P EN3545-S
B
P_SP_203345_D1_00110001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0011-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Description and Installation -
E0393 and EN3545-007
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
EN3545-007SCE (STRAIGHT BACKSHELL WITH 5 STRAIN RELIEFS)
ONE ADJACENT CABLE MAX ONE TO TWO ADJACENT CABLES MAX
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ASNA51072503B
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
EN3545-007SCG (RIGHT ANGLE BACKSHELL WITHOUT STRAIN RELIEF)
ONE ADJACENT CABLE MAX ONE TO TWO ADJACENT CABLES MAX
BLACK SELF-ADHESIVE CABLE TIE

TAPE ASNA51072503B NSA935401
P_SP_203345_D1_01040001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0104-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Cables on
Backshells - EN3545-007SCE and EN3545-007SCG
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS2313 M 01 C
BACKSHELL
VARIANT CODE
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203345_D1_01280001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0128-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Identification ABS2313-005
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0364 C
ABS1019- 0 0 5 A
TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
- CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY:
PLUG RECEPTACLE PLUG
ABS0364-B ABS1019-004 ABS1019-003
RECEPTACLE BACKSHELL
ABS0364-A ABS1019-005
BACKSHELL PANEL
ABS0364-C BACKSHELL
ABS1019-005
- CORRECT ALTERNATIVE POSITION OF BACKSHELL:

STRAIGHT ANGLE ATTACHMENT
CABLES
CABLE TIE
NSA935401
RIGHT ANGLE
ATTACHMENTS
- INCORRECT POSITION:
P_SP_203345_D1_00120001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0012-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Characteristics and
Installation - ABS0364-C and ABS1019-005
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0312 E 1 N
COLOR CODE N = BLACK
MATERIAL CODE
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
CONNECTOR
(E0237 OR E0362)
E0312 BACKSHELL
HARNESS
CABLE TIE NSA935401
P_SP_203345_D1_00130001_01_00
Installation - E0312
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BOBBIN NSA5539S
CABLE TIE NSA935401
CABLES CONNECTOR
SELF-ADHESIVE
TAPE ASNA5107- B
BACKSHELL EN3545- 0 0 7
P_SP_203345_D1_00140001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0014-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Attachment of Cables on
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- INSTALL THE BACKSHELLABS1696- 0 0 5 .
- CLOSE THE BACKSHELL ABS1696-005 AND MAKE SURE THAT THE OPTICAL FIBER
IS NOT COMPRESSED (IT CAN MOVE FREELY IN THE CABLE CLAMP).
P_SP_203345_D1_00850001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0085-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1696-
005
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELLABS2313-005 ORIENTATION
RECOMMENDED OFFSET BETWEEN CABLES TIES
OFFSET
ILLUSTRATION DECISION
ACCEPTED
RISK OF CLASH
REJECTED
P_SP_203345_D1_01210001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0121-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell ABS2313-005
Orientation and Recommended Offset Between Cables Ties
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
INSTALLATION OF BACKSHELLABS2313-005 WITH OPEN (SPLIT) CONDUIT
OPEN (SPLIT) CONDUIT

EN6049-007 OR ABS2413
CABLE TIE
NSA935401-03
INSTALLATION OF BACKSHELLABS2313-005 WITHOUT OPEN (SPLIT) CONDUIT
CABLE TIE
NSA935401-03
P_SP_203345_D1_01290001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0129-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation of Backshell
ABS2313-005 with and without open (split) Conduit
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0388 A 15 A
PROVISIONING CODE A = WITH CABLE TIE

NO CODE = WITHOUT CABLE TIE
SIZE CODE (09 TO 50)
TYPE CODE A = 15° ANGLE

B = STRAIGHT
STANDARD P/N
HARNESS
BACKSHELL
ABS0388 CABLE TIE NSA935401
ABS0667
ABS0666
PLUG E0237
SNAP-ON PLATE
ABS0656
ABS0665
LOCKING CLIP
ABS0655
STRUCTURE
ABS0666
ABS0667
RECEPTACLE (E0237)
P_SP_203345_D1_00150001_01_00
Installation - ABS0388
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0699 A 25
ABS0700 A 50
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS0699
OR
ABS0700
BACKSHELL
CABLES
CONNECTOR (E0237)
SNAP-ON PLATE
ABS0656
ABS0665
LOCATING FRAME
ABS0701A50
LOCKING CLIP 1 2
ABS0655
STRUCTURE
P_SP_203345_D1_00160001_01_00
Installation - ABS0699 and ABS0700
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NSA938422 01 A
MATERIAL CODE NO CODE = STANDARD
A = NON-MAGNETIC
TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
HARNESS
CLAMP
NSA938422
BACKSHELL
NSA938421- 0 3 NSA938421-03
NSA938421-02 NSA938421-02
PLUG (E0237)
STRUCTURE
SILICONE TAPE
NSA935403 OR
EQUIVALENT
STRUCTURE
RECEPTACLE
P_SP_203345_D1_00170001_01_00
Installation - NSA938422
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
30 mm
STEP 1: (1.18 in)
A
CRIMP SHRINKABLE CABLE (2)
SLEEVE (3) SLEEVE (1)
ABS1069- 0 0 4 E0126- 0 4 B
OR
ABS0916B05
BRAID (4)
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
EXPANDED
SHRINKABLE (5) BRAID (4)
SLEEVE E0718- 0 2
CABLES (6)
15 mm
(0.59 in)
E0718-02-15 (5)
STEP 4:
ONLY FOR VNC22 OR
VNC24 CABLES
END PIECE (7)

ABS1069-004
END PIECE (7)

ABS1069-004
P_SP_203345_D1_00180001_01_00
003 1/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 5: BRAID (4)
END PIECE (7)
STEP 6: CRIMP SLEEVE (3) SHRINKABLE SLEEVE (1)
END PIECE (7)
START OF THE SHRINKING SHRUNK SLEEVE (1)

STEP 7: PROCEDURE
P_SP_203345_D1_00190001_01_00
003 2/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1069- 0 0 3 A 15
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE A = FULL BACKSHELL (SHELL + COVER)

B = SHELL
C = COVER
STANDARD P/N
ABS1069-003
ABS1069-004
ABS1069-005
CAP
CRIMP SLEEVE
ABS1069-003
COVER (CODE C)
END PIECE
ABS1069-003
SHELL (CODE B) SPRING RING
ABS1069-003
ABS1069-003
ABS1069-003 BACKSHELL (CODE A)
STRIPPING CABLE SHIFT

LENGTH mm (in) BETWEEN CABLE
ENTRY AND
A CABLE EXIT
40 (1.57)* 0 = NO SHIFT
45 (1.77)* 1 = 1 SHIFT HAND CRIMPING TOOL
FERRULE
58 (2.28) 2 = 2 SHIFTS
TOOL POSITIONER
70 (2.76) 3 = 3 SHIFTS NORM P/N NORM P/N
82 (3.23) 4 = 4 SHIFTS
MIL M22520-5-01 MIL M22520-5-07
94 (3.70) 5 = 5 SHIFTS
* NOT PERMITTED FOR ALUMINUM CABLES.
P_SP_203345_D1_00200001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0020-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Cable Stripping and Crimping Tool
- ABS1069-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
GAUGE 24, 22 OR 20
BONDING LEAD (3)
30 mm
STEP 1: (1.18 in)
A
CRIMP SHRINKABLE KB24 OR KD24
SLEEVE (4) SLEEVE (1) CABLE (2)
ABS1069- 0 0 4 E0126- 0 4 B
OR
ABS0916B05
STEP 2: BRAID (5)
STEP 3:
EXPANDED
BRAID (5)
SHRINKABLE (6)
SLEEVE E0718- 0 2
CABLES (7)
15 mm
(0.59 in)
STEP 4:
END PIECE (8)

ABS1069-004
STEP 5: BRAID (5)
END PIECE (8) P_SP_203345_D1_00210001_01_00
003 3/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 6:
STOP OF THE END PIECE
CRIMP SLEEVE (4) SHRINKABLE SLEEVE (1)
END PIECE (8)
STEP 7:
START OF THE SHRINKING PROCEDURE
SHRUNK SLEEVE (1)
END PIECE (8)
P_SP_203345_D1_00220001_01_00
003 4/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
30 mm
STEP 1: (1.18 in)
A
CRIMP SHRINKABLE WF24 CABLES (2)
SLEEVE (3) SLEEVE (1)
ABS1069- 0 0 4 E0126- 0 4 B
OR
ABS0916B05
STEP 2: BRAID (4)
STEP 3:
EXPANDED
BRAID (4)
SHRINKABLE (5)
S L E E V EE0718- 0 2
CABLES (6)
15 mm
(0.59 in)
STEP 4:
END PIECE (7)

ABS1069-004
STEP 5:
BRAID (4)
END PIECE (7) P_SP_203345_D1_00230001_01_00
003 5/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 6:
SHRINKABLE SLEEVEABS0916B 0 5
L = 30 mm (1.18 in)
END PIECE (7)
CRIMP SLEEVE (3)
STEP 7:
SHRUNK SLEEVE (1)
END PIECE (7)
P_SP_203345_D1_00240001_01_00
003 6/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
BRUSH FACOM 270A BETWEEN 7 AND 10 mm

(0.28 AND 0.39 in)
STEP 3:
STEP 4:
STEP 5:
P_SP_203345_D1_00250001_01_00
003 7/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE (1)
ABS0916B05
E0718- 0 2
LENGTH = 30 mm (1.18 in)
CRIMP SLEEVE (2)

ABS1069- 0 0 4
STEP 2:
END PIECE (4)

ABS1069-004
STEP 3:
P_SP_203345_D1_00260001_01_00
003 8/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
ONE MORE
ABS0916B 0 3
LENGTH 30 mm (1.18 in)

ABS0916B05 CRIMP SLEEVE (3)
LENGTH 30 mm (1.18 in) ABS1069 - 0 0 4
STEP 2:
14 mm
(0.55 in)
STEP 3:
SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
E0718-02-15 (4)
END PIECE (5)

ABS1069-004
STEP 4:
P_SP_203345_D1_00270001_01_00
003 9/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
INNER INSULATOR
STEP 3: FILLERS
STEP 4:
P_SP_203345_D1_00280001_01_00
003 10/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 5:
9 mm
(0.35 in)

E0718 - 0 2 - 1 5
STEP 6:
15 mm
(0.59 in)
END PIECE (2)

STEP 7: ABS1069- 0 0 4
P_SP_203345_D1_00290001_01_00
003 11/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 8:
CRIMP SLEEVE (3)
END PIECE (2)

ABS1069- 0 0 4
STEP 9:

ABS0916B04-30
STEP 10: SHRINKABLE SLEEVE (5)
ABS0916B05-30
P_SP_203345_D1_00300001_01_00
003 12/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ASSEMBLY OF THE WZ CABLE TO THE BACKSHELL
CABLE TIENSA935401
CABLE WZ
P_SP_203345_D1_00310001_01_00
003 13/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL ABS1069-003 FINAL ASSEMBLY:
PRE-ASSEMBLED SPECIFIC CABLE

COAXIAL CABLE WZ
STANDARD CABLE SLEEVE

E0126- 0 4 B SLEEVE E0126-04B
BACKSHELL
ABS1069- 0 0 3
SLEEVE E0126
CABLE VNC22
CABLE TIENSA935401
CONNECTOR
CABLE SHIFT BETWEEN CABLE ENTRY AND CABLE EXIT:
0 1 2 3 4 5
REAR SIDE OF
CABLE EXIT THE BACKSHELL
BACKSHELL
CABLE ENTRY
CONNECTOR
P_SP_203345_D1_00320001_01_00
003 14/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL WITHOUT PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
BACKSHELL WITH PROTECTIVE SLEEVE
SHIELDING CONNECTION BRANCH PROTECTED

FOR SHIELDED CABLES B YEN6049
FIRST ATTACHMENT
FOR ALL
LABEL BRANCHES
BACKSHELL
BRANCHED HARNESS
UNSHIELDED CABLES
PROTECTED BY A SHRINKABLE SLEEVE
LENGTH MIN = 200 mm (7.87 in)
SHIELDING CONNECTION
(CRIMPING AREA)
FIRST ATTACHMENT
LABEL FOR ALL BRANCHES
BRANCH BRANCHED HARNESS
L MIN = 200 mm (7.87 in)
P_SP_203345_D1_00330001_01_00
003 15/15
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
DISTANCE BETWEEN BACKSHELL AND PROTECTIVE CONDUIT
CRITERIA ILLUSTRATION DECISION
D < 30 mm (1.18 in)

ACCEPTED
D < 30 mm (1.18 in)

ACCEPTED
D 30 mm (1.18 in)
D < 30 mm (1.18 in)

D ACCEPTED
NOTE: THIS REQUIREMENT IS

MANDATORY ONLY IN THE
CASE OF ANY CHAFING POINTS
IN AIRCRAFT.
IN OTHER CASES, THE REWORK
IS NOT NECESSARY.
D > 30 mm (1.18 in)
REJECTED
D > 30 mm (1.18 in)

REJECTED
P_SP_203345_D1_00340001_01_00
004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
KINK ANGLE OF SHRINKING SLEEVE AT CRIMPING FERRULE
CRITERIA ILLUSTRATION DECISION
NO KINK
ACCEPTED
NO KINK
NO KINK
ACCEPTED
KINK
40°
20°
ACCEPTED
P_SP_203345_D1_00350001_01_00
004
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0699 A 01 N
FINISH CODE
HARNESS-ATTACHMENT TYPE CODE
SHELL TYPE CODE A = SIMPLE SHELL
B = DOUBLE SHELL
STANDARD P/N
HARNESS-ATTACHMENT TYPE CODE 02
P_SP_203345_D1_00860001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0086-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code A - E0699
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
P_SP_203345_D1_00870001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0087-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Backshell Type Code B - E0699
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0074 - 06 - 08 - 3
E0115 A 06 - 08 - 3
NUT LOCKING TYPE (3 = HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE)

BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
NUT TYPE CODE (ONLY FOR E0115) A = WITH RING
B = WITHOUT RING
STANDARD P/N
E0074
HARNESS
E0115
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
NSA935805 ORNSA935806
NAS1599
CONNECTOR TYPE
P_SP_203345_D1_00360001_01_00
Description - E0074 and E0115
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0109 - 06 - 08 - 3 S
MATERIAL TYPE
NUT LOCKING TYPE (3 = HOLES FOR LOCKWIRE)
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
BACKSHELL
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
VITON INNER SLEEVE NSA935805 ORNSA935806
VITON OUTER SLEEVE
E0109
P_SP_203345_D1_00370001_01_00
Description - E0109
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NSA935829 - 14 A
MATERIAL CODE NO CODE = 2024

A = PTFE
B = NYLON
C = PTFE NATURAL (WHITE)
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS0591 - 01
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
NSA935829 NSA935805 ORNSA935806
ABS0591 CONVOLUTED CONDUIT

NSA935805
P_SP_203345_D1_00380001_01_00
Description - ABS0591 and NSA935829
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0327 V 08 - 06
ABS0581 V 08 - 06 A
MATERIAL TYPE CODE

CONDUIT SIZE CODE
LOCKWIRING TYPE CODE (FOR ABS0581)
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
E0075 - 06 - 08 - 3
LOCKWIRING TYPE CODE

BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS0327
BACKSHELL CRIMP SLEEVE
ABS0581 AND E0075
CONVOLUTED OR
SCREENED CONDUIT

P_SP_203345_D1_00390001_01_00
Description - ABS0327, ABS0581 and E0075
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NO CODE = WITHOUT LAYER
STRAIN RELIEF ADAPTOR SIZE CODE

SHELL DIAMETER SIZE CODE
SHELL DIAMETER SIZE CODE
CLAMPING
METALLIC
STRAIN RELIEF ADAPTOR
STRIP
E0805
L = PTFE
BACKSHELL LENGTH
BACKSHELL LENGTH
STANDARD P/N
STANDARD P/N
LINING CODE
CLASS CODE
CLASS CODE
SCREENED CONDUIT
SIZE CODE
L
C
B
13 - 08
08 - 04
HOLES FOR TIGHTENING

E0760 W
E0761 K
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE

CONDUIT SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
E0761
E0760
OR
DIA A
CLAMPING
METALLIC
STRIP
E0805
ABS0280 - 10 - 14
ABS0936 - 22 - 16
ABS0280
ABS0936
OR
P_SP_203345_D1_00400001_01_00
Description - ABS0280, ABS0936, E0760 and E0761
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
CLASS CODE
SIZE CODE
08 - 04
CLAMPING
STRIP
E0805
METALLIC
E0763 K
SCREENED CONDUIT
ABS0281 OR ABS0937
E0762
E0763
OR
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
HOLES FOR TIGHTENING

ABS0281 - 18 - 20
ABS0937 - 22 - 16
P_SP_203345_D1_00410001_01_01
Characteristics - ABS0281, ABS0937, E0762 and E0763
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0841 A 08 - 06 P
ABS0842 A 14 - 14 P
MATERIAL CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS0842:
ABS0841:
CONVOLUTED OR SCREENED CONDUIT
P_SP_203345_D1_00430001_01_00
Description - ABS0841 and ABS0842
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL
ABS1138-004
CONNECTOR INTERFACE
DIMENSIONS FOR
ACCESSORY PER
MIL-DTL-38999, SERIES 3
BACKSHELL
ABS1138-005
STRAIN RELIEF
ABS1138-003
CONNECTOR SIDE BACKSHELL SIDE
BACKSHELL
ABS0638 TYPE A OR B
CONNECTOR INTERFACE BACKSHELL ADAPTOR
DIMENSIONS FOR ABS1138-006
ACCESSORY IN ACCORDANCE
WITH EN2997 OR EN3646
P_SP_203345_D1_00420001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0042-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Overview of EMI Backshell -
ABS1138
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF THE STRAIN RELIEF (TYPE CODE A)
SCREW WITH WASHER
CABLE HARNESS
GROUNDING SPRING
WASHER
P_SP_203345_D1_01830001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0183-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting- P/N Description and
Characteristics - ABS1138-003
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OFTYPE CODE A
MARKING STRAIN RELIEF

BACKSHELL
INTERFACE DIMENSIONS
MUST CONFORM WITH
MIL-DTL-38999, SERIES 3.
P_SP_203345_D1_01770001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONFIGURATION OF TYPE CODE A
INTERFACE DIMENSIONS
MUST CONFORM WITH SCREW
MIL-DTL-38999, SERIES 3.
BACKSHELL
MARKING
STRAIN RELIEF
P_SP_203345_D1_01750001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
THREE HOLES AT AN EQUAL CONFIGURATION OF ADAPTOR BACKSHELL ABS1138-006

DISTANCE FOR LOCKWIRE
(ONLY ON THE CONNECTOR SIDE)
GROUNDING RING
A SPRING
WASHER
ADAPTER A
FERRULE
BACKSHELL
ABS1138-006 EMI BACKSHELL COMPONENTS
DESIGNATION PICTURES
EMI BACKSHELL
MOUNTING NUT
ADAPTER SLEEVE
P_SP_203345_D1_01840001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0184-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - P/N Description - ABS1138-006
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1358 - 10 - 14 C
ABS1359 - 12 - 16 C
ABS1360 - 10 - 14 C
HARNESS PROTECTION CODE B OR C
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS1359:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
ABS0887
ABS1358:
CODE C
CODE B
ABS1360:
ADAPTOR
P_SP_203345_D1_00440001_01_00
Description - ABS1358, ABS1359 and ABS1360
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL
CONVOLUTED
a_ CONDUIT
BRAID SHOULDER
b_

E0805- 0 2
c_
2 mm (0.08 in) MIN

ALLOWABLE GAP
SELF-WELDING
TAPE ABS5334
d_
P_SP_203345_D1_00470001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0047-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - ABS1358,
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
a_ E-CTFE BRAID CONVOLUTED

(HALAR) CONDUIT BACKSHELL
BRAID SHOULDER
b_
E-CTFE BRAID METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP

c_ (HALAR) E0805- 0 2
2 mm (0.08 in) MIN

ALLOWABLE GAP
P_SP_203345_D1_00480001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL
d_
E-CTFE BRAID LACING TAPE

(HALAR) NSA8420- 0 7
SELF-WELDING
e_
TAPE ABS5334
P_SP_203345_D1_00490001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1361 - 10 - 20 C
ABS1362 - 10 - 20 C
ABS1363 - 19 - 20 C
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS1361:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
ABS0887
N U TABS1364
ABS1362: CODE C
CODE B
NUT ABS1364
ABS1363:
ADAPTOR
NUT ABS1364
P_SP_203345_D1_00450001_01_00
Description - ABS1361, ABS1362 and ABS1363
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS1365 - 22 - 20 B 1
ABS1366 - 22 - 24 B 1
PRESSURE SEAL TYPE CODE

CONDUIT SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS1365:
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
ABS0887
CODE C
ABS1366:
CODE B
ADAPTOR
P_SP_203345_D1_00460001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS2262 - 10 - 12
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
BACKSHELL SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
P_SP_203345_D1_00880001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0550 M 25 20 A
E0740 Z 25 20 H
STRAIN RELIEF ADAPTOR TYPE CODE

STRAIN RELIEF ADAPTOR FOR E0550 = 04, 12, 20
SIZE CODE FOR E0740 = 04 TO 20
SHELL SIZE CODE FOR E0550 = 11, 17, 25

FOR E0740 = 11 TO 25
MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
E0740:
DIA A
E0740 OR E0550:
DIA A
P_SP_203345_D1_00500001_01_00
Description - E0550 and E0740
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
E0550:
TYPE A:
TYPE M:
P_SP_203345_D1_00510001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0051-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Strain Relief Adaptor - E0550
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL TOOL SIZE (in)
INSTALLATION TOOLS
SIZE CODE ABS1358 ABS1359* ABS1360*
- 5/8 5/8 SNAP-ONAN850810B
08
3/4 - - SNAP-ONAN850812B
- 3/4 3/4 SNAP-ON AN850812B
10
7/8 - - SNAP-ONAN850814B
- 7/8 7/8 SNAP-ON AN850814B
12
1 - - SNAP-ONAN850816B
- 15/16 15/16 SNAP-ONAN850815B
14
1 1/8 - - SNAP-ONAN850818B
- 1 1/8 1 1/8 SNAP-ON AN850818B
16
1 1/4 - - SNAP-ONAN850820B
STRAP WRENCH
- 1 3/16 1 3/16 SNAP-ONAN850819B
18
1 3/8 - - SNAP-ONAN850822B
- 1 5/16 1 5/16 SNAP-ONAN850821B
20
1 1/2 - - SNAP-ONAN850824B
- 1 7/16 1 7/16 SNAP-ONAN850823B
22
1 5/8 - - SNAP-ONAN850826B
- 1 9/16 1 9/16 SNAP-ONAN850825B
24
1 3/4 - - SNAP-ONAN850828B
- 1 13/16 - SNAP-ONAN850829B
28
2 - 2 SNAP-ONAN850832B
* USE AN EQUIVALENT OPEN-END CROWFOOT WRENCH FOR ELBOWED BACKSHELLS ABS1359 (45°)
AND ABS1360 (90°), IF THE CROWFOOT WRENCH TOOL DOES NOT FIT WITH THE BACKSHELL.
YOU CAN USE STRAP WRENCH, IN CASE THE OTHER TOOLS DO NOT ATTACH ON THE BACKSHELL.

INSTALLATION TOOLS
SIZE CODE ABS1361 ABS1362 ABS1363 ABS1364
SNAP-ON
06 9/16 9/16 9/16 9/16
AN85089B
SNAP-ON
07 5/8 5/8 5/8 5/8
AN850810B
SNAP-ON
10 13/16 13/16 13/16 13/16
AN850813B
STRAP WRENCH
SNAP-ON
13 1 1 1 1
AN850816B
SNAP-ON
15 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8 1 1/8
AN850818B
SNAP-ON
19 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16 1 7/16
AN850823B

INSTALLATION TOOLS
SIZE CODE ABS1365 ABS1366
SNAP-ON
24 1 9/16 1 9/16
AN850825B
SNAP-ON
28 1 13/16 1 13/16 STRAP WRENCH
AN850829B
SNAP-ON
36 2 3/8 2 3/8
AN850838B
P_SP_203345_D1_00580001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0058-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS1358,
ABS1359, ABS1360, ABS1361, ABS1362, ABS1363, ABS1364, ABS1365 and ABS1366
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22

SIZE ABS0281 INSTALLATION TOOLS
CODE ABS0280
ABS2262
08 5/8 5/8 SNAP-ON AN850810B SNAP-ON FC20B
27* 27* FACOM 20-27

16
1 1/16 1 1/16 SNAP-ON FC34B
18 1 1/8 1 1/8 SNAP-ON AN850818B SNAP-ON FC36A
28 1 13/16 - SNAP-ON AN850829B SNAP-ON FC58A
* mm
P_SP_203345_D1_00520001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0052-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for Backshells - ABS0280,
ABS0281 and ABS2262
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
a_
BACKSHELL (1) BACKSHELL (4) SHRINKABLE SLEEVE (5)
ABS1138- 0 0 6 NUT (2) ADAPTOR (3) ABS0638 E0126 OR ABS0916
CABLES (7) 60 TO 70 mm
(2.36 TO 2.76 in)
b_ BRAID (8) INSULATION (6)
60 mm
(2.36 in)
TWISTED BRAID (8)
c_
35 mm
CONTACTS (9) (1.38 in)
CONNECTOR (10) TWISTED BRAID (8)

d_
P_SP_203345_D1_00530001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
e_ BACKSHELL (1) CUT-OUT (11) CABLES INSULATION
CONNECTOR (10) TWISTED BRAID (8)
SHRUNK SLEEVE
f_ E0126 OR ABS0916
NUT (2)
2 mm
(0.08 in) NUT (2)
g_
TWISTED BRAID (8)
P_SP_203345_D1_00540001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
h_ SHRUNK SLEEVE
CONNECTOR (10) ADAPTOR (3) E0126 OR ABS0916
BACKSHELL (4)
i_ ABS0638
CABLE TIE NSA935401
P_SP_203345_D1_00550001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
a_
SECOND JAW PLIERS FIRST JAW PLIERS

(GLENAIR TG69 OR (GLENAIR TG69 OR
EQUIVALENT) EQUIVALENT)
BACKSHELL (4) ADAPTOR (3)

ABS0638
b_
SECOND JAW PLIERS FIRST JAW PLIERS
ROTATING
INDICATION
(BODYRING)
CAUTION: CABLE SHELL

MUST NOT ROTATE
CAUTION:
BACKSHELL
ABS1138-006
MUST NO ROTATE
ADAPTOR (3) BACKSHELL (1)

ABS1138- 0 0 6
P_SP_203345_D1_00560001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0056-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS1138
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
c_
TWISTED NUT (2)

BRAID (8)
BACKSHELL (1)
ABS1138- 0 0 6
CONNECTOR (10)
d_
CONNECTOR (10)
TEETH
ADAPTOR (3)
P_SP_203345_D1_00570001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0057-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Removal Procedure - ABS1138
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
EXAMPLE OF INSTALLATION WITH SPLIT CONDUIT AND OPTICAL CONNECTOR
ADAPTOR BACKSHELL
ABS1603 ABS1359
OPTICAL
CONNECTOR CABLE TIE
ABS1213 NSA935401
SPLIT CONDUIT
EN6049
OPTICAL-FIBER
CABLES
P_SP_203345_D1_00590001_01_00
and ABS1359
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
SLIDING HANDLE (FOR EXAMPLE FACOMR120

OR EQUIVALENT)
INDIVIDUAL CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
LOCKING TOOL
DMC 837RB-10
BACKSHELLE0760,E0761
SLIDING-JAW PIN WRENCH

(FOR EXAMPLE FACOM11 6 - 5 0
OR EQUIVALENT)
HOLE FOR TIGHTENING
E0760, E0761
E0762,E0763
P_SP_203345_D1_00600001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0060-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation Procedure - E0760,
E0761, E0762 and E0763
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ADAPTORS
ABS0580 A 09 A ABS0583 - 09 A A
MATERIAL CODE (A OR P) MATERIAL CODE (A OR P)

ADAPTOR SIZE CODE ADAPTOR TYPE CODE (A OR B)
ADAPTOR TYPE CODE (A OR B) ADAPTOR SIZE CODE
ABS0583:
TYPE A TYPE B DIA A

DIA A
DIA A DIA A
DIA A DIA A
DIA A
ABS0580:
TYPE A TYPE B
DIA A DIA A
DIA A DIA A DIA A DIA A
DIA A
P_SP_203345_D1_00610001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ADAPTORS
ABS0521 - 01 P ABS0694 - 10 - 10 P
ABS0524 - 29 A ABS0695 - 09 - 10 P
ADAPTOR TYPE CODE 1 = ROUND NUT MATERIAL CODE

2 = HEXAGONAL NUT ADAPTOR SIZE
MATERIAL CODE CODE DIA B
ADAPTOR SIZE CODE ADAPTOR SIZE
STANDARD P/N CODE DIA A
STANDARD P/N
ABS0524: ABS0521:
DIA A
DIA A DIA B
DIA B
ABS0694: ABS0695:
DIA A DIA B DIA A DIA B
P_SP_203345_D1_00620001_01_00
Description - ABS0521, ABS0524, ABS0694 and ABS0695
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
END PIECES
ABS0693 V 14 - 14 P ABS0932 - 19 - 16
ABS0933 - 19 - 16
END PIECE MATERIAL CODE ABS0934 - 19 - 16
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
END PIECE SIZE CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
END PIECE SIZE CODE
ABS0693: CRIMP SLEEVE CONDUIT
ABS0933: ABS0934: ABS0932:

E0805
CONDUIT
ABS0935 NUT ABS0935 NUT

ABS0935 NUT
P_SP_203345_D1_00630001_01_00
Description - ABS0585, ABS0693, ABS0932, ABS0933 and ABS0934
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM
ABS0585 V 12 - 12 P
MATERIAL CODE
CONDUIT SIZE CODE
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
ABS0585:
CRIMP SLEEVE CONDUIT
OPTIONAL MARKING
P_SP_203345_D1_00640001_01_00
Description - ABS0585
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0885 T G 2 K 1 B 1 A
BRANCH ADAPTOR SIZE CODE*

BRANCH ADAPTOR TYPE CODE (1 OR 2)*
EXIT ADAPTOR SIZE CODE*
EXIT ADAPTOR TYPE CODE (1 OR 2)*
ENTRY ADAPTOR SIZE CODE*
ENTRY ADAPTOR TYPE CODE (1 OR 2)*
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM SIZE CODE (D, G OR K)
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM TYPE CODE (T OR Y)
STANDARD P/N
* ONLY APPLICABLE IF AN ADAPTOR IS USED WITH THE CONDUIT
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM TYPE T
ENTRY EXIT
ADAPTOR TYPE 1 ADAPTOR TYPE 2

BRANCH
DIA B DIA A DIA D
C E
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM TYPE Y
ENTRY EXIT
BRANCH
P_SP_203345_D1_00650001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0886 A 06 - 06
EXIT SIZE CODE

ENTRY SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE (A OR B)
STANDARD P/N
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM TYPE "A"
ENTRY EXIT
DIA A DIA B DIA C
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM TYPE "B"
ENTRY EXIT
DIA E DIA F
P_SP_203345_D1_00660001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
END PIECES
ABS0523 - 09 A 1 ABS0582 V 08 - 06 P
END PIECE 1 = ROUND NUT ABS0584 V 12 - 06 P
TYPE CODE 2 = HEXAGONAL NUT ABS1023 V 12 - 19
MATERIAL CODE END PIECE MATERIAL
END PIECE SIZE CODE CODE
STANDARD P/N CONDUIT SIZE CODE
END PIECE SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
ABS0523: END PIECE STANDARD P/N
DIA A
NUT
STRUCTURE
ABS0582: END PIECE CRIMP SLEEVE CONDUIT
ABS0584: END PIECE CRIMP SLEEVE CONDUIT
END PIECE CRIMP SLEEVE CONDUIT
ABS1023:
P_SP_203345_D1_00670001_01_00
Description - ABS0523, ABS0582, ABS0584 and ABS1023
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1: CABLES ADAPTOR ABS0885 TYPE 2
HARNESS
INTERNAL PROTECTION
STEP 2:
FIRST HALF CONDUIT JUNCTION BODY ABS0885
SECOND HALF CONDUIT JUNCTION BODY ABS0885
STEP 3:
CONDUIT JUNCTION BODY

INTERNAL PROTECTION
P_SP_203345_D1_00680001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0068-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Overbraided
Conduits - ABS0885
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 4:
2 mm MIN OVERBRAID
CONDUIT JUNCTION (0.08 in)
BODY ABS0885
STEP 5:
OVERBRAID
STEP 6: INTERNAL PROTECTION
OVERBRAID
HALAR (E-CTFE)
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 0 7

STEP 7: INTERNAL PROTECTION
OVERBRAID
HALAR (E-CTFE)
CONDUIT JUNCTION SELF-WELDING TAPE ABS5334
BODY ABS0885
P_SP_203345_D1_00690001_01_00
Conduits - ABS0885
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
ADAPTOR ABS0885 TYPE 1
CABLES
HARNESS
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CONDUIT JUNCTION 1.3 mm ± 1 mm

BODY ABS0885 (0.05 in ± 0.04 in)
STEP 3: METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP E0805- 2
2 mm MIN
(0.08 in)
P_SP_203345_D1_00700001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0070-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Installation with Screened
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 4: 5 LAYERS OF SELF-WELDING TAPE ABS5334
CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CONDUIT JUNCTION
BODY ABS0885 METALLIC BRAID
STEP 5: METALLIC BRAID
HALAR (E-CTFE)
LACING TAPE NSA8420- 0 7
STEP 6:

P_SP_203345_D1_00710001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
TOOL SIZE (in)

BACKSHELL
SIZE ABS0932
INSTALLATION TOOLS
ABS0933
CODE
ABS0934
ABS0935
06 9/16 SNAP-ON AN85089B SNAP-ON FC18B
13 1 SNAP-ON AN850816B SNAP-ON FC32B
15 1 1/8 SNAP-ON AN850818B SNAP-ON FC36A
19 1 7/16 SNAP-ON AN850823B SNAP-ON FC46A
P_SP_203345_D1_00770001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0077-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Tools for End Piece - ABS0932,
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1: CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEMABS0886- A

BRAID STOP
INTERNAL PROTECTION CABLES
STEP 2: METALLIC CLAMPING STRIPE0805- 0 2
OVERBRAID D 6 mm < D < 8 mm

(0.24 in < D < 0.31 in)
STEP 3:
SELF-WELDING TAPEABS5334
P_SP_203345_D1_00720001_01_00
Conduits - ABS0886-A
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 4:
OVERBRAID
CONDUIT JUNCTION
E-CTFE (HALAR) ITEM ABS0886- A
STEP 5:
INTERNAL PROTECTION
OVERBRAID
E-CTFE (HALAR) LACING TAPE NSA8420- 0 7
STEP 6:

P_SP_203345_D1_00730001_01_00
Convoluted Conduits - ABS0886-A
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 1:
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM ABS0886- B

CONVOLUTED CONDUIT
CABLES
BRAID STOP
INTERMEDIATE BONDING POINT
STEP 2:
METALLIC BRAID D 6 mm < D < 8 mm

(0.24 in < D < 0.31 in)
STEP 3:

P_SP_203345_D1_00740001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
STEP 4:
METALLIC BRAID
CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM ABS0886- B
E-CTFE (HALAR)
STEP 5:
E-CTFE (HALAR) LACING TAPE NSA8420- 0 7
STEP 6:

P_SP_203345_D1_00750001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BACKSHELL
SELF-WELDING
T A P EABS5334
(FOR EXAMPLE E0126)
SOLDER SLEEVE
BONDING LEAD
SPLIT CONDUIT
EN6049- 0 0 8
CABLES

CONDUIT JUNCTION ITEM
SELF-WELDING
TAPE ABS5334
E0805- 0 2
ABS0886- B
STEP 7:
STEP 8:
STEP 9:
P_SP_203345_D1_00760001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0519
CONDUIT CRIMP SLEEVE END PIECE
ABS0519 V 06 06
CONDUIT SIZE CODE

END PIECE SIZE CODE
CONDUIT TYPE CODE
STANDARD P/N
OPTIONAL MARKING
HARNESS ATTACHMENT SOLUTION 1 (WITH ABS0513 TYPE -):
ABS0519 END PIECE

CABLE TIE
NSA935401
S L E E V EE0484
ABS0513 CABLE SUPPORT TYPE -
HARNESS ATTACHMENT SOLUTION 2 (WITH ABS0513 TYPE - AND SLEEVE):

60 TO 70 mm
(2.36 TO 2.76 in)
30 mm MIN
(1.18 in)
SLEEVE NSA937210MB,
ABS5330 , ABS0294 OR
ASNA5107- B
5 mm MIN 10 mm
(0.20 in) (0.39 in)
ABS0513 CABLE SUPPORT TYPE - CABLE TIE NSA935401
HARNESS ATTACHMENT SOLUTION 3 (WITH ABS0513 CABLE SUPPORT TYPE A AND

GROMMET TYPE G): CABLE TIE
NSA935401
ABS0513 GROMMET TYPE G
CRIMP SLEEVE ABS0513 CABLE SUPPORT TYPE A

ABS0519
P_SP_203345_D1_00780001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ADAPTOR:
ABS1603 C 01
ADAPTOR SIZE CODE

MATERIAL CODE
STANDARD P/N
SHELL SIZES 09 TO 23
CONNECTOR BACKSHELL
MIL-C-38999 EN2997
SHELL SIZE 25
P_SP_203345_D1_00790001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0522 - 0 8 P
MATERIAL CODE
ADAPTOR SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
LOCKWIRE HOLES
DIA A
END A
LOCKWIRE HOLE
END B
DIA A
END A: FOR CONNECTOR

END B: FOR END PIECE
P_SP_203345_D1_01000001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ABS0513 06 C
MATERIAL CODE
SIZE CODE
TYPE CODE -, A OR G
STANDARD P/N
SUPPORT TYPE CODE -

ABS0520 NUT
ABS0519 B
ABS0519
CRIMP SLEEVE END PIECE
DIA A
AREA TO BE
SLEEVED
STRUCTURE
ABS0513
CABLE SUPPORT
SUPPORT TYPE CODE A
ABS0519 END PIECE ABS0520 NUT
B
ABS0519 CRIMP SLEEVE
STRUCTURE
ABS0513 CABLE SUPPORT
GROMMET TYPE CODE G
B
A
P_SP_203345_D1_00800001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0080-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Related Item for ABS0519 -
ABS0513
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
LOCKWIRE
STRUCTURE
ATTACHMENT DEVICE
(FOR EXAMPLE NSA5516B D O RABS1339)
5 mm MIN
(0.20 in)
SHIELDED HARNESS
SPLIT TUBINGNSA937210MB
O R TA P E- ABS5334
- NSA935403
- ASNA5107
30 mm 10 mm MIN
(1.18 in) (0.39 in)
MECHANICAL
ATTACHMENT AREA
OF THE HARNESS
P_SP_203345_D1_00890001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0089-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Screened, Cable Protection at
Conduit End
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BOOT
CABLE TIE
BOBBINNSA935510 ORNSA5539
OR BLACK TAPEASNA5107-B.
NO SEALING SHRINK SLEEVEABS0916
(ONLY ON THE MOBILE PART
OF THE CONNECTOR)
ATTACHMENT POINT
CABLE TIE CONNECTOR
STRUCTURE PROVISION
STRINGER A/C SKIN
P_SP_203345_D1_01120001_01_00
Installation - NSA9504
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
BEFORE:
AFTER: RISK OF CHAFFING WITH THE
BACKSHELL ORIENTATION AFTER BACKSHELL ORIENTATION GIVEN
THE TOLERANCES ARE APPLIED. IN THE DEFINITION DOSSIER.
45°
45°
P_SP_203345_D1_01910001_01_01
Figure 20-33-45-0191-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Permitted Tolerances for the VC
Backshell Orientation
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
- WITH TWO SHRINKABLE SLEEVES.

BACKSHELL
HEAT SHRINKABLE SLEEVE ADAPTED

TO THE BIGGER DIAMETER

TO THE SMALLER DIAMETER
HARNESS
- WITH TWO SHRINKABLE SLEEVES WITH ADHESIVE SEALING COMPOUND.

TO THE BIGGER DIAMETER

BACKSHELL
TO THE SMALLER DIAMETER
HARNESS
ADHESIVE SEALING
COMPOUND
P_SP_203345_D1_00810001_01_00
Figure 20-33-45-0081-0001 (SHEET 1) - Backshell, End Piece and Conduit Fitting - Sealing of the Backshell
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
NOT TOO MUCH HAND

FORCE IS NECESSARY TO MOVE ACCEPTED
THE CABLES (NO STRESS IN THE CABLES)
THE CABLES ARE NOT PUSHED

AGAINST THE BACKSHELL ACCEPTED
CHANNEL (NO STRESS IN THE WIRING)
THE CABLES ARE TIGHT AND YOU

CANNOT MOVE THEM EASILY WITH
YOUR HAND (CABLES PULLED TOO
MUCH TO THE REAR). REJECTED
THIS CAUSES STRESSES IN THE
WIRING AND TENSIONING OF THE
CONTACTS IN THE GROMMET.
THE CABLES ARE TIGHT AND YOU

CANNOT MOVE THEM EASILY WITH
YOUR HAND (CABLES PUSHED OVER
FULL LENGTH OF BACKSHELL CHANNEL). REJECTED
THIS CAUSES STRESSES IN THE
WIRING AND TENSIONING OF THE
CONTACTS IN THE GROMMET.
P_SP_203345_D1_00820001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
CASE REJECTED BECAUSE OF CREASING

OF THE INSULTION REJECTED
(BEND RADIUS NOT CORRECT)
THE CABLES ARE PULLED TO THE

REAR, WHICH CAUSES TOO MUCH
TENSION ON THE CONTACT IN THE REJECTED
GROMMET. THE SEALING IS NO
LONGER CORRECT AND THE CABLES
ARE NOT CORRECTLY ISOLATED
THE GROMMET DOES NOT MOVE

FREELY THE BACKSHELL (SLIGHTLY REJECTED
LOOSEN THE BACKSHELL TO RELEASE
THE GROMMET AND TIGHTEN IT AGAIN).
TEARING OF THE GROMMET REJECTED

(SEALING NO LONGER CORRECT)
P_SP_203345_D1_00830001_01_00
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
THE LOCKWIRE IS IN CONTACT

ACCEPTED
WITH THE BACKSHELL.

ACCEPTED
WITH SILICON TAPE.

WITH THE CABLES (LOCKWIRING IS
DONE WITH THE SCREWS NOT
REJECTED
TIGHTENED ENOUGH OR THE
SCREWS ARE LOOSENED TO
TIGHTEN THE LOCKWIRE).
THE NEGATIVE POSITION OF THE

REJECTED
LOCKWIRE IS REJECTED.
THE ZERO POSITION IS ACCEPTED ONLY

IF THERE IS NO LOCKING HOLE ACCEPTED
IN THE POSITIVE AREA.
THE LOCKWIRE MUST BE AS NEAR AS
POSSIBLE TO THE POSITION ZERO AND
AVOID MAKING THE TURN OF ACCEPTED
THE BACKSHELL.
THE LOCKWIRE MUST BE TIGHT. ACCEPTED
CHECK OF THE CONDITION OF

THE ATTACHMENT CLIP OF REJECTED
THE BACKSHELL: IF BROKEN
CHANGE THE BACKSHELL.
SELF-ADHESIVE TAPE NOT

REJECTED
INSTALLED ON THE END.
P_SP_203345_D1_00840001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:22
ILLUSTRATION/DESCRIPTION STATE DECISION
ABS2216, ABS2412 AND ABS1896 -003:
CHECK IF THE HEAD OF THE CABLE TIE

NO CONTACT ACCEPTED
IS NOT IN CONTACT WITH STRAIN RELIEF.
CONTACT REJECTED
CABLE TIE NSA935401
OR LACING TAPE NSA8420 *
CHECK THE POSSIBLE MOVEMENT OF THE
ATTACHMENT DEVICE ON THE STRAIN RELIEF.
ROTATION ACCEPTED
TRANSLATION REJECTED
CHECK THE RIGIDITY OF THE HARNESS AT

THE ATTACHMENT DEVICE LEVEL ON
THE STRAIN RELIEF. RIGID ACCEPTED
SOFT REJECTED
CHECK THE ATTACHMENT FUNCTION

BETWEEN HARNESS AND STRAIN RELIEF NO MOVEMENT DETECTED ON
BY APPLYING SOFT TRACTION STRENGTH THE HARNESS BETWEEN STRAIN ACCEPTED
ON THE HARNESS. RELIEF AND GROMMET.
MOVEMENT DETECTED ON THE

HARNESS BETWEEN STRAIN REJECTED
RELIEF AND GROMMET.
* IT IS RECOMMENDED TO USE CABLE TIE NSA935401. YOU CAN ALSO USE LACING TAPE NSA8420
ASPER DESIGN OFFICE. P_SP_203345_D1_01100001_01_01
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
A318 A320 A319 20-33-49-01 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items -
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
20-33-49-01 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS5330 ABS5334 E0805

EN3660-033
1. Overview
This chapter gives the description and operation of miscellaneous attachment items.
Miscellaneous attachment items installed on aircraft have the codes that follow:
- E0805 metallic clamp
- EN3660-033 banding band.
2. P/N Information
A. Metallic Clamp E0805 (F6198)

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Characteristics and Description - E0805
The E0805 metallic clamp is used to attach the screened and overbraided harnesses on the backshell a
nd to make sure there is electrical continuity between them.
E0805 participates in protection against electromagnetic interference and lightning.
This metallic clamp is used on:
- Overbraided harnesses.
- Harnesses with a shielded openable sleeve.
- Shield bond and grounding braid.

E0805 - 01
SIZE CODE A B
01 206 mm (8.11 in.) 3.05 mm (0.12 in.)
02 362 mm (14.25 in.) 6.10 mm (0.24 in.)
03 457 mm (17.99 in.) 6.10 mm (0.24 in.)

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Installation Procedure - E0805
(a) Make sure that the overbraiding or the shielded openable sleeve and/or the shield bond ca
ble is in the correct position on the backshell and do an equal distribution of the pigtails.
(b) Find the correct size of the clamp to be used. To do this, measure the diameter of the part
where you will install the metallic clamp.

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
MORE THAN OR EQ
MORE THAN OR EQ
LESS THAN 10 mm UAL TO 10 mm (0.
DIAMETER UAL TO 46 mm (1.
(0.39 in.) 39 in.) LESS THAN
81 in.)
46 mm (1.81 in.)
SIZE CODE 01 02 03
NOTE: Make sure that the head of the metallic clamp is identified with the name of the
manufacturer (for example "BAND IT") and that a triangle (length control mark) i
s engraved near the opposite end of the clamp (52 mm (2.05 in.)).
(c) Make two turns around the backshell and make sure that you slide the clamp through the
clamp head for each turn.
(d) Before you use pliers, make sure that the length control mark is in the correct position.
(e) On an oval surface, make sure that the head of the metallic clamp is in the correct positio
n.
(f) Tighten the metallic clamp with the applicable tool.
TOOLS
METALLIC CLAM
MANUAL PLIERS AUTOMATIC PLIERS
P
NORM P/N NORM P/N
MECHANICAL PL
BAND-IT IERS (A30199)
(70847) PNEUMATIC PLIE
E0805–01 RS (A35599) (7
HARNESS ATTAC 0847)
GLENAIR HMENT (600-06
1) (06324)
PNEUMATIC PLIE BAND-IT
BAND-IT RS (A40199) (7
0847)
PNEUMATIC PLIE
E0805–02 HAND BANDING RS (A35199) (7
E0805–03 TOOL - STANDA 0847)
GLENAIR RD CLAMPING B
AND (600-058)
(06324)
(4) Checks after installation

NOTE: It is not permitted to put the routing clamps on metallic clamps E0805.
The metallic clamp must be aligned to get a maximum clamping strip area to increase friction res
istance and thus the strength of the E0805 on the backshell.
Make sure that:
- The second turn of the band is fully on the first turn.
- No strands of the metallic braid are caught between the two turns of the metallic clamp.
REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
- The metallic clamp is in the center of the crimping surface and the metallic braid protrudes
from the clamp.
- The metallic clamp is perpendicular to the axis of the crimping surface.
- The lock tab must be cut straight and protrudes above the crimping head by less than 2 m
m (0.08 in.) or three times the thickness of the metallic clamp.
- The metallic clamp must not turn around the backshell. To easily calculate the mechanical
strength of the metallic clamp, put a self-adhesive tape on its head to get maximum grip a
nd try to turn it. The metallic clamp must not turn.
If one of these points is not in conformity, remove and replace the metallic clamp.
(5) Protection installation

After installation, the metallic clamp is sharp. Thus, to prevent damage to adjacent cables or co
mponents and for operator protection, you must install a protection on the metallic clamp after t
he checks.
- Wind two turns of self-welding tape ABS5330 (FAPE3) around the metallic clamp and com
plete with 50 % overlap of self-adhering ABS5334 (FAPE3) .
NOTE: Use black ABS5334 for a new wiring installation and red ABS5334 for repairs.
(6) Removal of a metallic clamp strip
- Lift the head of the metallic clamp with the cutting pliers.Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Attachme
nt Items - Removal Procedure - E0805
- Disengage the metallic clamping strip from the head of the metallic clamp.
- Remove the clamping strip and put it into the applicable bin.
- Make sure that there is no damage on the component below the clamp after removal of th
e clamp.
NOTE: You can replace the metallic clamping strip only five times. After this, you must replace
the component (shielded sleeve, overbraiding, etc.).
B. Banding Band EN3660-033

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics - EN3660-033
STANDARD P/N VARIANT DELIVERY CONDITION

EN3660-033 A F

Ref. Fig. Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics - EN3660-033
(a) Variant

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
VARIANTS A (MINIMUM) B
6.22 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
A 361.00 mm (14.21 in.) m (0.24 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
6.22 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
B 442.00 mm (17.40 in.) m (0.24 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
2.92 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
C 205.00 mm (8.07 in.) m (0.11 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
2.92 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
D 361.00 mm (14.21 in.) m (0.11 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
6.22 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
E 361.00 mm (14.21 in.) m (0.24 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
3.00 +0.25 mm or -0.25 m
F 239.00 mm (9.41 in.) m (0.12 +0.01 in. or -0.01 i
n.)
(b) Delivery condition
- F = Flat
- C = Pre-coiled (the bands are put through the buckle two times in the pre-coiled co
ndition).
Figure 20-33-49-0001-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Characteristics and Description -
E0805
Figure 20-33-49-0002-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Installation Procedure - E0805
Figure 20-33-49-0006-0001 SHEET 1/1 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Removal Procedure - E0805
Figure 20-33-49-0007-0001 SHEET 1/2 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics -
EN3660-033
Figure 20-33-49-0007-0001 SHEET 2/2 - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics -
EN3660-033

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
E0805 - 01
SIZE CODE
STANDARD P/N
HEAD OF THE CLAMP LENGTH

CONTROL MARK
E0805
P_SP_203349_D1_00010001_01_02
Figure 20-33-49-0001-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Characteristics and Description -
E0805
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
MAKE SURE THAT THE BONDING MEANS ARE EQUALLY INSTALLED:

CORRECT INCORRECT
E0805
CLAMP
E0805
CLAMP
METALLIC BRAID
HARNESS
BONDING CABLES
OR BONDING PIGTAILS
WIND THE CLAMP THROUGH THE HEAD TWICE:
HEAD OF THE CLAMP E0805
LO CK TA B
2 TURNS
MAKE SURE THAT THE LENGTH CONTROL MARK IS IN THE CORRECT POSITION:
CORRECT INCORRECT
METALLIC CLAMP CORRECTLY DIMENSIONED METALLIC CLAMP TOO SHORT FOR THE DIAMETER
(THE LENGTH CONTROL MARK IS BEFORE OF THE COMPONENT (THE LENGTH CONTROL
THE CRIMPING HEAD) MARK IS OVER THE CRIMPING HEAD)
P_SP_203349_D1_00020001_01_01
Figure 20-33-49-0002-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Installation Procedure - E0805

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
THE METALLIC CLAMP MUST BE IN THE CENTER OF THE CRIMPING SURFACE:
INCORRECT
CORRECT
= =
THE METALLIC CLAMP MUST BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE AXIS OF THE CRIMPING SURFACE:
INCORRECT
CORRECT
90°
P_SP_203349_D1_00030001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
POSITION OF THE HEAD OF THE CLAMP ON OVAL SURFACES:

CORRECT INCORRECT
THE SECOND TURN OF THE BAND MUST BE FULLY ON THE FIRST TURN :
INCORRECT INCORRECT
THE LOCK TAB MUST BE CUT STRAIGHT AND THE HEAD MUST NOT BE DAMAGED OR DISTORTED:
CORRECT INCORRECT
P_SP_203349_D1_00040001_01_00

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
PROTECTION OF THE METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP
WIND ADHESIVE TEFLON TAPE

ABS5330 AROUND THE CLAMPING STRIP
(2 TURNS OF TAPE)
WIND WITH BLACK SELF- ADHESIVE TAPE

ABS5334 OVERLAPPING BY 50%
P_SP_203349_D1_00050001_01_01

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
REMOVAL OF A METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP
LIFT THE HEAD OF THE CLAMPING STRIP WITH

THE CUTTING PLIERS.
DISENGAGE THE METALLIC CLAMPING STRIP

FROM THE HEAD OF THE CLAMPING STRIP.
3 REMOVE THE CLAMPING STRIP AND

PUT IT INTO THE APPLICABLE BIN.
P_SP_203349_D1_00060001_01_00
Figure 20-33-49-0006-0001 (SHEET 1) - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - Removal Procedure - E0805

** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
VARIANTS A, B, C AND D
FLAT CONDITION
52 mm (2.05 in)
TAIL LENGTH INDICATOR B
PRE-COILED CONDITION
P_SP_203349_D1_00070001_01_00
Figure 20-33-49-0007-0001 (SHEET 1/2) - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics -
EN3660-033
** ON A/C ALL

REVISION REVISION
DATE NUMBER
ESPM 01-May-2024 49
Print date: 2024-06-30 18:55:56
VARIANTS E AND F
FLAT CONDITION
PRE-COILED CONDITION
P_SP_203349_D1_00070001_02_00
Figure 20-33-49-0007-0001 (SHEET 2/2) - Miscellaneous Attachment Items - P/N Description and Characteristics -
EN3660-033
** ON A/C ALL

20-33-00-02 - Wire Bundles - Description and Operation (Airbus)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

20-33-00-02 - Wire Bundles - Description and Operation (Airbus)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

REVISION REVISION

CUSTOMIZATION AIRCRAFT TYPES DOCTYPES TITLE

20-33-00-02 - WIRE BUNDLES - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION (AIRBUS)

2. Structure of the chapters that follow:

A. Wire harnesses - Wiring (Ref.20-33-1X)

B. Wire harnesses - Separation/Routing (Ref.20-33-2X)

C. Wire harnesses - Protection (Ref.20-33-3X)

D. Wire harnesses - Attachment (Ref.20-33-4X)

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

20-33-10-02 - Wiring - Description (AIRBUS)

2. Structure of the chapters that follow:

A. Manufacture and (re)installation of wiring

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

20-33-11-02 - Manufacture and Installation of Wiring - Description (AIRBUS)

ABS0054 ABS0731 ABS0887

Assembly of sections electrically connected.

K. EWIS (Electrical Wiring Interconnection System)

(4) Connectors, including feedthrough connectors,

(5) Connector accessories,

(7) Electrical splices,

(9) Shield or braids,

(11) Cable tie devices,

(12) Labels or other means of identification,

(13) Pressure seals,

M. Routing and Separation

- The cables that go through the bundle must be avoided,

NOTE: It is not permitted to repair cables while the power is on.

(2) It is not permitted to cause tension on the wiring:

(17) It is not permitted to cut studs of the insulating blankets.

NOTE: Routes P, M, D, S, R, T, U and V can touch the blankets.

(21) Do not put cables or connections below fluid unions.

WARNING: DO NOT REPAIR UNSATISFACTORY CABLES IN FUEL TANKS. SUCH REPAIR IS NO

(25) In landing gear bay and hydraulic compartment

- Electrical harnesses and connectors must have a mechanical protection.

(27) At hinge points

(28) Installation of in-line standard electrical items

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

- In dynamic harnesses (types A, B and C) (for example: Harnesses at hinges during

(d) Repair by splice

(32) EFCS (Electrical Flight Control System) wiring

- The installation of more non-EFCS cables in EFCS harnesses is not permitted.

(40) You must not twist the harnesses in straight sections.

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

(45) Be very careful when you install the harness.

(1) Distance from the environment

CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO ELECTRICAL INJECTIONS IN CONDUCTIV

(d) Distance from piping

- Do not use separators between the piping and the harnesses.

(e) Distance from other harnesses

NOTE: It is not permitted to use separators on dynamic harnesses.

NOTE: You must not use ABS0054 and ABS0731 separators:

NOTE: Separators are used for segregation only.

NOTE: During maintenance, if necessary (because of sagging, to get a correct clearance

NOTE: In panels and boxes:

(f) Loss of segregation

(g) Distance between connection and first attachment point

© AIRBUS S.A.S. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY DOCUMENT.

(h) Distances applicable to terminal lugs

(i) Loose conduits that touch the structure or another component

(j) Bonding braid and wiring

(2) Distance from the Environment for the New Routes

(c) Distance from the metallic or non-conductive surfaces

(d) Distance from the other systems